BUREAU OF EDUCATION. 
CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION NO. 4, 1893. 
[ Whole Number I'Jo 
ABNORMAL MAN, 
i 
BEING ESSAYS ON 
EDUCATION AND CRIME AND RELATED SUBJECTS, 
WITH 
DIGESTS OF LITERATURE AND A BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
BY 
arthuk Macdonald, 
ii t 
SPECIALIST IN THE BUREAU OF EDUCATION. 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
WASHINGTON: 
1893. CONTENTS. 
Page. 
Lettfr ok transmittal 5 
Preface 7-8 
Chapter 1. Introduction: Education and crime; classes of society; teach- 
ing of practical morality; relation of education to crime; 
comparative statistics of crime and education in France, 
Italy, Germany, Austria, Japan, Wiirtemberg, and Saxony; 
methods of argument; summary of statistics on education 
and crime in the United States gathered by the Bureau 9-29 
Chapter 2. Criminology: Practical criminology; prison discipline; fun- 
damental principles of criminology; instruction in criminol- 
ogy; criminological literature; works and articles by Aubry, 
Bernheim, Charcot, Cone, Despine, Forel, Garofalo, Franck, 
von Holder, Holtzeudortf and Jagemaun, Joly, Lacassagne, 
Lomhroso, Tarde, Wines, etc 30-83 
Chapter 3. Criminal Sociology: Criminal aristocracy, or the Mafia; Garo- 
falo’s ideas on the repression of crime, representing the Italian 
school of criminology; criminal suggestion; the National 
Prison Association in the United States; third session of the 
International Congress for Criminal Anthropology at Brus- 
sels, August, 1892 84-111 
Chapter 4. Alcoholism: Views of Dr. A. Baer on drunkenness. Literature: 
The temperance question; effect of alcohol on brain and 
nervous system; moral consequences, social effects; patho- 
logical effect, heredity; responsibility; dipsomania, etc.; 
morphinism 112-138 
Chapter 5. Insanity and genius: Biographical facts showing eccentricities, 
nervous diseases, and symptoms of insanity; general con- 
siderations; some physical anomalies in men of genius and 
in the insane; conclusion 139-155 
Chapter 6. Sociological, ethical, and charitological literature: Socialism 
and crime; causes of present social need; statistics of divorce; 
origin of moral knowledge; scientific conception of moral 
liberty; free-will; ethical duty of man; Christian ethics; 
the ethical problem; origin of marriage and the family; 
social and moral virtue of Christianity; laws of imitation in 
society; historical and ethical tendency of political economy. 
Charity, pauperism, mendicancy, vagrancy, poor-law 156-187 
Chapter 7. The Twenty-first Annual Congress of the National Prison Asso- 
ciation of the United States, at Baltimore, December, 1892.. 188-203 
Chapter 8. Bibliography: 
I. Education in relation to abnormal conditions: (1) Pre- 
ventive and reformatory education of children and 
youth. (2) Publications by the Bureau of Education. 207-234 
II. Genius 235-237 
3 4 
CONTENTS. 
Chapter 8. Bibliography—Continued. * Page. 
111, Insanity, Idiocy, Imbecility, Cretinism, Feeble-minded- 
ness, etc. (1) Morphinism, Opium habit, Chloralism; 
Ether, hashish or cocaine mania. (2) Association of 
Medical Officers of American Institutions for Idiotic 
and Feeble-minded Persons, 1876-1886 238-286 
IV. Social Pathology: (1) Suicide. (2) Alcoholism, Drunk- 
enness, luebriacy, Intemperance, Moderate Drinking, 
Prohibition, etc. (3) Pauperism, Poverty, Mendicity, 
Charity, Philanthropy, etc. (4) Criminology: (a) 
Physical Criminology, (ft) Capital Punishment, (c) 
Crime and Insanity, (d) Proceedings of the National 
Prison Association of the United States, (e) Con- 
gresses in Criminology. (5) Recent literature in So- 
cial Pathology 287-434 
Ixdex 435-445 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL 
Department of the Interior, 
Washington, 1). (7., January 19, 1893. 
Bureau of Education, 
Sir : I have the honor to submit herewith for printing a circular of 
information on the subject of “Abnormal Man,” the same being a dis- 
cussion of education and crime, together with some account of the 
literature of the subject, prepared by Dr. Arthur Mac Donald, the 
specialist in this Bureau engaged in investigating the subject of edu- 
cation as a means of preventing crime and pauperism. To throw light 
upon any given subject it is necessary first to take account of its facts 
and in the next place to consider these in their relations to the facts 
of all other provinces. Crime and pauperism have to be studied with 
reference to drunkenness, the use of opium, insanity and other nervous 
diseases, idiocy, genius, suicide, the collection of people in the slums 
of cities, etc. No one can tell in advance the quarter from which the 
most important discoveries will come. 
This epoch is characterized by the growth of cities. Peculiar prob- 
lems arise, and no one of these problems is more important than that 
of dealing with the population consisting of the three weakling classes— 
the criminals, the paupers, and the insane. For the weaklings tend to 
collect by themselves and form slums wherein the educative influence 
of the family and social life is all-powerful to continue the youth in the 
same lines of unthrift and crime which his parents have followed. 
Hence the importance in our time of educational treatises which, like 
the one herewith transmitted, deal with the management of the abnor- 
mal classes of society. 
Very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
W. T. Harris, 
Commissioner. 
Hon. John W. Noble, 
Secretary of the Interior. 
5 PREFACE. 
For the convenience of those who are interested in questions con- 
cerning- the abnormal classes, and their moral, intellectual, and physical 
education, the author presents in book form a number of his writings, 
consisting of essays, and of digests of foreign literature, which have 
appeared in different periodicals.1 Most of the matter, however, has 
been changed and added to, and much of it is published for the first 
time. In the digests of literature the endeavor has been to select some 
of the leading European specialists of the different schools of thought 
and give the substance of their ideas. In doing this the writer has 
temporarily taken the point of view of the author of each work, avoid- 
ing criticism, so that the reader may gain a clear insight into the spirit 
and scope of the book reviewed. 
The bibliography has been made from a selection of a large number of 
titles. As far as the author is aware, no such bibliography exists in any 
language, and it is hoped, therefore, that it may serve those who espe- 
cially desire to make independent study of any phase of the subject. 
As is frequently referred to or suggested in the essays, education2 in 
its relation to the different forms of abnormality is regarded by the 
author as a remedy. While certain forms of abnormality as genius 
and talent are desirable, the larger number, such as criminality, pau- 
perism, insanity, etc., are not. One of the main objects of education 
is to eradicate, or at least modify or correct, unfavorable tendencies in 
mind, will, and body. The vital relation of education, therefore, to 
these social evils is evident.3 But the reader may inquire, Why not 
treat more of education, the remedy, than of these evils, which consti- 
tute a social disease? This indicates a mistake that is too often made; 
it is to experiment with a remedy before the cause of a trouble has 
'La Scuola Positiva, Rome, Italy; Revista General deLegislacion y Jurisprndencia, 
Madrid, Spain; Journal of Mental Science, England; American Journal of Psychol- 
ogy; The Arena; Andover Review; Yale Review; Medico-Legal Journal, New York; 
The Independent; The Summary, Elmira; Columbia Law Times, New York, Open 
Court, Chicago, and the National Review, London. 
2See under “Education” in index. 
* See “Social Pathology and Education” in Report of the Bureau, 1889-90, Vol. 1, 8 
PREFACE. 
been thoroughly considered. It is true that it maybe impossible to 
determine the real cause, but this is no excuse for omitting the search 
for a cause, since negative results will avoid false applications of the 
remedy and be of great service in subsequent inquiry. 
Detrimental forms of abnormality come under the general head of 
u Social Pathology,”1 which refers to all classes of individuals who, 
from mental, moral, or physical defects, are dependent upon or injurious 
to society. The purpose of investigations in social pathology is not to 
decide at the outset whether or in what degree the individual or society 
is at fault, but to analyze the antecedents or causes of social disease 
as a necessary preliminary to its prevention or amelioration. Since 
education concerns the moral, mental, and physical development of indi- 
viduals and society, it bears directly on those pathological elements 
that tend to social degeneration. As there is no specific for any of 
society’s diseases, the general remedy is to implant and develop in indi- 
viduals (the earlier the better) such mental, moral, and physical habits 
as will serve to prevent or lessen delinquency, dependency, or defect- 
iveness. Such a therapeutical method is distinctively educational. 
The present work may perhaps be considered as an introduction to 
abnormality in general, giving a description, diagnosis, and synthesis 
of human abnormalities, which seem to be constant factors in society. 
1 “Social Pathology” is here used instead of the usual term “Social Science,” which is broader, 
including both normal and abnormal. CHAPTER I. 
EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
It is an undisputed fact that the moral side of education is as difficult 
as it is important. This becomes most apparent in the education of 
the dependent, weak, and criminal classes. Any educational system 
that can succeed here, can with slight modifications succeed in the 
community at large, for all men have tendencies, however slight, 
towards these defects; but, by force of character or surroundings, the 
great majority have been able to resist to such a degree as not to fall. 
But it may be asked to what extent methods of education for normal 
individuals may be adapted to those who are abnormal. An individual 
may be said to be abnormal when his mental or emotional character- 
istics are so divergent from those of the ordinary person as to produce 
a pronounced moral or intellectual deviation or defect. To distinguish 
such abnormality from disease is difficult, if not impossible; but in 
general an abnormality is called disease as soon as it reaches a certain 
degree; but it may also be an excessive degree of the normal, just as 
in the physical man in a single diseased cell the normal or physiological 
processes are not changed in kind, but only in degree, or simply act at 
an inappropriate time. In general it may be said that, while all dis- 
eases are abnormal, not all abnormalities are diseases. The fact that 
the same functions are involved in both normal and abnormal proc- 
esses (psychical and physical) is one explanation why the same methods 
of education are found applicable to both. 
CLASSES OF SOCIETY. 
If, then, the average man in the community is taken as a normal 
type and individuals are classified according to their degree of like- 
ness or unlikeness to him, there will result in general the following 
divisions: 
(1) The normal class of individuals, who greatly exceed all other 
classes in number; these in every community constitute the conserva- 
tive and trustworthy element and may be said to be the backbone of 
the race. 
9 10 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
(2) The dependent class, as represented in almshouses, hospitals, 
asylums for orphans and the homeless, and similar charitable institu- 
tions. According to the census of 1880 in the United States the whole 
number of such individuals, for example, amounted to 123,026. 
(3) The delinquent class, as found in all penal and reformatory in- 
stitutions, which, according to the same census, amounted to 70,077. 
(4) The defective class. Here belong the insane, feeble-minded, idi- 
otic, and imbecile, amounting in all to 108,854; and also the deaf, dumb, 
and blind, numbering 82,800 in all. 
(5) Men of genius or great talent. 
The total number of these first four classes in the United States for 
1880 was 445,363. This, of course, is far below the reality, since many 
are not sent to the institutions from which the census is taken. It will, 
however, give an idea of the comparatively small number of distinct- 
ively abnormal individuals, that is, less than half a million out of fifty 
million inhabitants. It is surprising that so small a part of the com- 
munity can cause so much trouble, danger, and expense. But it is in a 
social mechanism as in a mechanical, where one little part may throw 
the whole into disorder. Yet the importance of this part does not lie in 
itself, but in its relations to the others. Thus one crank or one crim- 
inal can throw the whole community into excitement, often causing 
great injury. 
The delinquent classes approximate nearest to the normal type, for 
the majority deviate principally in one respect, that is, in a weakness 
of moral sense which gives away to temptation; this is the most harm- 
ful deviation, both for the individual and society, and the community 
justly regard these classes as their greatest enemy. 
While the dependent classes owe their condition directly or indi- 
rectly to either alcoholism or improvidence or general mental or xdiysi- 
cal incapacity, their abnormality may be regarded as more distinctly 
social than in the case of the other classes. 
The insane and feeble-minded are the largest in number and vary the 
most from the normal type. The one is an exaggeration of mental fac- 
ulties due to cerebral .irritation; the other is a diminution of mental 
powers; or both exaggeration and defect may coexist. Feebleminded- 
ness, idiocy, and imbecility may be due to an immature or arrested 
development. 
There is a natural objection to calling the deaf and dumb and blind 
u defectives,” since the public are liable to suppose that this term applies 
to the mental capacity, which in many cases is not true. Yet the pop- 
ular prejudice is not wholly unfounded, for anyone deprived of such 
important senses is so far hindered in opportunities for knowledge. It 
must be borne in mind also that a considerable number of the feeble- 
minded are deaf and dumb or partially so. 
The division of the abnormal classes into dependent, delinquent, and 
defective, while by no means exact, is as convenient as any perhaps. EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
11 
Any exact division is manifestly impossible for the defective and delin- 
quent are generally dependent and the delinquent are often defective, 
and vice versa. 
The difficulty of obtaining the number of all those who belong to the 
special classes is unavoidable. Thus the delinquent class are the most 
desirous to conceal themselves. As to the insane, there are many such 
in the community who are not referred to as such, because they are 
harmless. Many families seek to conceal insanity and idiocy. On the 
other hand, there may be exaggeration in the number of the poor, for 
some claim to be in poverty in order to receive help. There is also a 
tendency to exaggerate evil or misfortune in order to bring out a more 
liberal sympathy or there is unfortunately a morbid desire to picture 
the world in its darkest colors. 
TEACHING OF PRACTICAL MORALITY. 
From the point of view of society, the importance of these classes is 
not according to their number, for the delinquent are the most injurious 
and costly. This is evident when one considers the time they require 
from the police, detectives, and courts. There is much to indicate that 
the sociological problem involved in the delinquent and dependent 
classes is at its foundation an educational one. Teaching of practical 
morality in such a way as to form good habits in the young is doubtless 
the surest preventative from a criminal career, A general criticism of 
educational systems is that they are little developed on their moral 
side as compared with the intellectual. Perez says that the business 
of education should be much more concerned with the habits that chil- 
dren acquire, and with their wills, rather than with the moral con- 
science. The latter is the blossom that will be followed by fruit, but 
the former are the roots and branches. While the moral and intellectual 
sides of education necessarily exist together, yet society is most solic- 
itous about the former, for an individual may be a good citizen with 
little instruction, if he has sound morality; but the reverse is not true. 
There is a special difficulty in teaching even a minimum system of 
morality, for the disideratum consists not only in inculcating general 
principles, but by indicating courses of conduct in detail. Generalities 
elevate the moral tone, but details incarnate the principles. A defi- 
nite course of conduct is needed, yet broad enough to apply to the 
average individual. In the province of personal hygiene there is much 
to be done, but nothing should be taught unless sanctioned by the 
most competent medical authorities. One cleanly habit established 
suggests others; a beginning, with a few details, is much more im- 
pressive than generalities. 
Society teaches many of these things by occasion, when the poor are 
brought into hospitals and made conscious of what cleanliness signi- 
fies, or when the board of health forces this idea upon the community. 
Many children arc taught, for the first time, lessons of cleanliness upon 12 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
entering institutions for the weakling classes, where the good effects 
are seen; so that it is as true as it is paradoxical that some of the 
enemies of the State are receiving a most practical education from the 
State. This, however, has its justification, since the weak need more 
aid than the stronger, but this weakness may have been due to the 
neglect of such education at the outset. 
The inmates of institutions for the delinquent and dependent differ 
little or none at all from individuals outside. The excellencies and 
defects of an educational system can be carefully studied in these in- 
stitutions, for all are under the same conditions and can be controlled 
in all details of their life. In addition to the practical value of the ex- 
perience of these institutions there is a deeper one. One of the main 
objects of education is to eradicate or modify undesirable tendencies 
and to develop the favorable ones. Here is an opportunity for the 
rational method of treatment, which is, first, to study the unfavorable 
characteristics, and, second, to investigate their causes as far as possi- 
ble. Knowledge thus gained will be the most reliable in correcting 
evil tendencies or preventing their development. By such a method 
no sudden results should be ■expected; gradual progress is all that can 
be hoped for. A thorough study of this nature in penal and reforma- 
tory institutions is possible; the effects of the method of education can 
be closely observed physically, intellectually, and morally. Thus, when, 
for instance, an initiate ceases to reverse his drinking cup after using 
it, which is required for purposes of cleanliness and order, this, though 
a very slight thing in itself, indicates that he is becoming careless and 
losing his will power to reform. By a sort of radiation other negli- 
gences are liable to follow, confirming the direction in which he is 
tending. A good report from his keeper, on the other hand, can sig- 
nify a new resolution of the will. Thus a series of records indicate, 
so to speak, the moral and intellectual pulse of the inmate. What 
might seem a very slight offense outside of a reformatory institution 
is not so within, where there is a minimum of temptation to do wrong 
and a maximum of continuous restraint to do right, so that there may 
be a gradual education in the formation of good habits which are the 
surest safeguard to the inmate after his release. 
It is important that institutions for the criminal and weakling classes 
strive to gain as much knowledge as possible of the life of the inmate 
previous to entering the institution, to keep a minute record of his 
conduct while under their care, and especially to follow his career 
afterwards, thus imparting useful knowledge to society at large. For, 
if there is to be any advancement in the treatment of the weakling 
classes by educational methods, it will lie in the direction of the study 
of the inmates themselves. The institutions should afford facilities 
for such study, the very object of which is to furnisn a trustworthy 
foundation for the prevention and repression of delinquency and de- 
pendency. If the cure is possible only to a certain degree, the approx- EDUCATION AND CREME 
13 
imate determination of this degree would be of great practical impor- 
tance. 
But if it be objected that, after all, much that is definite and trust- 
worthy may not be gained, the cause will be due mainly to the need 
of more exact methods of investigation. By keeping an exact record 
of conduct in school, workshop, military service, and cell in connection 
with intellectual standing, and giving special attention to those indi- 
viduals whose hereditary tendencies and early surroundings are best 
known, a thorough investigation of physical, mental, moral, and indus- 
trial education can be made. A minute study of one single individual 
in the social organism, be he delinquent, dependent, or not, may suggest 
a method for the beginning, at least, of a scientific sociological educa- 
tion. Such experience might be especially helpful in pointing out the 
best methods for the education of the young. In general, the main 
object of education is to train the young to become intelligent, moral, 
and self-supporting citizens. A system of education that can accom- 
plish this is a practical need in society as a whole. 
But education in the sense of the intellectual only is not sufficient; 
for, though the children of the weakling classes remain six hours in 
school, the rest of their time is spent in abodes of crime, squalid homes, 
or vicious idleness. While the reform schools are doing much, they do 
not reach, however, the very young at a time when influences for evil can 
leave indelible impressions. If these-unfortunate children are to be 
educated morally and intellectually, it is evident that this can not be 
done unless they are removed from their pernicious surroundings. 
Early prevention is the most effective of all reforms. Philanthropic 
efforts are being directed to this end, but they have not proved suffi- 
cient for their support is not always assured, and not infrequently 
they are of a sporadic nature. It would seem, if anything permanent 
and effective is to be accomplished, the State must assist. While the 
American Government is not a paternal one, yet there is a limit to all 
forms of rules here; extremes can produce evil. Maj. McClaughry, 
chief of the Chicago ponce, and an expert of long experience, considers 
first among the causes of crime in this country “criminal parentage, 
association, and neglect of children by their parents.” It is to be 
presumed that parents will properly care for their children, treating 
them kindly, and allowing them an opportunity for at least an ele- 
mentary education. When this presumption is found to be untrue, the 
State provides for the appointment of a suitable person to act as guar- 
dian. But, as Mr. Martindale1 says, there are two defects in this 
method: “ First, there is no officer or person or body charged specially 
with the duty of investigating and prosecuting the cases. Secondly, 
as such children have no estates out of which they may be •maintained 
and educated, the court can find no guardian who will undertake the 
1 u Child Saving Legislation,” North American Review, September, 1891. 14 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
task at liis own charge. Experience in such cases shows that it is dif- 
ficult to induce neighbors to prosecute. The fear of revenge, reluctance 
to attend court, a common belief that a child belongs to a parent, who 
has a right to do as he pleases with it, and sympathy for a mother de- 
prived of her child, however depraved she may be, are all prevailing 
motives which hinder the prosecution of such cases.” 
Prof. Francis Wayland,1 of the Yale law school, says that “it may 
require a little time to convince the community that a father has no 
inalienable right-to brutalize his children, and to conduct under his 
roof a normal school for crime; that a mother has no inalienable right to 
turn her apartments into a brothel. A haunt of vice and crime is not 
a home, and we do not advocate institutional life save as, and always 
as, a temporary resting place under humane conditions, as to care and 
comfort, until a permanent home can be provided.” 
According to the most thorough study yet made2 of the conditions 
of the weakling classes, 20 per cent of the school fees can not be col- 
lected; 10 per cent of the children attending are in want of food; 
some come without breakfast because the parents do not get it for 
them; as a little boy said, “his mother got drunk and could not get 
up to get it.” Such children are very irregular in attendance, which 
is a great annoyance to a teacher, not to say a waste of public money. 
Such»children live in the poorest neighborhood; they have no regular 
meals; fully a third live in one room with their parents; their waking 
hours are divided between school and the street; saloons are some- 
times as numerous as one to every hundred adults; those on the verge 
of pauperism patronize them. Yet there is good order in these schools; 
the street urchins are trained to respond to right rule, affording 
ground for hope as to their future. At home they have no training; 
they need encouragement; they should be lifted up from their sur- 
roundings and gain a taste for better things. The difficulty is caused 
more frequently by poverty and shiftlessness at home than by neglect 
and vice, yetthelatter have great influence. Compulsion in its ordinary 
form is practically useless in making such children regular in attend- 
ance at school. The parents are characterized by improvidence, want 
of purpose, and no regard for the future of their children; as soon as 
their boy is through with school he is put on work which prepares 
him for nothing, and thus he drifts into casual employment, trusts to 
chance for a living, and gradually sinks. The poverty, misery, and 
vice of the next generation will to a large extent come from the slum 
children. Their need is education in habits of decency, cleanliness, 
self-respect, the rudiments of civilization and domestic life; their in- 
struction should not be too abstract, nor technical in the sense of fitting 
them for competitive examinations, clerkships, or college; but rather 
for the workshop, factory, trades, or the home. 
l“ Child Saving Legislation/’ reprint from National Baptist, December 3, 1891. 
2Charles Booth, Labor and Life of the People, London. EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
15 
RELATION OF EDUCATION TO CRIME. 
It is common suspicion of a number of writers that education has 
little influence in decreasing crime. That the meaning of this may be 
clearly understood it will be necessary to cite a few opinions. 
Monsieur Tarde1 speaks of the action of education upon insanity and 
suicide, which increase pari passu, but he refers only to primary educa- 
tion. He remarks that the restrictive action of education over crime 
is not seen, for where there is the most illiteracy there is not always 
the most crime; in Spain the proportion of illiteracy to the population 
of the whole country is two-thirds, but only half of the crime comes 
from this number. In 1883, 64 of condemned assassins knew how to 
read or write; 67 did not; there is one condemned for theft out of every 
6,453 with common education and 8,283 with no education.2 In the 
country, where there is less educat ion than in the city, there are 8 pris- 
oners a year for 100,000 inhabitants ; but 16 prisoners for 100,000 
inhabitants in the cities. Education modifies crime. Thus within forty 
or fifty years the stealing of grain has diminished while that of jewels 
has increased; also the proportion of crime against chastity has been 
very large, a probable effect of the emancipation and refinement of 
mind. Therefore, according to Monsieur Tarde, “the quantity of crime 
cn bloc is not at all attacked by the diffusion of primary education. The 
remedy should be to proclaim the necessity of sacrifice, the insuffi- 
ciency of the motive of personal interest, and the opportunity to 
elevate by testhetical education of the highest sort and to spread 
professional education as far as possible.” From Tarde’s point of 
view, however, primary education is necessary, as it is a condition ot 
the higher and professional, even if we should admit that per se it is 
without effect. 
According to Proal,3 instruction is not sufficient to repress crime; 
morality is not an attribute of thought but of will; spiritual beliefs 
and respect of God are necessary. Instruction does not do away with 
egotism. Literary and philosophical studies have much more moral 
influence than those that are scientific. 
Victor Hugo liked to say that he who opens a school closes a prison. 
But Proal says many schools have been opened, but no prisons closed; 
criminality has not diminished while education has increased. Mcolay4 
insists that if defective instruction is the cause of every evil, then (1) 
there should be less morality in the country where instruction is less 
cared for than in the city; (2) the sense of duty should be more feeble 
iu woman than in man; but the contrary is the truth; the city popu- 
lation, which is only three-tenths of the whole, furnishes almost half 
1 La Criminality Paris, 1890. 
2 Jimeno Agins, la Criminalitad en Espana. Revista do Espana, 1885. 
3Le Crime et la peine, Paris, 1892. 
4 Les enfants inal sieves, Paris, 1891. 16 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
the number of accused; and woman commits four times as few offenses 
and six times as few crimes as man, 
Lombroso,1 by comparing 500 criminals with normal men, finds the 
following: 
Delinquents. ‘ Normals. 
Per cent. 1 Per cent. 
12 I 0 
95 I 67 
12 | 27 
3. Superior instruction 
The delinquents are inferior to the normal in the two extremes, but 
not so in elementary instruction. But there is great variation, accord- 
ing to the category of criminals; 25 per cent of violators and assassins 
are analphabets, but only 9 per cent of criminals against property, 
and less than 1 per cent of swindlers. In Austria the class commit- 
ting the least crime for fourteen years consisted of those engaged in 
scientific work;2 but such men are engaged in tedious and long inves- 
tigations ; they are critical, and their emotional nature is little developed, 
so that they see more clearly the folly of crime, and that its reaction 
generally returns with great severity upon the offender. But with poets 
and artists crime is more common, since the emotional nature is more 
prominent. The artists are tempted by professional jealousy. While 
sculptors and architects manifest little tendency to crime, painters pro- 
duce their quota, owing perhaps to their abuse of alcohol. But crime 
is more frequent in the liberal professions. In Italy and Franco 6 per 
cent had received a superior culture; in Bavaria 4 per cent, and in Aus- 
tria 3.0 per cent. Lombroso adds that these numbers are relatively 
greater than in the other classes of society. In Italy there is 1 criminal 
for every 315 professional men(“professionistes”), 1 for every 278 propri- 
etors, 1 for every 419 farmers, and 1 for every 428 employes.3 For those 
who exercise a profession science is not an end in itself, but a means, 
thus giving less force to conquer the passions. The physician can easily 
give poison, the lawyer commit perjury, and the teacher sin against 
chastity. 
But there are other authorities who take a somewhat different view. 
Buchner (Force et matiere) says that defect of intelligence, want of edu- 
cation, and poverty are the three great factors in crime. Beccaria asserts 
that the evils that flow from knowledge are in inverse ratio to its diffu- 
sion and the benefits directly proportional; to prevent crime, enlight- 
enment should accompany liberty. A bold impostor, who is never a 
commonplace man, is adored by the ignorant and despised by the en- 
lightened. The surest, yet most difficult, means of preventing crime is 
to improve education; inclining the youth to virtue by the path of feeling, 
1 L’Hoinme Criminel. Paris, 1887. 
2Messeclaglia, Statisticho criminal! dell’ Impero Austriaco. 
3 Oettingen, Die Moral-Statistik. EDUCATION AND CRIME 
17 
and deterring from evil by the force of necessity and disadvantage, and 
not by mere command, which is uncertain. D’Olivecrona1 says that three- 
fourtbs of those who enter prison have been conducted to crime through 
neglected education; the method of treatment, therefore, should be the 
developement of the moral and intellectual faculties, and self-reforma- 
tion should be taught as the first duty. 
In America the opinion of those of large experience on the practical 
side of reformation decidedly favors the influence of education. Z. R. 
Brockway, superintendent of the Elmira reformatory (an institution 
generally acknowledged to be the most successful in the world), con- 
siders the factors for the reformation of criminals: (1) physical renova- 
tion ; (2) mental development and education; (3) the creation of improved 
habitudes, including moral habitudes. Gardiner Tuffs, of the Massa- 
chusetts reformatory, says that criminals are more weak than wicked; 
deficient in goodness rather than excessive in wickedness; that a 
reformatory is an educational institution; inmates are trained physically, 
taught letters and trades, and equipped with manual skill and indus- 
trial knowledge. Rev. Fred. H. Wines makes labor, instruction, and 
religion all forms of educaton. 
STATISTICS. 
Since the opinions of experts seem to be at variance in regard to the 
influence of education upon crime, it will be necessary to make an im- 
partial statistical investigation in those countries whose parallel figures 
(or nearly so) for the same years can be obtained. The difficulty here 
is evident, but the endeavor will be to present what statistics can be 
gathered from the best and latest sources in a number of countries, and 
also in places, as Saxony, where records are extended and accurate. 
The endeavor will be to give a sufficient number of statistics from dif- 
ferent sources, so that the reader can make an independent judgment. 
FRANCE 
The following table2 gives statistics concerning France, which show 
a relative increase of crime to the population: 
Table I 
Period. 
Per million inhabitants. 
Crimes. 
Offenses. 
Total. 
1830-1840 
230 
2,080 
2,310 
1841-1860 
195 
3, 610 
3, 805 
1861-1870 
110 
3,870 
3, 980 
1871-1880 
120 
4,320 
4,440 : 
1883-1887 
81 
5, 390 
5, 471 
1 Des causes do la rdcidive et des moyens d’en restreindre les effets. Stockholm. 
2 Dictionary of statistics, M. G. Mullhall, p. 235. 
3000 A M 2 18 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Taking the ratio of male and female adults able to sign the marriage 
register and of conscripts able to write when enrolled for service, the 
results are— 
Tabus 11. 
Year. 
Conscripts 
able to 
write. 
Adults of 
both sexes. 
Per cent. 
Per cent. 
1830 
45 
42 
1855 
66 
60 
1865 
70 
66 
1«T6 
84 
75 
1881 
86 
82 
In France, then, there has been a relative (to population) increase of 
both education and crime. The same is shown by the u Bulletin de 
riustitnt International de Statistique n for 1889: 
Table 111. 
Tear. 
Literate 
conscripts. 
Year. 
Literate 
adults 
(married). 
* 
1827 
Per cent. 
42 
1854 
Per cent. 
. 53 
1886 
90 
1885 
RO 
ITALY. 
It is seen from official returns that the number of children at primary 
schools has doubled since 1862.1 The increase in education is shown in 
tne following table:1 
Table IV. 
Tear. 
Conscripts 
able to 
read. 
Signing marriage 
register. 
University 
Students 
and 
auditors, a 
Men. 
Women. 
1866 
Per cent. 
36.0 
43. 0 
52. 3 
Per cent. 
40.0 
42.3 
51. 8 
Per cent. 
21.0 
23.3 
30.1 
1871 
1881 
1883 
13, 334 
13, 532 
14, 817 
14, 996 
15, 911 
1884 
1885 
1886 
1887 
55.0 
57.2 
37.2 
a Statesman’s Year Book. 
1 Mulhall. EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
19 
In 1875 the prisons of Italy admitted 200,700 criminals. In 1887 the 
convictions were as follows:1 
Table V. 
Convictions at— 
Assize court 
Minor courts 
309,813 
Total 
315,359 
The judicial penal statistics of Italy for 18802 indicate the relative 
number (to population) of all the crimes condemned by the printers in 
t he years: 
Table VI 
For every 100,000 inhabitants: 
1887 
901.21 
1888 
928.87 
1889 
954.43 
According to this official publication these figures (Table yi) indi- 
cate a relative increase in crime. 
In the Statesman’s Year Book for 1891 is given the percentage of 
illiterate conscripts and illiterates married: 
Table VII. 
Y ear. 
Illiterate 
conscripts. 
Illiterates married. 
Male. 
Female. 
1866 
Per cent. 
64.01 
56. 71 
47.74 
44.98 
42. 98 
Per cent. 
59.96 
57. 73 
48.24 
42. 83 
42. 27 
Per cent. 
78. 97 
76. 73 
69. 90 
62. 82 
61.90 
1871 
1881 
1887 
1888 
For Italy, then, all statistics indicate an increase of both education 
and crime. 
GERMANY. 
From the table3 below it will be seen that there has been a relative 
increase in Germany of those condemned for crime: 
Table VIII. 
Number of persons condemned for every 100.000 inhabitants: 
1882 ’ 1,028 
1883 I, 023 
1884 1, 060 
1885 1,046 
1886 1,066 
1887 1, 068 
Habitual criminality has also increased.3 
1 Mnlhall. 
2 Statistica Giudiziaria Penale, 1889. fioma, 1891. 
3Zeitschrift de.s K. Siichsischen Statistischen Bureaus, xxxv. Jahrgang, 1889. 20 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Table IX. 
Crimes and offenses punished. 
Year. 
In general. 
For the 
first time. 
More than 
once. 
Whole 
number. 
1882 
329, 968 
247,512 
82, 456 
Per cent. 
24.9 
1888 
330.128 
244,611 
85,517 
25.9 
1884 
345, 977 
254, 703 
91,274 
26. 4 
1885 
343,087 
249, 055 
94, 032 
27.4 
1886 
353, 000 
253,885 
99,115 
28.9 
1887 
356,357 
253,512 
102,845 
28.9 
In the university education of Germany there has been a relative 
increase to population: 
Table X. 
[Number of students to every 100,000 inhabitants.1] 
1830 52.5 
1856-01 32.0 
1870 * 43.7 
1881 51.0 
1882 52.5 
1885 58.1 
1889 00.3 
There has been, therefore, a general increase of both university edu- 
cation and crime; but comparing the years 1882 and 1885 in the two 
last tables, it will be seen that the relative increase has been twice as 
much in one case as in the other; thus showing little correspondence. 
Another important factor may be noted in this connection. From 
Tables vui, x, and xi it will be seen that in the years 1882,1883, and 1884 
crime, university education, and alcoholism manifest a somewhat large 
and corresponding increase. Of every 100,000 inhabitants in Germany 
there entered the hospitals the following numbers of chronic alcohol- 
ics and those afflicted with delirium tremens.2 
Table XI. 
1877 10.0 1881 9.2 
1878 9.5 1882 11.1 
1879 10.0 1883 15.6 
1880 9.3 1881 19.8 
For 1882, 1883, and 1881 there is indicated a large increase in the 
abuse of alcoholic drinks. 
The frequent causal relation between drunkenness and crime is shown 
by the figures in the Dictionaire des Sciences Medicales. “ The propor- 
tion of crime caused by habits of intemperance is as follows; ” England, 
43 per cent; Belgium, 80; Sweden, 31; Germany, 44; and Denmark, 74 
per cent. It will be evident, therefore, that any statement as to educa- 
tion increasing crime can have little weight until it can be shown that 
1 Von Mayr-Allgemeines Statistisches ArcMv., 1890. 
2 Baer, A.—Dio Trunksuclit, 1890. EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
21 
the increase in crime is not accounted for to a large extent by the 
increase in the use of alcohol. But Baer affirms that also indirectly the 
abuse of alcohol increases crime very greatly.1 
AUSTRIA. 
Table XII.a 
Convictions. 
1885. 
1886. 
1887. 
1888. 
30, 865 
5, 745 
538, 947 
29, 706 
5, 400 
558, 453 
28, 745 
4,989 
556, 298 
28,112 
4, 830 
536, 740 
Offenses less serious 
Number confined at end of year 
Males 
575, 557 
593, 559 
570, 032 
569, 682 
10, 168 
1, 521 
9,785 
1.439 
9, 602 
1,478 
9, 364 
1,475 
11,689 
11,224 
11,080 
10,839 
a Statesman's Year Book, 1892. 
The above table shows an absolute decrease in number of convic- 
tions in Austria. 
The total number of pupils in school was, in 1886, 2,748,347; in 1889, 
2,831,667. These latter figures2 show, on the other hand, an absolute 
increase in education; but this is still greater since, in 1886, 10.9 per- 
cent escaped enrollment, and in 1889, 11.3 per cent. As far as statis- 
tics are accessible, Austria shows an increase in education and a de- 
crease in crime. 
NORWAY ANT) SWEDEN. 
In Norway and Sweden the convictions for crime were as follows:: 
Tried for— 
Sweden. 
Norway. 
1881. 
1887. 
1881. 
1887. 
18884. 
18894. 
9,608 
48, 598 
9,157 
45, 404 
3, 318 
25, 369 
2, 932 
22, 664 
2, 753 
21,755 
2, 938 
24, 926 
Total 
58, 200 
54, 561 
28,687 j 25,596 
24, 508 
27, 864 
The ratio of children in school was 98 per cent in 1888 and 71 per 
cent in 1859 in Sweden. 
The population in Norway4 in 1875 was 1,818,853; in 1887, 1,959,000; 
and in 1891, 1,999,176. The number of pupils in 1885 was 263,392; in 
1887, 294,064; and in 1888, 295,239. 
While there has been a decrease in the number of convictions for 
crime from 1881 to 1887 in Norway and Sweden, there has been an 
increase in education. But in Norway alone for the year 1888-’B9 there 
1 See chapter iv, on alcoholism. 
2 Oesterreicheu Statistik, 21 and 25 Biinde. 
:i Mulhall. 
4 The Statesman’s Year Book, 1891. 22 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
is an increase in the number of crimes. As to education in Norway we 
have not been able to obtain statistics. 
According to Mnlhall1 “ the increase of schools has been accompanied 
by a decrease in crime. The returns for England, Wales, and Scotland 
show:” 
ENGLAND 
Period. 
Children 
attending 
school. 
Annual 
convictions. 
School 
children 
per 1,000 
population. 
Criminals 
per 
100,000 
population, 
1841-1850 
220, 000 
24, 300 
11 
122 
1851-1860 
560, 000 
21.200 
26 
96 
1861 1870 
1,170, 000 
17. 010 
47 
68 
1871-1880 
2, 300, ooo 
13, 900 
82 
50 
1887 
4, 019, 000 
12,150 
125 
38 
Mulhall says: “From 1869 to 1881 there was a decline of 53 per cent 
in Juvenile crime, thus showing the good effect of reformatories since 
their introduction in 1869 into the United Kingdom:” 
1869. 
1881. 
.1 nvenile offenders 
10,314 
458 
5, 579 
215 
As in England, so the increase of schools in Ireland lias been con- 
comitant with a decrease of crime:2 
Period. 
Children 
attending 
school. 
Annual con- 
victions. 
School 
children 
per 1,000 
population. 
Criminals 
per 100,000 
population. 
1851-1660 
220, 000 
7, 705 
35 
124 
1861-1870 
310, 000 
2, 018 
56 
53 
1871-1880 
405, 000 
2, 492 
77 
47 
1887 
513,000 
1,412 
106 
29 
The Statesman’s Year Hook for 1893 gives the following tables, com- 
piled from official returns, relating to primary schools (both board 
schools and voluntary schools), showing the progress of education 
within the years 1884 to 1890: 
Year elided August 31— 
Average number of chil- 
dren iu attendance. 
England and 
Wales. 
Scotland. 
1884 
3, 2711,124 
448, 242 
1885 
3, 371, 325 
455, 055 
188G 
3,438, 425 
476, 890 
1887 
3, 527, 381 
491, 735 
1888 
3, 014. 907 
496, 239 
1889 
3, 682. 025 
503,100 
1890 
3,717,917 
519, 738 
The Dictionary of Statistics, 1891. 
* Mulhall. EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
23 
The increase of the number of children in attendance from 1884 to 
1890 has been a continual and gradual one. 
The following table will indicate the progress of elementary schools 
in Ireland.1 
; \ 
Tear ended December 31— 
Schools in 
operation. 
Average 
attendance. 
1884 
7,832 
492,928 
1885 
7,936 
502, 454 
1886 
8,024 
490, 484 
1887 
8, 112 
515, 388 
1888 
8,196 
493, 883 
1889 
8,251 
507,865 
1890 
8, 298 
489,144 
The number of criminal offenders committed for trial and convicted 
in the three kingdoms was :l 
S'; / 
England and Wales. 
Scotland. 
Ireland. 
Year. 
Committed 
for trial. 
Convicted. 
Committed 
for trial. 
Convicted. 
Committed 
for trial. 
Convicted. 
1885 
13,586 
13, 974 
10,500 
10, 686 
10, 338 
10, 561 
9,348 
2, 535 
1,956 
1,838 
1,843 
1,753 
2, 850 
1,573 
1,619 
1,411 
1,220 
1,225 
1,193 
1880 
2.437 
3,028 
2, 694 
1887 
13’ 292 
2,357 
2, 352 
2, 234 
1888 
13, 750 
2.188 
1889 
12, 099 
11,974 
li 723 
1,928 
2.181 
1890 
9, 242 
2,314 
2,061 
In England, Scotland, and Ireland all statistics are in accord in 
showing an increase in education and a decrease in crime, from 1885- 
1890. The fact that in certain years there is an increase in the number 
of convictions, although a decrease in the number committed for trial, 
would indicate more certainty in the execution of justice. This may 
be one element to account for the cause of the general decrease in crime. 
AUSTRALIA 
Per 10,000 population. 
Tear. 
Arrests. 
Commit- 
tals. 
Convicts 
1861 
433 
22 
13 
1871 
362 
14 
8 
1881 
432 
12 
7 
1888 
365 
10 
6 
In this table arrests include all manner of crimes and offenses; com- 
mittals refer only to crimes. There is indicated a relative decrease in 
crime. The increase of education on the other hand is quite marked.2 
1861 130, 000 
1871 312,000 
1881 671,000 
1888 783,000 
Pupils. 
1 The Statesmau’s Year Book, 1892. 
* Mulball, 1891. ABNORMAL MAN. 
JAPAN, 
In Japan since 1885 there has been a decrease in crime:1 
Crime. 
1884. 
1885. 
1886. 
1887. 
1888. 
Serious crimes 
Lesser crimes 
Total 
4,437 
94, 055 
5, 630 
96, 474 
5, 940 
96, 474 
4, 397 
79, 723 
3,174 
73, 279 
97,492 
109, 368 
102,414 
84,120 
76,453 
Elementary education is compulsory. The official educational sta- 
tistics for 1885 are: 
Students 
or pupils. 
Elementary schools 2, 802, 639 
High schools 11,885 
University schools 875 
Normal schools 5, 000 
Technical schools 11, 424 
High female schools 898 
Other schools 68, 061 
Total 2,900,782 
And for 1888: * 
Students and 
pupils. 
Elementary schools 2, 927, 868 
Lower middle schools 11, 200 
Higher middle schools 3, 939 
High girls’ schools * 2, 599 
Normal schools 5,287 
Technical schools 15,453 
Special schools . 88, 226 
University schools 808 
Kindergarten schools 6, 337 
Total 3,061,717 
By comparing the two last tables an increase in number of students 
and pupils is evident. A development of their system of education is 
also indicated by the increase in the kinds of schools. 
WURTEMBERG. 
According to recent official returns in Wiirtemberg no one above 
the age of 10 is unable to read or write.2 There has also been a de- 
crease in the number of those convicted over 12 years of age, as fol- 
lows: In 1880, 13,617; in 1887, 12,841, and in 1888, 12,757. 
1 Statesman’s Year Book, 1889. 
2 Statesman’s Year Book, 1892. 25 
EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
11l Saxony from 1881 to 1889 the number of common schools and the 
total attendance has increased. 
SAXONY. 
Year. 
Common schools. 
Other educational institu- 
tions except university. 
Humber. 
Attendance. 
Number. 
Attendance. 
1884 
4, 046 
599, 470 
71 
15, 374 
1887 
4,186 
641,070 
70 
17,739 
188!) 
4,229 
661, 464 
78 
17, 294 
1890 
4,280 
670, 354 
77 
17,906 
University of Leipzig 
Year. 
Students. 
Theology. 
Jurispru- 
dence. 
Medicine. 
Philoso- 
phy- 
Total. 
1885 
699 
610 
662 
1,104 
3, 075 
1886 
653 
625 
690 
1,062 
3,060 
. 1887 
693 
685 
713 
940 
3, 054 
1888 
693 
831 
794 
970 
3, 288 
1889 
660 
879 
874 
909 
3, 391 
1890 
565 
1,090 
944 
859 
3,458 
From the preceding table it will be seen that while the number of 
students in theology and philosophy have decreased, those in medicine 
and jurisprudence have increased sufficiently to more than counter- 
balance this decrease. 
According to official statistics2 of education in Saxony, from 1864 to 
1890 the attendance on the university shows an increase of 251.63 per 
cent. There were graduated from the gymnasia 2 in 1877, 250; in 1878, 
242; in 1880, 278; in 1884, 357, and in 1889, 446. Saxony thus shows 
an increase in all departments of education. The comparative table3 
following shows an increase in population (No. 14), and a decrease in 
the number of condemned in general (No. 1): 
SAXONY. 
N08. 
« 
1884. 
1885. 
1886. 
1887. 
1 
17,265 
614 844 
16, 569 
16, 293 
16,161 
658,809 
1,104 
3, 054 
2 
Total attendance at all schools except uni- 
3 
1,114 
1,146 
3,075 
753 
1,071 
3, 060 
4 
5 
G 
Ratio of condemned for every 100,000 in- 
habitants responsible under the law.. 
795 
599, 470 
731 
715 
641, 070 
7 
For every 100 thefts there were young per- 
sons to the number of: 
Male 
17. 9 
18.3 
18.8 
19. 5 
8 
6. 9 
7. 1 
7. 3 
7.3 
9 
17,706 
18,340 
17, 233 
14,793 
10 
$36. 50 
$41.98 
7, 302 
318 
$35. 94 
$39. 59 
6,728 
425 
$33. 29 
$38. GO 
6,346 
$30. 91 
$40.48 
6, 040 
11 
12 
Thefts 
13 
14 
3,101, 810 
3,143, 650 
3,185, 490 
3, 227, 329 
a Baer, Die Trnnksucht, 1890. 
1 Statesman’s Year Books, 1887-1892. 
2 Zwelter Bericlit liber die gesamniten IJnterrichts- unci Erzielmugsaustalten ini 
Konigreiclie Sachsen, Dresden, 1890. 
3Zeitschnft desk. sacbsiscben statistischen Bureaus, 1889. 26 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
The statistics for other social factors are given in the table above, as 
some of them may have a close relation to crime. 
Taking the period from 1884 to 1887, there is a decrease under the 
following heads: In total attendance on university (Ho. 4), in number 
of beggars and tramps (Ho. 9), in the price of rye (Ho. 10), and in the 
number of thefts (Ho. 12). 
There is an increase in attendance of all schools except universities 
(Ho. 2), in the attendance at common schools (Ho. 6), in juvenile 
thefts (Hos. 7 and 8), and in alcoholism for 1884 and 1885 (Ho. 13). The 
number of suicides and the price of wheat do not vary very much dur- 
ing this period. 
Rye bread is one of the most common foods in Saxony. If a decline 
in its price be taken as an indication of cheaper living for the poor, and 
therefore assuming less struggle for existence, it might be used as an 
argument to account for the decrease in crime. But such methods of 
comparing and arguing in statistics may indicate possibilities, and in 
some cases probabilities, but not certainties. One reason is that other 
potent factors, such as psycho-social, must be included, although they 
can not bo estimated in their influence upon crime. As arguments of 
this nature are so popular and so frequently employed, it may not be 
ont of place to indicate what unwarrantable conclusions may be reached. 
In Germany1 the convictions per 10,000 inhabitants over 12 years of 
age were 100 in 1885 and 108.2 in 188 G. How, in 1885, woolen manu- 
factures to the value of £2,G63,015 were imported into Germany, and in 
1886 the value reached was £2,783,728, showing an increase somewhat 
parallel to that of the convictions. Arguing from coucomitancy to 
causation, it might be said that increase in wool importation caused in- 
crease in crime. It is true that there is probably some relation be- 
tween all factors in the social organism, but it is not necessarily a causal 
one in the sense that one particular element causes another to increase 
or decrease in quantity. 
According to the Tenth Census in the United States the ratio of con- 
victs in penitentiaries to the population was 709 in each million; in the 
Eleventh Census the ratio is 722, showing an increase of 13 to the mil- 
lion. In the county jails in 1880 the ratio of prisoners was 253, and 312 
in 1890, giving an increase of 59 to the million. In this period both 
Protestants and Catholics claim a large increase in clergy, churches, 
and membership. But religious and moral forces tend to decrease 
crime, not increase it. The absurdity, therefore, of reasoning in statis- 
tics from concomitants whose reciprocal influence is unknown is suffi- 
ciently evident. Sociology has not reached that stage of completeness 
where social forces can be measured and the resultant action in this or 
that tendency be calculated. The social equation has too many un- 
known qualities to admit of solution by any method yet known. 
METHODS OF ARGUMENT. 
1 Statistisches Jalirb uch fiir das Deutsclie Reich, 1891. EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
27 
Thns in the question as to the relation of education to crime, the 
fact of concomitance, as has been seen, is not necessarily a causal re- 
lation. While it is true that a majority of countries show an increase 
in both education and crime, yet not a few, and some of the most de- 
veloped nations, show an increase of education and a decrease in 
caime. As far as statistics are concerned, the exact relation between 
education and crime is unknown. 
It may be inquired, then, as to the probable influence of education 
on criminal tendencies. The best method of forming any opinion is, 
perhaps, by the study of average individual cases. 
It would be difficult to And a criminal who in a single instance could 
attribute the cause of his crime to education. It is true, he might show 
that it was due to an evil acquaintance made in school; but to sup- 
pose that the teaching of the common or higher branches develops a 
tendency to crime seems almost absurd when considered practically. 
Perhaps as good a test as any is for one to ask himself if the teaching 
of ordinary branches in his school days gave rise to immoral or crimi- 
nal desires. The question seems insignificant when we consider the 
positive influence, such as suggestive novels or similar reading or de- 
tailed accounts of crime, that few of the young escape. The learning 
of the multiplication table and the study of English grammar in the 
case of a person with criminal tendencies would give him less time to 
dwell upon his evil thoughts.1 In the absence, therefore, of adequate 
knowledge of the exact and varied relations between education and 
crime, we can do no better than conclude with the words of Wines, 
when he says,2 u seventy years’ experience of men, seventy years’ 
work among men, have impressed one idea upon my mind; it is that 
nothing can be done with men except through the will, and the will 
can be reached only through the intelligence and the heart.” 
SUMMARY OF STATISTICS ON EDUCATION AND CRIME IN THE 
UNITED STATES, GATHERED BY THE BUREAU. 
The whole number of inmates received by the prisons and peniten- 
tiaries reporting to the Bureau for the year 1891 was 27,103. The 
average age was 26| years. 
Education.—The education of the inmates was as follows: 13 per 
cent of those reporting could neither read nor write; 1 per cent claimed 
to have been in college; 4 per cent in high school or academy; 48 per 
cent in grammar grade of public school; 20 per cent in private elemen- 
tary school. Of those discharged, 3 per cent were unable to read or 
write. 
Those institutions reporting are probably among the best, and it is 
also probable that their per cent of education is higher than institu- 
1 See remarks by Dr, Harris, p. 105. Also see p. 203. 
2 The State of Prisons, etc., in the Civilized World, 1880, p. 222. 28 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
tions which have not sent in returns; so that were it possible to obtain 
answers from all the prisons the percentages of illiteracy and want of 
general education would be somewhat greater. 
Religion.—As to the religion of inmates, 42 per cent were Catholics, 
0.8 per cent Jews, 33 per cent Protestants, and 16 per cent of no religion. 
Nativity.—Forty-two per cent were natives of the State and 43 per 
cent were natives of other States. This confirms the well-known migra- 
tory tendency in criminals; 11 per cent were natives of Ireland, 3 per 
cent of Germany, 3 per cent of Canada, 4 per cent of England and 
Wales, 0.8 per cent of Scotland, 0.4 of France, 1 per cent of Italy, and 
4 per cent of other countries. 
Character of offense.—There were 11 per cent of the offenses 
against person, 39 per cent against property, 47 per cent against pub- 
lic morals, and 3 per cent against government. 
Intelligence.—The number of those defective in intelligence was 
19 per cent; 33 per cent showed fair intelligence; 38 per cent were 
good, and 5 per cent excellent in intelligence. 
Subjects taught.—Twenty institutions reported 124 teachers (leav- 
ing 20 with no school) and 2,722 pupils. The average daily session of 
school was about two hours and twenty minutes. Reading was taughtin 
18 institutions, writing in 16, spelling in 14, grammar in 11, geography 
in 9, history in 3, the Bible in 2, and literature, algebra, ethics, and 
religion each, in 1. The results here given do not include Sunday 
schools or Sunday teaching. 
Employment.—The proportion of inmates regularly employed before 
entering penitentiaries was 38 per cent; 22 per cent had learned some 
mechanical or manufacturing trade before entering the prisons. 
Parentage.—Sixty-two per cent were reported living with their 
parents until 10 years of age; 69 per cent of parents were poor, 18 per 
cent comfortable, and 6 per cent well-to-do. Sixty-three per cent re- 
sided in the city and 36 per cent in the country. 
Nature of criminal.—Considered incorrigible, 10 per cent; insti- 
tutions reporting, 26. Considered as returning to crime, 35 per cent; 
institutions reporting, 28. Considered as owing crime to circumstances, 
60 per cent; institutions reporting, 21, Considered as owing crime to 
criminal propensities, 35 per cent; institutions reporting, 22. 
Health of criminal.—Eighty-two per cent were reported as hav- 
ing good health, 11 per cent fair health, and 6 per cent bad health. 
Conduct of criminal.—Sixty-eight per cent showed good con- 
duct, 23 per cent fair, and 7 per cent bad conduct. 
Trustworthiness of criminal.—Fifteen of the 34 penitentiaries 
rex>orting consider the most trustworthy criminals to be those commit- 
ting offenses against person. Sixteen of the 30 reporting consider the 
least trustworthy criminals to be those against xwoperty. The remain- 
ing answers were so varied that further classification could not be car- 
ried out. EDUCATION AND CHIME. 
29 
Pressing practical reforms recommended.—Education speci- 
ally recommended by 7 institutions; strict discipline recommended by 
7 institutions; kind treatment recommended by 5 institutions; religious 
influences recommended by 5 institutions; teaching of trades recom- 
mended by 4 institutions; occupation recommended by 4 institutions; 
better classification recommended by 4 institutions; assistance to dis- 
charged prisoners recommended by 2 institutions. The other recom- 
mendations Mere not siiflicieutly similar to classify further. CHAPTER 11. 
CRIMINOLOGY. 
Criminology is a branch of sociology, and treats of those actions, 
thoughts, and feelings which are especially dangerous either to the 
individual or society. Drill says that crime is a sensible measure of 
the degree of health, strength, and prosperity of a given society in a 
given moment of its existence. The social organism suffers from dis- 
ease just as the individual. Thus there is a pathological sociology, 
which considers the morbid states of society and the anomalies opposed 
to nature, and shows their coexistence and the derivation of one from 
the other. 
Criminology, or criminal anthropology, is one of the most recent 
sciences. In 1885 the “First International Congress” was held at 
Rome. The second congress met at Paris. At first the scientific study 
of criminology was looked upon with suspicion. At present interest 
in the subject is. greatly increasing. Like every new science, it is in 
its polemical stage. The Italians are the innovators. The criminol- 
ogists are divided into two parties: one emphasizes the pathological 
or atavistic causes; the other, the psychological and sociological. The 
latter are subdivided into socialists, who would account for everything 
by the inequality of economic conditions, and those who take into 
consideration all social phenomena. 
Criminology proper may be divided into general, special, and practi- 
cal. General criminology consists in a summary and synthesis of all 
the facts known. Special criminology concerns the investigation of 
individual cases, physically, psychically, and historically considered. 
Here, perhaps, is the most promising field for the advancement of 
criminology as a science. The practical side, which includes all 
methods and institutions for the prevention or repression of crime, is 
the most familiar to the public. 
The subdivisions of criminal anthropology or criminology and its re- 
lations to other sciences might be indicated as follows: 
Criminal embryology considers the analogies of crime in the vege- 
table and animal kingdoms. The anatomy of criminology includes 
more especially the craniology, cerebrology, histology, anthropometry 
and physiognomy of the criminal. In criminal psychology one would 
30 CRIMINOLOGY. 
31 
study the entire psychical life: Intelligence, sentiments, sensibility, 
ethics, aesthetics, and religion. Criminal sociology comprehends the 
association of criminals; their relation to the state; economically, and 
in connection with poverty and misery. Criminal jurisprudence takes 
into consideration all criminal laws and their underlying principles. 
Penology treats of the principles, degrees, and methods of punishment. 
Statistical criminology has for its object the arrangement, classifica- 
tion, and summary of all criminal data, and their interpretation. 
Criminal hypnology concerns those hypnotic and partially hypnotic 
conditions in which crime is committed, especially in the case of hys- 
terical individuals. Criminal epidemiology considers those conditions 
where, through imitation or by a sort of contagion, crime suddenly 
develops. Criminal teratology treats of pathological sexuality, onan- 
ism, pederasty, sodomy, masochism and sadism, and saphism. Crimi- 
nal propliilaxy considers the methods of prevention through alterations 
of social condition, physical, intellectual, moral, and religious educa- 
tion; by means of prisons, transportation, and deportation. The phi- 
losophy of criminology takes up the more disputed questions and 
theories, as atavism, infantilism (natural depravity of children), degen- 
eracy, the interpretation of psychical and physical characteristics, 
and crimino-psychiatrical cases. We may add that the whole study 
of pathological humanity may do for humanity what pathology has 
done for medicine. 
The study of criminology, like the study of medicine, should be car- 
ried on by scientific methods. That is to say, all the conditions, occa- 
sions, and causes of crime must be investigated first, if the treatment 
is to be a rational one. u Sound pathology, sound medicine,” is as true 
as it is familiar. 
A practical advantage in the study of criminals is, that they being 
in prison, questions can be asked and investigations permitted that 
would be very difficult outside of prison. The exact conditions, such as 
diet, regularity in manner of living, etc., being known make it more 
favorable for scientific inquiry. And since the criminal is living on the 
bounty of the State, there is no valid reason why he can not be utilized 
(provided always that it is in a humane way); for the very object of 
such an investigation is ultimately to benefit the State by lessening 
crime. The method is, by a thorough diagnosis, to trace out the under- 
lying and constant causes of crime, and thus be enabled to apply direct 
means towards its prevention and repression. The study of the crim- 
inal can also be the study of a normal man; for most criminals are so 
by occasion or accident and differ in no essential respect from other 
men. Thus an individual, becoming excited in discussion, or under 
the influence of liquor, or on account of an insult, may, on the spur of 
the moment, strike the offender with the nearest object in his reach; 
if it is a hammer, he becomes a criminal; if it is a book, he is not a 
criminal. 32 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
But even where the individual is criminal by nature, it is generally 
his moral and not his intellectual side that is abnormal; so that methods 
found to bo successful in mental education will bo applicable outside 
of prison; and vice versa, any experiment that fails in prison may save 
the community from making a similar mistake. Thus the prison or 
reformatory may also serve as a laboratory for experiments on humanity 
for the good of humanity itself. The pressing need of the present is a 
system of education that will prepare the average young person for 
actual life. Such a system will not be found by arguments or theories, 
but must come from experiments. Any prison method that might be 
found successful for the moral, intellectual, and industrial training of 
the weak in life, would a fortiori be applicable to society at large. 
PRACTICAL CRIMINOLOGY. 
As to the treatment of the criminal in prison as a means of reforma- 
tion, we can do no better than give briefly the ideas of some of those 
in our own country who have had much experience with criminals. 
We mention first and foremost Mr. Z. E. Brockway, superintendent 
of the Elmira Eeformatory, who is justly recognized in Europe, as well 
as in America, as the most successful in the actual reformation of the 
criminal. 
The indeterminate sentence is the pivot of criminal reform. Its true 
idea includes all classes of prisoners in custody, without any maximum 
or minimum term of sentence. Thus applied, it includes conditional 
release and the marking system, which are inseparable. The indeter- 
minate sentence substitutes in the mind of the prisoner and in the 
public mind—which is more important—the idea of correction instead 
of punishment. This does not abolish penal treatment; prison disci- 
pline is rather intensified. It gives a great advantage in treating mis- 
demeanants. Thus a man might be held for life for being a drunkard 
merely. It fastens the duty of determining the date of the prisoner’s 
parole or release upon the warden, who should know his prisoners in- 
dividually, and who is the best man to determine when it is safe to 
release a prisoner. On the old system there is an inevitable antago- 
nism between keeper and convict, but with the indeterminate sentence 
the prisoner desires to convince the warden that he is fit to go out, and 
may resort to crookedness; but he eventually realizes that he has 
wasted his time. At this point reformation begins, and the next step 
will be an honest effort to get out in the way the warden marks out for 
him. It facilitates the release of the prisoner at the best time, when 
he has worked steadily for months, and honestly earned his promotion 
and is hopeful and encouraged. After his release he is surrounded 
with the strength of legal liability. This is of great benefit to “ ha- 
bitual incorrigibles” and indispeusible to accidental criminals. The 
indeterminate sentence is necessary to an effective reformatory system, 
for it gives the strongest and almost the only true motive that intlu- 33 
CRIMINOLOGY. 
ences a man to behave properly, to cultivate and to prepare himself 
for free life. 
On his leaving, a position is found for the prisoner. The employer 
knows all about him. The prisoner must correspond with the warden 
each month, certificates being sent by his employer. At the end of 
six months, if ho is all right, lie goes “scot free.” If ho breaks his 
parole he is brought in again. The released all obtain positions. 
Scientific reformation is based on physical culture and labor in a way 
that approaches as near as possible the natural relation of labor out- 
side of prisons. The prisoner has what he earns and pays for what he 
gets, supplemented by a complete, course of scholastic education. At 
least 60 per cent of men between 15 and 30 are reformed. I 
Rev. Frederick H. Wines says that this system of conditional liber- 
ation introduces new life into the prison; it causes officers to make 
individual study of prisoners; it enables the prisoner to support his 
family, it gives him every chance to do better; it is the most thorough 
test of prison discipline. A man is not sent into the world without 
any test. Industry, study, and good conduct are the sole conditions of 
release. The determinate sentence gives freedom to dangerous men, 
and often causes unjust penalties. The indeterminate sentence is the 
only rational one. The difficulty in its application is no greater than 
in the case of releasing the insane. 
Another practical question in criminology is the financial one. Ac- 
cording to F. H. Wines, censor for criminal statistics in 1880, there 
were nearly 60,000 prisoners in the United States, and 11,000 inmates 
of juvenile reformatories. It is estimated by the same authority that 
the cost of maintaining our prisoners is fifteen millions yearly, but that 
this is a small part of the cost of defending property and life; another 
fifteen million must be added for keeping up the police department. 
Then there is the ponderous and expensive system of courts, the cost 
of which, with officers, employes, detectives, etc., is enormous for 
criminal matters alone. Moreover, the cost of the property stolen 
can not be reckoned. The reports of the state prisons show one-third 
more convictions for high crime, in proportion to the population, than 
there were twenty years ago. 
We may add to this the moral effect on the community, through the 
familiarizing and consequent hardening of the public conscience by the 
perusal of criminal details. But there is a nervous effect, which is not 
insignificant. The number of persons in every community that are, 
for instance, continually in fear of burglaries is not inconsiderable. 
General nervousness (especially in women), lack of sleep, easy awaken- 
ing, seeing if all windows are fastened, placing chairs and the like 
against the doors, etc., are not uncommon phenomena. Why should 
the public, who pay for the treatment of criminals when confined, and 
still more when they are not confined, continue to graduate these ex- 
convicts almost daily into the ranks of citizens'? Why permit-all this, 
3060 A M 3 34 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
when at the same time every intelligent prison warden and any judge 
who has given attention to criminal matters feels beforehand morally 
certain that many prisoners, who are legally released, will go and 
plunder the community (possibly taking life) and be returned to com- 
mence the same circle again, saying, iu the words of Bcinach, as they 
go and return, not ud dieu,” but Uau revoirf” The convict is a para- 
site, but the ex-convict is a roving parasite. The location of his crime 
not infrequently depends upon the quality of the food and general 
comforts of the neighboring prison. The state releases the convict, he 
plunders the state, the state pays detectives to catch him, he hires his 
lawyer and the state pays the costs, and if convicted the state pays 
his living expenses. 
As to the comforts of the prisoner, we do not overlook the fact that 
good food and air (the latter being more difficult to obtain), with bath- 
ing and Avith reasonable comforts, are a great aid towards the refor- 
mation of the criminal. Yet they should not be pushed so far as to 
make the prison a desirable, or at least a very comumient, place to liAre 
in. It is true that an intelligent and experienced Avarden, with a Avell- 
constructed, airy, clean, and comfortable xirison and a liberal diet, will 
be enabled better to reform his piisouers than if those things were lack- 
ing. It is also true that with extras, if you please, luxuries and special 
privileges, a Avarden can, by their judicious employment as means of 
reward for good conduct, justify their existence within prison walls. 
PRISON DISCIPLINE. 
It is almost a truism of prison discipline that the conditions inside 
should approach those outside as near as possible, so that on the pris- 
oner’s release the change may not be so sudden as to precipitate his 
early fall. He probably became an evil-doer gradually, and if he becomes 
a good citizen, the change must be as gradual. The importance of the 
application of the individual method in prison discipline is evident here. 
It seems rational that one in charge of a penal or reformatory institu- 
tion should know at least the important details as to the character and 
life of every individual under his charge. The practical value (not to 
mention the scientific value) is obvious. This applies as well to all the 
underofficers, who are much more in contact with the men. We say 
it seems rational, if the men are to have intelligent and proper treat- 
ment. But, as a matter of fact, in almost all our institutions, if not all, 
ignorance of such details is the rule among those iu charge, and this 
ignorance seems to be the most intense among those who are in closest 
relation with the inmates, the very ones whom such knowledge might 
assist the most. 
The real trouble, as in other institutions, is the want of thoroughly 
trained men. It is as true of a prison as of a university that buildings 
do not make it, but men. The public, however, are unwilling to pay 
for trained men. Even the wardenship of a prison is not regarded as CRIMIN' )LOGY. 
35 
a very high political office, nor are intellectual qualifications a conspic- 
uous requisition. The regular duties of a warden (not to mention his 
political ones) leave him little time and less energy to make an indi- 
vidual study of his prisoners, and too many of the undcrofficers are 
incapable from lack of education or intelligence, or both. Many of the 
criminals are more intelligent than those over them. The psychological 
effect is apparent. Given ten of the most disorderly men in a prison, 
and one of the lowest paid officers (as is too often the case) to take 
charge of them, the result is likewise evident. 
Having considered the point of view from within the prison, we may 
briefly take up the point of view of the citizen outside, who is of much 
more value than the criminal. The value of the criminal is very small 
in comparison, but it is infinitesimally so when the whole community 
are considered. In a sense the criminal is important, simply because 
the community make him so. Just as a flaw in one little part of a 
mechanism can throw the whole into disorder, so the criminal is impor- 
tant, since by his crime he can throw the whole community into excite- 
ment. Why, then, should he have so comfortable quarters and many 
privileges at the expense of the community! Simply because it is more 
economical for the community (not to mention higher moral and relig- 
ious reasons) to treat him well than otherwise. History records the 
results of the vengeance theory, and shows at least its uselessness. 
FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF CRIMINOLOGY. 
The relation of criminality to the other forms of pathological and 
abnormal humanity is one of degree. If we represent the highest de- 
gree, as crime, by A 6, A 5, say, would stand for insane criminality, and 
A 4 for alcoholism, perhaps, A3 for pauperism, A 2 for those weak forms 
of humanity that charity treats more especially, and A for the idea of 
wrong in general, particularly in its lightest forms. Thus, crime is the 
most exaggerated form of wrong; but these forms are all one in essence. 
A drop of water is as much water as is an ocean. 
It is difficult to draw a distinct line between these different forms of 
wrong. This will become evident from the fact that they are dovetailed 
one into the other. Thus, when cross-questioning criminals, one often 
feels that not only are their minds weak and wavering, but that they 
border close on insanity. The same feeling arises after an examination 
of confirmed paupers. Here alcoholism is one of the main causes; the 
individual, on account of his intemperate habits, finds difficulty in ob- 
taining employment, and this forced idleness gradually, from repetition, 
develops into a confirmed habit. Pauperism may be, in some cases, 
hereditary, but it is too often overlooked that the children of paupers 
can acquire all such habits from their parents, and so it can be carried 
from one generation to another, without resorting to heredity as a cause, 
which is too often a name to cover up our ignorance of all the early 
conditions. The extent to which alcoholism is involved in all forms of 36 
ABNOEMAL MAN. 
humanitarian pathology is well known; it is often indirectly as well as 
directly the cause of leading the young into crime; the intemperate 
father makes himself a pest in his own home; the children remain out 
all night through fear; this habit leads to running away for a longer 
time. Although not thieves, the children are compelled to steal, or to 
beg, in order to live; and thus many become confirmed criminals or 
paupers, or both. The great evil about alcoholism is that it too often 
injures those around, who are of much more value than the alcoholic 
himself. It makes itself felt indirectly and directly in our hospitals, 
insane asylums, orphan asylums, and charitable institutions in general. 
However low the trade of the prostitute may be, alcohol is her greatest 
physical enemy. 
As just indicated, some of the lesser degrees of abnormal and 
pathological humanity may be considered under the head of charito- 
logical. These are represented by the different kinds of benevolent 
institutions, such as asylums for the insane and feeble-minded, for the 
inebriate; hospitals, homes for the deaf, dumb, and blind, for the aged 
and orphans, etc.; and institutions for defectives of whatever nature. 
It is evident, however, that the term charitological may not only be 
applied to what is pathological or abnormal, but also to that which is 
physiological or normal. Thus it can refer to institutions of quite a 
different order, but yet none the less charitable in nature. We refer, 
of course, to educational institutions, the majority of which are a gift 
to the public, and especially to those who attend them. It is obvious 
enough that every student is, in some measure, a charity student from 
the well-known fact that the tuition money in most cases pays a very 
small part of the expenses. 
Now, no distinct line can be drawn between penal and reformatory 
institutions, and between reformatory and educational institutions; it 
is, again, a question of degree. But, in saying this, it is not meant 
that difference in degree is of little consequence. On the contrary, it 
is very important to distinguish between penal, reformatory, and edu- 
cational for practical reasons, as in the classification of prisoners, not 
all of whom are criminals. In a sense, all education should be reform- 
atory. 
But it may be asked, where can a subject end? It goes without 
saying that divisions are more or less arbitrary, if we are seeking 
reality, for things are together, and the more we look into the world 
the more we find it to be an organic mechanism of absolute relativity. 
Most human beings who are abnormal or defective in any way are 
much more alike than unlike normal individuals; and hence, in the 
thorough study of any single individual (microcosmic mechanism), dis- 
tinct lines arc more for convenience. Thus the difficulties of distin- 
guishing between health and disease, sanity and insanity, vegetable 
and animal, are familiar. Whatever may be said from the educational 
point of view about abnormal cases is generally true, with few modifi- CRIMINOLOGY. 
37 
cations, of the normal. Education and pedagogy are thus to he in- 
cluded to some extent in a comprehensive charitological system. 
But although the distinct separation of one wrong from another is 
not easy, yet the decision as to the highest form of wrong may not be 
so difficult. This form consists, without doubt, in the act of depriving 
another of his existence; no act could be more radical; the least 
that could be said of anyone is that ho does not exist. The desire for 
existence is the deepest instinct in nature; not only in the lower forms 
of nature, but anthropologically considered, this feeling manifests itself 
in the highest aspirations of races. In mythology, religion, and the- 
ology tlie great fact is existence hereafter, and in philosophy it has 
gone so far as preexistence of the soul. Perhaps the deepest experi- 
ence we have of nonexistence is in the loss of an intimate friend, when 
we say so truly that part of our existence has gone from ns. It is 
death which makes existence tragic. 
Now, the degrees of wrong may be expressed in ageneral way in terms 
of existence; that is, in depriving another of any of his rights we are 
taking from him some of liis existence, for existence is qualitative as 
well as temporal; that is, it includes everything that gives to life 
content. 
Thus, in this sense, a man of forty may have had more existence 
than another at eighty where the former’s life has been broader, richer 
in experience and thought, and more valuable to others. 
We may say in general that the existence of a person is beneficial 
or injurious in that degree in which it is beneficial or injurious to the 
community or humanity. This statement is based upon the truism 
that the whole is more than any of its parts. 
The degrees of wrong, therefore, should depend upon the degree of danger 
or injury [moral, intellectual, physical, or financial) which a thought, 
feeling, willing, or action brings to the community. 
This same principle should be applied to degrees of exaggerated 
wrong or crime. 
But it may be said, should not the degree of freedom or of personal 
guilt be the main basis for the punishment of the criminal ! The force 
of this objection is evident; historically, the idea of freedom has been 
the basis of criminal law; it lias also been sanctioned by the experi- 
ence of the race; and although no claim is made of carrying it into 
practice without serious difficulties in the way of strict justice (diffi- 
culties inevitable to any system), yet it has not only been an inval- 
uable service, but a necessity to humanity. This is not only true on 
criminal lines, but this idea has been the conscious basis of our highest 
moral ideas. 
But at the same time it must be admitted that the exaggeration of tlie 
idea of freedom has been one of the main causes of vengeance, which 
has left its traces in blood, fire, martyrdom, and dungeon; and though 
at present vengeance seldom takes such extreme forms, yet it is far ABNORMAL MAN. 
from extinct. On moral and on biblical grounds, as far as human 
beings are concerned, vengeance can find little support; an example 
of its impracticability is the fact that some of the best prison wardens 
never punish a man until some time after the offense, so that there may 
be no feeling on the part of either that it is an expression of ven- 
geance. The oifender is generally reasoned with kindly, but firmly, 
and told that he must be punished, otherwise the good discipline of 
the prison could not be maintained, which means that he is punished 
for the good of others. With few exceptions, a revengeful tone or 
manner toward the prisoner (the same is true outside of prison) always 
does harm, for it stirs up similar feelings in the prisoner, which are often 
the cause of his bad behavior and crime, and need no development. 
Kindness with firmness is the desirable combination. Vengeance pro- 
duces vengeance. 
But, taking the deterministic view of the world, the highest morality 
is possible. One proof is that some fatalists are rigidly moral. A 
psychological analysis will show that persons who are loved and 
esteemed are those whose very nature is to do good—that is, they 
would not and could not see a fellow-being suffer; that is, from 
the necessity of their nature, they were from infancy of a kind dispo- 
sition, We admire the sturdy nature who, by long struggle, has 
reached the moral goal; but we can not love him always. He is not 
always of a kind disposition; this is not a necessity of his nature. As 
the expression goes, u There are very good people with whom the Lord 
himself could not live.” 
Is it not the spontaneity of a kind act that gives it its beauty, 
where there is no calculating, no reasoning, no weighing in the bal- 
ance, no choice? The grace of morality is in its naturalness. But go 
still further. Do we like a good apple more and a bad apple less be- 
cause they are necessarily good or bad ? And if we admitted that every 
thought, feeling, willing, and acting of men were as necessary as the 
law of gravity, would we like honest men less and liars more? True, 
we might at first modify our estimation of some men, but it would be 
in the direction of better feeling towards all men. 
But, whatever one’s personal convictions may be, questions of the 
freedom of the will and the like must be set aside, not because they 
are not important, but simply because enough is not known regard- 
ing the exact conditions (psychological and physiological) under 
which we act and think. If we were obliged to withhold action in the 
case of any criminal for the reason that we did not know whether the 
will is free or not (allowing for all misconceptions as to this whole 
question), the community would be wholly unprotected. If a tiger 
were loose in the streets, the first question would not be whether he 
was guilty or not. We should imprison the criminal, first of all, because 
he is dangerous to the community. CRIMINOLOGY. 
39 
But if it be asked, how there can be responsibility without freedom? 
the answer is that there is at least the feeling* of responsibility in cases 
where there is little or no freedom; that is, there is sometimes no pro- 
portion between the feeling of responsibility and the amount of respon- 
sibility afterwards shown. The main difficulty, however, is that in our 
present state of knowledge it is impossible to know whether this very 
feeling of responsibility or of freedom is not itself necessarily caused 
either psychologically or physiologically or both. If we admit that we 
are compelled to believe we are free (as some indeterminists seem to 
claim), we deny freedom in this very statement. Another obvious and 
practical ground for our ignorance as to this point is the fact that, al- 
though for generations the best and greatest minds have not failed to 
give it their attention, yet up to the present time the question re- 
mains sub judice. If we carried out practically the theory of freedom, 
we should have to punish some of the greatest criminals the least, since, 
from their coarse organization and lack of moral sense, their responsi- 
bility would be very small. 
There is no objection to speaking of freedom in the sense that a man 
as an individual maybe free in regard to his surroundings and can in- 
fluence those around him, as is the case in strong characters which 
can be independent of their outward environment, and so act freely. 
But to say that within the man himself, within his character or person- 
ality (body and mind), there is freedom is going entirely beyond our 
knowledge, for there is little or nothing demonstrated concerning the 
workings or relations of brain and mind. 
Dr. Paul Cams well.expresses a similar idea when he says: “A free 
man, let us say an artist, full of an idea, executes his work without any 
compulsion; he works of his own free will. His actions are deter- 
mined by a motive of his own, not by foreign pressure. Therefore, we 
call him free.” 
A scientific ethics must regard the question of freedom as an unset- 
tled problem. Any ethics would be unethical in taking as one of its 
bases so debatable a question. 
Our general, sociological, ethical principle (as above stated) is that 
the idea of wrong depends upon the moral, intellectual, physical, and 
financial danger or injury which a thought, feeling, willing, or acting 
brings to humanity. 
But, accepting this principle, the important question is, just what are 
these thoughts, feelings, willings, and actions, and by what method are 
they to be determined? The first part of this question, on account of 
the narrow and limited knowledge at present in those lines, can be an- 
swered only very imperfectly, if at all. As to the method, that of sci- 
ence seems to us the only one that can eventually be satisfactory. By 
the application of the scientific method is meant that all facts, especially 
psychological (sociological, historical, etc.), physiological, and patho- 
logical, must form the basis of investigation. Psychological facts that 40 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
can be scientifically determined, as affecting humanity, beneficially or 
not, are comparatively few in number. Physiologically, more facts 
can be determined as to their effect on humanity. But it is preemi- 
nently in the field of pathology that definite scientific results can be 
acquired. As to the difficulty of investigating psycho-ethical effects, 
it may be said physiological psychology and psycho-physics have not 
as yet furnished a sufficient number of scientific facts. 
By the scientific application of chemistry, clinical and experimental 
medicine, with vivisection, to physiology, many truths of ethical im- 
portance to humanity are made known. But there is much here to be 
desired; for example, what is said about questions of diet and ways of 
living in general is scientifically far from satisfactory. The develop- 
ment of pathology in medicine has been without precedent. Its direct 
ethical value to humanity is already very great; but the outlook into 
the future is still greater. It is ouly necessary to mention the discovery 
of the cholera and tuberculosis germs (a conditio sine qua non of their 
prevention). Immunity in the case of the latter would be one of the 
greatest benefactions yet known to the race. Medicine can be said to 
be the study of the future, especially in the scientific and prophylactic 
sense. It is to experimental medicine that scientific ethics will look 
for many of its basal facts. 
In emphasizing the scientific method as the most important it is not 
intended to exclude others. The a priori method has been of inesti- 
mable value to philosophy, ethics, and theology, and to science itself in 
the forming of hypotheses and theories, which are often necessary an- 
ticipations of truth, to be verified afterwards. The a priori method is 
related to the a posteriori method as the sails to the ballast of the boat: 
the more philosophy, the better, provided there area sufficient number 
of facts; otherwise there is danger of upsetting the craft. 
The present office of ethics is, as far as the facts will allow, to sug- 
gest methods of conduct to follow and ideals to hold that will bring 
humanity into a more moral, physiological, and normal state, enabling 
each individual to live more in harmony with nature’s laws. Such an 
applied ethics must study especially the phenomena manifested in the 
different forms of pathological humanity and draw its conclusions 
from the facts thus gathered. 
But there are many scientists who look with suspicion upon the 
introduction of philosophical thought and methods into their field. We 
may call them pure scientists; that is to say, those who believe that 
the term scientific truth should be applied only to that form of truth 
which can be directly verified by facts accessible to all. Yet from this 
point of view the arrangement, classification, formation of hypotheses 
and theories, or philosophical conclusions are not necessarily ille- 
gitimate, provided those processes are clearly distinguished from 
each other and rigidly separated from the facts. Perhaps the study 
which, more than all others, will contribute towards a scientific ethics CRIMINOLOGY. 
41 
is criminology, tlie subject matter of which touches the popular mind 
very closely, owing, in a great measure, to the influence of the press; 
and though this has its dangers, yet it is the duty of this, as of every 
science, to make its principles and conclusions as clear as possible to 
the public, since in the end such questions vitally concern them. 
Crime can be said, in a certain sense, to be nature’s experiment on 
humanity. If a nerve of a normal organism is cut, the organs in which 
irregularities are produced are those which the nerve controls. In this 
way the office of a nerve in the normal state may be discovered. The 
criminal is, so to speak, the severed nerve of society, and the study of 
him is a practical way (though indirect) of studying normal men. And 
since the criminal is seven-eighths like other men, such a study is, in 
addition, a direct inquiry into normal humanity. 
The relation also of criminology to society and to sociological ques- 
tions is already intimate, and may in the future become closer. Just 
what crime is at present depends more upon time, location, race, 
country, nationality, and even the state in which one resides. But 
notwithstanding the extreme relativity of the idea qf crime, there are 
some things in our present social life that are questionable. A young 
girl of independence, but near poverty, tries to earn her own living at 
$3 a week, and if, having natural desires for a few comforts and some 
taste for her personal appearance, she finally, through pressure, over- 
steps the bound, society, which permits this condition of things, imme- 
diately ostracizes her. It borders on criminality that a widow works 
fifteen hours a day in a room in which she lives, making trousers at 10 
cents a pair, out of which she and her family must live, until they 
gradually run down toward death from want of sufficient nutrition, fresh 
air, and any comfort. It is criminally questionable to leave stoves in 
cars, so that if the passenger is not seriously injured, but only wedged 
in, he will have the additional chances of burning to death. It has been 
a general truth, and in some cases is still, that so many persons must 
perish by fire before private individuals will furnish fire escapes to 
protect their own patrons. It is a fact that over five thousand people 
are killed yearly in the United States at railroad grade crossings, most 
of whose lives could have been spared had either the road or the rail- 
road passed either one over the other. But it is said that such im- 
provements would involve an enormous expense; that is, practically, 
to admit that the extra money required is of more consequence than 
the five thousand human lives. And yet, strange as it may seem, if a 
brutal murderer is to lose his life, and there is the least doubt as to 
his premeditation, a large part of the community is often aroused into 
moral excitement, if not indignation, while the innocently-murdered 
railroad passenger excites little more than a murmur. 
There is, perhaps, no subject upon which the public conscience is 
more tender than the treatment of the criminal. 42 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Psychologically, the explanation is simple, for the public have been 
educated gradually to feel the misfortune and sufferings of the criminal; 
it is also easier to realize, since the thought is confined generally to one 
personality at a time. But if the public could all be eye-witnesses to a 
few of our most brutal railroad accidents, the consciousness gained 
might be developed into conscientiousness in the division of their sym- 
pathies. But this feeling, however paradoxical, is a sincere, though 
sometimes morbid, expression of unselfish hum an itarianism; for the 
underlying impulses are of the most ethical order, and overcultivation 
is a safer error than undercultivation. The moral climax of this feel- 
ing was reached when the Founder of Christianity was placed between 
two thieves. 
INSTRUCTION IN CRIMINOLOGY 
In a report prepared by Lombroso for the International Penological 
Congress is the question whether it will be advisable to organize instruc- 
tion in penal science. That is, by what means could there be added 
the positive study of the facts and questions of application, without 
interfering with the performance of duties and without prejudice to the 
administration. 
In our own country and Europe, both past and present, science and 
the university have not only done almost nothing, but have manifested 
little interest in criminological subjects. They have taken the position 
of the public that crime is a necessary and incurable evil, and so there 
is little use in troubling about it. Yet penitentiary and carcerial sci- 
ences are the most complicated and most susceptible to instruction of 
all other sciences. To construct the most healthy, most economical, and 
best adapted prison cell or workshop is a desideratum. The same is 
true as to the construction of women’s prisons, houses of arrest for 
accused persons, innocent or guilty, and places for witnesses. 
At present our jurists study law books much more than they do 
criminals; and yet perhaps one half of the time of our courts is con- 
fined to criminals. Criminals are considered by many jurists, prison 
employes, and the public as normal men, who are unlucky and unfor- 
tunate. The individual study of the criminal and crime is a necessity 
if we are to be protected from ex-convicts, the most costly and the most 
dangerous class we have. But the criminal can not be studied without 
being seen and examined. For the love of science and humanity we 
permit the examination of the sick, of pregnant women by young men, 
manipulation in surgical clinics of fractured members; the visiting, 
examination, and individual study of the insane, although these are 
sometimes injurious to the insane. But the criminal may not receive 
visits, may not submit to an anthropometrical examination. Why 
should criminals be so privileged a class ? An accused innocent person 
may have his name and life, with photograph, published in the news- CRIMINOLOGY. 
43 
papers; and yet objections are raised to the study of habitual criminals 
for scientific purposes. 
Benedikt, a specialist in craniology at the University of Vienna, 
says that to correct the criminal and protect society the criminal must 
be studied scientifically. For this purpose the universities, higher 
courts of justice, and prisons should have places for instruction and in- 
vestigation. 
According to Lambroso’s idea, criminological instruction should com- 
prehend : {a) A theoretical part on law, ordinances, and carcerial regu- 
lations, kinds of cells, etc.; {b) A study of criminal statistics, penal 
theories, conditional liberation, patronage, etc.; (c) Studies in criminal 
anthropology and psychiatry; {d) A wholly practical part, consisting 
of the examination of the places of detention, cells, etc. 
In order to understand what the scientific study of a criminal means, 
we give in detail important points noted by Benelli, Tamburini, and 
Lombroso. 
Generalities.—Name, age, country, profession, civil state. 
1. Anthropometrical examination.—Development of skeleton, stature, 
development of muscular system, weight. Color: of skin, hair, iris, 
uniformly colored, double coloration, peripheral and central, non-nni- 
formly colored, color predominant, color not predominant, beard. Pili- 
ferous system. Tatooing. Craniometry: face, height, bizygomatic 
diameter, facial type, facial index; nose: profile, dimensions, direction, 
anomalies; teeth: form, dimensions, anomalies; eyes; neck; thorax; 
lungs; heart; genital organs; disfigurements. 
2. Examination of sensibility.—Touch: electric current, left hand, 
right hand, tongue; aesthesiometer of Weber: right hand, left hand, 
tongue. Pain: algometer of Lombroso: left and right hands, tongue. 
Sensibility: muscular, topographic, thermic, meteorological, magnetic, 
metallic, hypnotic, hypnotic credulity, visual, acoustic, olfactive, gusta- 
tive, chromatic, sensual (generative); first sensual relations, aberrations; 
anomalies. 
3. Examination of motility.—Voluntary movements: gait, speech, 
language, writing, reflexes; muscular force; dynamometry; manual 
skill; anomalies. 
4. Examination of vegetative functions.—Circulation, respiration, 
thermogeny; digestion; secretions: saliva, urine, sweat. 
5. Psychical exam ination.—Perception (illusions); ideation (hallucina- 
tions); reasoning; will (impulsion); memory; intelligence: works, writ- 
ings; slang; conscience; sentiments: affective, moral, religious; pas- 
sions ; instincts; sleep; moral sense; habitual expression of physiognomy; 
psychometry; anomalies. 
G. Anamnestic examinations.—Family, parents; state of family; daugh- 
ters, sons; age of parents; history, diseases, crimes of parents. Prece- 
dents; education, instruction, intellectual and political development, 
diseases; traumatic accidents, crimes, habitual character, occupation 44 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
preferred. Latest information: last crimes, cause of crime, repentance, 
admissions, nervous diseases and mental anomalies (intercurrent); 
inquiries. 
CRIMINOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
L’homme criminel, dtude anthropologique el medico-leg ale, par Cesakr Lombroso, tr?- 
duit sur la ive Edition italienne, avec preface par M. Letourneau. Paris, 1887. 
pp. 682. 
The first motive in our savage ancestors was the necessity of self- 
defense, reflex action, blow for blow. In plants we find the equivalents 
of crime, in the case of certain species which entrap and kill insects. 
In animals acts arc more similar to those of man, are more mechanical, 
having slight traces in consciousness. In men continual aggressions 
gave rise to balancing wrongs, and vengeance appeared, giving the law 
of primitive justice, retaliation, which became a duty. But as some of 
the particulars of this law were overlooked, the legal power became a 
sort of revindication; the punishments were of the most cruel nature. 
To-day there is a vague feeling, an echo of an ancient retaliation in our 
punishments. If punishment rests on free will, the worst men, the 
criminals by nature, should have a very light punishment or none. 
Penal repression should be based on social utility scientifically demon- 
strated; instead of studying law texts, wo need to study the criminal. 
The criminal by nature has a feeble cranial capacity, a heavy and de- 
veloped jaw, a large orbital capacity, projecting superciliary ridges, an 
abnormal and a symmetrical cranium, a scanty beard or none, but 
abundant hair, projecting ears, frequently a crooked or flat nose. Crim- 
inals are subject to Daltonism; lefthandeduess is common; their mus- 
cular force is feeble. Alcoholic and epileptical degeneration exists in a 
large number. Their nerve centers are frequently pigmented. They 
blush with difficulty. Their moral degeneration corresponds with 
their physical, their criminal tendencies are manifested in infancy 
by onanism, cruelty, inclination to steal, excessive vanity, impulsive 
character. The criminal by nature is lazy, debauched, cowardly, not 
susceptible to remorse, without foresight; fond of tattooing; his hand- 
writing is peculiar, signature complicated and adorned with flour- 
ishes; his slang is widely diffused, abbreviated, and full of arch- 
aisms. In their associations they return to primitive social forms. 
The general cause of the persistence of an inferior race type is atavistic. 
As the born criminal is without remedy, he must be continually con- 
fined, and allowed no provisional liberty or mercy; the ancient tradi- 
tion of vigorous initiatives should bo upheld; the more we diminish 
individual responsibility, the more we increase that of society, which 
is still more severe. Nature is responsible for the born criminal, society 
(in a great measure) for the criminal by occasion. 
The work is full of facts; it shows the sincerity and patience of the 
author, who is an expert experimenter, and a person of philosophical 
acuteness. He has given an extensive description of the born criminal CRIMINOLOGY. 
45 
considered physically, morally, and intellectually. The author seems to 
us to go too far in holding to the incorrigibility of the born criminal, 
and in not allowing him provisional liberty; tin? incurability of the 
recidivist is pushed too far, for neither of these positions is supported 
by a sufficient number of scientific facts. 
La criminologie, (Hade sur la nature da crime et la theorie de la p6nalit6, par R. Gauo- 
falo, agr6g6 de I'uuiversittS de Naples. Paris, 1888. pp. 420. 
The science of pcenology must not rest on the idea, of freedom, which 
is in contradiction with scientific facts; on the idea of freedom the 
hardest criminal should go free, as he has least control over his acts. 
The pcenological criterion is social necessity, abandoning the idea of 
moral responsibility of the individual. The present system has neither 
cured nor terrified the prisoner; after his sentence is served he is as 
dangerous as ever. The laws should be changed so as to be in accord- 
ance with criminological facts. Crime is a harmful action, that injures 
at the same time the moral sense of aggregate humanity. Murder, par- 
ricide, infanticide, robbery, have not always been crimes; but the analy- 
sis of the sentiments and not of actions is the basis for a criterion. The 
race possesses innate moral instincts as it does a physical type; when 
the moral sense becomes psychical it is subject to alterations, diseases, 
can be lost or is wanting, and is like any other organic monstrosity. 
The moral sense of aggregate humanity consists only in the altruistic 
sentiments which can be reduced to benevolence and justice. A crime 
is the violation of the elementary altruistic sentiments of pity and 
probity. In Europe the relative increase of crime has advanced with 
civilization, which shows that the present methods are almost a failure. 
Punishments have become less severe; moral responsibility is more 
considered, and capital punishment is rare. 
A criminal type is as well established as an Italian type; not a sin- 
gle characteristic constantly distinguishes this type, but the propor- 
tion of congenital anomalies is larger in any given number of criminals 
than in an equal number of noncriminals. Recidivation of the crim- 
inal is the rule, reformation the exception. The absence of elementary 
moral instincts is not an infirmity; instinctive criminals are not sick 
nor insane; perversity is natural. The criminal is a being at present 
unadapted to surrounding circumstances; he is a monster, and pre- 
sents the traits of past racial regression. All criminals are born, but 
predisposition does not exclude the influence of surroundings. One 
class of criminals are those with regressive, arrested moral develop- 
ment, innate criminals; for these society has but one remedy, elimina- 
tion. Another class are those somewhat deficient in the feeling of 
pity.; and a third class lack the sentiment of probity. Atavistic per- 
versity exists in spite of the best surroundings; the influence of intel- 
lectual instruction is almost null. In Spain, where two-thirds of the 
population are illiterate, criminals are few. Religious instruction, if 46 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
begun early, and if its purpose is moral teaching, has good influence, 
except in the graver cases. Crimes due to cupidity will not cease by 
bettering the social conditions. Economic conditions may change the 
form of crime, but they are not a cause of crime in general. In the 
first half of this century a high degree of criminality was greatly 
reduced; in the second half (1828-84) crime has increased enormously 
and punishment has been made milder; the increase of recidivists is 
greater than that of all criminality; this points to a concentration 
which should render its prevention easier. Murder severely injures 
the moral sense of the community; a reaction in the form of desire of 
exclusion from society is produced through lack of adaptation. The 
only absolute means of exclusion is death, but this applies only to the 
criminal by nature. It is the duty of society to eliminate those who 
are utterly unadopted to society. Punishment is not to punish the 
criminal, but to eliminate him absolutely or partially. The death pen- 
alty has given England the fewest criminals of all Europe. The com- 
mon ideas that there is no crime without moral responsibility and 
that punishment should be in proportion to the gravity of the crime 
are incompatible with scientific facts. It should be first determined to 
what class of criminals the culprit belongs; a man who hires an assas- 
sin to kill the individual who outraged his family is quite a different 
criminal from the assassin. The cause of a murder and the absence 
of any grave injury on the part of the victim are the criterions to be 
substituted for premeditation. The worst criminals commit murder 
without premeditation; but in the case of the criminals by occasion 
premeditation indicates a cruel nature, and elimination may be neces- 
sary; for the other classes of criminals, deportation, fine, removal to 
another environment, agricultural colonies, work for the state, etc. 
The controlling ideas of the author are social utility and the natural 
reaction against crime. 
The author’s extensive experience as a magistrate gives peculiar in- 
terest to his views on the poenological side of criminality. He seems to 
us to draw too sharp a line between abnormality and disease. The born 
criminal is wholly teratological, a moral monster; but a teratological 
characteristic may arise from a deviation in utero—areal disease of the 
egg. His insistence on the absolute elimination of the born criminal is 
extreme; first, because it assumes the criminal’s utter want of adapta- 
tion to society, which is not warranted by a sufficient number of facts; 
second, admitting his want of adaptation, we fail to see why a society in 
which the public conscience is highly sensitive might not substitute 
perpetual detention; for it is a question of social utility whether the 
hardening of the public conscience is not morally injurious. 
La Recidiva nei reati, studio sperimentale. Giuseppe Orano. Roma, 1883. pp. 298 
The author considers recidivity theoretically in the first part of his 
book, and experimentally in the second part. After taking up the gen- 
eral notion and legislation of recidivity, and the dissension between CRIMINOLOGY. 
47 
criminologists as to the legitimacy of the threatened repression of the 
recidivists, he passes in the second part to the question of the aggrava- 
tion of punishment in respect to age and physical conditions, and to the 
relations of recidivity to insanity, and comes to the following conclu- 
sions: Such ideas as the relative insufficiency of objective physical 
force of punishment on account of the insensibility which the criminal 
opposes to it, the contempt which the guilty one manifests, the social 
danger which comes with the relapse, the consequent necessity of 
hindering this by the menace of a greater castigation, are abstract 
considerations, a priori criteria, bereft of the aid of positive inquiry, and 
consequently more hypotheses and conjectures than reasons. Thirty 
per cent of the criminals in Italy are recidivists. In France it was 43 
per cent for men and 31 per cent for women in 1867; in Belgium at 
that time it was 45 per cent and in Austria 59 per cent for men and 51 
per cent for women j in Switzerland 45 percent. The average shows 
that 45 per cent of criminals are recidivists. The second and succes- 
sive punishments are in general expiated in that period of time in which 
the human organism commences to lose its natural vigor; there is thus 
a certain aspect of injustice and inutility iu punishing the recidivist. 
There is also a greater bitterness in a second or successive punishment 
between the ages of 25 and 30, the period in which recidivity is most 
conspicuous. As to the relation of recidivity to the carcerial system, 
some of the most illustrious and competent men say that about six- 
sevenths of the men are allured into relapse. Berauger says it is the 
prison which makes the recidivist. The influence of surroundings can 
be greater or less, but it does not affect substantially the great damage 
done by increasing the punishment of recidivists. 
Internationale kriminalistische Vereinigung; Erste Landesversamnilung der Gruppe 
dentsches Reich. Halle a. Sv den 26. und 27. Miirz, 1890. 
The German division of the International Penal Association met in 
March, and discussed the following questions: (1) Under what pre- 
suppositions is the introduction of the conditional sentence into Ger- 
man legislation expedient? (2) How is the fact of recidivation to be 
determined legally; and what means of punishment are to be recom- 
mended for the incorrigible? After many varied modifications the as- 
sociation Anally voted on the following questions: (1) Is recidivation 
to be assumed if the new and former criminal act lie in the same penal 
grade as designated by legislation ? (2) Should recidivistic superan- 
nuation be admitted? (3) Should repeated recidivation form a nec- 
essary ground for sharpening the punishment? (4) Is a relatively in- 
creased restraint upon freedom to be recommended as a means of pun- 
ishment for repeated recidivation, with the permission of imprisonment 
in the workhouse as a consequence ? (5) Should the law touch upon reg- 
ulations which insure the permanent separation of evil doers (consid- 
ered by the penal magistrate as incorrigible) into special divisions, of 48 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
prison, workhouse, or insane asylums ? (6) Should a conditional release 
after five years’ detention be granted to those considered incorrigible? 
The association affirmed unanimously questions 1, 2, 3, and 6, and by 
a large majority questions 4 and 5. Another question was: Is it expe- 
dient to prepare jurists practically and theoretically {i. e., by training 
in psychiatry, criminology,etc.) for the penal executive? (a) before; (ft) 
after the state’s examination. The main question was almost unan- 
imously affirmed. After the laying aside of the subordinate question 
a, subordinate question h received a large majority of the votes. 
Compte <j6n(:ral de Vadministration de la justice criminelle, 1887. Revue Scientifique. 
8 Mars, 1890. 
The official report of criminal justice in France for 1887, published 
in 1889, gives a good idea of French criminality. On looking at the 
maps it would seem at first sight that the high degree of criminality 
in the large cities was due to population, but a more thorough exami- 
nation shows that if depends on ethnographical conditions. All the 
north and northeast of France (Normandy, Isle of France, Champagne, 
Picardy, Flanders) show a high criminality; below (Sarthe, Orne Eure- 
et-Loir, Loiret, Yonne) a medium degree; and in the center, west, and 
south of France criminality is feeble, with the exception of the border 
provinces (Basses-Pyrenees, Haute-Savoie, Savoie, Doubs, Vosges), 
which give a more elevated degree of criminality than the west and 
center of France, in which the mortality is greater than in the other 
provinces. The map of suicides corresponds exactly with that of crim- 
inality, except in Corsica, where there are very few suicides. The con- 
stant progression of suicide (not special to France) deserves attention. 
Tear. 
Absolute 
number. 
Number 
per 100,000 
of 
population. 
Tear. 
Absolute 
number. 
Number 
per 100,000 
of 
population. 
1872 
5275 
1882 
7213 
19 
1873 
5525 
15 
1884 .. 
7572 
20 
1874 
5617 
16 
1885 . 
7902 
21 
1878 
6434 
17 
1887 
8202 
21 
1879 
6496 
18 
Comparing the number of crimes from 1871 to 1887, the statistics are 
as follows: 
1871-1875. 
1876-1880. 
1881-1885. 
1386. 
1887. 
Parricides 
10 
10 
14 
13 
23 
Poisoning 
17 
14 
10 
8 
8 
Assassination 
201 
107 
216 
234 
234 
Infanticide 
206 
194 
176 
166 
160 
Murder 
163 
143 
186 
174 
186 
Unchastity 
851 
899 
783 
712 
654 
Since the population from 1871 to 1887 has increased, the table shows 
a tendency for crime to lessen, although it is feeble. While foreigners CRIMINOLOGY. 
49 
furnish 10 per cent of the crime, they constitute only 3 per cent of the 
population. The percentage of recidivists has continually increased: 
In 1871-1875, 47 per cent;in 1876-1880, 48 per cent;in 1880, 56 per 
cent; and in 1887, 54 per cent. 
Alcoholism has diminished greatly: From 1873 to 1875 it was 
81,416; from 1876 to 1880, 75,026; from 1881 to 1885, 67,155; in 1886, 
61,346; and in 1887, 59,008. 
In looking at the above results we are struck with the large propor- 
tion of crimes against chastity. The fact that suicide is so low in Cor- 
sica, while other crimes are numerous, suggests the law of antagonism 
between suicide and crimes of blood. According to these figures 
France (looked upon by some as a wicked country) is about the oidy 
place where crime is decreasing. 
TJeber die kbrperlichen und geisiigen Eigenthiimlichkeiten der Verbrecher, Dr. v. 
Holder. Archiv fiir Anthropologic, Januar, 1889. 
The writer gives a short survey of tacts taken from his varied and 
extensive experience as guardian of the insane and administrator of 
penal justice and prisons. His craniological remarks and his distinc- 
tions between insanity and criminality are especially valuable. 
Though many characteristics are common to the insane and criminal, 
one is not justified in doing away with freedom of will; for criminals 
are not sick, like the insane. It is impossible from cranial asymmetries 
to conclude as to psychical characteristics. Physical signs of degener- 
ation indicate nothing further than the presence of a tendency to 
psychical degeneration. It is scarcely a pardonable error to consider 
every man with these characteristics as a predestined criminal, as some 
of the Italian school would do (Garofalo). 
The great influence of occupation, education, poverty, rough-handling, 
and misery is self-evident. In such cases, where the tendency has a 
certain intensity, deformations and even physiognomical peculiarities 
form an important factor in patho-psychical degeneration. The most 
important of these symptoms are found in the head and genital organs. 
Most of the characteristics come from the premature growing together 
of the sutures. The dropsy of the pia mater can enlarge the cranium 
in all directions, so long as the sutures in childhood are capable of con- 
siderable extension; in the later growth of the edges the coronal suture 
remains an annular transverse depression from rachitis; a further mis- 
formation from the same cause is a flattening or deep depression around 
the occipital fossa. The inferior degrees of asymmetry of the two 
lateral cranial sides occur without the premature growing together of 
the sutures. This is mostly hereditary. The tying up of the head, as 
practiced in the south of France, has no influence on psychical develop- 
ment. If several sutures grow together in foetal life or soon after birth, 
as in idiots, the form of the cranium is little changed, except it re- 
mains microcephalic. If the premature closing of several sutures 
3060 A M 4 50 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
occurs at tbo same time, if the height increases at the expense of the 
width, the head becomes pointed; if the breadth is at the cost of the 
height, we have a pathological flat head. Premature closing of the 
frontal suture makes it smaller, low and flat, and causes the orbital 
arches to project out. The closing of the sagittal suture makes the 
cranium very long, small, and high ; both these forms are more frequent 
in dolichocephaly than in brachycephaly. By the closing of half of the 
coronal suture a crooked growth of the cranial roof takes place, which 
in its highest degree produces a kidney-shaped form (plagiocephaly). 
The closing of one side of the occipital suture makes the corresponding 
side flatter than the other. 
These malformations are accompanied by those of the face. There is 
the bird face of the microcephalic heads, and the flattened upper part 
of the face of the pointed heads; further a high degree of asymmetry 
of both sides of the face; the bent and flattened nose; so the asymme- 
try of the orbits; here belong the cases Avhere the under jaw projects 
beyond the upper and vice-versa; and also where there is a bending of 
both rows of teeth; the gums are often too flat, too wide, and too small; 
there are squinting of the eyes, division of the iris; and sometimes skin 
duplicature in the corners of the eyes reminding one of the mongolian 
duplicature. The signs of degeneration in the ears are their smallness, 
great length or want of developed muscles; and very small laps, that 
grow on. 
The deformations of the genital parts have a special diagnostic value, 
because a part of them in both sexes leads to sexual disorders of every 
nature, which are causes of mental troubles. The most frequent deform- 
ations are: atrophy of the testicles, phimosis, stunted or deformed 
penis; fissure forms of the urethra, growing together of the penis with 
the scrotum, hypertrophy of the clitoris, closing of the back part of the 
vagina. Stunted growth, club foot, and corresponding deformations in 
arms and hands are seen in the skeleton. 
The lowest degree of all the deformations are directly connected with 
individual oscillations within the sphere of normality. Dr. Seiffer from 
the examination of a large jmmber of criminals found 47 per cent with 
at least one of these signs of degeneration; 10 per cent had cranial and 
facial anomalies. These deformations are rarely greater in criminals 
than in normal men, except in criminal idiots or cretins. Physiognomy 
stands in close relation with facial and cranial signs of degeneration. 
Habits, however, have great influence; the passage to prison physiog- 
nomy is gradual. In prison garb a face makes quite a different impres- 
sion. Some criminals change their looks very much. Out of 1,022 por- 
traits it was impossible in many cases to pronounce one a criminal from 
his physiognomy; one will see the features of the insane. 
There are two classes of criminals: First, criminals by occasion; 
second, recidivists. The basis of all criminality is ineradicable tendency 
to lying. Men furnish almost six times as many criminals as women; CRIMINOLOGY. 
51 
it is easier for men to overstep the bounds of morality and custom. 
Most women criminals lose every trace of womanhood in demeanor. 
Criminals by occasion are those who become so through levity, passion, 
imprudence, unfavorable surroundings, and, above all, through abuse of 
alcohol. According to Baer 50 per cent of all crime conies from alco- 
hol, three-fourths are crimes against the person, and only one-fourth 
against property, while the reverse is true with the recidivists. Minor 
criminals are to a-large extent capable of improvement. To accomplish 
this, the perversity and exceptionableness of their actions must be rec- 
ognized. The infanticides are the best of all criminals. The recidivists 
should be divided into two classes: one class includes those who for 
the most part have no mental or bodily signs of degeneration, caused 
by bad bringing up, society, poverty, sexual disorders, and those who 
make crime a trade or as a vengeance for injustice suffered. The 
improving of these is rare. The second class of recidivists comprises 
those with inborn criminal inclinations. In prison they are inclined 
to coarseness, boldness, resistance, and willful spoiling of their clothes; 
they may be regarded as in the first stages of insanity. But legally 
the recidivists are sharply distinguished from the insane. Delusions 
disorder the judgments of the insane, but not so in the case of the 
recidivist. Thieves, swindlers, and incendiaries, if not insane, are cow- 
ards; robbers and murderers are little affected by fear. Between 
mental health and insanity there are many cases of hereditary anom- 
alies: nervousness, irritability through the least cause, peculiar uncon- 
querable inclinations, eccentricities, propensity to dissolute ideas with 
no purpose, a mingling of contradictory peculiarities, of one-sided 
mental powers, this all united with a weakness of deliberation; here 
belongs also the inborn criminal instinct. According to Richter, most 
crimes, especially murder, audacious burglary, common theft, embezzle- 
ment, resistance of state power, come by epileptics or in those with a 
tendency to epilepsy. Those addicted to alcohol are light offenders. 
Those with hereditary mental weakness are given to crimes of un- 
chastity. 
The class of recidivists is a mixed one: j(l) Those who have a posi- 
tive tendency to insanity or epilepsy; (2) those whose family ante- 
cedents plainly lead them to crime; (3) those whose morality and sense 
of honor are destroyed through training and environment. 
Criminal phenomena and manifestations of insanity are a distorted 
or diseased expression of mental activities which by themselves are 
present in everyone; but in some they develop in one or the other 
direction. No one is sure that his mental soundness can not be endan- 
gered through outer or inner troubles or that he can escape inclina- 
tions, which might lead to crime. The increase of crime keeps step 
with that of population, or, rather, with its increase in density, as in 
large cities. The increase of both insanity and criminality is due to 
overpopulation, 52 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Psychologic naturelle, etude sur les facultds intellectuelles ct morales dans leur etat normal 
et dans leurs manifestations anomales chez les alicncs et chez les criminels. Prosper 
Despine. Paris, 1868 (3 vols.). 
This is an epoch-making book in criminal psychology and, though 
not a late work, is full of valuable information. Volume 1 takes up 
normal psychology; volumes 2 and 3 abnormal psychology. 
The author defines pschyology as the science of the mental faculties 
and of their diverse manifestations; psychology should not depart from 
the study of nature; all metaphysical questions must be set aside, since 
they do not come from observation. There are two species of psychical 
faculties, the intellectual and the moral. The intellectual are percep- 
tion, memory, and reflection. The moral faculties are instinctive. The 
moral sense is the only one of the instinctive faculties which is not only 
moved by an egotistical motive, but by the idea of duty and obligation, 
and this in spite of the pain it causes. 
The author believes in freedom of will Avhen the feeling of duty 
enters in; but in case of simple desire there is no freedom. Freedom 
of will, or moral liberty, is the power which decides between the good 
and the evil after a deliberation made clear by the sentiment of duty. 
Much emphasis is put upon this point. Criminal psychology is treated 
somewhat extensively, taking up especially parricides, homicides, in- 
fanticides, suicides; incendiaries, thieves, prostitutes; prisons, death 
penalty, and prevention. The author, although a spiritualist or ideal- 
ist, confines himself to the facts of natural science. Insanity is the 
involuntary blindness of the mind by the passions, which inspire false 
ideas; but its essence is the absence of moral opposition, of reason, 
and of light, clarifying the mind. 
Most of the facts, taken from the account of criminal processes in 
the Gazette des Tribunaux from 1825 to 1808, lead the author to hold 
that the great malefactors are deprived of the noble sentiments of hu- 
manity, especially of the moral sense, and so are not responsible. This 
is shown, first, by the absence of moral reprobation before the crime 
and, second, by absence of remorse after the crime. Perversity, which 
gives the idea and desire for crime and moral insensibility, including 
the absence of elevated moral sentiments, are the two conditions 
necessary to the commission of crime. 
On account of the grave moral anomaly of the great criminals, 
punishments are not suitable; but moral treatment is required. The 
purposes of this treatment are: to cease to punish cruelly the moral 
insane or criminals, for it renders them worse, and to ameliorate them 
as much as possible, that they may not be returned to society unless 
they are capable of conducting themselves well. It is an honor to 
humanity that the moral laws are not seriously violated by crime, for 
these laws are not in the consciousness of criminals. The author con- 
cludes his whole work in saying that the psychological ideas set forth 
do not touch in the least the eternal principles of morality and justice CRIMINOLOGY. 
53 
which God has placed in human hearts. According to these principles, 
individuals deprived of free will should not he punished, but treated 
morally; individuals who possess free will, and who at the same time 
freely commit faults, should bo punished, in spite of their sincere regret, 
for these punishments are merited. 
Hypnotism and Crime, Dr. J. M. Charcot. The Forum, April, 1890. 
There is comparatively little written on criminal hypnotism. The 
ideas as set forth by the originator and leader of the Paris school are of all 
the more interest. Persons susceptible of hypnotization are nervous and 
capable of becoming hysterical, if not- actually so, at the beginning of 
the experiments. Hypnotism and hysteria are near akin. Hypnotism 
is a genuine neurosis, not a physiological state. There are three states: 
lethargy, catalepsy, and somnambulism; in the first two, particularly 
in lethargy, there is absolute unconsciousness, the subject is motion- 
less, his will in abeyance, there is no suggestibility. In the third state 
the subject hears, sees, receives, and carries out suggestions given by 
the one who hypnotized him. An important fact is that on awak- 
ing he recollects, outside of the suggestion given him, nothing that 
has happened during the sleep; but he will recollect it in a second 
period of hypnotic somnambulism, unless a contradictory suggestion 
be given. This loss and this recovery of recollection under fixed con- 
ditions is important in medico-legal hypnotism. 
Rape and at rape are the most frequent crimes upon hyp- 
notized persons. Gilles de hi Tourette is able to cite five cases of this 
class developed in action at law—not a small number, considering the 
difficulties of detection. The problem to be solved is this: “Given the 
suggestibility of a somnambule, can one use him to do a criminal act to 
which he would never have consented outside of the hypnotic sleep V’ 
Suppose a subject put to sleep, and in the somnambulic state he is told: 
“You know A,; he is a contemptible fellow and is ever trying to injure 
you. He must be put out of the way. Here is a dagger, to-morrow 
you will go to his house and stab him. You are not to remember that 
I ordered you to kill him, even if you be hypnotized again.” This can 
be done in the laboratory. 
But some subjects refuse to obey; the training of subjects is not 
easy; it takes time, and suitable subjects are not numerous. Suppose 
the subject is ready to act, but. the victim does not pass, what hap- 
pens? In most cases a fit of hysteria, or an attack of acute delirium, 
or of babbling mania. Thus, it is as important that the conditions be 
realized as that the suggestion be accepted. How, no one has been able 
to discover one single crime of this kind actually committed in real life. 
A criminal desires first of all to escape punishment; he will not make 
sure of his revenge and conceal himself from prosecution by putting a 
weapon in the hand of a lunatic somnambule. Suppose a somnambule 
signs a check; on awaking he will hardly part with his property with- 54 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
out protest. He will ask himself how he came to sign such a paper; 
an investigation might be embarrassing to the holder of the check. Al- 
though the courts will seldom be called upon to consider crimes com- 
mitted by somnambules or upon somnambules, yet there is danger in 
another direction, that is in the injurious effects of ill-advised hypnoti- 
zations by persons who are not physicians. We can track a “show- 
man magnetizer” by the persons he succeeded with, who become nerv- 
ous and irritable; some fall into deep sleep out of which it is difficult to 
bring them; they are unfitted for duties of daily life. Others, and they 
are the majority, have convulsions resembling the crises of confirmed 
hysteria. Hypnotism should be confined to the medical profession. 
The expert in court has to inquire if the subject has an affection capa- 
ble of coming from ill-advised hypnotism. He ought not to go beyond 
the formula: “The individual can (or can not) be put into the hypnotic 
state.” 
Les Suggestions Criminelles, Lemons a la Faculty de Nancy, par M. le Pro- 
fessenr Bernheim. Revue de I’Hypnotisme, ler Mars, 1890. 
This article, written by the leader of the Nancy school, brings out 
clearly the main point of difference between the two schools. Free- 
will and responsibility are problems that present themselves to us. Wo 
are all suggestible in a certain measure; our reason leaves us some- 
times; evil thoughts creep into our imagination out of our control; the 
thought tends to become an act. To what we resist this 
tendency? Can it not impose upon us the law of ideo-motor or ideo- 
dynamic automatism, which transforms the idea into action? Can 
crimes be committed by suggestion? The Nancy school replies affirm- 
atively. Liebeault, Liegeois, Beaunis, mid Beruheim say that certain 
somnambulists can, under the influence of suggestion either during sleep 
or after wakening, execute with docility what they have been ordered. 
Numerous experiments should carry conviction. 
The Paris school, with Charcot its eminent head, Brouardel, and 
Gilles de la Tourette replies in the negative. It is said that the crimes 
we cause to be committed are those of the laboratory; that if we give 
to a man a paper knife with which to kill his neighbor, he knows that 
the knife is harmless; his confidence in us renders him obedient to the 
suggestion. This is true in certain cases; the somnambulist knows it is 
a representation, and plays the comedy which we desire him to play, 
it is sometimes so in natural dreams; we know that we dream; we 
dream passively; we endure the most terrifying things without feel- 
ing any emotion; the heart beat and respiration are not accelerated; we 
are indifferent to the drama in which we are actors; the individual is as 
if he had to do with another of his selves; the conscious being is awake 
by the side of the new being, the subconscious. The feeling of our 
identity is stronger than that of the hallucination, which strikes our 
sensation without reaching the moral foundation of our being. The 
same is true of certain hypnotized persons, I say to the subject, “The CRIMINOLOGY. 
55 
dog will bite you,” but he puts his hand upon the dog without the least 
dread. Other subjects resist suggestions; they retain a certain initia- 
tive. I command him to steal a watch, but he refuses; his moral char- 
acter is a primordial anterior suggestion that neutralizes these other 
suggestions. But there are others who have no power of resistance; 
the subconscious in them annihilates their conscious being; these will 
commit crime. So in natural sleep we have dreams in which we are 
not ourselves; we fall from a precipice; we are terrified, respiration is 
anxious, the face pale; we groan in our sleep. There are a sufficient num- 
ber of cases where crime has been committed during natural somnam- 
bulism, Can this not be true in provoked somnambulism? 
The author gives the case of a young artist to whom he had sug- 
gested to steal his watch when he should awake, which he did with- 
out hesitating, and, when discovered, was confused, trembling, implor- 
ing them not to arrest him; this latter was a real emotion; the subject 
was honest by nature. Among somnambulists who act post-hypnoti- 
cally there are some who do it as impulsive epileptics. Sometimes the 
epileptic knows that he kills, but does not know why. The insane 
sometimes say, “ I have a foolish idea to set tire to the house or kill 
my child.” Why, to what purpose? Do you not love your child? 
“ Yes, I love him; I know it is wrong; I have no reason to kill him.” In 
hypnotism a similar psychical state is realizable; it is a blind, instinc- 
tive impulsion, without reason; it is an impulsive insanity. There are 
others who do not act abruptly. The operator said to one during his 
sleep, “ When you awake you will steal my purse on the table.” On 
awaking he did. He was asked, “Why have you stolen?” He 
answers, “It is to take what you owe me; I lent you some money and 
you have not returned it; it is a restitution, not a theft.” In this case I 
did not produce a perversion of the moral sense. Imagination turned 
the difficulty; it suggested to the subject a retroactive illusory memory 
through which the theft became allowable. To the subject was 
said, “Here is a pistol, and when you awake you will shoot this man.” 
On awaking he does it. 1 ask him why. He replies that the man 
insulted him, had pointed a pistol at him; so he defended himself. 
Hallucination, like imagination, furnishes a rational pretext. This 
hallucination can be created, if auto-suggestion does not interfere. 
One can say to the patient, “ Here is a man who has seduced your 
wife; when you awake you will avenge your honor and kill him.” It 
would be still easier to suggest crime to those who love it, because 
there is no moral conscience to reject the suggestion. It is difficult to 
say whether a person with a developed moral sense could be directly 
so enfeebled or perverted as to commit a crime. But it is certain that 
an honest man can, when carried along by an impulsive giddiness, de- 
lirious idea, or halluciation. The nihilists, anarchists, socialists, revolu- 
tionists can become criminals by suggestion. The excited crowd, hear- 
ing the words, “ spy,” “ traitor,” become ferocious and bloody, and rush 56 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
upon some innocent person. It is a collective suggestion, a blind passion 
that carries the masses. The brute nature is unchained. 
It has been objected that there is not on record a case of crime com- 
mitted under the influence of hypnotic suggestion. This is possible; 
hypnotizers are not generally criminals. But if a hypnotizer was a 
criminal he would not tell it to the person he hypnotized, much less to 
anyone else. The truth is, suggestion plays a role in many crimes. 
There is hypnosis without sleep; suggestion can occur during the 
waking state; some persons are normally very suggestible; a word can 
produce in them analgesia, catalepsy, hallucinations, acts; the sugges- 
tion is made without their knowledge, and sometimes the suggester is 
unknown to them. 
These ideas find their application: A young lady of good principles, 
honest and of sweet disposition, marries. The first years are happy. 
A young man gains control of her. Her husband, involved in difficul- 
ties for subsistence, neglects her. Later her husband meditates ven- 
geance against this young man, who, having seduced his wife, estab- 
lished a rival business, which prospered, while his own was in peril. 
To satisfy his vengeance he gained again the heart of his wife, and 
persuades her that his rival is the cause of their trouble, and hints 
that he ought to be killed. Docile and yielding to threats, she arranges 
a meeting with her lover under the pretext of renewing old friendships. 
She goes there; she enters the “Madeleine” to pray; then coldly, with- 
out emotion, she conducts her lover to her husband, who assassinates 
him. No regret, no remorse troubles her conscience. Nothing in her 
antecedents had indicated such monstrous moral perversity. Before the 
jury, the matron of her “pension” testified to her sweetness of dispo- 
sition. Another testified she was like soft dough; she went to vice as 
well as to virtue. Her brain was open to all suggestions. 
De la Criminality en France et en Italic; etude medico-le'gale. Dr. Albert Bournet, 
Paris, 1884. pp. 153. 
The author is a pupil of Lacassagne. The book is important as treat- 
ing of the statistical criminology of France and Italy. The following 
are some of the general conclusions: 
(1) In France criminality has more than tripled; this increase is due 
especially to the modifications of legislation; crimes against the person 
have varied little, but rather increased than diminished. Corsica, where 
crimes are still very frequent, is a veritable disturbing element. Crimes 
against property are diminishing. 
(2) In Italy crimes of blood are three times more numerous than in 
France, and murder is six times as frequent. 
(3) Assassination is on the increase in France, while in Italy it is 
diminishing; yet it remains twice as frequent as in France. 
(4) There is a notable diminution in poisonings in both countries, 
the number being the same in the two countries. 57 
CRIMINOLOGY. 
(5) Violations and crimes against chastity are infinitely less fre- 
quent in Italy. In France these crimes are increasing at a frightful 
rate, especially among children. 
(6) In France infanticide is twice as frequent as in Italy; while par- 
ricide is twice as frequent in Italy as in France. Abortion is about the 
same in both countries. 
(7) In France and Italy the law of antagonism between suicides and 
crimes of blood is manifest; in France suicide has been constantly 
increasing, especially in the army, where it has doubled within the last 
ten years. 
De la suggestion hypnotique chez les ciiminels, par le Dr. Em. Laurknt. Revue de 
I’Hypnotisme, 1 er Aoftt, 1889. 
The writer takes up in detail a hysterical individual accused of com- 
licity in theft, and shows how that hypnotization is negative in results 
as to gaining a confession from the accused. The following conversa- 
tion took place while the accused was in the hypnotic state: 
Laurent. You are accused of complicity in theft. Patient. lam in- 
nocent. L. You knew, however, that the horse and carriage had been 
stolen! P. No, no; I didn’t know anything about it. L. You knew it. 
P. I swear to you I did not. L. I tell you, you did know it. P. No 
(already more softly). L. I assure you that you knew it; you knew it. 
P. Yes, I knew it. L. Are you sure you knew it! P. I knew it. L. 
(again). You did not know that the carriage had been stolen? P. Yes, 
I knew it. (Thus it is evident that the will of the patient has been con- 
quered by the will of the hypnotizer.) Dr. Laurent continues: You did 
not know that the carriage had been stolen. L. Yes, I knew it. P. No, 
I tell you, you did not know anything about it. P. No; I did not 
know anything about it. At this moment we do not know whether the 
patient knows it or not. Dr. Laurent says that the present state of 
our knowledge does not permit us to know whether the person hypno- 
tized obeys his conscience or his will, which holds him under its depend- 
ence. We may add that little children on the witness stand can be 
made through the overbearing manner of the examiner to confess things 
about themselves or others that have been solely suggested at the time. 
Dr. Laurent has an article in the same review for November 1,1889, 
considering the influence of suggestive action over hysterical prisoners. 
A hysterical person is often wholly at the mercy of his surroundings. 
At one time he loves to engage in prayer, at another to go on a debauch. 
It is evident that such a person coming out of prison will be more dan- 
gerous than ever. The doctor cites cases from his own experience 
where the prisoners have made their hysterical comrade believe all 
sorts of absurdities about himself. He terms this a sort of suggestion 
a fvoid, a hypnotism in the walking state. Without doubt the suggest- 
ive action is less than in sleep; still it has its forces. He gives also an 
illustration of self-hypnotization in the case of a hysterical prisoner, 58 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
who within a few clays after his entrance into prison learns the cus- 
toms, language, and tastes of the place, and believes himself to be one 
of the greatest of criminals; he can be made to injure other prisoners. 
The practical conclusion of the article is that all hysterical prisoners 
should be isolated, and placed under the charge of a physician, on 
account of the pernicious moral influence the prisoners have over them. 
Contribuzioni alio Studio delle anomalie del pterion nel cranio umano, ricerche di anato- 
mia. Drs. F. Mauimo e L. Gambara. Arcbivio per I’Antropologia ela Etnolo- 
gia. Firenze, 1889. 
The anomalous data of the wormian bones of the pterion are found in 
almost all races, and prevail in the inferior races. As to the greater fre- 
quency of these bones in criminals as compared with normal men, Lom- 
broso finds 16 per cent in normal men, 23 x>er cent in criminals, and 18 
per cent in the insane. Out of 111 craniums, these authors found 28 with 
this anomaly (24 per cent). The wormian bones of the pterion are more 
frequently united to each other in criminals than in normal men; ac- 
cording to Lombroso, 59 per cent in criminals, and 68 per cent in the 
insane, and 28 per cent in normal men. These authors find the anomaly 
in prisoners 71 per cent. The presence of the wormian bones in the 
pterion is associated with the occipital median fossa; in normal men 
4 per cent, in criminals 16 per cent, in savages 26 per cent, in the in- 
sane 14 per cent, in monomaniacs 16 per cent, according to Lombroso. 
The authors find that, in connection with the greater frequency of the 
pterion bones in criminals, there are other defects or arrests of devel- 
opment, and that this coincidence occurs more frequently in criminals. 
One thing that gives especial value to these results is, that the authors 
had access to a number of Italian museums. 
Tipi di criminaU nati, Guido Rossi e S. Ottolenghi, Arcbivio di Psicbiatria, Scienze 
Penale ed Antropologia Criminate, Vol. XI, Fasc. 1, Torino, 1890. 
As an example of the way in which criminals are studied by the 
Italian specialists, we give the details of a single case. 
The writers investigated two cases of typical born criminals. The 
first case (by Rossi) is as follows: S. C., 38 years of age, born in Turin, 
a type-founder by trade, condemned twice: the first time, ten-year sen- 
tence for cruelty to father. While in prison he attempted suicide 
twice. Being unable to work, he wrote his history upon a vessel. 
Always suffered sensations of heat in the head; was subject to vertigo; 
had an alcoholic attack and epileptic prison insanity —follia carceraria 
epilettica—during which he broke the glass in the window, for having 
been punished excessively; did not think in such moments of the pos- 
sibility of being punished again; had a true morbid epileptical hypo- 
chondria. His physical examination gave: Pallid skin, thin chestnut 
hair, abundant beard, thin mustache, blue iris; nose long and crooked; 
teeth: median incisors hypertrophied, the lateral decayed; slightly 
projecting ears, squint in left eye, paralysis of the eyebrows. Crani- CRIMINOLOGY. 
59 
oraetry: anterior-posterior diameter, 182 millimeters; transverse, 151; 
anterior-posterior curve, 340; transverse, 317; total circumference, 
540; cepalic index, 83; cranial capacity, 1,530; a depression at the 
union of the frontal and parietal, not evident whether it is due to 
a wound or not; lacks the ethnic type; a scar on right hand, arising 
out of a dispute after gambling. Sensibility: with Faradaic current, 
the right hand feels at 32, the left hand at 35; touch gives 3 millimeters 
for left and 2 for the right. Meteorological sensibility is moderate; two 
or three days before bad weather he is restless. He is credulous; was 
made to see a bottle of black wine under a white paper. At 9 years 
of age was given to masturbation. The dynamometer gave 4G for the 
left hand, 53 for right. Motility: gait awkard; speech stammering; 
writing good; knee jerk exaggerated; had a simian agility since 
infancy. He walks often without consciousness of where he goes; this 
is one form of propulsive epilepsy; at certain monents there comes to 
him a desire to destroy everything, and often he does it. He does not 
believe in any religion. He sleeps uneasily; commenced to like wine 
at 10; was forgetful; smoked; liked gambling; is fond of striking; 
knows the criminal slang. His father was 44 at the birth of S. C.; his 
mother 50; his father drank much, but supported the wife, and was 
never in jail. The mother played much at lottery; his sister was 
mother of thirteen sons, all healthy, except one who died, disease 
unknown. He was studious in his four elementary classes; said he 
never had difficulty in learning. He reads the Cronaca del Tribunali. 
He does not like the present system of government; would like the 
republican form. In infancy he suffered with ematurie and neuralgia. 
Les criminels, characteres physiques et psychologiques, par Dr. A. Corre. Paris, 
1889. pp. 412. 
The real criminal is he who does not recognize the rights of others; 
he is not a simple offender, but a hypocritical one; not like the man 
who opposes society openly. Every great man who establishes the 
supremacy of his country, and under the pretext of maintaining it, in 
the name of public safety, commits the most detestable acts solely for 
his own interests and caprice, such a one is a criminal. However, 
admit two groups, those who are imprisoned for their misdeeds and 
those who are tree. Does this opposition correspond to the particular 
aptitudes in the groups which present it1? Does criminality lie in the 
individual or environment? If in the environment, iu what measure 
can it be modified? The answers to these questions are based upon 
anthropological and statistical documents. 
In regard to the brain, the author does not find anything strictly 
peculiar to criminals. In respect to the cranium, the following points 
are noted: (1) the more frequent persistence of the metopic or frontal 
median suture; (2) the effacement, more or less complete, of the pari- 
etal or parieto occipital sutures in a large number of criminals; (3) the 60 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
notched sutures are the most simple; (4) the frequency of the Wor- 
mian bones in the regions of the median posterior fontanel, and in 
the lateral posterior fontanels; (5) the development of the supercil- 
iary ridges with the defacement, or even frequent depression, of the 
intermediary protuberance, the development of the mastoid apophyses; 
(6) the backward direction of the plane of occipital depression. Gen- 
eral sensibility is lower in criminals; left-handedness is common; im- 
perfection of sensitive activity; this lack of sensibility to pain and to 
disagreeable sentiments explains the want of pity and the cruelty of 
criminals. The true criminal has something of the incompleteness of 
the beast; he is a man who lias remained animalized; he is an oppo- 
nent of altruism, is lazy, likes wine, gambling, and debauch; in general 
he is afraid of the thought of death, indifferent to religion; without 
remorse; he is extremely vain. Intelligence does not develop his altru- 
istic feelings; although very cunning, the criminal is inferior in intel- 
ligence. There are criminals of genius; some are honored by the 
world. They are egotistical monsters; if possessed with power, they 
commit crimes under other names; the slang of the criminal is rich in 
words for drunkenness, wine, and money; educated men among crim- 
inals are rare. In the majority the notion of the act is so persistent as 
in a certain measure to take away legal responsibility. In many im- 
pulsiveness is sudden and irresistible; onanism and sodomy are com- 
mon. Recidivists are increasing in number. The physiognomic char- 
acteristics are in general: small cranial dimensions,receding forehead, 
absence of beard, abundance of hair, and dull eye (women criminals are 
almost always homely); thick lips, projecting eyes, and large jaws. 
These characteristics, while common, are by no means absolute. An 
individual always considered of sound mind, who does things the 
motive of which is inexplicable or out of proportion to his appetites, is 
to be regarded rather as insane than criminal. In delicate and dis- 
united cases those with most experience and intelligence should decide, 
and not the jury. Among the cases of doubtful criminality are giddy, 
epileptic, hysterical women with hereditary taint, who, commencing 
with eccentricities, go into crime. The legislative idea of premedita- 
tion is to be replaced by that of the degree of intensity or duration of 
the solicitation. Criminals from sudden passion are more excusable 
than those who commit crime under the influence of drunkenness by 
alcohol, ether, morphine, or hashish; for the latter, although far less 
conscious of their deeds, know that these drugs expose them to such 
acts. The highest grade of criminals are so by profession, who are know- 
ingly and deliberately rebellious against society. The last class are 
the false-honest men, who, by the cloak of wealth, power, position or 
honor, utilize society solely for their own disordered appetites. 
Rejecting the criminal type in the sense of anthropological unification, 
the author believes that the cerebral inferiority of the criminal has its 
origin in a sort of arrest of development in childhood. Admitting a CRIMINOLOGY. 
61 
subordination to the acts of the organization, and the want of liberty, 
society should not punish the less, as it is her only way to maintain 
herself; but should keep within the strict limits of self-defense. The 
death penalty is a relic of barbarism; the ideal is not repression, pain 
for pain. A wise code should reprimand by bettering, not by destroy- 
ing; it should diminish the intensity of the solicitations to crime; it 
should remember that society is in a great measure the cause of crim- 
inality. The author, while stating his own views without reserve, shows 
a broad spirit towards the views of others; on the whole he is not ex- 
treme, but takes a medium course. 
Le Crime en Fays Creoles. Dr. A. Cokre. Paris, 1889. pp. 314 
This book is a sketch in criminal ethnography. It is a natural history 
of crime; but of distinct races under metropolitan assimilation. The 
author gives a general insight into the evolution of delinquency and 
crime among the Creoles inhabiting Martinique, Guadeloupe and 
Reunion in the Indian Ocean. These contain in all 450,000 inhabitants, 
of whom one-tenth is white. There are the black Creole as distinguished 
from the black Africans; the white Creoles and the white Europeans, 
and a mongrel race coming from the union of these. 
Criminality here is influenced rather by the social conditions than by 
racial factors. In the time of slavery the negro, a passive and almost 
negative being, committed less crime than the white man. At the time 
of emancipation the blacks gave themselves to abominable acts; the 
white population was so reduced as to have scarcely any influence on 
crime. The colored population increased in power as the field of its 
appetites enlarged. Criminality increased proportionally to the popu- 
lation, however. If social development is a cause of crime, it is also a 
corrector and reducer of dangerous impulses through the collective 
education on which it reposes. Emancipation certainly ameliorated 
the negro. But assimilation makes the number of crimes formidable, 
for in a rapid evolution the weak and impotent, remaining behind, fur- 
nish the largest number of criminals. The negro and white man have 
distinct physical organizations, and as a result distinct social aptitudes. 
The most advanced social organization is not comprehended by the 
negro; extreme liberty without the control of the white man brings 
him back almost to the ancestral savagery. The negro kills with little 
or no premeditation; is sure to obey the sexual appetite; is seldom 
guilty of infanticide or any atrocious suppression of descendants. The 
negro is very tolerant, has few needs which oblige him to struggle; is 
contented, if he can be lazy. 
The Hindoos are isolated from the Creoles, but not in castes; their 
offenses show a certain degenerative refinement in motive or execution; 
they will not submit to tyranny of masters; debauch, adultery, and 
jealous rivalries involve them in their worst offenses; they learn skill 
and foresight, and are almost professionals in crime, Creolean and ABNORMAL MAN. 
Hindoo criminalities conserve »their own ethnic and sociological char- 
acteristics. The author concludes this study in criminal ethnography 
by giving a detailed enumeration of measurements and observations to 
be made in the anthropological study (properly speaking) of colonial 
criminality. 
Zwei Kriminalpsychologische Fdllc. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Cebergangszustande 
zwischen Verbrechen und Irrsinn, von Dr. Aug. Fokel. Professor der Psychiatrie 
in Zurich. Bern, 1889. 
In spite of opposition, determinism, based upon evolutionism is be- 
coming more prominent in contemporary philosophy. Contradictions 
between legal ideas and legal punishment will vanish so soon as pun- 
ishment is for the correction of the prisoner and the protection of soci- 
ety, and not an expiation of the deed. 
Those persons known to have a lawless disposition should be taken 
care of before they can do injury to society, and, on the other hand, 
inmates of prisons should be psychologically studied, as to Avhen and 
whether they should be given freedom, instead of holding them a cer- 
tain length of time, according to the nature of the deed. The time is 
to come when the treatment of criminals will belong in part to psychi- 
atry and in part to psychology. A normal psychical state is an ade- 
quate adaptation of the mind to the forces in the outer world. A nor- 
mal free will is nothing else than an adequate reaction of the mind. A 
criminal act is an inadequate reaction. The writer cites two cases, giv- 
ing the details at some length; one exhibits a high degree of weak- 
mindedness, with an inborn ethical defect, weak judgment, liable to 
repeat similar acts. In this case the person was found guilty of kid- 
naping a child, and sentenced to ten months in the workhouse. The 
second case is that of a person shooting his friend without warning, 
and then shooting himself; a case of hereditary insanity, of deep ethical 
defect, contrary sexual feeling, hysterical fanaticism, etc. There are 
all kinds, of transitions marked by constitutional and chronic disturb- 
ances of the mental equilibrium, the disease can appear as almost 
natural to the organism, merely as an individual peculiarity, and in- 
adequateness. Thus there are no sharp limits between the inadequate 
character of a criminal and that of a normal man, just as there are 
none between bodily anomalies and health in general. Moral training, 
safeguards, and principles are the best means for forming a habit of 
' life that will endure. 
Penological and Preventive Principles, with special reference to Europe and America. 
By William Tallack, Secretary of the Howard Association. London, 1889. pp. 
414. 
Notwithstanding the variety of opinion among those of long experi- 
ence in the charge of criminals, there is a preponderance of experience 
in certain directions. It is the special design of this book to aid in 
recognizing these converging lines and approximate conclusions. The 
author is a strenuous upholder of the necessity for the effectual separa- CRIMINOLOGY. 
63 
tion of imprisoned criminals, as opposed to the system of classification 
and association of criminals. The author appeals to the penal experi- 
ences of different nations: France, almost desparing in legislation, had 
the Recidivist Law for the extension of penal deportation; also the 
number of imprisonments increased threefold in half a century, from 
41,000 in 1830 to 127,000 in 1888; and the “recidivists” increased from 
31 to 48 per cent in the more serious offenses, and from 28 to 43 per 
cent in the minor ones. In the United States there has been a steady 
increase of crime to population, and a shocking development of corrup- 
tion in the county jails. In Italy we find almost the worst predatory 
and homicidal classes in gangs of contaminating villainy among the 
prison population. In Germany the prisons are largely schools of 
crime. In Australia the system is condemned op all sides; it led to 
conspiracies, insubordination, vices, increase of expenses, contamination, 
and no possibility of reforming the criminal. In England, with its cellu- 
lar local jails, and in Belgium and Holland, with similar central prisons 
where separation is secured or approximated to, we find the criminals 
most effectively held in check. In this system there should be added a 
rearrangement of sentences; that is, short, but sharp ones; more really 
penal, but more mercifully deterrent and reformatory. But another 
purpose of this book is, to show that the efficacy of prisons in the re- 
pression of crime is immensely exaggerated, in comparison with other 
methods of reformation. 
As to legislation, a reasonable cumulation of penalties is desirable. 
The element of certainty is very important. Judiciously administered 
substitutes for imprisonment, including conditional liberty or probation, 
fines and moderate corporal punishments, are merciful and economical 
alternatives for prolonged incarceration. These views are held by the 
majority of penologists. As to preventive influences, too little atten- 
tion is given to the restorative agencies of religion and morality (in- 
cluding, under the latter head, the wise encouragement of temperance, 
chastity, thrift), systems of education and training children to a self- 
supporting industry, the influence of piety, fostered mainly by de- 
nominational schools, where their faith is kept from being needlessly 
assailed—all these factors are too much neglected. It is generally ad- 
mitted that the prevention of offenses and the development of society is 
forwarded by reverence for law and order, and a wise use of fear and 
hope, reward and penalty. Row it is preeminently in the gospel 
that we find these principles most authoritatively embodied and ex- 
emplified. 
Prison Statistics of the United States for 1888. By Roland P. Falkner, Ph. D, 
Philadelphia, 1889; pp. 34. 
This brochure presents many interesting facts. There is a homoge- 
neous convict population in our prisons. The county jails and houses 
of correction have a continual change in their population, owing to 64 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
short sentences. The percentage of colored prisoners is much greater 
than that of the colored population. As to age, the prisoners are as a 
rule in the prime of life; the higher age classes are less represented 
than in the general population. The foreign element furnish a larger 
number than the native born, but they stand relatively lower in the 
grave offenses than in the less serious ones. The British-American 
element makes a bad showing; in Michigan, 38.14 per cent, of the 
foreign prison population; and in Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont 
combined, 60.85 per cent of it. The Germans have the same ratio in 
crime as the native born. Interstate emigration is common, so that 
those born in other States are represented more strongly than in the 
population generally. The unmarried show relatively a large percent- 
age, especially in the Western States. Manufacturing, mechanical, and 
mining occupations show a large percentage of crime. Those having 
no religion are large in number. The percentage of Catholics is quite 
high, caused mostly by nationality and economic condition. The 
Hebrews show a very small percentage relatively. Crimes against 
person have the largest percentage in Maine, Michigan, Nevada, and 
Alabama. Why it should be so high in Connecticut, New Jersey, and 
Southern Indiana is not clear. In the South there is a large percent- 
age of crime against the person. 
Sur le fonctionuement da service des signalements anthropomdiriques, par A.Bertillion 
Archives do I’antbropologie criminelle. 1888. pp. 19. 
This is a report addressed to the director of penitentiary administra- 
tion in France. The repertory of anthropometrical descriptions com- 
menced in January, 1883, had reached the number of 60,000 in Novem- 
ber, 1887; and has brought about the detection of about 1,500 recidi- 
vists inscribed in the jail-books under false names. The author de- 
scribes the manner of obtaining uniformity in results, the classification 
of measurements, and the distinctive characters of recidivists under a 
false name, giving some curious examples of detection. It seems to us 
that this is a direct step toward the detection and subsequent control 
of a most difficult class of criminals. 
Physical Training of Youthful Criminals, by Hamilton D. Wey, M. D. Reprint of 
a paper read before the National Prison Association at Boston, July 18, 1888. 
pp. 14. 
Physical training and athleticism are to be sharply distinguished. 
Physical education should precede mental; it aids the slow and irregu- 
lar movements of the criminal, gradually giving him better control of 
himself; the mind is quickened along with such training. Bathing and 
dietetics are adjuncts to physical training. Physical education should 
be carried on in a three fold line—physical development, muscular 
amplification, and structural enlargement. Let the physical man be 
trained to reach the highest attainable degree; the brain coincidently 
will participate, and the mind will afford a basis for the principles of CRIMINOLOGY. 
65 
morality. The brochure is valuable in giving many practical details 
from the more advanced point of view of criminologists. 
Should Inebriates he Punished hy Death for Crime ? By T. D. Crothers, M. D., 
Superintendent of Walnut Lodge, of Hartford, Conn. 
Although this is only a leaflet of eight pages, it contains many facts 
and practical ideas. Criminals are found who are not deceitful, but 
desperately wicked. The inebriate is defective and diseased—the death 
penalty for inebriates is opposed to all teachings of science and experi- 
ence. Ten per cent of the estimated half million inebriates in the 
United States are yearly convicted of crime; 2 per cent commit capital 
crime, and 1 per cent of this number, or about one hundred persons, 
are executed every year, luebriacy is not a voluntary condition within 
the control of the person. In one thousand cases confined on Black- 
well’s Island, nine hundred and thirty-five had been returned for the 
same offense from one to twenty-eight times. The inebriate murderers 
are subject to delusions, morbid impulses, epileptic explosions, some- 
times alcoholic somnambulism; the death penalty has no horrors for 
them; the first sentence causes others. Inebriate murderers should 
have a private trial, should be confined for the rest of their life in a 
military workhouse hospital. 
Du Ddpepaye Criminel. A. Lacassagne. Archives de i’Anthropologie Oriminelle. 
Tome troisifeme, 1888. 
The author is one of the most distinguished medical legalists in 
France. {dcd-rifivco, I cut through) is the act of cutting 
a body into more or less equal portions. Criminal is the 
act of cutting the human body into an indefinite number of fragments 
for the purpose of disposing of the victim and of rendering his identifi- 
cation more difficult. Sometimes the head, the arms, the limbs, and 
trunk are separated; or they may be reduced to pieces. This method 
of the assassins has become the style; it is by imitation, made con- 
tagious in feeble and hesitating individuals through detailed descrip- 
tions by the press. They seek the methods that will make the greatest 
difficulties for justice. In inquests, care must be taken not to suggest 
to the guilty machiavelian plans; since their minds are very simple, 
and too impulsive to carry out combinations. The magistrate or physi- 
cian should try to think as they do, and always be making the most 
simple hypothesis. 
The advancement made in determining identity has caused the 
criminals to take more precautions. Thus an assassin says that if he 
killed anyone, he would strike him on the head, then he would skin 
him as a calf, cut off his ears and nose, and take out his eyes so that 
he could not be recognized, and cut his body into pieces and scatter it 
here and there. This form of bestiality is the most genuine mark of 
the destructive instinct. This is not in obedience to the laws of atavism- 
But it is because these criminals are as they are that we call them an 66 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
arrested type; since the most ancient times their instincts have 
remained the same; and since they have few ideas, they are necessarily 
destined to imitation. 
Historical anthropology distinguishes religious or sacri- 
fice from judicial “depegage” or torture. To appease divine anger, 
children were offered; after victory, the prisoners were sacrificed and 
eaten. There is a sort of pathological cannibalism as in famines and 
popular tumults, manifested through a perversion of taste and excita- 
tion of destructive instinct. In judicial cannibalism, after sentence, 
two or three days are given the people to assemble; the party offended 
has his first choice, and cuts it from the living victim; then follow the 
others according to their social ranks, and cut according to their 
preference. In the middle ages crimes against royal persons were 
punished by quartering the guilty; sometimes the wrists or feet were 
cut off before execution. In all times criminals or despots have had 
the cruel fancy of mutilating their victims. 
The author presents an instructive table giving the observations of 
forty cases. The practice most common is where the assassin after 
the homicide, greatly excited and beyond self-control, begins at once to 
section the head, to make sure of death, and to do away with the part 
most liable to cause recognition; then follow the inferior and superior 
members. Sometimes fatigued by the struggle and the emotion, the 
assassin waits till the next day, sleeping soundly during the night. 
Depegage can be practiced in case of accidental death, by dismem- 
berment for conveniently carrying the body. Some aids in examina- 
tion are: the teeth, surface of body, length and color of hair, scars, 
tattooing; wounds by both firearms and knife, indicating more than 
one operation; or some parts well sectioned and others badly; direction 
of the cuts, showing left or right-handed person; way of tying knots, 
packing or sewing, indicating a sailor or a woman; way of disarticula- 
tion, indicating a cook; bloody hands, direction of the drops of blood, 
instruments stained, or clothes torn or stained; general disorder in 
location; rate of putrifaction, especially rapid in those succumbing from 
great fatigue; if cut soon after death, there is hemorrhage, so putrifac- 
tion is slow; but it is rapid if “depegage” is long delayed; the flow, 
coagulation, and infiltration of blood, and separation of the wound leave 
no doubt. If there are traces of inflammation, or change of color of the 
ecchymoses, these indicate that the wounds were made during life. 
Although the publication of such details provokes imitation, or forces 
the murderer to improve his methods, yet observations are reunited, 
compared and commented upon; this is a compensation, and can be 
utilized by the state. 
The purpose of the book is to study the relations between the form 
of the cranium and mental diseases. The results are from the study 
of 532 cases. These might be questioned, since an apparatus called 
El Crdneo yla Locura. Dr. W. Rodringuez. Buenos Aires, 1888. CRIMINOLOGY. 
67 
the conformitor (used by hatters) was employed in obtaining the 
anterior-posterior and bilateral diameters with the aid of Broca’s com- 
pass. The form of the cranium is an important element in the diag- 
nosis of insanity. The majority of cases show a striking asymmetry; 
there is a marked predominance in the lateral posterior regions. In 
the maniacs the anterior-posterior diameter is greater than the average. 
In cases of dementia there is a twisting movement of the head, with 
an exaggerated development of the parietal eminences. There is 
always a predominance of the frontal lobes in the general paralytics. 
In idiots and cretins the lines which form the contour of the head are 
very irregular; there is also an exaggerated development of the occipi- 
tal protuberance. The author is consulting physician and director of 
the Argentine Medical Society for nervous diseases. It is interesting 
to hear what an authority from South America says. 
La Contagion du Meurtre, itnde anthropologique criminelle. Le Dr. Paul Aubry. 
Paris, 1888. pp. 184. 
The phenomenon of morbid psychology, which the author considers, 
is a combination of suggestion, imitation, heredity, and contagion. 
Contagion may arise from family influence, as in the case of the child 
reared in crime, who sees his parents profit from it, or it may come 
from contact with prisoners. If the child goes to the house of correc- 
tion, the case is no better, as' contagion has a hold on him. A good 
man rarely comes from a criminal family, but a bad man frequently 
comes from a good family. Reformation from prison life is a myth. 
Lacenaire, a most celebrated criminal himself, says when a young 
man enters prison and hears of the grand exploits of the others he 
regrets that he has not been a greater criminal himself. Contagion 
comes from public executions; those who quit the prison assemble at 
public executions to see the blood, which for them lias special attrac- 
tion. Out of 177 persons condemned to death only three had not been 
present at other executions. The indirect contagion of the press is an 
established fact. In 1885, in Geneva, Switzerland, a woman killed her 
four children, then tried to commit suicide; in her autobiography were 
these words, “As a woman did it, which was in the newspaper.” 
Tropman, a celebrated criminal, confessed that the cause of his de- 
moralization was the reading of novels, by which he developed a strong 
passion for heroes of the prison. If such reading influences a sound 
mind, its effect on the weak-minded and insane is still worse. The 
reading of the details of crime first produces repulsion, then indiffer- 
ence; soon crime is looked upon with complacency, and after this 
overt acts may follow with less difficulty. 
There is the contagion to vitriolize or to use the revolver. A woman 
wishes simply to disfigure some enemy; she has read in the paper how 
another woman accomplished this and was acquitted with the congrat- 
ulations of the Jury and with public applause, how everyone talked 68 
ABNOKMAL MAN. 
about her, how her picture was in the paper; she finds vitriolizing con- 
venient, and imitates her model. Those who use the pistol are not so 
contemptible as the vitriolizers, though the results may be more fatal. 
Poisoning was once the royal and aristocratic mode of disposing of per- 
sons, but owing to the advancement of chemical science it is now com- 
paratively infrequent, and if resorted to it is generally by the igno- 
rant. In infanticide the mother was accustomed to place her hand over 
the mouth and nose of the infant, but the newspapers showed the dan- 
ger of this method; so at present the child is strangled under a pillow 
or blanket, which leaves no traces. Mutilation and incineration often 
follow each other. It is natural to assassins to cut a body into pieces, 
as it is easier to dispose of it. 
Epidemic and endemic murder are frequent in great social disorders, 
as in the French lie volution and the Paris Commune; the sight of 
blood in a crowd is contagious, excitement follows, then concentration 
on one idea, which demands victims. War is a neurosis in which peo- 
ple rise in a mass; it is a contagion thatattects all minds, and acute in 
nature; it is a homicidal insanity. Violation followed by murder is a 
local epidemic. A band of young men, after more or less drinking, 
meet on an isolated route a woman, it matters not whether old or 
young; they maltreat and violate her; their wautonness being ap- 
peased, it changes into homicidal furor; they urge one another on; they 
not only kill their victim brutally, but make her suffer. 
The author, after giving numerous illustrations, makes the following 
general conclusions: The idea of murder is essentially contagious; in 
order to be manifested two factors are necessary: (1) Heredity or de- 
generacy; (2) education, by which is understood the action of exam- 
ples, the description of crime, etc. The prophylaxy of murder rests: 
(1) In the moralization of customs; (2) in the regulation of the accounts 
of crimes given by the press; (3) in a more logical severity in the courts; 
(4) in a more moral and individual hygiene. 
The Restoration of the Criminal, a sermon by Frederick H. Wines. Springfield, 
111., 1888. pp. 22. 
This sermon has more than usual value, not only for the ideas it con- 
tains, but for the facts and the confidence that may be put in them, 
inasmuch as the writer is the one who gathered the criminal statistics 
for our census of 1880, The majority of people take an optimistic or 
pessimistic view of crime according to their temperament, and either 
think that nothing can bo done to stay the rising tide of crime; or else 
everything is done that can or ought to be. In either case they sup- 
pose that it is a matter for the government to deal with, and that 
private citizens have no call to waste any of their time in considering 
it. Many do not know how many prisons there are in our country, nor 
the cost of them to the community. At the time of our last census, in 
1880, in all our prisons there were nearly GO,OOO prisoners, and in addi- CRIMINOLYGY. 
tion 11,000 inmates of juvenile reformatories, who are virtually prisoners. 
Nearly 10,000 were sentenced for life, or for terms exceeding' live years; 
they are a small fraction, and aptly compared to prisoners of war. The 
cost of maintaining our prisons, which is estimated at $15,000,000 a 
year, is but a small portion of the cost of defending property and life. 
To this must be added another $15,000,000 annually for keeping up our 
police departments. Then we have to maintain the ponderous and ex- 
pensive system of courts. What proportion of this expense is criminal 
is difficult to say; but what those courts, with all their officers and 
employes, cost us is beyond computation. Nor can the cost of the suc- 
cessful depredations of criminals be reckoned. We know that many 
individuals live by crime. Crime has its capitalists, its officers, and 
even legal advisers. The worst of all is, that crime is increasing in 
this country out of proportion to the growth of population. An ex- 
amination of the reports from State prisons shows that at the present 
time there are over one-third more convictions for high crimes in pro- 
portion to the population than there were twenty years ago. 
What is the real end sought in establishing a prison? Some say: to 
punish crime; some, to protect society; some, to deter others from 
committing crime; some, to reform the criminal. There is an element 
of truth in each of those answers. There is a weak sentiment in society, 
that punishment has no place in the criminal code. We must not op. 
pose administering justice in the spirit of retaliation in such a way as 
to impress others that we do not recognize the essential evil-desert of 
wrongdoing. At the same time, it must be admitted that the impossi- 
bility of measuring guilt in specific criminal acts, and the failure of all 
attempts to overcome evil with evil, have gradually changed the cur- 
rent of human thought, so that retaliation is not any longer the basis 
of an enlightened criminal code. As to protection, society has the same 
right as any individual in it. Fear has its legitimate use as a motive to 
human action. He who can not be made to fear the consequences of 
evildoing, is wrongly constituted, possibly insane, certainly void of 
conscience. Yet the deterrent influence of punishment upon those who 
experience it is greatly exaggerated. There is in human nature a pro- 
pensity to self-destruction, or reckless disregard of consequences that 
impels men to run terrible risks to gratify passions, particularly those 
which are unlawful and injurious. No degree of severity will ever put 
an end to crime. The prison protects as long as the criminal is there; 
in a sense, it is a substitute for death and for banishment; but here the 
only sure protection is imprisonment for life; but no government will 
ever authorize its indiscriminate application to all grades of offenders, 
no matter how incorrigible they may be. There are many, even among 
the officers of prisons, who oppose imprisonment for life of any man, 
however heinous his crime, on the ground that it deprives him of hope 
and reduces him to a condition resembling a living death. Further, we 
have no right to commit anyone to a prison in which the discipline is 70 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
not essentially reformatory. The worst man in liberty may fall under 
good influences and be changed; but to put him where influences are 
wholly bad, cannot be justified, especially where the sentence is for life. 
In any reformatory system the cooperation of the prisoner must be 
had. The strongest sentiment in his breast is the hope of release, and 
the indeterminate sentence makes the best use of this sentiment. The 
prisoner should be told that the date of his liberation depends upon 
himself, and the experienced prison officer is the one to decide this. 
The difficulties here are no greater than in the care of the insane. The 
utterly incorrigible should be put where they can do no harm as violators 
of law, or as teachers or examples to the young. Methods for the re- 
pression and prevention of crime should be Christian and scientific. 
La Philosophic Finale, par. G. Tajsde. Lyon et Paris, 1890. pp. 566. 
This work is an examination of the ideas of the modern school of 
criminal anthropology. It is also an exposition of personal views. 
The author first attempts to reconcile moral responsibility with de- 
terminism. He then gives an explanation of society from the side of 
the criminal. He follows a general point of view, which he has ap- 
plied to the different aspects of society in his recent book on the laws 
of imitation. He finally indicates some legislative or jmnitentiary re- 
forms as a practical conclusion from his theoretical premises. 
The responsibility of one person towards another supposes the union 
of two conditions: (1) a certain degree of social similitude between the 
two persons; (2) that the first person, on account of the accusation, 
should rest or appear to rest identical with himself. Now, penal re- 
sponsibility, no less than civil, has the nature of a debt, that is, to 
produce a satisfaction judged useful to the person or group of persons 
who have the right to invoke it. Penal utilitarianism in this sense is 
as old as the world. This is no system of a metaphysician; responsi- 
bility has always been held thus by the popular instinct. Founded 
on the idea of freedom, this notion of responsibility does not accord 
with the history of penal law, and if it seems to agree with actual leg- 
islation, it tends to create an abyss between such legislation and the 
reforms which deterministic science requires. But founded upon iden- 
tity and similitude, it explains the past, and permits a connection of 
the present with the future, and old prejudices with new principles. 
The normal alterations of the personality are not of an even tenor 
either in different ages of life or in different individuals. These differ- 
ences should be considered in fixing the delays to criminal prescrip- 
tion. lam more or less as I was yesterday, the day before, or ten 
years ago. In certain bursts of passion I leave myself a great deal; 
personal identity goes and comes subject to periodic fluctuations. But 
in the midst of this undulation, which no formula can fix, one perceives 
easily this general fact, that aft< }r being rapidly transformed in infancy CRIMINOLOGY. 
71 
and youth, the person stops, ossifies, and from this time modifies itself 
but little. It is not true then that we vary the same with age at every 
period of life. The presumption, which in part makes the delay in 
criminal procedure the same for young men as for mature men, is con- 
tradicted by facts. 
Our theory of responsibility applies as well to civil as to criminal 
matters. How, civil responsibility has rested outside of the polemics 
sustained over the question of free will. This signifies that everybody 
understands that it rests on some other foundation than that of this 
mysterious faculty. 
It is true according to the moralists and the Jurists that a contract 
does not bind him who has subscribed to it, if he has not freely con- 
sented, But the liberty here, as in all matters of obligations, is not 
free will, that inherent quality of having been able not to have deter- 
mined as one has done; but it is absence of exterior constraint, the 
quality inherent in the act, of being conformed to the will of its author. 
The signer of a check will talk in vain if, on signing it, he gives away 
lo an irresistible passion for a woman, or for gambling; he is gallant, 
he is a gambler; it is his character. But would it not be otherwise, if 
on signing, he had given away to a motive of a nature wholly excep- 
tional in his life; if, for example, having had up to this time a horror 
for gambling, he had contracted this debt to gamble. Why this differ- 
ence? Because the question is, if he was himself in signing it. 
The psychological conditions of personal identity are also those of 
social similitude. The individuality of the person is explained by that 
of the state. The state is to the nation what the eye is to the brain. 
Identity is made and unmade; it has its degrees. Royal Justice does 
not take its model from the domestic tribunals of the previous era, but 
rather from war like proceedings; evil doers are everywhere treated as 
enemies. Penalty is expiatory; there is an original transition of col- 
lective responsibility to individual. The theory of irresponsibility is 
treated under the heads of insanity, drunkenness, hypnotism, senility, 
moral conversion, and sovereignty. The criminal is not insane, nor is 
he a savage reappearing among us, but he is in part the work of his 
own crime, and of criminal justice. 
The repetition and even the regular variation of statistics implies 
the nonexistence or the nonuse of free will. Socially, statistics show 
that man imitates much more than he innovates. Men imitate the 
more they are alike. The superior is more imitated than the inferior; 
the propagation is always downward in all orders of facts: languages, 
dogmas, ideas, needs. In the past, the great source of imitation was 
aristocracy; now it is money. This principle applies to crime. Yices 
were propagated from nobles to people, such as drunkenness, poison- 
ing, murder by command. At present they go from the city to the 
country. The action of penalties on criminality is similar to that of 
prices upon consumption. The consumption of an article does not ABNORMAL MAN. 
diminish proportionally to the elevation of its price. Sometimes it 
falls much more quickly than the price rises; this is in the case of 
articles of luxury; sometimes it falls more slowly; this is in the case 
of articles of necessity, which respond to strong and natural desires. 
So we can distinguish crimes of luxury, as thefts, abuse of confidence, 
forgery, incendiaries, etc., and even murders inspired by desire (in 
great part artificial) or by libertinage and ease; and not by hunger, 
vengeance, or love. These artificial crimes are very amenable to the 
power of repression, and are lessened very rapidly when repression is 
severe. But crimes by necessity, of whatever sort, provoked by misery 
or by all-powerful passion, will resist much longer the increase of pen- 
alties. There always comes a time when the price of certain articles 
become extravagant; the number of their rare consumers has not 
sensibly diminished; these consumers are the monomaniacs, whom no 
expense will deter. Such are the insane or semi-insane criminals, 
which no punishment will hinder. But these are the exception. The 
more civilization advances the greater the proportion of crimes of 
luxury. The importance of penalties like that of prices is becoming 
greater. 
Philosophic du Droit Penal, par. Ad. Franck. Paris, 1888. pp. 174. 
The purpose of the author is to find the principles on which criminal 
justice rests, and the rules which it is to follow, and to reunite these ele- 
ments into what might bo called the philosophy of penal law. These 
philosophical principles are nothing else than the natural principles of 
humanity and of justice applied to the repression of crime and the de- 
fense of society. The savage passion of vengeance has left its.traces in 
all primitive legislations, and the present generation is not free from it. 
Once all laws were considered as revelations of the Divinity, and so 
every disobedience was punished according to religions discipline, and 
some of the most trifling acts with the greatest severity. Sorcerers 
and the insane were burned alive. Along with the religious pen- 
alty grew up the political, in which all criminal acts were considered 
as against the authority of the king or lord, or the dominant caste; 
so that to ride in a coach, which was only for the nobility, or to wear 
silk clothes, or kill a rabbit, was punished more severely than theft, 
swindling, and abuse of confidence are at present. 
For the political penalty the social penalty has now been substi- 
tuted, and this change alone has caused the horrors of the past to 
disappear and justice to come to the front rather than vengeance. 
But all has not been done yet; the scaffold still remains. It is the es- 
sence of crime to dishonor that which it accomplishes; crime causes 
shame, not the scaffold. 
The limits of the philosophy of penal law are contained in the three 
questions: (1) What is the foundation on which the right of punish- 
ment rests; (2) what are the actions that should come under the law, 
and (3) what should be the nature of the penalties? After discussing 73 
CRIMINOLOGY. 
the systems of others, the author lays down the following: The real 
foundation of the right to punish is the incontestable, inalienable, 
and absolute right of self-preservation. Society can exercise this in 
only two ways, by constraint and repression; the former by those 
means without which the State could not exist, as military service; 
the latter, in preventing acts which threaten the State’s security, as 
the breaking of particular municipal laws. Intimidation is a high 
form of repression, which in its turn may be necessary to self-preser- 
vation. On the principle of expiation there is no relation between 
chastisement and fault, because we do not know what kind of suffer- 
ing is the natural expiation of a determined fault. A law founded on 
such a principle is necessarily arbitrary, and is involved in the ways 
of cruelty and torture by the necessity of varying the punishment ac- 
cording to the degree of perversity that the same crime has been 
committed. Punishment should not concern the reparation of the 
damage or the needs of defense; it will be sufficient, if the fear in- 
spired by the crime is annulled by the certainty of repression, and if 
social safety is not involved. Tims penal law can keep pace with civ- 
ilization and become humane in proportion as society itself becomes 
humane. Rigor should never be considered as eternal and immutable. 
If education increases, if customs become more polished, and honor 
more common, the prison itself can give place to the moral suffering of 
shame or to a loss of a part of onr civil and political laws, and the de- 
privation of good and fortune will be more severely felt than ever. 
Such a penal law is the only one in accord with the liberty of the indi- 
vidual, the conscience, and the inviolability of the home. This could 
not be on the theory of expiation, for in this case any infraction of a 
moral law could not go unpunished; the more liberty the more re- 
sponsibility; this is the inquisition and slavery; the question could be 
reestablished, for it is a duty to search out the evil wherever it is in 
order to punish it, and if you risk making the innocent suffer, you 
have the satisfaction of obeying an absolute principle, an inflexible 
rule; the right of grace, is not explained by divine right, the rulers 
being considered an image of God on the earth, are participants of His 
omnipotence; they provide grace not to repair the errors of justice, but 
to do an act of authority. But on the principle of conservation and of 
reparation, society in punishing the rebellious who outrage its laws, 
having no other purpose than to defend itself, can extinguish in the 
heart of its conquered enemy the passions, which are the source of 
this enmity; the reformation of the rebellions, however, is not so much 
accomplished by the softening of his punishment as by the ameliora- 
tion of his sentiments and morals through education, and the intro- 
duction of rigid habits into his life. 
As to what acts should be penally punished, the common answer is: 
those that are an infraction of penal law. This is a vicious creed and 
has little to do with the nature of the acts themselves. Those who 74 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
confound crime with sin substitute the power of man for that of Hod. 
Since society lias no law valid against its inward or outward enemies, 
except that of its own preservation, an act that falls under the penal 
law may not be culpable in itself, or immoral; to be penal it must en- 
danger the security of society as a whole. 
After considering what acts are criminal or penal, and the different 
degrees, the author comes to the question of punishment itself—that 
is, the power of society over those whom it considers its enemies. 
Here appeal must be made to the immutable principles of the human 
conscience, and to the ideas that underlie the moral order and justice. 
(1) Punishment should not go beyond the purpose of penal justice or 
exceed the rights of society. (2) It should be personal and not jointly 
binding between the guilty and innocent. (3) It should be proportion- 
ate not only to the gravity of the crime, but also to the nature of the 
crime—that is, there should be as much analogy as possible between 
one and the other. This analogy should be internal, moral, and not 
merely material. For instance, the violator of the sanctity of his 
family should be deprived of the care of his children, who should be 
given to the care of the outraged wife. The crimes of the press should 
not be punished in the same manner as the lower crimes of theft or 
murder—that is, a less number of months of imprisonment. The usual 
analogy consists in depriving the guilty of the rights they have vio- 
lated. 
The author concludes with the question of the death penalty: All 
natural and social faculties which the individual uses against society, 
society can limit, suppress, or suspend if it is necessary; but can this 
reach to the taking of life itself? Is the death penalty a legitimate 
means of repression and reparation? Eousseau says that man is not 
the master of his own life; he has no right to dispose of it—not free to 
renounce it when he pleases. Life is absolutely inviolable; neither the 
individual nor society has the right to take it away by a stroke. 
To say that the death penalty is in the codes of all nations is on a 
parallel with saying that slavery, the right of primogeniture, the privi- 
leges of race, etc., exist among all nations. It is true if society could 
defend itself oidy by the death penalty, it would have a perfectly legiti- 
mate right to do so. It is not necessary that the whole of society be 
in danger; it would suffice if the life of particular ones were menaced 
by an excess of indulgence, for in the social order personal right of 
defense is in the hands of society, and the right of defense or repres- 
sion is exercised by intimidation. The lifeaif man is not more or other- 
wise inviolable than liberty. The liberty that becomes aggressive can 
be suspended; the life of a guilty man, when it has become a danger 
to the life of the innocent, can be sacrificed. But is this sacrifice nec- 
essary, is it useful, can it be accomplished without danger to the inno- 
cent sometimes, without danger of committing the crime which it wishes 
to repress? CRIMINOLOGY. 
75 
It is necessary to remark first, that it is less violence than certainty 
of repression that influences the criminals. In times of anarchy, when 
the means of escaping the rigor of justice were numerous and easy, the 
penalty had a reason for its existence, but to-day it has little effect upon 
the hardened criminal. “It is a bad quarter of an hour to pass,” said 
Cartouche in speaking of his approaching execution. There are crimi- 
nals condemned to hard labor who have purposely dipped their hands 
in blood, who have assassinated their keepers or companions in order to 
mount the scaffold. The scaffold does not hinder those who kill by 
vengeance, Jealousy, or hatred, because all these passions defy death, 
and make the position of the one to be executed an object of admiration 
rather than horror. The scaffold is not necessary to arrest criminals 
of another order, for imprisonment for life or cellular imprisonment 
suffices to effect their imagination. A savant criminologist has made 
this observation, that among all those condemned to death whom he 
had visited, all had been present at several executions. Monsieur Lucas 
has shown that in 182G eight innocent persons were condemned to 
death. The irreparable death penalty can not be applied without dan- 
ger to the innocent. The death penalty instead of being an example 
is a corruption 5 it offers the public the details of executions, which 
harden the feelings. It leads to murder by the law of imitation. 
Handbuch des Gef dngnisswescns, herausgegeben (lurch Dr. F. vox Holtzexdorff 
raid Dr. E. vox Jagemanx. Hamburg, 1888. 2 vols. pp. 511; pp. 543. 
These two volumes give a systematic, legal, historical, and scien- 
tific presentation of prison systems, crime, and penalty in most coun- 
tries in the world, taking up in detail all directly allied subjects, which 
are treated by different specialists. No better idea can be given of the 
thoroughness and comprehensiveness of the work than by simply enu- 
merating the headings of some of the main chapters: Essence, relation, 
and general literature of prison science; criminal psychology in 
its relation to prison systems; anthropology and pathology of crim- 
inals; criminal statistics and their sources; history and conditions 
of prison reform in all countries; the legal principles of penality; 
prison architecture, its history and principles; prison organization and 
administration; prison discipline and individualization; superintend- 
ence and education; prison hygiene and care of the sick; prison labor; 
special institutions; police, custodial, and work houses; criminal- 
insane and invalid prisons; historical development and present condi- 
tion of preventive institutions; prison finance; morbidity; mortality; 
morality; oscillation of criminality and recidivation. 
Lea Habitue's des Prisons de Paris, par Dr. Emile Laurent. Preface de Dr. A. 
Lacassagne, Lyon. Paris, 1890. pp. 616. 
Man has need of sensations; he loves to be moved. This love of 
criminal cases replaces the infatuation of the Middle Ages for contests. 
Man is more realistic, and, like a child, loves the history of the brigands, 76 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
tlie stories which excite at once the sense and the heart. It is not the 
result of an unhealthy curiosity; there is a feeling of the solidarity 
and animality of the act; its monstrosity strikes us so much the more at 
present ; the thousand voices of the press give the instinctive fear of a 
threatening danger to each one of us. The petty thief is of little in- 
terest. But the great criminal, by the atrocity of his acts, the num- 
ber of his victims, and his complicated maneuvers, appears to arise 
from the vulgar. It seems there are forces lost there, and each one 
seeks for that which has been able to misguide those forces. The so- 
cial conscience asks itself, On what side is the responsibility? 
What is the criminal? The Italian school says he is a prehistoric 
man in our present civilization. Lombroso advances the doctrine that 
the born criminal can be nothing more than an epileptic; criminality is 
a neurosis. But the individual factor in the criminal is less important 
than the social; if the former predominates, and the pathological side 
reaches such a point that it becomes manifest, we have an insane man 
and not a criminal. It is the volition accompanying the act, and not the 
act itself, which makes the crime. Man is predisposed to insanity or 
becomes insane, but it is society which makes and prepares the criminals. 
Criminals have a larger number of physical and moral anomalies or 
defects than good men. Yet the same anomalies are found among the 
latter, which shows that these signs are not sufficient to characterize 
criminality. These anomalies also can come from a defective social con- 
dition, A criminal, abnormal from the point of view of disease, is 
irresponsible: he who shows physical and moral symptoms of a disease 
of the nervous centers is without responsibility. The moral sense has 
no cerebral localization; it is an effect of adaptation and of life in the 
social medium. The social strata are not to be distinguished by posi- 
tion, riches, or instruction, but by manifestations of cerebral existence, 
frontal, parietal, and occipital. The last are the most numerous; they 
are composed of instincts; the frontals are the most intelligent ; in the 
parietal stratum are especially individuals of activity, character, im- 
pulse. Three categories of criminals correspond to this division: (1) 
criminals of thought, or insane criminals; (2) criminals by impulsion; 
(3) criminals of instinct, or the real criminal. 
Man acts, but society so leads him that the excuse has come to be 
that the criminal is unfortunate. The criminals are especially the 
passionate; that is, they belong principally to the occipital group. 
The signs of physical and moral degeneracy are not a resurrection of 
atavism, but a deviation from the normal type of man. At present 
justice withers, the prison corrupts, and society has the criminals it 
deserves. Such is the influence of society that we can distinguish the 
rural from the city criminal. 
The present work describes mainly that type which is the last stage 
of Parisian degeneracy. The majority of Parisian criminals are the 
lazy, without regular habit of work. Every individual from 18 to 25 77 
CRIMINOLOGY. 
who does not work should be considered dangerous and should be sent 
into a colonial army. Parisian criminality is more mild and civilized, 
but more crafty. What it has1 lost in ferocity it has gained in base- 
ness and cowardice. 
The following are some of the practical conclusions from the study 
and the prison experience of the author: As regards heredity, alcohol- 
ism takes first place as an influence; then come insanity and neu- 
rosis, and then tuberculosis. The criminal by occasion falls again 
much less frequently than the criminal by accident. A term in prison 
suffices ordinarily to render him more honest or wiser. The beggars 
and vagabonds in prison are not all criminals; they are the feeble, those 
disarmed for life; they should not live in the same part of the prison 
with habitual criminals, for many of them leave prison having become 
criminals. A schema of crime would be a triaugle, two sides of which 
are bad habit and want of moral sense, converging into degeneracy; 
the two other extremities are united by the base line, alcohol. Prisons 
are inhabited in great part by sons whose parents were alcoholic and 
degenerate. 
The distinction of epileptics among the insane who are not them- 
selves insane is a sophism without any practical application. To 
assimilate (Lombroso) the epileptic to the morally insane is going too 
far. The morally insane are invariably perverse and wicked; they do 
not respond to a good sentiment; but epileptics at times are capable of 
most generous acts. Epileptics should be separated from other pris- 
oners and treated medically. The hysterical prisoners should bo treated 
like the epileptics, neither of whom should be kept in cells, for such 
confinement tends to bring on attacks. As to alcohol, a sober criminal 
is a rarity; while every alcoholic is not a criminal (often due to the 
care of friends), he can become one; for alcohol paralyzes the cerebral 
functions, annihilates the will, then the field is freely open to anger, 
impulsiveness and bad instincts. Many criminals prefer to live on a 
piece of bread, sleep under the bridges, and pass part of their life in pri- 
on rather than work a few hours daily. Lacenaire said to the judge: u 1 
have always been lazy; to work is an effort. lam incapable of it. If 
it is necessary to work, Ido not care to live. I prefer to be condemned 
to death.” Prisoners should be classified according to the nature of 
their crimes. The director, the physician, and chaplain should do this. 
While religious beliefs do not exist among Parisian criminals, yet the 
jaiest renders great service in the prison; he knows the heart and by 
his sympathetic words lie can comfort the most miserable. The physi- 
cian should be the friend and student of the criminal as he is of the 
insane; should know how to distinguish the alcoholic, epileptic, insane, 
the vagabond, and morally insane. The prison may remain a prison 
and yet be transformed through the results of criminal anthropology. 
Prisons are inextinguishable mines for material for investigations in 
this science. 78 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
La France Criminelle, par Henri Jolt. Paris, 1889. pp. 431. 
The astronomer does not have the whole universe at his disposition; 
often a minute study of a little part of it will give the laws appli- 
cable to the whole. Thus it may be with the study of French criminal- 
ity. The journals and the reviews describe the fluctuations of crime, 
authors compare these, but the question arises, “What does it all 
amount to?” This, our author says, is the question he has sought to 
answer. 
What are the forces that act in crime? What is the nature of these 
forces? The answer does not appear doubtful; if foreigners take the 
places of French laborers; if these foreigners succumb more easily than 
they would have done under the eyes of their guardians and the guides 
of their youth; if the half of France is to fill up the vacuum in the 
other half caused by the decrease of births; if this displacement breaks 
the traditions, placing a large number of the natives in a state of isola- 
tion aualogal to that of the foreign laborers; if, in addition, capital 
seeks to expel these groups, which bewilders, harms, and disorganizes 
them; if the guilty one is punished and receives an irreparable stain, so 
that on leaving prison he is practically out of society; if the increase of 
cities makes adolescence more precocious, and the decadence of ap- 
prenticeships triples the criminality of the young; if newly gained riches 
overexcited the appetites; if the diminution of births—our great 
national peril—is due only to voluntary calculation, of covetousness, or 
of vanity; if this profound alteration of family life tends to multiply 
divorces; if the appetite for higher salaries loses sight of the necessity 
of permanence in engagements, and the resulting instability increases 
the number of those out of society; if riches hastily acquired cause 
more theft than misery does; if inadequate instruction, which lays 
aside the heart, is as dangerous as ignorance; if, under all these causes, 
woman finds it more and more difficult to have a family; if politics 
leaves no possibility of applying more reformatory laws, then in all these 
facts is illustrated the nature of the forces which cause crime. Where 
in all this is the atavism that the Italian school imagines, or a crimi- 
nal organism produced by accident or birth, or a regression towards 
the savage type? It is certain, however, that crime never leaves to 
the family or individual their primitive integrity. Alcoholism causes 
the race to degenerate; the prison debases those confined in it. Some 
would make crime a proof of the intensity of civilization, because it is 
a fatal consequence of it; crime is a sign of force; it is one of the 
results of the struggle for existence; the criminals are like to the 
wounded, whose injuries testify to the ardor of the battle; no grand 
results without effort, no effort without rivalry, no rivalry without 
anger, no anger without violence; that, in short, the increase of crime 
follows the progress of civilization; is an accompaniment or conse- 
quence of victory. But the criminal, instead of being a strong, ener- 
getic, and persevering individual, is conspicuous for his incoherence, CRIMINOLOGY. 
79 
feebleness, and cowardice; he does not attack the law openly; he 
turns it as he can, because he finds it more powerful than himself. But 
some transform the theory and make crime a residuum of society’s 
labor. But may it not represent the loss of a certain quantity of force? 
The more a manufactory is developed the larger the product of delete- 
rious gases. While this may be true it does not follow that an increase 
of crime is a sign of prosperity. An industry in which there is much 
loss works badly, for its course is towards bankruptcy or dissolution. 
To ask what society shall do shows the immense extent of criminolog- 
ical science or of the importance of its relations to social science. Society 
can not save individuals in spite of themselves, because they are free. 
Those who deny liberty, admit spontauiety in each individual, whose 
particular mode of action conforms to his nature and to special acci- 
dents which characterize his origin. It is the same society which sows 
temptations for the criminal, and gives to the litterateur, artist, and 
genius material for their work and occasion for their success. In an 
army twenty captains distinguish themselves; one of these twenty, how- 
ever, always has the name of saving his country. Where is the real 
merit? Everywhere! In those who planned the army, in the soldiers 
who accepted the discipline, in the twenty captains, and in the one who 
by reflection and energy was at their head. The same is true in cor- 
rupt surroundings, in industrial trouble, disorganization, excitation; 
one assassinates, one is incestuous, another is an infanticide. Where 
is the responsibility, where is the guilt? Everywhere! In those who 
had not looked after the organization of labor, in those who have fur- 
nished bad examples, in leaders, and in those who have followed. The 
greatest evil is the unclassing of people. Every human being has need 
of the reserve and sustenance of the medium which surrounds him. 
The family, the commune, the school, the corporation, the country, 
should encircle us all. Whatever breaks one of these circles and lets 
an individual escape makes of him an unclassified person, and almost 
inevitably a criminal. By the prison society permits a declassification 
of those whom it punishes. After the punishment, does society re- 
classify the individual into its ranks ? Is it not society, on the contrary, 
which by its method of punishment achieves a type of corruption that 
individual feebleness or disorder had already formed in the criminal ? 
What is the extent of the evil and what should be its remedy ? The 
answer to these questions will be the object of a third and last volume 
of the author. 
Vanthropologic Criminelle et ses Re,cents Progres, par Cesare Lombroso. Paris, 1890. 
pp. 180. 
The following work, although of a somewhat personal nature, brings 
out the cardinal points of difference between the Italian and French 
schools of criminology. 
The rapid and almost precipitous march of criminal anthropology 
prevents new publications from being very voluminous,. As it is not 80 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
always convenient to draw from the special reviews on this subject, 
Lombroso gives a resum6 of recent progress. He says: I wish to reply 
to numerous critics who admit the importance of this new branch of 
science. Topiuard denys me the right to affirm a criminal type, be- 
cause, as I admit, this type in wanting in sixty out of every hundred ob- 
servations. Gratiolet defines a type as a synthetic expression, Goethe 
as an abstract and general image, which we deduce from the common 
parts and differences. Saint Helaire says we never see a type 5 it is 
only in the mind. Broca says human types had no real existence. 
Such are the abstract ideal conceptions which come from a comparison 
of ethnic varieties. I acquiesce in these views. There is one question: 
What is the minimum of useful characteristics to which a type can be 
reduced! The question is not answered. It depends upon the rigor 
which one requires in a particular case. In practice two or three good 
reunited physical characteristics are sufficient. While Topiuard ad- 
mits this, he is not willing to admit atavism in criminals, because he 
does believe in a continuity between man and the animals. Without 
citing Darwin, Lamark, Wallace, and Buffon, and even admitting the 
zoological chain to be at fault, the continuity would exist in human 
embryology. It is also curious to find those admitting atavism in 
criminals, yet not its pathological influence. Manouvrier, on the other 
hand, admitting pathological influence (that which explains facial 
asymmetry, concatenation of the teeth of criminals), on this account de- 
nies atavism. But how is it with mental diseases (microcephalies, for 
example); do they not show pathology and atavism reunited? And 
how can one conceive atavistic phenomena in man without admitting 
the influence of foetal pathology? 
In initial studies in the experimental field logic is most often wrong, 
and so-called common sense is one of the greatest enemies of truth. 
Here one should work with the telescope rather than the magnifying 
glass. Manouvrier accuses me of exhibiting only a few criminal mon- 
sters. In nature there are no accidents; all phenomena are the effect 
of a law; the monsters are often the result of exaggerated laws. Again 
it is said that I have chosen too many examples, and have not selected 
them. There is truth in this. We admit there is not one criminal 
type, but many special types, of thief, swindler, murderer. I have 
united the observations of many savants who are not agreed. These 
differences are easily explained, as each has his predilection for cer- 
tain anomalies and neglects others. Gone called attention to asym- 
metry; Albrecht to the lemurian appendix to the jaw. I have noted 
the occipital median fossa. These anomalies have been observed in the 
criminal. One can recognize easily the anatomical characters of the 
criminal, and especially the frontal sinuses, the voluminous zygoma 
and jaws, large orbits, facial asymmetry, pteleiforme type of the nasal 
opening, lemurian appendix of the jaws. I have given the details from 
a personal study of 177 craniums of criminals in addition to the re- CRIMINOLOGY. 
81 
suits of other authors. The anomalies of the frontal sinus were 52 per 
100; for asymmetry, 13 per 100; for receding forehead, 28 per 100. 
These are the results of the examination of craniums alone. Our meas- 
urements on the living apply to 26,860 criminals compared with 25,447 
normal persons. Opposition arises from a number of opponents, who 
are not cognizant of publications made in foreign languages. 
Magnan disagrees with my opinion that in infancy there is a natural 
predisposition to crime. He says that the child passes from the vege- 
tative life to the instinctive life. If these ideas were developed a little 
he will find, with Perez, in the child a precocity of anger, which causes 
him to strike persons, to break things, like to the savage, who becomes 
furious when he has killed the bison. Moreau has said that many 
children can not wait an instant for what they have asked for without 
becoming angry; children will be affectionate for a moment and right 
after it quite the contrary (Bourdin); they are often without pity. 
Bronssais finds many children who delight in wounding animals and 
tormenting the feeble; he finds children lazy even when it has to do 
with their pleasures and games; their vanity makes them proud of 
their shoes, hats, and the least superiority. 
But Magnan admits this only in case of invalid and unbalanced 
children. But it is just these defects which render permanent those 
embryonic tendencies toward crime; here resides the teratological and 
morbid nature of the born criminal; but whenthese pathological heredi- 
tary blemishes do not exist, criminal embryonic tendencies have become 
atrophied, as in the case of embryonic organs, for example, the thymus. 
I am criticised for not giving sufficient attention to moral surroundings. 
This is true, but my justification is that so many have occupied them- 
selves so much with these questions thatthere is little use of demonstrat- 
ing that the sun shines. Tarde and Colajanni deny the relation between 
organs and functions. Colajanni says there are organs without func- 
tions;. Sergi well replies that they are simply enormities. May not 
such organs be a resume before being substituted for those which 
usage would have destroyed—like new garments replace old ones? If, 
according to Colajanni, the function gives rise to the organ, how would 
an organ arise deprived of function? Fere also denies my conclusion 
that the germs of moral insanity and crime are normal in the first 
years of man, just as in the embryo certain forms constantly meet, 
which in the adult are monstrosities. The reason of this is because 
Fere believes that humanity has been constituted only by individuals 
having the anti-social tendencies of children. But he does not take 
account of savages. But Preyer shows that in the language of children 
there is the lagorr£e, disphasia, ecolalia, bradiphrasia, paraphrasia, and 
acataphasia of the insane and idiots. Preyer shows the atavistic mark 
of these anomalies; that while abnormal in the insane they are normal 
at a certain age in man, and he explains the teratology by embryology. 
It is not true to affirm that the degeneracy of the criminal excludes a 82 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
type, for each degeneracy (cretin, scrofulous) has its own special type. 
Yon Liszt adopts our practical conclusions, but does not accept our 
theories, because so many criticise them. This is the usual criticism 
of all those who try to trace out new furrows in the scientific world. 
Where wrong has been done there is no possible contrivance in pre- 
venting the community from suffering loss, therefore the principal 
object must be to get rid of crime altogether. The best means for 
accomplishing this result depend upon a clear idea as to the causes of 
crime, which are defective training or total absence of any; immoral 
associates and bad example in prison as well as out of it; drink, idle- 
ness, and the hereditary transmission of evil tendencies. These causes 
are not such as to make one give up hope. Heredity is the most diffi- 
cult to contend against. 
Crime: Its Cause and Remedy, by L. Gordon Eylands. London, 1889. pp. 264. 
The rapid increase of population, Ihe consequent difficulty of pro- 
viding each with food, the enforced idleness coupled with hunger, 
which keener competition for work is multiplying, all these tend to the 
growth of crime and may be termed the active resisting forces. In 
reforming a number of men with varying degrees of depravity the least 
corrupt by nature and habit yields first; and however much a system 
may improve, it is probable that a certain amount of dregs will always 
remain, which must be dealt with in a different way. The resistance 
here described may be called passive. The present system of criminal 
jurisprudence has been found to be of A7ery little worth; certain reform- 
atory influences of private endeavor have largely reduced the amount 
of crime during the last thirty or forty years; these influences have 
done about all they are capable of, and if the lessening of crime is to 
be continued more efficient methods must be adopted. 
That which makes vice repugnant to virtuous men is the force of 
habit and therefore measures must be taken to prevent the formation 
of vicious habits in youth by fostering in children habits of industry, 
honesty, and self-control. More than half of criminals committed their 
first misdemeanor at an early age. To cultivate habits of rectitude in 
youthful and receptive minds, schools of a special character are neces- 
sary for children likely to be exposed to temptation. These schools are 
to a limited extent in operation at present, being reformatory schools 
for the reception of young criminals. Children should be boarded out 
and not brought up in workhouses, and when old enough they should 
be sent to industrial schools, and parents should be compelled to con- 
tribute a due proportion of the cost of the State education of their neg- 
lected children; this is a sine qua non; if this should prove impracti- 
cable the system must be given up, for nothing can justify giving 
negligent and dishonest parents an advantage over thrifty and con- 
scientious ones. But sufficient determination will avoid such an alter- 
native. CRIMINOLOGY. 
83 
In assigning penalties the object should be not retaliation, not to 
terrify the culprit with the mistaken desire to make him an example to 
others, which in reality lowers his self-respect and benumbs his men- 
tal and moral faculties; but it should deal with the offender’s moral 
nature, and should prevent contamination of the hitherto innocent by 
keeping apart every immoral person who has come within the scope 
of the law, until his discharge with reasonable certainty will be a bene- 
fit rather than an injury to the State. 
If a man is quite unfit to live, life should be withdrawn from him. 
Society deals with criminals in self-defense; if they can be made useful 
citizens the best of all results is obtained; if they will not work but 
prefer to starve, that is their lookout; if they endanger the lives of the 
members of society, their death is the last resource. To keep men in 
a separate cell at public expense is futile and a waste of public money. 
The present method is a failure; we should not remain contented with 
a bland smile and watch criminals being manufactured by society in 
the very establishments which are designed to eradicate them. CHAPTER 111 
CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
CRIMINAL ARISTOCRACY, OR THE MAFFIA. 
The aristocratic sentiment is found among the lower forms of life, 
Avhere it does not seem to have degenerated, as in man. It is easily 
traced through the savage world up to man, where, if it does not take 
the form of a government, it seems to exist in classes or individuals as 
much as ever. While this is manifest enough in the higher circles, it 
is just as evident among the unfortunate and lower. The poor on the 
second floor of the tenement house consider themselves superior to 
those on the top floor. In the almshouse and insane asylum the same 
feeling is the cause of many petty quarrels. Among criminals, both in 
and out of prison, the aristocratic sentiment often shows itself in the 
form of associations. The highway robber detests the petty thief, and 
the most brutal murderers hate liars and consider them cowards. 
Association strengthens criminals by discipline, develops their old 
savage tendencies and causes them through vanity to commit atroci- 
ties that would be repugnant were each of them alone. 
The purpose of criminal associations is almost always to appropriate 
the property of others. They are mostly composed of unmarried young 
men, who are without education. In their organizations many have 
an armed chief with dictatorial power, and his authority, as in savage 
tribes, comes from personal qualities. There is sometimes a division of 
labor; there is an executioner, a schoolmaster, secretary, priest, physi- 
cian, and sometimes a surgeon, charged to disarticulate the fingers, so 
that expertness at stealing can be acquired. Some associations are 
not allowed to steal in the locality where they live, so that they may have 
safe domicile. If anyone is put in prison for a small offense they take 
the precaution to hide nails and files in the cracks in the walls. When 
they walk with their booty the women go ahead, holding the packages 
as if nursing a child. In some societies each has a manual for action 
and dictionary for slang; some imitate epileptics by hilling down in a 
crowded street, simulating a fit, and consorts pick the pockets of those 
pressing up to sec the supposed victim ; others play the part of the in- 
sane or deaf-mute. CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
85 
One of the well-known criminal organizations is the Maffia, an 
association of malefactors, whose home is in Sicily. As a rule, it has 
no secret, sects, statutes, regular meetings, or organization. Its power, 
however, is very great; it is incarnated in the Sicilians. It is divided 
into two clans, the Maffia of the city and the Maffia of the country. 
They operate together, sustain one another and divide the booty. The 
members of the city Maffia steal, assassinate, seek to get possession of 
the large proceeds, and to hold the association in their grasp. The rus- 
tic members are bands of from ten to twenty brigands, who infest the 
country, causing terror everywhere. The Maffia are professional crim- 
inals, and desire to become rich by this method. They have their own 
code of justice, which is not social justice; their verdicts are unchange- 
able and prompt. A witness condemned by the Maffia is killed within 
twenty-four hours. They work by terror. A judge will avoid con- 
demning a criminal, through fear of being stabbed; a witness against 
the criminal shares the same danger. The prefect of Palermo detines 
the Maffia as a latent and pernicious power in a country where corrup- 
tion and reaction against authority is a heritage of the past. By the 
aid of this society people of every class yield to a reciprocal assistance 
in view of defense, plunder, gain, power, vengeance in using all the 
means that law, morality, and civilization detest and condemn. The 
rich practice it to protect their person and property. 
There are classes of Maffiosi: the Maffioso of action, that is, brigand, 
the thief, or the assassin; the secret Mafioso, who gathers and distrib- 
utes the news and is a silent aid for the perpetration of crimes; the 
Ma fioso manuten f/010, through fear or interest, is the purveyor and re- 
ceiver of stolen goods for the Maffiosi of action. 
The Bassa Maffia is a lower grade of the society. Here any scamp 
who thinks he has courage can become a Maffioso; ho threatens to 
kill some one and is honored by all. The Alta Maffia seeks to make a 
show of good manners, and at the same time to be in accord with the 
brave of the Maffiosi of low extraction. 
The Bravi, or supreme chiefs, are sometimes elegantly clothed and 
wear yellow gloves. Then there are the stabbers and the thieves. 
They seek financial aid in enterprises of vengeance, in clandestine lot- 
teries, in illicit profit from public works, and sometimes in blackmail- 
ing. 
They all follow faithfully their unwritten code. Here are some of 
the principles: To keep absolute silence concerning the crimes which 
they witness, and to be ready to give false testimony in order to cover 
up traces; to give protection to the rich for money considerations; to 
defy x>ublic force at all times and everywhere, and always to be armed; 
to fight a duel for the most frivolous motives, and not to hesitate to 
stab treacherously; to avenge at any price injuries received, even if one 
is intimately related to the offender. Whoever is found wanting in 
any of these respects is declared infamous, which means that he should 86 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
be killed without delay, even if in prison; if weapons are wanting, 
to suffocate him in his pail. He receives also an order to give himself 
up to death. Knowing the condemnation to be irrevocable, he strictly 
obeys. Before killing a comrade one notifies him by drawing a cross 
on his door or by shooting a pistol at his house. Lombroso has seen 
many escape death by seeking mercy in being shut up alone in a prison 
cell. 
Like ordinary rascals, they have their slang; they say “ sleep” in- 
stead of death, “cats” for war, “ruby” for eye, “product of extor- 
tion” for linen, “ tic-tac ” for revolver. Their principal home is in 
prison. They are firm in their hatred. Lombroso tells of one, who, 
feeling himself the weaker one, kept his vengeance for fifteen years; 
until at last his adversary was condemned to death; then he petitioned 
the Naples court and obtained the favor of filling the office of execu- 
tioner. 
The most complete organization of criminal aristocracy is the Cam- 
morra at Naples. The Maffia is a variety of the Cammorra. A further 
study of the Maffia can be pursued perhaps-in no better way than by 
describing the Cammorra. 
This organization consists of a number of prisoners, or ex-couvicts, 
formed into small independent groups, but under one hierarchy. The 
aspiring candidate must prove that he is courageous and that he can 
keep a secret. He should kill or wound anyone who would name to him 
the sect; if victims were wanting, he must fight with one of his future 
colleagues with a knife. Formerly the test was a more difficult one, 
where the candidate was obliged to raise a piece of money while the 
Cammorrists pierced it Avith their daggers. The must submit to an ap- 
prenticeship of two, three, and sometimes eight years; he is in service 
of another, who gives him most fatiguing and perilous things to do, allow- 
ing him a few cents once in a while, for charity’s sake. After he has 
gained the esteem of his master by zeal and submission, a meeting is 
called and his reception as a Oammorrist is deliberated upon. If re- 
ceived, he must fight again in the presence of the assembly; he takes 
the oath over tAro daggers forming a cross, that he Avill be faithful to his 
associates, show himself in everything an enemy of authority; have no 
relation at all with the police; never denounce thieves, but to have a 
particular affection towards them, as towards those who expose their 
line continually. After this a banquet finishes the celebration. 
One of the most important matters is the distribution of “ la cam- 
morra,” a little vessel which contains the extortions in gambling rooms, 
brothels, from those who sell Avatcrmelous and newspapers, from hack- 
men and beggars, and from prisoners. These last furnish the best 
revenue. On entering prison the “unfortunate” must, give a tenth of 
his possession, and pay for drinks, food, gambling, and for sleeping on 
an easier bed. 
A Oammorrist cannot kill a comrade without permission from the CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY 
87 
chief, but in revenge he can make away with anyone else. If there 
are doubts as to the fidelity of a colleague, before condemning him 
they send him a plate of macaroni; if he refuses to eat it (for fear of 
poison, perhaps) they feel certain of his guilt, and his condemnation is 
pronounced, and lots are drawn to indicate the apprentice who must 
execute it. This is done punctually, as shown by this tact, A prisoner 
tells the governor of a castle that a Cammorra had been established 
tor some time, and that it was his misfortune to be one of the chiefs. 
One of the laws is to compel all the convicts to pay 2 cents a day. A 
certain convict, Razo, would not submit to this. The chiefs of the 
Cammorra voted unanimously to put him to death. But the lot fell to 
him (the chief) to strike the blow; he accepted and was to commit the 
crime that morning. But on reflection at the sad consequences of such 
a forfeit, the cause of which was only 2 cents, he restrained his arm 
and went out of the castle. He then begged the governor of the castle 
to isolate him, for, after this treachery, his comrade chiefs would kill 
him without pity. 
Yet the Cammorra is not wholly without heart, as shown in the case 
of the young girl whose lover had been condemned to death for re- 
fusing to pay his contribution. She asked that her lover might be 
pardoned, and it was accorded to her with Olympian majesty. 
GAROFALO’S IDEAS ON THE REPRESSION OF CRIME, REPRESENT- 
ING THE ITALIAN SCHOOL OF CRIMINOLOGY. 
The problem of individual moral responsibility is perhaps insoluble. 
There should be no discord between judicial logic and social interest. 
From the moral point of view, individual responsibility is much lessened 
by bad example from infancy, traditions of family or race, bad habits 
that have been formed, violence of passion, temperament, etc. As re- 
sponsibility lessens, so the penalty lessens, until it is reduced to a mini- 
mum ,if yon can prove extreme force and impulsion to crime, No w, there 
is scarcely a guilty man who has not extenuating circumstances. There 
is not a crime where we can not discover such circumstance. That is, 
the only criminals who should be inexcusable, are those for whom one 
has not sought out the extenuating circumstances. But the reply is, 
that it concerns only bad tendencies, and the free will of man can tri- 
umph over them. But how can one measure the part that comes from 
bad tendencies, and that which comes from free will? The progress of 
anthropology shows that the most culpable have almost all an abnormal 
psycho-physical organization. If penalty depends upon the principle 
of moral responsibility, we should acquit some of the most ferocious 
assassins, as soon as their extreme natural brutality and all-powerful 
criminal impulsions are shown. In any case the punishment should 
be lessened in the measure in which the causes of the bad tendencies 
become evident. The more perverse and incorrigible the criminal the 
less should be the punishment. The public have protested against the 88 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
verdicts of acquittal by juries, against the indulgence of magistrates. 
But such acquittals are the triumph of logic; only the triumph is at 
the expense of security and social morality. There is no way to avoid 
this unless we make the j)enal criterion depend upon social necessity 
and not on moral responsibility of the individual. Society does not 
concern itself sufficiently with crime, neither as regards the victim nor 
as to prevention of crime. The fact that in the midst of our civilization 
thousands of persons are slaughtered each year, where one does not 
directly desire money or life, is significant, and it is all the more hide- 
ous, as life becomes more pacific and less uncertain. In all Europe 
the average number of murders each year from 1881 to 1887 was fifteen 
thousand. In the United States the proportion to population is much 
larger. 
But what does society do to prevent these evils'? Little or nothing. 
Crimes have been tabulated, because a scale of penalties has been asked 
for, where for each delit a measure of suffering is designated in the 
form of detention in a building, where the prisoner, for a certain time, 
is lodged, fed, and clothed at the expense of the state. After this time 
has passed, the prisoner becomes a free citizen, and is said to have ex- 
piated his crimes, or to have paid that which he owes to society. All 
this is nothing but rhetoric. The truth is, the criminal has paid 
nothing; it is the state, on the contrary, which has paid his expenses, 
which is really an addition to the damages of his crime. Nor has the 
criminal improved morally; there are no miracles in prison; the convict 
is not terrified; our penitentiary system is not severe; on the other 
hand, physical pains are easily forgotten, lie leaves prison and enters 
into the same surroundings in which he was before his condemnation, 
where he finds the same temptations. In the eyes of the people, the 
codes and the judicial power have the aj)pearance of protecting the 
criminal against society, rather than society against the criminal. 
It is objected that fatalism is the outcome of these ideas. This is a 
false interpretation. Experience demonstrates that the individual 
always acts in the same manner when under the same intellectual and 
moral conditions and the same exterior circumstances. It is foolish to 
pretend to better the criminal by imprisonment or by any other mode 
of punishment, if, after release, lie is allowed to return to his former 
surroundings. But it is not impossible to aid the criminal if he is put 
into new conditions, where he sees the necessity of honest work, and 
where stealing will be profitless to him. Those are rather fatalists who 
say that crime has always existed and will exist, and, therefore, con- 
sider it as one of the evils which must always afflict society. But, it is 
said, instead of punishing we should modify the conditions in suppres- 
sing the causes of crime. But this is out of the question, for the legis- 
lator can not do that, which is solely the work of time. Why should 
this strange antinomy exist in contemporary society: that the majority, 
who have the sovereignty, should make one exception, and that, too, CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
89 
where it is against the smallest, the most harmful, and most abject 
minority, that of the criminals? Why should the large part of hu- 
manity be put to inconvenience in changing the conditions of social 
existence in the exclusive interest of a mere handful of worthless indi- 
viduals? Why, on the contrary, should not these few who are uua- 
dapted to civilization be eliminated? 
The criminal anomaly diminishes in proportion as the provocation 
increases. Crime is a legitimate reaction in principle, but it is exces- 
sive, and the abnormality consists in this excess. The most rational 
means of repression should consist in the removal of the delinquent 
from the locality where the victim or his family lives, and in prohib- 
iting his return before a certain time, and in every case not before he 
has paid the indemnity due to the victim or his family. A more diffi- 
cult problem is the treatment of a murderer, whose motive was ven- 
geance for a grievous wrong or insult to his family. An affront is real 
which is considered so according to the ideas of our surroundings. It 
is of little importance whether this environment be the whole world or 
only the part in which we live. 
Great criminals are by nature devoid of moral sense and have very 
little feeling of pity. They commit murders which would be impos- 
sible without an innate and instinctive cruelty. Such are assassins. 
Thus all murders for a purely egotistic purpose, as desire of gain, or of 
some advantage or pleasure which has to do with money, sexual appe- 
tite, aspiration for power or favor are acts which prove an exceptional 
perversity and the most complete absence of the altruistic sentiment. 
In this class of crimes are those for which the motive is the appeasing 
of a pathological desire, as assasiuation accompanying violation, or of 
enjoyment of the sight of blood and of torn desh. 
Then murder, in all cases where the victim has done nothing to merit 
the hatred or auger of the murderer, belongs under the same head; so 
parricide for such blood vengeance occurs only in men of abnormal 
physical constitution. Of like nature is the murder of a benefactor, 
or of an inoffensive unknown person to make a parade of muscular 
force or skill in using arms. Another category is characterized by the 
manner in which the murder is executed: the torments, the length of 
duration of the same. These always denote an innate cruelty. Such 
atrocities show a total absence of the sentiment of pity, even when 
the intention to kill was uncertain. The code of Napoleon was right 
in naming everyone an assassin who has been cruel with the body of 
the victim. 
The character of the instinctive murderer does not depend upon pre- 
meditation. The rapidity of the act has no relation to the corrigible 
or incorrigible nature of the agent; it is compatible with the most 
complete absence of pity. On the other hand, IToltzendorff, an eminent 
authority, holds that premeditation does not signify the exclusion of 
passion, which is manifested more or less immediately according to the 90 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
temperament of the individual. Despine says that violent criminals 
are as much devoid of moral sentiment as criminals of cold blood. 
There are men who try to quarrel with a person and strike him; ho 
naturally reacts, and this affords an excuse for stabbing him. Such a 
one is an assassin, although the act was instantaneous and unpremedi- 
tated. On the other hand, an atrocious injury, a striking injustice, 
having poisoned the life of a man, can push him to tragic vengeance; 
there is premeditation, but this is not a sign of a great criminal. 
Premeditation is, then, not always an index of that extreme physical 
anomaly which distinguishes the great criminals. The cruelty with 
which the murder has been committed and the absence of any grave 
injury on the part of the victim are the two criterions which should 
replace that of premeditation. This is in order to distinguish the 
assassins, that is the great instinctive criminals, who can be regarded 
as beings morally degenerated and perpetually unsociable. The im- 
possibility of adaptation of such individuals being recognized, it is 
necessary to eliminate them absolutely from society. There is only 
then the death-penalty for all great criminals, except in the case of the 
insane. But it is claimed that imprisonment for life will accomplish 
this end. But this is incorrect, because, first, there is the annual 
number of evasions; then there is a good number 5f probabilities, as 
revolts, pardons, etc., that can give the prisoner freedom. It is also 
not so rare an event that those condemned for life assassinate their 
keepers. But if imprisonment for life were one means of elimination, 
it should not be given the preference. For why should beings who no 
longer form a part of society be preserved for life? It is hard to 
understand why citizens, and even the families of the victims them- 
selves, should be obliged to pay a tax iu order to clothe and feed the 
perpetual enemies of society. 
But the death penalty has the great advantage of intimidation. It 
is true that intimidation is no criterion of penalty in the sense of 
making a man suffer more than his individuality requires for the sole 
purpose of example or terrorization. The means of repression should 
be adapted to the individual nature of each person in proportion to 
his want of fitness for social life with a greater or less probability of 
the delinquent becoming assimilable. But in the cases under consid- 
eration, the criminal is unasswiilable; he should then be eliminated 
absolutely. The death penalty realizes this; there is here no excess, 
no injustice. Although intimidation does not affect all malefactors, 
yet it does a large number, who are little influenced by the idea of im- 
prisonment for life. But this influence of the death penalty extends 
its influence to lesser criminals, because one tending toward a career 
of crime docs not consider exactly what he can do or what punishment 
he may suffer; but the fact that there exists a power to deprive some 
of the criminals of life (he does not know who) can become a strong 
enough motive to paralyze a criminal tendency CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
91 
There is a class of delinquents who stand between criminals and 
normal men, because their offenses are less serious violations of the 
feelings of pity and are more of the nature of roughness, or indicate 
want of education and reserve. Such are blows in a fight, where there 
is no intention of murder; here there is little development of the alter- 
native sentiment; here belong injuries and threats having no particular 
gravity. Imprisonment here is advantageous. The offender should 
pay also a fine to the State and filso another for the benefit of the 
injured party. 
Another large class of criminals are those who are totally or par- 
tially deprived of the sentiment of probity. Aside from the klepto- 
maniacs, pyromaniacs, the epileptic thieves and incendiaries, who 
should be placed in asylums for insane criminals, there are the thieves, 
incendiaries, swindlers, and forgers who are not insane, but who have 
a criminal instinct (according to Benedikt, it may be a moral neuras- 
thenia). These and the habitual delinquents of this species, whether 
their improbity be congenital, or having commenced from bad educa- 
tion, example, or company, has become instinctive and incorrigible, 
should be transported into some distant land, where the population is 
small and where assiduous work is the absolute condition of existence. 
But if the neurasthenia is insurmountable, a further elimination into 
a savage country is necesary. 
But it is objected that deportation is at an end, because civilization 
is invading the whole world. France has New Caledonia, where colo- 
nization has scarcely commenced, and where it sends its (recidivists) 
habitual criminals in spite of the opposition of the Australian govern- 
ment, which is more concerned as to a future commercial competition 
than the puerile fear of criminals fleeing New Caledonia and infesting 
Australia. Russia possesses immense Siberian regions, where the 
population is excessively sparse. The government of English India 
continues to send criminals to the islands of Andamans. 
But, it is said, space* will be wanting in the future, the mines will be 
exhausted, etc. Is it necessary to cease to care for the present world 
on account of a vague probability ? A fter the large islands of Poly- 
nesia, Australia, and Malaysia, there will remain the innumerable 
Madreporic groups in the Pacific Ocean, which for the most part are 
deserted. When there is no more room here there will always be the 
Sahara and the center of Africa. For a few centuries at least there 
will not be wanting space where civilized nations can pour out their 
most impure elements. 
But there is without doubt the economical side to solve. There are 
the expenses of transportation, the supervision, etc. We must con- 
sider, however, the expenses of our prisons at present, and that habit- 
ual criminality, which represents about half of the total of crimes, 
will be suppressed; also the criminal will be obliged to gain his liv- 
ing by agricultural work which will not fail. In prisons it is very 
difficult to employ convicts at useful labor. 92 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
In this second subclass of criminals whose improbity is congenital, 
or has become instinctive by habit, and who at the same time are, by 
the gravity or number of their crimes, a pressing danger to society, it 
is necessary to follow another plan than that of those whose depravity is 
not complete and who have not yet become recidivists or extremely 
dangerous. The latter is a very numerous class. The individual whose 
sentiment of probity is not very profound becomes guilty on account 
of bad example through imitation; often a iirst fault involves another. 
For there are very humble social positions where a good reputation is 
a necessity; a domestic or workman who has been found stealing will 
not easily find another place; a new career then opens to him—that of a 
malefactor, lie will enter it without flinching, for his greatest safe- 
guard is now broken; he has nothing more to fear since his improbity 
bas been discovered. 
The only possible remedy here would be a change of country, habits, 
kind of work—a new existence to commence. Now, in order that the 
punishment inflicted by the state may aid matters rather than make 
them worse, as at present, it is necessary to distinguish different cases 
according to.the causes which have determined the crime. 
France, since 1850, has had agricultural colonies for young men ac- 
quitted on account of lack of discernment, and for minors condemned 
to more than six mouths or less than two years of imprisonment. The 
length of time varies from three to six years; agricultural work pre- 
dominates. Public money has never been spent more usefully, for the 
state returns 93 out of every 100 who are adaptable to society. Other- 
wise the larger part of these would inhabit prisons for the rest of their 
lives at the expense of the nation. When the time arrives the di- 
rector of the colony places the young man with some farmer, or has 
him enter the navy or army. The individual thus finds himself away 
from his former environment. Colonies of this kind can be established 
in civilized countries without any danger, for the supervision of the 
young men is not difficult. Whatever difficuMes there are, they are 
not to be compared to agricultural colonies, where the men are con- 
demned to hard labor, as has been attempted in Italy, and is a grave 
error. 
Among many passing beyond adolescence there is a large number of 
novices at theft, who have been brought to crime by idleness, igno- 
rance of a trade, abandonment, spirit of vagabondage. Such cases 
should be enrolled in a company of workers for the state, with a nom- 
inal salary, not inferior to the ordinary, but which will be retained for 
the payment of a fine to the state and for the damage to the injured party. 
Here there will be the choice between working and starving. The 
workman should not be released after lie has fulfilled his obligations 
until he has found employment; then he should furnish security, which 
will be confiscated in case of another similar crime, and will not be 
rendered to him until after a number of years of good conduct. In 93 
CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
case of the reddive, perpetual relegations should be made directly; all 
other means are inutile, because there is a proof of a persistent indi- 
vidual cause—aversion to work. The same treatment is adapted to 
swindlers and forgers. 
But sometimes the delinquent is notan idler or vagabond; he has 
a trade by which ho lives, he may be quite well-to-do, yet by a 
strange aberration he commits a theft, or by pure cupidity he takes 
money placed in his care, or he becomes suddenly a swindler, or forger, 
or bankrupt. But there is no proof of improbity on this account; as 
there exists no constant motive to determine a new crime, it is possible 
that the delinquent will not fall again, if his cupidity has been com- 
pletely disappointed, so that he sees that honest conduct is much better 
for his own interests. For this, there is nothing better than forced 
payment of the fine and damage to the injured party. This would pro- 
duce other advantages for society. An unfaithful cashier or fraudu- 
lent bankrupt would know that if once discovered he could not enjoy 
the smallest part of the money stolen, but would have to return all, 
every penny, or otherwise he would have to work an indefinite time 
for him whom he had robbed. This is a forcible way of causing the 
sudden reappearance of the sum that might be thought to be in the 
hands of consorts. This is much more useful than imprisonment for a 
fixed time, which is no profit to any one, and only adds to the damage 
from the crime the expense of supporting the prisoner. If the money 
has really been spent the offender must work without respite for 
repayment of the injured party. If he will not do it voluntarily, he 
will be obliged to do it by working for the state, where there is no 
bread without labor. If, in spite of his efforts, he is unable to gain a 
sufficient sum, after a certain number of years, according to his age or 
his good will, this constraint can be fixed to ten or fifteen years; but 
this term should be lengthened as soon as a want of assiduity is 
noticed. If the delinquent fulfills all his obligations, he is tobereleased, 
and deprived only of his political rights with interdiction of any public 
function, or of exercising commerce, if it is a case of a bankrupt. 
It will be noticed that temporary detention for a fixed time in ad- 
vance (the typical penalty of our present legislation) has entirely dis- 
appeared in the system that has just been outlined. This new system 
is an attempt to give to penalties a social utility, and this is done in 
the most logical manner, by the principal of rational reaction against 
crime; this consists sometimes in absolute elimination by the death 
penalty, or relative elimination by seclusion in an asylum, or deporta- 
tion with abandonment, or perpetual relegation, or indefinite relegation, 
or simple damages with payment of a tine, or by public labor. 
There are but few kinds of crime in which it is necessary to hinder 
the delinquent physically as the sole means of avoiding its repetition. 
Such is, for example, the counterfeiting of money. Here imprisonment 
is necessary until it is reasonable to suppose that they have no longer 94 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
associates. Imprisonment in advance applies to these cases, not in the 
code of criminality, in which there is a special immorality, incompati- 
ble with those attributive sentiments which are the basis of present 
morality. The immorality of these actions consists principally in a 
revolt against authority or in disobedience of the law. If this political 
element is predominant, the penalty should be of the nature capable of 
assuring support of the law. This does not pertain to real malefactors, 
but to revolts. • Here is the limit where the reason of the state replaces 
the natural laws of social organization, and where considerations as to 
crime cease. 
To fight against an enemy with success, it is necessary to know him 
beforehand. Now this enemy, the criminal, the jurists do not know. 
In order to know him, one must have observed him for a long time in 
prison. It is to those who have thus studied that the future will re- 
serve the mission of transforming penal science into harmony with 
social necessities. 
CRIMINAL SUGGESTION. 
It is a common experience that when one of a party yawns another 
is liable to do the same. There is an instinctive suggestion to look 
when the crowd are gazing on the street. This elementary power of 
suggestion becomes morbid in the case of the habitual thief. Any de- 
sirable object he sees suggests taking it; there is a spontaneous feel- 
ing too tempting to resist. If questioned closely why he takes it the 
man’s last and repeated answer is simply that he likes to. 
It was the custom in Denmark during the last century to have a pro- 
cession of priests, repeating psalms, accompany the criminals from 
prison to the place of execution, after which a sermon was preached. 
The contagious suggestion from this display made condemned crimi- 
nals ambitious to die amid such pomp. The result seemed to be a large 
increase of murder in the country. At one time martyrdom became 
so contagious in the church that it was forbidden. Religious history 
contains many examples of excessive enthusiasm arising from ner- 
vous contagion. In massacres, after a few men have been killed the 
sight of blood intoxicates the crowd, who rush upon the prisoners with 
fury and reckless murder. 
Aubry1 defines the will of a crowd as the resultant of all the actions 
and reactions of the individual wills in contact. This collective will 
can be led by suggestion to act contrary to the principles of many of 
the individuals who compose it. What an excited crowd will do no 
one can predict; the most timid man has been transformed into a beast. 
In the French Revolution certain men blamed the assassins severely; 
but later these same men, finding themselves, from curiosity or by ac- 
cident, in the presence of a massacre, were overcome by the excite- 
La Contagion du Meurte, Paris, 1888. CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
95 
ment and participated in the slaughter. In a crowd some people are 
taken with dizziness; others, not knowing what is going on, are influ- 
enced by the noise, or mystified, and give way to the least impulsion, 
imitating those around them, not knowing why; they may take arms 
without suspecting results. It is thus that riots sometimes arise. 
War springs often from a patriotic suggestion, and frequently over 
some insignificant question; it is encouraged by the younger element 
in the nation rather than by the more experienced. The nation strives 
to annihilate its neighbors; there is thought of little else than the 
need to kill the enemy; this continuous suggestion becomes contag- 
ious and causes each citizen, howsoever egotistic and selfish, to be 
willing to give up his personal interests and business and fight for his 
country. Aubry says that war is a neurosis, a homicidal insanity. 
In Europe, where dislike or hatred exists between nations, the im- 
mense standing armies are a constant suggestion of future utilization; 
they are a menace to the temporary equilibrium of the forces of hatred. 
The frequent outbursts of anarchistic or socialistic radicalism in the 
destruction of life or property are symptomatic of the neurotic temper 
of the times, and are a sign of a deeper social disease arising from the 
unfortunate condition of many in poverty or on the verge of poverty. 
Such discontented persons are particularly susceptible to dangerous 
suggestions, which can be fanned into a flame by the daily reading 
of detailed accounts of crime against government, property, or life. 
Every daring robbery, every throwing of dynamite or other riotous 
act, is almost certain to be followed by similar crimes. 
A woman who throws vitriol upon her lover is seldom convicted. 
She is described in the newspapers; the color of her hair and her 
other charms are dwelt upon, her letters and her photograph are pub- 
lished. Women with more imagination than intelligence are fully pre- 
pared to imitate the heroine, when any peculiar grievance or temptation 
affords occasion. The force of such suggestion has been known to 
result in epidemics of vitriol-throwing. 
With those illustrations of the influence of criminal suggestion upon 
society as a whole, we may pass to the consideration of cases1 of an 
experimental nature, and other special cases. 
The difference between criminal suggestion, criminal hypnotism, and 
somnambulism in its deeper stages is one of degree, and thus indi- 
vidual cases may be found in these several stages. 
It is possible during somnambulism to compel certain persons, con- 
trary to their will, to commit immoral or criminal acts; and, according 
to the Nancy school, this can be accomplished after the subject has 
returned to his normal state and at an exact time which has been 
previously suggested to the subject during the hypnotic state. The 
writer has heard Prof. Forel tell a woman in the hypnotic state that 
lWe are indebted for some of these to Ur. Emile Laurent, formerly “ interne” in 
the prisons of Paris. 96 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
when she awoke she would see all the students headless. On awaking 
she looked puzzled and on being asked why, said that the students 
were without heads. The school of Salpetriere does not admit that 
post hypnotic suggestions are irresistible. It maintains also that a 
perspn while in a state of somnambulism is always a person who can 
manifest volition in resisting suggestions repugnant to a profound 
sentiment. Brouardel holds that the somnambulist realizes only agree- 
able and indifferent suggestions. Dclboef1 Says fliat the hypnotized 
person knows that he is playing a comedy. Laurent2 avows that he 
has seen some somnambulists successfully resist all post hypnotic sug- 
gestions, and others who were unable to resist doing acts repugnant 
to themselves. 
Thus Liegeois3-shows that a hypnotized person can be made to sign 
a false note; and that if it is suggested to him that he owes the money 
in question, he will, on awaking, hold the note in memory and consider 
it genuine. Liegeois said to a very suggestable lady, “ Yon know that 
I lent yon five hundred francs; kindly sign a note that will give me 
security.” “But, sir,” the lady replied, “I do not owe yon anything; 
you never lent me any money. ” “Your memory fails you, madame. 
I will recall the circumstances. Yon had asked me for this sum, and I 
consented to lend it to yon. I gave it to yon here yesterday in five- 
franc pieces. ” By the force of his look and by his affirmation Liegeois 
gave an impression of sincerity. Madame hesitated; her thought was 
troubled; she tried to remember; obedient to the suggestion, she at 
length recalled the loan. This suggestion assumed in her mind a real 
character, and she signed the note. 
Whilst it is undeniable that one can in this manner be made to sign 
a false note or will, it is doubtful whether the experiment would suc- 
ceed in ordinary life, outside of the laboratory. It would be necessary 
that the note should be made payable very soon, for the suggestion 
might not remain very long; also the patient would reason about it; 
subsequently the truth would be found out, and the hypnotizer would 
be in danger. 
One may put his subject under hypnotic influence and say to him 
or her; “You will steal [such and such a sum at such a time] ; you 
will bring it to mo;” or “You will kill [such and such a person], whom I 
detest. After you have done this yon will awake; but yon must not 
remember that I have made yon do this; yon will believe that yon 
acted of your own accord.” Experimental suggestions of this nature 
have succeeded; but if they should be tried in reality the perpetrator 
would be more liable to be detected than if he committed the deed 
himself; for in the former case the person hypnotized would afterwards 
1 L’Hypnotisme et la Liberty ties Representations Puldiques. 
2Les Suggestions Crimiuelles. 
3De la Suggestion et du Somnambulisiuo dans leurs rapports avec La jurispru- 
dence et la “ medicine’'’ legale, Paris, 1889. CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
97 
show hy his words and actions that something was wrong; suspicion 
would be aroused, and it would be discovered that he was hypno- 
tizable, and he himself as well as friends would attribute it to the 
hypnotizer. 
It is possible to violate the conscience of a person in the somnam- 
bulistic state and to make him divulge the deepest secrets. Liebaut 
hypnotized a lady, and affirmed that he was a priest and that she had 
come to confession. She played her part seriously. Another physi- 
cian had questioned his hypnotized patient with too much curiosity. 
The patient, after some hesitation, much blushing and embarrassment, 
said, “Mon Dieu! J’ai aime Monsieur.” The physician awoke her im- 
mediately. A similar case was that of a lady*who, during the hyp- 
nosis, answered questions with a confidence so serious and dangerous 
to herself that the physicians hastened to awaken her. 
Bernheim mentions that certain subjects who have been frequently 
hypnotized show a disposition when awake to obey suggestions. For 
example, children, who are very impressionable, have hallucinations 
and give false testimony. Laurent cites a mysterious case of a fourteen- 
year old girl, belonging to the Eeformed confession, who disappeared. 
Nineteen Jewish families resided in the town where she lived. The 
report soon spread that, in order to obtain her blood to mix with the 
unleavened bread, the Jews had killed her. She had disappeared just 
before Easter. A cadaver was discovered in the river and recognized 
by certain persons to bo the body of the girl. The mother of the 
girl, however, was incredulous, and would not recognize her daughter. 
Thirteen Jews were arrested on account of the statement of the sou of 
the sexton, a boy thirteen years of age. After being questioned at 
length by the commissioner the boy made confessions: He heard a cry; 
he went out and looked through the keyhole of the lock of the temple; 
he saw Esther stretched upon the ground; three men held her while the 
butcher bled her by the throat and collected the blood into two bowls. 
In court the boy persisted in those confessions. The presence of his 
father, with twelve other Jews who were threatened, and the ardent 
supplications'that he should tell the truth were of no avail. He repeated 
the statements. 
Bernheim’s explanation is that the commissioner by questioning the 
boy suggested the matter to him. His imagination was struck with 
terror; the scene was called up before him; a retroactive hallucination 
took possession of him, and he fancied all the incidents in the scene 
which the commissioner had mentioned. It was just as one can do 
experimentally in profound sleep : the hallucination is created; the 
remembrance of the fictitious vision is so vivid that the subject can not 
escape from it. 
Liegeois reports a case of a woman who being accused of infanticide 
at first denied it, but on being further questioned by the police com- 
missioner, and asked whether she had not placed the child where the 
3060 A M 7 98 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
pigs were kept, after much hesitation, admitted it. The sage-femme 
had already asked her the same question and she had confessed. She 
renewed her confessions before the judge and the court: “I took my 
"Child; I opened the door of the place where the pigs were; I threw it 
pi; I don’t believe that it cried; I did not see it move.” When this 
woman was taken to prison, it became known that she was in an ad- 
vanced stage of pregnancy. This showed conclusively that the crime 
of which she was accused and convicted was impossible. On being 
questioned further, she said that her parents and the sage-femme had 
pressed her to make the confession; that they frightened her with the 
prospect of a severer condemnation if she did not confess. Laurent, 
whilst admitting that the woman was vividly impressed, does not 
believe that it was a matter of suggestion. He thinks it was a matter 
of persuasion by force, if she knew that she had not committed the 
crime. It is not impossible, however, that suggestion* and persuasion 
cooperated. 
An example of a hysterical hereditary case1 is that of a man who 
allowed another person, whom he knew but slightly, to confide to him 
stolen property, which he was persuaded to carry to the pawn shop. 
Whether he was dupe or accomplice, the initiative of his crime was 
■sot in ji:m. A few days later the same man was imprisoned for three 
months on account of being deceived. Again at liberty, he became, 
acquainted with a woman who made him sell for her a gold watch and 
chain that she had stolen. The man was gentle, well-disposed, and 
generous, but he was easily influenced. His will had been paralyzed, 
and in each crime his accomplice had the control of him. 
Then, there is the phenomenon of auto-suggestion, which can take the 
form of vengeance. Some men, when enraged, treasure up thoughts 
of revenge against which neither reason nor sentiment is of avail. 
After the criminal act is accomplished, the fixed idea disappears, and 
the subject becomes himself again. He is surprised at his act, and 
realizes that he was out of himself. 
Aided by her son a woman murdered and mutilated her infirm hus- 
band on the highway. They left his body, without reflecting that it 
would be necessary to give explanations next morning. Dr. Laurent’s 
notion is that the woman and her son had lived for months with the 
fixed idea of ridding themselves of this man, who had kept them in 
poverty; that they were haunted by the suggestion of murder; and 
that, having only a rudimentary conscience, they did not attempt to 
struggle against the temptation. To add to the auto-suggestion, 
another man, who was enamored of this woman, had promised to 
marry her; this further obscured their conscience, and rendered the 
murderous suggestion all-powerful. Thus they lost prudence and com- 
mitted a crime certain to bring them to the gallows. 
1 Laurent, “Les Suggestions Crimiuelles.” CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
99 
Tropmann is another case, best explained by auto-suggestion. Here 
is a young man, without bad antecedents, who commits an unheard-of 
monstrosity, with premeditation and great skill. He assassinates an 
entire family of seven or eight persons. He enticed the father into a 
forest of Alsace, poisoned him with prussic acid, and buried him. He 
dug a ditch in a field, enticed the elder son there, brutally murdered 
him, and buried him. He dug another trench for the mother and 
children, and, after enticing them there, killed them with a pickax and 
buried them. Tropmann desired to go to America to pass himself off 
for the father, and by some unknown means realize the modest fortune 
of this exterminated family. He was a man insignificant in appear- 
ance; his physique and moral character would not indicate that he was 
capable of such an infernal act. Bernheim is of the opinion that, in 
whatever way this idea may have entered his mind, it finally became 
an irresistible auto-suggestion, just as a fixed idea of suicide may 
culminate fatally. 
It maybe said that there is no specific method of procedure in order 
to prevent such crimes. In social as in bodily diseases there are cer- 
tain conditions that no remedy can reach. While symptomatic and 
palliative treatment is possible, the state of social therapeutics, like 
that of medical, is unscientific and far from satisfactory. Often the 
truest and best advice a physician can give to his patient is to keep up 
the general health; nature will be his best servant in resisting all 
attacks of disease. The same principle is applicable to a diseased con- 
dition of the social organism. Since there is no “ specific,” the remedy 
must be general, gradual, and constant. It consists in religious, 
moral, industrial, and intellectual education of the children and youth, 
especially of the poor unfortunate and weakling classes. The most 
certain preventive is the early incarnation of good habits in children, 
which, becoming part and parcel of their nervous organization, are an 
unconscious power when passion or perplexity or temptation causes 
them to lose self-control. Without this inhibitory anchor many are 
certain to go astray. This power is generally proof against all crimi- 
nal hypnotic suggestion. The methods by which such an education is 
to be best accomplished are as yet problematic. 
THE NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION IN THE UNITED STATES. 
Perhaps the best method of indicating the prevailing criminological 
ideas in our country is to give a summary of some of the essays and dis- 
cussions at one of the sessions of the National Prison Association. 
As in America the practical spirit is the prevailing one, so, in the 
National Prison Association, the prevention and repression of crime 
rather than the study of the criminal has been the principal subject for 
consideration; and even though this method is not always the most 
rational, yet it has been gradually bringing to light the importance of 100 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
investigations into the causes and conditions of crime, so that the value 
of scientific methods is beginning to be recognized. 
As the members of the National Prison Association consist not oidy 
of those who have directly to do with crime, but of a large number of 
persons of all professions and stations in life, the essays and discussions 
are of a general and popular character rather than special; but they 
are none the less important for this reason. 
In the proceedings of one of the late National Prison Associations 
the president of the association, Rutherford B. Hayes, maintained in 
his address uthat especially in our own country crime is due to the 
business and social spirit of the day; it is the haste to become rich. 
This spirit leads often to the crimes of those who are rich, who are 
not always punished, but too frequently admired and envied.” As to 
reformatory methods the president says that u the jails should not be 
schools of crime; that incorrigible or professional criminals should be 
imprisoned for life. The forms for the reformation of the prisoners are, 
first, labor and industry; then come education and religion. Manual 
training and industrial education are the best means in this country to 
fit the boy or girl to make an honest living.” 
Mr. C. H. Reeve, in his report of the committee on criminal-law 
reform, maintains that no law made in relation to crime and the dispo- 
sition of the disturbers of the public order can be based upon the idea 
of punishing the offender. The first consideration must be his removal 
from society and his disposition in a place of safety. By an implied 
contract the individual enjoys liberty oidy on the condition that he does 
not abuse it, and if he does abuse it, or misuses his privileges, he should 
forfeit his rights to the benefit of the contract and should be made to 
labor for the State as one unfit to be trusted with liberty. On this idea 
alone the prisoner should be imprisoned, and the criminal law should 
be framed primarily for this end; a secondary end of the law should 
be moral reformation of the offender. The agreement of nine jurors 
should constitute a verdict after twenty-four hours of deliberation; no 
technicalities as to form or substance should be allowed to obstruct the 
course of trial or judgment. Under the present practice the law pre- 
sumes the accused to be innocent; yet its prosecutor pursues every 
possible avenue to show that he is guilty. This is absurd; if the law 
presumes at all, its presumptions should be based on facts. The facts 
are that a person is accused of crime. This is the basis for inquiry. 
The la w takes the accused into custody to prevent an evasion of inquiry, 
on the assumption that he will evade it if guilty. These are the facts, 
and there can be no presumptions of innocence or guilt under any rule 
)f logic. The question should be, uls the charge true or false?” What- 
ever will aid in answering this question should be admissible to the 
inquiry, with no presumptions except such as legitimately arise from 
facts clearly established. 
If the jury lind strong grounds for belief in guilt, they should not 101 
CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
return a verdict of “not guilty,” but return “not proven.” In such a 
case the defendant should be put on trial at any time if sufficient evi- 
dence can be found to convict or acquit, and the former trial should be 
no bar as for being once in jeopardy. Punishment should be recog- 
nized only as a means for maintaining discipline in the prisons. High 
grades of crime, such as vicious and unprovoked murder, highway and 
train robbery, derailing railroad trains, criminal use of explosives, dis- 
figurement by use of corrosives, willful perjury by which any innocent 
person is convicted of crime, and childstealing, should be regarded as 
unpardonable; and, in every case where the question of guilt is estab- 
lished beyond all doubt, the convicts be sent for life. Such characters 
are wholly within the domain of vicious and dangerous animals. Every 
State should have a board of charities and corrections, which .should 
devote its whole time to the care of charitable and penal institutions. 
It should have judicial power, and rank with courts in dignity. 
Gen. It. Brinkerhoff, in approving the report, said that the method 
of treating the criminal should be the same as with the insane, but he 
objected to paying the members of the State boards salaries and giv- 
ing them executive power, which would make the office a political one. 
Gen. E. C. Foster, of the Department of Justice, at Washington, sug- 
gested that there should be a uniform system for the identification of 
convicts throughout the United States. Gen. Foster said, also, that a 
“prison bill” for the establishment of three United States prisons—one 
in the far West, one in the Middle States, and one in the Eastern States— 
had passed through the House and had been recommended by the Sen- 
ate committee; that there was also at Washington a Prison Bureau for 
the purpose of collecting and collating prison statistics, and for carry- 
ing out the Bertillon system. This bill has beeu reported favorably. 
Prof. Dr.Eoland P.Falkner, in his address on “Criminal Statistics,” 
says that the clearly defined functions of statistics is the observation 
of large numbers; its proof is not complete until it has embraced all* 
possible causes. Its office is to prove on a large scale what in a lim- 
ited field has been suspected; its proof is therefore a necessary comple- 
ment to the researches in criminal anthropology. The preparation of 
statistics should be in the hands of a central office. The secretary or 
statistician should prepare an annual report which should give tables 
showing the number of prisoners of each race, sex, age, etc., at each 
separate institution. The following is an illustration of a statistical 
card: 
ANNUAL STATISTICS OF PRISONERS. 
MALES. 
Name and location of institution, s—. 
Number of card, , 
Name and number of inmates, , When received 
1. White. Colored, Chinese. Indian. Mexican. 
2. Birthplace of inmate (state or foreign country), 102 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
3. Birthplace of inmate’s father, . 
4. Birthplace of inmate’s mother, . 
5. Age at last birthday previous to . Date of birth, . 
6. Single. Married. Widower. Divorced. 
7. Occupation before commitment, . 
8. Able to read. Able to write. Number of years at school. 
9. Crime for which sentenced, . 
10. Length of sentence, . Indeterminate sentences: Years, , months, 
, days . 
11. Number of previous convictions to state institutions, . . 
Rev. Fred H. Wines says as to the parole system: “That unless you 
have the mark and grade system honestly carried out in prison and 
keep it from political and outside influence, and make it almost a crime 
on the part of a director to consider an outside application, and unless 
you make the parole dependent on the accurate prison record of the 
prisoner, you would better have no parole system.” 
Warden A. A. Brush, of Sing Sing, JT. Y., made the report of the 
standing committee on prison discipline. Among other things he says: 
Before entering upon the discussion we will consider the classes of men in our 
prisons, and the causes which led them there. A large number are in our prisons 
because they had no proper discipline in the family ; free indulgence of parents; or 
parents deceive their children in small things, which causes evil habits in the child 
where an early training lasts for a lifetime. 
The large proportion of onr prison population are guilty of crime against 
property. 
We have at Sing Sing 2 inmates for advertising counterfeit money; 11 for arson; 
372 for burglary; 5 for carrying burglars’tools; G for destroying property; 48 for 
forgery; 46 for grand larceny; 1 for horse stealing; 31 for receiving stolen goods— 
in all, 922. 
We have 171 for crimes against both person and property, and 292 for crimes 
against the person. Sixty of these are for manslaughter, 52 for murder, 39 for rape, 
101 for assault to harm, 18 for assault to kill. 
The terms of sentence, excepting 65, who are for life, average five years and six 
mouths and twenty-five days. 
The previous occupations of the men arc as various as their crimes. Two hundred 
and fifty occupations are represented in the Sing Sing prison: 22 bakers, 22 bar- 
tenders, 14 blacksmiths, 34 bookkeepers, 10 bricklayers, 20 butchers, 24 carpenters, 
14 cigar-makers, 42 clerks, 31 cooks, 113 drivers, 19 farmers, 11 hostlers, 222 la- 
borers, 14 machinists, 35 peddlers, 10 plumbers, 10 policemen, 31 printers, 23 sailors, 
14 salesmen, 19 shoemakers, 25 stonecutters, 27 tailors, 18 tinsmiths, 64 waiters, 2 
preachers, several Sunday school superintendents, 10 who claim no occupation, 7 
who register as thieves, 3 lawyers, and 3 physicians, and 1 each of the following 
professions: railroad president, reporter, editor, hotel-keeper, sexton, and alderman. 
We had a foreign population of 375. Austria sends us 11, Bermuda 2, Canada 9, 
Cuba 2, Denmark 1, East Indies 2, England 37, Finland 5, France 6, Germany 97, 
Holland 3, Hungary 3, Ireland 111, Italy 36, Mexico 1, Nova Scotia 3, Poland 15, 
Portugal 1, Greece 2, Russia 10, Scotland 6, Sweden 5, Switzerland 2, Wales 1, West 
Indies 1, and Spain 2. The crimes of the 36 Italians are nearly all against the per- 
son. We have nearly 100 Hebrews, almost all for crimes against property. The 
ages of the prisoners vary from 15 to 70. The average age is less than 28. Only 56 
are over 50 years of age; 1,281 are white, 103 black, 2 Indian, and 2 Chinese. One 
thousand two hundred and forty-eight of our inmates had a common school educa- 
tion, 13 had an academic education, 6 a collegiate education, leaving only 120 un- CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
103 
educated out of 1,383 nowin Sing Sing; 1,056 are there for the first time. The 
number of the employed when the crime was committed and that of the unem- 
ployed is about equal. The number received in the prison during the last fiscal 
year was 865. Of these 24 had been in a Catholic Protectory, 23 were graduates of 
the Elmira Reformatory, 1 of the Massachusetts Reform School, and 1 of the New 
Jersey Reform School; 766 had attended Sunday school when hoys, 865 were brought 
up at home, and 3by strangers. Only 23 per cent of the number had been in this 
prison before, while 31 per cent had been in other penal institutions. 
I have given these few statistics to show the difficulty that surrounds prison dis- 
cipline. 
Owing to the fact that the worst criminals have the best conduct, it is difficult to 
judge what their conduct will he when released from prison, and this is the strongest 
argument for the indefinite sentence. For if a man is to be released upon his good 
behavior in the prison and his apparent reformation while there, we may, and very 
likely will, release many of our worst criminals, while men of lesser tact, who 
transgress the rules from a want of firmness and decision, would remain in prison for 
a long time, if not for life. 
Work—the first thing necessary for prison discipline—should be the same as done 
outside of prison, where the prisoner can see something grow under his hands. 
Punishment for disobedience to the regulations of the prison must be severe, cer- 
tain, and the same to every inmate, for the prisoner will always claim exact justice. 
The severer the punishment the less it will have to be resorted to. No discipline is 
complete that does not give the prisoners a fair education. Every man discharged 
should be able to read and widte. The deputy warden is the only officer, except the 
warden, who should be allowed to punish a prisoner. 
The keepers of a prison should be selected by the warden, and never for political 
or charitable reasons. A keeper not interested in his vocation, except for the salary, 
is worthless. The warden is entirely responsible for the discipline of the prison, 
and his power over officers should be absolute. An aid to discipline is the granting 
of privileges to the prisoners, such as writing or receiving letters, receiving visits 
from parents, and luxuries occasionally. These privileges can keep up what is best 
in a man, and the temporary deprivation of them will aid in keeping the unruly in 
order. 
Those who are in the habit of using tobacco, I would give tobacco. This aids 
greatly in keeping up discipline. Prisoners should be made to feel that officers are 
desirous of benefiting them. 
Mr. 7i. E, Brockway, superintendent of Elmira Eeformatory, says: 
In the main I heartily agree with this report, but I do not believe that the diffi- 
culty of determining the reformation of the criminal is an argument against the in- 
determinate sentence. Certainly the officer in charge of the'prison can better 
determine his progress towards reformation than can the judge at the date of his 
trial and conviction. But, as a matter of fact, there is no difficulty, under a proper 
system, of determining the fitness of a man for free life. There are three conditions: 
(I) A perfect record, not only in demeanor but in school work and in labor. 
(2) Then ho must have a trade or occupation, and arrangement must be made for 
him in society outside for entering under favorable conditions. 
(3) Then he must have that impalpable something about him which inspires con- 
fidence in him. It does not seem difficult to me at all to decide as to his fitness. 
Privileges under the indeterminate sentence are not necessary as a means of disci- 
pline, for you always have the supreme motive of liberty. You may deprive and 
indulge a prisoner by privileges without very much regard to its effect. On admis- 
sion, a prisoner should be entirely cut off, for a time, from his old life. For he does 
not realize he is in prison. There should be no letters, visits, scarf pins, neckties, 
handkerchiefs, candy, tobacco, goodie-goodies (oh, the stuff!), or he will live out- 
side, his thoughts will be outside, and he can not be got into the grind of the system 104 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
that has been established for his improvement. At first he must be cut off entirely 
from the outside world. This is vastly better than to let the men retain their old 
associations immediately, especially as not more than 7 to 10 per cent come from 
good families, 30 per cent have no families at all, and to the rest it is a matter of 
indifference. As to officers, it is impossible to obtain the best men. I desire intel- 
ligent, and, above all, disciplined officers, who, like soldiers, will obey; a human 
machine. lam experimenting in the gradation of prisoners, not only at Sing Sing 
prison, but to official position in our own institution. Under the military system I 
have tried the experiment in the use of prisoners promoted to officers in the fust 
grade, putting them on the pay-rolls. We have thirty-five on duty. They are vastly 
superior to citizens, for they have been trained themselves. 
Mr. W. M. F. Round: In regard to judging as to the fitness of a man to release, 
it is a fact that if the rules are properly made and enforced, even if a man obeys for 
hie own selfish end, ho is constantly fitting himself better to go out into society than 
the man avlio does not obey the rules. Keeping a strict record for a year, we found 
little less than 17 per cent of Elmira graduates falling back into their old habits. 
Dr. H. D. Wey, of the Elmira Reformatory, in his paper on “Crim- 
inal Anthropology,” gives a careful survey of the general points in the 
scientific study of crime. 
Dr. Wey is inclined to the most advanced views of criminology. In 
speaking of the physical characteristics of criminals, he points to the 
pallor of the skin due to indoor life of the prisoner; he shows that prison 
life has inhibitory action upon the heart, due to a discontinuance of the 
use of tobacco, as at Elmira, and alcoholics, and to a substitution of a 
methodical and rythmical manner of living, plain and unstimulating 
food, instead of insufficient and improper food, late hours, sexual 
excesses with associated dissipations. 
He has repeatedly observed at adolescence large and prominent 
nipples surrounded by areolas that were pigmented more than usual. 
Mammary glands as large as a hickory nut have been observed in some; 
there was a periodicity of turgescence of this rudimentary organ, accom- 
panied by the secretion of an opaque fluid and a sensation of fullness 
and weight referred to the region of the nipple. 
The genitals of this class of persons are somewhat developed; the 
sexual sense is usually intense. Prison life does not repress this sense; 
physical conditions are as difficult to control as the craving for intoxi- 
cants; in general, Dr. Wey holds that criminality is a collateral degen- 
eracy, in the same category as insanity and inebriety. 
Dr. William T. Harris, United States Commissioner of Education, 
read an excellent paper entitled, “The philosophy of crime and pun- 
ishment.” Dr. Harris, among other things, says: 
I shall address yon on the philosophy of crime and punishment from the side of 
literature and education. Crime is the attack made by the individual against the 
social whole. In the course of ages the state has learned how to measure crime and 
inflict due punishment; it has discovered that this can be done by returning the deed 
upon the doer. But the new penology has by degrees moved forward to a platform 
higher than that of abstract justice. In the name of humanity in general, whose 
image the criminal wears, we add reformatory measures to punishment, and strive 
so to modify the punishments that they shall not neutralize the reformatory efforts. 
The intellectual insight is reformatory in proportion to its clearness. Habit reiin- CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
105 
forces intellectual conviction, and liere is the great force of military training; liahit 
makes a second nature. In the present age individual restraints have been removed 
to such an extent that there is less temptation for that kind of crime which formerly 
showed itself in open revolt against government. The criminals are mostly weak- 
lings, who can not use properly the.freedom that is given to all classes of society; 
their immature development in responsibility does not need justice; it needs nur- 
ture, the principle of the family, and the educative function. Educative efforts 
increase self-help. It is found that the weakling class, that conies into jails and 
insane asylums, is disproportionately large from illiterate classes. The assertion 
that with education crime increases is misleading. In 1870 an investigation of the 
returns of seventeen states showed eight times as many criminals from the illiterate 
stratum of the population as from an equal number of the population Avho could 
read and write. This investigation' included 110,000 prisoners. A recent study 
uudertakeu by the United States Bureau of Education shows that in the thirty 
prisons reporting for 1888 three and one-fourth times as many criminals came from 
the illiterate as their quota allowed. The two pillars of school education are good 
behavior and the bourse of study; here habits of regularity, punctuality, silence, and 
industry are encouraged; these are elementary social virtues. Courtesy and obedi- 
ence to rules are direct disciplines to prepare the child for a law-abiding manhood. 
All kinds of schools are necessary in dealing with the weakling class of the com- 
munity, and manual training is one of the best additions made to the curriculum 
for the prevention and cure of crime. 
THIRD SESSION OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS FOR CRIMI- 
NAL ANTHROPOLOGY AT BRUSSELS. AUGUST, 1892. 
The distinctive feature of the third session of the International Con- 
gress for Criminal Anthropology is the prominent part that jurists and 
lawyers took in its debates and deliberations. This alliance of the 
legal with the scientific is an opportune one, for it brings into promi- 
nence the practical application of the results of criminological studies. 
The congress for criftiinal anthropology should be sharply dis- 
tinguished from the international congress for prison and penitentiary 
systems. The former consjsts almost entirely of university professors, 
jurists, and scientific specialists; the latter of prison wardens and 
others who have had to do with the practical side of the prevention or 
repression of crime. This division of labor in the common contest 
against crime, for the benefit of the state and humanity, is logical as 
well as practical, for it enables both to accomplish the work better. 
To say winch congress is of the greater importance to society would 
not only be hazardous, but impossible. Certain it is that both are of 
the highest significance. The programme of the congress for criminal 
anthropology, or, in a word, criminology, was divided under a few 
heads; first, criminology in general, then more especially the psychology 
and psycho-pathology of criminals entering into morbid or diseased 
conditions. The division under criminal sociology points to the politi- 
cal and economical side of crime. Under the head of legal and admin- 
istrative applications of criminology came considerations that form, the 
link between the two congresses. 106 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
To obtain a general idea of the congress, wo stall enter at once into 
the deliberations and conclusions of its members. 
Dimitri Drill, publicist at Moscow, in bis report as to the fundamen- 
tal principles of criminal anthropology or criminology, traced the origin 
of the school to Gall, its grandfather, and to a Lombroso, the father 
and founder.” In speaking of the Italian school, he acknowledged the 
great merits of Lombroso, but could not follow him in all his opinions. 
His resume of the principles and tendencies of the school of criminal 
anthropology is as follows: 
(I) Criminology renounces entirely the law of retaliation as end, 
principle, or basis of nil judicial punishment. The basis and purpose 
of punishment is the necessity of protecting society against the sad 
consequences of crime, either by moral reclamation of the criminal or 
by his separation from society; punishment is not to satisfy vengeance. 
(2) In criminology it is not sufficient to study the fact of crime; the 
criminal himself must be_ considered; it becomes necessary to define 
the causes which produce crime, to study the sphere of action of the 
criminal as well as measures for the safety of society against his acts. 
Criminology does not study the criminal in the abstract and speculate 
over his guilt or responsibility; but it analyzes him according to results 
purely scientific,, and with the aid of exact methods which apply 
equally to the investigation of other phenomena. 
(3) In crime the results of two factors are seen reciprocally reacting: 
hi st, the individual peculiarities from the nature of the criminal or his 
psycho physical organization, then the peculiarities of external influ- 
ences as climate, nature of country, and social surroundings. 
(4) Relying upon exact results, criminology reveals the criminal as 
an organization more or less unfortunate, vicious, impoverished, ill-bal- 
anced, defective, and so not adapted to struggle with surrounding con- 
ditions, and consequently incapable of maintaining this struggle in 
legally established ways. This defect of adaptation for the majority 
is not absolute, but varies with the conditions. 
(5) The causes of crime fall into three categories: (a) immediate, 
which arise from the character of the criminal; {b) more remote, which 
are hidden in his unfavorable surroundings, under the influence ol 
which organic peculiarities are developed into more or less constant 
criminal agents; (c) predisposing causes which push these ill-propor- 
tioned and viciously developed organizations towards crime. 
(6) Thus basing crime upon scientific grounds, criminology has as 
its purpose a fundamental study of the actual criminal and his crimes 
as ordinary phenomena, which it must investigate throughout their 
whole extent, from their genesis to their full growth and final develop- 
ment. Thus the phenomenon of crime is united with great social 
questions. 
(7) Based upon these principles, criminology logically recognizes an 
absence of good sense in repressive measures determined in advance as 107 
CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
to tlieir duration ami specific character. Criminology, on the contrary, 
affirms the necessity of studying individual peculiarities, before render- 
ing decisions in advance. The term of punishment should endure so 
long as the causes exist which necessitate it; it should cease as soon 
as the causes do. 
Manouvrier, who is professor in the anthropological school at Paris, 
and the well-known opponent of Lombroso’s criminal type, in his paper 
on the comparative study of criminals and normal men, did not find 
any real distinctive differences except in surrounding conditions, which 
modify the associations or combinations of habitudes and correlatively 
the anatomical conformation. 
Dr. Lacassagne, professor at Lyons, in discussing th'e primordial 
sentiments of criminals, distinguished three classes: The frontals, 
(intellectual), the parietals or impulsive class, and the occipitals or the 
emotional class; the brain is an agglomeration of instincts which at a 
given moment can have a special function, and it is the preponderance 
of one of these instincts which can control the whole situation; this 
explains the want of reflection and of prudence in criminals; cerebral 
equilibrium, on the contrary, indicates virtue. The occipital instincts 
are in close relations with the viscera, and so with nutrition; hence the 
importance of these as social factors. This indicates that in the future 
it may be necessary to found the theory of criminality upon cerebral 
function. 
One of the most important papers in the Congress was that on 
uMorbid Criminal Possession” by Dr. Magnan, physician and superin- 
tendent of the Ste. Anne Insane Asylum at Paris. Such a morbid 
possession consists generally of an idea isolated and independent of 
the ordinary course of thought; it is a mode of activity in the brain, in 
which a word or image imposes itself upon the mind, apart from the 
volition; in the normal state, this idea or possession gives no special 
uneasiness, but in abnormal persons it can produce a painful agony 
and become irresistible. In the normal state the possession is transi- 
tory and generally easy to repress, and does not involve the other 
intellectual operations. But in an abnormal or diseased subject the 
individual can be irresistibly pushed to acts which he consciously dis- 
approves of. Owing to a want of knowledge of such states, judicial 
and medical errors have not been infrequent. Thus a person pushed 
by the possession of the irresistible idea to murder (generally a cher- 
ished friend), although horrified by the thought, commits the act. One 
of Magnan’s patients, when having a premonition of the impulsion 
coming on, would shut herself up in a room until relieved. 
A not uncommon possession is that exemplified in the case of a mer- 
chant, 40 years of age, who during a short stay in Paris entered a 
restaurant and on taking up a journal read the following incident: 
A young lady walking by the side of her father slipped and fell 
down, but without serious accident. The merchant knew neither the 108 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
young lady nor her father. On returning home, these different facts 
came to Ids mind, but one detail was missing: the name of the young 
lady; lie tried to sleep, but in vain; he was possessed with the idea to 
search for this name; his anxiety increased; lie awakens Ids wife who 
sees him pale, anxious, and with perspiration upon his forehead. He 
recounts the story; he recognizes the absurdity of his worry; yet lie 
weeps and runs round the room moaning and constantly repeating 
“What is her name?” He passes the night in this desolation, and 
early in the morning runs to the restaurant, finds the same newspaper 
and reads the divers facts again with the young lady’s name; he 
re-reads the name, repeating it aloud; this calms him and his desire 
is satisfied*. Thus it is with the kleptomaniac, the pyromaniac, and 
those with morbid sexual possessions. 
According to Hr. Ladamo, professor at Geneva, an individual pos- 
sessed with the idea of murder belongs to the group of hereditary 
mental degenerates; such individuals are rare. If it be admitted that 
this morbid possession is frequent, on the other hand it rarely pushes 
to homicide, but is turned towards the individual himself, resulting in 
suicide. Dr. Ladame maintains that heredity is the main predisposing 
cause, but an occasional cause is also necessary, and this is principally 
in the publication of details in great crimes. An acquired predisposi- 
tion is due to alcoholism. It is necessary to distinguish between in- 
sane murderers and those pushed to murder by morbid possessions. 
The latter belong to the large category of those affected by hereditary 
insanity, as dipsomania, kleptomania, etc. The possession of the idea 
of murder is sporadic, but is more frequently found under the form of 
a moral epidemic, resulting from the widespread knowledge of great 
crimes and from capital executions. 
Ho question stirred up more discussion than criminal suggestion. 
While distinguished men were frankly agnostic as to conclusions of their 
colleagues yet it may be said that those who have made the most exper- 
iments on both normal and abnormal subjects are convinced that crim- 
inal suggestion and hypnotism can be produced experimentally, and 
actually do occur in society. 
Dr. Voisin, physician at La Salpetriere, who is especially qualified to 
speak in regard to hypnotism, especially as to its therapeutical value, 
maintained that criminal suggestibility in the waking or hypnotic state 
is intimately connected with debility or mental degeneracy of the iudvid- 
ualto whom the suggestion is given. There is a small number capable 
of committing criminal acts upon the example of degenerated impulsive 
individuals. The penal responsibility of an individual having commit- 
ted a. crime under the influence of hypnotic suggestion should be de- 
clared* null, conforming to the French penal code (article 64), which 
says: “There is neither crime nor misdemeanor, if the accused was in 
a state of dementia at the timeof the act, or if he has been constrained 
by a force which he could not resist.” As to its therapeutical value, CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
hypnotism in the hands of a physician can give admirable results. It 
can also save from crime and from the condemnation of the innocent, 
as well as from disease. 
109 
Dr. B6rillon, editor of the “ Eevue de PHypnotisme,” as a result of 
his own investigations and experiments in criminal suggestion, believes 
he is justified in concluding that certain individuals present in the 
waking state such a suggestibility that it would be possible to make 
them execute automatically and unconsciously, when under the influ- 
ence of verbal suggestion, misdemeanors or crimes. If it is shown 
that the accused acted under such suggestions, he should not be held 
responsible. On the other hand, authors of crimiual suggestions should 
be held guilty in the same way as those who by abuse of authority or 
power or by machinations provoke the accomplishment of a crime or 
misdemeanor, or simply give instructions to commit it (French penal 
code, article 00). 
Neither Prof. Benedikt, of Vienna, nor Prof. Mendel, of Berlin, be- 
lieve in the existence of crime by suggestion. Dr. Masoin, professor 
at Louvain, answered that negations can not prevail in the presence of 
facts. Yoisin insisted again on his opinion, since by hypnotism he had 
saved from condemnation a woman, to whom a crime had been sug- 
gested. Dr. Houze, professor of anthropology at Brussels, believed 
that hysteria could be cured by hypnotism and that certainly it could 
be ameliorated; he believed also in the reality of criminal suggestion. 
Judge Tarde, of Sarlat, in France, well known as the author of “ The 
Laws of Imitation” and of “Social and Penal Philosophy,” gave with 
his usual analytical finesse a curious and paradoxical discourse on the 
“ Crimes of Crowds.” Morally and intellectually men in throngs are less 
valuable than in detail, that is, social collectivity, especially when it 
takes the form of a crowd, is morally inferior to the average individual 
in the crowd; thus a nation is not as moral as its normal “citizen” 
type; the public are not as moral as the individuals which compose it. 
The collective spirit, which we call parliament or congress, is not equal 
in rapid or sure power of functioning, or in profoundness or amplitude 
of deliberation, to the spirit of the most mediocre of its members, whence 
the proverb: senatores bonivici, senatns autem mala hestia. Even a lib- 
eral sect will become intolerant and despotic; a crowd, still more so; in 
both cases despotism in any event is much more intolerant and despotic 
than among a majority of the members. Why ? Because the contiguity 
and concentration of opinions are molded into conviction and faith, 
which became fanatical; that which was a simple desire in the individ- 
ual becomes a. passion in the crowd. The crowd is a retrograde social 
organism; no matter how perfect, it is passionate, not rational. The 
more collective a crime the less it is punished. The best police force 
can not suppress the brutality of the crowd, unless the press cease to 
publish that which produces excitation to crime or misdemeanor. The 
jury will not punish such crimes, especially when they have a political 110 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
color. Thus the necessity of an exclusive criminal magistrature is 
shown. The punishment should be, above all, as an example. The 
individual should be punished in the measure that his impunity is 
dangerous. 
Dr. Coutague, medical expert at Lyons, in his paper on the influence 
of the profession on criminality, advocated the increase of penalty where 
the nature of the profession aggravates the crime, as in the case of 
abortion by physicians. Following the principle of social necessity, the 
penalties for the use of injurious substances in food, defamation of 
character by journalists, etc., should be increased. 
The respective importance of anthropological and social elements in 
the determination of penalty was considered by Dr. Gauckler; he 
showed that the essential function of criminal law is to prevent crime 
by intimidation, and that this function is conditioned exclusively by 
social elements 5 a secondary function is to be assured as to the u innoc- 
uity ” of a flrst offender, and also in some degree to repair the prejudice 
from which a victim suffers. 
Prof. Yon Lisztyof the University of Halle, in considering the appli- 
cations of criminal anthropology, said that the most important one is 
subordination to criminal sociology. The profound difference between 
criminals by nature and by occasion is a result that can be immediately 
applied to legislation. Among the delinquents by nature are found a 
large number of degenerated individuals especially marked by heredity. 
Punition must seek to combat and ameliorate the criminal by degener- 
acy; if the criminal is young, the most preferable measures are those 
of education. Whether the criminal is incurable or not society must 
be protected against him and he must be protected against himself. 
Whether the criminal is responsible or not he must in any event be 
placed where it is impossible for him to do injury if he is dangerous to 
life or property. 
Prof. Benedikt submitted the following resolution, that anthropolog- 
ical and biological studies are indispensable for the placing of penal 
legislation upon solid foundations. 
Prof. Yan Hamel, of Amsterdam, in his report on measures applicable 
to the incorrigible, concluded that the principal indication of incorrigi- 
bility is recidivation; against recidivists penalty should assume the 
character of social defense, on account of the danger; there should be 
indeterminate detention for the incorrigible; there should be periodic 
deliberations as to such cases, and a large latitude left to competent 
authority, which should be judiciary. 
In treating of the same question, Prof. Alimeua held to the idea of 
long and increased imprisonment proportionate to the number of crimes; 
and for those guilty of small misdemeanors, especially with recidivists, 
an abolition of short terms of punishment, and a. substitution of oblig- 
atory labor in special institutions, in companies for work and in inte- 
rior colonization. There should be perxmtual relegation or deportation 
for criminals who have x>assed the maximum of recidivation. CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY. 
Prof. Thiry, of Liege, held to the word incorrigible in the relative 
sense; for him the basis of incorrigibility is the permanent moral in- 
fluence to which the individual succumbs; he did not believe in per- 
petual, but in indeterminate, detention; there was also no necessity for 
judiciary intervention to prolong or interfere with the detention, as 
administrative responsibility and the supervision already in use were 
sufficient to prevent arbitrary action. 
Dr. Mans formulated his conclusions as follows: The measures to be 
taken in regard to hardened recidivists should be, first, those that are 
best known; to send into the prison asylums those whose recidivation 
has a pathological cause; to increase considerably and in a gradual 
manner the duration of the punishment until it becomes perpetual for 
the serious crimes; finally to render repression more subjective by 
applying it with a view to reformation, according to the state of the 
criminal and the nature of the crime. Such a difficult task requires 
not only specialists with experience and knowledge of insanity, but 
perhaps it can not be accomplished without the aid of sincere devotion 
and sacrifice. Prevention also plays a role in combatting the social 
causes of recidivation, as degeneracy, alcoholism, prostitution, misery, 
etc.; these factors render vain in great part the efforts of the peniten- 
tiary, producing more recidivists than the penitentiary can correct. 
Prof. Prins, of Brussels, who is the general inspector of prisons, 
placed the indeterminate sentence under two heads; delinquency for 
misery and for degeneracy; but in regard to repression proper, he saw 
great practical difficulties for those who are incorrigible and criminal 
by passion. As to the liberation of the incorrigible, relatively speak- 
ing, the appreciation of a judge or administrator is not sufficient guar- 
antee. The solution of the question of the incorrigible lies in a pro- 
gressive aggravation of punishment; and it is especially necessary to 
renounce prison luxury. 
Dr. Paul Gamier, chief of the “ Prefecture de Police” of 
Paris, in considering the necessity of a psycho-moral examination of 
certain accused persons as a duty of the court, said, if it is deemed 
excessive to ask judicial authorities to organize a medical inspection 
for the accused—which does not take the place of the medico-legal 
expert, but designates to him the cases to be inquired into—it is never- 
theless a necessity in presence of frequent judicial errors. A magis- 
trate intrusted with so delicate a mission as to decide whether a medico- 
legal expert is needed should at least possess certain indispensible 
notions of a scientific order to make such decision. If the judge orders 
experts, he should be able to judge of their utility and to control the 
results through special knowledge; but such special knowledge neces- 
sary for the interpretation of scientific facts is outside the domain of a 
magistrate, however brilliant and judicious he may be. OH APT Eli IY. 
ALCOHOLISM. 
Alcoholism may be considered briefly, first, in its general bearings, 
and, second, as a form of insanity. The relation between alcoholism, 
crime, pauperism, and charity is most intimate. For example, a certain 
young criminal, who tried to kill an aged woman, without provocation, 
said that when he was six years of age his father used to return home 
drunk, striking his mother and throwing sticks of wood at him. He 
stood it for awhile, but afterward left home, and though not a thief 
was compelled to steal for a living; was sent to a juvenile asylum, and, 
after leaving, went among‘farmers to live under their care, being kindly 
treated by a very few, whipped, and otherwise roughly treated by 
many. Remaining a mouth or so with different farmers, he finally 
developed into a tramp, and leaving all farmers wandered two years, 
stealing, eating, and sleeping wherever ho could. Thus alcohol gave 
the initiatory to thieving. Charity endeavored to counteract these 
effects (result of six years of unfavorable surroundings) in two years, 
but the evil forces acquired,by early treatment had gained too strong 
a foothold, and the following stages were tramping, pauperism, and 
crime. Such cases are typical, and almost wholly the result of evil 
surroundings, for which society is culpable, and for which she suffers 
dearly, both morally and financially. The alcoholic may be a good 
workman when sober, but from irregularity he loses his position and 
gradually becomes a pauper. A sad fact in connection with alcoholism 
is that often the kindest and most genial natures are for this very 
reason ruined through the unintentional influence of friends, for they 
are unable to resist the so-called feeling of good •fellowship when 
drinking together. From the ethical point of view, it is questionable 
whether one has the right to take the chances of causing another to 
fall. It is better to forego the physical, intellectual, or social pleasure of 
indulging in any luxury or non-necessity than to aid in the physical, 
moral, or social ruin of a fellow-being. 
The relation of ethics to all these forms of abnormal humanity is as 
direct as it is diversified. It is ethically questionable whether it is 
right to give to beggars; for by so doing we encourage them by vir- 
tually paying them to beg, and if not already paupers they can be 
made so by a mistaken philanthropy. It is a common saying and prac- 
112 ALCOHOLISM. 
113 
tice of Americans traveling in Europe to give every beggar u a cent to 
get rid of him.” This, of course, has just the opposite effect. 
All these abnormal forms of humanity are different degrees of evil 
or wrong, the highest of which is crime. They are all links of one 
chain. This chain is that which we denote by the words evil, bad, 
unjust, wrong, etc. 
These forms, to wit, criminality, alcoholism, pauperism, etc., may all 
be considered under the head of u charitological.” Thus the different 
institutions, such as prisons, insane asylums, inebriate and orphan 
asylums, institutions for the blind, deaf and dumb, and defectives; 
hospitals, dispensaries, relief for the poor in any form; church missions, 
and different forms of philanthropical work are, of course, charitable hi 
their purpose. The difference between these institutions is one of de- 
gree, as an examination of the inmates would soon show. The pauper 
may be or may have been a criminal or insane or alcoholic, or the crim- 
inal may be or may have been a pauper or insane or alcoholic, and so on* 
The close relation of alcoholism to insanity is shown by the state- 
ment of a specialist (Krafft-Ebing) that all forms of insanity, from mel- 
ancholia to imbecility, are found in alcoholism. It is artificial; it be- 
gins with a slight maniacal excitation; thoughts flow lucidly, the quiet 
become loquacious, the modest bold; there is need of muscular action; 
the emotions are manifest in laughing, singing, and dancing. Now the 
cesthetical ideas and moral impulses are lost control of, the weak side 
of the individual is manifested, his secrets revealed; he is dogmatic, 
cruel, cynical, dangerous; he insists that he is not drunk, just as the 
insane insists on his sanity. Then his mind becomes weak, his con- 
sciousness dim, illusions arise; he stammers, staggers, and like a 
paralytic his movements are uncertain. 
The principal character of these mental disturbances consists in a 
moral and intellectual weakness; ideas become lax as to honor and 
decorum. There is a disregard of the duties of family and citizenship. 
Irritability is a concomitant; the slightest thing causes suspicion and 
anger which is uncontrollable. There is a weakness of will to carry 
out good resolutions, and a consciousness of this leads some to request 
to be placed in an asylum, for they are morally certain in advance that 
they can not resist temptation. Thus one has been known to have his 
daughter carry his wages home, as he could not pass a saloon on the 
way without going in if he had any money with him. Now it is a 
weakness of memory, a difficulty in the chain of thought and a weak 
perception, until imbecility is reached. 
There may be disturbances in brain circulation, causing restless 
sleep, anxious dreams, confusion, dizziness, headache. Such circula- 
tory disturbances in the sense-organs can give rise to hallucinations. 
There is a trembling in hands, face, lips, and tongue. In short, there 
is a gradual mental and bodily degeneration. 
From the medical point of view, a cure is generally doubtful, for in 114 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
private life total abstinence is impossible. The patient must be placed 
in an insane asylum, or better, in a hospital for inebriates, where total 
abstinence can be enforced. Patients with delirium tremens especially 
need the most careful hospital treatment. The principal directions are 
conservation of strength and cerebral quiet, strong unirritating diet, 
and mild laxatives, etc. Such in general is considered to be the best 
medical treatment. A certain French specialist (Magnan) says that a 
dipsomaniac is insane to drink; but the drunkard is insane after he 
has drunk. 
VIEWS OF DR. A. BAER ON DRUNKENNESS. 
The* simplest things are not the most simple when studied. The 
good and sincere total-abstinence advocate has a high moral aim in 
view, and shows his loyalty by his sacrificial spirit, and thinks his 
case so clear and simple that he never doubts it. 
To insist on total abstinence from wine in France and beer in Ger- 
many is like objecting to the use of coffee and tea in England or 
America. The question of total abstinence is manifestly a local one; 
it is relative to the country, or even State, city, or town. To insist 
that drinking is either right or wrong in the absolute sense is an 
attempt to make the relative absolute, which is a contradiction. There 
are two distinct questions, the purely ethical and the purely scientific; 
and while they are separated for convenience, they are in reality to- 
gether, for in the end the facts decide the “ought.” The practical 
ethical question seems to turn on this point: to what extent the use 
of a thing should be prohibited when it is abused. Many ethical diffi- 
culties are not between good and evil, but between two evils, as to 
which is the lesser. Yet it must bo admitted that total abstinence is 
the safest course. 
It will be interesting to follow one of the recent European investiga- 
tors, Dr. A. Baer,1 of the Imperial Board of Health, and chief prison 
physician at Berlin. 
In the past, wine was used almost wholly by the well-to-do classes, 
and beer was of such a nature that harm was out of the question. 
Excessive use of alcohol first began with the art of distillation, and 
with the obtaining of strong concentrated whisky from corn, potatoes, 
and the like. With the universalizing of the use of whisky, a series 
of phenomena have appeared, which are designated by the word 
“alcoholism.” 
The climate is an important factor. Drunkenness is more frequent 
in cold than in warm countries, and is more brutal and injurious in 
its effects as we go north. Yet this is not always true, for within the 
last ten years alcoholism lias greatly decreased in Sweden, and in- 
creased in southern France and northern Italy. In tropical regions it 
is at present spreading first, and with great injury, especially in newly- 
Wie Trmksucht and Hire Jhwchr, von Ur. A. Baer. Wien uud Leipzig, 1890. 115 
ALCOHOLISM. 
discovered lands. The accustoming one’s self to -the use of alcohol 
causes, sooner or later, a feeling of need for it; alcoholism is not, there- 
fore, an inborn instinctive need, but an acquired one. Experience 
teaches that the longer this vice exists in a nation the greater the vice 
becomes. Persons who misuse alcoholic drinks, especially whisky, 
often become sick and die sooner than the moderate drinkers and non- 
drinkers. When alcohol is taken habitually, and when misused, it 
injures the whole constitution; all tissues and organs, and especially 
the blood, suffer sooner or later a pathological change, with which 
susceptibility to disease is increased. Alcohol intoxication not only 
calls out diseases and disturbances that the nondrinker does not have, 
but it gives rise to a greater morbidity. It is an old experience that 
in epidemics of cholera, dysentery, and small-pox, drinkers are attacked 
in larger numbers, and with greater intensity, than nondrinkers. The 
bad constitution of the blood, the weakness of the changed heart- 
muscles, the sunken energy of the nervous functions, and the frequent 
accompanying disease of the brain, give a bad course to every disease, 
and a high mortality. The greater mortality of drinkers, as compared 
with non drinkers, is shown by the figures of the “United Kingdom 
Temperance and General Provident Association,” an insurance com- 
pany founded since 1847: 
• 
Tear. 
Total abstainers. 
General division. 
Deaths 
expected. 
Actual 
deaths. 
Deaths 
expected. 
Actual 
deaths. 
1866-1870 
549 
411 
1,008 
944 
1871 1875 
723 
511 
1,268 
1,330 
1876-1880 
933 
651 
1,185 
1,480 
1881-1885 
1,179- 
835 
1,670 
1,530 
1886-1887 
553 
390 
713 
700 
Total 
3,937 
2, 798 
6,144 
5, 984 
In the “Total abstainers’ division,” 71 per cent of the expected 
death s occurred; in the “General division,” 97 per cent. Other com- 
panies give similar figures. 
Sweden, which, up to recent times, was considered the most drunken 
land, owed this state of things principally to the excess of small saloons 
and to a very small tax on whisky. The great decrease in the num- 
ber of these saloons, in connection with an increase of the whisky tax 
and with a temperance movement, has lessened drunkenness to a great 
extent. As the use of whisky decreased, the number of sick and dead 
from alcoholism lessened also. In Norway, also, a bad legislation had 
a similar effect in spreading drunkenness. With the decrease of con- 
sumption of whisky, that of beer increased; and no land has shown 
more improvement through the decrease of drunkenness than Norway. 
In Russia the alcohol consumption is great in certain parts, but in 
Russia as a whole it is not so considerable as one would expect from 
the amount of alcoholism. The results of the abuse of alcohol are in a 
great measure due to the climate and the social condition of the 116 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
masses. Besides tlie raw climate, there is an insufficient nourishment, 
almost wholly vegetable, which drives to whisky; this is not taken 
in small quantities, and regularly, as in other nations, but seldom, and 
in large quantities, on holidays (ninety-six yearly), in family celebra- 
tions, in market-days. Eecently alcoholism has decreased. In Hol- 
land, with its wet, foggy climate and great number of seaports, there 
has always been a large consumption of alcohol, increased by the ex- 
ceedingly large number of licensed places, and especially from the fact 
that whisky is sold in many kinds of business (baker’s, hairdresser’s, 
etc.); as a consequence, there is a groat increase of insanity through 
dipsomania and delirium tremens. In France, in former centuries, 
alcoholism was hardly known so long as wine was the alcoholic drink. 
But by the great exportation of wine, and by the recent appearance of 
oidium and phylloxera, and a like alcohol production from turnips, 
corn, meal, and potatoes, the alcohol consumption has gradually 
increased, and its consequent misuse has followed. The consumption 
of alcohol has more than trebled within fifty-five years. Where wine 
is least used there is the greatest consumption of whisky. The num- 
ber of suicides is directly proportional to the increase in alcohol con- 
sumption. The number of fatal accidents due to alcohol has shown 
a constant increase. 
In Italy the consumption of alcohol is, on the whole, very small. 
It is larger in the northern provinces; more recently it has in- 
creased as the consumption of wine has decreased. In Austria 
the consumption of beer is decreasing, while that of whisky is 
increasing. In Germany the consumption of both beer and whisky 
has been increasing. The use of beer, as compared with whisky, 
varies very much in different provinces of Germany: in the east and 
northeast much whisky and little beer; in the west and northwest, 
much of both; in the south, very little whisky, but a great deal of 
beer (Bavaria); the increase of the consumption of whisky is mainly 
due to its large production and very great cheapness. The consump- 
tion of alcoholic drinks within the last ton years, especially strong 
drinks, has been aided by the rapid increase in the number of saloons. 
The relation between drunkenness and crime is not always a parallel 
one. Crime is not alone conditioned by the quantity or intensity of 
intemperance, for it owes its rise to many social conditions also; but 
all these unfavorable conditions are aided by drunkenness, and in this 
sense the abuse of alcohol increases crime very greatly. It can be said 
that with the increase of intemperance and of drinkers (by no means 
identical with the increase of alcoholism) the number of criminals and 
crime increases. Misuse of alcohol means poverty and pauperism, 
which are the main sources of crime. The injury of drunkenness to 
family life can not be reckoned, but daily experience teaches that noth- 
ing disturbs the family life as much; the boys fall into idleness, sloth- 
fulness, and finally into crime; the girls become the booty of pros- 
titution. ALCOHOLISM. 
117 
Some of the preventive means against intemperance are: (1) Educa- 
tion of the children of the working classes in an orderly, industrious, 
and economic life; (2) construction of healthy dwellings for the work- 
ing classes, so that an overcrowded room may no longer encourage 
the workingman to seek the saloon; (3) better food, so that he may not 
be tempted to make up for this want by a temporary supply of whisky, 
which deceives him in causing him to suppose that he is gaining 
strength; (4) public coffee houses, with home-like surroundings, papers 
to read, etc.; (5) formation of temperance societies, which in many 
ways warn others against the evils of intemperance. While the total- 
abstinence societies have done much good, yet a very practical organ- 
ization exists in Switzerland which has three categories of members: 
(a) Those who are total abstainers; (h) those who take the pledge for 
a certain-length of time; and (c) those who assist the society iu a 
financial way. In this way a unified action can be gained, without 
losing the aid of those who are in favor of all efforts against the evil 
of drink, yet are not so rigid personally as to be total abstainers. 
(G) The establishment of inebriate asylums, where the habitual drinker 
may be rescued. 
The state should limit the consumption of whisky to the smallest 
quantity possible, by (1) the lessening of production and the imposing 
of a tax. From experience in Sweden, Norway, Finland, Switzerland, 
and France this has lessened the so-called small house distilleries, 
which have been one of the greatest causes of house drunkenness; 
here whisky is made for local consumption, and, on account of primi- 
tive methods, is of very bad quality. (2) As to the extreme measure 
of prohibition, it can not be carried out in thickly populated states, 
where the intemperance of the people is really great, and it is not 
necessary where drunkenness is not extensive among the people. 
(3) A high tax on whisky. The consumption of alcohol increases in 
proportion to the cheapness of whisky. (4) A moderate tax on the 
lighter alcoholic drinks. Beer is the greatest enemy of whisky; it 
must, therefore, be of good quality and not dear, but strong alcoholic 
beers should be taxed very high; coffee, tea, chocolate, and all neces- 
sary articles of food should be made cheap and of good quality. 
(5) A lessening of the number of licensed places. The need for whisky 
is not a natural one, but artificial. To increase the saloons increases 
the number of drinkers. The whisky trade does not follow the law of 
supply and demand, but rather that of demand and supply. The easier 
it is for every individual to find whisky at all times, places, and prices 
the more he Avill drink until it becomes his unconquerable vice. The 
lessening the number of licensed places, iu connection with a high tax 
on whisky or other strong drinks, is the best means that the state can 
employ for the control and repression of drunkenness, audit is in those 
lands in which political and industrial freedom is valued the most that 
the severest measures against the whisky business are undertaken. 118 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
(6) Punishment of the saloon keeper when he sells to persons already 
drunk or to minors not accompanied hy relatives. (7) Inspection of 
the liquor traffic, both as to place and time of sale. The sale of whisky 
in groceries should be absolutely prohibited, because women with a 
tendency to drink are here very easy victims. 
The repression of public drunkenness by punishment of the drinker 
has been tried in many countries, but with little success. Many things 
are forbidden in the interest of public order and Avell-being, and though 
not necessarily in themselves immoral, produce conditions which easily 
lead to immorality, or are otherwise dangerous to society. Yet it is 
rather cruel to permit saloons at every corner, and cheap whisky, and 
then to punish drunkenness. 
Measures against the habitual drinker are: (1) Placing the drinker 
under guardianship. This course would not differ materially from 
doing the same in case of the spendthrift and the insane. It would 
lessen the chances of wife and family becoming paupers, and would not 
only be for the good of the drinker, but a warning to others. (2) 
Placing in inebriate asylums. In the later stages of habitual drunken- 
ness there is a considerable number of cases of insanity, and the in- 
sanity takes the most different forms, as chronic mania, epileptic 
insanity, delusional insanity, general paralysis, and other phases of 
incurable insanity. In other cases alcoholic excess is a symptom of a 
diseased nervous system, where there was insanity before drinking 
commenced. In the first stages of mania, melancholia, and general 
paralysis many are driven to the use of alcohol. Dipsomania is a form 
of insanity, and is periodic. Besides all these there are a number of 
drinkers on the border line between health and disease, who, on account 
of their inherited mental weakness, and consequent irritableuess 
through overwork, are given to alcoholic excesses. There are a still 
greater number of habitual drinkers who are not insane, but, through 
long abuse of alcohol, can not resist drinking; they reach such a degree 
of volitional and intellectual weakness, of irritability and stupidity, 
indifference to customs and position, and mistrust and carelessness to- 
ward their family, that it is a question whether they are not a common 
danger to society. The number of these persons among those suffer- 
ing from chronic alcoholism is by far the greatest; Gauster1 says 
that they are the most dangerous, because their condition is latent and 
attacks can appear suddenly. Should such drinkers be left to go free 
in life? 
LITERATURE, 
Die Alkoholfrage. Ein Yortrag von G. Bunge, Leipzig, 1887. pp. 24. 
The writer is author of one of the best books ou physiological and 
pathological chemistry, and what he says as to this side of a mooted 
question deserves careful reading. 
1 Jahrh.fiir Psych., 1889, viii, Heft in. 119 
ALCOHOLISM. 
The alcoholic question is above all a physiological one. We know 
that alcohol is consumed; in our body, that it is a source of living force; 
but it does not follow that it is food until this power is shown to aid 
the working of normal functions. We do not know whether the mus- 
cular fibers and nerve cells can utilize alcohol as a source of power. 
Alcohol lessens the heat of the body by working an enlargement of the 
blood vessels in the skin, in consequence of which more Avarm blood 
flows through the cold surface and more heat is given out. The en- 
largement of the blood vessels comes in this way: In the walls of the 
blood vessels there are small ring muscles which are in constant con- 
traction. The cause of this contraction comes from certain nerve fibers 
which run to the ring muscles, and they all have a common center in 
the brain. Alcohol paralyzes this ceuter; the nerve irritation ceases, 
the ring muscles relax, the blood vessels are widened, and the skin 
becomes richer in blood (recognized by the color). The reddening of the 
cheeks after drinking wine, Avhich is the effect of alcohol, is a patholog- 
ical phenomenon. The ordinary man says alcohol warms him in cold 
weather. This is a self-deception; he feels simply the warm blood 
streaming out to the skin in greater quantities. As a matter of fact 
he loses heat. The deception comes perhaps in this way: the brain 
centers which mediate the feeling of cold are stupified by paralysis. 
In general it can be proven that all effects of alcohol which are generally 
designated excitation are in reality only paralytic phenomena. The 
psychical effects are especially so. The brain function, Avhich is first 
weakened, is the clear judgment or critical faculty. In consequence 
the emotional life prevails, freed from the chains of criticism; the man 
becomes open-hearted and careless. But above all the paralytic effect 
of alcohol shows itself in this, that eArery feeling of discomfort and pain 
is benumbed, and especially the bitterest pains, the psychical ones, as 
sorrow and anxiety, wherefore the merry feelings in a drinking com- 
pany. A man never becomes clever through drink. This widespread 
prejudice is also a deception; it is like Arise a symptom of brain paraly- 
sis, Avhere, as self-criticism sinks, self-sufficiency rises and self-control 
is lost. 
He who becomes accustomed to take alcohol regularly is in fact 
better capable of working than if alcohol Avas suddenly taken away 
from him. But this is the case also with other poisons. When mor- 
phine is taken away from the morphine eater he can not work, sleep, 
nor eat. He is “strengthened” through morphine. But he avlio is not 
accustomed to narcotics is not made more capable of Avork through 
narcotics. 
But of still more weight are the thousands of experiments that occur 
in the case of soldiers; that in war, in peace, in all climates, all hard- 
ships of the most wearisome marches are best endured when the 
soldier abstains wholly from all alcoholic drinks. These facts were 
verified in the English armies in Caffraria, West Africa, Canada, and 120 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
India. And additional verification is the fact that thousands of 
sailors are not allowed to touch a drop of alcohol on hoard, and this in 
tropical, temperate, and especially in polar regions. Most whale-fishers 
are total abstainers. That which is true of bodily exertion is* as true 
of mental. Alcohol strengthens no one; it simply benumbs the feeling of 
fatigue. The error of poor people in this regard is especially unfortu- 
nate, as they spend much for alcoholic drinks to strengthen them in- 
stead of buying rich and salutary food. The advocate of beer claims 
that it is nutritious. True, beer contains a considerable quantity of 
hydrocarbons, dextrin, and sugar. But there is a surplus of this in 
food already; and there is no reason also why it should be taken in a 
more costly form. It is claimed that beer and wine aid digestion, but 
many experiments have been made on animals and men, and especially 
on men with the aid of the stomach pump, which show that moderate 
doses of beer and wine lengthen the time of digestion and disturb it. 
Direct observations on persons with stomach fistula likewise indicate 
the same effects. 
Alcohol as medicine is a mild anaesthetic; it should only be used for 
acute sickness, but never for chronic troubles, for the same reason that 
morphine and chloral hydrate should not be employed. 
Many drink because of the good taste of liquor and not for its 
effects. But taste is made perverse in this way; the appetite tends 
almost wholly towards meat; sugar-ripe fruits and sweet food in general 
are distasteful to the drinker. Physiology has established that sugar is 
the source of muscular force. When the sweet is no more agreeable to 
us signifies an abnormal condition. A drinker finds himself in this 
condition; and he is a drinker who does not feel himself at ease unless 
he takes beer, wine, or alcohol in any form. 
As to what shall be done against the evil of drink, there are those 
who are opposed to force, for this does not make men more moral or 
more intelligent;.motives remain on the average the same, good and 
bad alike; men should be left to struggle for their existence, the stupid 
will go under, the wise will survive; this is the only rational progress. 
But the history of the world testifies against this view. Those who 
hold it must admit that a people, just as an individual, can not be 
trained morally without force. Otherwise why has the state the right 
to punish criminals? If it has this right, it has also the right to pre- 
vent crime. The sale of morphine is forbidden in all states. Here in 
fact the individual is protected by the power of the state against his 
own weakness. It is noteworthy that many physicians fall to the 
morphine habit, since they are the only ones who can obtain the poison 
easily; but they are the only ones whose well-being the restriction of 
the state does not consider. It is quite evident here that intelligence 
does not protect men, for no man sees clearer the injury of the morphine 
habit than the physician. Usury is forbidden by the state, but is this 
not a restriction of freedom ? The moderate gambler, who is cautious, 
would like to have gambling places handy, for if men are so foolish as 121 
ALCOHOLISM. 
to lose their reason and go under, and bring suffering upon their family 
and friends, why, let them succumb. What is that to me! This is 
really the standpoint that many take in regard to the liquor question. 
Ueher TrnnJcsucht und deren schddliche Folgen filr das Gehirn and das Nervensystem, von 
Wilh. Sommer, Dr. med. Kdnigsberg, 1888. pp. 50. 
Among all peoples, and at all times, men have had a ten deucy to hide 
their anxieties and troubles by means of some exciting and cheering 
stimulation. Many things have been used, but nothing has become so 
universal as alcohol. The inhabitant of the modern civilized state needs 
much more alcohol for his personal use than the citizen of the last ten, 
twenty, or forty years. 
Alcohol is isolated by distillation and is diluted and mixed with ar- 
omatic matters for the purpose of making the drink taste well, and for 
health, but this last is never reached, and is only a cover. 
Alcohol works upon the central nervous system in an invariable way; 
taken in moderate quantities, it gives rise first to a subjective well- 
being; a pleasant feeling of heat goes through the whole body; feelings 
of cold, weakness, fatigue, and anxiety vanish. These feelings decrease 
according as the alcohol is decomposed in the body and cast out, and 
give place to a very positive, uncomfortable feeling, which makes again 
all the more sensitive the general enervation, for the avoiding of which 
the alcohol was drunken. 
The most obvious effect of alcohol on the motor nerves is the trem- 
bling; its intensity and strength are proportional to the duration and 
gravity of the drunkenness, the highest degrees occurring in the drink- 
ers of whisky. The tremor alcoholicus generally commences in the 
fingers and hand, then follow the small muscles of the face, and the 
tongue. Spontaneous convulsions of single bundles of fibers in a 
muscle are frequent. To determine the characteristic tremor, the pa- 
tient’s arm is stretched forward and the fingers forcibly spread apart 
and in this position the tremor is always distinct in the case of the 
drinker. 
The cause of the affections of the sensor nerves should be referred to 
the peripheral and not to the central disturbances; yet here, as in the 
motor nerves, secondary degenerations of the central organ may occasion- 
ally be connected with the primary lesions of the nerves. The most 
frequent disturbances are in the sense of feeling. There is hyperes- 
thesia, anaesthesia, and parsesthesia, in most varied combinations and 
degrees of intensity. Here belongs headache, then piercing pains, 
taking exactly the course of the large nerves, especially in the forearm 
and the lower part of the thigh; then diffuse pains, light boring or 
heavy pressure. There are characteristic tactile impressions from hy- 
peraesthesia, thus the hair of the head may be so sensible as to be 
painful when toucned. In parsesthesia the feeling is uncomfortable 
rather tnan painfui, as the feeling of the rubbing or crawling of insects. 122 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
lii amesthesia the feeling of touch, temperature and pain can be almost 
destroyed. 
Affections of the vasomotor nerves are frequent; there is a peculiar 
irregularity in the nutrition of the skin. The skin, especially in places 
not covered with clothes, as the face, which is thickened, bloated, blue- 
ish red, and interwoven with the “ektatistic” vessels, which are 
usually so expanded and surcharged that they are visible to the un- 
trained eye; also slight bleeding can take place on the nose, cheeks, in 
the mucous membrane of the lips and nose, in the conjunctiva, etc. 
The nervous affections in chronic alcoholism are due in general to a 
chronic neuritis, which can develop from initial hyperaemic conditions 
and a slow luxuriance of conjunctive tissue, and which in a later 
schriveling of the interstitial new formations reach degeneration and 
atrophy of the medullary sheaths, and finally also of the cylinder axes. 
As a single alcoholic excess gives rise to striking phenomena in the 
brain, so it is easily explained that chronic alcoholism should injure 
the brain functions. But the anatomical foundation of these disturb- 
ances is not known in all cases; the pathology of the brain is yet a 
dark field. But, as far as our knowledge goes, the alteration of the 
blood and lymph circulation, under the influence of alcohol, comes to 
an injurious hyperaemia of the brain, and especially of its investing 
membranes, which perform for the most part the work for the nutrient 
vessels of the cortex. In consequence of the continual overfilling of 
the vessels and of their walls, through local irritation of the circulat- 
ing alcohol, there is fatty degeneration of the “endotalia” and of the 
muscular cells to atheromatic process with wearing away and dilatation; 
then also inflammatory pachymeningitic stratifications and new forma- 
tion of vessels, which in turn can cause bleeding and its consequent 
results; lastly come atrophy and hydrocephalus; with it are to be ob- 
served interstitial and sclerotic processes. In general, the same alter- 
ations can in like manner develop in other organs under the influence 
of alcohol. 
L’Alcoolismo, sue conseguenze morall e sue cause. Dr. Napoleone Cola.taXM. Ca- 
tania, 1887. pp. 203. 
Alcoholism is most ancient; it has infected barbarous and civilized 
peoples; it was not a politico-social question. In modern times there 
is the greatest uncertainty concerning this question. The most falla- 
cious statistical method to resort to is that of averages. For the quan- 
tity of wine produced in a country is given without deducting the part 
exported; and the comparison should be between the production of one 
year and the crime and suicide of the year following, in which ten- 
twelfths is consumed, and not of the same year. 
The official statistics of France and Italy indicate that alcoholism, 
as a direct motive of crime, is very limited. Comparing the first 
year of observation with the last, there is everywhere a perfect par- 
allelism between the increase of alcoholism and that of crime and 123 
ALCOHOLISM. 
suicide; but the increase of crime is for the most part apparent, while 
that of suicide is real, continuous, and without numerous oscillations, 
which characterize the increase of alcoholism and crime. On this ac- 
count alcoholism increases in the inferior classes; suicide in the cultured 
classes. A slight increase in consumption of alcohol often corresponds 
to a large increase in crime, and vice versa. The maximum or mini- 
mum of alcoholism does not correspond once with the maximum or 
minimum of crime and suicide. Alcoholic intoxication makes the sen- 
timents of man neither worse nor better; but it lets them loose, it 
accents them, it reveals them in their naked truth. Well established 
cases of insane or criminal descendants through alcoholism do not 
authorize one to generalise this fact. There is wanting between alco- 
holism, crime, and suicide constancy, regularity, and universality of 
relation, of coincidence, and of succession; therefore the relation of 
cause and effect can not be established between them, according to the 
laws of statistics. 
Among the more authoritative writers, the opinion prevails that 
alcoholic beverages which are concentrated or of bad quality injure 
the physical and moral health, but that the consumption of wine (the 
most innocent of alcoholic beverages), day by day and year by year, 
can not be shown to be a true and efficient cause of crime. The con- 
ditions that favor the increase of alcoholism are physical, economical, 
and psycho-social. Climate is the most important cause of all and is 
constant and independent of human action. 
All physiologists recognize that alcohol increases the circulation, 
excites the intellectual faculties, and aids and stimulates the action of 
the digestive organs, and that it produces these beneficial effects in the 
shortest time, and with the least cost. An inquiry into the conditions 
that favor or determine alcoholism admits of but one conclusion: that 
in its morbid conditions it is a product of the social organization. 
When this organization is opportune and conformable to equity it is 
more beneficial than the influence of climate. The principal remedy 
for drunkenness is of an economical and social order. We must inter- 
est the laborer in organizing his work better; we must favor for each 
family the possession, first of movables, and then of a habitation; we 
must multiply indefinitely artistic distractions and encourage intel- 
lectual recreations. 
On the whole this author represents the opinion of Europe as to 
alcoholism. It seems to us, however, that the question may be 
somewhat different in America. For one of the most apparent and 
real differences is the fastness of growth, which has become rooted in 
the American nature. Thus as a nation we walk, run, travel, eat, and 
drink faster than the Europeans. This drinking fast and often, with- 
out eating, and often when not thirsty, together with the unfortunate 
habit of treating, are conditions in our social organism which make 
so much more drunkenness visible. 124 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Experiments as to the action of Alcohol on the Brain. J. J. Ridge, Physician to the 
London Temperance Hospital. Quarterly Journal of Inebriety, January, 1880. 
A narcotic can not become general in use without injuring the race. 
Any one of the narcotics habitually used so alters the nervous system 
as to cause uneasy sensations when abstained from. Alcohol is no 
exception to this rule. Insurance societies are proving what the influ- 
ence of alcohol on the race is. As to the individual, it has been shown 
in a former paper that the sense of sight, common sensations, and the 
muscular sense are blunted by alcohol in doses from 2 to 4 drachms. 
Dr. Hughlings Jackson agrees that those powers of mind developed 
last are the least stable and the first to be paralyzed by alcohol. Dr. 
Kraepeliu in a series of experiments has shown that alcohol prolongs 
the simple reaction time, and the time for discrimination and decision. 
While, then, the influence of alcohol upon the psychical processes makes 
them slower, the individual believes them to be much quicker. This 
illusion shows most rationally the necessity for abstinence. Alcohol, 
then, injures the capacity for self-control or temperance, which can not 
be as great or complete with alcohol as without it. 
Etude sur L’Alcoholism, par le Dr. Victor Paris, 1887. pp. 
237. 
The abuse of fermented drinks reaches far into history. But it is 
especially within thirty years that the tendency to excess has increased, 
acquiring such proportions that one has the right to consider it a real 
social peril. It pushes man to suicide, theft, and homicide—crimes 
which increase in direct proportion to the consumption of alcohol. It 
is the science of medicine which has shown the great influence that 
alcoholism has in the development of crime. Although the form of the 
poison varies with each country, its nature and effects are everywhere 
about the same. Formerly it was a simple tendency, which was satis- 
fied occasionally, but now it is a habit—an imperial and irresistible 
need. 
There is no fixed rule, no solid criterion, to determine the responsi- 
bility of alcoholics. Thus, a man arrested for a crime is a drinker by 
habit. Two or three days after his arrest he is suddenly taken with 
an acute or subacute attack of alcoholism. The judge sees only the 
manifestations of delirium; he thinks it is a case of insanity; he calls 
an expert and raises tbo question of responsibility. Here there is no 
doubt that the imprisonment, the emotions it causes, the consequent 
physical and moral depression have put the prisoner in a condition 
analogous to that of a drinker attacked with a traumatism or an acute 
febrile malady. The attack of delirium tremens is an accident; the 
responsibility of the prisoner prior to the attack is complete. The 
manager of a commercial house is charged with making fraudulent 
accounts. The judge receives a certificate, delivered in good faith by 
the physician, giving the exact dates of three attacks of delirium within 
the period of two years; he concludes that mental trouble is the cause, 125 
ALCOHOLISM. 
and that the accused is irresponsible. But the errors in the accounts 
are not contemporary with the alcoholic attacks; but the man is in full 
possession of himself at other times, and his responsibility rests also; 
and so it is with the criminal who, lacking determination, seeks alco- 
holic excitation to carry out his crime. At the moment of execution 
his volition is feeble. There is no pity for one who resorts to such a 
method. 
A laborer commences his day in a saloon, drinks much, goes to his 
work, but he can not work, his thirst burns, so he returns to the saloon, 
passes the day and evening; becomes quarrelsome, is aggressive; the 
saloon keeper puts him out; the drunkard goes away; he stumbles 
and falls in the street. In his fall a knife drops out of his pocket; he 
picks it up and, without premeditation, by accident, he retraces his 
steps, stops in front of the saloon where he was put out; the doors are 
closed; he knocks, ho calls, no one responds; then, with the tenacity 
of a drunkard, he is obstinate and struggles against the obstacle; re- 
doubles his efforts; the saloon-keeper comes down and opens the door 
and invites him to go away. 
He advances, there is a slight struggle, a cry, and the saloon keeper 
falls, stabbed in the heart. This drunkard is responsible. Another 
has spent his own and his wife’s money; she has been compelled to 
leave him on account of his bad habits, seeking refuge with her mother. 
But she works and gives her husband a little money every day, but he 
does not find it enough; he quarrels, he threatens. His wife obtains 
permission of him to leave two objects at the pawnbrokers in order to 
pay the rent. He reflects, goes to the pawnbrokers to see if the objects 
are there; unfortunately his wife had not had time to bring them there. 
He sees in this a subterfuge and will avenge himself. He cooly sharp- 
ens the blade of his knife, waits for the return of his wife, talking with 
his neighbors in the meantime. She arrives; he orders her to come 
and live with him; she refuses, and he kills her with the knife. This 
man had fifteen years previously a convulsive epileptic attack. He was 
then 19 years of age; at this time he drank enormously. A curious 
pathological fact was that his other attacks, separated by long inter- 
vals, returned when he was in the midst of his drunkenness. For a 
year before his crime he had not had an attack. His impulsion was 
not irresistible; he is responsible. In brief, responsibility is zero 
whenever the crime belongs to the period of acute or subacute delirium 
of the alcoholic attack. It is zero, also, when the subject is a chronic 
alcoholic, in whom definite cerebral lesions have affected the integrity 
of the brain. Responsibility is lessened in individuals of feeble intelli- 
gence, in whom tolerance for alcoholic drinks has diminished on ac- 
count of the conditions of the inferiority of their cerebral organization. 
It does not disappear entirely where the individuals know that they 
can not drink without danger. The responsibility is lessened when it 
can be shown that the individual was involuntarily surprised by drunk- 126 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
enness. Responsibility exists fully in simple drunkenness, where the 
delinquent had the power of avoiding this condition, and where it is 
resorted to for the purpose of committing crime. 
L’Alcoolisme, par le Dr. E. Monin, pr6ced6 d’uno preface par le Dr. Dujardin-Beau- 
metz. Paris, 1889. pp. 308. 
The “French Temperance Society,” founded to combat the abuse of 
alcoholic drinks, has singled out this work as of special merit. 
It is said that in proportion as civilization perfects itself man seeks 
in drunkenness a compensation and a forgetfulness of his weariness 
and chagrin which result from his daily struggle for existence. A man 
who is given to excess in drink can not be a prudent father, a good 
citizen, or brave soldier. 
The main reason for popularizing the question of alcoholism is to 
show men in general the best manner of avoiding it. The method is 
that of the ancient Greeks, who exhibited to their children the drunken 
Helots, in order to disgust them. It is to picture the alcoholic plague 
just as it is, insisting especially on the less known sides of this medico- 
social question. (1) Acute alcoholism is drunkenness. Under this 
head is included delirium tremens, because on the whole it is an acute 
manifestation of alcoholic x>oisoning. (2) Chronic alcoholism consists 
in a progressive inhibition, in a slow storing of the poison in the tissues. 
Dipsomania is a form of mental alienation, a partial delirium, where the 
patient is at the mercy of paroxismal attacks which push with irresist- 
ible force to the abuse of alcohol; the patient is alternately a subject 
of depression and excitation; his insanity takes the form called “cir- 
culate.” The drunkard drinks when he finds occasion. The alcoholic 
is insane because he drinks. The dipsomaniac drinks because he is 
insane. The drunkard likes to drink, while the dipsomaniac drinks in 
spite of himself. Tbe alcoholic is vicious and degraded; the dipso- 
maniac is insane and diseased. 
Drunkenness has always been considered a plague. As to remedies, 
total abstinence goes to the extreme of denying the utility of alcohol in 
medicine. The establishment of coffee and tea houses, and places for 
chocolate and lemonade, render real service to the cause of temperance. 
Alcoholism is little known in the torrid zone on account of the large 
consumption of coffee. Some have gone so far as to advocate destroy- 
ing the vineyards, but this would only increase the consumption of arti- 
ficial wine and whisky. Alcohol is no doubt too largely prescribed for 
the convalescent, the chloro-anannic and for nervous women, whose taste 
is perverted. 
Governments should tend to favor the fermented drinks as compared 
with the distilled. The example of Sweden and Holland in establish- 
ing high license should be followed. Beer should be encouraged to 
lessen the consumption of whisky. There should be restaurants for 
workmen where they do not find whisky, but meat, good beer, milk, 
coffee and tea. While the laborer through lack of foresight and feeble- 127 
ALCOHOLISM. 
ness of will and self-love follows his comrades to the gin-shop,*yet it 
should be remembered that whisky becomes a cheap agent for him who 
must work hard, with insufficient food. The taxes on consumption, 
which weigh heavily on workmen, should be lowered. Meat, wine, beer, 
and all the necessary commodities, should be rendered cheap. Then 
this passion for alcohol will find an end. The origin of this passion, 
according to physiology, is found often in a more or less conscious need 
of the organism, to which the most moral ideas of duty and abnega- 
tion give pain, but without effect. A large place should be given to 
popular instruction, the multiplication of savings banks, associations 
for mutual aid which excite dignity and self-respect, to temperance 
societies, economic and philanthropic restaurants, and workmen’s circles. 
These are all barriers; for the majority of such associations increase 
the consumption of agreeable and healthy drinks, which are the antag- 
onists and antidotes of drunkenness. The schools can be made one of 
the best means for propagating antialcoholism, not only through read- 
ing lessons, etc., but by excursions into the prisons and almshouses. 
Example makes the strongest impression upon the brain of the child. 
For the adults popular conferences and brochures should be multiplied. 
The laborer drinks to forget the existence of his pariah. Render him 
happy, increase his wages, diminish his hours of labor, in this way 
lessen the miseries of life, and alcoholism will lessen. Some labor re- 
quires a great deal of force and exposure to heat or cold; this favors 
alcoholism; here exciting but inoffensive drinks should replace distilled 
or fermented drinks of bad quality. Those given to intellectual life 
should resist this stimulus; for their feeble muscular exercise, and the 
small activity of chest and skin, utilize very insufficiently -the ingested 
poison. 
Legislation has little power to suppress alcoholism, except when it is 
used against falsification of liquors. The laws against alcohol are of 
little practical value, for, the people rightly say, that they are directed 
against them, while the rich, filled with their fine wines, wish to take 
away from the poor*- alcohol, their unique drink. A pressing need is to 
unvail the numerous frauds in wine, to avoid the mixing of fermented 
and distilled drinks. Liquors should be prepared by infusion, or 
maceration, or distillation, and not by solution of doubtful essences in 
more or, ess poisonous alcohols. Alcoholism is special to countries 
where the alcohols of industry are drank, and it varies inversely as 
the consumption of wine. 
L’Alcool, Physiologic, Pathologic, Medecine Legale, par le Dr. J. A. Peeters. Paris, 
Bruxelles 1885. pp. 415. 
This book was written in response to the following question, given 
by the Royal Academy of Medicine of Belgium, to detei’mine, by pre- 
cise observations, the physical and psychical effects of alcoholism on 
the individual and his descendents. 128 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
The author examines the physiological action of alcohol, which gives 
the logical explanation of its pathological action; he considers physical 
alcoholism in the healthy, the sick, and the wounded, then psychical 
alcoholism in the healthy, in those predisposed, and in the insane; then 
hereditary alcoholism, and its effects on individuals, peoples, and races. 
The absorption of alcohol appears to commence in the bucal cavity, 
but the mucous of the stomach is the main seat. Where large quanti- 
ties have been introduced, part goes into the intestines. It is by the 
veins that the larger quantity of alcohol penetrates into the circula- 
tion; it is proved that the chyliferous vessels receive a part of it. In 
local applications alcohol favors the vegetative processes in wounds in 
the depths of the tissues; its action is manifested by a hyporgenesis 
of the conjunctive tissue. Its action is less marked on the mucous 
vessels. 
Alcohol in passing into the digestive tube produces a warm pricking 
sensation, which propagates itself from the mouth to the pharynx and 
stomach. Concentrated or large quantities of alcohol acts- as an irri- 
tant in the stomach; this action is much more energetic if the stomach 
is empty; in this case diluted alcohol is injurious because it acts directly 
on the mucous vessels, exciting a viscus, when stimulation has no use, 
but if there is food in the stomach, a moderate dose is still more diluted 
and mingles with the ingesta and secretions; here it is not an irritant, 
but a stimulant of the digestive functions. It is absorbed especially in 
the stomach, in the duodenum and in the beginning of the intestine, 
if the quantity taken is large enough. It penetrates the blood either 
directly by the veins or by the chyliferous vessels. 
Alcohol causes an acceleration of the heart beats followed by a cor- 
responding decrease, in such a manner that when the doses have been 
increased a little and not repeated, the average pulse within the twenty- 
four hours rests without change. Large doses diminish the frequence 
and energy of the heart beats. The simple physiological influence of 
alcohol resembles that of the influence of age. The functions at first 
excited are enfeebled by an inevitable reaction; muscular forces are 
diminished, urine and carbonic acid are excreted in less quantity and 
the temperature of the body is lowered. Alcohol does not remain long 
in the organism. The kidneys are a constant source of elimination of 
alcohol; the quantity eliminated from the lungs is very little; the skin 
is an important source of elimination, producing a dilatation of the 
periphical vessels, so that a larger quantity of blood is carried to the 
surface and the insensible transpiration is increased. From the phys- 
iological dose to the pathological is only a step, and special circum- 
stances can render the former dangerous. Temperance is a lure; total 
abstinence is necessary; these are conclusions to which we are almost 
tempted to come. 
On the pathological side, alcohol produces functional troubles, such 
as congestion, quantitative and qualitative alterations of the secretions, 129 
ALCOHOLISM. 
nervous disorders, exaggerated development of conjunctive tissue, scler- 
osis, accumulation of fat between tbe constituent elements of the organs 
and a fatty degeneration. 
Svcriges Officiela SiatistiTc. Brdnvins Tillverkning och Fdrsdljning samt ITvitbetssocker- 
tillverkningen, ix., 1886-1887 och 1887-1888. Stockholm, 1889. pp. 40. 
This is an official statement of the manufacture and sale of whisky 
in Sweden; it is almost wholly statistical in character, and is interest- 
ing in giving a large number of minute details. In 1888 the tax for 
the manufacture of whisky was raised from 40 tire (about 11 cents) a 
litre to 50 ore. Where the manufacture was less than 500 liters or 
more than 5,000 per day there is a special extra tax of 10 ore. The 
report has special reference to the following two years, in which the 
total manufacture was, from October 1, 1886, to October 1, 1887, 
37,394,093 liters, at 50 per cent, and from October 1, 1887, to October 
1, 1888, 32,900,078 liters at 50 per cent. 
The crude matters employed were as follows: 1886-87, 18,339,906 
kilos of cereals and 1,504,348 hectoliters of potatoes. 
Les Degustateurs en Gironde et L’Alcoolism Professional, par loDr. P. Hknri Moulinik. 
Bordeaux, 1887. pp. 46. 
The tasters, by profession, of wine and whisky are not exposed to 
the disorders of alcoholism, nor to cerebral alcoholism, in spite of their 
life and frequent excesses at table. The pathology of tasters can bo 
summed up in this, that they are specially subject to diabetes, gout, 
and apoplexy; this is due as much to their mode of existence as to their 
profession. 
De L’Alcoolism dans La Seine-Inf Men re, par A. Louis A. Tourdot. Paris, 1886. 
pp. 126. 
The purpose of the author is to seek for the causes of drunkenness 
and the nature and quantity of the liquor consumed in the region of 
the Lower Seine; to study the classes of individuals and the remedy 
for the evil. The following are some of the conclusions: 
(1) The habits of the country are very defective hygienically, where 
whisky is taken early in the morning; coffee serves here as a vehicle to 
whisky. Through the ignorance of parents children are given fer- 
mented drinks from birth, and the quantity increases with age. This 
augments their mortality and forms habits which later predispose to 
drunkenness. 
(2) The laborers of both sexes in the country, and especially in the 
villages, do not have sufficient food, because a large part of their wages 
which buy food is used to buy whisky. 
(3) Alcoholism in a certain class of individuals, as machinists, fire- 
men, employes of the railroad, presents dangers very serious for so- 
ciety. 130 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
(4) The frequency of holidays, meetings, etc., is an occasion for 
alcoholic excess. In the majority of the saloons the liquors are of bad 
quality and produce a dangerous and brutal drunkenness, which leads 
rapidly to chronic alcoholism. 
(5) The sale of tobacco, vegetables, or objects of indispensable con- 
sumption at the saloons is a serious cause of alcoholic excess among 
the women. 
(6) The saloons are too numerous in proportion to the population. 
(7) In almost half of the cases of insanity among men alcohol is an 
efficient cause. 
(8) Legislatures should only tolerate the usage of wine or, in case of 
failure, alcohols well rectified; they should favor the usage of naturally 
fermented drinks, as wine, cider, beer, and execute rigorously the laws 
against drunkenness, oppose the opening of new saloons, and spread 
practical knowledge as between usage and abuse of drink, and especi- 
ally as to its extreme injury to children. 
Lea Boissons Alcooliques et leurs Effets Sociaux en Belgique, par Em. Caudkulier. 
Bruxelles, 1883. pp. 60. 
This is a report based upon official statistics of Belgium. The facts 
given tend to show that public education is somewhat inefficacious in 
a country where the sale of intoxicating liquors is without control and 
limitation; that suicide, insanity, criminality, and pauperism increase 
or decrease as the consumption of alcohol. 
As to legislation, the repressive mode is essentially inefficacious. As 
it is a quite common opinion that alcohol sustains, fortifies, protects 
against cold, against epidemics, aids digestion, etc., it will perhaps be 
useful to produce some declarations of physicians and hygienists, chiefs 
of the army, polar navigators, etc. 
A number of professors (13) of the faculties of medicine at Leyden, 
Amsterdam, Groningen, and Utrecht agreed to the following declara- 
tions : (1) That even the moderate use of spirituous liquors is injurious; 
alcohol does not favor digestion; it can provoke the feeling of hunger 
momentarily, but not augment the digestive forces. (3) They are not 
stimulants necessary to cold or heat, nor are they without danger. 
Experience shows that they do not aid those who are exposed to damp 
air, or who work in water or marshes, or those whose food is insufficient. 
Habitual use of alcoholic drinks lias precisely the contrary effect 
which public opinion attributes to them. (3) In all diseases, especially 
in those where the evolution is rapid (fevers, cholera), those who habit- 
ually use liquors offer less chances of resistance. (4) Alcoholic drinks 
are not only unworthy of being popular, but they are destructive 
agents of prosperity and of the moral and natural development of the 
masses. Other assertions of physicians are: Alcohol is no more a food 
than chloroform, ether, or morphine. As a result of twenty years of 
observations in the hospital and in practice, it has been found that ALCOHOLISM. 
131 
the use of alcohol, even in moderate quantities, lias an injurious influ- 
ence in the most painful and serious affections ; it is the greatest agent 
of physical and moral disorders; it diminishes cerebral power much 
more than is supposed (Sir Henry Thompson). It is remarkable that 
all the evils coming from alcoholism can pass from father to son, even 
to the third generation, and they become worse if the use of alcohol is 
continued, until they result in sterility (Darwin). 
Contributions ci I’Btude de la Descendance des Alcooliques, par lo Hr. L. Gkeniek. 
Paris, 1887. pp. 96. 
Alcohol has come to be a social question. It is one of the most active 
agents in the degeneracy of races. The indelible effects produced by 
heredity are not to be remedied. Alcoholic descendants are often infe- 
rior beings, a notable proportion coming under the categories of idiots, 
imbeciles, and debilitated. The morbid influence of parents is maxi- 
mum when conception has taken place at the time of drunkenness 
of one or of both parties. Those with hereditary alcoholism show a 
tendency to excess; half of them become alcoholics. A large num- 
ber of cases of neurosis have their principal cause in alcoholic ante- 
cedents. The larger part of the sons of alcoholics have convulsions 
in early infancy. Epilepsy is almost characteristic of the alcoholism 
of parents, when it is not a reproduction in them, or when it is not an 
index of a nervous disposition of the whole family. The alcoholic 
delirium is more frequent iu the descendants of alcoholics than in their 
parents, which indicates their intellectual degeneration. 
The crude matters employed in the manufacture were, in 1887-’BB, 
9,484,573 kilos of cereals and 1,028,991 hectoliters of potatoes. 
The law in force for the sale of whisky dates from May 29, 1885. 
Licenses for the retail sale of whisky under 250 liters are either perma- 
nent and accorded for a definite time, or temporary—for less than a 
year. The cost of each retail license depends upon the presumable 
quantity that can be sold by the establishment. There was one license 
to every 884 inhabitants in the cities’ and villages, and one to every 
18,297 in the country. The manufacture of whisky from beet root sugar 
has not been a success except in one manufactory, where lately great 
progress has been made, so that new ones have started into activity. 
Constitutional Prohibition the Best Remedy for the Drink Evil of Modern Times, by Rev. 
G. H. Prentice. Gilbertsville, JSt. Y., 1889. pp. 48. 
The author desires to show by the opinions of leading representatives 
of the professional and public life of Kansas (the first State to adopt 
and try this new policy), that constitutional prohibition is the best rem- 
edy. Letters of inquiry were addressed to prominent men, and sixty- 
eight replies were received. These letters began substantially as fol- 
lows: Very diverse and conflicting reports reach us concerning the 
operation of prohibition in your State. To resolve, in a measure at 
least, the doubt hanging over this question in the East, we propose a 132 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
symposium, etc. These letters contained the following questions: 
(1) Has the prohibition policy of your State broken up the organized 
traffic in intoxicants used as a beverage? This being the case, (2) to 
what extent has it diminished their consumption ? (3) What use is now 
made of the money formerly spent for drink ? (4) Has this policy proved 
a financial benefit? (5) Has it improved the public morals? (0) Is it 
more difficult to enforce a prohibitory than a license law or criminal 
laws in general? (7) Do you know of persons opposed to prohibition 
November 2, 1880, who now favor it? (8) If resubmitted would the 
original majority of 7,998 be increased or diminished ? The author had 
no previous knowledge of the views of the persons addressed except in 
six instances. The State of Kansas is larger than New England entire 
by more than fhe size of New Jersey, and contains upwards of a million 
and a half of people. As a result of the answers received there seems 
to be no reason why prohibition could not be as successfully enforced 
elsewhere, with this possible exception, that Kansas has fewer large 
towns than many other States, although having at present 34 towns 
with populations over 2,000, 0 ranging from 15,000 to 40,000, and one, 
Topeka, with a population of 50,000. 
To question No. 1 there were sixty-two replies in the affirmative and 
none in the negative. There were sixty-two replies to question 2, and 
with a single exception all agree to a very great decrease—more than 
three-fourths on an average. In general the answers to all the ques- 
tions were, with very few exceptions, favorable to constitutional pro- 
hibition. 
Do la dipsomanie et son traitement par la suggestion, par le Dr. Edg. Bkkiixon. Revue 
de I’hypnotisme, a out, 1890. 
The treatment and cure (temporary at least) of one who has been a 
hard drinker for fifteen years is a case in hypnotic therapeutics worthy 
of consideration. We extract points from the writer’s lecture. Patient 
35 years old, robust, muscular, intelligent, successful in business; par- 
ents sober and healthy. He learned to drink in the army, drinking wine 
and whisky, sometimes in considerable quantity, but without drunken- 
ness. On leaving the army he exchanged whisky for absinthe; his 
business, which involved traveling, encouraged his drinking, but he 
had little inclination to drink when at home. At last signs of physical 
trouble appeared, together with nightmare, hallucination, delusion of 
persecution, and idea of suicide. These returned every month or two 
with irresistible craving for drink, which scattered his good resolutions. 
He was also an inveterate smoker. On May 3,1888, he was hypnotized, 
and dreamless sleep and total abstinence from liquors and tobacco were 
suggested. The suggestion was successful. He was under treatment 
from May 3 to May 15, the hypnotization and suggestion being repeated 
daily at first. By degrees physical troubles were helped and his desire 
to drink and smoke removed. He found himself able to resist under ALCOHOLISM 
133 
circumstances in which before he would have inevitably yielded. On 
May 15 he was pronounced cured and discharged. After thirteen days 
of treatment without isolation, continuing to walk the streets of Paris, 
he saw all his physical and mental troubles successively disappear, and 
his inveterate habit of drinking and smoking cease. 
There are three main characteristics in alcoholism: The mental state, 
the impulsions, and the tendency to delirium at the slightest cause. 
The degenerate are more susceptible than those who are of well-bal- 
anced mind. Alcoholic delirium differs in its symptoms from that of 
drinkers with no defects. In hereditary cases drunkenness comes in a 
short time; once started, it assumes forms which recall its nature and 
predisposition. Alcoholic delirium of the predisposed does not resem- 
ble that of the stereotyped delirium. The rigors of intoxication and 
the rigors of hereditary predisposition have a certain independence. 
The slowness of evolution, frequence of relapsing, feebleness of mental 
faculties and polymorphism of delirium characterize the alcoholism of 
the degenerate. Inveterate abuse of drinking in nonhereditarily dis- 
posed persons creates a degeneracy like the hereditary. Organic physi- 
cal resistance diminishes as excess increases. Alcohol causes its special 
delirium; little by little it simply plays the role of an appoint. In a 
large number of cases the man is not'free not to drink. 
HtirtdiU et alcoolisme. Dr. Legrain. Revue de I’hypnotisme, ler Mars, 1890. 
La responsahiliU des alcooliques. M. Motet. Revue de I’hypuotisme, ler aofit, 1889. 
There is no fixed jurisprudence in France as to responsibility in alco- 
holism. In civil matters alone, when drunkenness of the contracting 
party has been established at the time of the contract, the contract is 
annulled. Drunkenness has in these conditions been made like to a 
state of dementia. One class comprehends simple drunkenness, acci- 
dental or provoked, and in some cases premeditated. To this class be- 
long drinkers by habit, who, without showing the troubles character- 
istic of druukenness, are always under the influence of alcohol. A 
second class concerns all forms of pathological druukenness, partially 
acute or acute mental troubles, or chronic troubles due to intoxication. 
In this class are the insane, imbecile, epileptic, whom alcoholic excess 
can lead to the most dangerous acts, by awakening impulsive tendencies 
which otherwise would not be awakened. Drunkenness is punishable 
as well as crime committed under its influence when the delinquent 
has the power to avoid it, when the alcoholic excitation has been sought 
in order to give one enough determination to commit a crime. Drunk- 
enness is punishable in an attenuated degree in cases of feeble intelli- 
gence, in which intolerance for liquor is shown by an inferior cerebral 
organization; they are not excusable when they know they can not drink 
without danger; such cases are more numerous than is generally sup- 
posed. Crimes can not be punished if committed during an acute or 134 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
subacute period of delirium in an alcoholic paroxysm. It is also the 
same in chronic alcoholism. When cerebral lesions have affected the in- 
tegrity of the organ, the individual should be put under treatment. 
The Public and the Doctor in Eolation to the Dipsomaniac, by Dr. Daniel Clark. To- 
ronto, 1888. pp. 20. 
The writer brings out clearly the sociological side of alcoholism, 
showing how the state is responsible for many of its drunkards. He 
mentions a practical and suggestive prophylaxis. Thereare four classes 
of drunkards: (1) Those who drink from a habit of tippling; (2) those 
who drink to relieve nervous prostration, or to drown sorrow or wrong; 
(3) those who drink from hereditary tendency; (4) traumatic drunkards. 
The tipplers are usually of three kinds: (a) The weak-willed; (b) the 
genial; (c) the mean-souled man who delights to “sponge” on others. 
-Those who become drunkards by nightly potations to relieve mental 
trouble are more numerous than supposed. This drunkenness has no 
excited stage, and the habit may go on without being noticed for years. 
The nocturnal drunkard will take a small dose in the morning to throw 
off the stupidity of the nightly debauch and to appear as usual before 
the public. But this has its limits, and paralysis, apoplexy, or insanity 
mayresult. This class usually belongs toour active members of society. 
Such nightly stupefactions are more fatal to mental integrity than any 
other form of drinking. In heredity it is the nervous bias which is 
transmitted, which can be aroused suddenly or may lie latent for years. 
The paroxysms come intermittently like the periodic insanities. The 
hereditary foe may be overcome by daily battles, but not by isolated 
ones. Persons of this class have an unusually nervous condition, irreg- 
ular circulation, low nutrition, morbid fears, irritable temper, lack of 
resolution (foreign to the individual in health); even misconceptions 
and delusions may supervene when the attack is coming on. During 
these bouts of drinking mania the man is uncontrollable. We may 
eliminate from the large number of defectives in society those who 
could reform if they would only try, but yet a large number remain on 
whom no intlueuce, social or religious, has any effect. There is no help 
for those but enforced restraint in special asylums, where they can have 
work, air, amusement, and homelike treatment. These should be as 
unprisonlike as possible, and the state should provide them. The 
author apparently is not averse to prohibition, and, should that fail, 
he would have the revenue from licenses devoted to the care of the 
inebriates. 
MORPHINISM. 
La Morphinomanel, par Benjamin Ball. Paris, 1889. pp. 248, 
There are two divisions of poisons: those imposed upon man by the 
needs of industry, such as lead, mercury, sulphur of carbon, and those 
sought voluntarily by man on account of the pleasures they give, such 
as alcohol, opium, and hashisch. The abuse of morphine, which within 135 
ALCOHOLISM. 
a few years lias greatly increased, is generally limited to tlie upper 
classes. Thus it is rarely seen in the hospitals. Opium has always 
been employed to procure an agreeable drunkenness. Morphomauia 
most always arises from the employment of it in injections to counteract 
pain, uneasiness, chagrin, or any neuropathic condition. 
Morphomania is a vicious habit, bearing the relation to opium that 
dipsomania does to alcohol. Morphomania exists when the individual 
experiences an irresistible need of taking morphine. Hut dipsomania 
is an intermittent neurosis; the need to drink does not exist continually, 
and the disease is almost absolutely incurable, like the majority of 
neuroses where the crises return by attacks. Morphomania is, on the 
contrary, a constant neurosis; the patient always has the need of his 
stimulant, and for this reason alone it is a curable disease. It is thus 
that drunkards by profession can be cured, but dipsomaniacs never. 
Patients become addicted to morphine (1) by seeking momentary 
relief from suffering by a means which becomes worse than the suffer- 
ing; (2) through voluptuousness, that is, to experience a state of 
pleasure; (3) by calming their moral pains, or by trying to find 
force for their daily work. The morphomaniacs prefer the hypodermic 
method, first because the taste of morphine is disagreeable. Opium 
eaters have by long habit overcome this, but the majority of the Orien- 
tals prefer to smoke it, all the more because in this form the effects of 
the poison are less immediately injurious. Opium taken by the mouth 
acts directly on the stomach, and much more energetically than when 
administered by injections; by the stomach there is a loss of appetite, 
a feeling of heaviness in the epigastric region, nausea, and even vomit- 
ing. Ingested morphine takes much longer time to produce its action. 
By injection it acts immediately. Another reason why the patient 
prefers this method is that he takes an eager pleasure in making the 
punctures; thus many patients prefer to take the dose in small por- 
tions. It is a fact of practical, importance that dilute injections are 
less painful than concentrated. 
The first effects of the absorption of the poison are in general agree- 
able; this state can last for weeks, months, or even years, but the evil 
is done, the patient can not dispense with his poison. According to 
certain authors, the subjects predisposed to morphomania experience 
at the outset the need of renewing without cessation their punctures, 
a sign by which the predestined are recognized. The normal state of a 
morphomaniac is characterized by a paralysis of the will, a torpor of 
the ego, which is often the case with the insane, especially with 
those attacked with chronic alcoholism. The morphomaniac has not 
enough energy to leave off his habits. His memory and judgment do 
not appear to be seriously affected, but there is a remarkable atten- 
uation of the moral sense, so that indelicate acts are committed, 
especially by omission. The Chinese join to their passion for opium 
that of gambling; after their money is gone they will play for their 136 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
clothes, wives, children, and their own fingers. Another form of their 
perversion is that of untruthfulness, especially as to their opium 
habit; if they do not claim to have abandoned their habit they will 
deceive as to the doses. What they say can not be trusted at all. 
The morphine delirium presents itself especially under the form of 
melancholia with hallucinations of sight, which is the case of toxical 
agents of every sort. Often there are disagreeable odors, which must 
have a more permanent cause than hallucinations. The hallucinations 
are like to those of alcoholism; in many there is a moral fear outside of 
the illusion that some terrible evil is going to happen to them. Some 
on the other hand have acute mauia. Thus in the extreme Orient 
some in a paroxysm of fury for having lost money at gambling rush 
into the street to kill the first person they meet. Vertigo is very 
frequent, then follows insomnia. The sense of touch is habitually 
perverted; with other cases there is an anaesthesia. General nutri- 
tion suffers; the troubles which result cause the patient to grow old 
rapidly; the falling of the hair coincides with the destruction of the 
teeth. 
Poisoning with lead produces no pleasure and its suppression no 
inconvenience. It belongs to that class of poisons which are simply 
injurious. But with poisons which are sought for the purpose of 
pleasure, suppression or abstinence is quite different, for with many 
patients they become indispensable to existence. This is not only 
the case with morphine and alcohol but with coffee, tea, tobacco, and 
hashisch. 
The treatment is a radical and brisk suppression of the poison. The 
face of the patient in a state of abstinence becomes animated, red; 
the phenomena of excitation and congestion predominate; the patient 
becomes irritable, quarrelsome, sees evil in everything; there is a vague 
uneasiness. If the abstinence is continued the intellectual faculties 
soften ; all serious work becomes impossible. Hypermsthesia is com- 
mon and very pronounced in young patients. Respiration is greatly 
affected; there is an irregularity in the rythm; circulation is enfeebled; 
there is palpitation; there is sometimes syncope and collapse. If the 
dose is diminished daily the same phenomena occur, but with less in- 
tensity. Somemorphomaniacs use coffee also; a larger number chloro- 
form, chloral, cocaine, and especially alcoholic drinks. The nervous 
system of these latter is most deeply vitiated. 
The immediate suppression of morphine has the great advantage of 
causing the patient to suffer less. Once the crisis is passed the patient 
does not feel the mania for morphine, for a new injection. But this 
method is not practicable except in an asylum. On the other hand 
this method exposes the patient to grave dangers, as delirium tremens, 
acute mania, and collapse. The gradual suppression is easier to prac- 
tice outside of an asylum. ALCOHOLISM. 
137 
The author takes up briefly the ordinary symptoms of morphinism, 
but states at length those that are not so well known. 
Le Morphinwme, par Dr. G. Pichon. Paris, 1889. pp. 4891 
For the last few years the sudden extension of the passion for mor- 
phine has become quite apparent. Morphine inebriety is at present 
penetrating- into all classes. Out of 55 morphomaniacs of all degrees 
there were 37 due to therapeutics, and out of these 37 there were 34 
due to medicine. 
Out of 82 cases of men and 28 women studied by Levinstein comes 
the following table: 
Men. 
Number. 
Women. 
Number. 
32 
8 
1 
2 
2 
i 
i 
i 
Apothecaries 
c 
Wife of an army officer 
i 
18 
11 
4 
3 
2 
1 
4 
Magistrate/. 
4 
Landlords 
3 
Besides the therapeutical cause of morphinism there is a large num- 
ber of persons led to it by passion. There are the real morphin inebri- 
ates; they are attracted by natural temperament; they are the large 
class of the unknown voluptuous, those without equilibrium, the abnor- 
mal, the eccentric, the degenerate; hence the cause is purely passion- 
ate, as among the Chinese and Turks. There is a third class, who inject 
themselves at irregular times, who use morphine as a stimulant; if it 
is wanting, they take alcohol, coffee, etc. In acute intoxication, mor- 
phine produces ocular troubles, consisting in “scotoines,” diminution 
of the visual field, and even complete amaurosis; but these are essen- 
tially temporary. In chronic intoxication, where morphinism has ex- 
isted for a long time, these ocular troubles can become permanent. 
The principal ones are dicoloration of the pupillse, which can go as 
far as progressive atrophy. When these affections are not from ocular 
lesions, they cease with the suppression of morphine. 
There is between morphinism inebriety and alcoholism this essential 
difference, that the privation of morphine provokes a special state of 
need which is not found iu alcoholism. In alcoholism there are terrible 
hallucinations of sight, of persecution, nocturnal crises, and various 
dyspeptic troubles. Morphinism rarely produces these psycho-senso- 
rial troubles, except in the state of absence from morphine; the dys- 
peptic troubles are rather of a neuralgic nature, and do not cause 
lesions. The long intoxication by morphine causes rapid emaciation, 
yellow coloration of the face, and arrest of menstruation in woman. 
The two states of alcoholism and morphinism can coexist or alternate 
in the same individual. 138 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Intoxication by ether is accompanied with less grave symptoms than 
morphinism. The frequent use of ether develops a passion which 
pushes to its daily abuse, yet this passion to search for the stimulant is 
not irresistible, as in morphinism. 
In the state of privation the ether maniac does not have the anguish 
and anxiety so charateristic in the morphomaniac, nor does one find 
the grave affections which can succeed the suppression of morphine, as 
vomiting, diarrhoea, hyperthermia, chill, and mortuous collapses and 
death. Ether mania can never he an excuse for a crime, and this is 
also true in most all cases of morphomania. 
Daily injection of chloral, when continued for some time, develops a 
passion for chloral, which is accompanied with a partially irresistible 
tendency to take it. There is in chloral a real state of need provoked 
by abstinence, this state is not accompanied with as grave results 
as in the case of morphine. The physical symptoms of chloralism, 
(still obscure) appear to consist especially in gastrointestinal troubles; 
the mental symptoms consist in feebleness of mind. The mode of treat* 
ment consists in the progressive suppression of the poison. The mor- 
phino-cocainmaniacs have a sort of new hybrid affection, consisting in 
hallucinations of all the senses and various delirious conceptions. The 
coexistence of other elements with morphinism can lessen responsibility 
and sometimes can cause complete irresponsibility. In cases of mor- 
phinism alone a long intoxication can only lessen responsibility; this 
is based upon the fact that morphinism is not a x^sychosis. OHAPTBE Y. 
INSANITY AND GENIU^. 
Human beings may be classified, in a general way, into normal and 
abnormal. By “abnormal” is meant departure from the normal. 
While the term “abnormal” often suggests ethical or .jesthetical charac- 
teristics, it is here employed with no such reference. Thus a great re- 
former and a great criminal are both abnormal-in the sense of diverg- 
ing much from the average or normal man. The principal and extreme 
forms of human abnormality are insanity, genius, and crime.1 The 
third form, “crime,” includes all excessive degrees of wrong. 
Assuming the natural history point of view, man should be studied 
as we study all species below him. In an investigation, therefore, of 
insanity and genius we must, as far as possible, eliminate all those 
ethical and jesthetical ideas (however important) that we have been 
accustomed to associate with these terras. For an empirical study is 
concerned with facts rather than with sentiments, emotions, or ideals 
connected with such facts. 
INSANITY. 
Krafft-Ebing2 defines insanity, from the anatomical point of view, 
as a diffuse disease of the brain, accompanied with nutritive, inflamma- 
tory, and degenerative changes. The division between mental and 
brain diseases is purely a practical one and not strictly scientific. 
Mental diseases are a special class of cerebral diseases, and from a 
clinical standpoint are distinguished by psycho-functional disturbances. 
Insanity is not only a disease of the brain but also a diseased altera- 
tion of the personality. One difficulty in distinguishing between san- 
ity and insanity is due to the fact that the manifestations of one can 
correspond exactly to those of the other. The lirst symptoms are not 
generally intellectual, but emotional; there is abnormal irritability. 
The fluctuating line between sanity and insanity, as frequently seen in 
public and private life, can, says Krafft-Ebing, oscillate between the 
1 The author treats of deeper forms of abnormality and crime in “Criminology/’ 
New York, 1893, and considers degenerative sexuality in another work entitled, 
“Formes Graves de la Criminality,” Paris et Lyon, 1893. 
2 Psychiatric, 1890. 
139 140 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
extremes of genius and mental disease. Such men show peculiarities 
in thought, feeling, and action; they are called strange or foolish be- 
cause the great majority of men feel or act otherwise. So their com- 
binations of ideas are uncommon, new, striking, and often interesting; 
yet they are not capable of making use of these new thoughts. Such 
individuals are not yet insane, but still they are not quite right; they 
form the passage over to insanity; they are on the threshold. They 
are so eccentric as to be said to have a strain of madness in them. 
Maudsley 1 calls this an “insane temperament;” it is characterized by 
a defective or unstable condition of moral element, a tendency to sud- 
den caprices, to act independently of the social organism, a personal 
gratification that seems to others a sign of great vanity. But they 
are so engrossed in their own impulses as not to be conscious of how 
it affects others. In Maudsley’s opinion this predisposition to insanity 
lies close to genius in some cases. Some persons having this insane 
temperament may be called mattoids, to use Lombrosp’s expression; 
they are strikingly peculiar, eccentric, and original, but generally in 
useless ways; they show disproportionate development; they are 
closely allied by heredity to mental disease and may gradually develop 
into this state; thus one member of a family may show genius and 
another be insane or epileptic. This may indicate an extreme sensi- 
bility in the family which under different conditions of life and body 
has taken different forms. This extreme nervous sensibility may endow 
a person with genius, but not the highest genius, for it lacks the power 
of the critical sense and the vast intelligence of the genius which 
permits him to correct Ids wild imagination. The insane temperament 
shows originality, but lacks the critical spirit ; the ordinary normal 
mind has some critical spirit, but lacks originality; the genius pos- 
sesses both originality and critical power. 
Clouston says that there are a number of examples of insane temper- 
aments ranging from inspired idiots to inspired geniuses; that I)e 
Quincey, Cowper, Turner, Shelley, Tasso, Lamb, and Goldsmith may be 
reckoned as having had in some degree the insane temperament. Some 
are original, but in the highest degree impracticable and unwise in the 
conventional sense of the term. Another form of this temperament is 
sometimes illustrated in spiritualism, thought-reading, clairvoyancy 
and hypnotism. The pseudo genius or mattoid is then one who has 
the insane temperament with originality and particular talents in cer- 
tain lines, and often displays a mixture of insanity and genius. In the 
words of Maudsley, he desires to set the world “violently right;” un- 
der mental strain he is impulsive and may be attacked with derange- 
ment. A weaker and much less important class of mattoids are the 
egotistic variety, with no capacity to look at self from an outside stand- 
point. This self-feeling may widen into the family, but develops no 
1 Pathology of Mind. INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
141 
further. This class consider their oddities higher than the virtues of 
others. Another phase is illustrated by those who have little sym- 
pathy for their own kind; they often have extreme affection for some 
dog or cat, and suppose that they are exceedingly humanitarian be- 
cause they love animals more than human beings. 
Hammond1 says that “the discrimination of the very highest flights 
of genius from insanity is a difficult and at times an impossible under- 
taking, for they may exist in one and the same person.” Hammond 
also is of opinion that more people of great genius exhibit manifesta- 
tions of insanity than do persons of ordinary mental faculties. He 
mentions as showing symptoms of insanity or at the close of life pass- 
ing into fatuity, Tasso, Burns, Swift, Mozart, Hayden, Walter Scott, 
Blake, and Poe. Schiilo2 defines insanity as a disease of the person, 
resting upon and caused by a brain affection. Here it is to be under- 
stood, psychologically speaking, that a pathological symptom does not 
constitute the essence of a mental disturbance, be the thought ever so 
broken or the disposition or action ever so anomalous. Hallucination 
under certain conditions can appear temporarily, or superstition can 
come within the range of specific mental disease, and yet there is 
no insanity. In true mental disease the whole person must be in- 
cluded, so that in his thoughts, feelings, and actions he is no more 
determined by motives accessible to reflection and conclusion, but by 
irremovable feelings and ideas upon the Ego, which if called up exer- 
cise an incontestible superior power. It is the mental compulsion that 
constitutes the essence of mental derangement; the patient often 
stands under its power as a whole personality; at another time he is 
theoretical or reflective as to this force over him; but the distinctive 
point is, that he can not clear it away or overcome it through logic 
nor stop it by his will. This compulsion is grounded in a fundamen- 
tal organic brain disease. 
According to Arndt3 our manner of knowing, feeling, and willing is 
differently developed, and shows itself in feeble or strong constitutions 
as nervousness, weakness, or insanity; or as gift, talent, or genius. 
Every mental disease is a reaction of the nervous system impaired in 
its nutrition, especially the nutrition of the brain. Arndt’s idea is that 
when a nervous condition appears occasionally in parents and grand- 
parents it sooner or later passes over into mental disease, as seen in 
children of aged parents born late, or in children of parents with talent 
or genius. In the first case (in children born late) this nervous con- 
dition develops with the decrease-of vital energy; in the second case 
it comes from the nature of the higher endowment or genius. This 
endowment or genius is an expression of a highly organized nervous 
system, more particularly that of the brain. Thus it is that all higher 
1 Treatise on Insanity, New York, 1883. 
2 Klinische Psycliiatrie. 
:i Lehrbucli der Psycliiatrio. 142 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
gifts, including genius, are very frequently subject to all kinds of dis- 
eased conditions, peculiarities, idiocyncransies, and perversities. Arndt 
mentions, as examples among poets, Tasso, Lenau, Heinrich, yon 
Kleist, Holderin, Gutzkow; among artists, Robert Schumann, Carl 
Blecheu; among scientists, Pascal, Frederic Sauvages, John Muller, 
Robert vou Meyer; among statesmen and generals, Tiberius and the 
Duke of Marlborough. A large number of geniuses were the last of 
their kind, as Democritus, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Caesar, Augustus, 
Galenus, Paracelsus, Rewton, Shakespeare, Leibnitz, Kant, Voltaire, 
Gustave Adolphus, Frederick the Great, Rapoleon, Linne, Cuvier, 
Byron, Alexander von Humboldt. The family of Schiller have died 
out in their male members. This dying out of genius can only be ex- 
plained according to Arndt by the weakness of their organizations and 
the resulting hyperaesthesia. This also is an explanation of the fact 
that the brothers and sisters of geniuses are often mediocre, and some- 
times weak-minded. 
GENIUS.' 
Moreau of Tours1 holds that genius is the highest expression, the ne 
plus ultra of intellectual activity, which is due to an over-excitation of 
the nervous system, and in this sense is neurotic; that disease of the 
nervous centers is a hereditary condition, favoring the development of 
the intellectual faculties. He maintains, on the basis of biographical 
facts, that among distinguished men one tinds the largest number of 
insane; that the children of geniuses are inferior even to those of 
average men, owing to convulsions and cerebral diseases in infancy. 
Genius is always isolated, it is a summum of nature’s energy, after 
which her procreative forces are exhausted. Mental dynamism can not 
be exhalated to genius, unless the organ of thought is in a condition 
analogue to that of an abnormal irritability, which is also favorable to 
the development of hereditary insanity. When the mind reaches its 
highest limit it is in danger of falling into dementia. The cerebral 
troubles of great men, from simple nervousness to normal perturbation, 
are the natural if not necessary efforts of their organization. Lelut2 
also considers genius a nervous affection, a semimorbid state of the 
brain. Fisbet3 holds that genius and insanity “are but different 
phases of a morbid susceptibility of ora want of balance in the cerebro- 
spinal system.” “Whenever a man’s life is atonce sufficiently illustrious 
and recorded with sufficient fullness he inevitably falls into tbe morbid 
category.” Huxley says: “ Genius, to my mind, means innate capacity 
of any kind above the average mental level.” From a biological point 
of view I should say that a “genius” among men stands in the same 
position as a “sport” among animals and plants, and is a product of 
1 Psycliologie morhide. 
2D6mou tie Socrate. 
3 The Insanity of Genius, London, 1891. INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
143 
that variability which is the postulate of selection. I should think it 
probable that a large proportion of “ genius sports” are likely to come 
to grief, physically and socially, and that the intensity of feeling, 
which is one of the conditions of what is commonly called genius, is 
especially liable to run into the fixed ideas which are at the bottom of 
so much insanity.1 Lombroso2 says that from an anatomical and 
biological study of men of genius, who are semi-insane, from an inves- 
tigation of the pathological causes of their apparition, marks of which 
are almost always left in their descendants, there arises the conception 
of the morbid degenerative nature of genius. 
While, then, some alienists hold that genius is a pathological con- 
dition of the nervous system, a hypemesthesia, a nervous, or mental 
disease, others do not go so far; yet all seem to be agreed that the re- 
lation between insanity and genius is very close. 
As an introduction to the biographical study of genius .it will be 
interesting to give the opinions of geniuses themselves. 
Aristotle says that under the influence of a congestion of the head 
there are persons who become poets, prophets, and sybils. Plato3 
affirms that delirium is not an evil but a great benefaction when it 
emanates from the divinity. 
Democritus4 makes insanity an essential condition of poetry. 
Diderot5 says: “ Ah, how close the insane and the genius touch; they 
are imprisoned and enchained; or, statues are raised to them.” Vol- 
taire says: “ Heaven in forming us mixed our life with reason and in- 
sanity; the elements of our imperfect being; they compose every man, 
they form his essence.” Pascal says: “Extreme mind is close to ex- 
treme insanity.” Mirabeau affirms that common sense is the absence 
of too vivid passion; it marches by beaten paths, but genius never. 
Only men with great passions can be great. Cato6 said before com- 
mitting suicide: “ Since when have I shown signs of insanity ?” Tasso 
said: “ I am compelled to believe that my insanity is caused by drunk- 
enness and by love; for I know well that I drink too much.” Cicero 
speaks of the furor poeticus; Horace of the amabilis insania; Lamar- 
tine of the mental disease called genius. Newton in a letter to Locke 
says that he passed some months without having a “ consistency of 
mind.” Chateaubriand says that his chief fault is weariness, disgust 
of everything, and perpetual doubt, Dryden says: “Great wit to 
madness is nearly allied.” Lord Beaconsfield says: “ I have some- 
times half believed, although the suspicion is mortifying, that there is 
only a step between his state who deeply indulges in imaginative 
‘Nisbet, The Insanity of Genius, London, 1891. 
2 L’Homme de Gcrie. 
3 Phaedo. 
4 Horace, ars Poetica. 
5 Dictionaire EncycloptSdique, 
6 Plutarch, 144 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
meditation and insanity. I was not always sure of my identity or 
even existence, for I have found it necessary to shout aloud to be sure 
that I lived.”1 Schopenhauer confessed that when lie composed his 
great work lie carried himself strangely, and was taken for insane. 
He said that men of genius are often like the insane, given to con- 
tinual agitation. Tolstoi acknowledges that philosophical scepticism 
had led him to a condition bordering on insanity. George Sands says 
of herself, that at about seventeen, she became deeply melancholic, 
that later she was tempted to suicide ; that this temptation was so 
vivid, sudden, and bizarre that she considered it a species of insanity. 
Heine2 said that his disease may have given a morbid character to his 
later compositions. 
However paradoxical such sayings may seem, a serious investigation 
will show striking resemblances between the highest mental activity 
and diseased mind. As a proof of this, we will give a number of facts, 
to which many more might be added. 
BIOGRAPHICAL FACTS SHOWING ECCENTRICITIES, NERVOUS DIS- 
EASES, AND SYMPTOMS OF INSANITY. 
The difficulty of obtaining facts of an abnormal or pathological na- 
ture, and of other unfavorable data, is obvious. Authors have not only 
concealed such data, but have not deemed them important enough to 
record. It is due to the medical men, whose life brings them closest to 
abnormal reality, that such facts have been gathered. If it be said that 
the abnormal or exceptional must be taken with some caution, because 
it is natural for the mind to exaggerate striking characteristices, it must 
be remembered that such facts, when unfavorable to reputation, are 
concealed. In the study of any exceptional or abnormal individual, as 
the insane or genius, one finds much more concealed than is known. 
Socrates had hallucinations from his familiar genius or demon. Pau- 
sanias, the Laeedemonian, after killing a young slave, was tormented 
until his death by a spirit, which pursued him in all places and which 
resembled his victim. Lucretius was attacked with intermittent mania. 
Bayle says this mania left him lucid intervals, during which he com- 
posed six books, uDe rerum natureHe was 44 years of age when he 
put an end to his life. Charles Y had epileptic attacks during his 
youth; he stammered. He retreated to a monastery, where he had the 
singular phantasy of celebrating his own funeral rites in his own pres- 
ence. His mother (Jane of Castile) was insane and deformed. His 
grandfather (Ferdinand of Arragon) died at the age of 02 in a state of 
profound melancholia. Peter the Great, during infancy, was subject to 
nervous attacks which degenerated into epilepsy. One of his sons had 
hallucinations; another convulsions. Caesar was epileptic, of feeble 
1 Contarini Fleming. 
2 Gorrespondance ImSdite, Paris, 1877. INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
145 
constitution, with pallid skin, and subject to headaches. Linn 6, a pre- 
cocious genius, had a cranium hydrocephalic in form. He suffered from 
a stroke of paralysis. At the end of one attack he had forgotten his 
name. He died in a state of senile dementia. Raphael experienced 
temptations to suicide. He himself says: u I tied the fisherman’s cords 
which I found in the boat eight times around her body and mine, 
tightly as in a winding sheet. I raised her in my arms, which I had 
kept free in order to precipitate her with me into the waves. * * * 
At the moment I was to leap, to be swallowed forever with her, I felt 
her pallid head turn upon my shoulder like a dead weight and the body 
sink down upon my knees.”1 
Pascal,2 from birth till death, suffered from nervous troubles. At 1 
year of age he fell into a languor, during which he could not see water 
without manifesting great outbursts of passion; and, still more peculiar, 
he could not bear to see his father and mother near one another. In 
1627 he had paralysis from his waist down, so that he could not walk 
without crutches; this condition continued three months. During his 
last hours he was taken with terrible convulsions, in which he died. 
The autopsy showed peculiarities. His cranium appeared to have no 
suture, unless perhaps the lambdoid or sagittal. A large quantity of 
the brain substance was very much condensed. Opposite the ven- 
tricles there were two impressions as of a finger in wax. These cavi- 
ties were full of clotted and decayed blood, and there was, it is said, 
a gangrenous condition of the dura mater. Walter Scott, during his 
infancy, had precarious health, and before the age of 2 was paralyzed 
in his right limb. He had a stroke of apoplexy. He had this vision 
on hearing of the death of Byron: Coming into the dining room, he 
saw before him the image of his dead friend; on advancing toward it, 
he recognized that the vision was due to drapery extended over the 
screen.3 
Some men of genius who have observed themselves describe their 
inspiration as a gentle fever, during which their thoughts become rapid 
and involuntary. Dante says: 
* * * I’mi sou un che, quando 
A.rmoi’e spira, noto ed in quel modo 
Che delta dentro vo signiiicando. 
(I am so made that when love inspires me, I attend; and according as it speaks 
in me, I speak.) 
Yoltaire, like Cicero, Demosthenes, Newton, and Walter Scott, was 
born under the saddest and most alarming conditions of health. His 
feebleness was such that he could not be taken to church to be chris- 
tened. During his first years he manifested an extraordinary mind. 
In his old age he was like a bent shadow.1 He had an attack of 
1 Raphael, pages de la vingti6me ann6e. 
2 L’Aiinilctto de Pascal, 1846. 
3 Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, January, 184-3, 
4 Sdgur, “Mem.,” t. I. 146 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
apoplexy at the age of 83. His autopsy showed a slight thickness 
of the bony walls of the cranium. In spite of his advanced age, there 
was an enormous development of the encephalon.1 
Michael Angelo,2 while painting “The Last Judgment,” fell from his 
scaffold and received a painful injury in the leg. He shut himself up 
and would not see anyone. Bacio Rontini, a celebrated physician, 
came by accident to see him. He found all the doors closed. Rb one 
responding, he went into the cellar and came upstairs. He found 
Michael Angelo in his room, resolved to die. His friend the physician 
would not leave him. He brought him out of the peculiar frame of 
mind into which he had fallen. The elder brother of Richelieu, the 
cardinal, was a singular man; he committed suicide because of a 
rebuke from his parents. The sister of Richelieu was insane. Richelieu 
himself had attacks of insanity; he would figure himself as a horse, 
but afterwards would have no recollection of it. Descartes, after a 
long retirement, was followed by an invisible person, who urged him 
to pursue his investigations after the truth. Goethe Avas sure of hav- 
ing perceived the image of himself coming to meet him. Goethe’s 
mother died of an apoplectic attack. Croimvell, Avhen at school, had a 
hallucination in his room; suddenly the curtains opened and a woman 
of gigantic stature appeared to him, announcing his future greatness. 
In the days of his power he liked to recount this vision. Cromwell 
had violent attacks of melancholic humor; he spoke of his hypochon- 
dria. His entire moral life was molded by a sickly and neuropathical 
constitution, which he had at birth. Rousseau Avas a type of the mel- 
ancholic temperament, assuming sometimes the symptoms of a verita- 
ble pathetic insanity. He sought to realize his phantoms in the least 
susceptible circumstances; he saw everyAvhere enemies and conspira- 
tors (frequent in the first stages of insanity). Once coming to his sail- 
ing vessel in England he interpreted the unfavorable Avinds as a con- 
spiracy against him, then mounted an elevation and began to harangue 
the people, although they did not understand a word he said. In addi- 
tion to his fixed ideas anddeliriant convictions, Rousseau suffered from 
attacks of acute delirium, a sort of maniacal excitation. He died from 
an apoplectic attack. Jeanne d’Arc was a genius by her intrepid will; 
she had faith in her A-isious; her faith rested upon the immovable foun- 
dation of numerous hallucinations having the force of moral and intel- 
lectual impulsion, making her superior to those around her. Science 
can pronounce as to her inspirations, but its judgment does not diminish 
in the least the merit of her heroism. Jeanne was of the peasant class 
and uneducated. According to her statement, she first heard super- 
natural Amices Avhen she Avas 13 years old. Mohammed was epileptic. 
He persistently claimed to bo a messenger from God, receiving his first 
1 R. Parise, Philosophic et Hygiene. 
2R. Pause. Histoire de la Pinture en Italic. INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
147 
revelation at the age of 12. He lost his father in infancy and his 
mother in childhood; was a traveling merchant, and married a wealthy 
widow fifteen years older than himself. His revelations began with 
visions in sleep. He used to live alone in a cave. He had interviews 
with the Angel Gabriel. Henry Heine died of a chronic disease of the 
spinal column. Lotze was often melancholic. Moliere suffered from 
convulsions; delay or derangement could throw him into a convulsion. 
’Mozart’s musical talent was revealed at 3 years of age; between 1 
and ohe composed x>ieces with expertness. Mozart died at 3G of cere- 
bral hydropsy. He had a xuesentiment of his approaching end. He 
was subject to fainting fits before and during the composition of his 
famous “Kequiem.” Mozart always thought that the unknown person 
which presented itself to him was not an ordinary being, but surely 
had relations with another world and that he was sent to him to 
announce his end. Cuvier died of an affection of the nervous centers; 
the autopsy showed a voluminous brain. He lost all his children by 
a fever called “ cerebral.” Condillac had frequent attacks of somnam- 
bulism; he sometimes found his work finished in the morning. Bos- 
suet suffered from a disease from which he once lost speech, knowledge, 
and even the faculty of understanding. Dumas says: “Victor Hugo 
was dominated by the fixed idea to become a great poet and the great- 
est man of all countries and times. For a certain time the glory of 
Napoleon haunted him.” Chopin ordered by will that he be buried 
ilia gala costume, white cravat, small shoes, and short trousers. He 
abandoned his wife, whom he loved, because she offered another person 
a seat before she offered it to him. Giordano Bruno considered himself 
enlightened by a superior light sent from God, who knows the essence 
of things. Comte considered himself the “Great Priest” of humanity. 
Madame de Stael died in a state of delirium, which had la's ted several 
days; according to some authors, several months. The autopsy 
showed a large quantity of cerebral matter, and very thin cranium. 
Moreau of Tours says she had a nervous habit of rolling continually 
between her fingers small strips of paper, an ample provision of 
which was kept on her mantlepiece. She used opium immoderately. 
She had a singular idea during her whole life; she was afraid of being 
cold in the tomb; she desired that she be enveloped in fur before burial. 
English men of letters ydio have become insane, or have had hallu- 
cinations and peculiarities symptomatic of insanity, are Swift, Johnson, 
Cowper, Southey, Shelley, Byron, Goldsmith, Lamb, and Poe. Swift 
was also cruel in conduct, but he was hardly responsible, as his insanity 
was congenital. His paternal uncle lost speech and memory and died 
insane. Swift was somewhat erratic and wild as a university student. 
He suffered at times from giddiness, impaired eyesight, deafness, mus- 
cular twitchings, and paralysis of the muscles on the right side of 
the mouth. He had a bad temper, was called “mad person,” actually 
feared insanity, saying once, on seeing a tree that had been struck by 148 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
lightning, “ I shall be like that tree, I shall die at the top.” Later in life 
hebecame a violent maniac. The post-mortem examination showed acer- 
ebral serous effusion and softening of the cortex. There were a number 
of cranial anomalies. Shelley when young was strange and fond of 
musing alone, and was called “Mad Shelley;” he suffered from somnam- 
bulism and bad dreams, and was excitable and impetuous; these symp- 
toms increased with age; at twenty he constantly took laudanum for his 
nervous condition; he had hallucinations; he saw a child rise from the 
sea and clap his hands, a vision which it was difficult to reason away. 
Much eccentricity existed in the immediate antecedents of Shelley. 
Charles Lamb was confined in an insane asylum. Johnson was hypo- 
chondriacal and apprehended insanity, fancying himself seized with it; 
ho had convulsions, cramps, and a paralytic seizure depriving him of 
speech; he had hallucinations of hearing. Carlyle considered Southey 
the most excitable man of his acquaintance. Southey’s mind failed 
and he became an imbecile and died; a year before his death he was 
in a dreamy state, little conscious of his surroundings. Southey wrote 
verses before he was 8 years of age. His maternal uncle was an idiot 
and died of apoplexy. The mother of Southey had paralysis. Cowper 
was attacked with melancholia at 20, which continued a year; at an- 
other time it returned with greater force. He himself tells of his at- 
tempts at suicide; he bought laudanum, keeping it in his pocket, when 
later a feeling pressed him to carry it into execution; but soon another 
idea came to him, to go to France and enter a monastery; then the 
suicidal impulse came again, to throw himself into the river—an in- 
hibitory feeling from taking the laudanum—but he would have suc- 
ceeded in hanging himself, had not the thong to which the rope was 
fastened broken. After suicidal ideas left him, he relapsed into re- 
ligions melancholia, thinking he had committed the unpardonable sin. 
He was confined in an asylum eighteen months. Keats was an extremely 
emotional child, passing from laughter to tears; he was extremely pas- 
sionate, using laudanum to calm himself; sometimes he fell into de- 
spondency. He prophesied truly that he would never have any rest 
until he reached the grave. The attacks of critics agitated him almost 
to insanity. His nervousness was very susceptible, so that even “the 
glitter of the sun” or “the sight of a flower” made his nature tremble, 
Coleridge was a precocious child, self-absorbed, weakly, and morbid in 
imagination; this morbidity was the cause of his running away from 
home when a child and from college when a student; he enlisted as a 
soldier, and again went to Malta for no reason, permitting his family 
to depend upon charity. When 30 years of age his physical suffering led 
him to use opium. Subsequently he had a lateral curvature of the 
spine (De Qnincey). There were many morbid symptoms in the family. 
Burns says: “My constitution and frame were ah origine blasted with 
a deep, incurable taint of melancholia which poisons my existence.” 
Dickens died from effusion of blood upon the brain; he was a sickly INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
149 
child, suffering from violent spasms; when a young man he had a 
slight nervousness which increased with age, and finally was attacked 
with incipient paralysis.1 George Eliot suffered from melancholic 
moods, and from her thirtieth year had severe attacks of headache. As 
a child she was poor in health and extremely sensitive to terror in the 
night. She remained a “quivering fear” throughout her whole life.2 
De Quincey, the opium-eater, took opium as a relief from neuralgia and 
general nervous irritation. He was in bad health for a long time, 
dying at the age of 39, Alfred de Musset had attacks of syncope; he 
died at 47. George Sand described him in the Forest of Fontainebleau 
in his neurotic terror, in his joy and despair, as manifesting a nervous 
condition approaching delirium. He had a morbid cerebral sensibility, 
showing itself in hallucinations; he had a suicidal inclination. He was 
a dissipated gambler, passing from gaiety to depression. His keen dis- 
appointment in love in Italy was accompanied by brain fever. For 
some time after this he could not speak of his chagrin without fall- 
ing into syncope. He had an hallucination, and to distinguish it 
from real things, he had to ask his brother. Wellington was subject 
to fainting fits; he had epilepsy and died from an attack of the disease. 
Warren Hastings was sickly during his whole life; in his latter years he 
suffered from paralysis, giddiness, and hallucinations of hearing. Dur- 
ing the time of his paralysis he developed a taste for writing poetry.3 
Carlyle,4 the dyspeptic martyr, showed extreme irritability. He says 
in his diary: “Nerves all inflamed and torn up, body and mind in a 
hag-ridden condition.” He suffered from a paralysis in his right hand. 
Carlyle’s antecedents were conspicuously of a nervous kind. Bach5 
died from a stroke of apoplexy; one of his numerous children was an 
idiot. His family suffered from nervous diseases. Handel6 was very 
irritable; at the age of 50 he was stricken with paralysis, which so 
affected his mind that he lived in retirement for a year. 
Nisbet7 says: “Pathologically speaking, music is as fatal a gift to 
its possessor as the faculty for poetry or letters; the biographies of all 
the greatest musicians being a miserable chronicle of the ravages of 
nerve disorder extending, like the Mosaic curse, to the third and fourth 
generation.” Newton in the last years of his life fell into a melancholia 
which deprived him of his power of thought. Newton himself in a 
letter to Locke says that he passed some mouths without having “ a 
consistency of mind.” He was also subject to vertigo. From the 
manner of manifestation and the results following from this disease, 
1 Foster. Life of Charles Dickens. 
2J. W. Cross. Life of George Eliot. 
3Gleig. Memoirs of the life of Warren Hastings. 
4 Rf minisceuses. 
fiSpitta. Life of John Sebastian Bach. 
6 Rockstro. Life by Handel. 
7 The Insanity of Genius. 150 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Moreau1 goes so far as to say tliat it permits a certain degree of diag» 
nosis and may be called acute dementia. 
The insanity of Tasso is probable from the fact that, like Socrates, 
be believed he had a familiar genius which was pleased to talk with 
him and from whom he learned things never before heard of. Swift 
died insane. Chateaubriand during his youth had ideas of suicide and 
attempted to kill himself. His father died of apoplexy; his brother 
had an eccentricity bordering on insanity; was given to all vices and 
died of paralysis. “My chief fault,” says Chateaubriand, “is weariness, 
disgust of everything and perpetual doubt,” Tacitus had a son who 
was an idiot. Beethoven was naturally bizarre and exceedingly irrita- 
ble. He became deaf and fell into a profound melancholia, in which he 
died. Alexander the Great had a neurosis of the muscles of the neck, 
attacking him from birth, and causing his head to incline constantly 
upon his shoulders. He died at the age of 32, having all the symptoms 
of acute delirium tremens.2 His brother Arrchide was an idiot. His 
mother was a dissolute woman; his father was both dissolute and vio- 
lent. He Balzac (Honore) died of hypertrophy of the heart, a disease 
that can predispose one to cerebral congestion. The eccentricity of 
his ideas is well known, Lamartine says he had peculiar notions about 
everything; was in contradiction with the common sense of “ this low 
world.” His father wAs as peculiar. Lord Chatam was from a family 
of original mental disproportions, of peculiarities almost approaching 
alienation. Lord Chatam did not do things as others; he was mys- 
terious and violent, indolent and active, imperious and charming. 
Pope was rickety. He had this hallucination: One day he seemed to 
see an arm come out from the wall, and he inquired of his physician 
what this arm could be. Lord Byron was scrofulous and rachitic and 
club-footed. Sometimes he imagined that he was visited by a ghost; 
this he attributed to the over-excitability of his brain. He was born 
in convulsions. Lord Dudley had the conviction that Byron was in- 
sane. The Duke of Wellington died of an apoplectic attack. Napo- 
leon I had a bent back; an involuntary movement of the right shoulder 
and at the same time another movement of the mouth from left to right. 
When in anger, according to his own expression, he looked like a hur- 
ricane, and felt a vibration in the calf of his left leg. Having a very 
delicate head, lie did not like new hats. He feared apoplexy. To a 
general in his room he said, “ See up there.” The general did not 
respond. “What,” said Napoleon, “do you not discover it? It is 
before you, brilliant, becoming animated by degrees; it cried out, ‘ that 
it would never abandon me;’ I see it on all great occasions; it says to 
me to advance, and it is for me a constant sign of fortune.” 
1 Psychologic niorbide. 
2 Plutarch. INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
151 
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS. 
Many great men have believed in the existence of a star, of a genius 
protector. It is probable that many of these hallucinations have aided 
men in the execution of their plans. Additional biographical data 
concerning the different types of genius might be added, and many will 
occur to anyone who has read the lives of great men. In certain in- 
stances the authority for some of the facts might be questioned, but the 
great majority will stand. 
Lombroso thinks geniuses differ as much from father and mother, 
which is characteristic of degeneracy, and thus the physical resem- 
blances between geniuses of different epochs and races are noticed, as 
in Julius Cmsar and Napoleon. They sometimes lose their national 
type, and it occurs in the most noble traits, as elevation of forehead, 
remarkable development of nose and head, and vivacity of the eyes. A 
parallel example is found in Cretins and insane. Humboldt, Virchow, 
Bismarck, and Hemholtz do not have, according to Lombroso, the 
German physiognomy. Byron did not have the physiognomy or the 
character of the English. 
Stammering troubled ZEsop, Virgil, Demosthenes, Alcibiades, Eras- 
mus, Cato of Utica, and Charles V. Sterility is not uncommon in great 
men, as Addison, Pope, Swift, Johnson, and Goldsmith. 
Precocity is a symptom of genius and insanity. Dante composed 
verses at 9, Tasso and Mirabeau at 10. Comte and Voltaire and Pas- 
cal were great thinkers at 13: Niebuhr at 7; Jonathan Edwards and 
Bossuet and Pope at 12; Goethe before 10; Victor Hugo and Pension 
at 15. Handel and Beethoven composed at 13; Mozart gave concerts 
at C; Raphael was renowned at 14. Yet some great men were regarded 
as poor pupils, as. for example, Pestalozzi, Wellington, Balzac, Hum- 
boldt, Boccacio, Linne, Newton, and Walter Scott. 
Originality is very common, both to men of genius and the insane; 
but in the latter case it is generally without purpose. Lombroso goes 
so far as to make unconsciousness and spontaneity in genius resemble 
epileptic attacks. Hagen makes irresistible impulse one of the charac- 
teristics of genius, as Schiile (see above) does in insanity.1 Mozart 
avowed that his musical inventions came involuntary, like dreams, 
showing an unconsciousness and spontaneity, which are also frequent 
in insanity. Socrates says that poets create, not by reflection, but by 
natural instinct. Voltaire said, in a letter to Diderot, that all mani- 
festations of genius are effects of instinct, and that all the philosophers 
of the world together could not have given u Les animaux malades de 
la peste,” which La Fontaine composed without knowing even what he 
did. According to Goethe a certain cerebral irritation is necessary 
to poets. Klopstock declared that in dreams he had found many 
inspirations for his poem. 
1 Klinische Psycliiatrie. 152 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Thus, as the great thoughts of genius often come spontaneously, so 
it is with the ideas of the insane. 
Geniuses are inclined to misinterpret the acts of others and consider 
themselves persecuted. These are well-known tendencies of the insane. 
Boileau and Chateaubriand could not hear a person praised, even their 
shoemaker, without feeling a certain opposition. Schopenhaur became 
furious, refused to pay a bill, in which his name was written with a 
double “ p.” Unhealthy vanity is also common in the ambitions of 
monomaniacs. 
SOME PHYSICAL ANOMALIES IN MEN OF GENIUS AND IN THE INSANE. 
Not a few men of genius are rachitic and some have cranial and ce- 
rebral lesions. Yico, Clement YI, and Malbranche had their skulls 
fractured. Pericles, Bichat, Kant, and Dante had cranial asymmetry. 
Dante had an abnormal development of the left parietal bone and two 
osteomata in the frontal bone. Kant was ultrabrachycephalic; the 
disproportion between the upper part of the occipital bone and the 
lower partis noticeable; the same is true as to the minimum smallness 
of the frontal arc as compared with the parietal. The u soudures” of 
the sutures in the crania of Byron, Pascal, and Humboldt are to be 
noted. Descartes was submicrocephalic. Milton, Linnaeus, Cuvier, and 
Gibbon were hydrocephalic. Dante and Gambetta had small cranial 
capacity. Eousseau had hydropsical ventricles, Gauss1 and Bichat had 
a more developed left hemisphere than right. 
Bischoff and Eiidinger, in a study of eighteen brains of German sa- 
vants, have found congenital anomalies of the cerebral convolutions. 
Alienists hold in general that a large proportion of mental diseases 
are the result of degeneracy, that is to say, they are the offspring of 
drunken, insane, syphilitic, and consumptive parents. The most fre- 
quent characteristics of mental diseases are: apathy, weakness or 
loss of normal sense, impulsiveness, propensity to doubt, verbosity or 
exaggerated acuteness, extreme vanity or eccentricity, excessive pre- 
occupation with one’s own personality, mystical interpretations of 
simple facts, hallucinations, abuse of symbols or special terms, some- 
times suppressing every other form of expression, and a general phys- 
ical disproportion through an excessive development of certain fac- 
ulties or by absence of others. The reader is particularly requested 
to note these physical symptoms of insanity, for almost all of them, 
as we have seen, are found in men of genius. If X were substituted 
for insanity and Y for genius, so as to dispel preconceived notions, an 
impartial observer would be very liable to say that the characteristics 
of X and Y bring them under the same general category. Also some 
other physical characteristics of the insane are almost as frequent in 
geniuses; they are: asymmetry of face and head, irregularity in teeth, 
rachitism, face and head very small or very large. In the insane are 
frequently found abnormally large or small ears or mouth, hare-lips, 
1 Wagner, Das Hirngewicht der Mencheu, 1870. INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
153 
hypertrophy of the under lip, gums wide or oue-sided, bent nose, hands 
unequal in size, abnormal growth of hair over body, growth of beard on 
women, and defective eyebrows, etc. -Cerebral anaemia is frequent and 
hyperaemia very frequent in the insane. Wildermuth from an investi- 
gation of 127 idiots found 69 normal crauiums. Meynert1 says that 
114 out of 142 idiots show signs of degeneration. In order that some 
of the results may be seen more in detail, we give some tables.2 
Men: 
Average of 30 uormal craniums 1, 450 
Average of 10 epileptic craniums 1,523 
Women: 
Average of 30 normal craniums 1, 300 
Average of 14 epileptic’s craniums 1, 340 
Table I.—Cranial capacity in cubic centimeters. 
Here in Table I (as in the case of men of talent and genius in the 
following Table II) we see that the abnormal exceed the normal in 
brain development, that is to say, in these cases the insane and genius 
both exceed the normal man in cranial capacity or weight of brain. 
Table 11. 
Men of talent and genius. 
Age. 
Weight of 
brain in 
grammes. 
Medium 
weight of 
average 
brain at 
same age. 
Cranial 
capacity in 
cubic cen- 
timeters. 
Horizontal 
circum- 
ference in 
millime- 
ters. 
70 
1,520 
1,303 
52 
1660 
l’ 368 
62 
1, 829 
1,340 
78 
L 492 
1,246 
65 
485 
1, 331 
1, 740 
Napoleon I (general) 
564 
Darwin (scientist) 
563 
Wagner (musician) 
600 
1 493 
1,510 
Schwann (scientist) 
r,f*r 
Napoleon III 
1,500 
Muller (scientist) 
614 
Liebig (chemist) 
70 
1 352 
1,303 
1,550 
Wlrewell (philosopher) 
72 
1,390 
Average of 35 men of talent 
1,474 
1,319 
— 
Taking- now 551 millimeters as an average horizontal circumference 
of the head it will he seen that Napoleon, Darwin, Wagner, Schwann, 
and Muller exceed the normal. The averages of brain weight for the 
different ages, given by Welcker, are not absolute, but sufficiently near 
the truth for comparison. 
Table 111. 
Weight 
of brain. 
No. of 
bruins. 
1,490. 33 
1,438. 4G 
1, 454. 00 
1,447.05 
9 
Transition forms 
15 
62 
1 Meynert. Kliuische Vorlesungen iiber Psychiatric, 1890. 
2Welcker., Schiller’s Schiidel, etc. 154 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
If 1,350 grammes is taken as an average weight for a brain, Table 
111 gives 62 insane much above the normal, but this is 62 out of 579 
brains weighed. If we take the totals of the 579 as given in Table IV, 
all are below the average except the maniacs among men. The ex- 
treme divergence from the average may be regarded as abnormal and 
in the light of anomalies. To show more clearly the anomalous nature 
of the brains of the insane, Table Y is given. 
Table IV. 
Sex. 
Weight. 
Total melancholia 
c 
1, 295.18 
—■{ 
i; 210.37 
1,376.41 
1,221.09 
1.319.22 
Total mania 
Total old cases 
. ! 
Men 
1,175. 74 
1,214.82 
1,068. 24 
1, 336.03 
1,190. 03 
Total paralytics 
c 
— ■ 
Total transition forms 
5 
M7 omen 
We see therefore from these tables that particular individuals among 
both the insane and genius show extremely large cerebral capacity, 
but that iu general the insane are much below the normal while the 
genius is above in brain capacity and brain weight. 
Table V. 
Sex. 
1 
No. Weight. 
Melancholia 
Mania | 
Old cases 
Paralytics | 
Transition forms | 
33 
51 
39 
53 
86 
31 
145 
29 
43 
49 
1, 052.00 
1, 035. 65 
Women... 
Women... 
Men 
Women... 
Men 
1, 035. 00 
1,057.40 
1,032.81 
1, 048.88 
Women... 
Women... 
1,055.06 
Bischoff found some of the heaviest brains (weighing 1,650, 1,778, 
1,770, and 1,925 grammes) among common and unknown laborers; but 
such cases are very rare, so much so that the average is not affected. 
De Qua! refuges says that the largest brain has been found in a lunatic, 
and the next largest in a genius. The main fact brought out by the 
tables is the large number of anomalies and deviations from the normal 
in both insanity and genius. 
CONCLUSION. 
The facts cited thus far would seem to indicate that genius is not 
only abnormal, but often passes into a pathological form. But it may 
be asked more particularly as to what is meant by pathological and 
abnormal. 
The modern and fundamental conception of disease is an excess of 
normality. This statement can be supported by the highest medical 155 
INSANITY AND GENIUS. 
authorities, Virchow1 says that substratum upon which pathological 
manifestations play is a repetition or reproduction of the normal mor- 
phological stratum; its pathological character consists in this, that 
the stratum arises in an unlit way or at the wrong place or time; or it 
may depend upon an abnormal increase of the tissue elements, result- 
ing in deviation, which becomes degeneration. Thus in pathological 
relations there is a preservation of specific normal characteristics; 
nothing new arises functionally. Pathology is inpotentia in physiology. 
According to Perl, pathological phenomena are distinguished from the 
normal by their unequal and little constancy. Colmheim affirms that 
physiological laws hold their validity in diseased organisms; that 
abnormal means a considerable deviation from the type. Ziegler2 says 
that disease is nothing else than a-life whose manifestations deviate in 
part from the normal. 
In saying that genius manifests the symptoms of a neurosis or psy- 
chosis, we mean an excessive nervous or cerebral action. Many forms 
of insanity are also manifestations of similar excessive action. Such ac- 
tion in one individual can give rise to most wonderful, original, and bril- 
liant ideas, and we call it genius; in another individual it produces also 
wonderful and original but highly absurd thoughts, and Ave call it insan- 
ity. But it appears that the fundamental cause in both genius and in- 
sanity is the same; it is the excessive psychical or nervous energy. 
Some of the flights of genius are most brilliant and fascinating, yet 
they are none the less abnormal; and when this abnormality reaches a 
certain degree it can become pathological. Thus Don Quixote has 
wonderful ideas; he is an ardent soul with brilliant thoughts superior 
to the opinions of his contemporaries. Yet he renders no account of 
real things; he is in the air; lie takes his imaginations for realities, 
sees everything in his dream; he is without critical spirit and has 
little balance. Edgar Poe is full of phantasy, invention, original cre- 
ations, extreme notions, regardless of critical spirit. Poe was some- 
what dipsomaniac. While his writings are remarkable, yet they have 
elements similar to the wanderings of the insane. 
Some characteristics of genius are originality, egotism, vanity, indis- 
cretion, and lack of common sense5 precocity, sterility, irritability, 
impetuosity, melancholy, and susceptibility to visions and dreams. 
These characteristics belong also to the insane. If it be said that it is 
cruel to compare much that we consider highest in the world with 
insanity, the reply is, that we might as well object to classing man 
among the bipeds because vultures are bipeds. Any analysis of genius 
that may show the closest relation to insanity cannot change genius 
itself. Faust and Hamlet remain Faust and Hamlet. Genius and 
great talent may be considered those forms of abnormality most bene- 
ficial to society. 
1 Cellular-Pathologie. 
2Allgemeine path. Anatomie. CHAPTER VI. 
SOCIOLOGICAL, ETHICAL, AND CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
Concetto e Limiti della Sociologia Criminate. Napoleone Cola.tanni. Rivista di filo- 
soiia scientifica. Novembre, 1888. 
The writer is the standard-bearer and the principal authority among 
Italian socialists. Development is not always normal in human society; 
it as a whole suffers from disease, just as the individual organisms; 
hence the necessity of the study of the morbid or abnormal state—a 
pathological sociology. This comprehends the study of the anomalies 
opposed to nature, showing their coexistence and their derivation one 
from the other in the social organism. Criminal sociology occupies 
itself with the criminal manifestations. Eomagnosi, the statesman, 
says that crimes are the diseases of the social body; sometimes they 
are general, sometimes local, now permanent, now transitory. Criminal 
sociology reaffirms the analogies between biology and sociology. The 
difference in the laws and respective characteristics is shown, not only 
in the fully developed organism, but in assigning to sociology the prin- 
cipal characters of the evolution in all the phases of one society. The 
utility of criminal sociology is direct and indirect: (1) By the study of 
the pathological alterations, the knowledge of-the normal functions is 
increased; thus one is better able to determine the relation between 
cause and effect in diverse social phenomena; for, as Drill says, delin- 
quency is a sensible measure of the degree of health, strength, and 
prosperity of a given society in every given moment of its existence. 
(2) The direct utility of the study of social pathology, especially of 
criminal sociology, is intuitive; it directs one towards the care and pre- 
vention of crime; in lessening pain by gaining a just and free exercise 
of law, which results in the diminution of crime. But what is the place 
of criminal sociology in the hierarchy of the sciences'? Lucchiui, Fulci, 
and Puglia, three famous Italian statesmen, maintain the superiority 
of the law to that of sociology. Others hold that legal science is oidy 
a chapter in sociology. 
Now, sociology is a study of the whole life of the social organism. 
Liszt would divide biology into anthropology and criminal psychology. 
Moleschott thinks that sociology should be included in anthropology. 
But anthropology should be an introduction to sociology. Garraudi’s 
division is: (1) Study of the world of criminality in its actual state 
156 SOCIOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
157 
and in its history; (2) Investigation of causes which produce crime; 
(3) Indication and organization of the means of combating crime. But 
a more practical division is this: (1) Genesis and etiology of crime; 
(2) Treatment of crime, {a) prevention, (h) repression; (3) history and 
course of crime. 
Socialismo e CriminaUta. Enrico Ferri. Roma, 1883. pp. 224. 
The author says in his preface to the reader that it is imposed upon 
contemporary science to embrace daily reality, and not platonic re- 
searches for archaeological sweepings; and that this is not the love of 
science for its own sake, but for the sake of life. He calls attention to 
two new current ideas; one is the result of the experimental method in 
the study of criminal phenomena, the other is the effect of positivism 
in the study of economical facts. His conclusions are as follows: Crime, 
like all other manifestations of social pathology, is the offspring of the 
present social system; but socialism will change radically the state of 
society. In the new order of things prophesied and desired, crime 
will disappear (in a manner more or less absolute), and with it the rela- 
tively unproductive institutions—prisons, soldiers, and judges. The 
social surroundings will be the best, and crime, like misery, ignorance, 
prostitution, and immorality in general, will finish their sad tyranny. 
The following are two general socialistic affirmations which have imme- 
diate relation to the problem of the criminality of the future. The iron 
laws of the struggle for existence, which have dominated the animal 
world and humanity, will be eliminated from the economical order of 
socialism, which is the suppression of vital competition. Egoism, which 
in humanity, past and present, stands as a bar to all moral and social 
life, will disappear before altruism, disinterestedness, and love of neigh- 
bor, which will reign sovereign in the economical order of socialism. 
Ueber die Ursnchen der heutigen sodalen Noth, von Lu.io Brentano. Leipzig, 1889. 
pp. 43. 
One method in political economy is to follow a definition rather than 
reality; to formulate concepts so that they correspond to ideals rather 
than facts, as Karl Marx and Kodbertus have done. The latter admits 
that the proposition whereby the value is equal to the labor which the 
production of an object has cost does not agree with facts; what is pre- 
supposed should take place”, and the source of all social evils, is re- 
garded as lying in the contradiction of this postulate with reality. 
Another abstract school shows that value is not equal to the amount 
of work used in production, and that the deliverance of the whole prod- 
uct to the workman is not justified. But this school stops here, and 
there arises the idea that in the economic world all is in order, that 
there is no need which is not the fault of the individual himself. We 
accept neither of these views; we do not undertake to master life in 
such a way, to chase after ideals that can not be realized. The estab- 
lishment of an idea must rest upon reality. We are contented with 158 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
that which we strive to have, if only the material conditions exist 
for the good of all. Following the method of the investigator of 
nature, we find that social need, as it develops in reality, has nothing 
to do with all the ideas which fill the minds of those who deal with the 
abstract. The first and last cause of the present social need is the un- 
certainty in economical life, which arose with the dependence of all 
business upon the emporium, a necessary stage in the development of 
national economy. The remedy is not a new organization of economic 
life, but is to satisfy the nearest needs of the present, and when these 
cease the remedy should cease with them. Protective organizations 
stir up the greatest hostility of theoreticians of all views, the individ- 
ualistic and socialistic, but there develops out of these a new organiza- 
tion of economic life which is practical, and promises to set aside the 
uncertainty of existence. This does not show us how a theory to mas- 
ter life can be, but only to observe life, how its principles run, so that 
we may direct life accordingly. 
Note pour V fitude Statistique du Divorce, par M. Jacques Bertielon. Paris, pp. 25. 
In Switzerland divorces are more frequent than in any other Euro- 
pean country. Saxony is next, and is the only country where the men 
ask for divorces almost as often as the women. Those two countries 
exceed so much other countries of Europe as to demand special men- 
tion. Household troubles are frequent in France, where, however, 
divorce does not exist. It is wrong to say, therefore, that divorce 
causes such troubles. 
The general conclusions from statistics are: (1) that in incompatible 
marriages the woman suffers much more often than the man; (2) that 
those divorced do not very often marry again when they are young, but 
after a certain age they do with great ardour; (3) that widows marry 
again sooner after the dissolution of their first marriage than men. 
It is a general opinion in Franco that in the countries where di- 
vorce exists one uses it only in order to marry again. Statistics show 
that this is not true in the case of men at least, but is true as to a cer- 
tain number of women. Those divorced show a considerable mortal- 
ity, due, without doubt, to moral causes. Of 1,000 requests for sepa- 
rations in France, 000 were founded upon a grave charge, 55 upon 
adultery of the woman, 34 upon adultery, of the man, and 11 upon 
indeterminate causes; 14 asked for separations during the first year of 
marriage, 54 during each of the next four years (second to fifth), 53 
during each of the next five years (sixth to tenth), 34 during each of 
the next ten years (eleventh to twentieth), and 12 during the next ten 
years (twenty-first to thirtieth). 
Vo in Urspruug sittlichler Erkentniss, von Franz Brentano. Leipzig, 1889. pp. 122. 
There are no natural moral laws given to us by nature in the sense 
that they are inborn. There are inborn prejudices, but they have no 
natural sanction. They are true or false. Motives through fear and ETHICAL LITERATURE. 
159 
hope are not sanctions, nor is a pressure of feeling, as such, a sanction, 
nor the thought of a command o*f will of higher power. The ethical 
sanction is a command similar to the logical rule. The esthetical 
standpoint—as in logic, so in ethics—can not be the right one. Logical 
commands are naturally valid rules of judgments. The proper logical 
superiority or preference is a certain inner rightness which shows on 
its face a certain excellency. Belief in this excellency is an ethical 
motive; the knowledge of this excellency is the right ethical motive, 
the sanction, which gives to the ethical law continuance and validity. 
But how shall we arrive at this knowledge? Kant’s categorical 
imperative is a useless fiction. We must look to the results of recent 
investigation in descriptive psychology. There is no volition without 
a final purpose; without this all motive power fails; otherwise we 
would have the absurdity of a purpose without a purpose. Which is the 
right purpose ?is the principal question in ethics. The right purpose is 
the best attainable; but this is dark, for what do we mean by “best”? 
The idea of good does not come from outward perception. That which 
is worthy of love is the good in the widest sense of the word. That 
which is good in itself is good in the narrow sense; it alone can be 
compared to the true, for all that is true is true in itself, even if it is 
also indirectly perceived. There is an instinctive pleasure in our 
tastes for certain kinds of food. We have also another kind of pleasure, 
just as instinctive, in clear insight and knowledge; this is a higher 
form of pleasure. 
It is impossible to measure the intensities of pleasures ami pains, as 
the pleasures of smoking a cigar, hearing a symphony, or seeing a 
Madonna. The summation of good, good in its widest sense, is the 
purpose of life, to which every act should be ordered. Self-sacrifice, 
therefore, becomes duty; envy is excluded. Utilitarian considerations 
are the standard in the multiplicity of secondary rules which nature 
has laid in tables of law. These rules can be at discord, and in this 
sense is their ethical relativity. There is a hidden working of true 
ethical sanction in pseudo-ethical developments. 
II Concetto Scientifico della Liberia Morale. Alfredo Fraski. Pisa, 1888. pp. 22. 
It is not to be doubted, from the material side of mental actions, 
that every psychical act consists in a transmission and in a modifica- 
tion of an external impulse; that this is a particular form of energy, 
of motion. Motion, irritability, and thought are the constant forms of 
energy which accompany, respectively, atoms, monera, and men. These 
are the three phases of a continued evolution. Thus the spontaneity 
of the actions of living beings exists neither more nor less than any 
other phenomenon of the universe. That which we believe to be the 
liberty of decision is nothing else than an awakened consciousness in 
us of the same decision; and the illusion of being free in volition de- 
pends, first of all, on the diversity of innumerable causes, which, 160 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
according to circumstances and temperaments, can direct the action 
where it preponderates; in the second place, on the confusion that is 
generally made between liberty and consciousness, as has been said, 
between liberty and possibility. The final determination is the infallible 
and exclusive product of three factors: (1) The individual organiza- 
tion (which includes the physical, moral, inborn constitution, dispo- 
sitions, tendencies, talents, etc.; (2) the state of the nervous system at 
the moment in which the impression is received, which puts it (nervous 
system) into activity, including in this catagory also the moral state, 
in which the nervous centers become occupied by habit and education; 
(3) the whole of the impressions received at the point of acting, 
whether they come from passion, or whether they are awakened through 
reflection or by association within the nervous centers. 
There is a relatively modern school which restricts the old idea of 
freedom to that of an indefinite moral liberty, but this does not help, 
for the free will acts always according to the strongest motive, and 
then it is a sovereign without power, who reigns but does not govern; 
it is a u quid which is at the same time alive; it is a name 
which does not represent a fact. 
But determinism is not fatalism; it is not a passive obedience, a de- 
voted resignation, which justifies the end and means of deriving from 
it a providential wisdom, which alone can satisfy the faith of a Ma- 
hommedanor Brahmin lost-in contemplation. Ethical education, intel- 
lectual exercise, and the severity of the laws are efficient through de- 
terminism, becoming sufficient motives to guide our actions according 
to the recognized principles of morality. 
Le Libre Arhitre, par Ernest Navi elk. Paris, 1890. pp. 338. 
In modern Europe the idea of liberty developes a live sentiment of 
the value of the individual, a feeling more or less unknown to antiquity. 
At the same time science seeks to explain the destinies of man and 
humanity by the same laws that govern the motion of matter; that is, 
by the theory of universal necessity. This opposition between theory 
and practice is not normal; its maintenance is more and more to the 
discredit of philosophy. Just as a living organism rejects dead ele- 
ments, so the human mind can not assimilate doctrines which contra- 
dict the immediate sentiment of reality. To sustain the liberty of 
indifference does not recognize the organic conditions of life; it is to 
render the affirmation of free will legitimately suspicious to men who 
are in the current of scientific progress. The elements of nature con- 
stitute the part of determinism in the complex phenomenon of human 
volitions. The affirmation of a relative liberty offers the synthesis of the 
idea of liberty and necessity; but the two terms are contradictory in 
themselves, and every synthesis that claims to efface this contradiction, 
and to unify two distinct elements instead of constituting their rela- 
tions, is nothing more thau a negation of free will. The supreme qucs- ETHICAL LITERATURE. 
161 
tion is, as to whether the world unrolls fatally, so that man has no more 
influence over his destiny than over the course of the stars; or, is a part 
of the plan of the world adapted to liberty, the knowledge of which im- 
poses action. It is time that science inclines to this fact and refuses to 
live in a world of abstractions irreconcilable with reality. Philosophy 
should recognize that if determinism is the postulate of all the physical 
and physiological sciences, relative liberty is none the less certainly 
the postulate of all the psychological and moral sciences. 
Ethische Essays, von Gustav Bohmer. I. Schiidige Niemamlen olme Noth. Miin- 
The daily new discoveries of science show that the world is greater 
and richer than our senses are able to grasp; it is an unceasing proof 
of the limitations of human knowledge. The attraction of the earth is 
just as great an enigma as the consciousness of our body. Just as we 
must believe that the cart remains when no one is there, so wo must 
believe that there is something higher than man, which holds our life 
as all nature in motion. Every science strengthens this belief on the 
Almighty Force. The theory of need is the basis of scientific ethics. 
All moral acts are dependent either upon self-preservation or preserva- 
tion of the species. 
clieii, 1890. pp. 110. 
The ethical principle of the people is, that that action is bad by which 
the actor injures a person unnecessarily. 
An absolute morality for all times is not possible. Every human 
generation has its own rational morality, which is not absolute, because 
its ground principle changes, even under the eyes of the living. 
Die ethische Aufgahe des Menschen, von Dr, Bekthoed Weiss. Leipzig und Wien, 
1890. pp. 23. 
The natural striving of men is to obtain the most frequent, intensive, 
and long-enduring happiness. But pleasure and pain are very differ- 
ently divided among men. This inequality of division, which appears 
to be limited by capacity, environment, and act, is it subjectively 
grounded! Do happiness and merit, unhappiness and guilt, stand in a 
causal relation ? 
Responsibility for health or disease, environment or bad education, 
well being or poverty, can not be thought of; yet these are often alone 
sufficient to make a life happy or miserable, and here no further inves- 
tigation is necessary to establish the injustice of the division of pleas- 
ure and pain. In fact there is no responsibility for acts, and therefore 
all human happiness and unhappiness is unmerited. A hungry man 
sees a loaf of bread on the window; he is lazy, and considers wluether 
anyone will police him or whether he will be cpught. If hunger and 
laziness exceed the fear of being caught or punished, theft is the 
result; if hunger and fear exceed laziness, work is the result; if fear 
and laziness pre stronger than hunger, there is no result. If the idea 162 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
of the death of a child brings more pain to the mother than her own 
death, she rushes into the burning house to save the child. Thus 
responsibility for volition and action has as little applicability as it 
does in the case of capacities and environment. When a grown-up 
man comes to a conciousness of himself, he finds himself a distinct 
ego with certain characteristics and dispositions, a son of certain 
parents, in a certain state, at a certain epoch in the development of 
mankind; everywhere the highest subjective contingency joined to 
an outward necessity. That the beautiful is preferred to the ugly, 
that cleverness outwits stupidity, and strength oversteps weakness, is 
just as comprehensible as that a wolf eats a lamb; and yet this guilt 
or that merit lies only in the fact of coming into the world as lamb 
or as wolf. 
The ethical task of men and humanity is to destroy this inequality of 
division as opportunity presents, and above all, to set aside, hinder, or 
lessen all suffering as unmerited. Objectively right (good for humanity) 
are those acts which, under given relations, are most favorable to the 
balance of happiness to mankind. These same acts are subjectively 
right when they contribute to the happiness of the individual. AVhere 
the natural striving of a man accords with the ethical postulate of 
objective right, there the absolute ideal of right action is attained. 
Einleituny in die Christliche Ethik, Ton Hermann Weiss. Freiburg i. 8., 1889. 
pp. 238. 
In relation to the task which theological as well as philosophical 
ethics has just now before it, the treatment of fundamental questions 
is the most weighty. The author has taken these up somewhat fully 
and especially with a view to the problems in the life and literature of 
the present. Theology can not isolate itself from ethics, philosophy, or 
general literature. Science can not exclude the moral thinking and 
acting of Christian men in cultured Christendom. True morality is 
developed and completed only in connection with religion; and true 
religion is always morally formed, and is determined upon the ground 
of conscience. 
The purport of religious experience is throughout that there is in 
man a fundamental consciousness of the goodness of Cod. This 
awakens the fundamental feeling of absolute moral determination in 
conscience and also trust in this absolute goodness. These two expe- 
riences, while relative to one another, are manifestations of divine 
fullness. 
The Ethical Problem, by Dr. Paul Carus. Chicago, 1890. pp. 90. 
The majority of civilized people demand obedience to certain ethical 
rules. To some extent they enforce them by laws; but these laws rest 
upon the ethical spirit that animates a nation. The motive to do 
right must bo a living power in every citizen, and the ethical problem 
seeks an answer to the question, How can we plant that motive in the ETHICAL LITERATURE. 
163 
souls of men? The problem is not speculative, but practical. Yet 
correct theories are the indispensable conditions of all progress in 
practical life. To inculcate the ethical motive requires us to lay down 
a principle or standard; and to comprehend this the origin and evolu- 
tion of ethics must be studied. Ethics in the widest sense of the 
term means regulation of action; in the more definite sense it represents 
those duties which must be performed in the interest of society. The 
ethical stimulus has been implanted into man by religion. Religion is 
a xddlosophy employed as a regulative principle for action. 
The cause that sets the will into motion we call motive. If this 
will were not determined by motives it would indicate a state of 
disease, yet this does not mean there is no such thing as freedom of 
will. But we must make a distinction between necessity and compul- 
sion; necessity is determined by law; compulsion is forcing one to do 
something against his will. There would be no objection to the word 
compulsion if it meant that a man was the slave of his motive. In 
this case the free man would be he who himself compels himself to 
whatever actions he undertakes, while the slave is compelled by other 
things, for instance his master’s whip. A will not determined by a 
motive is nonsensical. Responsibility is the consciousness of a free 
man that he is the author of his actions and of their consequences. 
The free man is like the artist, full of an idea, executing it without any 
compulsion, of his own free will. When every man can be a law unto 
himself he is free. In that day society will realize the highest ideals: 
justice, order, and freedom. 
Les Oriqinea du Manage et de la Famille, par A. Giraxjd-Teulon, fils. Geneve, Paris, 
1884. pp. 525. 
The more one penetrates into the cosmos the more lie recognizes the 
poverty of pure reasoning, its fictions, as the multiple ways of the ev- 
olution of natural phenomena become known. This experimental 
method has need of existence in the domain of history; and it is the pur- 
pose of this book to exemplify its application. 
An analysis of the primitive forms of human society is not favor- 
able to the doctrines commonly accepted by the philosophy of history. 
An impartial study does not indicate that man appeared upon the globe 
at the head of his family. Exegesis permits us to see in the moral 
world, as in the physical, the product of successive transformations 
carried on for ages almost insensibly. The patriarchal family is only 
a stage in the development of humanity, where one can recognize the 
vestiges of a more rudimentary state. 
Under the feet of classical peoples there extends a stratum of human 
fossils, which occupied a vast territory and whose laws and ideas dif- 
fered profoundly from those of historical peoples. This substratum 
has left in Asia, America, Oceanica, and Africa, the debris of domestic 
institutions diametrically opposed to those of the patriarchal family. 164 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Tlie most ancient human societies appear to have been organized on 
the principle of communistic marriage ; and when consanguinity be- 
came the organic law of the family it was indicated first only by the 
maternal birth; the family did not rest on paternal power, but upon 
uterine consanguinity; the l ights of succession, of property, authority 
belonged to the feminine line, and man as father was relegated to a 
subordinate situation. Thus the maternal family is an inevitable stage 
in every primitive civilization, and the patriarchal is a consequence of 
a slow progress of the human race. But it is urged that certain human 
cases may have practiced monogamy, Just as certain species of animals 
do; as gorillas, anthropoid apes, the carnivora, the swallows (monog- 
amy for life), pigeons, etc. This supposition would be admissible if 
anthropology could demonstrate the diversity of the origin of human 
races. Butin absence of this we must picture the human race as a 
specific unity. According to the customs of present savages it would 
seem that the confusion in the relation of the sexes and uterine parent- 
age had been the law of primitive societies. The conception of man in 
a state of primitive nature, degraded by his primordial innocence and 
corrupted by civilization, etc., became in a fantastic form one of the 
powerful agents in the French revolution. It is in the conception of 
liberty and of primitive equality that the roots of communism rest. 
The theory of progression, on the contrary, comes from scientific inves- 
tigation. The fundamental differences between these two theories is 
that in one the individual is a social unity while in the other he is a 
body or group undivided and of common descendance, which is consid- 
ered the first unity. Social progress on the theory of evolution, is con- 
formed to the ordinary laws of development—that is, that it has been 
from the general to the particular. If all races have had, as a point of 
departure, a bestial promiscuity, the history of the family is presented 
under a more elevated aspect than that which the- traditional theory 
offers; it is a conquest of man. If moral civilization be considered as 
a consequence of material wealth and of the right of property, the 
history of which is confounded with that of the progress of the family, 
civilization in the last analysis reposes in modern times on monogamy, 
that is to say, on conjugal fidelity. The importance of this virtue of 
civilization can justify before the eyes of the mother and wife the sac- 
rifices which society requires of woman. 
La Vertu Morale et Socialc du Christianisme, par le Comte Guy de Bbemond d’Ahs. 
Paris, 1890. pp. 438. 
The virtue of Christianity signifies its excellence for moral and social 
life and for the progress of humanity. The principle of superior civili- 
zation is not the struggle for life, but disinterestedness, whence arise 
justice, the first degree of virtue, and devotion, the second degree. 
This disinterestedness is a characteristic of our species, and raises us 
above the beast when it is anxiously thought pfp All morality founded ETHICAL LITERATURE. 
upon the rival interest of our species leads it back to animality. The 
social being’ can not develop its dignity except by reacting against the 
natural instinct of egoism and of combat, to which the brute simply 
abandons itself without moral law or free volition. Generous passions 
can be pleasurable; happiness, devotion, and love can be just. The 
higher a man rises the easier it is for him to live according to moral 
law. But the human species will never arrive at perfection—that is, 
universal and complete devotion. The state of social perfection is an 
ideal that should always be held up. A wise philosophy should doubt 
that man, reduced to his sources, is sufficiently robust to maintain the 
moral task; a Christian should affirm that he is not, and that he has 
need of grace. However little Christian a philosophy may be, it will 
not deny the utility of Christianity simply as a, doctrine to fortify for 
struggle. The most recent results of science are far from having made 
Christianity a beautiful ancient legend; they have rather renewed its 
youth. The nations of equality and liberty are evangelical fruit. Con- 
temporary history and literature exhibit man as placed between two 
geniuses—disinterestedness and interestedness. According as he gives 
way to one or the other he does good or evil. 
In this work the author has endeavored with as much clearness as 
possible to bring out the purely social side of humanity; abstracting 
that which is simply vital or physical. But he finds that the point of 
view, in favor of which he could mark this difference, shows between 
the social and natural phenomena the most numerous, constant, and 
natural analogies. This pure sociology is general; its laws are appli- 
cable to all actual past or possible societies, just as physiological laws 
are to all species. The philosophy of history and the philosophy of 
nature, as generally understood, present the historical and natural 
phenomena in such a way as to preclude the possibility of a wholly 
different grouping or succession. 
Lea Lola de Vlmitation; 6tude sociologique, par G. Tarde. Paris, 1890. pp. 431. 
The real is only explicable by being attached to the immensity of 
the possible—that is to say, of the necessary under conditions, where it 
swims as a star in infinite space. The idea of law is the conception of 
this firmament of facts. Certainly all is rigorously determined, and 
the reality could not be different, its primordial and unknown condi- 
tions being given. But why these, and not others ? There is irrationality 
at the basis of necessity. Also in the physical and living domain, as 
in the social world, that which is realized seems to be only a fragment 
of that which can be realized. The mind does not admit the relation 
of cause to effect, except where the effect resembles the cause, repeats 
the cause; as an undulation gives rise to another similar undulation. 
Each time that “produce” does not signify to “reproduce,” all becomes 
dark to us. There is only science of similitudes and phenomenal repeti- 
tions. (I) All the similitudes in the chemical, physical, and astronom- 166 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
ical world have for their explanation and possible cause periodic 
and vibratory movements. (2) All similitudes in the vital world result 
from hereditary transmission, from intraorganic or extraorganic gener- 
ation. (3) All the similitudes of social origin are the direct or indirect 
fruit of imitation in all its forms—custom, sympathy, obedience, instruc- 
tion, education, social imitation, or reflective imitation. In short, every 
social similitude has imitation as its cause. 
A social group may be defined as a collection of beings in so far as 
they are imitated among themselves, or, without actual imitation, in so 
far as they resemble one another, and their common traits are ancient 
copies of the same model. Society is essentially imitation. The brain 
is an organ which repeats sensitive centers, and is itself composed of 
elements that repeat themselves. Memory is purely a nervous habit; 
habit is a muscular memory. Thus every act of perception supposes a 
sort of habit, an unconscious imitation of one’s self by one’s self. Society 
is a memory, a habit not individual, but collective. What is the nature 
of this imitation, of this suggestion that constitutes the mental life ? 
We do not know. For if we consider this fact in its purity we are 
brought to a phenomenon much studied at present—somnambulism. 
If one will read the books of Hi diet, Binet et Fer6, Beaunis, Bernheim, 
andDelboeuf, he will be convinced that it is no fancy to regard social 
man as a veritable soranambule. The social state, like the hypnotic, 
is only a form of dream. Sympathy is mutual imitation, mutual pres- 
tige, according to Adam Smith ; prestige is at the base and origin of 
society. 
From archaeological and statistical considerations, history may be 
defined as a collection of things that have been done most; that is to 
say, initiatives that have been imitated most. History is the destiny 
of imitations. 
Considered logically or teleologically, (1) internal models will be 
imitated before external, and (2) examples of persons, or classes, or 
localities considered superior will take precedence over the inferior, 
and (3) superiority is sometimes attached to the present, sometimes the 
past, and is a powerful cause of favor, of a considerable historical in- 
fluence, as examples of our fathers or of those of our contemporaries. 
This imitation from the within to the without signifies two things: 
(1) That imitation of ideas precedes that of expression; (2) that imita- 
tion of purpose precedes that of means. 
The classes or nations which are imitated most are those in which 
imitation is the most reciprocal. A large city is characterized by an in- 
tensity of internal imitation in proportion to the density of population 
and the multiform multiplicity of the relations of its inhabitants. Thus 
there is an epidemic and contagious character given not only to its 
diseases, but to its styles and its views. Aristocratic classes were once 
remarkable for an analogous character, and to an eminent degree the 
royal courts. ETHICAL LITERATURE, 
167 
After considering, from the point of view of imitation, language, 
religion, government, legislation, usages and needs, morals and arts, the 
author finishes his work with some general remarks and corollaries; 
The supreme law of imitation appears to be its own tendency to 
an indefinite progression. This sort of immanent ambition, which is 
the soul of the universe, and which is transformed physically by the 
luminous conquest of space, vitally by the claim of each species to fill 
the entire globe with its examples, seems to push each discovery or each 
invention (even the most insignificant individual innovation) to scatter 
itself indefinitely in the whole social field. But this tendency, when 
not seconded by logically and teleologically auxiliary inventions, or by 
the favor of certain prestiges, is hindered by diverse objects. These 
obstacles are either logical and teleological contradictions, or barriers 
which a thousand causes, principally prejudices and pride of race, have 
established between families, tribes, and people. It results from this 
that a good idea, arising in one of these groups, is propagated without 
trouble until it reaches the frontiers. But fortunately this arrest is 
only slackening of pace. War is often more a civilizer for the conquered 
than for the conqueror, for the former often borrows its ideas from the 
latter. Each germ of imitation in the brain of the imitator, under the 
form of a belief, aspiration, or idea, develops into exterior manifesta- 
tions, into words, actions, which are impressed upon the nervous and 
muscular systems according to the law of march from within to without. 
Each act of imitation makes each act more free and rational, more 
precise and rigorous. These conditions are the gradual suppression 
of barriers of caste, class, and nationality; the gradual diminution of 
distances by the rapidity of locomotion and the density of population. 
Suppose all these conditions reunited and pushed to the highest degree, 
the imitative transmission of a good initiative overall humanity would 
be almost instantaneous, like the propogation of a wave in a perfectly 
elastic medium. We are hastening to this strange ideal, and already we 
meet indications in the world of savants, where, although far separated, 
they touch each instant by mutiple international communications. 
Ueher die hislorisch-ethische Eichtnng in der Nationalokonomie, von Dr. Franz Bkro- 
hoff-Ising. Leipzig, 1889. pp. 41. 
The author treats in brief of the origin, nature, and results of the 
historical ethical direction of national economy, in which the whole 
development of modern political economy is pictured anew. After a 
criticism of the directions of some of the contemporary political econo- 
mists, the author concludes that the task of national economy in gen- 
eral can not be solved without the aid of speculative deduction. To 
say that such deduction has been made obsolete by the historical school 
is false; for, on the contrary, the importance of classical methods has 
been increased through the possibility of turning to good account form- 
erly deficient historical and statistical material, in that the insight 168 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
into the real nature of the concrete relations may give the positive con- 
trol to the speculative conclusions. The right path lies between these 
two methods. 
The relation between crime, alcoholism, and pauperism is so inti- 
mate—indeed an unmixed case of any one of them is the exception— 
that the consideration of one involves all. 
LITERATURE ON CHARITY, PAUPERISM, MENDICITY, VAGRANCY. 
De VAssistance, compte rendu officiel (in extenso) An Congres international ienu d Paris en 
1889. 2 vols., pp. 560 and 774. 
The international congress of public relief, of which this is the re- 
port, was held under the patronage of the French Government at Paris 
from July 28 to August 4, 1889. The congress favored the guarantee- 
ing of public relief by law to the temporarily indigent; the provision 
of medical attendance so far as practicable by tbe lowest governmental 
division to which the patient belongs, commune, parish, etc.; the equal- 
ization of such burdens among the governmental divisions, so that the 
richer communes, etc., shall help the poorer, under tbe general super- 
vision of the state. Destitute children should be placed in suitable 
families, and the pay of those having charge of them should not be too 
small. The aid of disinterested women living near where the children 
are placed should be engaged in looking after them. Legal guardian- 
ship of children morally abandoned is to be secured, and in their sub- 
sequent treatment some regard is to be had to the circumstances in 
which they are found. Places are to be provided for the care and in- 
struction of poor children during the working hours of their parents, 
and special schools for those unsuited for tbe ordinary schools. Chil- 
dren that can not be rescued by the family method should be placed in 
institutions where they may receive special training. 
The second volume contains the reports of the four subsections of 
the congress: (1) On public relief in general; (2) on charities for chil- 
dren; (3) on hospitals and home relief; (4) on the insane, the poor- 
house, etc. In section lit was contended that obligatory public assist- 
ance must be justified, efficacious, preventive, and neutral in religion. 
In section 2 the benefits of dispensaries to children and the public 
were shown, and an administrative plan for the supervision of guard- 
ianship was developed. Section 3 resolved in favor of professionally 
trained nurses in hospitals and better treatment of them with a view 
to improving the personnel of this branch, also schools for their train- 
ing. In section 4 Dr. Bourneville supported the establishment, by the 
larger governmental divisions, of institutions for defective children. 
Dr.K6raval advocated provisional release of certain of the insane, under 
asylum supervision, for the mutual benefit of themselves and the asy- 
lums. At the suggestion of Dr. Magnan the following resolutions were 
voted: That the asylum should be considered as an instrument of cure 
and treatment; that aside from the asylum, family care and agricul- 
tural colonies should be developed as much as possible, to avoid the CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
169 
embarrassment of the asylums. (3) That the attending physician 
should indicate the classes of patients who are in a state to receive 
family care, and that he should have the oversight of the agricultural 
colonies. At the end of the second volume is a very complete and me- 
thodical bibliography of over 300 pages on public and private charity 
in France and other countries. 
Aiti della Commissions Reale, per I’lnchiesta sidle Opere Pie. Roma, *BB7. pp. 234. 
A report from Italy concerning institutions and questions of charity 
is of special interest, since there pauperism is more typical. 
This pamphlet contains the reports of the Eoyal Commission for 
inquiry into works of charity in Italy. It gives the deliberations of 
three sessions. We cite a few of the propositions concerning charity 
in general that were adopted by the commission: Merciful deeds are 
subject to all the present laws of the institutions of charity and benefi- 
cence, and are to aid the needy both in the state of health and disease, 
to bestow upon them assistance, to educate, instruct, or forward them 
in any profession, art, or trade. They are also subject to these laws, 
when they have in addition an ecclesiastical scope or are established 
exclusively in favor of persons which profess a recognized cultus in 
the state. In institutions of a mixed nature, persons or ecclesiastics 
who have control of them should hold a distinct administration and 
make a separation of returns and of patrimony in such a manner as 
shall be recognized as useful and opportune. But private estates 
administered by private individuals or in the name of a family, and 
exclusively intended for the benefit of one or more families designated 
by the founder, are not subject to the above-named laws. The same 
is also true in case of committees of aid and institutions, maintained 
by the temporary gifts of private individuals. 
The report has, in full, the plan of the laws for the administration 
of charity, and is valuable for reference. The discussions of the sev- 
eral members of the commission are given somewhat in full. 
Armenordnung fur die Stadt Elberfeld. pp. 30. 
The “Poor Regulations” for the city of Elberfeld date from July, 
1852. Elberfeld is a place of 119,200 inhabitants, situated in Rhenish 
Prussia. It is one of the most important manufacturing towns of 
Europe. 
Here a systematic, practical, and we may say almost scientific method 
of treating the poor has been carried on for years. Some points in 
their book of regulations may be of value. 
The city administration for the poor consists of a president, four city 
delegates, and four voting citizens, which are elected for three years 
by the municipal assembly. The city poor administration has the care 
of all the needy who raise a legal claim for aid from the civil commu- 
nity. As regards the care of such poor not received in the city institu- 170 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
tions, the administration is supported by 220 district directors and 308 
overseers. As regards the administration of the city institutions for 
the poor, it is supported by a specially chosen administrative deputation. 
Every overseer is assigned to a certain ward of the city according to 
house numbers, and every director to one out of 14 wards of the exist- 
ing district. The overseers of every district meet regularly and at 
least every fourteen days with the district assembly under the presi- 
dency of the district overseer or his representative. Every request for 
aid out of the city’s means must be brought by the overseer of that 
special ward from which such request comes, who must make a careful 
personal investigation into the conditions of the solicitor. All the city 
institutions for the poor and the sick are under the supervision of a 
special administrative deputation. They are the poor house, orphan 
asylum, institution for deserted children, hospital, place for epidemic 
diseases, and insane asylum. Members of this deputation are elected 
every three years from officials and citizens. 
Those who are needy and capable of work, so far as they are not 
assisted by others, must be aided by the city. The money requisite 
weekly for a wholly dependent family, including food, shelter, clothing, 
and furniture, is as follows: 
Cents. 
Forthe father 75 
For the mother 50 
For a child over 15 years 50 
For a child from 10 to 15 years 45 
For a child from 5 to 10 years 33 
For a child from 1 to 5 years 27 
For a child less than 1 year old 20 
That is, about $3 a week for a family. Each overseer should not as 
a rule have charge of more than four poor (single or head of families). 
The intlueuce of this organization has been very wide. Many cities 
in Germany have made the Elberfeld system its model. The following 
are some figures taken from the report of ]BBB-’B9: 
Elberfeld. 
Tear. 
Expenses. 
Population. 
Cost per 
citizen. 
Average 
number of 
needy 
helped. 
1853 
Marks. 
70,651.75 
63, 211.85 
50,418 
59, 774 
Marks. 
1.40 
1,06 
1863 
545 
1873 
70, 370. 03 
78, 000 
. 90 
437 
1882-’83 
150, 633. 56 
99,100 
1.52 
829 
1887-88 
166, 221.94 
113,000 
1.47 
840 
1888-’89 
101, 706. 01 
119,200 
1.36 
844 
Der Berliner Asyl-Verein fiir Ohdachlose. Berlin, 1882. pp. 71 
The first asylum for this society was built iu Berlin in 1808. The 
purpose was to furnish shelter to those without it, and to aid such 
persons iu obtaining employment. The principal work is to provide CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
171 
shelter for a night or few nights. Some of the rules are: The asylum 
can not he used by the same person oftener than three times a month. 
Every one on entering must wash his hands and face. All card-playing, 
smoking, and drinking is expressly forbidden, the penalty being imme- 
diate expulsion. From 1839 to 1881 inclusive, 214,313 women and 
children were cared for, averaging 40 per night, at a cost of ten cents 
a person, making the whole expense $21,201.12. During the same 
period 871,507 men were cared for, averaging 215 per night, at a cost 
of five cents per person. 
Der Ccntralverein fur das Wold der arbeilcnden Klassen. Bericbt iiber seine Entwicke- 
Inng und Tliiitigkeit von 1844 bis 1883. Berlin, 1883. pp. 15. 
The second half of the nineteenth century, after a series of bloody 
wars, seems to be called to the solution of social questions. The prin- 
cipal aim of modern statemanship is to further the well-being of the 
masses. Society and all its members are to work with the state. 
Employers are not merely to appropriate technical progress and utilize 
the forces of nature and capital, but are to strive towards a moral ideal. 
They are not to produce goods only, but to make men happy. Such in 
general are the ideas of “ The Central Association for the Well-being 
of the Working Classes,” at Berlin. The right of corporation was 
granted to this society in 1848. The association through experience 
has found that its purpose is not so much to lead or to regulate, as it 
is to quicken, to mediate, to gather together. One of its practical 
aims is the founding of healthy and suitable dwellings for workmen, 
air, light, and warmth being the main considerations. 
Das System der communalen Naturalverpflegung armer Rexsender zu BeJcdmpfung der 
Wanderhettelei, von Caul Huzel. Stuttgart, 1883. pp. 114. 
The author considers the system of communal care of vagrants, hav- 
ing' principally in view the past experiences of Wiirtemberg. 
The organization of this society in Germany was enlarged in 1882. 
There were two systems, one, the eiCommunity System,” where there 
was a station for food and shelter for the night; the other, the “Station 
System,” where they were farther apart, from 5 to 10 miles. The va- 
grants or tramps were warned, through public placards, from begging or 
looking around, and were invited to apply to the local overseer or to 
the next relief station. There is no special way of relief or manner 
of giving it common to all the districts, except that no order is given 
for alcoholic drinks. The city of Herford has a model system for treat- 
ment of tramps. The following are some of its rules: No money is 
given out. Work is provided, which everyone who receives a ticket of 
aid must engage in. Tramps do not like this method, but this fact 
rather recommends it. 172 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
The Poor Law, l>y T. W. Fowle, M. A. London, 1890. pp. 175. 
“Poor” may refer to those who are actually destitute, or those who 
would he so were it not for manual labor, which constitutes their 
property, and is the chief source of the wealth of mankind. “Poor” 
in the sense to excite compassion has hitherto been used only for those 
who can not labor, but to call those poor who must labor or the world 
can not exist is to trifle with the condition of mankind. “Indigence” 
is the state of a person unable to labor, or unable to obtain in return 
for his labor the means of subsistence. Poverty is used to describe the 
state of one who, in order to obtain a mere subsistence, is forced to haye 
recourse to labor. 
In all countries the same kind of difficulties concerning the support 
of the indigent have been encountered, the same sort of remedies tried, 
and the same painful and disappointing experience gone through. 
There have been two reasons why the poor laws are a necessary part 
of social organization: one is that all men have a natural right to the 
means of subsistence; the other is that society is compelled, in the 
interests of its own self-preservation, to take some care of destitute 
persons. The good of the community and not the rights of individuals 
is the legitimate cause of legal provision for destitution. In all coun- 
tries poor-law legislation has been devised to meet certain plain and 
growing evils that were endangering society. Moral or humanitarian 
considerations are as necessary to the well being of society as mate- 
rial or economic conditions, and would establish a system of state 
relief even if it could be shown that, as a matter of policy or economy, 
no such relief was needed. By whatever name we choose to call the 
process, relief must come at the cost of the community. This law may 
be expressed in these terms: “That every society, upon arriving at a 
certain stage of civilization, finds it positively necessary for its own 
sake—that is to say, for the satisfaction of its own humanity and for 
the due performance of the purposes for which society exists—to pro- 
vide that no person, no matter what lias been his life or what may be 
the consequences, shall perish for want of the bare necessities of exist- 
ence.” 
This principle gave rise to the system of state relief. It teaches 
that in the higher and more delicate types of social organization, what 
we might call the moral life of the community is incompatible with the 
spectacle of unrelieved indigence. Individuals of the higher classes 
do not desire to have their natural feelings of humanity and kindness 
shocked. How can men enjoy life when they know their neighbors are 
starving? Of nations, as of men, if they have not charity they are 
nothing. 
The actual condition of things out of which this feeling of humanity 
struggled into existence was the embarrassment felt in punishing with 
severe penalties vagrancy and mendicancy,-or even crime itself, with- CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
173 
out affording some assurance that the bodily wants, which drive per- 
sons to these courses were not altogether provided for at the public cost. 
As the social convenience became more mature, there was a dim and 
indistinct feeling that pauperism and crime could not be laid to such 
individuals so much, for it bad, to a large extent, grown out of the 
sellish neglect or mischievous ignorance of the nation itself. So it 
is with the evident injustice from state interference with the work 
and wages of the laboring classes, and from state noninterferrence 
with their dwellings and surroundings. The idea of the natural opera- 
tion of humanity, as a thing due from society to its own self respect, 
is to be found as the principle of poor-law administration in all 
countries. Every destitute person has a right to relief, not because 
his miserable condition gives him a title to it (an obsolete idea suitable 
only to primitive stages of social growth), but because the state has 
made for its own purposes a contract to stand between its citizens and 
death by starvation. The motive of state relief is primarily and 
chiefly the welfare of the giver; but the motive of private charity 
ceases to be charity if the giver puts his own comfort or interests high- 
er than the needs of the recipient. Hence there is no such thing as 
legal charity, and we are not to look to a system of state relief for 
moral graces, such as gratitude from the recipient or liberality from 
the official giver who dispenses other people’s money. At present the 
true statement of the case would seem to be that the selfishness of the 
upper classes took advantage of the growing spirit of humanity, and 
made a kind of tacit bargain with it whereby, upon condition that locali- 
ties provided for the relief of the “impotent,” they were authorized to 
reduce the able-bodied laborer to a state of practical slavery under the 
idea of setting him to work. Thus compulsory provision for the impo- 
tent and for setting to work the able-bodied is a description of the ori- 
gin of poor-laws in England. 
As to the legal relief of the poor, the condition of the pauper is less 
eligible than that of the independent laborer, otherwise the law de- 
stroys the strongest motives to good conduct, steady industry, and 
frugality among the laboring classes. There should bo relief for the 
destitute, but so that their condition shall be worse than if they had 
taken pains to support themselves. But there are deteriorating effects 
which can not always be met by measures directed against abuses 
by individuals, partly because when the state has interfered between 
men and the natural consequences of their own behavior it can not 
help being drawn into further measures ou their behalf. Thus another 
object arises, which is to prevent the pauperizing effects of state relief 
by measures calculated to raise the condition of the working classes. 
While the attempts to classify poor laws according to the systems of 
various nations are of doubtful value, yet there is a broad distinction 
between the Teutonic or Scandinavian and Protestant nations pf the 174 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
north and the Latin or Catholic nations of the south. Before the Refor- 
mation there was no poor law at all, but only a series of enactments 
horrible in their revolting severity against pauperism, especially in the 
form of vagrancy, and another series more detestable against the rights 
of free labor. The indigent and miserable were left to the care of the 
church. For a survival of medheval arrangements we must look to 
the Turkish Empire, in which (Mahomet having exhorted his people to 
show kindness to the poor, not to oppress the orphan, nor repulse the 
beggar) poor relief is still expressly associated with religious institu- 
tions. At the time of the Reformation the altered relation between 
state and church and the conception of a national church caused the 
state to take some of the functions of the church, so that we find a 
command from the state that each parish should maintain its own poor. 
In southern Europe, however, things remained the same until the 
French Revolution, after which there resulted what may be called an 
organized charity, Avith eacli local commune for the area of administra- 
tion, which has spread until it is the present state of things. 
The poor fund is raised in many ways. RorAvay levies a tax on cards, 
spirits, and beer; Leipzig sends around subscription collectors; Austria 
confiscates part of the property of Catholic clergymen who die intestate; 
Rome demands a contribution from newly created cardinals; France 
benefits from burial grounds, theaters, pawnshops (so also in Italy), and 
lotteries; Greece makes much out of the sale of candles, and to crown 
the list, it is said a single caged nightingale pays five thalers a year to 
the poor fund at Elberfeld. 
The causes and conditions of indigence are everywliere the same and 
produce the same classes of pauperized persons: 
(1) The impotent, avlio suffer from no fault of their own: (a) constitu- 
tionally infirm, (/>) imbeciles, (c) fatherless children. 
(2) The impotent, who might have done better: (d) the aged, (e) per- 
manently sick, (/) lying-in women (unmarried). 
(3) The able-bodied out of Avork: (g) from lack of employment, (h) 
from temporary illness, (i) insufficient wages. 
X 47 7 \ / O 
(4) Able-bodied, who prefer idleness: (j) mendicants and (1c) va- 
grants. 
(5) Able-bodied widows, who can not maintain their families, 
(1) Indoor (generally for the impotent), comprising (a) poor houses, 
(h) hospitals, (c) asylums, (d) schools including reformatories, (c) vagrant 
Avards. 
Methods of relief are— 
(2) Outdoor relief, including (/) gifts of money, (g) gifts in kind, (h) 
giving of employment, (i) apprenticing of children, (j) medical attend- 
ance, (1c) burial, and (I) boarding out (partaking of outdoor relief some). 
From a comparison of facts, there is a groAving conviction that the 
amount of pauperism depends not upon the circumstances of the work- CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
175 
ing’ classes, but upon the facility with which help may be obtained. 
Belgium, where the communes possess the largest charitable resources, 
has the most paupers; Luxembourg, with next to no resources, has also 
next to uo pauperism. 
Repressive measures (chronologically arranged) have been: (a) Pun- 
ishment, now confined to vagrants, imposters, and iucorrigibles; (ft) set- 
tlement, or the first .limitation of the conditions upon which relief was 
given; (c) compulsory maintenance, including payments by friends or 
repayments by pauper himself. 
Direct repression includes: {d) House test, (e) labor test, (/) correc- 
tional houses, {g) criminal punishment, {h) investigation. 
As to remedial measures, although the theory of legislation is to 
raise the working classes above the need of pauperisms, the practice of 
those engaged in the work is rather the elevation of the physical and 
moral condition of the indigent, their operations being confined to the 
giving of relief. 
The difficulties, faults, remedies, and statistics for the last ten years 
have been about the same. Comparing returns we have: 
remedies 
Expenditure. 
Paupers. 
Per 
cent of 
popula- 
tion (in 
1,000). 
Aggregate. 
Per head 
of popula- 
tion. 
Indoor. 
Out- 
door. 
Total. 
Able- 
bodied. 
Luna- 
tics. 
Va- 
grants. 
1880 
£8, 015, 010 
8,440,821 
g. d. 
6 3| 
5 11J 
180,817 
192,105 
627,213 
808,030 
795, 617 
115, 785 
63,470 
75,581 
5,914 
7,058 
31. 8 
Report for 1889 
603, 512 
98, 817 
27.8 
As to outdoor relief, Dorset has 48.4 per 1,000 (the highest), and yet 
this is an agricultural county. This shows alone that bad times, high 
prices, are as nothing compared with the effects of good and bad admin- 
istrations in causing poverty. As surely as the death-rate depends 
upon sanitary administration, so surely does pauperism depend upon 
the way in which the guardians discharge their duties. We can not 
destroy pauperism any more than we can death, but we may reduce it 
to a minimum. 
As to boarding out children, the great majority of foster parents take 
them for the sake of profit. 
The poor law affords to man, qua destitute, a maintenance under 
conditions lowering to his humanity. Socialism claims for each man, 
qua human, a full share in the common good. There is no abstract rea- 
son why socialism may not be right, but if it works by poor-law agen- 
cies it is a contradiction in terms. 
Children of the State, by Florence Davenport Hill, edited by Fanny Fowke. 
London, 1889. pp. 370. 
The editor says that increased opportunities have shown that the 
scheme of boarding-out pauper children, which is advocated, is the 
dominant system in many countries. 176 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Tlie criterion by which the value of different methods of training 
state children should be estimated is the greater or less excess in 
obtaining those three objects: (1) Of depauperizing the children by 
enabling them to take their place on an equal footing among the 
well educated of the laboring classes; (2) of securing to them the 
friendly interest of persons able to afford protection and advice in their 
temptations and difficulties; (3) of affording such conditions of happi- 
ness in childhood as are consonant with justifiable expenditure from 
the public purse. The more the life of pauper children differs from 
that of the work-a-day world, the more difficult do they find it to 
adapt themselves to the world, when they enter it to earn their living. 
Thus an establishment with a large staff of officers, etc., can not rightly 
prepare its inmates to take and hold their place among our working 
classes. Pauper children, just as prisoners, need better food than free 
children to keep them in health and strength. The low death rate of 
pauper children is misleading; for infants, during the period of life 
when mortality is highest are excluded, while children suffering from 
mortal diseases are retained in the workhouse infirmary. In the pauper 
schools they are dismissed at fourteen; no home bein£ offered them, 
they ought not to return to their early associations; but here is a 
radical defect of state guardianship through pauper schools. The con- 
straint of the schools, lack of satisfaction of childish tastes, absence of 
variety, fresh experiences, and discovery, nature’s educational atmos- 
phere, and the frequent “please let me go home,” indicate the defects 
in such institutions, which are a heavy financial burden to society and 
do not fulfill their purpose. 
The boarding-out system is the most natural, and although not with- 
out difficulties (often exaggerated) is the one that gives the best results. 
Jlistoire des Enfnnts Ahandonnfa et Ddlnisses. Paris, 1885. pp. 791; De VAssistance des 
Classes Eurales an XIXe Siecle, par Leon Lallemand. Paris, 1889. pp. 164. 
This first work on the history of abandoned children is a prize essay 
crowned by the “ Academy of Moral and Political Science” at Paris. 
The subject given out by the “Academy” was: “ Concerning the pro- 
tection of infancy in regard to children found and assisted, or abandoned 
by their parents.” “To inquire how, either in antiquity or among mod- 
ern peoples, the problem has been determined. To indicate what would 
be the best means of solving the same to-day. 
In primitive civilizations it was a general custom to offer children as 
sacrifices. The Greeks and Romans made utility to the state and fam- 
ily the criterion. Is the newly born of robust appearance? Does the 
father desire descendants? The child is preserved. The feeble were 
killed or exposed, especially the girls, because the boys could inherit 
property and continue the worship of their ancestors. Children were 
sometimes saved after a war, because of the fear of want of slaves, 
fSouie were sold at birth for future prostitution, CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
177 
But the church interfered, and its benevolent action was more and 
more efficacious. Hospitals were opened for the abandoned. Such 
institutions were not known in the Occident till perhaps the eighth cen- 
tury. Later the feudal system, notably in France, assured the existence 
of abandoned children. From the twelfth century on, hospitals increased 
rapidly in the east of France, in Italy, and Germany. 
In the sixteenth century there was a marked change. Those coun- 
tries remaining Catholic supported their foundling hospitals as before, 
but among the Protestants such institutions were not so well supported 
as before, for the riches of the clergy and the poor had been thrown to 
the winds, so that the work fell upon the communes or parishes, and 
children abandoned were confounded with the mass of indigent. 
Thus modern nations are separated into two fields as regards the 
organization of aid for children. The Catholics follow the ancient 
rules with variations in details. Yet at present there is a tendency to 
unification in all countries as regards measures for assistance. 
It is a fact among all nations that the majority of the infant popula- 
tion given public assistance belongs to the category of illegitimate 
children. First, then, these must be reduced if the number of foundlings 
is to be lessened. Second, the maiden mothers must be furnished the 
means to bring up their children without recourse to public assistance. 
Third, the number of natural conceptions should be restrained. 
Society should keep the secret when one implores; in other cases (the 
most ordinary) society should make her voice heard before every attach- 
ment is broken between mother and child, and whenever a woman has 
decided to abandon a child, the interest of the little one requires that 
society take charge of it. Maiden mothers, upon whom it is necessary 
to impose aid, who have no desire to bring up their children, but rather 
sell their food, letting the children die or bringing them up in vice, should 
not be allowed to take care of their children. It is much better that a 
nurse, under the care of the administration, take the child in charge. 
The author classifies children receiving public aid as follows: (1) Nat- 
ural or legitimate orphans; (2) abandoned legitimate children; (3) 
children of parents in prison; (4) nurslings whose nurses are no more 
paid, often on account of the disappearance of the parents; (5) children 
of women publicly leading a fast life. 
In the second work on the “Assistance of the Eural Classes’7 the 
author makes it the duty of governments and of private individuals to 
struggle without mercy against the attacks of pauperism, which gnaws 
and destroys nations. Direct means are unavailing. One must go to 
the source of the evil. The popularizing of moral and religious beliefs, 
a Avise administration of the public funds, the natural patronage of the 
Avell-to-do permit the working classes to live without the shocks of social 
agitations and assure a progressive amelioration, which sudden con- 
vulsions are powerless to bring about. Preventive means are there- 
fore above all others. There should be one object, and that is the 178 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Christian organization of democracy. To-day a transformation is being 
prepared. The twentieth century will have to solve the definite coming 
of the working classes to the direct exercise of power. The earth and 
men are emancipated always according to reality. Industry departs 
slowly from a chaotic state. The soil belongs more and more to him 
who cultivates it. The time must be hastened when the machine shall 
belong to the laborer. This imposes upon ns to avoid bloody struggles. 
Personal passion and interest can only give fatal advice. Each false 
move causes misery to thousands and increases the difficulties of the 
future. 
Legal charity presents immense dangers; it annihilates all initiative 
in the poor, creates families, almost fatally inscribed, from father to son, 
on the roll of charity; and in face of the right to work and the right to 
aid, we have proclaimed that the alleviation of indigence constitutes 
only a moral duty for society. 
Those who bear the burden and heat of the day, to whom we owe our 
daily bread, have a right to all our compassion. This thought has con- 
stantly guided us, for we have seen the aged workers of agriculture 
exposed to die from misery upon a squalid bed, after they had dug the 
earth for forty years. 
Accidental mendicity caused by special circumstances is no crime, 
but for habitual mendicity graduated penalties are necessary. Social- 
ism will not be escaped nor misery diminished until there is a regular 
exercise of political and social liberty with respect to the imprescript- 
able rights of divinity. The experience of centuries confirms the uni- 
versal truth: Nisi Dominus cvdificaverit domum in vanum laboraverunt 
qui mlificant earn. 
Twelfth Annual Report of the State Board of Lunacy and Charity of Massachusetts. 
Boston, 1891. pp. 289. 
Not only in America, but in Europe, the State of Massachusetts is 
considered the foremost in its methods and institutions for charity. 
But a reputation for kindness towards the poor is liable to suffer from 
imposition in the case of a State as in an individual. This fact is illus- 
trated in the report for the last year. Nearly half a million dollars 
annually are spent upon needy persons who, from various reasons, fail 
to acquire a settlement within the State. The report would indicate 
that this fact was a temptation for neighboring States to evade their 
just duties to the poor who belong to them; it recommends for settle- 
ment of differences between Massachusetts and neighboring States as 
to the disposal of professional paupers, who migrate from State to State, 
and of the worthy poor without settlement, that the legislature insti- 
tute a commission to consider the whole subject. 
A secondary recommendation is that Congress be “ invoked to pro- 
tect the several States from the transportation into their territories 
from sister States of passengers, who art' convicts, lunatics, idiots, or 
unable to take care of themselves without becoming a public charge.” CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
179 
A few varied facts in the report are: Thirty thousand eight hundred 
and two immigrants arrived at Boston within the year, 12,010 of whom 
had no occupation, and 21,300 were destined for Massachusetts. A 
question of some importance is the disposition to be made of cases 
of unmarried pregnant women coming from Great Britain and its 
American dependencies, many of whom have their passage money paid 
by interested persons, the burden of their support being thrown upon 
the State. Out of a total of 404 sane women provided for by the State, 
143 were thus cared for because of illegitimate pregnancy. Of these, 
14 were born of American parents in the United States, 12 in the 
United States of foreign-born parents, and 117 were born in a foreign 
land. Girls above the age of 14 years, whose unchaste tendencies seem 
almost impossible to overcome, should not be placed at service in fam- 
ilies unless the influences of their own homes are absolutely corrupt- 
ing. Of the 4,287 notices received on account of the sick State poor, 
78 were cases of disease dangerous to the public health, covering 197 
forms and 104 patients. These notices were sent from 30 cities and 
towns; 20 being cases of smallpox, 13 scarlet fever, 24 diphtheria, 14 
typhoid fever, 1 case of leprosy, and 4 of measles. Seven of the 
cases were fatal. So-called adoption is a serious evil in connection 
with baby farming. The ordinary procedure is to put an advertise- 
ment in a newspaper, or the information is spread in different ways, 
that infants are wanted for adoption at such a place. Children, 
presumably illegitimate, are brought in large numbers and a fee, 
generally from $lO to $25 in each case, is paid by the mother who 
signs a document purporting to be a release of all claim to the 
child. That is the last the mother ever knows or can know of the 
child. The infant is disposed of in various ways. Sometimes it is 
given to the first person who will take it; but more frequently many 
are probably the foundlings which the State has been called upon 
to support. It is believed also that many, if not most of the dead 
bodies of infants, found in the streets, parks, sewers, etc., come in this 
way. It is recommended that further legislation put a stop to procur- 
ing so-called adoptions by irresponsible persons. The number of good 
families applying for young children to adopt is still in excess of the 
number of children eligible for adoption. More applications for infants 
to board are received than can be supplied. The entire amount ex- 
pended for outdoor-poor relief during the official year was $98,656,80. 
Evidence shows an increase of insanity in the State out of proportion 
to increase in the general population; the actual number of insane un- 
der observation was 5,652. Twenty-eight thousand four hundred and 
ninety-five tramps were lodged at almshouses throughout the State at 
an expense of $6,370.76; their disposal is a serious question, their pres- 
ence is a decided injury to the almshouses. Some historical facts may 
be mentioned: In 1764 the town of Boston declined to accept a legacy 
“for a convenient house for unhappy persons as it shall please God in 180 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
His providence to deprive of their reason;” in 1818 McLean Asylum was 
opened; the first establishment undertaken by the State was the Wor- 
cester Hospital opened in January, 1833. The inmates of the pauper de- 
partment are, with few exceptions, aged, infirm, crippled, or otherwise 
physically unable to assist in farm work or other manual labor. 
The average number of paupers fully supported of the city and town 
poor is 8,029; the whole number fully supported is 13,099; the whole 
number partially supported is 45,487, and the total expenses reported 
is $1,805,041, 
Die deutsche Armengesetzgebung und das Material zu Hirer Reform von Dr. Emil Muen 
sterberg. Leipzig, 1887. pp. 570. 
Although the author treats of Germany especially, he has neverthe- 
less given one of the most systematic presentations of the whole sub- 
ject of poor-law legislation. The work is divided into three parts. 
Part 1 takes up a review of the literature and statistics and of the his- 
torical development of poor-law legislation in Germany. The general 
presuppositions of such legislation and its relation to voluntary care for 
the poor are considered. In the second part the financial and socio- 
logical effects of the prevailing legislation are described. The third part 
contains a presentation of the present attempts at reforms. 
There is no factor in social or political life, which if directly or indi- 
rectly connected with a system of poor laws might not be of influence 
upon the extent of indigence and its remedy. Those who seek for help 
should be made conscious that they are aided not because they desire 
it, but on account of the general good; and therefore they should not 
demand support, but ask for it. 
There are four different points of view in regard to the acquisition and 
loss of support for an abode: (1) Those who think the short terms the 
principal cause of burden to the community, recommend a long time for 
acquiring an abode; (2) those who on the contrary consider such ac- 
quisition as the greater evil; (3) those who are inclined towards the 
home system, and so far as this is unattainable desire longer times for 
the loss than for the acquisition of a domicile, so that anyone who has 
already for some time been absent from the community in which he 
previously had a domicile does not immediately become land poor on 
account of a new acquisition, but holds for a time the former abode; 
(4) those who desire the introduction of the home principle, preferring 
the Bavarian term of five years for acquiring a home. Some would 
have the additional qualification of voluntary payments. 
However much friends may differ in regard to poor-law legislation, 
there is a general agreement that a bad law and good administration 
are always better than a good law and poor administration. For in no 
domain more than in this are human weaknesses, both on the part of 
giver and receiver, so liable to thwart the very purpose of the law. In 
aiding individuals the main question is: What kind of support is best CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
181 
adapted to the particular conditions of the needy who are capable of 
working ? In such cases support should be given only for work per- 
formed. 
The author emphasizes throughout the book rhe necessity of a thor- 
ough study and treatment of each case. Thus with the pauper, as 
with the criminal, the general utility of the individual method is con- 
firmed. 
Stenographischer Benicht über die Verhandlungen der zehnten Jahresversammlung des 
deutschen Vereins fur Armenpflege und Wohlthdtiglceit. Leipzig, 1890. pp. 152. 
The conclusions of the tenth annual meeting of the German Associa- 
tion for Charities are: (1) It is an opportune arrangement of university 
clinics, for the careful training of physicians in psychiatry, to make 
possible and safe a rational treatment and practical control of the 
acute, incurable, and harmless insane who are dismissed from the asy- 
lums j (2) new State insane asylums should be built as agricultural 
institutions, on the pavilion plan, in such a way as to have a smaller 
central building, which should be made according to the plan of modern 
insane asylums, and consist of the necessary reception, surveillance, 
and hospital divisions, specially separated yet in convenient connection, 
according to the open-door system of the industrial and agricultural 
colonies for the .sick who are trustworthy; (3) for incurable harmless 
patients who do not need the care of an asylum, where restoration to 
home relations is not possible, or for medical reasons is not feasible, 
the so-called system of family care of insane is to be recommended 
as an annex to the present insane asylum; (4) incurable and sickly 
patients and those incapable of work should be put into the charge 
of agricultural institutions or infirmaries. 
Regime et Legislation de VAssistance Puhlique et Privde en France par Leon Briquet. 
Paris, 1885. pp. 397. 
The object of this work is to make known the organization of charity 
in France. The following are the general ideas underlying this organi- 
zation : 
Misery is not an accident of yesterday; it is born with man; it clings 
to original feebleness, to accidental infirmity, to spontaneous vice, to 
persistent improvidence, which will not be cured until the time (if 
that ever arrives) when by natural selection man shall be born and 
remain strong, healthy, industrious, and economical. If the extinc- 
tion of misery can never be assured, the alleviation of the evil may 
be sought after. The ancient Homeric heroes, though cruel to their 
enemies, were charitable to their patients, and it was with whole 
quarters of beef that they appeased the hunger of the wretched. 
The principles of French legislation as to charity were adopted by 
the national assembly in 1789. Charity was here considered as an 
inviolable and sacred duty but this social duty had as its correlative 182 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
tlie duty of each individual to work. The poor who were able-bodied 
had only a right to that which was strictly necessary for existence5 if 
the state or society refused this it was guilty. The sick invalids alone 
had the right to complete support. Tor, if it is the duty of each man 
in society to contribute to the subsistence of him who does not earn 
his living, every contribution required by society beyond indispensable 
necessities becomes a violation of property and consequently an in- 
justice. These principles serve as a basis for modern legislation in the 
different branches of charitable work. A principle formally decreed 
for the first time by this assembly is that charity is a charge of the 
entire nation, and above all a charge of the fraction of the nation in 
the midst of which the individual lives who seeks aid. 
French society is a vast family, and the duties of solidarity are in 
proportion to the ties of life and common interest. According to the 
French civil code assistance should come from the natural family first, 
and in case of failure, successively from the commune, province (departe- 
ment), and state. 
Has the pauper a right to aid ? Yes; for the social contract gives every 
man a right at least to bare subsistence. Without doubt, also, man 
agrees to work by this contract; but if work can not be found and he is 
without any resource society should find him work or give him subsist- 
ence, but being able to sell his right to live, society must assure him of 
this right. This duty of society is based on justice rather than on 
charity. But it may be said that man unites with society not to assure 
his subsistence, but to protect it; as long as society guarantees material 
security it does its duty. If society were obliged to assure subsist, 
ence, it could force each man to work; but forced labor involves the 
denial of individual liberty. How the social contract does not permit the 
alienation of liberty. Man is free to work or not, and if he voluntarily 
refuses to work society is not bound to support him. If the individual 
desires to but can not work, society here also is not bound to give assist- 
ance, because the contract only assured material tranquillity and free, 
dom of action. 
This last point of view really says that the society of which no duty 
can be required is not bound to aid each one of its own members to 
exist. But the trouble with this sort of argument is that a contract 
needs to be expressly assented to. These contracts do not constitute 
natural laws, but are conventional. They do not create rights. Man 
is in society to assure his existence, not to defend it. 
Die christliche Liehesthatigkeit in der alien Kirche. Stuttgart, 1882. pp. 421; und Die 
chrietliche Liebestlidtigkeit im Mitt el alter. Stuttgart, 1884. pp. 529; von G. Ahlhorn, 
Dr. tlieol. 
While the most that is written about charity is not distinctively from 
the religious point of view, yet the most that is done comes from the 
efforts put forth by the church. CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
183 
These two works are a historical and popular treatment of charity 
from the religious point of view. In his first work the author considers 
charitable institutions of the ancient church, adding many general 
principles based on biblical grounds. In the second book he treats of 
similar institutions in the middle ages. The workers for charity with 
unbroken yet crude powers took the places of the ancient church 
workers. It was the-task of the church to educate them. Hospital 
and cloister were secondary to the house of (rod. In the hospital it 
was love; in the cloister, work. The church made no difference between 
Germans and Romans. For the Romans’ charity was an old custom, 
but anew enterprise for the Germans. The cloisters were everywhere 
the starting point of a new culture in which Christianity took deeper 
root than in the Romish Church. The church life of the middle ages de- 
veloped into fullness what was already present in germ. It took the 
ethical view of riches and poverty. ]STo time has done so much for the 
poor as the middle ages. Rut it brought with it a one-sided and un- 
healthy development of tendencies already present. The communal 
care of the poor went fully under; all charity became regulative; in the 
place of deacons were monks and nuns or the members of orders; one- 
sided regulative, it became also one-sided churchly. The church was 
the ground of all alms giving, all stipends, all self-denial, the only wel- 
fare of the soul. The change is complete; man gives and serves no 
more in order iu Christ to serve and help the poor, but to gain for him- 
self and his own a higher degree of blessedness and deliverance from 
purgatory. The result was poverty was not opposed, but cared for, and 
with all the rich gifts and endowments the church was not master. 
The middle ages show that, like the whole Christian life, charity no 
more sprang from the gospel, but was influenced by foreign, Judaic, and 
ancient elements. It was the Reformation which led back again to the 
original sources that made alive again the pure Christian thoughts of 
riches and poverty, of prosperity and alms, of work and calling. These 
thoughts are far from being worked out at present; the church at 
present is behind according to the knowledge that has been given it. 
It has yet to realize again the evangelical thoughts on charity and the 
poor in connection with calling and work, gain and prosperity. 
i 
77Assistance Puhlique ni AUemagne, par P. A. Lb Roy. Paris, 1890. pp. 134. 
At the end of the Middle Ages the feudal lords took care of their 
vassals. But in Germany, from the time of the Reformation, the 
church, deprived of a great part of its riches by the Protestant princes, 
became powerless. From this time the legislation of the different 
states imposed upon all the communities the burden of public relief. 
However, the right to aid rested subordinate to naturalization. The 
communities were therefore protected against new arrivals. The year 
1860 put an end to this regime. Prussia, having become the ruler of 
Germany, endeavored to unify it. In 1867 William, King of Prussia, 184 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
in the name of the German Confederation, promulgated the law. The law 
of circulation and residence (Freiziigigkeits-Gesetz) confers upon every 
German, whatever he his origin, the right to circulate, establish himself, 
and to practice any profession in any-part of Germany. This law 
accelerated immigration from the country into the city. In 1870 there 
was the federal law, which had for its object to prevent the increase of 
expenses for charitable purposes. But the expenses kept increasing. 
At last, in 1883 and 1884, obligatory insurance offices against diseases 
and accidents at work were founded, giving to the exclusive charge of 
workmen and patrons, all the expenses coming from such causes. This 
ingenious way of taxation without opposition is to be noted. None of 
these expenses camenpon the state or community. The law fixes the 
minimum of aid much superior to that given by municipal charities 
called unions for the poor (Armen verbdnde). 
The author shows clearly iu what way German legislation solves the 
problem of responsibility in cases of accidents to workingmen, and 
how ingeniously it has united patrons and laborers, deciding what are 
their relative expenses, and what payment is due to the victims of acci- 
dents. The author was appointed by France to study German methods 
of charity, and this book is the result of his study. 
Reports and Papers of the Seventeenth National Conference of Charities and Corrections. 
Baltimore, 1890. pp. 53. 
There are seventy-eight societies iu the United States operated 
wholly or partly by charity-organization methods. The prospect of 
more general interest in charity organization is not encouraging. 
Statistics of twenty-six of these societies, which seem sufficiently relia- 
ble, show as a result of the year’s work, 5,821 cases of unnecessary or 
undeserved relief; 1,500 frauds suppressed, by which 1,807 families 
were made independent of relief of any kind. It cost $23.32 each to 
ferret out these frauds and to prevent the unworthy from obtaining 
assistance; on the same basis it cost $95.27 each to make the 1,807 
families self-supporting. The cost for work with all classes was $18.74 
each. Mr, Atkinson’s figures of the difference in economic value 
between a wage earner and a pauper will show that from the business 
standpoint charity organization is a financial success. 
Many societies which disburse relief in large cities do so rather from 
fear of the odium which first attaches to any nonrelief-giving society 
working under the name of charity; yet a charity organization society 
will succeed best which gives no relief. Relief giving, of a central 
society eliminates the contact of giver and receiver, the very thing 
which organized charity tries to produce. Nothing is more unfortunate 
in a little town than the undue multiplication of charitable enterprises. 
There is a decided need for reliable statistics, that scientific charity 
may be forwarded. 
As there are 227 American cities of upwards of 10,000 population, 
this would make 149 engaged in charitable work on the old method, CIIARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
185 
which probably makes paupers as fast as the 78 other cities suppress 
them. Twenty-four societies show among paupers 44 per cent of Amer- 
ican birth, mostly coming from small communities where no scientific 
methods exist. The large cities have enough with their 56 per cent of 
foreign paupers without having the home-grown come to them also. 
The American pauper should be cared for where he originates. Scien- 
tific methods must cure the evils in small communities. 
Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Convention of the County Superintendents of the Poor 
of the State of \ew York. Fredonia, 1880. pp. 11l 
Superintendent McGonegal, of Monroe County, in his report of the 
committee on the prevention of pauperism, says that entire prevention of 
pauperism is impossible, for there are many conditions tending to make 
people dependent upon the more fortunate class for the necessities of 
life. Others become dependent from circumstances not only not under 
their control, but which no amount of discretion, caution, or economy 
could have prevented. 
The main causes of pauperism are: (1) Intemperate use of alcoholic 
liquors; (2) importation to this country of foreign paupers and crim- 
inals; (3) injudicious manner of giving outdoor relief; (4) scarcity of 
employment for the laboring classes during the winter seasons; (5) en- 
couragement given to tramps by being fed and lodged at the public 
expense. 
As to prevention, the first cause, probably producing directly or in- 
directly nine-tenths of all the pauperism, is practically such an extensive 
one that its removal would almost empty our almshouses. There is little 
encouragement in working for confirmed drunkards or chronic paupers. 
The only prospect of success is with children and youth. The more 
odious drunkenness and pauperism are made in the eyes of children 
the better. Liquor, so much in quantity, brings so much money and 
consequent political power, that to overcome this cause seems at present 
impossible. European nations, especially England, have availed them- 
selves of the opportunity of sending us their vicious, indolent, and 
paupers. It has been well advertised throughout Ireland that the 
Government would furnish free transportation to America, and agents 
were sent around; on this side they were given money by English 
agents to enable them to scatter into different localities to avoid being 
returned as paupers. In Monroe County GO per cent of the paupers are 
foreign-born. Those out of work iu winter should be given work rather 
than provisions by the State. Feeding of tramps is not only expensive 
but dangerous, as they commit all sorts of depredations. They should 
be arrested, examined, and put in the almshouse or penitentiary. 
Poverty and its Relief in the United States of America. By Dr. P. F. Aschkott. Bal- 
timore, 1890. pp. 17. 
The author, who is well known for his book concerning English poor 
laws, treats also questions of charity in America. In speaking of 
America’s experience as viewed from a German standpoint, he calls at- 186 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
tention to the transformation of outdoor relief and the changed treat- 
ment of poor children, because these are two points in which the 
organization of public and private charity have shown their usefulness 
equally in all States. The poor relief in the United States has a prac- 
tical interest for Germany. In England, as in America, there is a 
tendency to centralization, but there is an inclination to give as much 
freedom as possible to local boards for poor relief. This fact should 
aid Germany, or at least Prussia, in the establisment of a central board. 
America has surpassed England in regard to private charity as a factor 
in carrying out improvements in the department of poor relief. The 
need of centralization and organization of private charity is growing 
more and more pressing in Germany. 
Notes on the statistical determination of the causes of poverty. A. G. Warner. Ameri- 
can Statistical Association. March, 1889. 
The following are some of the conclusions of the writer: The method 
of case-counting is likely to exaggerate subjective influences as com- 
pared with objective; thus the immediate cause of poverty may be 
deterioration of character, the primary cause environment. Confusion 
arises also from the fact that under exactly similar conditions some 
families are destitute and some not. From Mr. Booth’s statistical tables 
of East London we find that casual laborers comprise but 4,8 per cent 
of the whole population, but more than 41 per cent of “ the very poor; ” 
that families having female heads includes.? per cent of the whole pop- 
ulation, but furnish more than 11 per cent of “ the very poor,” and more 
than 6 per cent of “the poor.” Mr. Booth says that intemperance is 
a contributing cause in many cases where it can not be reckoned the 
principal one; that the poverty of the poor is mainly the result of the 
competition of the very poor. The entire removal of this class out of the 
daily struggle for existence is the only solution of the problem of pov- 
erty.1 Turning to our own country, Mr. Kellogg, from figures gleaned 
from the reports of about forty charity organization societies in our 
leading cities, finds in New York and Boston that the percentage of 
those needing work, rather than relief, has been 53.4, and of the un- 
worthy, 15.8. One-third of the cases actually treated were in need of 
material assistance, for which friendly counsel or restraint could not 
compensate. A logical application to the whole country is that two- 
thirds of its real or simulated destitution could be stopped by a more 
perfect adjustment of the supply and demand for labor, and a more 
vigorous and enlightened police administration. Dugdale concludes, 
from his study of the Jukes, that environment is the primary cause, and 
heredity is an organized result of invariable environment. 
In an article entitled “Scientific Charity,” in the Popular Science 
Monthly for August, 1889, Dr. Warner illustrates the importance of 
the empirical method as applied to charity. Scientific charity, as 
opposed to pure emotional philanthropy, regards poverty as an evil 
'See Social Pathology aucl Education in Report of the Bureau, 1889-90. CHARITOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 
187 
to be assailed in its causes; it does not merely pity poverty, but studies 
it. Thirty-four charity organization societies, representing cities con- 
taining one-eighth of our population, and probably one-sixth of its pau- 
perism reported at the national conference in 1887. From careful esti- 
mates, it is supposed that these cities contained about 450,000 paupers. 
Over 62 per cent of this number actually came under the charge of 
these societies—that is, they had 57,000 families, containing about 
285,000 persons, to deal with. Twenty-five of these societies agreed in 
classifying under four heads. By careful analysis of nearly 28,000 
cases, including over 100,000 persons, the results were as follows: 
Those needing continuous relief 10. 3 
Those needing temporary relief 26. 6 
Those needing work rather than relief 40. 4 
Unworthy of relief 22. 7 
I’or cent. 
As an example of the value of more elaborated figures, the results of 
the Buffalo society are given, on a basis of 1,407 families, including 
5,388 persons. The chief cause of destitution was lack of employment 
in 263 cases, sickness in 326, no male support in 373, intemperance in 
124, physical defects in 113, insufficient earnings in 87, accidents in 
45, imprisonment of bread-winner in 35, shiftlessness in 26, and insanity 
in 15, Out of these 1,407 destitute families, the respective heads of 
1,019 of them could both read and write; 49 others could read, but not 
write; and 339, or 24 per cent, were wholly illiterate. It is interesting 
to recognize that by this method the philanthropist, with the princi- 
ple of enlightened self-sacrifice finds himself in accord with the econo- 
mist, with his enlightened self-interest. CHAP TEE YII. 
THE TWENTY.FIRST ANNUAL CONGRESS OF THE NATIONAL 
PRISON ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED STATES, AT BALTI- 
MORE, DECEMBER, 1892. 
At the recent congress of the association at Baltimore there were 
about two hundred and twenty delegates present, coming from all 
parts of the United States and Canada. 
There are three ideas that received special emphasis at the con- 
gress: (1) That there should be less sentimentalism, and sterner prison 
discipline; (2) that all prisons should be reformatory prisons; (3) that 
the surest method of preventing crime is treatment and care of children. 
Another idea was that in the future the treatment of the criminal 
would be in schools, workshops, reformatories, and hospitals. There 
was most universal agreement as to the evils of immigration. But in 
order to have a fuller idea of the views advocated wc give selections 
from the addresses of the speakers themselves. 
Gen. Rutherford B. Hayes, president of the Prison Association, said: 
From the time of John Howard down to the present day prison reformers have 
never enjoyed a large measure of popular favor. They have never been gladdened 
by any sudden, rapid, sweeping success of any part of their work in .any country. 
If Ave limit our view to any one place and to any single point of time, we shall not 
be greatly encouraged by what we see before ns. But with a jnster and broader 
prospect we shall be stirred and cheered as we discover the beneficent changes which 
a few decades have wrought. 
The true prison reformer labors to introduce the spirit of the golden rule into the 
whole territory of duty embraced in the great subject of criminal jurisprudence. 
The prime object is the protection of society and individuals by the prevention of 
crime. The means by which Ave seek to attain this end are— 
(2) The reformation of convicts by the valid reclaiming forces—religion, educa- 
tion, and productiAm labor. 
(1) The speedy and certain arrest, couArictiou, and imprisonment of the guilty. 
(3) The permanent incarceration of all prisoners Avho are not reformed. 
(4) The most effectual means to prevent crime is an unceasing, conscientious, and 
wise care in the training of the young. 
I ask your considerate attention to a mere fragment of the argument which goes 
to the bottom of the real question, which is: How to prevent the formation of crimi- 
nal habits, criminal tendencies, and criminal conduct in our American society? If 
you Avould prevent crime, the way is open, plain, direct, sure. The young—the 
young—their lives are the ancestors of all the mature lives that follow. (Save, 
therefore, the young if yon Avould rescue society from crime. 
An able man of large experience has said nine-tenths of our convicts have been 
made criminals in character or intention, if not in overt acts, before they Avere 20 PROCEEDINGS NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
189 
years of age. Therefore the training of the young is the most indispensable duty 
and chief business of every generation. 
I must not leave the discussion of our subject without attempting to spread before 
you a part at least of the answer to the question: With all that the law and volun- 
tary societies have done for the improvement of criminal jurisprudence in the United 
States, why do we not see greater and better results? My reply is that among onr 
people of American birth and parentage a careful reading of the statistics for the 
past generation will show that crime has largely diminished and is still decreasing. 
Strike from the appalling catalogue of crime in our country all of the lawbreaking 
due to the immigration of recent years, and the claims of prison reform in the United 
States will be amply vindicated. The crimes of Europe are laid at our doors. 
Five millions of immigrants in each decade are now landed in America. A high 
authority (Mr. Wines) places the number of the criminal and defective classes in the 
United States at one in a hundred of the total population. The proportion among 
the immigrants of recent years is believed to be much greater. 
It has been estimated as high as thirty in a hundred among the inhabitants of 
some of the European countries from which in late years the emigration has largely 
increased. 
One of the capital defects of corporations, trusts, and labor unions is their secrecy. 
Secrecy often leads to crime. For example, consider the crime of embezzlement, 
which has grown to be so common that we e;«.pect to see some marked case in every 
morning newspaper. It is mainly due to the omission of careful, constant, and 
thorough inspection of the work and accounts of all subordinates trusted with funds. 
This neglect does indeed lead men into temptation, and the managers of banks, rail- 
roads, and insurance companies must share in some degree the guilt of the men under 
them. 
One remedy for this evil thus briefly sketched is found in voluntary associations 
of citizens interested in the welfare of their less fortunate follow-men, where intelli- 
gent discussions are open, free, and public; where the press and its representatives 
are always welcome, and where the effort and the tendency are to counteract that 
indifference to the condition of the poor and needy which is at last the enemy most 
to be dreaded in a free country, namely, the apathy of good citizens with respect to 
the evils which do not seem directly to concern themselves. 
Rev. Dr. Wayland said: 
I shall not touch upon the obstacles existing in the nature of the prisoners, but 
shall limit myself to those which are found in the community at large. Although it 
is needless, so far as you are concerned, yet for my own guidance I will raise the 
inquiry, “What do avc mean by prison reform?" We do not mean merely a recon- 
struction of the prison buildings, nor a replacement of the officials, nor the enact- 
ment of new laws. 
We use the Avord prison in the largest sense, as embracing the whole of our penal 
machinery—prisons, officials, legislatures, governors, boards, cells, workshops. The 
purpose of the prison is not to punish but to promote the safety and welfare of the 
community, and that this safety and welfare can be Bubser\red in the most econom- 
ical and effectiAre manner by the reformation of the imprisoned, humanity, patriotism, 
and economy speak with one voice. Prison reform, then, consists in removing from 
the prisons everything which conflicts Avith this design and in making the whole 
prison system an instrument for the permanent reformation of the criminal. 
The first obstacle we meet is indifference or negative selfishness. We do not 
realize that these men belong to an increasing class who menace our homes and our 
and who may easily menace our ciATilization and our existence. We do not 
realize that in mere money they imrolve an annual charge of $400,000,000, a sum 
which, turned into other channels, would mean employment for all our mills, de- 
mand for our products, wages and bread for a million homes. 
We do not feel, because we do not know. In our ignorance we allow ourselves to 190 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
believe that the criminal is merely a victim of ancestry and of surroundings; that he 
is forced to this life of crime by an inexorable necessity; that criminality is a dis- 
ease, perhaps transmitted, perhaps contracted; that the criminal is not guilty but 
only unfortunate; that he is not an object of condemnation but only of commisera- 
tion. Every man is the resultant of three factors—his ancestors, his surroundings, 
and his individuality. No man can be forced into crime. The responsibility of the 
criminal must be divided among these factors. It is one of the most tremendous 
facts in human life that, by every action, every impulse, every thought, every temp- 
tation resisted or victorious, we are fastening not only ourselves but those who 
may come after us in remote generations. 
Another obstacle to prison reform lies in positive selfishness. We want to make 
all we can out of the criminal. We want, as a prime object, to make the prisons 
self-supporting, so as to lesson our burdens. I believe it is possible, under the best 
management, to make the prisons pay their way, and this should be done in justice 
to the taxpayer. Self-support should never be an object at the expense of justice 
and humanity and the best interests of the community. We want to make all we 
can out ot the prison for our party; and so men are put in because they can carry 
their ward, town, or county, and good men are turned or kept out to make room for 
the “ woxdcers” and the “boys.” 
In one of the States, recently, a superintendent with a national reputation resigned, 
it is said, under pressure, because he could not be used by the politicians. If this 
was so it was infamous, no matter what party was responsible. The spoils system 
is infamous everywhere, but when it takes possession of those departments which 
concern the public health, which concern humanity, which concern morals, when 
it dictates who shall be quarantine officer and who shall hold office in the State 
insane asylum and who shall be wardens in the penitentiary and the reformatory, 
then the spoils system is stained with blood and is an enemy of the human race. 
Another obstacle to prison reform is self-righteousness. As we think of the men 
who are behind the bars we gather our garments about us, and we thank God that 
wo are not as other men, or even as these prisoners. There is a strange disposition 
to condone the crimes which are gigantic, provided they be successful. We punish 
the man who steals a loaf; we hail the man who, by monopolies and corners in 
wheat, makes the loaf smaller and coarser in a hundred thousand homes. If a man 
steals a bar of iron we railroad him to the penitentiary; if he steals an entire rail- 
road we say “a financier.” I cordially hope that the labors of this society will 
result in the reformation of some of the present occupants of the cells, so that room 
may be made for the greater criminals who steal whole principalities of land, whole 
railroad systems, whole States, and who move in the first society and on Sunday 
morning sit in the broad aisle. 
Another obstacle to x>rison reform is self-conceit. Nothing is so fatal to the attain- 
ment of excellence as a conviction that we have reached the serene heights, beyond 
which is nothing but vacancy and the stars. Ruts are the enemy of the human race. 
Many of these obstacles I might have summed up in the one word, conservatism, by 
which we mean a compound of ignorance, timidity, conceit, and selfishness. Its 
tendency is downward. * 
Another obstacle lies in our narrow views of the function of government. We 
think that the State has nothing to do with crime until crime has blossomed and 
borne fruit and sowed its seed for another crop. We permit, we encourage the 
saloon, which is making robbers, murderers, anarchists. We put the government 
of the city into the hands of the saloons. The best prison reform would be a reform 
that should make prisons needless. 
Mr. Charles J. Bonaparte said, in part: 
There are three ways in which we may deal with a bad man. In the first place, 
we may get rid of him altogether by death or exile. This system naturally com- 
mends itself to primitive communities. In all early society we find an enormously PROCEEDINGS NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
191 
long list of capital crimes, and besides these a great number of punishments which 
are capital in everything hut name. 
The second system of dealing with our criminal brethren amounts substantially to 
treating them as valuable, but dangerous, beasts of labor. They are securely tied 
up and forced to work, not with any hope of bettering their condition by labor, nor 
from any appeal to their conscience or better feeling, but simply under pressure of 
fear. Although this plan keeps prisoners alive, there is in it no thought of reforma- 
tion for them; on the contrary, its tendency is to make him, any day, more of a brute 
and less of a man. 
From a purely commercial point of view in the eyes of the mere political econo- 
mist, and, provided the sole object of human society be to accumulate wealth, much 
can be said in favor of this principle of treatment. 
In modern times a third system has been devised, founded upon the theory that a 
bad man can be and ought to bo made a good man by the very process which may 
also at once appease popular indignation caused by his behavior, and strengthen 
others when tempted to imitate him. This can not be applied to all men. There are 
some whom no form of penal discipline will ever make estimable or useful, or even 
harmless. 
It is a defiance of common sense and a caricature of charity when a man who has 
passed most of his life in one prison after another for offenses involving great suffer- 
ing to innocent people, vast injury to the vital interest of society, and profound 
moral turpitude is let loose again, to do once more what he has already so often done 
and been fruitlessly punished for doing. 
Nor must we forget that, after all, the end of punishment is to punish. A prison 
should not be a hell, but it fails of its purpose if it is too pleasant for a purgatory. Is 
it just or consistent to tell a man “Thou shalt not steal, even to get thy dinner,” 
and after, and because ho has stolen, to see that he always has a good dinner? Is it 
right for the taxpayers to feed a rascal to the limit of his appetite while so many 
honest men go every night supperless to bed? Does this tend to make vice odious 
or to breed reverence for the law ? 
The report of the standing committee on criminal-law reform was 
read by Judge Wayland, chairman of the committee. It was as fol- 
lows : 
First among the causes which tend to promote the increase of crime we put unre- 
stricted immigration. The year 1892 shows a large increase in immigration over 
1891, and with the increase in quantity we have a decided falling off in quality. 
While the numbers are smaller from Great Britain and France they are larger from 
Hungary, Russia, and Poland. The contrast is still more striking and impressive if 
we compare 1892, or the last fiscal year, with 1882. We find, then, that for this decade 
the decrease in the number of immigrants from England, Wales, Ireland, and Scot- 
land was 35 per cent; from Germany, nearly 48 per cent; from Sweden and Nor- 
way, nearly 37 per cent. During the same period the number of immigrants from 
Italy increased 90 per cent; from Poland 697 per cent; from Russia 416 per cent; 
from Austria and Hungary 174 per cent; while the falling oft’ of immigration from 
all quarters in the same decade was a little over 21 per cent. 
The inferences from these figures can not be evaded. We are, and for years have 
been, receiving the very dregs of European society, the scum of European cities— 
the destitute, the ignorant, the nihilist, the anarchist—by scores of thousands an- 
nually. A considerable proportion of the industrious and only moderately ignorant 
find employment on our railroads and other public enterprises. The residue settle 
down in our large cities, where the idle and shiftless add to the burdens of the tax- 
payer, the vicious and criminal are welcomed by congenial comrades, and the an- 
archist finds fit audience for his blasphemous drivel. The results of this disposition 
of the newcomers are most harmful. The unemployed and improvident soon sue- 192 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
cnmb to their surroundings and drift into the ranks of the lawbreakers. Those 
who have secured employment have only lowered the rate of wages and added to 
the surplus of the laboring population. In a word, we have strained out the Chinese 
gnat at Golden Gate and swallowed the European camel at the Narrows. The new 
arrival also becomes the prey of the unscrupulous politician, and the more ignorant 
or vicious the more swift the surrender. The process of naturalization in our princi- 
pal centers of population is a shameless fraud. The criminal, recently released or 
newly arrived, votes—and votes often—by the side of the honest citizen who pays 
his taxes that he may enjoy the adequate protection of a, good government, and 
thus helps to make which he hastens to break. The evil is patent to everyone who 
will give the subject a moment’s reflection. Year by year it is assuming more alarm- 
ing proportions. If of late immigration has received a temporary check it has not 
been from dread of a contagion which endangers the life of the nation, but of a con- 
tagion which endangers the life of the individual. Lotus be thankful that we have 
been for a season somewhat disinfected, morally as well as materially. 
Another prolific cause of crime is the saloon. A largely preponderating percent- 
age of our distillers and brewers, and the proprietors and patrons of our saloons, are 
of foreign birth or parentage. In the saloons criminals are made and screened. Hero 
is the habitual resort of habitual criminals. Here the good become bad, the bad 
worse, the worse infamous. But does the law afford no relief? There is grim irony 
in the very question. The saloon hobnobs with the police whom its agents have 
appointed; smiles at and with the magistrates whom it has placed in office; rejoices 
in a mayor of its own selection ; fears no hostile legislation from those whom it has 
sent to the State capital, and trusts to the executive veto. The respectable part of 
the community is called upon to move against the common enemy in solid column. 
There is, also, great necessity of child-saving legislation. The adult criminal must 
look to his laurels. 
It is an outrage that the State permits the intermarriage of criminals, vagabonds, 
prostitutes, and imbeciles, thus becoming a party to the wholesale manufacture of 
criminals. It seems hardly rational to contend that the State has no right to pre- 
vent the probable from becoming the positive criminal. The peril confronts us. 
The remedy is in our hands. It is simply to take such children as we have described 
from the custody and contamination of their parents or keepers, and after caring 
for them during their helpless infancy, transfer them to the fostering care and 
humanizing atmosphere of real homes, and to the influence of associations of Chris- 
tian civilization. 
The discussion of the report was opened by Rev. F. 11. Wines with 
the objection that it was both impracticable and ineffectual to attempt 
to prevent the marriage of paupers and felons. The State, he said, 
could not interfere in this purely personal relationship. 
Judge AV ay land. The remedy is not absolute, only approximate. The habitual 
criminal and habitual pauper should be confined for life, the habitual and incorrig- 
ible drunkard until a committee decides him well enough to be released. 
Mr. Wines. Would the gentleman advocate legislation as to the qualities which 
should be proven by those applying for marriage licenses before such licenses were 
issued? 
Judge Wayland. Such legislation would be ineffectual. 
Gen. Brinkeriioff. The last suggestion in the report is the most important. It 
relates to the children, and there we must put larger efforts. Our public schools 
and institutions do not go far enough. They should be made more likb kinder- 
gartens, which, I think, do the greatest good in this work. 
Mr. Rosknau. The pauper as such is no criminal. How can we incarcerate him? PROCEEDINGS—NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
193 
Judge Wayland. Abolish outside assistance and send him to the almshouse. Keep 
him there until he shows that he is capable of earning a living. 
Secretary Milligan. We might get up a bill to pension aged paupers. Such a bill 
was introduced in England. Pensions seem very popular here. 
Mr. Lupton. The total lack of the knowledge of any trade is a great source of 
criminality among the rising generation. This is due in a measure to trade organi- 
zations, which prevent young people from learning a trade. 
Gen. Foster. The point is not well taken. Boys are criminals before they come 
to the age to learn trades. Trade unions control certain trades, but every honest and 
industrious man in this country can earn an honest living if ho so wishes. 
Mrs. Dall. I know nearly 300 honest men—able-bodied and healthy—who are 
hunting work. Where can they get it? They know no trade, but would be glad 
to work. I would be pleased to see a Congress that would provide work for the un- 
employed. 
Gen. Chamberlain. Knowledge of a trade prevents crime. If more men had a set- 
tled occupation there would be less crime. Saloons play a most important part in 
crime. This demands heroic treatment. I would have rum free and divide cities 
into districts. Or if not, and men became drunkards, then coniine them until cured 
and make the saloons support the man’s family. 
Judge Follett. Criminals among boys do not come totally from the poorest class. 
lam poor, move among the poor, and know whereof I speak. Children should not 
be taken from their parents or homes. Christian men and women should go to them 
there. There are countless honest, industrious men who can not get work and are 
forced into crime. 
Rev. Dr. Proudfit. A great source of evil is the publication of this cheap and 
dangerous literature. Could this not be stopped? 
Mrs. Gen. Foster. The debate has taken a wide latitude. The report is on crimi- 
nal law reform. Those publications are a matter pertinent to the question, as is also 
the saloon. I fear the former more than the latter. The first you can detect easily; 
the latter is hidden until your boy is totally corrupted. 
Rev. Dr. Baird. Crime is often the direct result of teaching, or, at least, of not 
teaching the saving truths of Christianity. ‘Christianity is a part and par.ce! of the 
common law. n 
Judge Wayland. The committee is neither omniscient nor omnipotent. We make 
certain suggestions, and leave them to you for thought and debate. I see nothing 
impracticable in any of the suggestions of the report, which, I think, covers most 
of the questions. I agree with much that has been said. I think that no honest, 
industrious man will have much dffioulty in getting work. Many of the foreigners 
that pour into this country year by year can do it, and they are only common labor- 
ers. Contract laborers are kept out. 
Capt. Nicholson sent a communication offering his resignation and 
giving his reasons for so doing. It was read by Capt. E. S. Wright, 
and was as follows: 
The Wardens’ Association for the Registration and Identification of Criminals was 
organized March 8, 1887, nearly six years ago, and started out with the approval of 
every good citizen having any knowledge of its objects. For some time I have been 
haunted with the query, “ Whither are you drifting ? ” To which I can only answer, 
“Into the quicksands of Sentimentalism.” The indifference of prison managers 
generally to anything nonpolitical is marked. This seeming indifference can not 
be congenial to many of them, but the ascendancy of their party to power, so far 
has outranked all other considerations; hence, the difficulty of getting a full and 
complete membership. We appealed to every governor of every State and Territory 
in the Union to cooperate in perfecting an organization that offered to fill a much- 
needed want; we backed our appeal with facts that could not be gainsaid, but there 194 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
was no response. Scientists are striving to probe the whole question of penology 
to the bottom, and thereby find a remedy for even a partial cure. This association 
offers a key to the great problem by showing the crime-producing causes, whether 
inherited, inbred, or imbibed from environment, which would remove all guesswork 
in prescribing for its healment. The “ Bertillon” system for the registration and 
identification of criminals is widely different from any of the claptrap schemes of 
detective agencies. It is a powerful factor in cheeking the growth of crime, and an 
aid in all reformatory efforts. Under it identification of all former criminals would 
be certain. United action by a majority of prision managers would speedily give 
us a law in every State, and by Congress, making this system available. And now, 
after nearly six years of faithful effort to bring all the wardens of the United States 
into our association and secure their active cooperation in furthering its work. I 
must confess that we have failed. I deeply regret the failure. 
A paper on u Some Features of Prison Discipline ” was read by 
Capt. E. S. Wright, warden of the Western State Penitentiary, Alle- 
gheny, Pa. It was as follows : 
It is admitted that the records show an increase in serious crime and a growing 
disregard of the sacreduess of human life; from this it is argued that existing 
methods of repressing crime are not as effective as the requirements and importance 
of the case demand. This country, more than any other, should be able to arrange 
and control its own internal affairs; and any means devised bylawful authority 
to maintain the peace should receive loyal and manly support from every well- 
wisher of his country. It must, however, bo apparent to every one that contrary 
feelings and sentiments held by a portion of the population may become a danger to 
society. This is not an extreme view, if the prison and criminal records be taken 
as evidence. Beyond the records of crime, other evidence shows that many un- 
worthy and undesirable immigrants have been sent here. The paupers and criminals 
thus sent to us are very largely the cause of our increased prison and pauper popu- 
lation. 
It is generally understood that the prisons of Great Britain and Ireland are 
steadily diminishing in population, but the causes for this remarkable result are not 
clear to all. The credit should be given to a system adopted about fifteen years ago, 
placing all the prisons under a centralized control for each country, with exactly 
the same rules and regulations governing control, labor, food, and clothing. Every 
item seems to be cared for, and the discipline is rigid and stern. It is the general 
belief that serious crime has diminished, but it is apparent that the vast number of 
petty offenders and habitual criminals has created much uneasiness, and severer 
treatment for such seems probable, as it is thought to be the only satisfactory solu- 
tion of the flatter. There is a feeling of distrust that the prevailing system of 
leniency in Great Britain for minor crimes, especially, has been a great mistake. 
Over a million of arrests are reported for 1891; of these 255,314 were committed to 
prison, but, as many were repeated crimes, in the same year only 137,000 persons 
were committed. Of these, 12,380 are reported as felons and 10,100 as habitual 
petty offenders. This class, it is claimed, is a menace to society. Earnest men say, 
“Why hesitate to seclude a class defined as a constant danger to civilized life?” 
The history of American prisons shows constant progress in the treatment, and 
clemency has marked the course of justice; yet it has to bp admitted that crime and 
vice have increased in greater ratio than the population of the country. We are, 
then, brought to this conclusion, that prison discipline must bo placed on sterner 
and more repressive lines to be deterrent. The conditions are such that the benefits 
of centralization are not applicable, nor are some items of administrative control 
and discipline, without a change in existing laws. 
We have too many prisons, such as they arc. The old form of county prisons lias 
ceased to be necessary since conveniences of travel are universal and distant points PROCEEDINGS NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
195 
are easily reached. Instead of county prisons of many kinds* a few district prisons, 
regardless of county lines, governed and organized in the same way as the State 
prisons, should take their place. The change would he at once a relief and check 
to much moral corruption. Some of the county prisons could he used for female 
prisoners, the criminal insane, or as police stations. 
As a condition precedent to success in prison administration and reform, a good 
staff of officers is required. Conditions of prison control vary greatly in the different 
sections of the United States, and no general lines seem likely to be laid down that 
can be absolutely followed as they read. But any line of treatment which provides 
for steady and deterrent discipline must carry with it a recognition of the fact that 
the nearer prison treatment agrees with the conditions of free labor, the fewer 
will be the causes of discontent. In free shops the employer pays for labor done; 
the workman keeps himself. So when prisons pay as strict attention to all details— 
credit for every hour of labor and charge for every hour of idleness—and not till 
then will the problem reach a proper solution. Upon this basis a true classilication 
should be made and useful labor given. 
At the conclusion of this address Mr. Crawford asked this question: 
u How would you discipline an incorrigible boy of 15 years ? ” Captain 
Massie replied that he would use all means of persuasion and gentle 
treatment, and if that failed, would whip the youngster. This met 
with much approval. 
Hon. Carroll 1). Wright, United States Commissioner of Labor, spoke 
on “The relation of economic conditions to the causes of crime.’7 He 
said in part: 
Criminology is divided, according to science, into several distinct and separate 
divisions. To fully understand it, one must make a thorough study of penology, 
theology, and economics. A man commits crime largely through environment or 
associations. 
Scientists have asserted that certain brain formations are always necessary to the 
commission of certain crimes. But this is not always so. If it were, the study of 
the various sciences already mentioned would be useless and unnecessary. I am in 
sympathy with the views of scientific criminology. I believe the criminal to be an 
undeveloped man, morally and mentally. We are, however, obliged to consider the 
criminal as acting under free will, a free agent, with the object of satisfying a want 
an<l a desire. Hence, in all discussions of economics all great questions resolve 
themselves upon the labor question. 
The world has seen three great labor systems—the feudal, slave, and wage systems. 
Under the former system the serf had no hope; hence history tells ns of bands of 
thieves and robbers that flourished then. The negro slave was physically comfort- 
able, had hope, and crime was comparatively scarce. In early days criminality grow 
out of physical want. Hunger leads men to commit more petty crimes than any- 
thing else. The great question is, How shall poverty and criminality be abolished? 
As the condition of the laborer rises, pauperism and criminality fall. The evils we 
are considering have always existed. Employment of the unemployed will not stop 
pauperism or crime; education will not, Christianity will not, but all these combined 
will work together with great powers for good, and will go far. 
Education is better than the code of criminal laws. Those engaged in the most 
skilled labor are less likely to become paupers or criminals. Of 6,958 homicides in 
this country in 1890, over 5,100 had no trades. During periods of industrial depres- 
sions crime flourishes most. The lines of crime rise and fall with the lines of pros- 
perity. Political economy is largely the law of demand and supply. This also bears 
directly on crime. If the supply is greater than the demand, the weaker industrial 
houses fall, and burglary and theft breaks out among those thus cast out of employ- 196 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
ment. Strikes, lockouts, etc., as in the case of the great iron mills in Pennsylvania, 
make tramps and compel weak consciences to commit crime. Social science teaches 
political economy. The good health of the people is unfavorable to crime. Sani- 
tary measures are essentially of the nature of social science and political economy. 
Bright, healthy homes lead to education, industry, and morality. 
The solution of the temperance question is an economic one. When employers of 
labor demand absolute temperance as a condition of employment, a great step has 
been taken in the right path. Anything bringing on high mortality among children 
tends to the commission of crime. Insomuch as poverty is lessened, crime is les- 
sened. The undue subjection of the laboring man produces crime. As intelligence 
increases man wants more, has greater desires and aspirations. With the advance 
of civilization the condition of labor is elevated and society relieved of many crim- 
inals. Whenever there is a sincere desire among employers to secure an equitable 
division of profits, the employed become better citizens. With continued improve- 
ment in the economic condition of the laborer will come better results. 
Mr, Wright was followed by Eev. Frederick H. Wines, who said: 
Everyman must restrain himself or be restrained. The history of progress of 
the negro slaves showed that when freed from restraint they leaped into crime. The 
American people have learned how to govern themselves. Both the labor and crime 
questions are one of restraint. At one end of society are men who will not work. 
They think the country owes them a living, and they steal. At the other end are 
those who will not pay adequately for work. These two wants of restraint bring 
on the conllicts between capital and labor. Until the labor question is fairly set- 
tled we can not look for a lessening of crime. 
Mr. Brockway said that few young criminals bad ever thought of 
trades. It was now difficult to learn a trade because of two factors of 
society. The first is the factory system instead of the apprentice sys- 
tem, and the other is the speculative spirit of the youth of the day. 
He said he was interested in the idea of introducing industrial train- 
ing into all the common schools. Too much time was devoted to letter 
studies. Experiments had proved that just as much could be drilled 
into a student in half the time now used. 
A matter of interest was the report of the standing committee on 
police force in cities, by Maj. R. W. McClaughry, general superintendent 
of police, Chicago. He said: 
In presenting the general report upon police organization and work, your com- 
mittee has thought best to limit its inquiries and observations to three points, viz: 
(1) What has been accomplished in organization of police forces and the improve- 
ment of police methods to this date? 
(2) What obstacles or difficulties present themselves to further improvement? 
(3) What is the outlook for the future, and what is demanded of the public in 
regard to police systems and management? 
In no other department or province of the government does the representative of 
the law stand in such varied and constantly changing relation to the citizen as in 
the police department. Public opinion, crystallizing through the press constantly 
into a sort of unwritten law, is daily adding to the number and character of the 
policeman’s duties. 
He is expected to know the law thoroughly, to bo able to apply it to all the cases 
coining under his notice with unerring accuracy7. He deals with a class of persons 
who in most cases are enemies of the law, of which he is representative, and who are 
ever ready with false witnesses to dispute his statements in court and thwart by 
every possible means his attempts to bring the guilty party to justice. PROCEEDINGS NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
197 
Much has been accomplished in the organization of police forces and improvement 
of methods within the latter half of the present century. The chain gangs, the 
lash, the pillory, the indiscriminate herding together of the sexes, are things of the 
past. The neglect of injured, infirm, or insane people on the part of police officers 
no longer exists. Distribution of the police force in our cities into squads and com- 
panies and divisions, with proper superintendent officers over each, responsible to 
another in authority, has been productive of better discipline, and has resulted iu 
vastly improved service. The adoption of the patrol wagon lias turned away great 
reproach from the forte. The adoption of an ambulance system anil the relief corps, 
one of the improvements of late years, has added materially not only to the effi- 
ciency of the force, but to its popularity. The abolition of the antiquated methods 
of detective service and espionage which offered premiums to perjury and falsehood 
has removed much of the ill feeling of other days. 
The introduction of the police telegraph and telephone system has much to do with 
the improvement of the service, and has not only brought the police departments of 
our various cities into more harmonious relations with the public, but has inspired 
the latter with a degree of interest and confidence iu the force to which the fore- 
going years were strangers. 
No police force can meet the duties required of it or answer the expectation of the 
public where the members of it are controlled either in their appointment or in the 
discharge of their duties by political considerations. Where the alderman is 
encouraged iu demanding that so many appointees shall be taken from his ward and 
selected by himself, it is useless to expect from these appointees faithful service and 
loyalty to the head of the department, unless the power behind the throne, to whom 
they recognize themselves as indebted for their appointment and continuance on the 
force, is iu harmony, politically, with their superiors. The trouble which this state 
of things produces manifests itself iu a thousand w'ays. Orders are evaded or neg- 
lected; abuses are ignored or winked at; crimes are permitted to go unpunished. 
Numberless wrongs and outrages of a more petty character go unreported, all because 
between the head of the department and the officer stands the politician with his 
open promises or secret assurance that neglect of duty will be condoned, thus par- 
alyzing the operations of the force iu the most effective manner. 
Another great obstacle to effective police work is the lack of such systematic classi- 
fication of the jirisons or places of detention as will prevent association with each 
other of persons detained for trial, and will permit the complete separation of all 
misdemeanants from felons, and all first-offending criminals from adult habituals. 
The third obstacle to the success of police work exists in the system which permits 
examining magistrates, or police justices, as they are called in many cities, to receive 
fees for taking bail of arrested prisoners, and for continuance of their cases in court. 
Too much stress can not lie laid, also, on the condemnation which should be placed 
on the receiving of bonds without making careful inquiry into the reliability of the 
bondsman. The professional bailer is frequently a straw bailer, and many a crimi- 
nal goes free through lack of scrutiny on the part of the magistrate into the charac- 
ter of the bail he receives. 
But all these results would be accomplished in time if our police and penal systems 
can be taken out of the hands of the politicians and run solely and exclusively upon 
their own merits. Whether it will take one century to arouse our people to the 
necessity of such action as will produce this result is a question. But, whether it 
takes a longer or a shorter time, it is the duty of associations like yours to din it into 
the ears of the public and trust to Providence for the result. 
In his report on prison discipline, Capt. Massie, of Toronto, said: 
It is difficult to get efficient wardens—that is, men who thoroughly understand 
and are imbued with the spirit of prison discipline. The warden must be given 
wholly to the work. If he fails to stamp his institution with his own characteristics 
it is clear that he has no predilection for his work. This is always a test. Ho must 198 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
also stamp Itis best characteristics on his wards, the prisoners, and also on In's subor- 
dinates. Lax discipline is one of the greatest evils in any such institution. There 
must he strict discipline and deportment or the institution fails in its work. If the 
warden does not raise the men hy his treatment he will descend to their level, or 
perhaps lower. In Canada'we compel the men to become subservient to the rules 
in all things. I think that industrial pursuits in such institutions are absolutely 
necessary. There can be no reform, no progress among young men unless both hand 
and head are busy. 
Never punish a prisoner when you are angry or when he is angry. I think confine- 
ment in a dark prison is debasing, unhealthy, and worse than useless. Corporal 
punishment, if judiciously applied, works most advantageously with us. 
Mrs, E. C. John soil, superintendent of the Women’s Reformatory, at 
Sherborn, Mass., gave a short description of the workings of the insti- 
tution she represents: 
Prisoners are received and graded according to merit. First they are put in a 
probationary grade, so as to study their dispositions, and when this is defined they 
are assigned to such task as will best befit them. Their work is not rated accord- 
ing to the quantity, but by the spirit and the temper with which it is accomplished. 
They are afforded many privileges as they advance in these grades, which always 
contain the greater number of the inmates, proving conclusively that they appreci- 
ate these benefactions. Every effort is made to keep them cheerful and hopeful, 
yet they are kept under strict discipline. 
Of the methods of reformation, Mrs. Johnson said: 
Criminals are interesting characters. The idea of reforming them, however, is of 
recent date. It was only twenty-five years ago that we realized that a prisoner 
again became a citizen; hence, reformation not only became general, but is possi- 
ble. Punishment will not reform our fallen brethren. We must arouse their aspi- 
rations, and make them withstand temptation. To do this, however, Ave must haAre 
purposes of definite methods, and these must be based on sound principles. 
There is always some good in every soul; and while it may lie dormant, yet we 
must stand by this good quality and encourage it. Prisoners are virtually dead to 
the world, and they feel their positions A'ery keenly. They deem their self-respect 
gone, and with these thoughts it is a hard task for either man or woman to work 
out their salvation alone. We must believe in them, and by stirring up their hearts 
they Avill believe in us. It is hard work for any one Avho is down in the graces of 
the world to rise unaided: 
The two great schools of vice for the young, as well as the old, is the publication 
of crimes in the secular papers, and the keeping open of the courts of laAv, where all 
the Arice of the Avorhl is ventilated for the so-called benefit of the public. Murders 
and crimes are discussed, Avith a few honorable exceptions, in the secular press, Avith 
startling vividness, and a sketch of the criminal published likewise. It is our task 
to set our faces against these e,ATils. 
Mr. Johnson spoke as follows: 
The reform schools, although they are far from perfect, are doing a vast amount 
of good Avork. We have thousands of citizens occupying useful and honorable posi- 
tions Avho are graduates of these reform schools. But our penal code, or our prison 
system, rather, as far as I have been able to observe, has not been adapted to the 
principles of reformation, Avhich our Constitution asserts to be its legitimate basis. 
Our theory of punishment seems to be a purely commercial one, although its com- 
mercial basis is not the strictly one-price plan. 
It seems to me that before avc can call our reformatory work more than begun 
we need as to misdemeanants, first, longer sentences, perhaps progressiATe or cumu- 
lative. If, for instance, the first conviction for drunkenness or disorderly conduct PROCEEDINGS—NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
199 
lie short, but sharp, and without the option of a fine, it would be more salutary. 
I believe that in our Sta«te such a law would increase but little the number of 
prisoners, while it would enable ns to dispense with much of our police force 
and in a few years close up several dozen orphan asylums and diminish pauperism 
fully one-half. The prisoners who remain for longet periods in prison should bo 
taught and made to work. The best punishment is the cat or whip, administered 
in kind seriousness by the chief officer of the prison. The objection to physical 
treatment is a purely sentimental one, and is-based on an alleged condition of nervous 
susceptibility, which rarely exists in the convict, who knowingly subjects himself to 
it. There is serious need for classification. We treat all alike—the corrigible and 
the irreclaimable, young and old, recruits and veterans. Then, again, no prisoner 
should be allowed to return to society until he is fit to do so with safety to that 
society. There should also be juvenile reformatories, where the young should be 
incarcerated and treated, freed from the baneful influence of the older and habitual 
criminal. 
A paper read was on “ The Work of the Prison Physician,” by Dr. 
Hamilton D. Wey, of Elmira, N. Y., who is chairman of the committee 
on that work. He said: 
Without entering into a detailed description of the necessary qualifications of 
prison physicians, it may incidentally be stated that they are of two kinds—profes- 
sional and nonprofessional. In regard to the former, ho should be well grounded in 
his profession, familiar with the general practice of medicine and surgery, possessing 
a knowledge of mental disorders, and of sufficient acuteness and discernment of 
observation to differentiate between true and feigned disease, fictitious and factitious 
affections. In addition, he should not be so much of a student and absorbed in his 
profession as to lose his interest in and to leave himself no time or opportunities for 
general study of men and affairs. In the exercise of his daily duties and contact 
with the men under his charge ho should, in a true scientific spirit, accept humanity 
as it is, and not as he would have it, and evince a familiarity with the thoughts and 
ways of men who, consciously and unconsciously, are in a state of opposition to soci- 
ety, and this can be done without sacrifice of dignity and impainuent of his influ- 
ence. 
Dr. Wey spoke of the attempts at deception practiced by prisoners. 
“Great care should be taken in the treatment of the prisoners, both in 
administering medicine and withholding it. The physician should be 
absolutely free from all outside influences. Relatives of prisoners are 
especially dangerous, as they are anxious to secure his recommendations 
for light jobs or soft positions for their imprisoned relatives.” 
Dr. .1. B. Ransom, of Dannemora, Y. Y., spoke of grades in prisons. 
He said: 
I believe that all prisons should be graded into first, second, and third grades, with 
each prison a grade by itself; the first-grade prison to have for its inmates a class 
of convicts who, by reason of their former life, natural qualities, or acquired man- 
nerisms, or who, by meritorious conduct or conformity to discipline in other grades, 
have earned a promotion to the first, and hence can be rather safely trusted to re- 
ceive benefits not at all practicable to the whole eu masse. The second-grade prison 
Should be constituted of that class of men who, while not entirely to be trusted with 
the privileges of the first, are at the same time not absolutely bad men. The third- 
grade prison should bo the incorrigible, and consist of men who have been expelled 
or exfoliated from the two grades above. The industries, officering, clothing, and 
food should correspond with the consistent requirements of each grade. I also 
think that modern prisons should be built with larger cells. No cell should be less 200 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
than 7 by 10 feet, and should he furnished with light and water, and well venti- 
lated. Every prison should have isolation quarters, not composed of dark cells, 
for such are unwholesome, unhealthy, demoralizing; hut light, well-aired cells, 
where incorrigible and stubborn prisoners can be confined and separated entirely 
from all their fellows. 
Dr. Eansom was also in favor of corporal punishment in some cases. 
In reformatory institutions for the young he thought it almost indis- 
pensable. 
Mr. Warren F. Spalding, of Boston, secretary of the Massachusetts 
Prison Association, read a paper upon “The Misdemeanant,” who, he 
said, was generally the drunkard. He said: 
The habitual misdemeanant is not interrupted in his career so long as he has money 
to pay the penalty, and when he is imprisoned it is not because he has been drunk 
a hundred times, but because he is poor. Carefully discriminate between the man 
who is occasionally drunk and the habitual drunkard. If he belong to the former 
class, take his record, warn him of the danger of repeating his offense, and let him 
go. If he is an habitual drunkard, imprison him permanently for his own protec- 
tion, the relief of his friends, and the advantage of society. When he is imprisoned 
try to reform him. If he is a dipsomaniac he needs medical treatment as much as 
does the man afflicted with any other mania. 
But there are thousands of men who drink without appetite, merely for good fel- 
lowship, or from habit, or because they know of no other place of amusement than 
the saloon or any higher gratification than getting drunk. The dipsomaniac should 
be treated in a hospital, the other habitual drunkards in a reformatory. Both need 
substantially the same treatment, aside from the administration of medicine to the 
former. They all need hard work. If hard work can not be found, severe com- 
pulsory gymnastic exercise should be used for the same purpose. Give him nourish- 
ing diet. Whatever can be devised which will strengthen his will should be used. 
Compulsory education, with a mark system behind it, will do much. 
Dr. Jacobi, of New York, spoke on brain crime and capital punish- 
ment: 
Every individual or collective labor derives its justification and dignity from its 
effect. Unless there be a result that labor is idle and superfluous, and the vital or 
intellectual force bestowed on it has been spent in vain. With the intelligent and 
thoughtful the effect is not an accident, but a practical aim, reduced after mature 
forethought and well-defined exertion. The worthiest practical aim of all is the per- 
fection of mankind. I take it that this association was founded with a view of con- 
tributing its share to attaining that end. 
Every race of men has a certain type, but no two individuals of the same type are 
identities. What is now, with all this variability, the underlying equality, particu- 
larly as to the human mind? And what are the requisites that established its nor- 
mality? First, there must have been ample building material in its embryonic and 
foetal period; second, no arrest must have disturbed its development; thirdly, it 
must not have suffered from a disease, either before or after birth, which terminated 
in persistent changes; fourthly, the composing parts of the brain must have been 
developed simultaneously and equally; essential organs and functions, particularly 
reasoning power and will, must not bo disturbed. Still these conditions are not 
fulfilled equally well in all instances. If they were there would be more uniform- 
ity, perhaps tedious uniformity. If, however, they be not complied with within the 
great latitude always afforded by nature, we have to deal with a morbid condition 
of either organs or functions, or, what is most common, both. However great the 
number of hitherto unrecognized anomalies in the brain will become in future, they 
will belong to two large classes, such as inflammations and humors. PROCEEDINGS NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
201 
To these two classes belong the local disorders which have been found in the brains 
of criminals. They have been denominated criminal brains. The constitutional 
criminal is a tainted individual, and has the same relation to crime as the epileptic to 
convulsions—he can’t help it. The essential reason of abnormal brain action is ab- 
normal brain structure. The application of these facts is likely to create a verita- 
ble revolution in ethics, psychology, and jurisprudence. lean not go so far as to 
believe in a special type of criminal brains. Crime is not an entity, an absolute and 
well-defined manifestation of the same kind and tendency; it is as manifold as hu- 
man instincts or tendencies in general. The same changes which have been claimed 
for crime are those of insanity. Insanity is the field in which crime may grow. 
Facts go very far to intimate that crime is apt to be insanity plus its danger to 
society. 
Among criminals a great many anomalies have been observed. They refer mostly 
to the shape and structure of the head and brain, and to the functions of the sys- 
tem of circulation. The prognostic shape is quite frequent. The eyebrows and the 
underlying arches of the frontal bone are often excessive, the bones in general are 
thick, and the occiput is oblique. This much is certain, that in criminals either very 
large heads or very small heads have frequently been met with. The occiput is 
often flat, the forehead reclining, and wrinkles of the coverings of the soft parts 
quite frequent. Hair and beard are often scanty, the nose irregular and inclined to 
one side, the eyes large. The eyelids are in close proximity to the nose, the iris pig- 
mented and defective, its color varying in the two eyes, and the pupils not centrally 
located. The nails of the fingers and toes are malformed; so are the feet. In many, 
blushing is not infrequent, tobacco and alcohol not tolerated, and fainting spells and 
convulsions frequent. 
Many of these anomalies, however, are met with amongst noncriminals. Still, 
when there are many of such in the same individual, we must not forget their con- 
nection with and dependence on the condition of the nerve centers. Disturbances in 
the nature and functions of any vital organ do not always require grave causes. 
Slight changes in circulations, particularly when they persist, are sufficient to cre- 
ate an irritation. The higher an organ is in the vital scale—for instance, the brain— 
the more readily will it submit to essential alterations. From this lecture you can 
draw the following summary: The function of an organ depends on its structure and 
composition, the changes of functions, or changes in structure. The intellect, rea- 
soning power-, judgment, and will powers are located in and dependent on the con- 
struction of the large hemispheres of the brain. They do not exist where there are 
no hemispheres, are defective when the organ is inefficiently developed, and are apt 
to be morbid when the hemispheres are diseased. The anomalies of the hemispheres 
are either arrests of developments or acquired alterations. The first are all pre- 
natal, the latter are either contracted before birth, during birth, or during life. 
The effects of a disease do not show themselves uninterruptedly, just as a mala- 
rial fever does, nor always exhibit its high temperatures, and its chilly, acquired alter- 
ations may not be always evident or perceptible to everybody. As the influence of 
alcohol on the system may change the structure of the liver, heart, kidney, and 
brain to a dangerous degree, though it can not yet be recognized, so the influence 
on the brain, which is erected for instance by training and education, and by habits, 
is positive, though it can not always be appreciated or calculated. Therefore, dis- 
eases are not always recognizable. The effects of structural changes of the brain, 
from whatsoever cause, are either feebleness or perversion. The many forms of in- 
sanity, both intellectual and ethical, are thereby explained. 
Insanity, as well as that form of aberration which is called criminally, is not pos- 
sible with a normal brain. Neither form of aberration, insanity and crime, depend 
on an invarible and identical alteration. Therefore, there is no special type of in- 
sanity or of criminality. Thus, again, the recognition of either, or of its physical 
causes, is rendered difficult. There is but one thing fixed; that is, the relation of 
causes and effects, the correlation of physical causes, and mental and moral symp- 202 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
toms. What wo have most to fear is that oven in onr time, "while punishment still 
means retaliation or retribution, wo are in constant danger of not recognizing the 
physical cause of misdirected cerebral action, called crime. The grossest errors have 
been committed in that respect. 
If only one mistake Avere made in a hundred convictions and death sentences, 
society could not afford to make that mistake. Yon and I may blunder, but the 
state can not afford the brutality of capital punishment as long as the convicted 
criminal is certainly anomalous, possibly diseased. The place for transgressors is 
the place of safe keeping. Let us have done Avith killing. Let us see to it that the 
neAV century may have no reason to look upon our shortsighted barbarism as Ave re- 
vieAV with painful awe the century of the torturer and witch-burner. 
We have been working in New York to clean out the professional discharged pris- 
oners—those AA'ho beg, lecture,, or make a liA'ing by using this as an argument. We 
have .also worked hard among the discharged prisoners, who have, under the old 
method of conducting our prisons, never learned and have no trades. Our work has 
been successful. 
Mr.Bound, of the committee on discharged prisoners, said: 
He was followed by Rev. Louis F. Zinkhan, who sketched the work 
in this line at the Maryland penitentiary. He called attention to the 
institutions of reformation that have been established through its 
efforts, where are now confined a large number of youthful iucOrrigi- 
bles, who had formerly been most unjustly and inhumanly thrown into 
the penitentiary, with hardened criminals. Many reformed ex-prison- 
ers have contributed to the funds of the association. Mr. W. F. Spauld- 
ing, of Boston, spoke of the work in his State. He said that the 
Prisoners’ Aid Society of that State rarely gave money direct to dis- 
charged prisoners, but bought tools and implements necessary to the 
carrying on of their trades. They were also given some education, 
where such was necessary. He said that the practice of giving money 
to prisoners upon their discharge which they have not earned while in 
prison is demoralizing and totally wrong. 
Mr. John S. Lytle, of Philadelphia, said that members of the aid 
society in that city met discharged prisoners at the gate and saw them 
safely to their homes or out of the city. This worked well, as otherwise 
these men might be met by former evil companions and again led astray. 
The society furnishes these men with clothing and'with tools. 
Gen. Chamberlain said that it was the policy of the State of Connect- 
icut to send her discharged prisoners out without a brand to mark 
them, to give them tools, and try to get them places, to keep them 
separated as much as possible, and under this treatment fully G5 per 
cent never return to the institutions. Reformed criminals are a great 
gain to the community. Some are men of means, and hold public offices 
of trust with credit. 
CONCLUSION. 
The most important lesson of the Congress we consider to be the pre- 
vention of crime by the proper care and treatment of children. This 
is preeminently a question of education. It may not be out of place 
here to speak briefly of the scientific study, cure, and -prevention of PROCEEDINGS—NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION. 
203 
crime in its vital relation to education. The method of study is an 
investigation of the criminal himself, both mentally and physically, so 
that the deeper and constant causes of crime can be traced. There is 
no other rational road to the prevention and repression of crime. What- 
ever the remedy, causes must be studied first. Negative results are as 
important to science as positive results. If it could be shown what 
crime is incurable or what degree of reformation can be expected, that 
would be valuable knowledge. 
If, as Lombroso thinks, crime is a return to the primitive state of 
our ancestors, the criminal being a savage born into modern civiliza- 
tion, then for such there is little hope for reformation. But they are 
criminals by nature and constitute a very small proportion, less than 
one-tenth. The French school of criminology has shown that the 
greater part of crime arises out of social conditions and hence is amen- 
able to reformation by the changing of these conditions. The motto of 
one of the best reformatories in the world (Elmira) is: uNo man, what- 
ever his offense, ought ever to be discharged from restraint except upon 
reasonable evidence that he is morally, intellectually, and physically 
capable of earning a livelihood.” 
D’Olivecrona, author of a French book on habitual criminality, ass' 'ts 
that three-fourths of those who enter prison have been conducted to 
crime from the results of a neglected education. 
Now, education, in the sense of intellectual instruction alone, is not 
adequate to reform school children who spend most of their time on 
the street or with criminal, drunken, or idle parents. Some of the in- 
mates of reformatories are practically incorrigible on entering. It is 
expected of the reformatories to erase the indelible criminal impres- 
sions upon children from birth, or before. Instead of deserving criti- 
cism, it is surprising that reformatories do as much as they do. No 
great decrease in crime is to be expected until children receive the 
moral and social education of a home or home like institution. But 
much remains to be done after a child has had this good start. The 
means of prevention from this time on consists in moral, mental, and 
physical training, that is education in the true sense. BIBLIOGRAPHY. I. EDUCATION IN RELATION TO ABNORMAL CONDITIONS. 
Ackerley, G. On the management of children in sickness and in health. 3d ed. 8 . 
New York, 1836. 
Alexandrians, J. Ptedotrophia, sive de puerorum edilcatione liber. 12°. Tiguri, 
1559. 
Allard. De I’intlnence de I’instruction sur la moralite des populations. Jouru. des 
6con., Oct., 1819. 
Amati. L’ istruziono e la dclinquenza in Italia dal 1871 al 1881. Reudicouti dell’ 
Istit. Lomb., 1886, xi. 
Ambrose, J. C. College criminals. The Ed. Weekly, vol. 11, p. 82. 
Andrews, Dr. Judsou 8., and Dr. William Granger. Training schools for attendants 
in asylums for the insane. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, pp. 685, 686. 
Arnot, W. Intellectual, moral, and social degradation. [Lectures on the condition 
of the people, pp. 77-113.] 
Baker, T. B. L. Results of reformatories in England. J. Statist. Soc., 23, p. 427. 
Ballexserd, J. Dissertation sur I’cducatiou physique des enfants, depuis leur nais- 
sance jusqu’a Page de pubertd. B°. Paris, 1762. 
Bardies, G. Dissertation sur I’dducation physique des enfants, dopnis la naissance 
jusqu’a I’epoqne du sevrage. 4C. Paris, 1833. 
Barker, T. H. On the hygienic management of infants and children. B°. London, 
Barnard, Henry. Seminary for orphans and destitute children and teachers for the 
poor. Barnard’s American Journal of Education, vol. 3, pp. 383-385. 1857. 
Barnard, Henry. Reformatory education. Barnard’s American Journal of Educa- 
tion, vol. 3, p. 561. 1857. 
Barnard, Henry. Institution of Pastor Fliedner, at Kaiserswerth on the Rhine. 
Barnard’s American Journal of Education, vol. 3, pp. 487-494. 1857. 
Barnard, Henry. The Red Lodge Girl’s Reformatory School, at Bristol, England. 
Barnard’s American Journal of Education, vol. 3, p. 785. 1857. 
Barnard, Henry. Reform school of the “Rauhe Haus,” at Horn, near Hamburg. 
Barnard’s American Journal of Education, vol. 3, p. 10. 1857. 
Barnard, Henry. Reform School, or Colouie agricole, at Mettray, near [Tours, in 
France. Barnard’s American Journal of Education, vol. 24, p. 729. 1873. 
Barwell, Mrs. Nursery government; or, hints addressed to mothers and nursery- 
maids. 12°. London, 1836. 
Beaney, J. G. Children: their treatment in health and disease. Pt. 1. Infancy. 
12°. Melbourne, 1873. 
Beeton, Isabella. The management of children in health and sickness. B°. Lou- 
don, n. d. 
Bittinger, J. B. Education and crime. Lnth. Q., 5, p. 481. 
Bittinger, J. B. Ignorance a source of crime. Penna. School Jour., vol. 20, p. 7. 
Bittiuger, J. B. Relation and duties of educators to crime. Mich. Teacher, 10, p. 315. 
Also, Penna. School Jour., vol. 24, p. 151. 
Bittinger, J. B. Crimes of passion and crimes of reflection. 
Blackwell, Elizabeth. The laws of life, with special reference to the physical edu- 
cation of girls. B°. New York, 1852. 
Blot, F, Essai sur l’6ducation physique des enfunts, 4°. Paris, 1818. 208 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Bonnet, A. Hygiene physique et morale des prisons, on do I’influence quo les sys- 
tfemes penitentiaires exercent sur le physique et le moral des prisonniers, et des 
modifications qu’il y aurait a apporter au regime actuel de nos prisons. B°. 
Paris, 1817. 
Bottentuit, P. A. N. Quelques considerations sur P6ducatiou physique des enfants. 
IP. Paris, 1831. 
Braidwood, P. M. The domestic management of children. 16°. London, 1871. 
Breed, W. J. Obligation of personal work in aid to right structure of character. 
With discussions. Charities Review, Nov., 1892. 1,500 words. 
Brissaud, L. L. Dissertation stir I’dducation physique et morale des enfants. 4°. 
Paris, 1816. 
Brown, Dr. Crichton. Brain pressure in public schools. Med. Rec., 1881, 26, p. 192. 
Browue, Sir James Crichtou. Education and the nervous system. (In the Book of 
Health, ed. hyM. Morris.) 
Browne, Sir James Crichton. Report to the education department upon the alleged 
overpressure of work iu public elementary schools. (Blue book.) 
Bruxelles, Yille de. Hygiene du premier age. Couseils aux mores de famille. 12°, 
Bruxelles, 1880. 
Buckham, James. The educational power of moral law. Churchman, May 28, 1892. 
900 words. 
Bull, I’. The maternal management of children in health and disease. From the 3d 
Loud. ed. B°. Philadelphia, 1819. 
Bullton, C. S. Intra-cranial lesions with defect in visual fields. American Lancet, 
Nov., 1892. 1,000 words. 
Cadogau, W. An essay upon nursing and the management of children from their 
birth to three years of age. 6th ed. B°. London, 1753. 
Caldwell, C. New views of penitentiary discipline, and moral education and re- 
form. B°. Philadelphia, 1829. 
Camper, P. Verhandeling over het bestuur van kinderen. B°. Amsterdam, 1800. 
Carter, R. B. On the influence of education and training in preventing diseases of 
the nervous system. 12°. 
Castriota. L’ istruzione e i reati in Italia. Lecce, 1882. 
Cause and prevention of crime. Phila. Telegraph, Feb. 8, 1883, p. 1. 
Chase, C. H. Education and intemperance. North-Western Educator, 2, [lBlB], 
p. 82. 
Chatellier, G. Essai sur quelques points de I'hygienc de I’enfant a la campagne. 
4°. Paris, 1879. 
Chavasse, P. 11. Advice to a mother on the management of her children. 9th ed. 
B°. Philadelphia, 1871. 
Chavasse, P. H. Physical training of children, or advice to parents; with a pre- 
liminary dissertation by F. H. Getchell. B°. Philadelphia, 1871. 
Circulars of information of the United States Bureau of Education, No. 6,1875. State- 
ments relating to reformatory, charitable, and industrial schools for the young. 
Washington, 1875. 
Clarke, A. The young mother’s assistant. 2d ed. B°. London, 1822. 
Closset, M. A. De PCducation physique et morale des enfants. I°. Paris, 1817. 
Cloustou, T. S. Female education from a medical point of view. Edinb. 
Common schools and crime. Penua. School Jour., 6, p. 300. 
Compulsory education. State reform school. Decision of supreme court of Cali- 
fornia. Chicago Legal News, July 30, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Convict schools. Chamb. J., 59, p. 499. 
Corbyn, F. Management and diseases of infants, under the influence of the climate 
of India. B°. Calcutta, 1828. 
Contenx, A. Le. Quelques considerations hygieniques sur I’oducation des enfants. 
4°. Paris, 1829, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
209 
Cowles, E. Training schools of the future. Rep. of Nat. Conf, of Charities at 
Baltimore. 
Crime and education. De Bow, 18, p. 409. 
Crime and education. Penny M., 4, pp. 206, 222. 
Crime and education. Tail, n, s., 25, p. 29. 
Crime and education at the North and South. De Bow, 16, p. 578. 
Crime and education in Saxony. Public Opinion, Sept. 20, 1890, p. 166. 
Crime and its cause and prevention. Pamph.,l6 pp. Cincinnati, 1849. B°. 
Criminal statistics of Great Britain. London Quarterly Review, Oct., 1874, p. 278. 
Criminals felon literature. Mns., 44, p. 539. 
Crisis in the public school. On the propriety of the State’s undertaking the emo- 
tional training of children. To Day, May 26, 1892. 2,200 words. 
Cummings, C. A. Reformatory institutions. No. Am., 86, p. 60. 
Darin, G. Education correctionnelle. SystOne cellulaire appliqud anx enfauts. 
Observations de jeuues detenus de la Roquette venus a Bicetre en <stat de 
folie, d’idiote on d’epilepsie.' 4°. Paris, 1863. 
Delaroiere, J. Y. Considerations sur I’fiducation physique desenfants. 4°. Paris, 1822. 
Deplorable amount of ignorance and its effects. Am. Annals of Educ,, 1831, p. 493. 
Determies, P. A. Diss. sur I’hygiene des enfants. 4°. Paris, 1819. 
Dewees, W. I*. A treatise on the physical and medical treatment of children. 3d ed. 
B°. Philadelphia, 1829. 
Does the common school system prevent crime? Pamph. Newark, 1856, B°. 
Does mere intellectual education banish crime? Am. Annals of Educ., 1834, p. 253. 
Douet, E. P. Reflexions sur I’fiducation physique et medic ale des enfants, depuis la 
naissance j usque et y compris la puhertd. 4°. Paris, 1818. 
Drohisch. Die moralische Statistik und die menschl+che Willensfreiheit. Leipzig, 
1867. Also, Trad. ital. di Tammoo, Ann. di statist., 1881, vol. 23. 
Duncan, A. A letter to His Majesty’s sheriff’s deputy in Scotland, recommending 
the establishment of four national asylums for the reception of criminal and 
pauper lunatics. 
Duncan, P. W. A manual for the classification, training, and education of the 
feeble-minded, imbecile, and idiotic. 
Dutton, S. T. Education as a cure for crime. Jour. Soc. Sci., Feb., 1890, p. 55. Bos- 
ton, 1890. B°. 
Dutton, S. T. Education as a prevention and cure for crime. Am. Inst, of Instruc., 
1886, p. 15. 
Education a prevention of crime. De Bow, 18, [1855J, p. 409. 
Education and crime. Am. Annals of Educ., 1834, p. 433. Also, Am. Jour. Educ., St. 
Louis, vol. 7, Feb. and April. Also, Educ. Weekly, 9, p. 108. Also, Jour, 
of Christian Educ., 4, p. 172. Also, La. Jour. Educ., 4, [lBB2-’B3], pp. 115- 
150. Also, N. E. Jour. Educ., 14, p. 92. Also, Penna. School Rep., 1880, p. 
13, Also, Penna, School Jour., 28, p. 442. Also, Ya. School Rep., 1878, p. 62. 
Also, Jour, of Educ. Maine, Dec. 2, 1850, p. 26. Also, La. Jour. Educ., 4, 
[lBB2], p. 115. Also, R. I. Schoolmaster, vol. 2, p. 231. 
Edwards, G. H. Quelques vues sur I’education physique de I’enfance. 4°. Paris, 
1851. 
Efficacy of punishments. (The right of punishing for crime, and the question of 
responsibility.) Editorial in Humanitarian, Aug., 1892. 6,000 words. 
Essay, an, upon nursing and the management of children from their birth to three 
years of age. By a physician. In a letter to one of the governors of the 
Foundling Hospital. B°. London, 1748. 
Fayet. Statistique intellectuelle des conscrits et des accuses. Ibidem, 1843. 
Fayet. Essai sur la statistique intellectuelle et morale de la France. Stances de 
I’Acad. des sciences, 1847. 210 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Fleischmauu, L. Klinik der Piidiatrik. Studien nnd Vorlesungen fiir Aerzte uud 
Studierende. B°. n. p., 1875. % 
Fletcher,.). Education and crime. J. Statis. Soc,, 10, p. 193; 11, p. 344; 12, pp. 151, 
189. 
Fletcher, J. Reformatory education. J. Statis. Soc., 15, p. 1. 
Fonssagrives, J. B. Le role des meres dans les maladies des enfants, on ce qu’elles 
doivent savoir pour seconder le imSdecin. 12°. Paris, 1868. 
Fonssagrives, J. B. The mother’s register; current notes of the health of children 
(girls). B°. New York, 1872. 
Frank, J. P. Traitc sur la maniere d’<slever sainement les enfants, fondd sur les prin- 
cipes de la mddecine et dela physique. Traduit de Pallemand par M. Boehrer. 
B°. Paris, 1799. 
Galligo, I. Su P igiene ele malattie dei bambini; trattato elementare. B°. Firenze, 
1856. 
Gardener, Helen H. Danger of an irresponsible educated class in a republic. [ln- 
dians and women in America.] Arena, Aug., 1892. 2,200 words. 
Gould, A. N. Crime and education. Pop. Sci. Mo., 37. Also, Am. Jour. Soc. Sci., 26. 
Graham, T. J. On the management and disorders of infancy and childhood. 2d ed. 
B°. London, 1865. 
Gravot, M. E. De Pinfiueuce que l’6ducation physique et morale pout apporter dans 
le ddveloppement des maladies chez les deux sexes. 4°. Paris, 1818. 
Grinevski, A. On the physical development of children. Odessa, 1892. 
Gross, K. H. Grundziige dei* Schulgesnudheitspflege. B°. Nordlingen, 1878. 
Guerry. Statistiquo compar6e de l’6tat do Finstruction et du nomhre des crimes. 
Paris, 1829. In collahor. col Balhi. 
Guillemeau, J. De la nourriture et gouvernement des enfans, des le commencement 
de leur naissance; et le moyen de les secourir et garantir des maladies qui 
leur peuvent survenir dans le ventre de lour mere, et premier age. In his De la 
grossesse. B°. Paris, 1643. pp. 542-774. 
Gurney, J. J. Visit to prisons of Scotland and England. London, 1819. 
Hagenhach, B. E. Ueher die Krankheitsursachen im Kindesalter. Zwei populiire 
Vortrage, B°. Basel, 1872. 
Hale, Amie M. The management of children in sickness and in health; a book for 
mothers. 12°. Philadelphia, 1880. 
Hall, G. Stanley. Moral education and will training. Mother's Nursery Guide, 
Nov., 1892. 2,000 words. 
Hance, E. M. Reformatories and industrial schools, pp. 30. Liverpool, 1883. 
Harris, A. The economy of the fleet, pp. 196. London, 1879. 
Harris, Wm. T. Education and crime. Lecture at Piedmont Chautauqua, Ga. At- 
lanta Constitution, Aug. 5,1890. 
Harris, Wm. T. Extracts from a paper read at the Prison Congress, Cincinnati, Ohio, 
Sept. 29, 1890, p. 5. Also, Boston News, Sept. 30, 1890. Also, N. Y. Journal, 
Sept. 30. Also, Newark News, Sept. 30, 1890. Also, Hartford Courant, Oct. 3, 
1890. Also, Religious Herald, Oct. 9,1890. 
Harris, Wm. T. School statstics and morals. The School Rev., April, 1893. Ithaca, 
N. Y. 
Hart, Hastings H. Reformation of criminals, pp. 26. B°. 1890. 
Hartlaub, C. G. C. Le nKkleoin homoeopathe des enfants, on couseils anx peres et 
meres; traduit de Pallemand sur la 4e 6d. par Sarrazin. 16°. Paris, 1838. 
Hartwig, G. A treatise on the physical education of children. B°. London, 1855. 
Hauner, A. N. Grundziige der physischen Erziehung dor Kinder. 16°. Mtincheu, 
1868. 
Haven, E. O. Some thoughts on crime and education. N. E. Jour. Educ., 6, p. 241. 
Havre, Yille du. Bureau municipal d’hygiene. Conseils aux meres de famille pour 
les soins donner aux enfants en has-age pendant les mois de chaleur, et in- 
struction sur le mode do conservation du lait. 16°. Havre, 1880. 211 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Hendrickson, A. D. Relation of our public schools to crime. Wis. Jour. Educ., 
vol. 5, p. 99. 
Herpin, J. C. Ktudes sur la et les systbmes pdnitentiaires considers au point 
de vue moral, social et medical. 12°. Paris, 1868. 
Hertel, Dr. Overpressure in high schools in Denmark. (Introduction by Sir J. Crich- 
ton Browne^) 
Hohei, K. KoSodate Kusa. [Directions for bringing up children]. Brd. f°. Yeddo, 
1876. Japanese text. 
Holzmaun, L. J. Devitiiset erroribus edncationis infantum et juvenum physic®. B°. 
Yindobon®, [lB4l], 
Hoploy, Georgia E. Education a prevention of crime. N. E. Jour. Educ., 31, p. 325. 
Hess, Geo. W. Education and crime. Ind. School Report, 1867, 8. 
How to prepare men for the states prison. Am. Annals Educ., 1832, p. 109. 
Hubert, Philip G., jr. Personal experiences in home training of young children. 
Mother’s Nursery Guide, Nov., 1892. 3,000 words. 
Ignorance and vice in cities and towns. R. I. School Report, 1849-’54, p. 202; 1851, 
appendix, p. 3. 
Ignorance a cause of crime. Common School Assistant, 2, p. 46. 
Industrial home for boys, at Venice. Missionary Review of the World, Dec., 1892. 
1,000 words. 
Influence of education upon the welfare of a community. Special School Rep., Bos- 
ton, 1828-’66, pp. 25-47. 
Insane, Training school for nurses for the. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 353. 
Institutional pauperism. By Mrs. Josephine Shaw Lowell. N. Y. Evangelist, April 
30, 1891. 
Jacobi, A. Die Pflege und Ernahrung des Kindes. In Handb. d. Kinderkraukh. 
(C. Gerhardt). B°. Tubing., 1877, pp. 303-436. 
Jaquemet, H. De I’entralnement chez I’homme au point de vue physiologique, pro- 
phylactique etcuratif. 4°. Montpellier, 1867. 
Jarvis, E. Tendency of misdirected education and the unbalanced mind to produce 
insanity. B°. n. p., [lBsB]. 
Jorg, J. C. G. Die Kunst die Yerkriimmungen der Kinder zu verhiiten und die ent- 
standenen sicker nnd leicht zu heben. B°. Leipzig, 1816. 
Juvenile criminals, Correction of. Ed. R., 101, p. 383. 
Juvenile criminals, Correction of. Good Words, 22, p. 458. 
Juvenile criminals, Correction of. Westm., 60, p. 137. 
Juvenile criminals, Treatment of. Eel. M., 2, p. 350. 
Juvenile criminals, Treatment of. No. Brit., 10, p. 1. 
Juvenile depravity, Remedies of. Hogg, 4, p. 300. 
Juvenile depravity and the public schools. R. I. Schoolmaster, 11, p. 3. 
Keatinge, O. Reformatory schools. English Waifs. Cath. World, 37, p. 408. 
Kellogg, C. D., and P. W. Ayres. Charity organization as an educating force. Chari- 
ties Review, Nov., 1892. 2,600 words. 
La criminality d’apres le degrd de Tinstruction. Jour. Soo. Stat. Paris, 1875, p. 58. 
Lafayolle de la Bruybre, L. X. A. L’dducation, cause occasionnelle, on prddisposante 
de la plupart des maladies, surtout de celles des premiers Ages. 4°. Paris, 
1819. 
Lallemant, A. L. E. De I’dducation physique des enfants, et des predominances 
organiques qui expliquent les maladies du jeune Age. 4°. Paris, 1845. 
Lalor, J. On the use of education and training in the treatment of the insane in 
public lunatic asylums. Dublin. 
Langlois de Longueville, S. N. P. Education physique et morale de la jeune fille. 
4°. Paris, 1819. 
Laplace-Chauvac, J. M. Diss. sur quelques points de Pdducation physique et morale 
de I’enfant, 4°. Paris, 1813. 212 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Larche, J. M. E. L. S. I. Quelques considerations snr le dy,veloppemeut physique 
de Penfant. 4°. Paris, 1821. 
Laurent. Influence de Pyduoation et des milieux sur la criminality. Revue de 
Fhypnotisme, Dec., 1889. 
Lefebvre, S. A. Consid6rations gynyrales sur Pyducation physique et morale de 
Penfant depuis le moment de la naissance jusqu’a la septieme annde. 4°. 
Paris, 1815. 
Leretz, A. F. H. Hygiene dcs enfants, oonsidyr6s depuis I’ypoque de la naissance 
jusq’ii I’ftge de la puberty. 4°. Paris, 1814. 
Lieber, Francis. Education and crime. Am. Annals Educ., 1835, ]). 129. 
Lotscher, J., and Cbristinger, J. Die Gesundbeitspflege im Alter der Schulpflichtig- 
keit. B°. Frauenfeld, 1874. 
Lovasz, J. Ertekdzys a’ tanuld gyermekekre nyzve gyakoroltatnie szokott testi 
feuyitykrol pbilosopbusi 6s orvosi szempontbfd tekintve. [On overtasking 
children.] B°. Pesten, 1836. 
Lowell, Josephine Shaw. One means >f preventing pauperism, pp. 14. N. Y., 
1879. B°. 
Liiderss, J. C. De educatione liberorum medica. 4°. Getting*, [1763]. 
McKeen, Joseph. Education and crime. N. Y. Teacher, 4, p. 45. 
McNair, A. H. Suggestions to parents and others on the physical and medical treat- 
ment of children, also diseases of females. B°. Philadelphia, 1838. 
Mann, Horace. Power of common schools to redeem the State from social vices and 
crimes. Mass., 11th An. Rep. Board of Education, 1846-’47, pp. 39-135. 
Mansfield, E. D, Relation between crime and education. Cal. School Report, 
1871-73, pp. 23-33. 
Manuscript report of the committee appointed to visit and report the condition of 
the pauper children in the Central London School. 4°. 
Marin-Desbrosses, J. C. M. Essai sur I’yducation physique et morale de la premiere 
eufance. 4°. Paris, 1831. 
Mandsley, H. Body and will: an essay concerning will in its metaphysical, physio- 
logical, and pathological aspects. 
Metliuger, B. [Regiment der jungen Kinder.] Incipit: Wann nach Ausehung 
Gottlicher und menschlichor Ordnung, etc. F°. Augsburg, 1473. 
Morel, J. P. L. Diss. snr les causes qui contribuent lo plus a rendre cachectique et 
rachitique la constitution d’un grand uombro d’enfauts de la ville do Lille. 4°. 
Paris, 1812. 
Morgon, T. A. Cousidyrations sur Peducation physique des enfants uouvoau-nys. 
4°. Paris, 1828. 
Moss, IV. An essay on the management and feeding of infants. B°. Philadelphia, 
1808. 
Nestle, H. Über die Ernahrung der Kinder. 12°. Yevey, 1870 
Nicolay. Les enfants mal yievys. Paris, 1890. 
Noyes, T. R. Report on the health of children in the Oneida community. B°. 
Oneida, N. Y., 1878. 
Our relation to our neighbor’s children. Mother’s Nursery Guide, Nov., 1892. 2,200 
words. 
Patenotre, C. A. Essai sur I’yducation physique des enfants. 4°. Paris, 1826. 
Peirce, C. Crime: its cause and cure. Mass. Teacher, 6, p. 333. 
Penitentiaries. Penna. School Jour., 24, p. 3. 
Pierce, B. K. Prevention and reform or juvenile reform. Meth. Q., 32, p. 601. 
Pin, J. B. C. J. Quelqnes prcceptes sur Phygiene des enfants. 4°. Paris, 1817. 
Pioger, J. De Pimportance de Phygiene dans la premiere enfance. 4°. Paris, 1880. 
Piquet, J. M. M. Essai sur Phygibne des enfants, on de Pinfluence que les choses 
physiques et morales exercent sur les enfants, et des moyens de les conserver 
eu sauty. 4°. Paris, 1815. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Flint, Thomas. Crime in England. B°. London, 1851. 
Porter, G. E. Crime and education. J. Statis. Soc., 10, p. 316. 
Porter, G. R. Crime and education in France. Central Society of Educ., London, 
1837, pp. 317-337. 
Porter, G. R. The influence of education shown by facts recorded in the criminal 
tables. Central Society of Educ., London, 1847, p. 316. 
Potter, A. Education and crime. Dist. School Jour., 2, p. 22; 3, p. 77. 
Potter, E. R. Relation of education to prevention of crime. R. I. School Report, 
1849-51, p. 167. 
Prevention of crime. Pamph., pp. 32. B°. London, 1847. 
Prevot-Leygonie, P. Essai sur I’yducation physique des eufants. 4°. Paris, 1813. 
Prison discipline, Reformatory. Cornh., 3, pp. 409, 708; 4, p. 229; 7, p. 189; 10, p. 
722. 
Puget, J. M. Essai sur I’yducation physique des eufants. 4°. Paris, 1814. 
Quetelet. Le systeme social et les lois qui le regissent. Paris, 1840. 
Quetelet. La statistique considyrye sous le rapport du physique, du moral et do 
I’intelligence de I’horame. Paris, 1870. 
Rautoul, R., jr. Relation of ignorance to crime. No. Am., 47, p. 311. 
Raulin, J. De la conservation des enfauts, on les moyens de les fortifier, de les pry- 
server et gu6rir des maladies, depuis I’instant de leur existence, jusqu’d I’ftge 
de puberty. 2v.in 3. B°. Paris, 1768-69. 
Rawson, R. W. Criminals and education. J. Statis. Soc., 3, p. 331. 
Read, D. B. Juvenile criminals. Canad. Mo., 18, p. 548. 
Redfield, H. V. Homicide North and South. Philadelphia, 1880. 12°. 
Redway, J. W. Education and crime. Pacific School and Home Jour., 4, p. 137. 
Reformatories. Chamb. J., 51, p. 744. 
Reformatories, agricultural labor in. Am. J. Ed., 1, p. 609. 
Reformatories and Paraguay. Month, 2, p. 157. 
Reformatories for dangerous classes. New Eng. M., 3, p. 382. 
Reformatories in America. Irish Q., 7, p. 1092. 
Reformatory and preventive education. Am. J. Ed., 24, p. 725. 
Reformatory education. Am. J. Education, 3, pp. 10, 561. 
Reformatory schools. Dub. Univ., 39, p. 312. 
Reformatory schools. Dub. R., 55, p. 455. 
Reformatory schools. Quar., 98, p. 32. 
Reformatory schools, Catholic. Dub. R., 39, p. 312. 
Reformatory schools in France. Blackw., 134, p. 57. 
Reformatory schools since 1854. Am. J. Educ., 26, p. 657. 
Relation between education and crime. Dist. School Jour., 1, p. 5. 
Relation of crime and ignorance. Penua. School Jour., 23, p. 51. 
Relation of education to prevention of crime. R. I. Inst. Instruc., 1, p. 167. 
Relief in work. Work the natural first step in reformation. Charities Review, 
November, 1892. 6,000 words. 
Rep. of Com. on Educ. in the Senate on the subject of capital punishment. R. I. 
State Docs., Providence, 1852. B°. 
Reville. La criminality et I’instruction publique. Revue bleue, 26 avril 1890. 
Reynolds, E. On the importance of a knowledge of the principles of physiology to 
parents and teachers. B°. Boston, 1833. 
Richmond, J. F. Dangerous classes, and their treatment. Meth. Q. Rev., 55, p. 455. 
Richmond, J. F. Reformatories for dangerous classes. Meth. Q., 33, p. 455. 
Rohertou, J. Observations on the mortality and physical management of children. 
12°. London, 1827. 
Rogers, H. Crime and education. Ed. R., 86, p. 512. 
Rosengarten, J. G. Reform schools. B°. [Philadelphia, 1879.] 
Rulloff, E. H. A learned murderer. Am. Ed. Monthly, 8, pp. 177, 310. 214 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Sabin, 11. Children of crime, pp. 8. Read before the State Teachers’ Association, 
Clinton, lowa, Dec., 1882. 
Sainte-Marthe, De. (Scaevola)[Sammarthanus]. Piedotrophia; or the art of nursing 
and rearing children. A poem in three books. Translated from the Latin of 
Sjevola do St. Marthe. By IT. W. Tytler. B°. Loudon, 1797. 
Salisbury, S. An address delivered before the Norfolk District Medical Society. 
B°. Boston, 1860. 
Sanborn, F. B. Reformatories in Massachusetts, 1866. Radical, 1, p. 480. 
Scharlau, G. W. Die korperliche PHege und Erziehnug der Kinder vom ersteu 
Lebensalter an. 12°. Stettin, 1853. 
Schoelchcr. Education et crimes. Journ. des (Sconomistes, avril 1844. 
School and prison. American Journal of Education, St. Louis, 25, 1829, p. 13. 
Schumann, G. A. Do erroribus quibusdam educatiouis infantum teuellorum a per- 
verse parentum amore oriundis. 4°. Witebergm, [1790]. 
Science and crime. Appleton’s Jour., 8, p. 458. 
Scott, W. R. Education of idiots. 
Seyler, J. A. De physica juvenum educatioue. 4°. Loodii, 1830. 
Skene, F. M. F. Reformatory of St. Michael. Good Words, 11, p. 65; 14, p. 144. 
Slocum, Wm. F. The ideal of the charity worker. Charities Review, Nov., 1892. 
2,600 words. 
Smith, IT. Letters to married women on nursing and the management of children. 
2d Am. cd. B°. Philadelphia, 1796. 
Smith, Zolpha D. Education of the friendly visitor. Charities Review, Nov., 1892. 
5,000 words. 
Stetson, Geo. R. Literacy and crime in Massachusetts, and the necessity for moral 
and industrial training in public schools. Andover Review, 2, [lBB4], p. 571. 
Also, reprint: B°. Boston, 1886. 
Stevens, A. Education, crime, and pauperism. Central Christian Advocate, St. 
Louis, April 30, 1884, p. 138. 
Stewart. Our temperaments, their study and their teaching. 
Street boys. What can be done to civilize them? Editorial. Republican, Spring- 
field, Mass., Nov. 13, 1892. 800 words. 
Struve, C. A. A familiar view of the domestic education of children. Transl. from 
the German. To which are prefixed three introductory lectures on the same 
subject, hy A. F. M. Willich. B°. London, 1803. 
Symo'ns, J. C. Tactics for the times; as regards the condition of the dangerous 
classes. B°. London, 1849. 
Tacheron, C. F. Diss. sur I’hygi&ue des enfauts, ou des soins qu’exige le premier 
Age. 4°. Paris, 1818. 
Tanish, E. C. Education a preventive of misery and crime. Barnard’s Am. Jour. 
Ed., 11, [1862], p. 77. 
Tardif, G. F. Des principaux soins hygiAiiques que les enfauts au-dessous 
de sept aus dans I’dtat de santA 4°. Paris, 1819. 
Tarver, M. Crime and education. West J., 8, p. 297. 
Tesnifere, H. L. Essai sur I’cducation physique et moral des enfauts faibles. 4°. 
Paris, 1815. 
Timpe, T. Ueber die Ernahrung der Kinder. B°. Magdeburg, 1878. 
Todd, W. G. English reformatories and industrial schools. Mouth, 13, p. 319, 
Tulee, D. Hack. Illustrations of the influence of the mind outhe body in health and 
disease. 2 vols. 2d ed. 
Vaux, Richard. Some remarks on crime cause, pp. 80. Philadelphia, 1879-80. 
Verchfere, A. Quelques considerations gAiA-ales sur I’education uaturelle physique 
des enfauts depuis la uaissance jusqu’A I’adolescence. 4°. Paris, 1860. 
Volkhardt, W. Ueber die augestammte Menschengebrechliehkeit und deren ver- 
niinftige Yorbauuug. 12°. Amorbach, 1832. 215 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Walmsley, F. H. The desirableness of throwing open our asylums for the post- 
graduate study of insanity. P, 
Walts, J. K. Crime and illiteracy. Indiana School Jour., 1875, p. 113. 
Waiter, Ely Van de. The relations of woman to crime. Popular Science Monthly, 
8, [1875], pp. 1, 334. 
Warner, Charles Dudley. Education as a factor in prison reform. Harper, 72, 
[lBBo], pp. 444-448. 
Warner, Charles Dudley. Extirpation of criminals. New Princeton Review, 3, 
[lBB7], 87. 
Warner, F. The children: hoAV to study them. (Lectures.) 
Warner, F. Physical expression, its modes and principles. 
Warner, F. A course of lectures on the growth and means of training the mental 
faculty. 
Wehel, C. G. F. Devi et auctoritate prseceptorum medicorum in educatione libe- 
rorum. B°. n. p., 1778. 
West. How to nurse sick children: intended especially as a help to the nurses at 
the Hospital for Sick Children, hut containing directions which may he found 
of service to all who have the charge of the young. 12°. New York, 1855. 
White, S. H. Crime and education. Nat. Teachers’ Monthly, 2, pp. 161,261; 3, p. 
82. Also, reprint: 16°. New York, 1887. 
Who are our criminals, and what are onr prisons? Ohio Jour. Educ., 7, p. 136. 
Wickern, J. H. The German reform school. Barnard’s American Journal of Edu- 
cation, vol. 22, pp. 588,1872. 
Wickershani, J. P. Education and crime. Penna. School Jour., 30, [lBBl-’B2],p. 39. 
Wines, E. C. Crime, its cause and cure. Princeton Review, 1878, pp. 784-814. 
Wines, F. 11. The criminal class. Missouri School Report, 1872, p. 89. 
Wines, F. H. A reform school not a prison. Illinois Teacher, vol. 14, pp. 343, Nov., 
1868. 
Wright, Carroll D. Results of the Massachusetts public school system. Mass. 
School Report, 1877-’7B, p. 167. [Appendix.] 
1. PREVENTIVE AND REFORMATORY EDUCATION OF 
CHILDREN AND YOUTH. 
Treatment, care, and protection of abandoned children, orphans; of the vicious, criminal, and 
degenerated. Protection against parental abuse; guardianship; colonies for children; regimes 
of preventive education, professional education; industrial and reformatory schools,blouses of 
refuge, etc. 
Aerztlicher Bericht des K. G. Gebiir- und Findelhauses zu Wien. Vienne. Annies 
1854 et suiv. In-B°. 
Alis, H. Mettray. Lacolonieagricole. Toubs, impr. Maine. Brochure. B°. (Etude 
parue dans le Journal des Ddbats.) 
Alis, H. Mettray. La maison paternelle. Tours, impr. Maine. Brochure. B°. 
(Etude parue dans le Journal des Ddbats.) 
Alshead, Joseph. On juvenile criminals reformatories, and the means of rendering 
dangerous classes serviceable to the State. Manchester, 1856. B°. 
Annual report of the board of State charities and corrections in Rhode Island. 
Providence, 1871. 
Annual report of the managers of the Western House of Refuge of the State of New 
York, for the reformation of juvenile delinquents. Albany, 1851. B°. 
Annual report of the trustees for State primary and reform schools. Boston. 
Annual report of the trustees for State reform at Bridgewater. Boston. 
Arondeau. Des eufants et abaudonuds, et des moyens pour en diminuer le 
nombre. Rev. Foelix, Paris, t. 5, p. 820. Also, Rev. dti’ang. et franf. de legist., 
1837, t. 4. 216 
ABNORMAL MAN.' 
Assistance des enfants malades, circulaires. Jouru. des conseils munic., 1881, p. 71. 
Assistance, L’, internatiouale des enfants abandonnes et des alidnds indigents. 
Jonrn. des cons, munic., 1883, p. 182. 
Aubinais. Causes de la mortality parmi les enfants abandonnes. Nantes, 1860. 
Anbriot. Asa majeste Eugenie, Imp6ratrice des Francnis : Les enfants abandonnes 
traitAs par la loi en vagabonds. Paris, 1853. 
Baillenx de Marisy. Les enfants assistds. Rev. des Deux Moudes, Paris, lRr nov. 
1864. 
Ballot, Cb. De la tntelle des indigents on de la garde orpheline. Rev. prat, de 
droit franp., Paris, 1858, t. 5. 
Barat-Dulaurier. Rapport snr les modifications a demander dans le service medical 
des enfants assists, des enfants protdgds, en vertu do la loi Roussel et do 
I’iuspection m6dicale des 6ooles. Couconrs m6dical, Paris, 1884, t. 6, p. 514. 
Baudon, Ad. Colonio agricol© do Bonneval pour les eufants trouvds, abandonnds ou 
orphelins. Ann. do la Char., Paris, 1846, t. 2. 
Baumbauer, M. V. Do landbouwkolouie to Mettray. Een voorbeeld voor Neder- 
land. Yoorafgegaan door eene redevoering van W. H. Suriugar. Leeuwarden, 
1847. lu-8C. 
Beausset-Roquefort, de. Questions relatives Passistauce des enfants ala 
cbarito publique. Marseille, 1859. 
Boggs, Th. Juvenile delinquency and reformatory institutions. Loudon, 1857. B°. 
Benoiston de Cbateannenf. Rapport sur I’liistoire scientifiquo et morale des enfants 
tronvds. Rev. Wolowski, Paris, t. 8, p. 222. 
Benoiston de Cbateannenf. Considerations sur les enfants tronves. Paris, 1824. 
Benoiston de Cbateannenf. Rapport fait a PAcademie des science morales et poli- 
tiques snr les bopices d’eufants tronves et la suppression des tours. Rev. 
de legist, et de jurisp., Paris, 1838, t. 8. 
Benoit. M6moire du conseil d’Enre-et-Loire snr "les enfants tronves. Chartres, 
1842. In-80. 
Bertiu, J. L. H. Colonie agricole et maison paternelle de Mettray. Paris, 1874. 
In-B°. 
Bertrand. Notice pour servir a Elaboration de la loi protectrice de I’enfauce. 
Paris, Delabaye, 1875. 
Bertrand. Service des enfants assistds du premier dge. 1889. 
Bertrand et Latonr. Notice snr nn projet d’asile pour les enfants assistds dn pre- 
mier dge. Cbalons-snr-Saone, 1889. lu-B°. 
Besson. Histoire des enfants abandonnes et ddclassds. 1887. 
Bigard. Dn retablissement des tours et de la creation de colonies d’enfants assists. 
Rev. critique, Paris, 1.17, p. 529. 
Biscboff. Monographic snr les enfants abandonnes on assistes. Lyon, 1876. In-B°. 
Blache. La protection de Penfance dans le ddpartement de la Seine. Paris, Alcan 
L6vy, 1889. 
Bodart. La protection de Penfance. Tours, 1889. In-B°. 
Bogelot. Le patronage catboliqne de New-York on favour do Penfance abandonnee 
on conpable. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., Paris, avr.il 1889. 
Boicervoise. Dn sort des orpbelins panvres et de leur assimilation anx enfants 
tronves. Ann. de la Char., Paris, t. 10. 
Boicervoise. Qnelques reformes an snjet dn projet de loi relatif anx enfants tronves 
et abandonnes. Dondey-Dnpre, Paris, 1850. 
Bondy, do. Memoire snr les enfants tronves; necessite de reviser la legislation. 
Paris, 1835. 
Bonjean, M. Communication relative a la Societe generale de protection de Pen- 
fance abandonnee on conpable. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., avril 1881. 
Bonjean, M. Communication relative an Cougres international de la protection de 
Penfance. Bull, de la Soc. gtin. des pris., f6v. 1883. 217 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Bonjean, M. Congrfes international <le la protection «le Penfance tenu a Paris en 
jniu 1883. Compte rendu des travaux publics au nom de la commission inter- 
uationale permanonte. Paris, 1886, 2 vols. In-8J. 
Bonne, De, et Van Scboor. La suppression des tours et rcponse M. Van Iseghem. 
Brux., Bull, com., 1850, 2e semestr., pp. 301 et 374. 
Bonneville. Moralisation de Penfance coupable. Paris, 1867. lu-B°. 
Bonneville de Marsangy. Mettray. Colonie maisou paternelle. Pa- 
ris, 1866. Brochure. lu-B°. 
Boucher d’Argis. Varictes historiques, physiques et litteraires. Abrdge historique 
de Pdtablissement des enfants trouves, t. 3, pp. 308et 1752. 
Boucheron. Les enfants assistes et la famille. Paris, Dupont, 1870. lu-B°. 
Bouchet, H. Trdsor du droit frangais. Y. Enfants trouves. 
Boude. De la condition civile des enfants abandonnes et des orphelins. 1883. 
Bonniceau-Gesmon. Observations an de Chareute sur les enfants 
Angouleme, 1840. In-B°. 
Bourdon, IT. Question des enfants trouves. Eev. de l«sg. et de jurisp., Paris, 1848, 
t. 31. 
Brelay. L’assistance aux enfants abandonnes on pervertis. Econom. frang., 1881, 
p. 694. 
Brelay. Les enfants moralement abandonnes. Econom. fran?., 1883, p. 546. 
Brochard. Les enfants trouves h Lyon et Moscou. Lyon, 1874. 
Brochard. La verite sur les enfants trouves. Paris, Plon, 1875. 
Brouardel. La protectiou.de Penfance. Caen, 1885. In-B°. 
Brueyre. Communication relative auxmesures prises parlaville de Paris eu favour 
des enfants moralement abandonnes. Bull.de la Soc.gen.de pris., janvier 
1881. 
Brueyre. Communication sur un projet de colonie agricole en Algerie pour les en- 
fants abandonnes de la Seine. Bull, de la soc. g6n. de pris., deceinbre 1883. 
Brueyre. Do Peducation des enfants assistes et des enfants moralement abandonnes 
eu France. Paris, Imprimerie natiouale, 1889. 
Brueyre. Notice sur les enfants assistes. Rev. pedagogique, 1889. 
Brueyre. Rapport au conseil supdrieur de Passistance publique sur la protection 
des enfants. Hull, de la soc. gen des pris., janvier 1889. 
Brueyre. Rapport an conseil sup6rieur de Passistance publique sur la revision 
de la legislation des enfants assistes. 1890. 
Brueyre. Les services publics de protection do Penfance. Cercle St.-Simon, 1887. 
Brunet*. Protection des enfants du premier age eieves chez leurs parents pauvres. 
Lille, 1886. 
Bucquet. Rapport concernaut Papplication de la loi du 23 decembre 1874, sur la 
protection des enfants du premier age. 1888. 
Bulletin de la Societe protectrice de Penfance. Paris. 20 amides 
Bureau de Bieufaisauce. Enfants abandonnes. Annuaire. 
Cabane, L. Entretien sur les enfants abandonnes et trouves. Bull, de la Soc. 
gen. des pris., fevrier 1886. 
Cabaues, J. De Passistance publique. Les tours. Bordeaux, 1879. 
Caironico, T. La maisou de refuge pour les enfants en Italic. Bull, de la Soc. gen. 
des pris., novembre 1879. 
Caisse, La, des pupillesde la ville de Paris, les enfants assistes et les enfants mo- 
ralement abandonnes. Econom. fraug., 1885, p. 418. 
Callier. De la suppression des tours pour les enfants abandonnes. 1863. 
Camp, Maxime du. Les hospices et les enfants assistes. Rev. des Deux Mondes, 
ler sept. 1870. 
Canet. Rapport sur les orphelinats agricoles. Lille, 1884. 
Carlier. Enfants assistes. Des secours temporariesetde leurs heureux effets. Paris, 
Rongier, 1889. 218 
Came, L. De. De la colonisation des enfants trouvds enAlgdrie. Ann. de la Char., 
Paris, 1845, t. l'r. 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Carpenter, M. Juvenile delinquents, their condition and treatment. B°. Lou- 
don, 1853. 
Carpenter, M. Reformatory schools for the children of the perishing and dangerous 
classes, and for juvenile offenders. B°. London, 1851, 
Chassin. La question des enfants devant les Chamhres. 
Choppin, A. Rapport sur les dcoles de rdforme pour I’education des pins jeuues en- 
fants envoyds a la correction. Bull, de la Soc. gdu. des prisons. Paris, fd- 
vrier 1878. 
Circulaire adressde par M. le Garde des Sceaux aux procureurs gdndraux an sujet 
de I’application do la loi du 24 juillet 1889, sur la protection des enfants mal- 
traitdsou moralomeut ahandonnds. Jour, off., Paris, 17 oct. 1889. 
Cochin, A. Notice sur Mettray. Paris, 1847. Brochure. B°. 
Coffignon. L’enfant Paris. Paris, Kolb, 1889. 
Colouie agricole de Mettray. Comptes rendus. Amides 1841 a 1889. Paris. Broch- 
ure. B°. 
Colonies futures d’enfants assistds. Les enfants moralement abandonndes. Eco- 
nom. franf., 1888, t. 2, p. 68. 
Comitd ddpartemental de la protection des enfants du premier age. Caen, 1881-’B4. 
Coucours des communes dans les ddpeuses des enfants assistds. Journ. des cons, 
munic., 1881, p. 154. 
Cougrds des oeuvres sociales a Lidge. (Union nationale pour le rodresseinent des 
griefs.) lre et 2° session, septembre 1886 et 1887. Lidge, Demarteau, 1886 et 
1887. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Cousiddrant, V. Question des enfants trouvds. Ddmocratie pacific (journal), 21 
u0v.1847. 
Cosson. Les enfants assistds de la Seine. Bull, des conseil. munic., 1887, p. 41. 
Courcelle-Seneuil. Enfants abaudonuds. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., Paris, 
ddc. 1888. 
Curel. Parti a prendre sur la question des enfants trouvds. Paris, Dupont, 1845. 
Curzon, de. Etude sur les enfants trouvds, an point de vue de la Idgislation, de la 
morale et de rdconoraie politique. Poitiers, 1847. In-B°. 
Darn, Baron Ch., et Bournat, Yit. Adoption, education et correction des eftfants 
pauvres, abandonnds, orphelins on Adcieux. 1875. In-B°. 
Davenue. Instruction pour le service de santd des enfants trouvds, abandonnds et 
orphelins placds la campagne. Paris, Dupont, 1852. 
Decorny, Ecoles agricoles de Ruyssle et do Bernhem en Belgique. Bull, de la 
Soc. gdn. des pris., ddc. 1883. 
Decorny. Pouvoirs du juge sur les jeuues ddlinquauts. Bull, de la Soc. gdu. des 
pris., mai 1883. 
Degrousseau. Notice sur les Bradieres, colouie agricole pour les enfants trouvds. 
Ann. de la Char., t. 7. 
Deluge. Inspection des enfants assists et des 6tabliesements do bienfaisance de la 
Gironde. Bordeaux, 1887, 1888. 
Delage. Rapports sur les enfants assistdsdu d6partement de la Gironde. Bordeaux, 
1886. 
Delage. Rapport sur le serAdce de la protection des enfants du premier age dans la 
Gironde. Bordeaux, 1887. 
Delamarre et Dumont. Projet de socidtd auouyme pour dtablir une colouie d’en- 
fants trouvds dans les laudes de Bordeaux, aArec plans. Bordeaux, 1833. 
Delessert. Ordounance reudue concernaut les enfants trouvds et abandonnds. 
Paris, 1837. 
Delore. La vdritd sur les tours. Lyon, 1879. 
Ddpenses du service des enfants assistds. Journ. des cons, munic., 1884, p. 219 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
219 
Deplech. De la suppression ties tours. Bordeaux, 1866. 
Despaulx-Ader. Des societes protectrices de I’enfauce. Malteste, 1877. 
Uesportes, F. Examen du projet de loi sur la protection de I’enfance prtiseute par 
le gouveruement frangais et coutre-projet de M. Desportes. Fev. 1882. 
Desportes, F. La Societd geuerale de protection pour Penfance abandoimde ou 
coupable, Nov. 1879. 
Desportes, F. Protection de Penfance abandonnee ou coupable. Bull, de la Soc. 
gen. des pris., janv. 1887. 
Uevoe, E. The refuge system or prison discipline applied to juvenile delinquents. 
New York, 1818. B°. 
Didierjan. Des enfants assistcs. Nancy, 1881. 
Digard. De la tntelle des indigents, on de la garde charitable des orphelins. Paris, 
Ann. de la Cbarite, 1857 et 1860,1.13 et 16. 
Direction de Passistance et de Phygiene publique, service de Penfance. Ministere 
de Plutdrieur. Jour, oft’., 24 sept. 1889. 
Discussion an corps tegislatif sur les enfants trouves. AcadOuie des sciences mo- 
rales, Paris, 1.10, p. 315. 
Discussion it la Soci6te dteconomie charitable sur la tntelle des indigents. Paris, 
Ann. do la Charity, 1857, 1.13. 
Documents relating to the State reform school of the State of Massachusetts. Bos- 
ton, 1849. B°. 
Douiol. Les enfants des hospices et la mise en valeur des terres incultes. Jour, 
des 6conom., 15 fev. 1862. 
Doublet de Boisthibault. Mdmoire sur les enfants trouves. Chartres, 1842. 
Drion, G. Protection de Penfance. Rapport presente ala federation des societes 
pour le patronage des condamnes liberes. Bruxelles, Ferd. Larcier, 1890. 
Brochure. B°. 
Drouineau. De Passistance aux filles-nteres et aux enfants abandonees. Paris, 
Masson, 1878. 
Drouineau. De Passistance & Penfant avant sa naissauce. Paris, Rongier, 1889. 
Drouineau. Notice sur la protection des enfants du premier dge. 
Dubeau. L’enfant trouve et PAlgerie, ou colonisation agricole de PAfrique fran- 
yaise. Paris, 1860. 
Dubois, G. L’application de la loi du 13 mars 1878 sur le placement des enfants 
en France. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., dec. 1884. 
Dubois, G. Le regime de Peducation preventive dans I’Etat de Hambourg. Bull, 
de la Soc. gen. des pris., fev. 1880. 
Dubois, G. line discussion sur les dtablissements publics d’dducation preventive a 
la Socidtd des prisons du Nord-Ouest de I’Allemagne. Bull.de la Soc. gdu. 
des pris., mai 1880. 
Dubois, G. Deux nouvelles lois allemandes sur Peducation forc6e des enfants mo- 
ralement abaudoun6s. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., f6v. 1888. 
Dubois, J. Etude historique sur la protection de Penfance et la condition des en- 
fants trouves, abandouues, indigents. Mesnil (Eure) et Paris, Didot, 1888. 
Duearre. Le retablissement des tours. Lyon, 1879. 
Ducpetiaux. Des modifications a introduire dans la legislation relative aux enfants 
trouves. Bruxelles, 1834. 
Ducpetiaux. Du sort des enfants trouvds et abaudonuds en Belgique. Bruxelles, 
Bull, de la com. centrale de statist., 1843, 1.1. 
Ducpdtiaux. Maison de refuge pour les jeuues libdrds et les enfants pauvres en 
Angleterre. Rev. belg., Lidge, 1836, t. 4, p. 37. 
Ducpetiaux. Memoire sur Petablissement du penitentier central pour les jeunes 
delinquents. Bruxelles, 1840. Brochure. B°. 
Ducpetiaux. Rapport sur Porgauisation du quartier des jeunes detenus a St.-Ber- 
uard. Bruxelles, 1834. Brochure. B°. 220 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
I • 
Duepetiaux. Expose de ]a situation des ecoles de reforme de Ruysselede, de Wyn- 
giiem et do Beernem, 1848-1858. Bruxelles, 1861. In-4°. 
Duepetiaux. Memoire sur I’organisation des dooles de forme, sounds a M.le 
ministre de la justice. Bruxelles, 1848. Tn-B°. - 
Duepetiaux. Notice statistique sur la maison pdnitentiaire de jeunes delinquants 
a St.-Hubert, province de Luxembourg. Bruxelles, 1852. Brochure. In-4°. 
Duepetiaux. Notice sur la colonie de Mettray pres de Tours. Bruxelles, 1843, 
Brochure. In-8C. 
Dumenil, H. De la puissance paternelle et de la protection legale de I’enfance. 
Paris, 1881. Brochure. B°. Also, Rev. gen. du droit, 1881. 
Dupin, G. Discours prononce dans la discussion du budget de Pinterieur an sujet 
des enfants trouves (30 mai 1838), et autres discours en reponse a M. de La- 
martine (15 juillet 1839). 
Dutouquet. Enfants trouves. Paris, Guillaumin, 1858. 
Durangel. Euquete generale sur les enfants assistes. 1862. 
Duval. L’assistance publique et le service des enfants moralemeut abandonnes; la 
Societe Boujean. Paris, le Droit, ler fdvr. 1883. 
E. C. Etude sur I’enfance coupable et sa moralisatiou. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des 
pris., dec. 1883. 
Edolga. Recueil, resume des prescriptions legates et reglcmentaires sur le sex-vice 
de la protection des enfants tin premier age (departemeut du Yar). Dragui- 
gnan, 1887. 
Eufance, L’, abandounee. Econ. fraug., 1885, p. 271. 
Enfants abandoixues, admission dans les hospices, abrogation de I’instruction du 8 
fevr. 1823, circul. du 21 janv. 1889 du ministx-e de I’iuterieur aux prefets. 
Journ. des parquets, 1889, p. 37. 
Enfants assistes do la Seine en 1887. Ann. de Pecon. polit., 1889, p. 673. 
Enfants assistes. Joni-n. de droit admin., t. 31, p. 11; Ann. de Pecon. polit., 1869, p. 
164; 1870, p. 137; 1886, p. 221; 1887, p. 249; 1888, p. 442; 1889, p. 307. 
Enfants assistes. Enquete gcSndrale ouverte en 1860 dans les 86 ddpartemeuts de 
I’empire; rapport de la commission institute le 10 oct. 1864 par le ministre 
de I’iutdrieur. Paris, Imprimerie imperiale, 1862. 
Enfants assistes, inspection, decret du 28 mars 1887. Bull, des couseil. mimic., 1887, 
p. 56. 
Enfants assistes, enfants moralemeut abandonnes a Paris. Anu.de Pdcou. pol., 
1886, p. 576, et 1888, p. 709. 
Enfants assistes, rapport de M. le directeur de Paesistance publique au ministere do 
Pinterieur. Congr. int. d’assistance. Paris, Rongier, 1889. 
Enfants, Les, assistes de la Seine. Le Temps, 11-12 avril 1887. 
Enfants assistes, rapport pour 1888, nombre des enfants assistes, provenance, ateliers 
et instructions. La Lauterne, 25 nov. 1889. 
Enfants, Les, assistes: projet do x-eforme. Rev. des etabliss.de bienf., 1889, p. 129. 
Enfants, Les, moralemeut abandonnes. Econ. frang., 1882, p. 494. 
Enfants, Les, moralemeut abandonnes; PEcole de i-eforme de Porquerolles. Econ. 
frang., 1887, ]i. 13. 
Enfants, Les, moralement abandonnes,. loi sur la protection des enfants maltraites 
on moralement abandonnes. Congr. intern, d’assist. Paris, Rongier, 1889. 
Enfants, Les, moralemeut abandonnes; les pupilles de la ville de Paris. Econ. 
fraug., 1885, p. 214. 
Enfants, Les, en bas age. Ann. de Pecon. polit., 1882, p. 120. 
Enfants incurables, le xxouvel asile d’lvry pour les petits infinnes. Le Matin, 9 sep- 
tembre 1889. 
Enfants maltraites on moralement abandonnes. Rev. des etabl. de bienf., 1889, p. 97. 
Enfants, Les, des hospices et la mise en valeur des terres incultes. Acad, des sciences 
morales, Paris, t. 62, p. 29. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
221 
Enfants, Des, trouves et de F emancipation des femmes. Rev. Brux., annde 1838. 
Enfants trouves. Ami. de Fecon. polit., 1858, p. 239, et 1859, p. 273. 
Enquete gen6rale de 1869 sur les eufauts assistes; rapport de la commission. 
Enquete g&nirale de 1858 et rapport sur les enfants assistes. 1862. 
Esquiros, A. Les enfants trouviss. Rev. des Deux Mondes, 1845, t. 4; 1846, t. 1; 15 
jan. et 15 mars 1856. . 
Essai sur la destination la meilleure a donner aux enfants trouves. Paris, 1837. 
Essai sur les enfants trouves par X. Chalons-sur-Marne, 1801 
Examen de la legislation sur les enfants trouts. Paris, 1838. 
Execution de la loi du 13 mars 1878, sur le placement des enfants abandonues en 
Prusse. Rev. gen. d’adm., 1886, t. 1, p. 202. 
Extrait des deliberations du conseil general du departement de la Seine du 15 oc- 
tobre 1838, couceruaut les mesures adoptees par le conseil general des hospices 
pour diminuer le nombre des abandons des enfants a Fhospice. Paris. 
Eaucon. M6moire sur le r6tablissement des tours, lu an Congres catholique de Lille. 
1878. 
Fauquet. Considerations sur la question des enfants trouves, lues an conseil ge- 
neral du d6partement de la Seine-Infdrieure dans la session de 1839. Rouen 
1840. 
Fayard. Des enfants assistes a Paris et Lyon. Paris, Guillaumin, 1867. 
Fayard. Histoire administrative de' I’ceuvre des enfants trouv6s, abandoning et or- 
phelins de Lyon. Paris, Guillaumin, 1873. 
Flandin. Education correctionnelle. Melun, 1888. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., 
mars 1888. 
Fleury, P. Rapport sur les enfants du premier age dans le Cher. 1888. 
Fleury, P. Rapport sur les enfants assistes du departement du Cher. Bonrges. 
Fleury, P. De la protection de Fenfauce dans le Cher. Bourges, 1889. 
Fleury-Rasarin. Le travail des enfants et des femmes devant la loi 
La Reforme sociale, bulletin de la Societe dteconumie sociale et des Unions de 
la paix sociale, Paris, 1890, liv. 1 et 3. 
Floquet. Expose des motifs du projet de loi sur la protection des enfants maltraitds 
ou moralement abandonues. 1889. 
Fontpertuis, de. L’assistance des enfants naturels, le tour, I’hospice et le secours 
aux lilles-meres. Rev. g<sn. d’administr., 1878, t. ler, p. 371. Also, Journ. des 
6conom., mars 1878. 
Fousset. De I’influence des tours sur la moralite des enfants assistds do I’Ain. 
Bourg., 1879. 
Fuzier-Herman, Ed. De la protection legate des enfants centre les aims de Fauto- 
rite paternelle. Paris, 1878. In-B°. 
Gaillard, abbe. Recherches administrative?, statistiques et morales sur les enfants 
trouves, les enfants naturels et les orphelins en France et dans plusieurs pays 
de FEurope. Paris, Leclerc, 1837. 
Gaillard. Resume de la discussion sur les enfants trouves. Paris, 1855. 
Gautier aine. Rapport au uom de la commission des eufants trouves, instituee par 
arrdte du prefet de la Gironde du 30 mai 1840. Bordeaux, Deliege. 
Gerando, de. Rapport sur les eufauts trouves. Paris, 1833. 
Gerando, de. Mesures relatives ala reformation des adolescences vicieuses parmi les 
enfants trouves, abandonnes et orphelius. Paris, 1840. 
Gerando, de. Des institutions relatives aux enfants trouves et abandonues. De la 
bienfaisance publique. Bruxelles, 1839. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Gerville-Reache. Rapport sur la protection des enfants abandonues. 1884-1886. 
Gerville-Reache. Projet de loi sur la protection des enfants abandonnes, deiaisses 
ou maltraites. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., janv., f6v., mars et mai 1885. 
Goffin, A. L’ceuvre do la jeunesse a Marseille. Ann. de la Char., Paris, 1859,1.15. 
Gouroff, de. Essai sur Fhistoire des enfants trouves depuis les temps anciens jusqu’a 
nos jours. Paris, 1829. 222 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Grandjean. De la suppression des enfants trouves par le droit a Fadoption des en- 
fants mineurs sans famille. 
Hamel. Les enfants trouves; du danger de la suppression des tours dans la ville de 
Paris, ibiris, 1838. 
Hardouin, H. Responsabilite legale des parents. Bull, de la Soo. gen. des pris., mai 
1883. 
Hart, C. N. Documents relative to the house of refuge, instituted by the Society for 
the Reformation of Juvenile Delinquents in the City of New York in 1824. 
New York, 1832. B°. 
Haussonville, d’. L’enfance a Paris. Paris, Levy, 1880. 
Herpain. Contribution a I’hygieue des maisons d’dducation correctionnelle. Bru- 
xelles, 1871. Brochure in-B°. 
Hirscher, J. B. Die Sorge fiir sittlich verwahrloste Kinder. Freiburg i. Br,, 1856, 
B°. 
Hospice, L’, des enfants assistes. Rev. des soc. medic., t. 34, p. 610. 
Honget, Ad. La reforme du travail des enfants. Venders) 1875. Brochure in-8G. 
Houz6 de I’Auluoit. Enfants assistes; la question des tours. Lille. 
Hurtin-Lcfebvre. Le retablissement des tours. Lyon, 1879. 
Inspection, L’, des enfants assistes. Journ. des cons, mimic., 1887, p. 111. 
Instruction generate sur le service des enfants assistes an departement de la Seine. 
Paris, 1871. 
Instruction pour le service de santedes enfants trouves et orphelins places a la cam- 
pagne. Paris, 1833 et 1838. 
Instruction sur le service des enfants trouves, abandonmis et orphelins places a la 
campagne. Paris, 1852. In-B°. 
Isnard. La question des tours. Lille, 1879. 
Itajuba. Protection de I’enfance (dans le Brasil en 1889). Paris, Delagrave. 
Jack, G. Les industrial schools en Angleterre et en Ecosse. Bull, do la Soc. g6n. 
des pris., avril 1880. 
Jonch&re. Les enfants moralement abandonncs. Econ. frang., 1880, p. 698. 
Jourdan. Enfants assistes, secours it domicile, dharite maternolle. Lyon, 1871. 
Khatcheff, Mine. L’assistance des enfants abandoning en Russie. Progrfes medical, 
17 aoftt 1889. 
Kruuitz, de. Considerations sur les etablissements d’humanito en general et en 
particulier sur les hospices d’enfauts trouves. Recueil des mdmoires gur les 
etablissements d’humanite, traduit do Fallemand et do Fanglais. Paris, an 
7-an 10, vol. 11. In-B°. 
Laborde. Plan d’dducation pour les enfants trouves. 1844. 
Labourt. Discours sur cette question: Quellcs sont les institutions de bienfaisance 
les plus favorables pour recueiHir et Clever les enfants trouves et quelles 
ameliorations devraient a cet 6gard subir la legislation de 1791 et les lois quo 
I’ontsnivie? Arras, 1846. 
Labroguere. La protection legale do I’enfance. La loi, 21, 22, 23 nov. 1881. 
Lacretelle. Rapport fait Fassembiee generale de FAcademie de Macon sur la ques- 
tion des enfants trouves. Macon, 1837. 
Lacroix. Du domicile de secours des enfants assistes. Paris, Guillaumin, 1889. 
Lacroix. Du retablissement des tours. Paris, Guillaumin, 1880. 
Lafabrbgue. Les enfants assistes en France. Aunales de demographic interna- 
tionale. 
Lafabregue. Memoire sur la mortalite des enfants assistes, des enfants secourus et 
des enfants proteges. Paris, 1885. 
Lallemand, L. Un chapitre de Fhistoire des enfants trouves. Paris, Champion, 
1885. 
Lallemand, L. La question des enfants abandonees et deiaisses an xix® siecle. 
Paris, Guillaumin, 1885, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
223 
Lallemand, L. Histoire des enfants abandonnds et delaissds. Etude sur la protec- 
tion de I’enfance aux diverses dpoques de la civilisation. Paris, 1885. In-B°. 
Laiuarque, S. de, et Dugat. Des colonies agricoles dtablies en France en favour des 
jeunes detenus, enfants trouvds, pauvres, orphelins et abandonnds. Annales 
de la charity, 1850. 
Lamarque, S. de. Des enfants trouvds et abandonnds. Traitd des dtablissements de 
bienfaisance. Paris et Strasbourg, 1862. In-B°, 
Lamartine. Dfscours sur les enfants trouvds. Paris, 1838, 
Lamotbe. Quelques observations sur les enfants trouvds. Paris, Guillaumin, 1851. 
Lamotlie. De I’organisation du service extdrieur des enfants trouvds et des agents 
qui concourent 5, ce service. Paris, 1850. In-4°. 
Lamotbe. Rapport au prdfet sur le service des enfants irouves de la Gironde et sur 
les asiles d’alidnds du ddpartement. Bordeaux, 1845, et Paris, Guillaumin, 
1848. 
Lamotte et Cherbuliez. La charitc publique et les secours aux filles meres. Ann. 
de la Soc. d’dcou. polit., t. 1, p. 142. 
Laugere. Service des enfants assistds et de la protection des enfants du premier Age 
dans lo ddpartement de Yaucluse. Avignon, 1887. 
Lavergne. Kapport snr la protection des enfants du premier Age dans le dtfparte- 
ment de PAllier. Moulins, 1877-’BO. 
Lavergne. Rapport snr les eufants assists et protection des enfants dn premier age 
du dtfpartement de I’Allier. Moulins, 1886. 
Lavergne. Rapport sur le service des enfants assistds. Moulins, 1873-’BO. 
Ledanois. Rapport sur la rdsolution concernant les enfants abandonnds. 
Lddd. Quelques reflexions sur Papplication de la loi Roussel (sur la protection de 
Penfance). Rev. d’hyg., Paris, 1888, t. 10, No. 5. 
Lefdbure, L. L’dducation prdventive au congrds de Stockholm. Bull, de la Soc. 
gdn. des pris., avril 1880. 
Lefort, H. Note sur un projet de statistique uniforme des enfants assistds, secourus 
ou protdgds. Bull, du cons. sup. de stat., mai 1889. 
Lefort, H., et Laurent. L’dtat actuol do la question des enfants assistds. Journ. 
des dcon., t. 47, p. 298. 
Ldgislation sur les alidnds et les enfants assistds. Paris, Berger-Levrault, 1864. 
3 vol. 
Lelimouzin. Rapport sur la protection des enfants du premier Age dans le Cal- 
vados. 1886. 
Lelimouzin. Rapport sur la protection des enfants du premier age dans le Cher. 
1884. 
Lelimouzin. Modifications au reglement du service des enfants assistds. Rapport. 
Bourges, 1885. 
Lelong. Rapport sur les enfants trouvds. Paris, 1836. 
Lemercier, A. Exposd de la question des enfants trouvds, orphelins et abandonnds. 
Ann. de la Char., Paris, 1855, t. 11. 
Letchwart. Paper on dependent and delinquent children of the State of New York. 
Buffalo, 1883. 
Lettre pastorale de l’6veque de Pdrigueux en favour des comitds de patronage pour 
les enfants trouv6s. Ann. de la Char., 1847, t. 3. 
Leyval, de, Observations sur les mesures adoptees dans les A regard 
des eufants trouvcs. Paris, 1829. 
Ligier. Considdrations sur les tours. 1877. 
Limousin-Lamotte. Guide du mddecin inspecteur de la premidro enfanoe; explica- 
tion de la loi du 23 ddc. 1874, son mdcanisme, etc. Paris, Doin, 1886. 
Loi du 3 avril 1848, concernant les dcoles de rdforme. Documents parlementaires. 
Bruxelles. In-f°. 224 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Loi, La, franyaise en favour des enfants maltraitds. Journ. Bulletin Continental, 
15 aont 1889. 
Loi sur Fassistance pnbliqne et sur la protection do I’enfance malheureuse. 29 
mars 1886. Neufchatel. 
Loiseau. Traitd des enfants naturels et abandounds. 1811. 
Louvancour. Education et moralisation des enfants trouvds. Paris, 1842. 
Louvanconr. Un dernier mot sur les enfants trouvds. Paris, 1842. 
Lucas, Cb. Rapport sur les enfants trouvds et abandonnds. 1831. • 
Lucas, Ch. Parti a prendre sur la question dds enfants trouvds. Acad, des scien. 
mors., t. 7, p. 454. 
Lucas, Cb. De la colonie agricole des enfants trouvds. Acad, des scien. mor., t. 
14, p. 228. 
Lucas, Ch. Les institutions rdpressivos et penitentiaires et les institutions prd- 
ventives a Fugard de Fenfance en Angleterre et en France. Bull, de la Soc. 
gdn. des pris. Paris, mars 1879. 
Lucas, Ch. La loi anglaise de 1866 sur les denies industrielles et Fdtat Idgal des 
enfants vagabonds et mendiants. Rev. crit., 1879, p. 156. 
Lunder et Foville. Rapport sur Fhospice des enfants assistds de Paris. Paris, 
Impr. nat., 1882. 
Macquet. Essai sur les moyens d'ameliorer le sort des enfants trouvds, prdcddd 
(Fun discours do M. de Lamartine sur le memo sujet. Paris, 1838. 
Maison des orpheliues de Nancy. Nancy, 1841. 
Malbox. Hospice de Carcasonne: centralisation des enfants trouves, rapport ;\ la 
commission administrative. Carcasonne, 1852. 
Maldonliuwer, de. La tutelle des enfants abandonnds on coupablcs en Pologne. 
Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., janv. 1880. 
Mangin. La question du rdtablissement des tours. Econ. frany., 1877, pp. 457,678; 
1878, pp. 724 et 784. 
Manier, J. Des enfants assists. Paris, Llbr. de PEcho ala Sorbonne, 1875. 
Marbeau. De la morality des enfants de I’Etat dans son rapport avec la morale uni- 
verselle et la santd publique. Paris, 1788. 
Marbeau. Mdmoire sur les enfants Stance de PAcad. des so. mor. et 
pol., aotit-sept. 1846. 
Marchand, P. R. Des enfants trouves et abandonnds du paupdrisme. Paris, 1845. 
In-B°. 
Marcotty. Des frais d’entretien des enfants adandonnds. Rev. comm., Bruxelles, 
1868, t. 2, p. 163. 
Manage, pupilles des hospices, couseutemeut, lettre du 23 nov.lBBB, du ministre de 
Injustice au ministre de Fintdrieur. Journ. des parquets, Paris, 1889, p. 57. 
Marjolin, Dr. Du retablissement d(>s tours. Paris, Masson, 1879. 
Marjolin, Dr. La socidtd protectrice de Fenfance. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., 
mars 1879. 
Marjolin, Dr. Les denies de rdforme en Belgique. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des prisons, 
n0v.1879. 
Martha. La protection ties enfants trouves. Journ. off., Paris, 9 hot. 1885. 
Marthold, J. de. L’ceuvre tie Moisselles (relhvement de Penfance coupable). Paris, 
1885. In-12°. 
Martin, Dupont. Rapport sur le service des enfants assistes. Montauban, 1888. 
Martin, Marie. Les “reformatories,” on dooles de rdforme des jeunes vagabonds en 
Angleterre. Ann. de la Char., 1861,1.17. 
Mayer. De la erdation d’une socidtd protectrice de Fenfance. 1865. 
Melun, A. de. Rapport et projet de loi sur les enfants trouvds, abandonnds et 
orphelins. 1850. 
Melun, A. de. Rapport fait ala Socidtd d’dconomie.charitable sur Fdducatiou correc- 
tionnelle des jeunes ddtenus. Ann. de la Char., 1859, t. 15. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
225 
Momoire tie Jacques-Georges Desmagny, econome de la maisou ties olcves de la 
patrie. 1792. 
Momoire do la Societe protectrice do I’enfance. Madrid, 1887. 
Momoire et propositions an sujet des chaugements projetes dans Ptenvre des enfants 
trouves de Lyon. Lyon, 1854. 
Momoire pour Fhopital general do Paris et celui des enfants trouves. 1790. 
Momoire snr les enfants trouves. Aix, 1780. 
Meniere. Les enfants abaudounds et la province d’Anjou. Angers. 
Mesnil, Dr. Oct. du. Les jeunes detenus ala Roquette et dans les colonies agricoles. 
Paris, 1866. In-B°. 
Metge. Momoire sur Fimmigration des enfants trouves en Algdrie. Catelnaudary, 
1860. 
Michel, G. L’enfance abandonnde et Fautorite paternelle. Econom. fran?., 2 fdv. 
1889. 
Ministere de Finterieiir. Travaux do la commission des enfants trouves institute le 
22 aout 1849. Paris, 1851. 
Monnier. He la question des enfants assistes. Macon, 1860. 
Monod, G. Rapport au ministre de Finterienr sur les enfants assistes. Paris, 1889. 
Mortalite des enfants et Fhospice des enfants assistes a Paris. Leon, franf., 1883, 
p. 442. 
Mortalite des enfants assistes. Rev. des dtabl. de bienf., 1889, p. 161. 
Mouternault. Nouveau manuel des comites locaux de patronage et des directrices 
de salles d’asile. 
Mouticr, A. Histoire de la protection de Fenfauce a Rome. Paris, Delahaye, 
1884. In-B°. 
Nakwaski, M. H. Notice sur Finstitut des enfants moralement ndgligds, fonde A, 
Yarsovie, suivie de quelques observations sur tin dtablissement A faire dans ce 
genre en Suisse. Yevay, 1838. Brochure' in-B°. 
Nepven. De la suppression des tours et de Fadmission a bureau ouvert des enfants 
trouves. Rouen, BriAre, 1838 et 1848. 
Nepven. Do la condition physique et morale des enfants trouves au xixe sbVle. 
Rouen, Briere, 1849. 
Nouveau, Un, service de Fassistance publique a Paris y les enfants moralement aban- 
donee. Journ. La Loi, 24-25 oct. 1885. 
Nusse, E., et P6rin, J. Legislation protectrice de Fenfauce ouvriAre. Comrnentaire, 
Paris, 1878. lu-B°. 
Nypels. Les tours. Comm. 16gisl. du Code pen., t. 3, p. 37. 
Observations sur les enfants trouves. Journ. des Debats, 23, 26, 29, 30 oct. et 19 
nov. 1839. 
Ory. Rapport sur le service des enfants assistes et de-la protection des enfants du 
premier age dans le Rhbne. Lyon, 1887. 
Palle. Rapport sur le service des enfants assistes et do la protection des enfants du 
premier age dans la Loire-Inforieure. Nantes, 1887. 
Pallu. La verite sur les tours. Nancy, Berger-Levrault, 1879. 
Pascaud, H. De la puissance paternelle et de ses decheances necessaires. Paris, 
1881. lu-B°. 
Passy, F. Du retablissement des tours. Orleans, 1879. 
Passy, F. Discours sur le retablissement des tours au consoil general de Seine-et- 
Oise, 23 avril 1879. 
Pelleport, de. Etudes municipales sur la charite bordelaise: L’enfance. Paris, 
Didier, 1870. 
Penard. Du retablissement des tours. 
Percy et Willaume. Memoire sur les etablissements en favour des indigents, des 
enfants abandonnes; des malades et des militaires blesses. Paris, 1813. 
Perrin. Etude critique sur les societes protectrices de Fenfauce. Lyon, 1873. 226 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Petits, Les, infirmes, mendicity, hospices de Paris. L’Estafette, sept. 1889 
Peyron, E. Rapport sur le service dcs enfants moralement abandonee. Bull, de 
la Soc. gen. des prisv nov. et d6c. 1885. 
Peyron, E. Rapport aM. le prdfet de la Seine sur le service des enfants maltraiMs 
on moralement abandonnos en 1888. Montevrain, 1889. 
Philippe, A. Notice historique sur les enfants trouves. 1847. 
Picard, Ed., et Hofi'schmidt, N. d’. Pandectes beiges. Enfant abandoune. Abandon 
d’enfant. Assistance publique. Autoritd paternelle. 
PhStain, A. Ecoles gardiennes, enfants trouves, enfants abandonnes. Du paup6- 
risme. Mons, 1844. In-B°. 
Poittevin, L. Do la protection des enfants du premier fige; loi du 23 dec. 1874. 
France jud., t. 9, p. 11. 
Pommier de la Combe. Rapports sur les enfants trouves. Bourg, 1832-,34. 
Population, renseignements statistiques, enfants trouves. Ann. de I’econ. pol., 1847, 
p. 270. 
Principauk details sur Pdtablissement de la manufacture generate des apprentis 
pauvres et orphelins. Paris, 1809. 
Proceedings of the first convention of managers and superintendents of houses of 
refuge and schools of reform in the United States of America. New York, 
1857. B°. 
Protection des enfants. ReAr. gen. admin., oct. 1880. 
Protection des enfants du premier age. Rev. g£n. d’admin., 1883, t. 1, p. 174. Also, 
Ann. do Pecon. pol., 1888, pp. 394 et 729. Also, Journ. des conseils munic., 
1881, pp. 39 et 123; 1884, pp. 207; 1885, pp. 64, 137 et 223; 1888, pp. 13 et 44. 
Prudhomme, H. Causes et moyeus do correction centre les enfants. Paris, 1878. 
In-B°. 
Prudhomme, H. De Pdducatiou correctionnelle. Paris, 1878. lu-8 . 
Putnam, Miss Elisabeth. Des modes de placement des enfants. Paris, Rougier, 1889. 
Quantin. La protection de Penfance. Caen, 1882. 
Querenet. La loi sur la protection de Penfance devant le Sdnat. Bull, de la Soc- 
g<sn. des pris., jan., nov., dec. 1883; f3vr., mars 1884. 
Question, La-, des enfants abandonnes. Econ. franc., 1881, p. 206. 
Question, La, des enfants assists. Journ. des cons, munic., oct. 1889. 
Rapet. Les enfants trouves. Journ. des 6con., t. 13, p. 61. 
Rapports a son exc. le ministre de Pinierieur an sujet des modifications iutroduites 
dans le regime du penitentier des jeunes detenus de la Seine, aujourd’hni maison 
centrale d’education correctionnelle. Paris, 1838 et suiv. lu-4°. 
Rapports an conseil des hospices de Paris sur les enfants trouves, et arretd 
du conseil. Ann. de la Char., Paris, 1846, t. 2. 
Rapport an Corps legislatif et projet de loi sur le service des enfants aasistes. Paris, 
1868-’69. 
Rapport de la Commission speciale de la Conference du Jeune Barre.au de Bruxelles 
sur le projet de loi eoncernaut la protection do Penfance. Brux., Le Palais, 
1889-’9O, p. 125. 
Rapport ministrfriel adresse an President de la Rdpublique sur de la loi 
du 23 dccembre 1874 sur les enfants du premier Age. Paris, 1886. 
Rapport sur les ecoles agricoles de Ruysselede et de Beernem. Brux., 1849 et siiiv. 
In-fol. 
Rapport sur le service »le la protection des enfants du premier Age. Journ. oiifi., 
Paris, 2 f6vr., 14 et 16 avril 1885. 
Rapport sur le service des enfants assists du ddpartement de Ja Seine en 1888. 
Bull. mun. de Paris, 14, 15, 20, 25 nov. 1889. 
Rapport sur le service des enfants moralement abandoning. Gazette des Trib., 28 
oct. 1881. 
Raulin. De la conservation des enfants. Lyon, 1768. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
227 
Recherche dn domicile de secours des enfants assistes. Journ. des cons, mimic., 
1881, p. 280. 
Reglement des ecoles agricoles de reforme a Ruysselede et a Beernem. Drux., 1852- 
’53. 2 brochures iu-B°. 
Regnault, A. De la minorite, do la tutelle, de I’dmancipation et du mariage des 
orphelins panvres. Rev. crit. de legisl. et de jurisp., 1867, t. 31. 
Remade, B. B. Des enfants trouves, par M. Termo. Rev. Foslix, t. 4, pp. 541 et 876. 
Remade, B. B. Des hospices d’enfants trouves en Europe et priucipalement en 
Franco depuis leur origine jusqu’a nos jours. Paris, 1838. In-4°. Also, Rev. 
Fadix, t. 5, p. 711. 
Remade, B. B. Rapport au ministre do I’interieur sur les infanticides et les morts-n6s 
dansleurs rapports avec la question des enfants trouvds. Paris, Imp. roy., 1845. 
Remy. Des enfants abandonnes. Dijon, 1886. 
Renseigneraent sur lo service des enfants assistes, publics par les soius du minis- 
tere de Finterieur (de France), 1884. 
Report of the Boys’ Industrial School, Ohio. 
Report of the Girls’ Industrial Home, Ohio. 
Report of the reform school, Rhode Island. 
Report of the reform school, New Hampshire. 
Reports from the select committee of the House of Lords appointed to inquire into 
the present state of the several gaols and houses of correction in England and 
Wales. 3 vols. Fol. London, 1835. 
Reports of the inspector appointed to visit the different reformatory schools of Great 
Britain. B°. London, 1858-’59. 
Rdablissement des tours pour les eufants abandoning. Journ. des dconom., 3e s6r., 
t. 48, p. 129. 
Key, P. Les hopitaux mat ins pour les enfants. Ann. d’hyg. pub., 1881, p. 545. 
Rissler. Les asiles agricoles de la Suisse comme moyen d’education pour les enfants 
trouves. Mulhouse, 1846. 
Robert, Ch. L’dducation professionnelle des enfants abandonuds. Bull, de la Soc. 
des pris., nov. 1882. 
Robin. Rapport sur les 6coles industrielles et la protection des enfants insoumis et 
abandonnes. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., mars 1878. 
Robin. Des Ccoles industrielles et la protection des enfants insoumis et abandonnes. 
Paris, Bonhoure, 1879. In-B°. 
Robiquet. La colonisation agrioolo en Algerie pour les enfants assistes. 1883, p. 719. 
Rdbiquet. Le projet de loi sur les enfants abandonnes; enquete en France et & 
I’dtranger. ficou. fran§., 1885, pp. 238 et 691. 
Robiquet. La caisso des pupilles do la A'ille do Paris. 1884, p. 65. 
Robiquet. Enquete en France et a I’etranger sur les enfants abandonnes. 1885, 
pp. 538 et 691. 
Robiquet. If assistance aux enfants abandonnes on coupables. 1881, p. 98. 
Roche. Question des enfants trouves. Angouleme, 1857. 
Rollet. Des modes de placement des enfants qui sont ala charge des administra- 
tions publiques, et des moyens pris on prendre pour assurer leur raise en 
valeur physique, intelloctuelle et morale. Congres international d’assistance. 
Paris, Rongier, 1889. 
Rollet. Des modes de placement des enfants trouves et abandonnes a Saint-Peters- 
bourg et Moscou. Paris, Rongier, 1889. 
Rotch, B. Suggestions for the prevention of juvenile depravity. London, 1846. 
Brochure in-B°. 
Roubeaux. Protection de I’enfance. Caen, 1882. 
Rouselle, E. De la tutelle des enfants trouvds, assistes ou moralement abandonnds; 
cette tutelle ne doit-elle pas etre coniine uniquement it I’fitat? 1889. 228 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Rouselle, E. La tutelle des (infants abandonnes; I’Etat doit-il I’exercer? Com- 
munication an Congres d’assistance publique. Bull. mun. de Paris, 16 tide. 
1889. 
Roussel. Rapport fait a PAssemble© nationale rolatif ala protection des enfants du 
premier Age. 
Roussel. Rapport sur les cas possibles de ddchdance de la puissance paternelle et 
snr la situation legale des enfants abandonnes. 
Roussel. Rapport an Senat sur les enfants abandonnes. 1883. 
Roussel. Rappoxst sur Peducation correctionnelle. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., 
fevr. 1879. 
Roussel. Commission sur la protection des cnfauts. Rapport de la 3e sous-commis- 
sion. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., nov. 1881. 
Roussel. Projet de loi sur les eufants abandonees on maltraites (texte adoptd par 
la commission du Sduat). France. Bull, de la Soc. g<in. des pris., mat 1882. 
Roussel. Proposition de loi snr la protection des enfants abandonnes, ddlaissds ou 
maltraites. Bull, do la Soc. g6u. des pris., mars 1881. 
Sarrant. Les enfants assistes. Lyon, 1878. 
Saucerotte. Rapport snr les enfants assistes du departement du Nord. 1887. 
Saucerotte. Les colonies agricoles de jennes et la colonie de Gentilly 
(pris Nancy). 1867. In-B°. 
Sauvestre, Ch. line visite it Mettray. Paris, 1871. In-12°. 
Sauvetage de I’enfance. Union fraupaise pour la defense et la tutolle des enfants 
maltraites ou on danger moral. Journ. de La loi, 21 avril 1889. 
Savardan. Asile rural des enfants trouves. Paris, 1848. 
Sclilegel. Tableau Listorique des dtablissements publics rdpandus dans I’Europe, 
consacres a assurer des secours aux enfants abandonnes. Strasbourg, 1801. 
Semiclion. Histoire des enfants abandoning, depuis Pantiquite jusqu’a nos jours. 
Plan, Plon. In-12°. 1880. 
Service do protection des enfants dn premier Age. Jourd. des cons, munic., 1883, p. 38. 
Sevin. Des enfants trouves et abandonnes. Rev. crit. de legis. et de jurispr., 1860, 
t. 16, p. 153. 
Silvercruys, F. Quelques considerations a propos du projet de loi pour la protec- 
tion de Penfance. Bruxelles, F. Larcier, 1890. Brochure in-B°. 
Simonin. LaSoci6te protectrice des enfants des rues a New York. Econom. franf., 
1883, p. 508. 
Situation, La, dn service des enfants assistes. Rev. gen. d’adm., 1884, t. 3, p. 173. 
Situation, La, du service des enfants trouves en 1854. Ann. de Pecou. polit., 1856, 
p. 279. 
Societes, Des, de patronage pour les enfants trouves, parun abonne aux Annales de 
la ebarite. Ann. de la Char., Paris, 1847, t. 3. 
Sous. Histoire des enfants trouves. Bordeaux, 1857. 
Sous. Histoire des enfants trouves de Bordeaux. Bordeaux, 1865. 
Sous. Releve de Phospice des enfants trouves. Bordeaux, 1857. 
State system of New York for the care and training of dependent and delinquent 
children. 
Statistiqne des enfants assistes d’apres les resultats de Penquete de 1860. Ann. de 
Pecou. polit., 1863, p. 205. 
Stevens, S. L’education correctionnelle en Belgique. Bruxelles, 1888. Brochure 
iu-B°. 
Stewart. Les petits vagabonds en Augleterre. Touruai, 1861. 
Stuchenberg. L’institntion du roi Frederic YII pour les lilies pauvres et aban- 
donnes et PUnion pour sauver les jeunes lilies pauvres et egardes a Copen- 
hague. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., Paris, nov. 1879. 
Suringar, W. H. Une visite a Mettray en 1845. Leeuwarde. Brochure in-B°. 
Tallack, Will. L’emprisonnement des enfants. Bull, de la Socfcgen. des pris., Paris, 
nov. 1880, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
229 
Terme et Montfalcou. Nouvelles considerations snv les eufauts, suivies des rap- 
ports sur I’liistoire des eufauts trouves faits a P Academic des sciences morales 
et politiques par Beuoiston de Chateanneuf et it P Academic frangaise par 
Villemain. Lyon, 1838. 
Terme et Montfalcou. Histoire statistique et morale des eufauts trouves. Lyon, 
1837. 
Thayer. Considerations sur les enfants trouves. 1814. 
Thirion. Quelques mots sur la condition des eufauts du premier age it diverses 
epoques. Malteste, 1869. 
Thiry, F. La protection de I’enfance. Brux., 1890. in-B°. 
TbulnbS, H. Les enfants assistes de la Seine. Paris, Lecrosnier, 1887. In-B°. 
Tourdonnet, de. De Pedncation des enfants assistes par la cbarite pnhlique, Paris, 
1861. 
Travaux de la commission des enfants trouves. Paris, Imp. nat., 1850. 
Tual. Rapport sur lo service des enfants trouves dTlle-et-Villaine. Rennes, 1847-’5O. 
Yalade-Gabel, Rapport sur Pinstitution agricole des jeunes orpbelins, etablie a 
Gradignan. Bordeaux, Gazay, 1840. 
Valentin-Smith. Travaux de la commission des enfants trouves, iustituee le 22 
aoftt 1849, par arfetd du ministre de Piuterieur. Paris, 1850. 2 vol. iu-4°. 
Vaucluse, V. Reflexions sur les enfants trouv^s. 
Vfezes. Les lois en preparation concernant la protection de I’enfance. Journ. la Loi, 
5-6 uov. 1881. Also, Journ. le Droit, 11 et 19 oct. 1883. Also, Dijon, 1882. 
Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., fov. 1882. 
Vezes. Proje,t*de loi concernant la protection de Peufance. Re/, gen. d’adinin., 
1882, t. Pr, p. 261. 
Victor. Reflexions sur les enfants trouves. Paris, 1844. 
Vidal. De Pedncation des enfants trouves etdes colonies agricoles. Memorial bor- 
delais, 13-14 j nil. 1840. 
Vidal. Memoire sur Pedncation correctiounelle des jeunes detenus et sur le patro- 
nage des jeunes libels. Paris, 1863. In-B°. 
Villoy. La loi sur la protection des enfants maltraites on moralement abaudonnes. 
Vingtrinier. Des enfants dans les prisons et devant la justice. Rouen, 1855. In-B°. 
Watteville, de. De la creation du comite do surveillance et de patronage pour les 
enfants trouves. Ann. de la Char., 1546, t. 2. 
Watteville, de. Du sort des enfants trouves et de la colonie agricole du Mesuil- 
St.-Firmin. Paris, Dupont, 1846. In-B°. 
Watteville, de. Du sort des enfants trouves en France et de la colonisation de St.- 
Firmin. Paris, Dupont, 1846. Also Ann. de Pecou. polit., 1848, p. 239. 
Watteville, de. Rapport an ministre de Piuterieur (de France) sur la situation 
administrative, morale et flnauciere du service des enfants trouves et aban- 
donnes eu France. Paris, Guillaumin, 1849. lu-4°. 
Watteville, de. Notice bistorique, statistique et flnauciere sur les enfants trouves 
et abandonnes. • Ann. de Pdcon. polit., 1851, p. 155. 
Watteville, de, et Duraugel. Rapport de la commission d’enquete geuerale ouverte 
en 1860 dans les 86 departeraents de Pempire sur le service des enfants assistes. 
Paris, 1862. lu-4°. 
West, C. Fondation d’une colonie agricole de jeunes detenus it Mettray. Rev. 
etrang. et fraug. de legisl., 1839, t. 6. 
Wolowski, L. Fondation d’une colonie agricole de jeunes detenus a Mettray. Rev. 
de legisl. et de juris., 1839, t. 10. 
Yves. Des enfants assistes. Rev. crit., 1868, t. 33, p. 53. 
Yves. Rapport sur le projet de loi tendaut it autoriser la concession gratuite au de- 
partement de la Seine pour les enfants assistes, de terrains domainiaux situes 
en Algerie. 1886. 230 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
2.—PUBLICATIONS BY THE BUREAU OF EDUCATION. 
Angell, George T. New order of mercy, or crime and its prevention. (Giro. inf. 4, 
1884, p. 133.) 
Charities. District of Colutnhia. Louise home, aged woman’s home, industrial 
home schools, etc. (An. rep. 1874, p. 479; 1878, p. 277.) 
Charity schools, charitable institutions, etc. 
Holmes, Julia A., and Canfield, S. A. Martha. Reformatory, charitable, and 
industrial schools for the young, pp, 208. (Circ. inf. 6,1875.) 
Charity schools. Laws relating to the State public school for dependent children 
at Coldwater, Mich. (Circ. inf. 2,1880, p. 83.) 
Charity schools. Organized charities. (An. rep. 1879, p.ccxix.) 
Charity schools. Statistical tables. Orphan asylums, soldiers’ orphans’ homes? 
infant asylums, and industrial schools. (An. rep. 1872, pp. 921-926; 1873, pp. 
780-799; 1874, pp. 826-862; 1875, pp. 910-946; 1876, pp. 812-867; 1878, pp. 623- 
677; 1879, pp. 646-697; 1880, pp. 768-823; 1881, pp. 700-755; 1882-83, pp. 730- 
789; 1883-84, pp. 770-833.) 
Charity schools. See also Orphan A’sylums. 
Children, Protection of. List of societies for the protection of children in the United 
States. (Aw. rep. 1879, p. ccxxL) 
Conventions, etc., Educational. [ln general.] 
American social science association. Meeting, New York, May, 1874. (An. rep. 
1874, p. 521.) Meeting, Detroit, May, 1875. (An. rep. 1875, p. 581.) Meeting, 
Saratoga, Sept., 1876. (An. rep. 1876, p. 469.) Meeting, Saratoga, Sept., 1877. 
(An. rep. 1877, p. 301.) Meeting, Saratoga, Sept., 1879. (An. rep. 1879, p, 297.) 
Meeting, Saratoga, Sept., 1880. (An. rep. 1880, p, 400.) Meeting, Saratoga, 
Sept., 1881. (An. rep. 1881, p. 314.) Meeting, Saratoga, Sept., 1882. (An. rep. 
1882-83, p. 314.) Meeting, Saratoga, Sept., 1885. (An. rep. 1884-85, p. 321.) 
Conference of officers of prisons and reformatories. ( An. rep. 1883-84, p. 314.) 
Conference of principals of schools for the deaf and dumb. Meeting, North- 
ampton, Mass., May, 1880. (An rep. 1880, p. 401.) 
Education vs. police. (An. rep. 1877, p. Ixv.) 
Feeble-minded. [ln general.] 
Education of. (An. rep. 1886-87, p. 850; 1887-88, p. 972.) 
Schools for. (An. rep. 1881, p. ccxix.) 
Statistical tables. (An. rep. 1870, p. 535; 1871, p. 682; 1873 p. 805; 1874, p. 863; 
1875, p. 959} 1876, p. 875; 1877, p. 634; 1878, p. 601; 1879, pp. 632-633; DBO, pp. 
754-755; 1881, pp, 684-685; 1882-83, pp. 714-7*5; 1883-84, pp. 754-755; 1884-85, 
pp. 798-799; 1885-86, pp. 644-645; 1886-87, pp. 853-855; 1887-88, pp. 973-977.) 
Feeble-minded, Education of. [By States.] 
California. (An. rep. 1886-87, p, 851.) 
Connecticut. (An. rep. 1876, p. 53; 1877, p. 30; 1878, p. 32; 1879, p.-31; 1880, p. 
43; 1881, p. 31; 1883-84, p. 41; 1884-85, p. 41.) 
Illinois. (An. rep. 1870, p. 116; 1872, p. 103; 1874, p. 94; 1875, p. 94; 1876, p. 90; 
1877, p. 51; 1878, p. 57; 1879, p. 53; 1880, p. 75; 1881, p. 54; 1882-83, p. 57; 1883- 
84, p. 68; 1884-85, p. 67.) 
Indiana. (An. rep. 1881, p. 63; 1882-83, p. 67; 1886-87, p. 851.) 
lowa. (An. rep. 1877, p. 68; 1878, p. 72; 1879, p. 69; 1880, p. 95; 1881, p. 72; 1882- 
83, p. 76; 1883-84, p. 88; 1884-85, p. 85.) 
Kentucky. (An, rep. 1873, p. 130; 1874, p. 141; 1875, p. 147; 1876, p. 142; 1877, 
p. 80; 1878, p. 85*1879, p. 82; 1880, p. 115; 1881, p. 85; 1882-83, p. 88; 1883-84, 
p. 102; 1886-87; p. 851.) 
Maryland. (An. rep. 1886-87, p. 851.) BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
231 
Feeble-minded, Education of. By States—Continued. 
Massachusetts. (An. rep. 1876, p. 196; 1877, p. 115; 1878, p. 116; 1879, p. 114; 
1880, p. 155; 1881, p. 118; 1882-83, p. 121; 1883-84, p. 140; 1886-87, p. 851.) 
Michigan. (An. rep. 1886-87, p. 851.) 
Minnesota. (An. rep. 1880, p. 176; 1881, p. 136; 1882-83, p. 138; 1883-84, p. 155; 
1884-85, p. 153.) 
Nebraska. (An. rep. 1886-87, p. 852.) 
New Jersey. (An. rep. 1877, p. 173; 1878, p. 170; 1879, p. 163; 1880, p. 217; 1881, 
p. 171; 1882-83, p. 172; 1883-84, p. 189.) 
New York. (An. rep. 1876, p. 291; 1877, p. 183; 1878, p. 181; 1879, p. 176; 1880, 
p. 231; 1881, p. 189; 1883-84, p. 203; 1884-85, p. 205; 1886-87, p. 852.) 
Ohio. (An. rep. 1877, p. 205; 1878, p. 198; 1879, p. 192; 1880, p. 254; 1881, p. 
208; 1882-83, p. 200; 1883-84, p. 220; 1884-85, p. 221; 1886-87, p. 852.) 
Pennsylvania. (An. rep. 1874, p. 371; 1875, p. 369; 1876, p. 348; 1877, p. 221; 
1878, p. 212; 1879, p. 207; 1880, p. 278; 1881, p. 224; 1882-83, p. 228; 1883-84, 
p. 240; 1884-85, p. 237; 1886-87, p. 852.) 
Rhode Island. (An. rep. 1877, p. 229.) 
Wisconsin. (An. rep. 1883-84, p. 240.) 
Fiske, Asa S. Relation of education to crime in New England, and the facilities for 
education in her penal institutions. (An. rep. 1871, pp. 548-552.) 
Georgia. Charitable institutions. (Circ. inf. 4, 1888, p. 130.) 
Harris, William T. Moral education in the common schools. (Spec. rep. N. O. exp. 
1884-85, pp. 883-894, and Circ. inf, 6, 1888, p. 81.)t 
Howland, George. Moral education in the common schools. (Circ. inf. 6, 1888, p. 
98.) 
Illitei'acy. Among minors. (An. rep. 1881, p. Ixiii.) 
Illiteracy. In cities, (An. rep. 1881, p. cxi.) 
Illiteracy. Indiana. (An. rep, 1873, p. 100.) 
Illiteracy. Leigh, Edwin. Illiteracy in the United States. (Spec. rep. on I). C. for 
1869, pp. 801-839.) 
Illiteracy. Leigh, Edwin. Illiteracy in the United States. [Repub. from spec. rep. 
on D. C./or 1869.] (An. rep. 1870, pp. 467-502.) 
Illiteracy. Mann, Horace. Inadequacy of existing schools to the support of a re- 
publican government [based on statistics of illiteracy in census of 1840]. (Spec, 
rep. on D. C .for 1869, p. 837.) 
Illiteracy. Statistics of, 1870. (An. rep. 1871, p. 60.) 
Illiteracy. Warren, Charles. Illiteracy in the United States, in 1870 and 1880. 
(Circ. inf. 3, 1884, p. 7.) 
Insane, Institutions for. Illinois. (An. rep. 1870, p. 116,) 
Insane, Institutions for. United States. (An. rep. 1870, pp. 532-533. ) 
Insanity. Jarvis, Edward. Relation of education to insanity. (An. rep. 1871, pp. 
538-547.) 
Jarvis, Edward. Relation of education to insanity. (An. Rep. 1871, pp. 538-547.) 
Leigh, Edwin. Illliteracy in the United States. (Spec. rep. on D. C. for 1869, pp. 
801-835.) 
Leigh, Edwin. Illiteracy in the United States. [Repub. from spec. rep. on 1). C .for 
1869]. (An. rep. 1870, pp. 467-502.) 
Mansfield, D. L. Morals and manners at school. (Spec. rep. N. O. exp. 1884-85, pp. 
375-376.) 
Mansfield, Edward D. Relation between crime and education. (An. rep. 1872, pp. 
586-595.) 
Margaret, the mother of criminals. (An. rep. 1874, p. cxix.j 
Moral and religious education. Harris, William T. Moral education in the common 
schools. (Spec. rep. N. O. exp. 1884-85, pp. 883-894, and circ. inf. 6, 1888, p. 81.) 232 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Moral and religious education. Instruction in morals. (An. rep. 1880, p. xxxv.) 
Moral and religious education. Long, D. A. How shall we Americanize and chris- 
tianize the incoming tide? (Spec. rep. N. O. exp. 1884-85, pp. 792-796.) 
Moral and religious education. Mansfield, I). L. Morals and manners at school. 
(Spec. rep. N. O. exp. 1884-85, pp. 375-376.) 
Moral and religions education. Wells, J. E. Religious and moral training in the 
schools of Ontario, Canada. (Spec. rep. N. O. exp. 1884-85, pp. 377-384.) 
Morals and civics. Instruction in morals and civil government, pp. 4. (Misc. 
pubs. 1882.) 
Orphan asylums. 
California. (An. Rep. 1873, p. 32; 1874, p. 35; 1875, p. 39; 1881, p. 19; 1882-83, 
p. 20; 1884-85, p. 24.) 
Connecticut. (An. rep. 1872, pp. 37, 44; 1875, p. 57; 1884-85, p. 41.) 
Delaware. (An. rep. 1882-83, p. 40.) 
District of Columbia. (An. rep. 1872, p. 396; 1874, p. 479; 1879; p. 275; 1880, p. 
366; 1881, p. 289; 1882-83, p. 291; 1883-84, p. 297.) 
Illinois. (An. rep. 1870, p. 115; 1871, p. 146; 1880, p. 76; 1882-83, p. 58; 1883-84, p. 
68; 1884-85, p. 67.) 
Indiana. (An. rep. 1876, p. 106; 1881, p. 63; 1882-83, p. 67.) 
lowa. (An. rep. 1874, p. 120; 1875, p. 123; 1879, p. 69; 1883-84, p. 88; 1884-85, p. 85.) 
Kentucky. (An. rep. 1882-83, p. 88; 1883-84, p. 103.) 
Louisiana. (An. rep. 1881, p. 90; 1883-84, p. 109.) *• 
Maryland. (An. rep. 1872, p. 154; 1873, p. 164.) 
Massachusetts. (An. rep. 1874, p. 197; 1880, p. 155.) 
Michigan. (An. rep. 1879, p. 125; 1880, p. 167; 1881, p. 129.) 
Mississippi. (An. rep. 1878, p. 139.) 
Missouri. (An. rep. 1873, p. 230; 1875, p. 253; 1880, p. 192; 1881, p. 150; 1882-83, 
p. 150.) 
Nevada. (An. rep. 1881, p. 158; 1882-83, p. 160; 1883-84, p, 177.) 
New Hampshire. (An. rep. 1881, p. 163; 1882-83, p. 165.) 
New Jersey. (An. rep. 1879, p. 164; 1881, p. 171; 1882-83, p. 173.) 
New York. (An. rep. 1871, p. 305; 1872, pp. 244, 246; 1874, p. 310; 1875, p. 311; 
1876, p. 291; 1883-84, p. 204; 1884-85, p. 205.) 
North Carolina, (An. rep. 1875, p. 324; 1882-83, p. 197; 1883-84, p. 210.) 
Ohio. (An. rep. 1874, p. 344; 1880, p. 255; 1881, p. 209.) 
Pennsylvania. (An. rep. 1872, p. 290; 1873, p. 348; 1874, p. 370; 1875, p. 369; 1876, 
p. 347; 1877, p. 221; 1878, p. 212; 1879, p. 207; 1880, p. 278; 1881, p. 224; 1882-83, 
p. 228.) 
Rhode Island. (An. rep. 1878, p. 220.; 1880, p. 288; 1883-84, p. 247; 1884-85, p. 245.) 
South Carolina. (An. rep. 1871, p. 343; 1872, p. 314; 1877, p. 236; 1878, p. 225; 
1879, p. 222; 1880, p. 296; 1881, p. 239; 1882-83, p. 239; 1883-84, p. 254; 1884-85, 
p. 252.) 
Tennessee. (An. rep. 1880, p. 306; 1881, p. 245; 1882-83, p. 246; 1883-84, p. 259.) 
Vermont. (An. rep. 1875, p. 419; 1880, p. 322; 1881, p. 255; 1882-83, p. 257; 1883-84, 
p. 270.) 
Wisconsin. (An. rep. 1872, p. 362; 1873, p. 421; 1874, p. 456; 1881, p. 276.) 
Prison congress at Cincinnati. Oct. 12-18,1870. (An. rep. 1870, pp. 421-422.) 
Prison libraries. Warren, S. R., and Clark, S. N. Libraries in prisons and reforma- 
tories. (Pub. libs. 1876, ]>p. 218-229.) 
Prisons. Meeting of international prison congress at Rome, 1884. pp. 11. (Circ. 
inf. 1,1884.) 
Prisons. Statistics of. (An. rep. 1870, pp. 548-557; 1871, pp. 692-695; 1872, pp. 916- 
917.) 
Prison schools. California. State prison school. (An. rep. 1875, p. 41.) 
Prison schools. Relations of education to crime in New England, and the facilties 
for education in her penal institutions. (An. rep. 1871, pp. 548-552.) 
Randall, C. D. Education of dependent children. (Circ. inf. 2, 1880, p. 19.) BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
233 
Reformatory education. [ln general.] Reformatory instruction. An. rep. 1882-83, 
p. cci.) 
Reformatory education. Reform schools. (An. rep. 1879, pp. clxxi-clxxvii; 1880, 
p. clxxxi; 1881, p. ccxxii; 1886-87, p. 856.) 
Reformatory education. State laws relating to children. (An. rep. 1876, p. clxxix.) 
Reformatory education. Statistical tables. (An. rep. 1870, pp. 543-547; 1871, p. 
691; 1872, pp. 918-920; 1873, pp. 800-804; 1874, pp. 820-825; 1875, pp. 952-957; 
1876, pp. 868-874; 1878, pp. 610-622; 1879, pp. 634-645; 1880, pp. 756-767; 1881, 
pp. 686-699; 1882-83, pp. 716-729; 1883-84, pp. 756-769; 1885-86, pp. 646-649; 
1886-87, pp. 863-867; 1887-88, pp. 980-987.) 
Reformatory education. [By States.] 
California. (An. rep. 1886-87, p. 858.) 
Colorado. (An. rep. 1886-87, p, 858; 1887-88, p. 978.) 
Connecticut. (An. rep. 1875, p. 57; 1877, p. 30; 1878, p. 32; 1879, p. 31; 1880, 
p. 43; 1881, p. 81; 1882-83, p. 34; 1883-84, p. 41: 1884-85, p. 41; 1886-87, p. 
859; 1887-88, p. 978.) 
District of Columbia. (An. rep. 1872, p. 397; 1874, p. 479; 1878, p. 277; 1879, p. 
275; 1880, p. 366; 1881,p.288; 1882-83,p.291; 1883-84, p. 296; 1884-85, p. 298.) 
Florida. (An. rep. 1883-84, p. 52; 1884-85, p. 50.) 
Illinois. (An. rep. 1872, p. 103; 1878, p. 57; 1879, p. 53; 1880, p. 76; 1881, p. 54; 
1882-83, p. 58; 1883-84, p. 68; 1884-85, p. 66; 188(4-87, p. 859.) 
Indiana. (An. rep. 1870, p. 125; 1871, p. 158; 1875, p. 110; 1877, p. 59; 1879, p. 
62; 1880, p. 85; 1881, p. 63; 1882-83, p. 68; 1883-84, p. 80; 1886-87, p. 859.) 
lowa. (An. rep. 1872, p. 117; 1874, pp. 119, 120; 1875, p. 123; 1877, p. 68; 1879, 
p. 69; 1880, p. 96; 1881, p. 72; 1882-83, p. 76; 1883-84, p. 88; 1884-85, p. 85.) 
Kansas. (An. rep. 1873, p. 120; 1880, p. 105; 1881, p. 80; 1882-83, p. 83; 1883-84, 
p. 95; 1884-85, p. 92.) 
Kentucky. (An. rep. 1877, p. 80; 1878, p. 85; 1880, p. 115; 1881, p. 85; 1882-83, 
p. 89; 1883-84, p. 103; 1884-85, p. 99; 1886-87, p. 860.) 
Louisiana. (An. rep. 1887-88, p. 978.) 
Maine. (An. rep. 1872, p. 145; 1877, p. 92; 1878, p. 95; 1879, p. 93; 1880, p. 131; 
1882-83, p. 98; 1883-84, p. 116; 1884-85, p. 112; 1886-87, p. 860.) 
Maryland. (An. rep. 1878, p. 103; 1879, p. 100; 1881, p. 103; 1882-83, p. 106; 
1883-84, p. 125; 1884-85, p. 123; 1886-87, p. 860.) 
Massachusetts. (An. rep. 1875, p. 202; 1876, p. 196; 1877, p. 115; 1878, p. 117; 
1879, p. 114; 1880, p. 155; 1881, p. 118; 1882-83, p. 121; 1886-87, p. 860; 1887- 
88, p. 978.) 
Michigan. (An. rep. 1870, p. 187; 1871, p. 240; 1874, p. 216; 1875, p. 218; 1876, 
p. 208; 1877, p. 127; 1878, p. 127; 1879, p. 125; 1880, p. 167; 1881, p. 129; 
1882-83, p. 132; 1883-84, p. 149; 1884-85, p. 146; 1886-87, p. 861; 1887-88, p. 
978.) 
Minnesota. (An. rep. 1870, p. 196; 1872, p. 191; 1880, p. 176; 1881, p. 136; 1882- 
83, p. 138; 1883-84, p. 155; 1884-85, p. 153.) 
Missouri. (An. rep. 1873, p. 230; 1874, p. 247; 1878, p. 147; 1880, p. 192; 1881, 
p. 150.) 
Nebraska. (An. rep. 1880, p. 199; 1881, p. 155; 1882-83, p. 157; 1883-84, p. 174; 
1884-85, p. 171; 1886-87, p. 861.) 
J - --—7 “ • 1 X / 
New Hampshire. (An. rep. 1872, p. 222; 1877, p. 164; 1878, p. 162; 1879, p. 157; 
1880, p. 209; 1881, p. 163; 1882-83, p. 165; 1883-84, p. 182; 1884-85, p. 181; 
1886-87, p. 862.) 
New Jersey. (An. rep. 1875, p. 284; 1876, p. 271; 1877, p, 173; 1878, p. 170; 1879, 
p. 164; 1880, p. 217; 1881, p. 171; 1882-83, p. 172; 1883-84, p. 189; 1884-85, p. 
190; 1886-87, p. 862; 1887-88, p. 978.) 
New York. (An. rep. 1877, p. 184; 1878, p. 181; 1879, p. 178; 1880, p. 232; 1881, 
p. 189; 1883-84, p. 203; 1884-85, p. 205; 1886-87, p. 862; 1887-88, p. 978.) 234 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Reformatory education, [By States]—Continued. 
Ohio. (An. rep. 1872, p. 278; 1878, p. 328; 1877, p. 205; 1878, p. 198; 1879, p. 192; 
1880, p. 255; 1881, p. 208; 1882-83, p. 209; 1883-81, p. 220; 1884-85, p. 221; 1886- 
87, p. 863; 1887-88, p. 978.) 
Oregon. (An. rep. 1875, p. 351; 1882-83, p. 215; 1883-84, p. 226.) 
Pennsylvania. (An. rep. 1872, p. 298; 1876, p. 347; 1877, p. 221; 1878, p. 213; 
1879, p. 208; 1880, p. 278; 1881, p. 225; 1882-83, p. 229; 1883-84, p. 240; 1884- 
85, p. 237; 1886-87, p. 863; 1887-88, p. 979.) 
Rhode Island. (An. rep. 1875, p, 383; 1876, p. 359; 1877, p. 229; 1878, p. 220; 
1879, p. 216; 1880, p. 288; 1881, p. 233; 1882-83, p. 235; 1883-84, p. 247; 1884- 
85, p. 245; 1887-88, p. 979.) 
Vermont. (An. rep. 1872, p. 337; 1875, p. 719; 1876, p. 397; 1877, p. 253; 1878, 
p. 242; 1879, p. 240; 1880, p. 322; 1881, p. 255; 1882-83, p. 257; 1883-84, p. 270.) 
Wisconsin. (An. rep. 1877, p. 273; 1878, p. 263; 1879, p. 261; 1880, p. 348; 1881, 
p. 275; 1882-83, p. 276; 1883-84, p. 240; 1884-85, p. 285; 1886-87, p. 863; 1887- 
88, p. 979.) 
Vessiot, A. Instruction in morals and civil government, pp. 4. (Misc. pubs. 1882.) 
Virchow, R. Schoolroom diseases’. (Circ. inf. Aug., 1870, pp. 19-29.) 
Wells, J. E. Religious and moral training in the schools of Ontario. (Spec, re]t. 
N. O. exp. 1884-85, pp. 377-384.) 
Wichersham, J. P. Education and crime, pp. 10. (Misc. pubs. 1881.) 
Wines, Enoch C. Letter on teaching trades to criminals, and the result in Moscow 
prison. (An. rep. 1871, p. 33.) 11. GENIUS. 
Abrantis, de. Souvenirs historiques sur Napoleon. 
Amoretti. Memorie storiche sulla vita e gli studj di Leonardo da Vinci. Milano, 
1874. 
Ajrago. Notices biographhiques. 1855. 
Baillet. De prmcocibus eruditis. 1715. 
Bastian. Le cerveau et la 
Bastian. The brain as an organ of mind. 
Beard. American nervousness. 1887. 
Beaumont-Yassy, de. Swedenborg, 1842, 
Bettiuelli. Dell ’entusiasmo nolle belle arti. Milan, 1769. 
Bischoff. Hirngewichte bei Miincheuer Gelehrten. 
Bourrienne. M6moires sur Napoleon. 
Brewster. Life of Sir Isaa« Newton. 
Brewster. The martyrs of science. 
Bugeault. Btude sur T<Stat mental de Rousseau. 1876. 
Camp, Maxime du. Souvenirs litteraires. 1887. 
Cancellieri. Intoruo uomini dotati di gran memoria. 1715. 
Canesterini. II cranio di Fusiuieri. 1875. 
Carlyle. Reminiscences. 
Clement. Musiciens cMbbres. Paris, 1868. 
Costauzo. Follia auomale. Palermo, 1876. 
Coxe. Life of Marlborough. 
Cross, J. W. Life of George Eliot. 
Cunningham, Allan. Lives of British painters, sculptors, and architects. 
Davy, J. Life of Sir Humphry Davy. 
D6jeriue. L’ lusr<idit6 dans les maladies dn systeme nerveux. 1886. 
Dilthey. Ueber Eiubildungskraft der Dichter. 1887. 
Dolnne. Kunst uud Kiinstler des Mittelalters und der Neuzeit. 
Dowdeu. Life of Percy Bysshe Shelley. 
Elze, Karl. William Shakespeare. London, 1888. 
FArA La famille ndvropathique. Archives de neurologic, 1884. 
Ferrier. The functions of the brain. 1886. 
F<stis. Biographie universelle des musiciens. Paris, 1868-’BO. 
Flaubert, G. Lettres k Georges Sand. Paris, 1885. 
Flaurens. De la raison, du g6nie et de la folie. 
Foster. Life of Charles Dickens. 
Fronde. Life of Lord Beaconsfield. 
Galtou. Hereditary genius. 1868. 
Genius, The man of. Book review in N. Y. Nation, Feb. 25, 1892. 2,309 words, 
Gill, W. J. Life of Edgar Allan. Poe. 
Gleig. Memoirs of the life of Warren Hastings. 
Goethe. Aus meinem Leben. 
Gwinuer. Schopenhauers Leben. 1878. 
Hagen. Verwandtschaft des Genies rait dem Irrsinu. Berlin, 1877. 
Halliwell-Phillips. Outlines of the life of Shakespeare. 1886. 
Hamerton, P. G. Life of Turner. 
235 236 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Henschel. Die Familio Mendelssohn. 
Hervd. La circonvolution de Broca. Paris, 1888. 
Heschl. Die tiefeu Windungen des Meuschenhirues. 1877. 
Holmes. Life of Mozart. 
Ireland. The blot upon the brain. 1885. 
Jacobs, Joseph. The comparative distribution of Jewish ability. .Jour. Anthro 
Inst, of Great Britain, 1886. 
Jeaifresou, J. Cordy. The true Lord Byron. 
Joly, Henri. Psychologie des grands homines. 1883. 
Jones, Bonce. Life of Michael Faraday. 
Jurgen Meyer. Genie und Talent. Zeitsch. fiir Volkerpsychologie. 1879. 
Kiernan, Dr. Genius not a neurosis. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 721 
Klefeker. Biblioth eruditorum procacium. Hamburg, 1717. 
Kupfer. Der Schiidel Kants. Arch, fiir nnth., 1881 
Lamartine. Cours de literature, n. 
L6lut. Du D6mon de Socrate; Amulette de Pascal. Paris, 1816. 
Lockhart. Life of Burns. 
Lombroso. Tre tribuni. 1889. 
Lombroso. Pazzia di Cardano. 1866. 
Lombroso. Sul cranio di Yolta. Turin, 1879. 
Lombroso. The man of genius. London, 1891. 
Lombroso. Sul manciuismo motorio e sensorionei sani e nogli alieuati. Torino, 
1885. 
Luys. Le cerveau et ses fonctions. 
Macaulay. Essay. Frederick the Great. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Insanity and genius. Arena, June, 1893. 
Mantegazza. Sul cranio di Foscolo. Florence, 1880. 
Mautegazza. Del nevrosismo dei grand! uomiui. 1881. 
Mantegazza. Physiognomy and expression. 
Marce. De la valeur des Merits des alidues. Journal de medeciue meutale, 1861. 
Masson. Essays, biographical and critical. 
Masson. Life of Milton. 
Mastriani. Sul geuio ela follia. Napoli, 1881. 
Maupassant, Guy de. Etude sur Gustave Flaubert. Paris, 1885. 
Mejia, Ramos. Neurosis do los hombres ctilebres de la historia argentiua. Buenos 
Ayres, 1885. 
Mdneval. Napoleon et Marie Louise. 
Meuke, G. De ciarlataneria eruditorum. 1780. 
Michon. Napohiou lerIer d’aprbs son Venture. 
Moleschott. Kreislauf des Lebens. Brief 18. 
Moreau (de Tours). Psychologie morbide. 1859. 
Morgan, de Newton, his friend and his niece. 
Murihead. Life of James Watt. 
Neville, E. Maine de Birau, sa vie. 1851. 
Nisbet, J. F. r,'he insanity of genius. London 1891. 
Perez. L’eufaut de trois it sept ans. 1886. 
Philomuerte. Les fous lBBl. 
Pisani-Dossi. I mattoidi eil monumente a Vittorio Emanuele. 1885. 
Plutarch. Life of Pericles. 
Quatrefages, de. Crania ethnica. 
Radestock. Genie und Wahnsinu. Breslau, 1881. 
Reid, S. J. Life of Sydney Smith. 
Renzis de. L’ opera d’ un pazzo. Roma, 1887. 
RAveilhi-Parise. Physiologie et hygibne des homines livr<is aux travaui de I’esprit. 
1856. 237 
Ribot. L’hdrdditd psychologique. 1878. 
Rockstro. Life of Mendelssohn. 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Roger. Voltaire malade. 1883. 
Rousseau’s brain. Bulletin de la Socidtd d’anthropologie. 1861. 
Rnskin. Modern painters. 
Savage. Moral insanity. 1886. 
Scherer. Diderot. 1880. 
Schilling, J. A. Psychiatrische Briefe. 1863. 
Sedlitz Carl. Schopenhauer vom medizinischen Standpnnkt. Dorpat, 1872. 
Segnr. Histoire de Napoleon et dc la grande amide. 
Southey, Cuthbert. Life and letters of Robert Southey. 
Southey. Life of Cowper. 
Southey. Life of Wesley. 
Spedding. Life of Francis Bacon. 
Spitta. Life of John Sebastian Bach. 
Stoughton, Howard. The philanthropist. 
Tebaldi. Ragione e pazzia. Milan, 1884. 
Trevelyan, G. O. Life of Macaulay. 
Trollope, Anthony. Life of Thackeray. 
Verga. Lipeuiania del Tasso. 1850. 
Villari. Vita di Savinarola. 
Wagner. Das Hirngewicht. 1877. 
Wagner, R. Vorstudien. ler mdmoire. 1860. 
Wasilewski. Life of Robert Schumann. 
Welcker. Schillers’ Schadel. 1883. 
Wechniakoff. Physiologic des genies. 1875. 
Weismann. Biological memoirs. 1889. 
Wilson, C. Heath. Life of Michael Angelo. 
Zoja. La testa di Scarpa. 1880. HI. INSANITY, IDIOCY. IMBECILITY, CRETINISM, FEEBLE-MINDED- 
NESS, ETC. 
A colony of epileptics. Help for an ostracised class in England. Philadelphia 
Ledger, Sept. 8, 1892. 1,200 words. 
A. G. B. Review of Dr. S. G. Howe’s reports upon idiocy. B°. 1850. 
Abbott, J. The hand-book of idiocy; showing the idiot’s condition, the numerous 
causes of idiocy, and the most experienced methods of training and educating 
the idiot. 2d ed. 12°. London, 1857. 
Abercrombie, J. De fatuitato alpina. B°. Edinbnrgi, 1803. 
Abngalius filius Sime, sive ut vulgo dicitur Avicenna. Do morbis mentis tractatus, 
edilus in specimen nornno medicoxum nuiversai ex Arabico in Latinum de 
integro converse*. Interprete Petro Vatterio. 12°. Parisiis, 1659. 
Account, An, of the progress of an epidemical madness; in a letter to the president 
and fellows of the College of Physicians. B°. London, 1735. 
Adersbach, G. De animi alienatione o veuenis. B°. Hahe, [lBl9]. 
Albers, J. F. 11. Memoranda der Psychiatric, oder kurzgefasste Darstellung der 
Pathologic und Therapie der mit Irresein verbundenen Krankheiten, nebst 
Riickblick auf die gerichtsarztliche Beurtheiluug derselben. 12°. Weimar, 
1855. 
Albrecht, P. Sur le crane remarquable d’une idiote de 21 aus, avec des observations 
sur le basiotique, Jo sciuamosal, le quadratum, le quadrato-jugal, le post- 
frontal postArieur de Fhomme; communication faite a la Socfftd d’anthro- 
pologio de Bruxelles dans la stance du 26 fdvrier 1883. B°. Bruxelles, 1883. 
Alleaume, F. C. Etude clinique sur le refus des aliments chez les aliduc's. 4 . Paris, 
1876. 
Allen, M. Essay on the classification of the insane. 8 . London, [1833]. 
Allen, N. An essay on the connection of mental philosophy with medicine. B°. 
Philadelphia, 1841. 
Allen, W. On tertiary occipital condyle. J. Anat. and Physiol., Loud., 1880-’Bl, 
15, pp. 60-68, 1 pi. 
Aluison, S. Essai statistiqne sur la pathogAnie de la folie. 4°. Paris, 1866. 
Amelung, F. L., and Bird, F. Beitrage zur Lehre von den Geisteskrankheiten. 2v. 
ini. B°. Darmstadt h. Leipzig, 1832-’36. 
American Journal of Insanity, Utica, N. Y. 
American Journal of Insanity. General index to vols. 1-45, 1844-’B9, inclusive. 
By P. M. Wise. Willard, N. Y. B°. 
Anderson, A. On chronic mania. B°. New York, 1796. 
Anderson, W. J. Hysterical and nervous affections in women. 12°. 
Andreae, A. Quaedam de cretinismo. 4°. Berolini, 1814. 
Andrews, Dr. Judson B. The distribution and care of the insane in the United States. 
Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 303. 
Annali di freniatria e scienze affini. Torino. 
Anon. The education of the imbecile and the improvement of the invalid youth. 
Apostolides, J. C. Quelques 6tudes philosophiques et cliuiques sur la nature, la 
classification et le traitement de la folie. 4°. Paris, 1857. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
239 
Archambault. Note sur la suppression des qnartiers de gateux dans lbs asiles 
d’alibnes. B°. Paris, 1853. 
Archivio di psichiatria, scienze penalo ed antropologia criminale, Torino. 
Arndt, R. Die Psychiatric und das medicinische Staats-Examen. B°. Berlin, 1880. 
Arndt, R. Lehrbuch der Psychiatric. 1883. 
Arndt, R., and Dohm, A. Der Yerlauf der Psychosen, B°. Wien n. Leipzig, 1887. 
Arndt, R. Lehrbuchder Paychiatrie fUr Aerzte und Studierende. B°. Wienn. Leip- 
zig, 1883. 
Arnold, T. Observations on the nature, kinds, causes, and prevention of insanity. 
2d ed. 2v.in 1. B°. London, 1806. 
Arrigoni, A. Della mania, della frenesia e della rabbia. 4°. [Lodi, 1757.] 
Arthaud, J. Du siege et de la nature des maladies rnentales. 4°. Paris, 1835. 
Asch, J. De delirio potenthe et magnitudinis. B°. Berolini, [1864], 
Association of Medical Officers of American Institutions for Idiotic and Feeble-minded 
Persons. Proceedings. Sessions: Media, Juno 6-8, 1876; Columbus, June 
12-15, 1877. B°. Philadelphia, 1877. 
Ast, F. Motorische anomalien Geisteskranker. B°. Regensburg, 1862. 
Asylum horrors. Indictment of the Shelby County, Ky., Asylum by the grand jury. 
Memphis Commercial, September 17, 1892. 3,300 words. 
Asylum investigation, the Utica. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 510. 
Aubanel, 11., and Thore, A. 51. Recherches statistiques sur I’alienation mentale faites 
h I’hospico de Bicetre. B°. Paris, 1841. 
Aural hallucinations. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 505. 
Aussant, J. Sur les affections de I’ame considfirbes dans leurs rapports, avec I’hy- 
gibne et la thfirapeutique. 4°. Paris, 1828. 
Azam. Le caractere dans la saute et dans la maladie, avec une preface de Th. Ribot. 
roy. BC.8C. Paris, 1887. 
Bachelez, C. J. Etude sur une varibtb particuliere de la folie herbditaire. 4°. Paris, 
1871. 
Bachelot, M. Contribution a I’etude du delire ambitieux. 4°. Paris, 1881. 
Bacon, G. M.* On the writing of the insane. B°. London, 1870. 
Baertl, J. Aerztliche Ansichten fiber Preservative vor Seelenstorungen und Heilung 
der letzteren nach den Grundsatzen der Homoopathie. B°, Leipzig, 1864. 
Baillarger, J. Recherches sur les maladies rnentales et sur quelques points d’ana- 
tomie et de physiologic du systeme nerveux. ,B°. Paris, 1853. 
Baillarger, J. Physische Hallncinationen. 
Baillarger, J. Enquete sur le goitre et le cretinisme; rapport accompagne de trois 
cartes gbographiques. B°. Paris, 1873. Repr. from; Rec. d. trav. Coraits con- 
sult. d’hyg. pub. de France, Par., n, pt. 2, B°, Par., 1873. 
Baker, G. De affectibns animi et morbis inde oriundis. 4°. CantabrigisS, 1755. 
Bakewell, S. G. An essay on insanity. B°. Edinburgh, 1833. 
Ball, B. La morphinomanie. Les frontieres de la folie. Le dualisme c6r6bral. 
Les reves prolonges. La folie gemellaire, on alienation mentale chez lesju- 
meaux. 12°. Paris, 1885. 
Balletti, T. Delle alienazioni mental! Ed il miglior metodo di curarle. B°. Genova, 
1841. 
Banks, J. T. On nervous disorders, and nervousness lapsing into melancholia and 
insanity. 12°. London, 1858. 
Bannister, Dr. Classification of insanity. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 323. 
Barlow, Rev. J. Man’s power over himself to prevent or control insanity. 12°. 
Barros, A. L. De. Diagnostic© o tratamento da locnra ein dnplaforma. 
Barth, C. E. De I’idiotie. 4°. Strasbourg, 1862. 
Bateman. The idiot, his place in creation, and his claims on society. 
Battie, W. A treatise on madness, 4°, London, 1758, 240 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Baumann, J. F. Das nosologische System der psychischen Krankheiten. B°. Er- 
langen, 1842. 
Bayle, A. L. J. Traits des maladies du cerveau et de ses membranes. Maladies 
mentales. B°. Paris, 1826. 
Bayle, A. L. J. Recherches sur les maladies mentales. 4°. Paris, 1822. 
Beach, Fletcher. Facts concerning idiocy and imbecility. (Health Exh.) 
Beach, Fletcher. Lecture on the influence of hereditary predisposition on the pro- 
duction of imbecility. (B. M. J.) 
Beach, Fletcher. The morphological and histological aspects of microcephalic and 
cretinoid idiocy. B°. Loudon, 1881. 
Beach, Fletcher. The morphological and histological aspects of microcephalic and 
cretinoid idiocy. (Int. Med. Cong. Loud.) 
Beach, Fletcher. On the diagnosis and treatment of idiocy, with remarks on prog- 
nosis. (L.) 
Beach, Fletcher. Types of imbecility. (M. T. and G.) 
Beard, G. M. Nervous exhaustion (neurasthenia), its syptomms, nature, sequences, 
and treatment. (Ed. by Dr. Rockwell.) 
Beck, T. R. On insanity. B°. New York, 1811. 
Beddoes, T. Essay on some of the disorders commonly called nervous. Part 2d. 
Containing observations on insanity. B°. [Bristol, 1802.J 
Beguin, C. L. De cretinismo. B°. Berolini, 1851. 
Belloc, H. Les asiles d’ali6n<ss transformes en centres d’cxploitatiou rurale; moyen 
d’exon6rer, entout on en partie, les departemeuts des dispenses qu’ils font pour 
leurs alienes, en auginentaut le bien-etre de ces malades et en les rapprochant 
des conditions d’existence de I’homme en society. B°. Paris, 1862. 
Belhonime, J. E. Influence des et des commotions politiqnes sur le 
d(sveloppement de la folie . . . suivi d’yn rapport de M. Londe . . . et des r<s- 
- exions de I’auteur. B°. Paris, 1849. 
Belhonime, J. E. Consid6ratious sur I’appreciation de la folie, sa localisation et son 
traitement. B°. Paris, 1834. 
Belhouune, J. E. Cinquieme nnimoire sur la localisation des functions et de 
la folie. B°. Paris, 1848. 
Belhonime, J. E. Suite des rechorches sur la localisation de la folie. B°. Paris, 1836. 
Belhonime, J. E. Essai sur I’idiotie. 4°. Paris, 1824. 
Belhonime, J. E. Essai sur I’idiotie; propositions sur Pyducation des idiots, mise en 
rapport avec leur degrd d’intelligence. B°. Paris, 1824-’43. 
Benedikt. Des rapports cntre la folie et la criminality. Wien, 1885. 
Bennett, Dr. Alice. The relation of heart disease to insanity. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, 
pp. 559-560. 
Bennie, J. B. De. De animi pathematibus. 1782. 
Beobachtungeu iiber den Cretinismus. Eine “Zeitschrift hcrausgegeben von den 
Aerzten der Heilanstalt Mariaberg. 1.-3. Hft., 1850-’53. 4°. Tubingen, 
1850-’53. 
Bericlit iiber die Kretinen-Heilanstalt zu Ecksbergbey Miihldorf in Oberbayern, fiir 
die Jahre 1852-’53 bis 1853-’54 (1.). B°. Miinchen, 1854. 
Bericlit iiber die psycliiatrische Literatur im 1. Halbjahre 1883. Redaction: W. 
Nasse, Bonn. B°. [Berlin, 1884.] 
Bericlit iiber die Rhoiuiscbe Provinzial-Irrenanstalt Andernach in denjahren 1880- 
’B7. Erlenmeyer’s Centralbl., etc., 1888, pp. 485. 
Berkhan, O. Beitriige znr Geschichte der Psychiatric. B°. Neuwied, 1863. 
Bernhard, E. De idiotismi endemii, quem vocant cretiuisnmm et struma1 geogra- 
phia. B°. Berolini, [1846]. 
Berthier, P. Dela nature de Palkmation mentale, d’aprfes ses causes et son iraite- 
ment. 4°. Montpellier, 1857. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
241 
Bessiere, C. Du cancer au point de vue de ses rapports avec Paliduatiou mentale. 
4°. Paris, 1848. 
Bicknill, J. C. The relation of madness to crime. (Leet. at London Institute.) 
Biermanu. Beitriige zur Psychologic. Eine Sammlung iirztlicher Gutachteu iiber 
psychiatrische Heilkuren. Hildesheim, 1833. 
Biett, L. T. Quelques observations sur la frdmisie aigue idiopathique. 4C, Paris, 
1814. 
Biffi, S. Lettera al Dottore A. Verga. 4°. Milano, 1858. 
Bigot, Y. Des periodos raisonuautes de Palidnation mentale, B°. Paris, 1877. 
Bihorel, G. A. Des cas douteux de la folie an point de vne clinique et medico-legal. 
4°. Paris, 1870. 
Billed, E. Des maladies mentales etneryeuses; pathologie, medeciue legale, admi- 
nistration des asiles d'alidnes, etc. 2v, B°. Paris, 1882. 
Binet, A. Etudes de psychologic experimentale. Le fetichismo dans I’amour, la vie 
psj'diique des micro-organismes, Pintensite des images mentales, le problems 
hypnotique, note sur Tticriture hystdrique. 12°. Paris, 1888. 
Binet, J. G. De Pisolement nosocomial, et des moyens moraux qui completeut son 
action thdrapeutique dans le traitement de la folie. 4°. Paris, 1858. 
Binet, J. G. Evidence of universal crankiness and unsoundness of mind. Curious 
instances of delusion. Brooklyn Times, July 16,1892. 3,000 words. 
Bingham, N. Observations on the religious delusions of insane persons and on the 
practicability, safety, and expediency of imparting to them Christian in- 
struction ; with which are combined a copious practical description and 
illustration of all the principal varieties of mental disease, and of its appro- 
priate medical and moral treatment. B°. London, 1841. 
Bird, F. Ueber Einrichtung und Zweck der Krankenhiiuser fiir Geisteskranke, und 
die arztliche Behandlung liberhaupt. B°. Berlin, 1835. 
Bird, F. Das Seelenleben in seinen Beziehungen zura Korperleben. B°. Berlin, 
1837. 
Bird, F. Pathologic und Therapie der psychischeu Kraukheiteu. B°. Berlin, 1836. 
Binswanger, O. Zur Kenntniss der trophischen Yorgiinge bei Geisteskranken. B°. 
Gottingen, 1878. 
Birnbaum, H. F. G. De legibus, secundum quas fixa, cpiie dicitur, idea formatur in 
vesanis. B°. Colonise, 1837. 
Blackie, G. S. Cretins and cretinism; a prize thesis.- B°. Edinburgh, 1855. 
Blake, J. A. Defects in the moral treatment of insanity in the public lunatic asy- 
lums of Ireland, with suggestions for their remedy, and some observations on 
the English asylums. B°. London, 1862. 
Blanche, A. E. Du cathctdrisme cesophagieu chez les alidncs. 4V . Paris, 1848. 
Blanford, G. F. Insanity and its treatment. B°. Edinburgh, 1871. 
Blanford, G. F. Die Seelenstorungen unci ihre Behandlung. Vorlesungeu iiber die 
iirztliclie und gericlitliclie Behandlung Geisteskranker. Nach der zweiten 
Ausgabe des Originals iibersetzt und mit Anmei'kuugeu versehen von K. Korn- 
feld. B°. Berlin, 1878. 
Blanford, G. F. Treatment of recent cases of insanity. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 390. 
Blood, B. P. The anaesthetic revelation and the gist of philosophy. B°. Amster- 
dam, N. Y., 1847. 
Blumrdder, G. Ueber das Irreseyn, oder anthropologisch-psychiatrische Grundsatze. 
S°. Leipzig, 1836. 
Boards, Are, of lunacy commissioners expedient for American asylumsf #B°. Hart- 
ford, 1877. 
Bodine, J. L. The management pf the insppe without mechanical restraints, BC,8C, 
n. p., [1876]. 242 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Boehmius, A. Diss. exhibens statum furiosorum in paroxysmo const itutorum. 4°. 
Marburgi Cattorum, 1740. 
Bomart, O. A. F. L. Do I’alienation montale, consideree dans quelques-unes de ses 
formes. 4°. Paris, 1819. 
Bonacossa, G. S. Frammenti di lezioni teoriche di medicina psicologica. Parte 
prima, Cenno analitico sulle facolta e fuuzioni psichiche dell’ nomo e nrfzioni 
patologiche, preparatorie al corso di clinica per le malattie mentali. B°. To- 
rino, 1870. 
Bonacossa, G. S. Della necessity di scnole di medicina psicologica teorico-pratica. 
B°. Torino, 1862. 
Bonacossa, G. S. Del cretinismo. Relazione della commissione nomiuata da S. M. 
il Re di Sardegna. Sunto con osservazioni. B°. Torino, 1851. (Repr. from: 
Gior. d. sc. med., Torino.) 
Bonfils, J. F. De la folio, on alienation mentalc. 4°. Paris, 1819. 
Bonnet, J. J. Sur la frencsie. 4°. Paris, 1809. 
Bonnet, H. L’alienc dcATant lui-meme, I’apprcciatiou legale, la legislation, les sys- 
temes, la socictc et la famille. Preface par Brierre do Boismont. B°. Paris, 
1866. 
Bonvecchiato, Ernesto. II senso morale ela follia morale. Verona & PadoAa, 1883. 
Bopp, L. Ueber Nahrungsverweigerung Geisteskranker. B°. Wurzburg, 1866. 
Bottex. Pr. et plan pour la construction de I’asile public des du Rhone. 
B°. Lyon, 1847. 
Bottex. Sur les hallucinations. Lyon, 1836. 
Bourdiu, C. E. Etudes mddico-psychologiques. De Pinliuence des (ivfinements 
politiques sur la production de la folic. B°. Paris, 1873. 
BourneArille. Mcmoire sur la condition dc la boucho chez les idiots, suivi d’une 
<?tude sur la mcdecine Idgale des alicncs a propos du Traite de mOlecine legale 
de M. Casper, roy. B°. Paris, 1863. 
BoAver, Dr. Occupation for the insane. Mod. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 323. 
Boyd. Table of the average weights of the body and the brain, and of several of 
the internal organs of the insane at decennial periods of life in hoth sexes. 
Compiled from Dr. Boyd’s researches in 528 post-mortem examinations, com- 
municated to the Royal Society by the late Dr. Sharpey, to which haAre been 
added by Dr. Boyd 446 subsequent, post-mortem examinations made by him. 
F°. London, [1881?]. 
Bra, M. C. J. Etude sur les poids de l’enc6phale dans les maladies meutales. 4°. 
Paris, 1882. 
Bradley, J. B. Sur la raison et la folic. 4°. Paris, 1827. 
Brady, C. Training of idiotic and feeble-minded children. 12°. Dublin, 1864. 
Brainerd, H. G. Care of the insane. Times and Register, July 23, 1892. 1,800 
Avords. 
Brandeis, 11. E. Mfimoires et observations pour scrvir a I’dtude ct an traitement 
des maladies montalcs. B°. Paris, 1839. 
Brandreth, Jos. On the use of large doses of opium in insanity? (He’d. Com.) 
Brandt, Dr. William E. Success of non-restraint in the trea tmeut of the Insane, 
Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 607. 
Braubach, W. Das Grundgesetz dor Psychiatric oder Seelenheilkunde und Seelep- 
heilkundo fur Jedermann, auch gegeu Hypochondrie, Melancholic und Misan- 
thropic, nach den Beispielen aller Keiipe und Motive zu Selbstmord. B°. 
Nevwvied u. Leipzig, 1871. 
Breit, F., andWieser, A. Tractatus generalis de vesaniis secundum institutiones 1). 
Prof. Lippich. 2v.in 1. 8' . Vindobome, 1842. 
Bremer, L. Tobacco, insanity, and nervopspesg. Scientific American Supp., Sept 
3, 1893. 2,700 words, BIBLIOGRAPHY 
243 
Brcmond, P. A. E. Essai surl’hygicne de Fali6u6. 4°. Paris, 1871. 
Briand, M. Du dclire aigu. 4°. Paris, 1881. 
Brierre do Boismont, A. J. F. Do la folio raisonnante ot de Fimportance du dclire 
des actes pour le diagnostic et la m«sdecine legale. B°. Paris, 1867. 
Brierre de Boismont. Du suicide et do la folio. Paris, 1856. 
Brierre de Boismont. Dos maladies mentales. 
Brierre de Boismont. Des hallucinations. Paris, 1847; 2d edit., 1852; 3d edit., 
1862. 
Brosius, C. M. Das Gehirn ist das Organ des Geistes, Geisteskrankhoiten sind 
Gehirnkrankheiton. Die Thiitigkeiten des Gehirns, Empfinden, Vorstellen, 
das Gemiith, der Wille. Zwei psychiatrische Abhandlungen fiir Aorzte und 
Studirende. B°. Neuwied, 1864. 
Brosius, C. M. “ Sprachgebilde Geif teskrauker.” Allg. Zeitschr. f. Psych., Bd. 14, 
p. 37. 
Brosius, C. M. Psychiatrische Abhandlungen. 3 Hfte. in 1 v. B°. Neuwied, 
1862-65. 
Brosius, C. M. Die Elemente dos Irreseius. B°. Neuwied u. Leipzig, 1865. 
Broussais, C. A. M. Notice prdliminaire do la deuxieme edition du Traite de I’irri- 
tation et de la folie, de F. J. V. Broussais. B°. Paris, 1839. 
Broussais, E. Quelques cas d’alicnation mentale consid6r6s sous le point de vue du 
diagnostic. 4°. Strasbourg, 1859. 
Broussais, F. J. Y. De Pirritation et de la folie. Paris, 1828. 
Browne, J. C. The clinical teaching of psychology. B°. Edinburgh, 1861. 
Browne, W. A. F. What asylums [for the insane] were, are, and ought to be; being 
the substance of five lectures. B°. Edinburgh, 1837. 
Bruck, A. T. Beitriige zur Erkenntniss und Heilung der Lebensstorungen mit vor- 
herrscheuden psychischen Krankheits-Erscheinnngeu. B°. Hamburg, 1827. 
Bruckner, O. Ueber multiple, tuberose Sklerose der Hirnrinde. Ein Beitrag zur 
pathologischcn Anatomic der Idiotie. B°. Breslau, 1881. 
Bryan, D. Do affectibus auimi. B°. Edinburgi, 1782. 
Buchez. Rapport fait ala Socidtd mcdico-psychologique sur le traits des maladies 
mentales par le docteur B. A. Morel. B°. Paris, 1860. . 
Bucknill, J. C. An inquiry into the classification and treatment of criminal luna- 
tics; a letter addressed to Samuel Trehawke Kekewich, Esq. P. 
Bucknill, J. C. Unsoundness of mind in relation to criminal acts. (The first Suy- 
den prize essay.) 12°. (2d ed., 1857.) 
Bucknill, J. C., and Take D. H. A manual of psychological medicine. B°. Phila- 
delphia, 1858. 2d and 3d ed., London, 1862, 1874. 
Bucknill J. C. u. Tuke. Psychological medicine. London, 1858; 3. Anil., 1874. 
Bulisius, J. E. F. De insana sanitate, sm. 4°. Vitembergae, [1740]. 
Burgess, J. The medical and legal relations of madness; showing a cellular theory 
of mind, and a nerve force, and also of vegetative vital force. 
Burkard, J. De insania occulta. 4°. Bonna;, [lB3l]. 
Burnett, C. M. Insanity tested by science, and shown to be a disease rarely con- 
nected with permanent organic lesion of the brain, and on that account far 
more susceptilde of cure than has hitherto been supposed. B°. Loudon, 1848. 
Burnett, C. M. What shall we do with the criminal lunatics? A letter to Lord St, 
Leonards. P. 
Burnett, C. M. Crime and insanity, their causes, connections, and consequences. 
Burr, Dr. C. B. A case of primary monomania. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 163. 
Burrows, G. M. Commentare fiber die Ursachen, Gestaltungen, Symptome und 
moralische wie medicinische Behandlung des Wahnsinns. 4. Bd. von “Kli- 
nische Haud-Bibliothek,” etc, Aus dem Englischen. B°, Weimar, 1831. 244 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Burrows, G. M. Proposal for publishing by subscription commentaries on mental 
derangement. B°. n.p., n.d. 
Burrows, G. M. An inquiry into certain errors relative to insanity and their conse- 
quences, physical, moral, and civil. B°. London, 1820. 
Bushman, J. S. Religious revivals in relation to nervous and mental diseases. 
Buzorini. Enters, iib. d. korperl. Bedingungen von Geisteskrankh. Ulm, 1824. 
Buzorini, L. Untersuchuugen fiber die korperlichen Bedingungen der verschiedenen 
Formen von Geisteskrankhoiten. Eiue weitere Ausarbeitung einer von der 
mediziuischen Facultiit zn Tubingen gekronten Preisschrift. 12°, Ulm, 1824. 
Cabbell, J. De animi pathematibus quatenus morborum causis. 
Calmeil. Do la folie considdrce sous le rapport pathol,, histor. et judic., etc. Paris, 
1845. 
Calmette, E. Considerations sur la valour des symptomes en pathologic mentale. 
40. Paris, 1874. 
Carcot, J. M. Lectures on the localisation of cerebral and spinal diseases. (Trans. 
W.*B. Hadden.) 
Carlile, R. A new view of insanity; in which is set forth the present mismanage- 
ment of public and private madhouses, all the late and existing defects of New 
Bethlehem, with some suggestions towards a new remedy for that almost uni- 
versal disorder of the human race. B°. London, 1831. 
Carlsen, J. Statistical investigations concerning the imbeciles in Denmark, 1888-89. 
Castang, P. De la marche du ddlire chronique. 4°. Paris, 1882. 
Catalogus bibliothecae Guyotiame instituti surdo-mutorum Groningani. Pars spe- 
cialis, de surdo-mutis, balbis, camis, mente imbecillis. Curavit Dr. A. IV. 
Alings. B°. Groningae, 1883. 
Cayre, J. B. M. Sur Pidiotisme. 4°. Paris, 1819. 
Collier, J. A. Essai de classification methodique des maladies mentales. 4°. 
St. Dizier, 1877. 
Cerise, L. A. P. Melanges medico-psychologiques. B°. Paris, 1872. 
Chabrand, J. A. Du goitre et du cretinismo endemiques. B°. Paris, 1864. 
Channing, W. Buildings for insane criminals. Boston. P. 
Charming, W. Classification of mental diseases. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 323. 
Chaveau, A. P. Considerations generates sur la folie partielle on monomauie. 4°. 
Paris, 1834. 
Chemnitz, M. C. Ad theoriam alienatse mentis symbola, B°. Kiliae. No date. 
Cheron, J. Observations et recherches sur la folic consecutive aux maladies aigues. 
4°. Paris, 1866. 
Chew, J. De animi affectiouibus. B°. Edinburgh 1795. 
Cheyne, G. The English malady, or treatise of nervous diseases of all kinds. sth 
ed., 1735. 
Cheyne, J. Essays on partial derangement of the mind in supposed connection with 
religion. With a portrait and biographical sketch of the author. B°. Dublin, 
1843. 
Chiarugi, Y. Abhandluug fiber den Wahnsiun iiberhaupt und insbesondere, nebst 
einer Centurie von Beobachtungen. Aus dem Italienischeu fibersetzt. B°. 
Leipzig, 1795. 
Chiverny, G. Nozioni teorico-pratiche per uso degli infermieri di manicomio. 8' . 
Mil'ano, 1878. 
Chottard, P. O. Recherches physiologiques sur Palifination mentale, 4°. Paris, 
1822. 
Chronic insane, Accommodations for. Med. Kec., 1885, 27, pp. 351-352. 
Clark, Dr. Daniel. Remissions and intermissions of insanity. Med. Eec., 1887, 32. 
p. 322. 
Clarke, E. P. Prohibition in southern California. Overland, u. d., 15, p. 376, 
Clarus, J. Therapiaj idiofismi prinue linete, B°, Lipsiye, 1848. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
245 
Clarus, J. C. A. Beitriige zur Erkenntniss und Beurtheilung zweifelhafter Seelen- 
zustilndo. B°. Leipzig, 1828. 
Clement, 11. Etude sur la nature do la folic. 4 . Paris, 1878. 
Clonston, T. S. The teachings of psychiatric medicine. (Int. Med. Cong. Loud.) 
Clonston, T. S. On the use of hypnotics, sedatives, and motor depressants in the 
treatment of mental diseases. (Amer. Jouru. Med, Sciences.) 
Clonston, 4'. S. Observations and experiments on the effects of opium, bromide of 
potassium, and cannabis indica in insanity. (Fothergillian prize.) Med. 
Chir. Rec.) 
Clonston, T. S. The use of chloral in affections of the nervous system. B. M. J. 
Clonston, T. S. Clinical lectures on mental diseases. B°. London, 1883. 
Clonston, T. S. Increase of insanity in Edinburgh. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 423. 
Clonston, T. S. The neurose of development. (Morisonian lectures for 1890.) 111. 
Eilin. 
Coindreau, J. Symptomes physiques de la folio an point de vue de la simulation. 
4°. Paris, 1880. 
Collinson, G. D. A treatise on the law concerning idiots, lunatics, and other per- 
sons non compotis mentis. 2 vols. 
Combe, A. Observations on raeutal derangement; being an application of the 
principles of phrenology to the elucidation of the causes, symptoms, nature, 
and treatment of insanity. 1 Am. cd., with notes and bibliography by an 
American physician, roy. B°-. Boston, 1834. 
Combes, A. A. Y. De la marche de la folie. 4°. Paris, 1858. 
Couolly, J. De statu mentis in insania et melancholia. B°. Edinhurgi, 1821. 
Conolly, J. An inquiry concerning the indications of insanity, with suggestions 
for the better protection and cai-e of the insane. B°. London, 1830. 
Couolly, J. The treatment of the insane without mechanical restraints. B°. Lon- 
don, 1856. 
Conradi, J. W. 11. Beitrag znr Geschichte der Mauie ohne Delirium. BC.8C. Gottin- 
gen, 1835. 
Corning, Dr. J. Leonard. Can insanity he philosophically definedf Med. Rec., 24, 
1883, pp. 593, 594. 
Corning, Dr. J. Leonard. Bromide of sodium in the treatment of epilepsy. New 
York. Mod. Rec., 1883, 24, pp. 345, 346, 347. 
Coss6, E. Sur la volontd dans les maladies mentales. 4°. Paris, 1856. 
Conrot, E. Considerations generates sur les causes de I’alienation mentale et re- 
flexions sur cette maladie. 4°. Paris, 1824. 
Cox, J. M. Qmedam de mania. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1787. 
Cox, J. M. Practical observations on insanity ... to which are subjoined remarks 
on medical jurisprudence as connected with diseased intellect. B°. London, 
1804. 
Crawford, J. Observations on the expediency of abolishing mechanical restraint 
in the treatment of the insane in lunatic asylums. B°. Glasgow, 1842. 
Crdtinisme (Du), de son histoiro et de son traitement, avec une notice hiographique 
sur le Dr. Guggenhiihl. Trad, d’un memoire allemand B°. Geneve, 
1850. Repr. from: Bihlioth. univ. de Geneve, 1850. 
Cretinismo (Del) in Lombardia. Relazione della commissione nominata dal r. Isti- 
tnto Lombardo di scienze e lettere. 4°. Milano, 1864. 
Cretins and idiots. A short account of the progress of the institutions for their 
relief and cure. B°. London, 1853. 
Crichton. Untersuch. lib. Nat. n. Urspr. d. Geisteszerriittung. Dentsch v. Hofbaner, 
1810. Bd. ii. 
Crichton, A. An inquiry into the nature and origin of mental derangement. 2v. B°. 
London, 1798. 
Crime and madness. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, p. 547. 
Crous y Casellas, J. Elementos de frenopatologfa. B°. Valencia, 1882. 246 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Crowther, B. Practical remarks on insanity; to which is added a commentary on 
the dissection of the brains of maniacs; with some account of diseases inci- 
dent to the insane. B°. London, 1811. 
Culbush, E. On insanity. B°. Philadelphia, 1794. 
Cullerrc, Dr. A. Die Grenzen des Jrreseins. Hamburg, 
Gumming, W. F. Notes on lunatic asylums in Germany, and other parts of Europe. 
Curchod, 11. De I’alidnation mcntale et des d tablissements destinds aux abends dans 
la Gran de-Bretagne. B°. Lausanne, 1845. 
Cureau, A. L. Des iniluences psychiques dans I’dtiologie dans les flats morbides. 
4°. Bordeaux, 1889. 
Curwen, J. Education in relation to mental diseases. Penn. Sch. Jour., vol. 24, 
pp. 31-32, 188-192. 
Dachs, J. M. Ueber die Mania im Allgemeinen nnd die Mania sine delirio insbeson- 
dere. B°. Miinchen, 1843. 
Daeubler, J. C. Do natura mania*. 4°. Tubinga*, 1806. 
Dagonet, If. Nouveau traite dldmentairo et pratique des maladies mentales, etc. B°. 
Paris, 1876. • 
Dagonet, 11. Conscience et alidnation mentale; dtude mddico-psycliologique. B°. 
Paris, 1881. 
Dagonet, 11. Traitd dldmentaire et pratique des maladies mentales, suivi de consi- 
derations pratiques snr I’administration des asiles d’alidnes. Accompagud 
d’une carte statistique des dtablissements d’alidnds de PEmpire frangais. B°. 
Paris. 1802. 
Dagron, J. Des alidnds et des asiles d’qlidnds. B°. Paris, 1875. 
Dahl, L. Om Kji>n og Aldersforhold som disponerende Momenter til Syndssygdom. 
B°. [Christiania, 1860.] 
Dahlberg, J. L. Bidrag till den psychiska jetiologien. B°. Upsala, 1858. 
Daily journalism and sham insanity. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, 514. 
Dalhoff, N. Unsere Gemiithskranken. Anhang: Die Stelluug des Geistlicheu zu 
den Gemiithskranken. Aus dem Diinischen von A. Michelsen. B°. Karls- 
ruhe u. Leipzig, 1883. 
Danitsch, J. Ueber die Priicordialaugst bei Geisteskranken. B°. Wurzburg, 1874. 
Darin, E. Considerations sur I’hdrdditd dans la folio. 4°. Paris, 1870. 
Davey, J. G. On the nature and proximate cause of insanity. BC.8C. London, 1853. 
Davey, J. G. Contributions to mental pathology. With introductory observa- 
tions, containing the past and present state of the insane in Ceylon, etc. B°. 
London, 1850. 
Davis, A. J. Mental disorders; or diseases of the brain and nerves, developing the 
origin and philosophy of mania, insanity, and crime. B°. Boston, 1871. 
Davis, C. H. S. Classification, training, and education of the feeble-minded, imbe- 
cile, and idiotic. B°. New York, 1883. 
Defoe, Dr. S. A. Melancholia. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 683, 
Ddbillotto, A. Etude sur la marche de la folio circulaire. 4°, Paris, 1879. 
Dejaeghere, G. Observations pratiques des alienations mentales, avec cas d’antop- 
sie faites it la raaison de santd pour les abends do Conrtrai. B°. Courtrai, 1842. 
Delaye, J. Observations d’idiotie tendant it dtablic I’influenco de I’ivresse sur ie 
produit do la conception. Rev. radd. de Toulouse, 1878, 12, pp. 33-41. 
Delepierre, Octave. Histoire littdrairo des fous. Loudon, 1860. 
Bendy, W. C. Cerebral diseases of children. 
Desartorius, G. Tentamenphilosopbico-medicmndeintellectus imperio. 4°. Pari- 
sh s, 1812. 
Despine, P. De la folio an point de vue philosophique, on, plus speciulement, 
psychologique, etudiee chez le malade et chez Phomme en saute. B°. Paris, 
1875. 
Desportes, E. Du refus de manger chez les abends. 4°. Paris, 1864. BIBLIOGRAPHY, 
247 
Detharding, G. Scrutinium physico-mcdicnm, quo indoles intellectns animso 
insiti, ab adventitio probe discerueudi eruiter, et ad ultoriorem indaginem 
omnibus philosophis, tbeologia, jnriscousultis, imprimis vero raedicis sedulo 
commendatus. sin. 4°. Rostochii, 1723. 
Dctrez, 11. A. J. Sur la phrenesie ct los affections phreudtiques. 4 . Paris, 1806. 
Densen, E, H. Yan. Observations on a form of nervous prostration (neurasthenia) 
culminating in insanity. B°. Lansing, 1869. 
Dewey, Richard, Insanity in private practice. Medical News, Aug. 20, 1892. 
3,500 words. 
Dick, P. T. De insania. BC.8C. Edinburgi, 1821. 
Diez, C. A. De mentis alienatiouura. sode et causa proxiraa. B°, Friburgi, 1828. 
Diltbey, Prof. Dr. Dichterische Einbildungskraft u. Wahnsinu. Leipzig, 1886. 
pp. 31. 
Disselholf, J. Die gegenwiirtige Lage der Cretinen, Blbdsinnigen und Idioten in 
den christlichen Liindern. B°. Bonn. 1857. 
Dittmar, C. Ueber regulatorische nnd iiber cyclische Geistesstorungeu. B°. Bonn, 
1877. 
Dittmar, C. Yorlesungen liber Psychiatric. B°. Bonn, 1878, 
Domrich. Pbysische Zustiinde. Jena, 1819. 
Donnezan, C. Ftudo sur les causes do la folie melaucolique. I°. Strasbourg, 1864. 
Dony, E. De la folie consecutive a Tinsolation. I°. Paris, 1881. 
Down, J. Laugdon. Account of a case of idiocy in which the corpus callosum and 
fornix were imperfectly formed and the septum lucidum and commissura were 
absent. (Trans, Med.-Chir. Soc.) 
Down, J. Langdon. On idiocy and its relation to tuberculosis. (L.) 
Down, J. Langdon. On the education and training of the feeble in mind. B°. Lon- 
don, 1876. 
Down, J. Langdon. On some of tho mental affections of childhood and youth. 
[Lettsomian lectures.] B°. London, 1887. 
Down, J. Langdon. The obstetrical aspects of idiocy. (Trans. Obstet. Soc.) 
Down, J. Langdon. On the condition of the mouth in idiocy. (L.) 
Down, J. Langdon. On the education and training of the feeble in mind. 
Down, J. Langdon. Observations on an ethnic classification of idiots. (Lond. Hosp. 
Rep.) 
Down, J. Langdon. Marriages of consanguinity in relation to degeneration of race. 
(Lond. llosp. Rep.) 
Down, J. Langdon. An account of a second case of idiocy in which the corpus 
callosum was defective. (Trans. Roy. Med. and Chir.-Soc. London.) 
Droste. Ueber die durch subjective Znstiinde der Sinne begriindeten Tiiuschungen 
des Bewnsstseins. Osnabriick, 1838. 
Dubnisson. Ydsanies, etc. 
Dnbuisson, J. R. J. Sur la manic. 40, Parks, 1812. 
Dufour, J. F. Essai sur les operations do Peutenderaent liumain et sur les maladies 
qui les dfrangent. 12°. Amsterdam, 1770. 
Dumontpallier, M. Induced bilateral hallucinations. Med. Rec., 1881, 26, p. 108. 
Duncan, F. De insauia. B°. Edinburgi, 1787. 
Duncan, P. M., and Millard, W. Manual for tho classification, training, and educa- 
tion of the feeble-minded, imbecile, and idiotic. B°. London, 188 G. 
Dunne, C. L’hommo consider*? dans Petat d’alionation mentale. Ouvrage divis<? 
en trois livres. Livre lcr. Coup d’oeil sur les opinions de divers *?crivains et 
mfidecins relativement ala folio et an traitement de cette maladie. B°. Paris 
& Bruxelles, 1819. 
Duprey, L. Etude medico-psychologique sur I’etat mental designd chez les alidnds 
sons le nom de stupidite. 4°. Nancy, 1876. 248 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Dupuy. Des iddes anibitieuses dans I’etat mental ala folio alcoolique. 
These. Bordeaux, 1887. 
Duttenhoffer, F. M. Die krankhaften Erscheinungen des Seelenlebens. FiirAerzte, 
Psychologen, Naturforscher und gebildete Laien. B°. Stuttgart, 1840. 
Earle, P. A visit to thirteen asylums for the insane in Europe; to which are added 
a brief notice of similar institutions in transatlantic countries and in the 
United States, and an essay on the causes, duration, termination, and moral 
treatment of insanity, with copious statistics. B°. Philadelphia, 1840. 
Earle, P. The psychopathic hospital of the future; an address. B°. Utica, N. Y., 
1807. 
Earle, P. Prospective provision for the insane, B°. Utica, 1868. 
Earle, P. Psychologic medicine; its importance as a part of the medical curricu- 
lum. B°. Utica, N. Y., 1867. 
Earle, P. An address delivered before the Berkshire Medical Institute, Nov. 24, 
1863. B°. Utica, 1867. 
Earle, P. The curability of insanity. P. Utica, U. S. A. 
Eddy, T. Hints for introducing an improved mode of treating the insane in the 
asylum. 12°. New York, 1815. 
Education of the imbecile, and the improvement of invalid youth. B°. Edinburgh, 
1853. Also, the same. B°. Edinburgh, 1856. 
Education of idiots. An appeal to the citizens of Philadelphia. [For special schools 
where they may receive a systematic training from an early age. Signed by 
A. Potter, J. X. Kane, G. B. Wood, and others. March 10, 1853.] B°. Phil- 
adelphia, 1853. 
Elkendorf, B. De psychiatria, sive de methodo psychologice curandi. 4°. Pari- 
siis, 1813. 
Elkins, F. A. A case of homicidal and suicidal insanity. 111. Edinb. 
Ellero, L. La psichiatria, la liberta morale ela responsabilita. B°. Padova, 1885. 
Ellis, AY. C. A treatise on the nature, symptoms, causes, and treatment of insanity, 
with practical observations on lunatic asylums, and a description of the pau- 
per lunatic asylum for the county of Middlesex, at Hanwell, with a detailed 
account of its management. B°. London, 1838. 
Ellis, AY. C. A letter to Thomas Thompson, M. P., containing considerations on the 
necessity of proper places being provided by the legislature for the reception 
of all insane persons, and on some of the abuses which have been found to 
exist in madhouses, with a plan to remedy them. B°. Hull, 1815. 
Emerson, Justin E. The supreme court of Michigan, on the evidence of insanity. 
American Lancet, May, 1892. 2,400 words. 
Emery, A. J. An mania a sanguinis rarescentia? 4C. Monspelii, 1713. 
Emrainghaus, H, Festrede zur Jahresfeier der Stiftung der Universitiit Dorpat am 
12. Dec. 1880. Ueher den Worth nnd die Tragweite des klinischen Uuter- 
richtes in der Psychiatric. 4°. Dorpat, 1881. 
Emminghaus, H. Allgemeine Psychopathologie zur Einfiihrnng in das Stadium der 
Geistesst dr ungen. B°. Leipzig, 1878. 
Engel, G. F. Conspectus pathologic', psychologic® anthropologic*. 4°. Tubing®, 
1759. 
Engel, L. De frequent!ori hominum imhecillinm salnbritate pr® rohustis. 4°. 
Jen®, 1713. 
Engelhard!, F. Dc animi pathematibus tanquam causis multorum et mortis. 4°. 
Erfordi®, 1753. 
Engelken, F. Beitriige zur Seelenheilkunde. B°. Bremen, 1846. 
Epileptics, The colonization of. Editorial. 600 words. N. Y. Sun, Jan. 18,1893. 
Epileptics in New York State, Proposed colony for. N. Y. Med. Jour., Jan. 14,1893. 
Erleumeyer. Seelenstorungen. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
249 
Erlenmeyer. Die Gehirnatrophie d. Erwachseuen. 2. Anil. Neuwied, 1854. 
Erlenmeyer, A. A. Wie sind die Seelenstornngen in ihrem Beginne zu behandeln? 
Eiuevon der “deutschen Gesellschaft fiir Psychiatric nnd gerichtlicho Psycho- 
logic” mit dem volleu Preise gekrbnte Abhandlung. B°. Neuwied, 1860. 
Ermerins, F. De animi pathernatibus, morborum mentalium causis pnecipuis. 8 . 
Lugd. Bat., 1829. 
Espeut, P. Ueber acute primiire Yerriicktheit, mit Anschluss zweier in der Charite 
zu Berlin beobachteten Fiille. B°. Berlin, [lB7l]. 
Esquirol, E. Des maladies mentales considdrdes sous les rapports medical, hygid- 
nique et medico-legal. 2 v., avec nn atlas. B°. Paris, 1838. 
Esquirol. Die Geisteskrankh. Deutsch v. Bernhard. Berlin, 1838. Audi Art. Folie. 
Denienco im Diet, des sciences medic. 
Essay, An, on alleged lunacy. Written for the “Alleged Lunatics’ Friend Society.” 
B°. n. p., 1846. 
Esschen, P. J. van. Do animi pathematum in corpus humanum agendi modo. 4°. 
Gandavi, [lB2B], 
Etoc-Demazy, G. E. Do la stupidity eonsiddee chez les al hinds; recherches faites i\ 
Bicetre et ala Salpetriere. 4°. Paris, 1833. 
Evans, W. F. The mental cure, illustrating the influence of the mind on the body, 
both in health and disease, and the psychological method of treatment. B°. 
Glasgow, 1870. 
Eydam, A. Do incitabilitate psychica, aucta cum melanclndia religiosa secundaria. 
B°. Jena, 1854. 
Eyk, S. S. van der. Do insania. 4°, Lugd. Bat., 1817. 
Fabra, A. Dissertatio de aft’ectionum physica causa et loca ac de tabaci usu. 4°. 
Ferraria*, 1702. 
Fabricius. Dien, I’homme et ses fins dernieres. Etudes mddico-psychologiques. 2d 
ed. B°. Paris, 1869. 
Falk, A. Siugularis mania) sine delirio qme dicitur casus adjunctis de hac doctrina 
perscrutatiouibus. BC.8C. [Dorpat], 1855. 
Falret. Lemons cliniques de mOl. mentale. Paris, 1854. 
Falret, H. L. De la construction et de I’orgauisation des etablissements 
4°. Paris, 1852. 
Falret, J. P. Des maladies mentales et des asiles d’aliemis. Lemons cliniques. B°. 
Paris, 1864. 
Falret, M. De I’utilite de la religion dans le traitement des maladies mentales et 
dans les asiles d’ali6u£s. B°. Paris, 1845. 
Fantonetti, G. Della pazzia; saggio teorico-pratico. 8 . Milano, 1830. 
Farr, W. Eeport upon the mortality of lunatics. (J. Stat. Soc. and L.) 
Fawcett, B. Observations on the nature, causes, and cure of melancholy, especially 
ofthat which is commonly called religious melancholy. 12°. Shrewsbury, 1780. 
Feeble-minded Children, Annual Reports of the Pennsylvania Training School for 
1870-’B5. 
Felix, G. B. De medicina nonnumquam ex anirai commotionibus capienda. 4°. 
Yitebergie, [1790]. 
Ferguson, John. The insanity following exhaustion, acute disease, injuries, etc. 
Alienist and Neurologist, July, 1892. 8,000 words. 
Ferrand, J. Erotomania, epotomauia, or a treatise discoursing of the essence, causes, 
symptoms, prognosticks, and cure of love, or erotic melancholy. (Trans, fr. 
French hy Ed. Chilmead.) Oxford. 
Ferrarese, L. Dellemalattie, della mente, ovvero delle diverse specie di follie. 2v. 
in 1. B°. Napoli, 1830-’32. 
Feuchtersleben, E. von. Lehrbuch der arztlichen Seelenkunde. Als Skizze zu 
Yortragen bearbeitet. B°. Wien, 1815. 
Fieliz, 11. A. De variis methodis freuaudi furibundos. B°. Hal*, 1819. 250 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Finckenstein, R. Do fnroribns epidemicis. B°. Yratislaviae, [lßsß]. 
Fischer, J. B. De mania. 1 . Tra.j. ad Rhennm, 1709. 
Fisher, Edward D. Mental derangement in multiple neuritis. Alienist and Neurol- 
ogist, July, 1892. 2,600 words. 
Fisher, T. W. Plain talk about insanity; its causes, forms, symptoms, and the treat- 
ment of mental diseases. With remarks on hospitals and asylums, and the 
medico-legal aspect of insanity. BC.8C. Boston, 1872. 
Fisher, Dr. Theo. W. Monomania and its modern equivalents. Med. Rec., 1887, 
32, p. 323. 
Flemming, C. F. Ucber Geistesstornngen and Geisteskranke. 8' . Berlin, 1872. 
Flemming, C. F. Pathologic und Therapie der Psychosen. Nebst Anhang: Ueber 
das gerichtsarztliche Verfahren bei Erforschung krankhaftor Seelenzustiiude. 
B°. Berlin, 1859. 
Fletcher, T. B, E. A few words on idiots and their friends, with illustrations of the 
good effects of the education carried out at the Midland Counties’ Middle Class 
Asylum, and on the advantages of asylums to imbeciles and their friends. 12°. 
Birmingham, 1871. 
Fod6rd, F. E. Traitc du ddlire appliqn6 ala m6decine, it la morale et ala legislation. 
2v. B°. Paris, 1817. 
Foil, Samuel J. What shall bo done with the imbecile? Md. Med. Jonrn., Oct. 1, 
1892. 3,000 words. 
Folsom, C. F. Four introductory lectures on insanity. B°. Cambridge, 1880. 
Footer, G. F. Homoeopathic insane asylum, argument in favor of. B°. New York, 
1869. 
Forster, F. Observations on the phenomena of insanity. B°. London, 1817. 
Foster, Mrs. 11. Mcl. Education of idiots and imbeciles. B°. Indianapolis, 1879. 
Four hundred madmen do all the work on the city farm at Centre Islip, Long 
Island. N. Y. Herald, Sept. 11, 1892. 3,200 words. 
Foville, A. L. Observations cliniques propres a <?clairer certainee questions relatives 
a I’.alienation mentale. 4°. Paris, 1824. 
P’ranckc, F. De sede et canssis vesaniae. 4°. Lipsiaq 1821. 
Friedlilnder, M. J. Versneli liber dieinueni Sinne nnd ihro Anomalien, Starrsucht, 
Entziickung, Schlafsucht und Intelligenzzerriittnng physiologisch, patholo- 
gisch, nosographisch und therapeutisch hoarheitet. 1. Theil. Physiologie der 
innern Sinne. B°. Leipzig, 1820. 
Friedreich, J. B. Systematisches Haudbuch der gerichtlichen Psychologie. B°. 
Leipzig, 1835. 
Friedreich, J. B. Versnch einer Literiirgeschichtc der Pathologic und Therapie der 
psychischen Krankhciten. B°. Wurzburg, 1830. 
Friedreich, J. B. Allgemeine Diagnostik der psychischen Krankhciten. 2. Anil. 
B°. Wurzburg, 1832. 
Friedreich, J. B. Systematische Literatur der iirztlichen und gerichtlichen Psycho- 
logie. B°. Berlin, 1833. 
Friedrich. Allg. Pathol, d psych. Krankheiten. Erlangen, 1839. 
Friedrich. Literaturgeschichte d. Pathol, n. Tlier. d. psych. Kraukh. Wiirzhnrg, 
1830. 
Fringe, P. A treatise on phrensy; wherein the cause of that disorder, as assigned by 
the Galenists, is refuted; and their method of curing the phrensy, with their 
various prescriptions at large are exploded. The true cause set in a clear 
light, according to Hippocrates, and the most eminent amongst the modern 
physicians; together with the prescriptions that effectually cure that malady, 
Transl. from the Latin. 12°. London, 1746. 
Froriep, R, Die Rettung der Cretinen. BC.8C. Bern, 1856. Also, the same. B°. 
Bern, 1857. 
Funck, D. De desperatione. 4°. Tubingaq 1678. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
251 
Funcke, F. H. Quo modo corporis conditiones in formas insaniae et primarias et 
secundarias valeant. B°. Berolini, [lB4B]. 
Fusier, F. Etudes mEdicales faites dans les asiles d’aliEnEs les mieux organisEs de 
France, d’Allemagne et de Suisse; sur les dispositions d’intErieur d’un asile 
d’aliEnEs. roy. B°. ChambEry, 1855. 
Gacho, S. Estudio de psicopatologia. B°. Buenos Aires, 1886. 
Gaddi, P. Cranio ed encefalo di un idota. 4°. Modena, 1867. 
Gadeschy, C. De psychopathiis, B°. Halis, [1844]. 
Galt, J. M, Essays on asylums for persons of unsound mind. B°. Eichmond, 1850, 
Galt, J. M. A lecture on idiocy, B°. Eichmond, Va., 1859. 
Garmody, Dr. Treatment of traumatic insanity by means of the trephine. Med. 
Eec., 1887, 32, p. 858. 
Garzoni, T. L’ hospidale de’ pazzi incurabili, contro capitoli in fine sopra la pazzia. 
B°. Venezia, 1594. Same. Nuovamento ristampato, e con sorama diligeuza 
ricorretto. 4°. Venetia, 1617. 
Gaune, J. Creation d’un asile d’alienEs dans le Yar. B°. Toulon, 1882. 
Gauthier, G. C. Do la dEmence prEcoce chez les jeuues aliEnEs hErEditaires. 4°. 
Paris, 1883. 
Gehhia, E. Sulla follia. Palermo, 1876. 
Geotfroy, A. E. De la folie double forme. 4°. Paris, 1861. 
Georget, E. J. Sur les causes de la folie. 4°. Paris, 1820. 
Georget. Ueber d. Yerrilcktheit, iihers. v. Helnroth. Leipzig, 1821. 
Georget, F. J. De la folie, ou alienation mentale. B°. 1823. 
Georget, F. J. Do la folie. ConsidErations sur cette maladie; son siEge et ses 
sympotmes; suivies de recherches cadavEriques. B°. Paris, 1820. 
Genette, A. C. Dela. De mania exquisita. sm. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1723. 
Genius and insanity. Book review by M. W. 11. in N. Y. Sun, March 6, 1892. 6,400 
words. 
GErard, H. S. De la marche circulairo de la folie, 4°. Montpellier, 1880. 
Gerhier, L. A. Essai sur le diagnostic diffEreutiel de I’aliEnation mentale et de la 
lievre typhoide. 4°. Paris, 1877. 
GErente, P. Le delire chrouique, son Evolution; Etude cliniquo. 4°. Paris, 1883. 
Gernandt, J. Beitrag zur Lehre der moral insanity. B°. Marburg, 1880. 
Geuns, J. van. De animi habitu, qualis in variis morhis chronicis ohservatur. 
[Leiden.] B°. Amstehedami, 1833. 
Gillet, A. Sur la monomanie, 4°. Strasbourg, 1829. 
GinE y Partagas, J. Tratado teorico-prfictico de freno-patologia, 6 estudio de las 
enfermedades mentales fundado on la clfnica y en la fisiologia de los centres 
nerviosos. B°. Madrid, 1876. 
Girard de Claubry, H. Specimen du budget d’un asile d’aliEnEs et possibility de 
couvrir la subvention dEpartementale, dans unasile departermental an moyen 
d’un excEdant Equivalent des recettes. 4°. Paris, 1855. 
Girard de Cailleux, H. Etudes pratiques sur les maladies nerveuses et mcntales, 
accompagnEes de tableaux statistiques, suivies du rapport a M. le senateur, 
prEfet de la Seine, sur les aliEnEs traitEs dans les asiles de Bicetre et de la 
Salpetriere, et de considErations gEnErales sur I’ensemhle du service des 
aliEnEs du dEpartement de la Seine. B°. Paris, 1865. 
Goener, C. G. De insania. 4°. Erfordise, 1753. 
Goldherger, M. Diss. sistens primas lineas physiologist) et pathologise psyches. B°. 
Vindobome, 1837. 
Goldsmith, Dr. W. B. General paresis of the insane. Med. Eec., 1883, 24, p. 544. 
Gosse, L. A. Eapport sur le traitement dn crEtinismo. B°. Geneve, 1848. 
Goullon, H. Grundriss der Geisteskrankheit. Unterhaltende und helehrende Mit- 
theilungen iiher das Schicksal der Irren. B°. Sondershausen, 1867. 
Graham, T. J. Obervatious on disorders of the mind and nerves. B°. Loudon. 1848. 252 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Granger, Dr. William D. Increase of the insane and some problems connected with 
their public care. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 478. 
Grasse, A. De Palimeutatiou forcfie chez les alienfis. 4°, Nancy, 1876. 
Gray, Dr. John P. Classification of insanity. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 209. 
Gray, Dr. John P. Insanity—preventive measures. Med. Rec,, 1884, 26, p. 578. 
Gray, J. P. Mental hygiene. Utica, U. S. A. 
Green, R. Hospitals for the insane, and clinical instructions in asylums. P. 
Griesinger, W. Pathol, u. Ther. d. psych. Krankh. 
Griesinger, W. Zur Kenntniss der hentigen Psychiatrie in Deutschland. Eine 
Streitschrift gegen die Broschiire des Sanitiitsraths Dr. Laehr in Zehlendorf: 
“Fortschritt? Rfickschritt! ” B°. Leipzig, 1868. 
Griesinger, W. Die Pathologie und Therapie der psychischen Krankheiten fiir 
Aerzte nnd Studirende. 2 Anil. B°. Stuttgart, 1861. 
Griesinger, W. Mental pathology and therapeutics. Transl. from the German. 2d 
ed. By C. L. Robertson and J. Rutherford. B°. London, 1867. 
Gromier, F. Essai sur kimbficilliO et la folie simulde par 4°. Paris, 1872. 
Groulund, C. De monomania; casu illustrata. B°. Helsingforsise, 1832. 
Groos, F. Psychiatrische Fragmente. Yol. 1. B°. Heidelberg u. Leipzig, 1828. 
Groos, F. Eutwttrf einer philosophischeu Grundlage fiir die Lehre Aron den Geis- 
teskrankheiten. B°. Heidelberg u. Leipzig, 1828. 
Groos, F. Untersuchungen iiber die moralischen und organischeu Bedinguugen des 
Irrseyns und der Lasterhaftigkeit. B°. Heidelberg u. Leipzig, 1826. 
Groos, F. Die Lehre von der Mania sine delirio nach ihrer Wichtigkeit fiir den 
Staat, fiir den Psychologen, don Richter und Vertheidiger and fiir die prac- 
tisclie Heilkunde dargestellt. B°. Heidelberg, 1830. 
Guardia, J. M. De I’fitiide de la folie. B°. Paris, 1861. 
Guenot, J. B. Nature et biologic du cOtinisme. 4°. Paris, 1864. 
Guerard, C. G. Qmedam de cretinismo. B°. Berolini, 1889. 
Guggenbiihl, J. Der Alpenstich endemisch im Hochgebirge der Schweiz und seine 
Verbreitungen. Mit einem Vorwort von Prof. Troxler. B°. Ziirich, 1838. 
Guggenbiihl, J. Die Heilung uud Yerhiitung des Cretinismus und ihre neuesten 
Fortschritte. Mittheilungen an die schweizerische naturforschende Gesell- 
schaft. 4°. Bern u. St. Gallen, 1853. 
Guggenbiihl, J. Briefe liber den Abendberg und die Heilanstalt fiir Cretinismus. 
B°. Ziirich, 1846. 
Guggenbiihl, J. L’Abendberg, dtablissement pour la gudrison et Pdducation des 
enfants crdtins Interlacken, canton de Berne. Premier rapport. Trad, de 
Fallemand sur le manuscrit inddit de Pauteur par le Dr. Berchtold-Beauprd. 
B°. Fribourg en Suisse, 1844. 
Guilland, fils. Rapport sur les dtudes mddicales faites dans les asiles d’alidnds les 
mieux organisds de France, d’Allemagne et de Suisse, par Fusier. roy. B°. 
[Chambdry, 1855.] 
Guillet, F. T. Sur Palidnation mentale et son traitement moral. 4°. Paris, 1825. 
Guindet, P. L. A. Sur la f'olie. 4°. Paris, 1827. 
Guislain, J. Lemons orales sur les phonopathies, ou traits thfiorique et pratique 
des maladies mentales. 3v.in 1. B°. Gand, Paris & Bonn, 1852. 
Guislain, J. TraiO sur PalOnation mentale et sur les hospices des alithOs. vols. 1 
and 2. B°. Amsterdam, 1826. 
Guislain, J. Klinische Yortrage iib. Geisteskrankh. Deutsch v. Liihr. 
Guislain, J. Phreuopatliieu. Deutscli von Canstatt. Niirnberg, 1838. 
Guislain, J. Trait-6 sur les phonopathies, ou doctrine nouvelle des maladies men- 
tales. B°. Bruxelles, 1833. 
Gunter, F. X. Das Seelenleben desMenschen imgesunden undkrankenZustande in 
Bezug auf die Zurechnung vor den Gerichtshofen fiir Aerzte und Juristeu. B°. 
Wien u. Prag, 1861. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
253 
Giinz, J. G. [Pr.j qme lapillos glanduhe pinealis in qninque mente alienatis in- 
ventos proponit. B°. Lipsiie, 1753. 
Gurney; E., Myers, F. W.H.,aud Podmore, F. Phantasms of the living. Vol. 2. B°. 
London, 1886. 
Guy, W. A. Insanity and crime; and on the plea of insanity in criminal cases. 
(Stat. Soc. Jouru.) 
Hagen. Dio Sinnestauschungen, etc. Leipzig, 1837. 
Hagen. Pseudohallucinationen. 
Hagen, F. W. Studien auf dem Gebiete der iirztlicheu Seolenkuude. B°. Erlan- 
gen, 1870. 
Haindorf, A. Versuch eiuer Pathologie und Therapie der Geistes-uud Geiuiiths- 
krankheiten. B°. Heidelberg, 1811. 
Hallaran, W. S. An enquiry into the causes producing the extraordinary addition 
to the number of insane, together with . . . observations on the cure of insan- 
ity, etc. B°. Cork, 1810. 
Hallaran, W. S. Practical observations on the causes and cifre of insanity. 2d ed. 
B°. Cork, 1818. 
Hallucinations differing in character according to the side affected. Med. Rec., 
1883, 24, p. 626. 
Hamilton, A. McLauo. Types of insanity pan illustrated guide in the physical diag- 
nosis of mental disease. 4°. New York, 1883. 
Hamilton, A. McLane. Sensory epilepsy. Med. Rec., 1885, 27vpp. 365-368. 
Hamilton, A. McLane. Idiocy and nervous diseases of adult life. (Wood’s Domestic 
Medicine, vol. 2.) 
Hammond, W. A. A treatise on insanity in its medical relations. B°. New York, 
1883. 
Hammond, W. A. Mysterious disappearances. [Double or alternate conscious- 
ness.] From “ The Forum,-” N. Y., 1887, 3, pp. 69-76. 
Handb. d. Pathol, u. Ther. d. Geisteskrankh. Herausgeg. v. Schnitzer. Leipzig, 
1846. 
Handb. der prakt. Chirurgie, etc. I. Die chirurg. Krankh. u. Yerletznngen d. 
Gehirns, etc. Tub., 1854. 
Haridon-Cremimec, L’. Des affections tristes de Paine considerdes comme cause 
ossentielle du soorbut. 4°. Paris, an XII [lBo4]. 
Harless, E. Populate Yorlesungen aus dem Gebiet der Physiologic nud Psychologic. 
B°. Braunschweig, 1851. 
Harmes, H. L. Dissertatio in causas morborum et mortis subject! cujusdam maniaci. 
B°. Regiomonti, 1744. 
Harper, A. A treatise on the real cause and cure of insanity. B°. London, 1789. 
Harris, W. Insanity; its causes, prevention, and treatment. 12°. Loudon, 1882. 
Harrison, G. L. Chapters on social science as connected Avith the administration of 
state charities. B°. Philadelphia, 1877. 
Hiiser. Gesch. d. epid. Krankh. 2. Anil. Jena, 1865. 
Hiiser. Hist.-path. Untersuchungeu. 
Haslam, J. Medical jurisprudence as it relates to insanity according to the law of 
England. 
Haslam, J. Considerations on the moral management of insane persons. B°. Lon- 
don, 1817. 
Haslam, J. Observations on insanity; with practical remarks on the disease, and 
an account of the morbid appearances on dissection. 2d ed. B°. London, 
1798. 
Haslam, J. Considerations on the moral management of insane persons. B°. Lon- 
don, 1817. 
Haslam, J. Considerations on the moral management of insane persons. P, 
JJasseberg, J, F, A, Do eiToribqs mentis hhmanae, B°, Halm, [1790], 254 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Hays, Dr. Insanity. Mod. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 387. 
Heckenberg, J. H. De insauia longa. 4°. Gottingaq [1763]. 
Hooker. Die Tanzwuth. Berlin, 1832. 
Decker, E. Auleitung fiir Angehbrige von Gemiirths- and Geisteskranken zur 
Zweckmiissigeu Fiirsorge fiir ihre Patienten vor und uadi der Uebersiedlnng 
der selben in eine Anstalt. 2. Aufl. B°. Berlin, 1879. 
Decker, J. F. C. The epidemics of the Middle Ages, No. 2. The dancing mania. 
Trans!. by B. G. Babington. BC.8C. Philadelphia, 1837. 
Heindorf. Yersuch einer Pathol, u. Ther. d. Geistes-u. Gomiithskrankh. Heidel- 
berg, 1811. 
Heinroth. Lehrb. d. Storuugen d. Seelenlebeus, etc. Leipzig, 1818. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. De morborum animi et pathematum animi differentia. 4°. Lip- 
siaq [lBll]. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. Lehrbuch der Seolongesundheitskunde. B°. Leipzig, 1823-’24. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. Geschichte und Kritik des Mysticismus aller bekannten Yolker 
und Zeiten. Efti Beitrag zur Seelenheilkunde. B°. Leipzig, 1830. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. Die Luge. Eiu Beitrag zur Seelenkrankhoitskundo. B°. Leip- 
zig, 1834. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. Lehrhuch dor Storuugen des Seelenlebeus, oder der Seelenstorung 
und ihrer Behaudlnng. 2 Theile in 1. v. B°. Leipzig, 1818. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. Unterricht in zweckmassiger Selbstbehandlung bei beginneu- 
deu Seelenkrankheiten. B°. Leipzig, 1834. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. [Pr.] de principle diagnostico amentia'. 4 . Lipsiaq 1841. 
Heiuroth, J. C. A. [Pr.] do paraouia iixa perperam dicta monomania, vn. 4°. 
Lipsiae, 1842. 
Henckel, E, H. Ordo et methodus coguoscendi et curandi Energumenos, sen a Sty- 
gio Cacodiomone obsesses; antehac a nemine, quantum sunt qui de ohsessis 
scripsenmt, tradita. 16°. Francofurti et Lipsiaq 1689. 
Henle. Erscheinuengen des Sinnengediichtuisses. Casper’s Wochenschr., No. 18, 
1838. 
Henne, 11. Beitriigo zur Bohandlung dor Psychoneuroseu mit Opium. B°. Fraueu- 
feld, 1868. 
H enne, H. Ueber Geistesstorungen und Irrenanstalten. B°. St. Gallon, 1865. 
Hergt, J. C. F. Do melancholia religiosa opii usu sanata. B°. Jenae, 1804. 
Heriug, C. H. Epanorthotica de hominihus deliris antiquioris et recentioris affatis, 
in usum studiosai juventutis; B°. Dresda1 et Lipsiie, 1832. 
Herkenrath, A. W. F. Het gesticht voor hehoeftige cretinen-kiuderen. B°. Am- 
sterdam, 1842. 
Hermel, H. Sur la distinction a dtablir entre Palidnation mentale et la folie. B°. 
Paris, 1856. 
Herwig, H. M. The art of curing sympathetically or magnetically proved to he 
most true, with a discourse concerning the cure of madness, and an appendix 
to prove the reality of sympathy. (Trans, fr. Latin.) 12°. 
Heubner, O. Die luetische Erkrankung d. Hirnarterien. Leipzig, 1874. 
Heye, .1. P. De morhis qui mentales dicunter. B°. Lugd. Bat., 1832.. 
Hibhert, S. Andeutuugen zur Philosophic der Geister-Erscheinungen, oder: Ver- 
such, die hierbei statthahenden Tiiuschungen auf ihre natiirlicheu Ursachen 
Zuruckzufiihren. Aus dom Englischeu. B°. Weimar, 1825. 
Highmore, N. Treatise on the law of idiocy and lunacy. 
Hill, G. N. An essay on the prevention and cure of insanity; with observations on 
the rules for the detection of pretenders to madness. B°. London, 1811. 
Hill, R. G. Lunacy, its past and its present; with an appendix. B°. London, 1870. 
Hill, R. G. Total abolition of personal restraint in the treatment of the insane. A 
lecture on the management of lunatic asylums, with statistical tables illustra- 
tive of the complete practicability of the system advocated, B°, Loudon, 
[1839]. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
255 
Hipp, J. B. Versuche im Gebiete der Psychiatrik iiber Pathologie, Therapio uud 
Irrcnheilanstalten. B°. Zweibriicken, 1836. 
Hirsch. Hist.-googr. Pathol. Bd. 2. Erlangen, 1859-’64. 
Hirsch. Volkskrankh. d. Mittelalters. 
History, A, of the Pocasset tragedy, with the three sermons preached in New Bed- 
ford, by Rev. Win. J. Potter, Rev. C. S. Nutter, and Rev. W. C. Stiles. B°. 
Now Bedford, 1879. 
Hittorf. Do sanguine mauiacorum quastion. Chem. Diss. Bonn, 1846. Also, 
Caust. Jahresb., 1846, 2. s., 37; 1847, 2. s., 30. 
Hitzig, E. Ziele uud Zwecke der Psychiatric, B°. Zurich, 1876. 
Hoffbauer, J. C. Uutersuchungen liber die Krankheiten der Seele nhd die ver- 
wandteu-Zustiinde. 3 A'. 12°. Halle, 1802-'o7< 
Hoffbauer, J. C. Dio Psychologie in ihren Hauptanwendnngen anf die Rechtspflege 
uach den dllgemeiueu Gesichtspnnkten der Gesetzgebung, oder die sogenannte 
gerichtlicho Arzueywisseuschaft nach ihroiu psychologischen Theile. 2. Anti. 
B°. Halle, 1823. 
Hoffman, F. De auimo sanitatis et morborum fabro. (In his Diss. phys.-med.) B°. 
Lugd. Bat., 1708, pp. 102-139. 
Hoh, H. Do mania; pathologia. B°. Bamberg*, 1838. 
Holm, R. A. Om avtomatiske Beviegelser hos Siudssyge. Kliuiske lagttagelser. 
B°. Kjpbeuhavu, 1873. 
Holsbeek, H. van. iStude sur la folie au point de vue medical et juridique. B°. 
Bruxelles, 1869. 
Hood, Sir W. C. Suggestions for the future provision for criminal lunatics. 
Hopp, F. Ueber Moral-Insanity. B°. Wiirzburg, 1866. 
Korean, C. De Pdtat do la sensibility gencralo chez les alienee. 4°. Paris, 1872. 
Howe, S. G. Insanity in Massachusetts. B°. Boston, 1843. 
Howe, S. G. On the causes of idiocy. 
Howe, S. G. Idiots. Report, in part, to which is appended a letter on the school 
for idiots in Paris, by George Sumner. [House Doc. 152.] B°. Boston, 1847. 
Howe, S. G. Report made to the legislature of Massachusetts on idiocy. B°. Bos- 
ton, 1848. 
Howe, S. G. Report on idiocy. [Senate, No. 38.] B°. Boston, 1850. 
Howe, S. G. On the causes of idiocy; being the supplement to a report by Dr. S. G. 
Howe and the other commissioners appointed to inquire into the condition of 
the idiots of the commonwealth. With an appendix. B°. Edinburgh, 1858. 
Hurd, Henry M. The religious delusions of the insane. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 
304. 
Hurd, Henry M. Post-febrile insanity. Maryland Medical Journal, May 28, 1892. 
3,500 words. 
Hutchinson. Acute melancholia caused by impacted fieces. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, 
p. 91. 
Hypnotic studies. Is their tendency to bring about insanity? 8. E. Call, March 3, 
1892. 2,800 words. 
Jdeler. Yersuch einer Theorie d. religiosen Wahnsiuns. Plalle, 1848. 
Ideler, K. W. De amentia; occultie notione a Platnero proposita. Commentatio. 
B°. Berolini, 1854. 
Jdeler, K. W. Gruudriss der Seeleuheilkuude. 2v. B°. Berlin, 1835-’3B. 
Idelpr, K. W. Per religiose Wahusinn, erlautert durclr Krankengeschicliten. Ein 
Bpitrag zur Geschichte dep religiosep Wirren der Gegenwart. B°. Halle, 
1847. 
Ideler, K. W. Der Wahnsiim in seiner psychologischen uud socialen Bedeutung 
erlautert durch Krankengeschicliten. Ein Beitrqg zur praktjsphen Philoso- 
phie. 1. Bd. B°. Bremen, 1848. 
leitteles, L. De animi adfectilpis. B°, Vienna;, [l§2p], 256 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Inglis, David. Relation of insanity to our civil organization. American Lancet, 
Nov., 1892. 2,600 words. 
Insane, Asylums for. Some observations on tke English asylums. B°. London, 
1862. 
Insane in New York State, Tke care of. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 17. 
Insane, Commitment of tke. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, j>p. 157-158. 
Insane, Tke state care of. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 274. 
Insane of New York, their care and measures for their commitment. Med. Rec., 
1888, 33, p. 75. 
Insane in New York, Number of. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 464. 
Insane, Caro of the New York. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 195. 
Insane illusions. Paranoia, cranks, and criminals; inherited tendencies. Paw- 
tucket Times, Nov. 11, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Insane root. Tracing crime and violence in society to the teachings of individual- 
ism. Editorial in Providence Journal, June 2, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Insane, Tke, world. B°. London, 1818. 
Insanity from miseducatiou. Am. Ann. Ed., 1831, pp, 558,559. 
Insanity and idiocy, Report on, by the Massachusetts Commission of Lunacy, 1855. 
Insanity and uterine diseases. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 15. 
Insanity in Austria. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 278. 
Insanity as affecting a life-insurance policy. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 128. 
Insanity and criminal responsibility. Editorial in Medical and Surgical Reporter, 
Aug. 20, 1892. ■ 1,000 words. 
Ipkofen, A. E. Do cretinismo. 4°. Yitebergae, 1804. 
Ireland, J. Do mania. B°. Edinburgi, 1807. 
Ireland, W. W. rl'ke blot upon tke brain; studies in history and psychology. B°. 
Edinburgh, 1885. 
Ireland, W. AV. On idiocy and imbecility. B°. London, 1877. 
Is insanity increasing, and why? [Editorial.] Republican, Springfield, Mass., Oct. 
10, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Jackson, J. Do vesania. B°. Edinburgi, 1799. 
Jacob, A. An essay on the influence of the imagination and passions in the produc- 
tion and cure of diseases, to which is added a translation of a memoir by Dr. 
C. Pfeufer on the cures performed by the operations of the Prince de Hohen- 
loho. B°. Dublin, 1823. 
Jacobi, M. Sammlungen fiir die Heilkunde der Gemiitkskrankheiten. 
Jacobi, M. Die Hauptformen der Seelenstorungen in ihren Beziekungen znr Heil- 
knnde nack der Beobacktung gesckildert. B°. Leipzig, 1844. 
Jacobi, M. Construction and management of hospitals for tke insane. (Transl.) 
(Introd. by S. Tuke.) 
Jacobi, Mary Putnam, and others. Prevention of insanity, and tke early and proper 
treatment of tke insane. (Eeprinted from tke Jour, of Soc. Sci., No. 15, 29.) 
Boston, 1882. B°. 
Jacoby, P. Considerations snr les monomanies impnlsives. B°. Berne, 1868. 
Jaeger, W. F. Medicae qusedam annotationes ad Thomasianam disputationem de 
prsesumtione furoris atqnc dementias. 4°. Tnbingae, 1730. 
Jtiger, J. N. Seelenkeilkunde gestiitzt auf psychologiscke Grundsii tzo. Ein Hand- 
buck. B°. Wien, 1845. 
Janikowski, A. Patologia i tcrapia ckordb umystowych. B°. Warszawa, 1864. 
Jauikowski, S. Slowniczek wyrazow psyckyatrycznck obejmujacy; tlomaczenie 
polskio wyi’azow taciuskick, niemieckick, francuzkick i niektdryck angielskick. 
[Extract from tke Polisk Dictionary of Medical Terminology; nomenclature 
of insanity.] B°. Krakdw, 1880. 
Jarvir, E. Insanity and insane asylums. B°. Louisville., Ky., 1841. 
Jarvis, E. Op insanity of the sexes, Touisville, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
257 
Jarvis, E. Insanity by miseducation. Barnard’s Amor. Jour. Ed., vol. 4, 1857-58, 
pp. 591-612. 
Jarvis, E. Employment for patients in British lunatic asylums. Dorchester, IT. S. A. 
Jesscn. Insania. in Berl. encyklop. Worterb., Bd. 18, S. 500. 
Jocher, A. Considerations sur la monomanie. 4°. Paris, 1843. 
Jodin, J. N. Propositions snr la folio. 4°. Paris, 1832. 
Johnson, IT. On the arrangement and nomenclature of mental disorders. A prize 
essay. B°. London, 1843. 
Kahlbaum. Abstrakte Hallucinationen. 
Kahlbaum. “ Trugwahmehmnngen.” 
Kahlbaum. Sprachgebilde Geisteskranker, Katatonie. 
Kahlbaum, K. Kliuische Abhandlnngen. Psychische Krankheiteu. B°. Berlin, 
1874. 
Kavaletfski, Dr. Melancholia in a child. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, pp. 105, 206. 
Kayser, A. Considerations generates snr la pathogenic et la therapeutiquo de 
I’alienation mentale. 4°. Strasbourg, 1851. 
Keessel, G. van der. De phrenitide. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1684. 
Kemme. Ueber die Heiterkeit einiger Sterbenden. Halle, 1774. 
Kerlin, I. N. Provision for the feeble-minded. (Proceedings of the Fifteenth 
National Conference of Charities and Correction, held at Buffalo, N. V., July, 
1888.) 
Kerlin, I. N., and Green, 11. M. Idiotic and feeble-minded children. Report of 
standing committee to the Eleventh National Conference of Charities and Re- 
forms, St. Louis, 1884. B°. Boston, 1884. 
Kerner, C. A. J. Die Seherin von Prevorst. Eroffnungen iiber das inuere Leoen des 
Menschcn und iiber das Hereinrageu eiuer Gcisterwelt in die unsere. 5. Anti. 
B°. Stuttgart, 1877. 
Kidd, G. H. An appeal on the behalf of the idiotic and imbecile children of Ireland. 
B°. Dublin, 1865. 
Kidder, W. A general deduction from the psychological system of medicine, with 
an especial illustration upon typhus or typhoid. B°. Lowell, 1849. 
Kieffer, M. J. Irren-Heilanstalten. B°. Miinchen, 1847. 
Kiernan, James G. Art in the insane. Insanity mars but does not make genius. 
Alienist and Neurologist, April, 1892. 16,000 words. 
Kiernan, James G. Art in the insane. Alienist and Neurologist, 1892. 5,000 words. 
Kieser. Elemcnte d. Psychiatrik. Breslau u. Bonn, 1855. 
Kind, C. E. Do cranio, cerobro, medulla spinali et nervis in idiotia primaria. B°. 
Lipsne, 1860. 
King, Charles. Puerperal mania. 
Klnkead, R. J. Insanity, inebriety, and crime. P. Dublin. 
Kinkead, R. J. Insanity and crime. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 603. 
Kinney, C. S. Influence of music on the insane. North Am. Jour, of Homoeopathy, 
March, 1892 . 650 words. 
Kirkbride, T. S. On the construction, organization, and general arrangement of 
hospitals for the insane, with some remarks on insanity and its treatment. 
B°. Philadelphia, 1880. 
Kirn, L. Die periodischen Psychoseu. B°. Stuttgart, 1878. 
Klebs, E. Studien iiber die Verbreitung des Cretinismus in Oesterreicb sowie iiber 
die Ursache der Kropfbildnng. B°. Prag, 1877. 
Kleefeld, J. G. De rebns patbematum in specie gandii in corpus humanum eflica- 
Klinger, J. C. IT. De morbornm mentis natura. 4°. Jeme, 1826. 
Klingner, I. G. Animadversiones circa symptomatologiam morborum psychicorum. 
B°. Praga?, 1833. 
ciam-moderantibus. 4°. Jen®, [1792]. 258 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Knaggs, S. Unsoundncss of mind considered in relation to the question of respon- 
sibility for criminal acts. 
Knapp, B. Bericht fiber den Besuch von Idioten und Taubstummenaustalteu in 
Skandinavien und Norddeutschland und der 4, Conferenz fur Idioten-Heil- 
pflege in Hamburg ini Jahre 1883. B°. Wien, 1884. 
Knapp, B. Beobachtungen iiber Idioten-und Cretinen-Anstalten und deren Re- 
sultate. B°. Graz, 1879. 
Knight, B. S. Observations on the causes, symptoms, and treatment of derange- 
ment of the mind. Together with the particulars of the sensations and ideas 
of a gentleman during his mental alienation, written by himself during his 
convalescence. B°. Loudon, 1827. 
Knittel, M. Ueher sporadische psychische Ansteckung, B°. Strassburg, 1884. 
Knorlein, A. Dio Irron-Angolegenheiten Ober-Oesterreichs. Ein Vorwort zur Be- 
griindung einer Landos-Heilaustaltfur Geistos-uud Gemuthskranke. B°. Linz, 
1851. 
Koch, J. L. A. Psychiatrischo Winke fiir Laien. 2. Aufl. 12°. Stuttgart, 1880. 
Koetsveld, C. E. van. Het idiotismo en de idioten school. Eene eerste proeve op 
een nienw veld van geneeskundige opvoedige en christelijke philanthropic. 
Eerste stuk. Het idiotisme. B°. Schoonhoven, 1856. 
Kornfeld, 11. Ueber don Sitz der Geistesstorungen beim Menscheu und bei den 
Thieren. Nebst oinom Anhauge: Hamlet zur Auffassuug der Psychosen uach 
Shakespeare. B°. Berlin, 1878. 
Koster. Ueber die Gesetze des periodischen Irreseins und verwandter Nervenzu- 
stiiude. B°. Bonn, 1882, 
Kosti, F. Der endemische Cretinismus als Gegonstaud der offeutlichon Filrsorge. 
B°. Wien, 1855. 
Kovalevski, P. I. Obsthaja psichopatologija. BC.8C. Charkov, 1886. 
Kraepeliu, E. Compendium der Psychiatrie. Zuui Gcbrauche fiir Studirende und 
Aerzte. 12°. Leipzig, 1883. 
Krafft-Ebiug, R. v. Die Sinnesdelirien. Erlangen, 1864. 
Krafft-Ehing, R. v. Die Lehre von dor Mania trausitoria. Erlangen, 1865. 
Krafft-Ehing, R. v. Beitriige zur Erkennuug und richtigen foreusischen Beurthei- 
lung krankhafter Gomiithszustiindc fiir Aerzte, Richter und Vertheidiger. B°. 
Erlangen, 1867. 
Krafft-Ehing, R. v. TransitorischeStorungend. Selbstbevusstseius. Erlangen, 1868. 
Krafft-Ehing, R.v. Ueher die durch Gehiruerschiittering und Kopfverletzung her- 
vorgerufenen psychischeu Krankheiten, Erlangen, 1868. 
Krafft-Ehing, R. v Dio Melancholic. Stuttgart, 1874. 
Krafft-Ehing, R. v. Lehrbuch der Psychiatrie auf kliuischer Grundlagfiire prac- 
tisclie Aerztc und Studirende. Bd. 1. B°. Stuttgart, 1879. 
Krafft-Ebing, R. v. Lehrbuch der gerichtlichen Psychopathologie, mit Beriick- 
sichtigung der Gcsetzgebuug von Oesterreich, Deutschland und Frankreich. 
2. Aufl. B°. Stuttgart, 1881. 
Krafft-Ehing, R. v. Lehrhueh der Psychiatrie. Stuttgart, 1890. 
Krafft-Ebiug, R. v. Grundziig© der Criniiual-Psychologie. Stuttgart, 1882. 
Krause, E. Statistischer Beitrag zur Erblichkeitsfrage bei Geisteskrankheiten. B°. 
Jena, 1885. 
Kuhn. Inspiration, etc. Anual. mddico-psychol., 1865, p. 400. Also, Allg. Zeitschr. 
f. Psych., 1866. 
Knrz, Dr. Edgar. Melancholia after urethrotomy. Med. hoc., 1887, 32, p. 752. 
Lahitte, G. E. Du travail chez les alidnds. 4°. Paris, 1847. 
Laehr, H. Gedenktage der Psychiatrie alter Lauder. B°. Berlin, 1885. 
Laehr, H. Ueher Irresein and Irrenaustalten. B°. Halle, 1852. 
Laehr, H. Dio Seelonheilkuude in der Gegenwart. B°. Berlin, 1861. 
Laffitte, N. Cohsidorations sur les ph6noinsues critiques observds dans le cours de 
la folie. 4°. Paris, 1858. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
259 
Lagiirdello, F. Histoire cliuique do la folio avec predominance du ddlire des gran- 
deurs, dtudides spdcialement au point de vne therapeutique. B°. Saint- 
Maixent, 1870. 
Lagardelle, F. La mdmoire et la folie. St.-Maixent, 1870. 
Laugguth, G. De monomania qinedam. B°. Berolini, 1848. 
Lair, S. Propositions et observations sur la folie. 4'. Paris, 1823. 
Lamalethie, M. A. Sur la mddocinc de Fosprit, avec quelques considerations mddi- 
cales. 4°. Paris, 1808. 
Landenberger, A. Dio Irrenpflegeanstalt Zwiefalten und ihre Leistuugen. B°. 
Tiibingen, 1863. 
Lange, C. Om Siudsbevaegelser, et psykofisiologisk Studie. 8 . Kjbbenhavn, 1885. 
Lange, F. Om Arvelighedens Intlydelse i Sindssygedommcne. [lnfluence of hered- 
ity in insanity.] B°. Kjdbonhavn, 1883. 
Langermann, J. G. Do methodo cognoscendi curandique animi morbos stabilieuda. 
B°. Jenaq [1797]. 
Langwieser. Yorsuch einer Mechanik d. psych. Zustilnde. Wien, 1871. 
Lasserro, B. Etude sur Pisolement considdrd commo moyeu de traitement dans la 
folie. 4°. Paris, 1840. 
Lasserro, Cl De animi pathcmatibus medice spectatis. 8l . Monspelii, 1787. 
Latham, J. De insania. B°. Edinburgh 1802. 
Lanber, J. Ueber die Manie. B°. Wurzburg, 1859. 
Laurent, A. Etude mddico-ldgale sur la simulation do la folio; considerations cli- 
niques et pratiques a I’nsago des medocins experts, des magistrals et des juris- 
consultes. B°. Paris, 1866. 
Laurent, L. Des otats seconds variations pathologiqnes du champ do la conscience. 
Bondoanx et Paris, 1892. pp. 180. 
Lautar,*L. E. A. Le diTire des grandeurs n’est pas un signe exclusif de la paralysie 
generate progressive. 4°. Paris, 1881. 
Lavergne-Lacombe, J. B. Essai sur la phrdndsie. B°. Paris, an X [lBo2]. 
Lazarus. Zur Lehre v. d. Sinnestauschungen. S.-A. a. d. Zeitschr. f. Villkerpsychol. 
u. Sprachwissenschaft. Berlin, 1867. 
Lazarus. Traumphantasmen. 
Legal responsibility of lunatics. 1. Contracts by lunatics. From the Irish Law 
Times. Washington Law Reporter, Oct. 13,1892. 1,500 words. 
Legal responsibility of lunatics. From the Irish Law Times. Chicago Legal News, 
Nov. 5, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Legardolle. Conferences cliuiques sur les maladies mentales professdes I’asile 
d’alidnds de Marseille. B°. Paris, 1878. 
Leidesdorf, M. Psychiatrischo Studien aus dor Klinik. 8 . Wien, 1877. 
Leidesdorf, M. Pathologic und Therapio dor psychischcn Krankheiten filr Aerzte 
und Studierende. B°. Erlangen, 1860. 
Leidesdorf, INI. Lehrbuch der psychischcn Krankheiten. 2. Anil. B°. Erlangen, 
1865. 
Ldlut. De la folio sensor. Gaz. mdd., 1834. 
L6lut, L. F. Du ddinou do Socratc, specimen dhmo application do la science psycho- 
logique a celle do I’histoire. B°. Paris, 1836. 
Lennhotf, Gustav. Epileptische Psychosen. Inaug. dissert. Berlin, 1890. 
Lenoir, P. Considerations gdnerales sur la construction et Porganisation des asiles 
d’alicnes. roy. B°. Paris, 1859. 
Letchworth,. William P. Insane in foreign countries. 407 pp, 2d ed. B°. New 
York and London, 1889. 
Lenbuscher. Ueb. d. Entstehung d. Sinnestiiuschung. Berlin, 1852. 
Leubnscher. “Der Wahnsinn in d. letzten 1. Jahrh.” Berlin, 1848. 
Lenbuscher. Ueb. Wehrwolfe u. TMerverwandlungen. Berlin, 1850. 
Leupoldt, J. M. Ziolgeneeskunde; in hot Nedorduitsch bewerkt door ,1. C. Focke. 
B°, Amsterdam, 1840. 260 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Leupoldt, J. M. Lehrbuch der Psychiatric. 8 . Leipzig, 1837. 
Leupoldt, J. M, Ueber wohlfeile Irrenanstalten, ihre Beziehung zu Straf- und 
Zwang-Arbeitsaustalten einerseits und zu medicinischeij Lehranstalten andrer- 
seits; sowio iiber eiuige wichtige Beziehungen der psychischen Heilkunde zur 
gesammten Medicin. B°. Erlangen, 1824. 
Leupoldt, J. M. Grundriss d. allg. Pathol, u. Therapie des somatischen u. psychi- 
schen Lebens. Berlin u. Leipzig, 1823,1. 
Lenret, F. Frogmens psycho]ogiijucs sur la folio. B°. Paris, 1834. 
Leuret, F. Du traitement moral de la folie. B°. Paris, 1840. 
Lenret, F. Memoire sur la revulsion morale dans lo traitement de la folie, precOld 
dn rapport fait a I’Academic royalo de mddecine le ler juin 1841, par MM. 
Louis, Pariset et Double. 4°. Paris, 1841. 
Leven, M. Parallele entre Pidiotie et le erdtiuisme. 4°. Paris, 1861. 
Lewi, J. Die psychischen Krankheiten. B°. Bayreuth, 1836, 
Ley, W. A letter to Dr. Williams on criminal lunatics. P. Oxford. 
Liard, H. F. Considerations sur les ph6nomfeues physiologiques et pathologiques 
des passions et des affections de Fame, et sur le parti qu’on pent en tirer dans 
la th6rapeutique. 4°. Paris, 1815. 
Linas, A. Le passd, lo present et I’avenir do la mddeciue mentale en France. B°. 
Paris, 1863. 
Lindsay, W. L. The history of the blood in the insane. B°. Perth, 1851. 
Lindsay, W. L. Insanity in the lower animals. B. and F. Med.-Chi". Rev. 
Lippmann, N. Yetcrum opiniones de insania. B°. Berolini, 1833. 
Lipstorp, C. De morbis passionum animi. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1719. 
Lloyd, Dr. James H. Moral insanity. Med. Kec., 1886, 30, py. 136,137. 
Lloyd, Dr. James H. Moral insanity in its medico-legal aspects. Med. Rec., 1887, 
31, pp. 538-542. 
Loder, J. N. Ueber den Cretinismus. B°. Miincheu, 1843. 
Loehr, J. J. De p artium corporis humaui situ abnormi cum animi alienatioue. 4°. 
Bonnte, [lB2B]. 
Loisean, C. De la folio sympathique. 4°. Paris, 1856. 
Lombroso, C. Klinische Beitriige zur Psychiatric. Physikalische, statistische Stu- 
dien und Krankengeschichten. Aus dem Italienischen von M. O. Fraenkel. B°. 
Leipzig, 1869. 
Lombroso, C. Azione degli astri e delle meteore sulla mente umana sanaed alienata. 
B°. Milano, 1868. 
Lombroso, C. Klinische Beitriige znr Psychiatric. Deutsch von Friinkel. 1867. S. 
29 u.62. 
Lombroso, C. Klinische Beitriige znr Psychiatric. Deutsch v. Friinkel. Leipzig, 
1869. S.l. 
Lombroso, C. L’ uomo delinqnente; vol. n; Delinquente epiletiico, d’impeto, pazzo 
e criminaloide. B°. Torino, 1889. 
Lombroso, C, Pazzi ed anomali; saggi. 6°. Torino, 1889. 
Lombroso, C. II delirio di persecuzione mell’ amose muto dei monomaniaci casti. 
B°. Torino, 1883. 
Lombroso, C. Ed Morselli. Epilessia lariarta, pazzia morale, opusolo. B°. Torino. 
Loock, G. Quid sit faciendum, si vesani aut medicaminibus ant cibis assumendis 
obstinate reluctentur. 4°. Bourne, [1832]. 
Lowenfeld, Dr. L. Die nervosen Stornngen s,ex. Ursprungs. Wiesbaden, 1891, pp. 169. 
Lucett, J. An exposition of the reasons which have prevented the process for reliev- 
ing and curing idiocy and lunacy, and every species of insanity from having 
been further extended, with an appendix of attested cases, and extracts from 
the reports of the committee, consisting of their Royal Highnesses the Dukes 
of Kent and Surrey, and several noblemen and gentlemen. 
Lunacy in France. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 84. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
261 
Lunacy act, The, 1890. Circular letter to boards of guardians. In Twentieth annual 
report of the local government board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 33-48. (England.) 
Lunier, L. De I’influence des grandes commotions politiques et sociales sur le 
developpement des maladies mentales. Mouvement de I’alidnatiou meutale 
en France pendant les amides 1869-1873. 8 . Paris, 1874. 
Lunier, L. A project of a system of statistics, applicable to the study of mental 
diseases; approved by the International Congress of Alienists of 1867. Report 
and explanation of the objects. Transl. from the French by T. M. Franklin. 
B°. Utica, 1869. 
Lux, F. A. Do mania furibunda. B°. Berolini, [1827]. 
Luys, J. Traite clinique et pratique. 
Mabit, J. S. De la manie chronique a forme rdmittente. 4°. Paris, 1883. 
Macario, M. M. A. Du traitement moral de la folie. 4°. Paris, 1843. 
Mac Donald, Carlos F. Feigned epilepsy. Reprint. 1892; also Arner. Jour. Insan- 
ity, July, 1880. 
Macey, F. A. De la folie communiqude ou du delire a deux on plusieurs personnes. 
4°. Paris, 1874. 
Madden, T. M. On insanity and the criminal responsibility of the insane. P. Dub. 
Maffei, C. De fexismo specie cretiuismi. B°. Landishuti, 1813. 
Mahir, 0. Ueber Irren-Heilanstalteu, Pflege uud Behandlung der Geisteskranken, 
nach den Principien der bewiihrtesten Irrcniirzte Belgiens, Englands, Frauk- 
reiehs uud Deutschlands. BU.8U. Stuttgart n. Tubingen, 1846. 
Malabouche, S. De Pasthdnie surreuale dans ses rapports avec la folie. 4°. Mont- 
pellier, 1868. 
Mally, A. De B°. Yiudobome, 1830. 
Management of the insane in Great Britain. (Report by H. B. Wilbur.) C°. Al- 
bany, 1877. 
Mann, Edward C. Psycho-sensory insanity, and the physical symptoms coincident 
with it. A form of insanity frequent among females of wealthy classes. 
Brooklyn Medical Journal, June, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Marat, J. P. *A philosophical essay on man. Being an attempt to investigate the 
principles and laws of the reciprocal influence of the soul and body 2 vols. 
B°. London, 1773. 
Marc. Die Geisteskrankh., etc. Uebers. v. Idelor. Berlin, 1843, Bd. 1, S. 126. 
Marchaut, G. Observations faites dans les Pyrenees pour servir a Petude des causes 
du cretinisme. 4°. Paris, 1842. 
Martini. “ Sprachgebilde Geisteskranker.” Allg. Zeitschr. f. Psych., Bd. 13, 5.605. 
Marx, F. Beitrag zur Lehre iiber Reflexpsychosen. B°. Greifswald, 1875. 
Maudsley, 11. The pathology of mind. Being the 3d cd. of the second part of the 
Physiology and pathology of the mind, recast, enlarged, and rewritten. B°, 
New York, 1880. 
Maudsley, H. Body and mind; an inquiry into tbeir connection and mutual in- 
fluence, especially in reference to mental disorders. 12°. London, 1870. 
Maudsley, H. Insanity and crime: a medico-legal commentary on tlie case of George 
Victor Towuley. (With Dr. Lockhart Robertson.) P. 
Maudsley, 11. Physiol, u. Pathol, d. Seele, etc. 
Maunier, M. Contribution h I’etude de la folie. Considerations snr I’.absinthisme. 
4°. Montpellier, 1880. 
Maury. Du corybantliisme, etc. Annal. mdd.-psychol., 1847, 10 juillet. 
Max, J. De methomania. B°. Pestini, 1835. 
Mayer, A. Die Sinuestauschungen. Wien, 18G9. 
Mayer, C. Beitrag zur Casuistik ties circularen Irreseiu. B°. WUrzburg, 1881. 
Mayo, T. Clinical facts and reflections, also remarks on the impunity of murder in 
some cases of presumed insanity. (Also 1847.) An essay on the relation of 
the theory of morals to insanity. 262 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Mayo, T. Elements of the pathology of the human mind. 12°. [London], 1838. 
Mazier, E, Des arrets de developpement dans I’idiotie. 4°. Paris, 1879. 
McCorn, Dr. W. A. Hyoscyamine in the treatment of the insane. Med. Rec., 1888, 
33, p. 608. 
Mclntosh, W, C. On some of the varieties of morbid impulse and perverted in- 
stinct. B°. London, 1866. 
Meerfurth, J. F. A. Do sede morborum psychicorum. B°. Gryphhe, [1846]. 
Mendel, Prof. Moral insanity. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 388. 
Mercier, C. A. Sanity and insanity. 
Mercklin, A. Studien fiber die primiire Yerriicktheit. B°. Dorpat, 1879. 
Moyer, L. Ueber circuliire Geisteskrankh. Arch. f. Psychiatric u. Nervenkrankh., 
Bd. 4, S. 139. 
Meyer, L. Hallucination. Centralblatt, 1865, No. 43. 
Meynert, T. Psychiatry, a clinical treatise on diseases of the fore-brain. (Trans.) 
New York. 
Meynert, T. Klinische Psychiatric. 1890. 
Michfa. Fausses hallucinations. 
Michea. Du delire des sensations. Paris, 1846. 
Mickle, W. J. Morphia in the treatment of insanity. B. M. J. 
Mickle, W. J. Insanity in relation to cardiac and aortic disease and to phthisis. 
Guls. Lect. 
Mickle, W. J. Morphia in melancholia. Pract. 
Millard, M. A manual for the classification, training, and education of the feeble- 
minded, imbecile, and idiotic. B°. Loudon, 1866. 
Miling, J. F. B. Mentis alienationum semiologia somatictlr 4°. Bonnae, [lB2B]. 
Mitchell, A. On various superstitions in the northwest highlands and islands of 
Scotland, especially in relation to lunacy. B°. Edinburgh, 1862. 
Midler, C. F. Bidrag til kiinnedomen af det religiosa vansinuet. B°. Upsala, 1860. 
Moller, C. P. Anthropologischer Beitrag zur Erfahruug der psychischeu Krauk- 
heit, oder der Standpunkt der jisychischen Medizin, mit besynderer Riick- 
sicht auf die niihere Bestimmnng der Scele in ihrer Beziehung zum geistigen 
nnd leiblichen Leben, Ein Grundriss der Seelenheilknude als wissenschaft- 
licher Yersuch zur erfahrungsgemiisseren systematischen Begriinduug nnd 
Vermitteluug dor Begritte dieser Lehre. B°. Mainz, 1837. 
Muller, J. De viribus animae humauae ope niedica firmandis. B°. Hafniae, [1771]. 
Monro, H. Articles on reform in private asylums. B°. Loudon, 1852. 
Moral insanity. [lllustrated by the Guiteaus, the Bergraauns, the “ Napoleons of 
finance,” and ambitious generals.] Editorial in St. Louis Republic, July 31. 
1892. 1,000 words. 
Mordret, A. E. Do la folio a double forme. Circulaire; alterne. B°. Paris, 1883. 
Moreau. Psychologie morbide. Paris. 
Moreau, J. J. Do I’influence du physique relativement an d6sordre des faculties iu- 
tellectuelles, et on particulier dans cette variety du delii’o design<s par M. 
Esquirol sous le nom de monoraauie. 4°. Paris, 1830. 
Morel. Le non-restraint, ou Fabolition des moyens eoercitifs dans le traitemeut de 
la folie, suivi de considerations sur les causes de la progression dans le nombre 
des alienes admis dans les asiles. B°. Paris, 1860. 
Morel. Do la folie hereditaire; rapport medico-Rgale sur tin individu qui comptait 
des alidnds dans sou ascendance paternelle et maternelle et qui a <R6 con- 
danmd pour outrages aux moeurs; prdcdde de considerations sur les antes 
immoraux des aliends. B°. Paris, 1862. 
Morel. Traitd <les maladies mentales. Paris, 1860. 
Morel, B. A. Melanges d’anthropologie pathologique et do rnddccine mentale. 
Swedenborg; sa vie, ses 6crits, leur iutluence sur son sihcle, ou coup d’teil sur 
le delire religieux. B°. Rouen, 1859. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Morison, T. C. On the distinction between crime and insanity. (Prize essay.) 
Morris, B. R. Observations on the construction of hospitals for the insane, B°, 
London, 1844. 
Moyne, J. P. Snr le erdtinisme et I’idiotisme. 4°. Paris, 1814. 
Mngnier, E. De la folie consecutive anx maladies aigui:s. 4°. Paris, 1865. 
Mlillcr, J. Phantast. Gesichtsorscheinungen. Coblenz, 1826. 
Mumaugh, Shelby. The prevention of insanity. Medical Standard, May, 1892. 
2,300 words. 
Nachich, G. Alcune idee sulle sale d’asilo del Sig. Cochin, primo fondatoro delle 
stesse a Parigi, applicate alia pubblica igiono da . . . 8 . Padova, 1831. 
Neumann, 11. Der Arzt nnd die Bh’jdsinnigkeits-Erkliirung. 8 . Breslau, 1847. 
Neumann, IT. Lehrb. d. Psychiatric. Erlangen, 1859. 
Neumann, K. G. Krankheiten ties Yorstellungsvermdgens. Leipzig, 1822. 
New York: An act in relation to the employment of female physicians in State asy- 
lums for insane. Albany, 1879. 
Nicolai. “Yisionen.” Berk Monatschr., 1799. 
Niepce, A. Qnelqnes considerations snr lo erdtinisme, 4°. Paris, 1871. 
Niepce, B. Traitd du goitre ct dn erdtinisme snivi do la statistic!no des goltreux et 
des erdtins dans 1c bassin de I’lsero en Savoie, dans les ddpartemeuts do I’lsere, 
des Hautes-Alpes ct ties Basses-Alpes. 2v. B°. Paris, 1851-’52. 
Noble, 1). Elements of psychological medicine. An introduction to tin' practical 
study of insanity. 12°. London, 1853. 
Nothnagel (and others). Ilandbuch d. Gehirnkrankheitcn. Leipzig, 1878. 
Nothnagel, Professor. The localization of brain diseases. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, p. 552. 
Noxis, De, ex uimia mentis contentione. In memoriam Bestnchefiauam. 4°. Lip- 
si a>, 1786. 
Noyes, Dr. Composite portraiture of the insane. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 23. 
Noyes, Win. Psychiatry. Review of sixteen works on insanity, general paralysis, 
melancholy, etc. American Journal of Psychology, Oct., 1892. 9,000 words. 
Nystrom, A. Om cretinism och idioti. B°. Stockholm, 1868. 
Obersteiner, 11. Anatomy of central nervous organs in health and disease. (Trans.) 
111. 
Observations on the structure of hospitals for the treatment of lunatics, and on the 
general principles on which the cure of insanity may be most successfully con- 
ducted. To which is annexed an account of the intended establishment of a 
lunatic asylum at Edinburgh. -I . Edinburgh, 1809. 
Oertelins, J. A. De delirantmm furore do dementia. 4°. Jeme, [1733]. 
Ordronaux, Jno. Moral insanity. College Courant, Oct. 12, 1872, p. 161, vol. 11. 
Ortlob, J. F. De affectibns animi. 4°. Francofurti, 1690. 
Osborne, G. Do mentis affectiouibus. B°. Edinburgi, 1801. 
Otto, J. F. De medico eifectn affectuum animi. Habe Magdeb, [1773]. 
Owen, Mr. Edmund. Spoi’adic cretinism. Mod. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 609. 
Packard, Mrs. E. P. W. Modern persecution; or, insane asylums unveiled, as dem-* 
onstrated by the report of the investigating committee of the legislature of 
Illinois. 2v. B°. Hartford, 1873. [Vol. I.] The title of vol. 2 is: Modern 
persecution; or, married woman’s liabilities as demonstrated by the action of 
the Illinois legislature. 
Padiolean, A. De la medecine morale dans le traitemont des maladies nervenses. 
Ouvrage couronud parTAcaddmio impdrialo do mddecine. B°. Paris, 1861. 
Pain, A. Do Thygiene morale de la folie appliquee dans les grands asiles d’alidnds. 
Rdponse hM. 1c doctenr Lisle. B°. Paris, 1861. 
Pallas, M. Do la nmsique instrnmenfcalo dans les asiles d’aliduds. B°. Rouen, 1860. 
Palmer, Dr. J. Cl. Treatment of chronic hydrocephalus. Med. Rec., 1881, 26, p. 705. 
Palmer, W. An enquiry as to the expediency of a county asylum for pauper lunatics. 
2d ed. B°. Exeter, 1830. ABNORMAL MAN. 
Paolinus, M. De maniaco repentiua morte cerrepto auimadversiones nonnulhe phy- 
siologico-pathologicsß. 4°. Bononue, 1839. 
Parant, V. Asylums for the criminal insane. Amer. Jour, of Insau., 1890, p. 605. 
Parchappo, M. Etudes sur le goitre et le cretinisme. Documents mis en ordre et 
anuotes par L. Lnnier. Roy, B°. Paris, 1874. 
Parchappo, M. Des principes a suivre dans la fondation etla construction des asiles 
d'aliends. B°. Paris, 1863. 
Parchappo, M. Recherches statistiques sur les causes de I’alienation mentale. B°. 
Rouen, 1839. 
Parchappe, M. Recherches sur I'encephale. Deuxieme memoire. Des alterations de 
I’encdphale dans I’alidnation mentale. B°. Paris, 1838. 
Parigot, J. Tableau analytique des maladies men tales a I’usage des jurisconsultes 
et des medecins. 4°. Gaud, 1854. 
Parigot, J. De la reforme des asiles d’alicucs. 12°. Bruxelles, 1860. 
Paris, A. H. V. Du do lire ambitieux. 4°. Nancy, 1882. 
Parrish, Joseph. The mind unveiled; a brief history of twenty-two imbecile chil- 
dren. 12°. Phila. 
Peddie, A. Remarks on the necessity of legislation for the control and treatment of 
insane drinkers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1875, 2, pp. 253-255. 
Peddie, A. The necessity of some legalized arrangements for the treatment of dip- 
somania or the drinking insanity. 
Pellevoisiu, M. Do I’aliraentation forcde chez los alidads. Strasbourg, 1862. 
Pelmann, C. Ueber die Grenzen zwischeu psychischer Gesundheit nnd Goistes- 
stoning. B°. Berlin, 1884. 
Pendleton, L. W. Involuntary action. Annual address. B°. Portland, 1876. 
Percival, E. Report of certain morbid conditions of the abdominal viscera in some 
varieties of maniacal disease. B°. Dublin, 1817. 
Percy, John. An experimental enquiry concerning the presence of alcohol in the 
ventricles of the brain. Nottingham. 
Petersen, Henrik G. Sermons for the insane. Boston Transcript, June 1892. 2,100 
words. 
Peterson, Frederick. Outline of a plan for an epilejitic colony. N. Y. Medical 
Journal, July 23, 1892. 1,600 words. 
Petition. Criminals in lunatic asylums; a petition to the House of Lords by asylum 
officials. 
Pfleger, L. Ueber Idiotismns nnd Idioten-Anstalten. Yortrag gehalten in der Sec- 
tion fiir offentliche Gesnndbeitspflege ties Wiener medicinischen Doctoreu- 
Colleginms am 1. Febrnar 1882. B°. Wien, 1882. 
Pichenot, A. De I'idiotie et tie ses rapports aveo I’alidnation mentale. 4 . Mont- 
pellier, 1833. 
Piclum. J.cs maladies tie I’esprit. Paris, 1888. 
Pienitz, M. Qmedam do nosocomii quo auimo tegrotantibiis cnra adhibetnr institu- 
tione optima. 4°. Lipsite, [1825 J. 
Pignocco, F. Trattamento morale del tliversi generi tli follia e cenni statistici dall’ 
anno 1841 al 1849, raccolti nella real Casatlei Matti tli Palermo. Parte prima. 
B°. Palermo, 1850. 
Pinel. Resultats d’observations et construction ties tables pour servir a determiner 
le degre tie probability do la guerison ties abends. 4°. Paris, 1808. 
Pinel, Pli. Abhandl. iib. Geistesverirrung etc. Deutsch v. Wagner. Wien, 1801. 
Pinel, S. Traitd tie pathol. cerebrale. Paris, 1814. 
Pinel, S. Traitd complet tin regime sanitaire ties alienes, on manuel ties dtablisso- 
raeus qui leur sent consacres. 4°. Paris, 1836. 
Plagge, T. Die Quellen des Irrsinus uud der Selbstmorde. Fine psychiatrische 
Skizze. B°. Neuwied, 1861. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Potter, A. De. Contribution ii I’etude des maladies mentales. La peste democratique 
(morbus democraticus). B°. Bruxelles, 1884. 
Private lunatic asylums. Editorial in Conglomerate, Nov. 30, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Programme d’un hopital cousacro an traitement do I’alicuation montale, pour cinq 
cents malades des deux sexes, propose an conseil general des hospices civils 
de Paris dans sa seance du 15 mai 1821. 4°. Paris, 1821. 
Prosch, Charles. The insane. Many forms of dementia. Harmless and amusing 
patients. Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Oct. 9, 1892. 3,200 words. 
Quelmalz, S. T. [Pr.] de cpidemia mentis alienatioue pnefatur. 4°. [Lipsia;, 1742.] 
Quiutard, E. Forces morales medicatrices. 4°. Paris, 1875, 
Quintero, G. G. De riullueuce du moral sur le physique, on de Timaginatiou coniine 
cause de maladies. 4C. Paris, 1826. 
Raifegeau, D. Du role des anomalies cmupbiiales des orgaues geniiaux dans le 
dc la folie chez I’homme. 4V. Paris, 1884. 
Ramaer, J. N. Voorleziug over den terugkeer der krankzinnigheid en de middelen 
om denzelven te voorkomen; uitgesprokeu in de Maatschappij : Tot nut vau’t 
algemeen (Departement Zutphen). B°. Rotterdam, 1846. 
Ramis, K. Ueber diepsychischen Ursachon der Geisteskrankheiten. 8 . MUnchen, 
1839. 
Ranney, Dr. A. L. Melancholia. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 340. 
Rapin, F. R. Sur diftbreutes especes de mouomauies. 4°. Strasbourg, 1825. 
Ravailler, A. J, Contribution a l’6tude des principales modifications fonctionnelles 
et organiques observees dans la lypemanie avec stujieur. 4°. Nancy, 1879. 
Ray, I. A treatise on the medical jurisprudence of insanity. 
Rees. Ueb. Predigerkrankh. Allg. Zeitschr. f. Psychiatric, 1856. 
Reese, D. M. Report on moral insanity in its relations to medical jurisprudence. 
B°. Philadelphia, 1858. 
Regis, E. La folie ii deux. 4°. Paris, 1880. 
Regnard, P. Les maladies dpidOniques de Tesprit. Sorcellerie, maguetisme, didire 
des grandeurs, roy. BC.8C. Paris, 1887. 
Rehfeld, W. M. Diss. sistens descriptionem et cognitionem siugularis periodic® 
insauiai melancholic® generis. 4 . Gottingie, [lBo9]. 
Reil, Fieberlehre u. Rhapsodien, etc. Halle, 1818. 
Roitineyer, G. De me dicamentorum facultatibus ad mentem. 4°, Altdorffi, 1670. 
Relations, The, of religion to what are called “diseases of the mind.” B°. Phila- 
delphia, 1850. 
Report, Charity Organization Society, on the feeble-minded, epileptic, deformed, and 
crippled. ~ 
Resolutions offered by Dr. Kilbride, an d unanimously adopted by the Association of 
Medical Superintendents of American Institutions for the Insane, at the meet- 
ing in Toronto, Juno 7, 1871. [On the construction and organization of hos- 
pitals for the insane.] 
Reuss. Der Rechtsschutz der Geisteskranken auf Grundlage der Irrengesetzgebuug 
in Europa mid Nordaraerika, 1888. 
Ribot, T. Los maladies de la volonte. 2. 6d. 12°. Paris, 1884. 
Ribot, T. Diseases of memory. (Trans.) 
Ricker. Seelenstoruugen. Erlangen, 1864. 
Rickmann, C. Tractatio medica de adfectibus animag quatenus machiuamcorporeara 
in cousensum trahunt. sm. 4°. Jeiue, 1768. 
Riemann, C. De mentis segritudinibus rite distinguendis et nomiuandis. B°. 
Hal®, [lBll]. 
Ritchie, R. P. An inquiry into a frequent cause of insanity in young men. 
Robertson, C. A. Lockhart. An essay on the moral management of insanity. So- 
ciety for Improving the Condition of the Insane. 266 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Robertson, Ch. Lockhart. Insanity and crime; a medico-legal commentary on the 
case of George Victor Townley with Dr. Maudsley. I*. 
Rodringuez, Dr. W. El craneo yla locura. Buenos Ayres, 1888. 
Roeder, T. Nonnulla de mania religiosa, adjecta morbi historia. 8 . Berolini, 
[1844]. 
Roger, N. De animi pathematibus. B°. Lugd. Bat., 1832. 
Rogers, A. C., M. D. Functions of a school for the feeble-minded. Proceedings of 
the Fifteenth National Conference of Charities and Correction, hold at Buffalo, 
N. Y., July, 1888. 
Rogers, T. A discourse on trouble of mind and the disease of melancholy, with a 
preface containing several advices to the relations and friends of melancholy 
people. 3d cd. 12°. London, 1808. 
Ronander C. G. H. Expositions psxchopathologie tentamen. sm. 4°. Upsalhe, 
1822. 
Rondeau du Noyer, E. J. F. Mahomet; etude mddico-psychologique. 1 Paris, 
1865. 
Rosenthal, J. Ueher den Cretinismus. B°. Mlinchen, 1839. 
Rosenthal, Robert. Ueher congenitalen Hydrocephalus. Inaug. dissertation. Ber- 
lin, 1891. 
Ross, J. Diseases of the nervous system. 2d ed., 2 vols. 
Rothhaupt. Pulsformeu d. Paralytiker. Diss. Erlangen, 1874. 
Ronhier, E. De la camisole on gilet do force. 4°. Paris, 1871. 
Rowley, W. A. Treatise on madness and suicide, with the modes of determining 
with precision mental affections from a legal point of view, and containing 
objections to vomiting, opium, and other malpractices. 3d ed. 1813. 
Rush. Med. inquiry and observations upon the diseases of the mind. Philad., 1812. 
German by Kdnig. Leipzig, 1825. 
Russell, Dr. Borderland of insanity. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 387. 
Salemi-Pace, B. Sulla classificazione dello frenopatie. B°. Palermo, 1878. 
Salomon, E. Om austalter for idioters vard. B°, Lund, 1809. 
Salomon, M. Ueher Doppeldenken. B°. Breslau, [lBBs]. 
Sander, A. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Psychosen. B°. Dorpat, 1876. 
Sanity and insanity and the body politic. [Editorial.] Omaha Clinic, Aug., 1892. 
' 2,700 words. 
Sauna. Fragments d’histoire nuSdicale. Sur les Epidemics d’affections mentales et 
nerveuses (d’apres le Dr. Audeffrend). B°. Paris, 1872. 
Sauton, J. Do I’luirddite morbide et do sos manifestations vdsaniques dans la pa- 
ralysie gfneralo. 4°. Paris, 1883. 
Sauze, A. De la stupidite, de sa nature psychologique et de sou traitement. 4°. 
Paris, 1852. 
Savage, G. H. Overwork as related to insanity. L. 
Savage, G. H. Insanity and divorce. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, pp. 203, 264. 
Savage, G. H. Heredity in mental diseases. Guy’s Hosp. Rep. 
Sayers, F. Tentamen academician qmedam de animi affectionibus complectens. 4 . 
Lugd. Bat., 1789. 
Schlatter. Ueh. Predigerkrankh. Allg. Zeitschr f. Psychiatric, 1854. 
Schmerhach. Ueher Cretinismus mid dosseu Verhreitung in Unterfrankeu. 8 . 
Wurzburg, 1858. 
Schneevoogt, G. E. F. Bedenkingcn tegen de seheiding van geneeskundige ge- 
stichten on howaarplaatsen voor krankzinuigen aangenomen bij het wetsont- 
werp van 1840. B°. Amsterdam, 1841. 
Scliroeder, C. von. Studien iiber dio Schreibweise Geisteskranker. B°. Dorpat, 
1880. 
Schroder v. d. Kolk. Pathol, u. Therap. d. Geisteskrankh. Deutsch v. Theile. 
Braunschweig, 1863, S. 29. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Schubert, G. H. Von. Die Krankheiten nud Storungen der menschlicheu Seole (oiu 
Nachtragzudes Yerfassers GoschichtederSeele). B°. Stuttgart u. Tiibingen, 
1845. 
Schlile. Klinische Psychiatrie. 1886. 
Schiile. Dysphauia neuralgica. Carlsruhe, 1867. 
Schiile, 11. Sectionsergebnisse bei Geisteskrauken, nebst Krankheitsgoschichten 
und Epikrisen. B°, Leipzig, 1874. 
Schwandner. Zur Idiotcn-Ptlego. B°. Stuttgart, 1875. 
Seaton, J. The present state and prospects of psychological medicine, with sugges- 
tions for improving the law relating to the care and treatment of lunatics. BC.8C. 
London, 1853. 
Seguin, E. Idiocy and its treatment by the physiological method. (Edited by 
E. C. S.) B°. New York, 1870. 
Seguin, E. Traitement moral, hygiimo et Education des idiots et des antres enfanls 
ariercs on rotardes dans leur dfveloppoment, agites de mouvemeuts iiivolon- 
taires, debiles, muets non sourds, etc. B°. Paris, 1846. 
Seguin, E. New facts and remarks concerning idiocy. A lecture. B°. New York, 
1870. 
Segnin, H. Considerations sur la monomanie. 4°. Paris, 1837. 
Seguin, W. 11. O. Lectures on mental diseases. 3d ed. 1884. 
Seifert, G. Die Irrenheilanstalt in ihren administrative!!, technischen und thera- 
poutischen Beziehungen nach den Aoforderungen der Gegenwart dargcstellt 
von. Nobst den Pliinen einer Heilanstalt fiir 200 Kranke, entworfen von 
Architekt E. Giese, in Dresden. (Gekroute Proisschrift.) roy. B°. Leipzig 
u. Dresden, 1862. 
Sell, A. Om Betydniugou af Siudsbeviegelser som Sygdomsaarsager, bortset fra do 
egentlige Siudssygdomme, men medsierligt Hensyn til Patogoueseu og Aetiolo- 
gien af Eclampsia parturientium. [Significance and causes of diseases of the 
mind, with special regard to etiology of puerperal convulsions.] B°. Kj(/>beu- 
havn, 1884. 
Sell, A. Mediciusk-psykologiske Studier. 1-11. Almenfattelig Fremstillede. B°. 
Kp’ibenhaven, 1888. 
Selmer, 11. Om Psychiatriens Eilstand i Danmark med saerligt Hensyn til St. Hans 
Hospital paa Bidstrupgaard. 12°. Kjobenhavn, 1841. 
Semfrie, E. Des symptomes iutellectuels de la folio. 4°. Paris, 1867. 
Seusburg, F. Dor Cretinismus mit besouderer Rhcksicht auf dessen Erscheinung im 
Unter-Main- und Eezat des Kronigreichs Bayern. B°. Wurzburg, 1825. 
Sentoux. De la snrexcitation des facultds intcllectnelles dans la folio. Paris, 
1867. 
Sentoux, 11. De la snrexcitation des facult6s iutellectuels dans la folie. 4°. Paris, 
1867. 
Sexton, Dr. Samnel. Aural hallucinations. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 397. 
Sheppard, J. Observations on the proximate cause of insanity. BC.8C. Loudon, 1844. 
Shuttleworth, G. E. The training of idiots. B. M. J. 
Shuttleworth, G. E. Two cases of microcephalic idiocy. B. M. J. 
Shuttleworth, G. E. Clinical lecture on idiocy and imbecility. B. M. J. 
Shuttleworth, G. E. The health and physical development of idiots. Health Exit, 
Lit., vol. 12. 
Shuttleworth, G. E. Some of tlio cranial characteristics of idiocy. Trans. Int. 
Med. Con. London. 
Sikorski, I. A. Ob uspiechach meditsiny v uzuchenii javlenii psichicheskago mira- 
[On the progress of medicine in study of phenomena of psychic sphere.] B°. 
St. Petersburg, 1889. 
Simon. Die Gehirnerweichung d. Irren. Hamburg, 1871. 
Siuogowitz. “Wahnideen der Sinne.” 268 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Siuogowitz, H. S. Die Geistesstorungen in ihren organischen Beziehungen als 
Gegenstand der Heilkunde betrachtet. BC.8C. Berlin, 1843. 
Skae, D. Of the classification of the various forms of insanity on a rational and 
practical basis. B°. [Loudon, 1863.] 
Skae, D. Report of the committee appointed at a meeting of members of the Med- 
ico-Psychological Association, for the purpose of taking certain questions re- 
lating to the uniform recording of cases of insanity, and to the medical treat- 
ment of insanity into consideration. B°. Lewes, [1869]. 
Skae, D. On dipsomania. E. M. J. 
Smith, C. On mental capacity in relation to insanity, crime, and modern society. P. 
Snell. “ Sprachgebilde Geisteskranker.” Allg. Zeitschr. f. Psych., Bd. 9, S. 11. 
Snell, O. Ueber Empfindungen von Schmerk und Druck im Kopfe als Krankheits- 
symptom im Beginn und Verlauf des primaron Wahnsinus (der primiiren Yer- 
riicktheit, Griesinger). B°. Jena, 1884. 
Sollier, Dr. Paul. Psychologic de Pidiot et de I’imbdcile. Paris, 1891. 
Spielmauu, J. Diagnostik der Geisteskraukheiten. B°. Wien, 1855. 
Stangius, J. J. De mentis morbis ex morboso sanguinis circulatione ortis. 4°. 
Halai Magdeb., [l7oo]. 
Stark, W. Remarks on the construction of public hospitals for the cure of mental 
derangement. 4°. Edinburgh, 1807. 
Stark, Dir. Dr. Bericht liber die Verwaltung der vereinigten Bezirks-Irreuan- 
stalton Stephausfeld-Hordt, etc. Strassburg, 1880. 
Starr, C. Lunacy act of 1890. P. Ediub. 
State Charities Aid Association. No. 22. Suggestions for the use of visitors to the 
insane, being a brief essay on the cure and care of insane patients. By Flor- 
ence Bayard Lockwood. B°. New York, 1880, 
Stearns, H. P. Insanity, its causes and prevention. New York, 1883. 
Stein, E, Ueber die sogenaunte psychische Contagion. B°. Niirnberg, n. d. 
Stemler, M. Ueber die Beuutzuug des Seleulebens zum therapeutischen Zwecke. 
B°. Wurzburg, 1825. 
Stewart, T. Granger. An introduction to the studies of diseases of the nervous 
system. 111. Ediu. 
Stiff, B. Uoher das Yerhalten des Korpergewichtes hei Geisteskrauken. B°. Mar- 
burg, 1872. 
Stiff, B. Ueher das Yerhalten des Korpergewichtes hei Geisteskrankheiten. Diss. 
Bonn, 1872. 
Stoelzner, R. C. Die Nahrungsscheu hei Geisteskrauken. B°. Leipzig, 1866. 
Stoevesandt, J. Beitrag zur Casuistic der in Folge derletzten Kriege entstandenen 
Psychosen. B°. Halle, [1872]. 
Stover, H. R. Insanity in women. Boston, 1871. 
Strahan, S. A. K. Consanguineous marriages. Westminster Rev. 
Strahan, S. A. K. Marriage and disease. A study of heredity and the more im- 
portant family degenerations. 
Suck, E. J. Yersuch eiuer geuerellen psychischen Heilmethode. B°. Dorpati Li- 
vonorum, 1812. 
Suckling, C. W. On the treatment of disease of the nervous system. 
Sutherland, 11. The premonitory symptoms of insanity. B. M. ,J. 
Sutherland, 11. The value of color and of music in the treatment of the insane. 
Med. Kec., 1883, 24, p. 167. 
Talcott, S. H. The insane diathesis. B°. Middletown, 1881. 
Tamassia, Arrigo. A case of simulated insanity. Alienist and Neurologist, Novem- 
ber, 1892. 7,600 words. 
Tardieu, A. Etude mddico-higale sur la folie. Avec quinze fac-similes d’ecriture 
d’alidn£s. B°. Paris, 1872. 
Tebaldi, A. Ragioue e pazzia. 12°. Milano, 1884. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Thomce, J. H. Historia insanorum apud Gra-cos. 8 . [Bonnie], 1830. 
Thompson, Geo. B. Among the insane. A visit to the Eastern Illinois Hospital. 
Illustrated Youth’s Instructor, September 8, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Thomson, J. B. Criminal lunacy in Scotland from 1846 to 1870, both inclusive. E. 
M. J. 
Titus, Ann H. Lunatic asylums. Their use and abuse. 12°. Now York, 1870. 
Tossini. Le epilenie in supposto alia degenerazione. Torino, 1890. 
Tourtellot, L. A. Insanity and disease. B°. [Utica, N. Y., 1874.] 
Townsend, P. S. A dissertation on the influence of the passions in the production 
and modification of disease. B°. New York, 1816. 
Treatment of the insane in Canadian asylums. Horrors of the farming system. 
New York Herald, August 29, 1592. 4,000 words. 
Tnilat. La folie lucidc dtudice et considcreo au point de vue de la famille et de 
la socifitc. B°. Paris, 1861. 
Trelat, U. Recherches historiques sur la folic. B°. Paris, 1839. 
[Tschirnhauseu, E. W. De.] Medicina mentis, sive tentamen genuime logicre, in 
qua disseritur de methodo dctegendi incognitas veritates. 4 . Amstehedami, 
1088. 
Turkey, C. W. Syphilis of the nervous system. Birin. Mod. Rec. 
Tuke, D. Hack. Insanity in ancient and modern life, with chapters on its preven- 
tion. 12". London, 1878. 
Tuke, D. Hack. Chapters in the history of the insane in the British Isles, B°. 
London, 1882. 
Tuke, D. Hack. Prichard and Symonds in especial relation to mental science, with 
chapters on moral insanity. 111. 
Tuke, D. Hack. Boardmoor, the State asylum for insane criminals in England. 
Trans. Congrcs internal, do medecino men talc. 
Tuke, D. Hack. On the various modes of providing for the insane and idiots in the 
United States and Great Britain ; and on the rapprochement between American 
and British alienists in regard to the employment of mechanical restraint. 
Trans. Ninth Internal; Medical Congress, held at Washington. 
Take, D. Hack. Insanity in ancient and modern life, with chapters on its preven- 
tion. London, 1878. 
Take, 1). Hack. A manual of psychological medicine, containing the lunacy laws, 
the nosology, statistics, description, diagnosis, pathology, and treatment of 
insanity, with an appendix of cases. (With Dr. Bucknill.) 4th ed. 
Take, D. Hack. Modes of providing for the insane and idiots in the United States 
and Groat Britain. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 303. 
Take, J. Batty. The surgical treatment of intra-cranial pressure. B. M. J. 
Take, S. Practical hints on the construction and economy of pauper lunatic asy- 
lums; including instructions to the architects who offered plans for the 
Wakefield Asylum. 111. 4° and B°. York. 
Take, S. A letter on public lunatic asylums, 12°. New York, 1815. 
Take, Samuel. Description of the Retreat, an institution near York for insane 
persons of the Society of Friends, containing an account of the origin and 
progress, the modes of treatment, and a statement of'cases. 
Twining, W. On cretinism. 
Ullersperger, J. B. Die Geschichte tier Psychologic uud der Psychiatrik in Spanien 
von den iiltesten Zeiten bis znr Gegenwart verfasst. B°. Wiirzbnrg, 1871. 
United States Congress. Joint resolution directing the National Board of Health 
to make an investigation as to Ihe causes of insanity in the United States. 
16th Cong., 3d sess., IT. Pes. 391. [lntroduced hy Mr. Morton.] roy. B°. 
Washington, 1881. 
Unsuspected insanity. [The Borden case.] Editorial in Seattle Post-Intelligencer, 
Aug 30, 1892. 800 words. 270 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Valdes, V. B. Es admisible la locura parcial 6 transitoria en el estado actual de 
la ciencia. B°. Habana, 1872. 
Vason, J. M. An address entitled for convenience, “An old matter in a new phase,” 
or “a birds-eye peep behind the scenes, where (the rule and not the exception) 
is: No punishment but for the already punished innocence, and no safety but 
for triumphant crime.” B°. Atlanta, Ga., 1871. 
Velthusen. Inspiration, etc. Allg. Zeitschr. f. Psych., 1862, S. 275. 
Viehoff, 11. A. De sanguinis congest! vi in vcsania. 4°, Bonn®, [1832]. 
Viszanik, M. Die Irrenhcil- und Pflegeanstalten Deutschlands, Frankreichs, sammt 
dor Cretinen-Austalt auf dem Abeudberge in der Schweiz mit eigeuen Be- 
merkungen. B°. Wien, 1845. 
Vogel, J. L. A. De fatuitate. 49. Jeme, 1794. 
Voisin, F. De Fidiotie chez les enfants, et des autres particularity d’intelligence 
on de caractere qui nccessitent pour eux uuo instruction et une Education 
spfciales; de leur respousabilite Morale. 8A Paris, 1843. 
Voisin, F. Des causes morales et physiques des maladies men tales et de quelques 
autres affections uervouses, tellcs que Fhistdrie, la uymphomanie et lo saty- 
riasis. B°.- Paris, 1826. 
Vorster, A. De causis perturhatioilem mentis. BC.8C. Berolini, [1846], 
Wachsmuth, A. Allgemeine Pathologic der Seole. B°. Frankfurt A. M., 1859. 
Wachsmuth, A. Allg. Pathol, der Seole. n. Aull. Hamm, 1862. 
Walker, A. Intermarriage. 2d ed. 1841. 
Walter, J. W. Sketch for a lunatic hospital in the District of Columbia. Feb. 28, 
1852. Fol. Washington, 1852. 
Wamsley, J.H. Outlines of insanity. London, 1892. pp. 158. 
Wardeubnrg, J. H. De morbis animi ex auomaliis Inemorrahagicis. 4°. liaise 
. Magdeb., [1719]. 
Weiss, J. Worth uud Bedeutung der Reformbestrebungen in der Classifikation der 
Psychosen. 8 . Stuttgart, 1877. 
Werner, F. W. De adfectuum remediis sanantibus. 4°. Jena1, [1721]-. 
Werner, Marie B. Specialism and the insane. 1,600 words. Med. and Surgical Re- 
porter, Dec. 31,1893. 
What makes men mad? Symposium of exports on the subject of insanity. Boston 
Herald, March 20,1892. 9,100 words. 
Wheeler, Harold. Criminal responsibility of the insane. Overland (2d series), 1883, 
pp. 166-175. 
Whittle, Dr. A. Melancholia and insanity. Med. Kec., 1886, 30, p. 216. 
Wicke. Yersucb eiuer Monographic d. grossen Veitstauzes. Leipzig, 1844. 
Wilbur, C. T., M. D. The work of forty years in establishing schools for imbeciles. 
Proceedings of the Fifteenth National Conference of Charities and Correction, 
held at Buffalo, N. Y., July, 1888. 
Wilbur, 11. B. Report on the management of the insane in Great Britain. 2d ed. 
P. Albany, U. S. A. 
Wilke, T. IT. De cretinismo. 4°. Berolini, 1828. 
WillianTs, Caleb. Observations on the criminal responsibility of the insane. (Cases 
of Hill and Dove.) 
Williams, 11. S. A modern form of insanity. North Am. Review, June, 1892. 4,000 
words. 
Wilmarth, A. W. Report on the examination of one hundred brains of feeble-minded 
children. 
Winkler, C. De plants <lcr psychopathologie als hersen-pathologie te midden tier 
klinisclie wetenschappen. B°. Dordrecht, 1885. 
Winslow, Forbes. On obscure diseases of the brain and disorders of the mind. 2d 
ed. Loudon, 1860. 
Wintrebert, L. De I’intiuence du moral dans les maladies. 4°. Paris, 1864. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
271 
Wirth, F. Ueber Irrenanstalten und die Vorurtheile gegen dieselben. 8 . Bam- 
berg, 1868. 
Wise, Thomas A. Observations on the claims of infirm and imbecile children on 
public attention. 8 . Cork, 1865. 
Witt, O. M. Sjiilcu i normalt och sjukligt tiltstand. En antydning for liikare 
och liirare. F first a deleu: Sjiilens biologi. B°. Carlshamn, 1858. 
Wolf, Ludwig. Ueber Neurasthenia ccrebralis traumatica. Inaug. disser. Bonn, 
1891. 
Wolff, I*. Cogitationes medico-lcgales do cogitatione, non excogitatie saltern sed 
ex ipsius veritatis floribus, ab Hippocrate maxime hiuc Helmontio Cartesio, 
Willisio Magpighio aliisque probatissimis doctoribus medicis et physicis con- 
gestis, in circulum philosophicum contexts et secundum hodiernonun anato- 
mi;e inventorum, aliarumque observationum medicarum, imoetiam orthodoxiie 
et jurisprudentiie consonantiam coadunatie. 12°. Giza, [1697]. 
Wood, Dr. Halsey L. General paresis. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, pp. 85-88. 
Wood, Dr. John W. General paresis. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, pp. 693, 694. 
Wretholm. Ueb. Predigerkrankh. Allg. Zeitschr. f. Psychiatric, 1852. 
Wundt, W. Yortr. fiber Meuschen- u. Thierseele. Leipzig, 1863. 
Wynter, A. The borderlands of insanity, and other papers. New ed., revised, with 
five new chapters, by J. Mortimer Granville. 12°. London, 1877. 
Yellowlee, D. The criminal responsibility of the insane. Soc. Science Cong. Glasg. 
Yellowlee, D. Insanity and intemperance. B. M. J. 
Yellowlee, D. Lunacy and pauperism. P. Glasg. 
Youmans, E. L. Alcohol and the constitution of man. 12-. Now York, 1853. 
Zelenka, F. De morbis popularibus mentis. B°. Pragic, 1818. 
Zeller, C. M. De noxis ex abusu potuum spirituosorum in homiuem sanum et 
legrum redundantibus. 4°. Tubiugie, [1767]. 
Zenner, Dr. Philip. Cerebral localization. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, pp. 146, 232-234, 
342-345, 458-460, 536-538. 
Ziegler, C. J. A. De noxis animi adfectuum in corpore humano effectibus eorumque 
remediis. 4°. Halm Magdcb., [1762]. 
Ziemsseu, 11. Y. Cyclopaedia of practical medicine. (Trans.) (Contains Diseases 
of the nervous system.) 17 vols. 
Zillner. Dio Poschlianer, etc. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psych., 1860, S. 565. 
I.—MORPHINISM* OPIUM HABIT, CHLORALISM; ETHER, 
HASHISH, OR COCAINE MANIA. 
Advice to opium-eaters, with a detail of the effects of that drug upon the human 
frame; and a minute description of the sensations of a person who has been 
in the habit of taking opium in large quantities during a period of eight years. 
Written by himself. To which are subjoined full directions which will enable 
every opium-eater entirely to conquer that injurious habit. B°. Loudon, 
1823.' 
Alcock, Sir E. Opium trade and common sense. Nineteenth Cent., 10, p. 854. 
Allen, N. Opium in India and China. Hunt, 23, pp. 28,147. 
Arbuthnot, A. J. Controversy on opium. Nineteenth Cent., 11, p. 403. 
Baldwin, S. L. Opium traffic in China. Meth. Qr.,44, p. 420; 45, p. 608. 
Ball, Prof. Treatment of the morphine habit. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, p. 592. 
Ball, Dr. The lesions of morphomania. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 40. 
Ball, B. Loqous mentalcs. La morphinomanie. Revue scient., 84, p. 15. 
Beer. Enorme Gleichgiiltigkeit gegcu Morphium. Breuss, med. Zeituug, n. F., 7, 
1864, No. 25, 272 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Beluze, E. De l’6th6romanie. These de Paris. 1885. 
Bentley, AV. H. Premiere ohserv. do traitem. dn morph, par la cocaine. 1878. 
Bernhnher. Morphinismus und Transfusion. Bayr. iirztl. Intelligenzblatt, 1878, 
No. G. 
Bert, P. Intox. par lo chloroformo. Soc. do biologic, 1885 
Blair, W. Effects of opium in America. Knick., 20, p. 47. 
Boeck, von. Chronisehe Opium- mid Morphiumvergiftung. Handbuch der- intoxica- 
tionen. Ziemss. Handb., Bd. 15, n. Anil., p. 519. 
Boehmer, M. F. Diss. sistens casum cujnsdam matron*, largissimo opii nsu per 
plnres annos tractatic, sin. 4°. Hake Magdcb., [1744], 
Bornemann. Heilungeines Magengcschwiiresunter der Morphimnentziehung. Der 
Praktische Arzt, 24, 1883. No. 61. 
Bornemann. Cocainsncht, 1886. 
Bouisson. De Father et do ses dangers. Yaria. 
Bourneville. Obs. psych, de morphinomanie, 83. Arch, neurol. 
Braithwaite. (Grossesse.) The Lancet, 1878. 
Bree. Ein Fall von Morphinismus. Wiener med. Wochenschrift, xxvii, 33, 1877, 
p. 797. 
Brereton’s truth about opium. Spec., 55, p. 1201. 
Brochin. Morphinisme. Gaz. des hop., 1877, No. 297. 
Brocver. Insanity from cocain. Journ. of the Am. Ass., 1886. 
Broockmann. Ueber I. Methyl-Morphinhydroxid. 11. Oxydimorphin. Inaug. diss. 
Gottingen, 1880, 32 Seiten. 
Browne, Sir James Crichton. Chloral hydrate, its inconvenience and danger. L. 
Backhand, C. T. Cultivation of opium in Bengal. National, 6, p. 474. Also, Liv. 
Age, 168, p. 24. 
Buhler. Zwei Fiille von Cocaiuvergiftung. Correspondenzblatt, 1886, No. 21. 
Bnkart. Ueber die Behandlungsmethode der chronischen Morphiumvergiftung. 
Deutsche med. Wochenschrift, 1879, No. 39. 
Bnkart. Zur Pathologic d. chronischen Morphiumvergiftung. Statistik. Deutsche 
med. Wochenschrift, 1883, No. 3. 
Burkart. Dio chronisehe Morphiumvergiftung in Folge snbcntaner Morphiumin- 
jectionen und deren Behandluug. Bonn, Max Cohen und Sohn, 1877, 30 Seiten. 
Burkart. Ueber die Behandlungsmethode der chronischen Morphiumvergiftung. 
Deutsche med. Wochenschrift, 1879, No. 39. 
Burkart. Die chronisehe Morphiumvergiftung und deren Behandluug durch die 
allmahlige Eutziehung des M. Bonn, 1880. Gr. in-B°, 184 Seiten, davou 89 
fii r Krankengesch i chten. 
Burkart. Klinische Sarnmlung. Vortrage, 1884, No. 237. 
Burkart. Wiener med. Presse, 1880. 
Burkart. Weitero Mittheilungen iiber chronisehe Morphiumvergiftung und deren 
Behandluug. Bonn, 1882. Gr. in-B°, 74 Seiten. 
Burkart. Zur Pathologic der chronischen Morphiumvergiftung. Statistik. 
Baser. Epileptic convulsions following sudden suspension of a long-continued 
habit, opium eating. Philadelphia Med. Times, 1876, 6, p. 218. 
Deutsche med. Wochenschrift, 1883, No. 3. 
Calkins, A. Opium and the opium appetite. Philadelphia, 1871. 
Calkins, A. Opium and the opium appetite; with notices of alcoholic beverages, 
Cannabis indica, tobacco and coca, and tea and coffee, in their hygienic 
aspects and pathologic relations. B°. Philadelphia, 1871. 
Calkins, A. Opium and its victims. Galaxy, 4, p. 25. 
Calkins, A. Opium and the opium appetite. Philadelphia, 1871. 
Calvet. Etude expfTimentale ct clinique sur Paction psychologique de la mor- 
phine. Paris, 1877. 
Calvet. Essai sur le morphinisme aigu et chron. (These, 1876.) BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
273 
Cammerer, Die Levinsteinsche Curmethode der Morphiumsucht. Wiirtemb. iirztl. 
Correspondenzblatt, 1877. 
Carmen, Dr. J. H. The danger of opium-smoking as a therapeutic measure. Med. 
Rec., 1884, 26, p. 501. 
Carpenter, G. W. Opium. Am. J. Sci., 13, p. 17. 
Carson. Relation d’un cas de morphinisme chez mi idiot. Saint-Louis Alienist 
and Neurol., 1886, p. 227. ■* 
Ceutralblatt. Phtisie morphiuique, 1879. 
Chambert, H. Effets physiol, et thdrap. des others. Paris, 1848. In-B°. 
Cheever, D. W. Effects of opium. No. Am., 95, p. 374. 
Chesson, F. W. Opium trade. Fortn., 16, p. 351. Also, Eel, M., 77, p. 617. 
Christian. Morphino-coca'inisme. Uno observation. Ann. mM.-psycb., mars 1889. 
Collins, S. B. Theriaki; a treatise on the habitual use of narcotic poison. How 
the habit is formed, its consequences and cure. B°. Laporte, Ind., [lBB7]. 
Collins, S. B. Theriaki and their last dose. B°. Chicago, 1870. 
Colton, W. Effects of opium. Knick., 7, p. 421. 
Cowles, W. L. Amateur assassin with hashish. Belgra., 31, p. 353. 
Cripps-Lawrence. Le morphinisme chez les enfants, 1884. 
Crother, T. D. Some new studies of the opium disease. St. Louis Medical and 
Surgical Journal, March, 1892. 4,400 words. 
Cure of the morphine habit by sulphate of codeine. N. Y. Med. Journal, Jan. 7,1893. 
4,000 words. 
Dana, Dr. S. W. Delirium following the use of morphine. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, p. 64. 
Dana, S. W. Ddlire morphiuique. The M. Record, July, 1884. 
Delabanne.. Essai sur quelques accidents produits par la morphine. These de Paris, 
;1877. 
Demontporcelet, C. De I’usage qnotidien de I’opium; les mangeurs d’opium. 4°. 
Paris, 1874. 
Downey, Dr. R. C. The opium habit in temperance towns. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 699. 
Dudgeon. Opium in relation to population. Edinb. Medical Journal, 1877, Septem- 
ber number, p. 239. 
Earle, C. W. Opium smoking in Chicago. Chicago Medical J., 1886, p. 104. 
Edkins, J. Opium and opium smoking, early history. Cath. Presb., 8, p. 321 
Eljassow. Beitrage zur Lehre von dem Schicksal der Morphin im lebenden Orga- 
nismus. Inaug. diss. Konigsberg, 1882. 
Erlenmeyer. Die Recidive der Morphiumsucht. Ceutralblatt fiir Nervenheilkunde, 
2, p. 22. 
Erlenmeyer. Le traitement de la morphinomanie. L’Encdphale de Paris, 1886. Eu 
rdponse un article du Dr. G. Pichon. 
Erlenmeyer. Die Morphiumsucht und ihre Behandlung. Neuwied, 1833. Gr. iu-B°, 
95 Seiten. 
Erlenmeyer. Die Morphiumsucht, 1883. Leipzig, 1886. 
Esenheck. Morphiumsucht. Memorabilien, 1877,11. lift., p. 495. 
Eulenberg. Ueber differente Wirkung der Anresthetica auf verschiedene Reflex- 
phiinomeue (Sehnenrcliexe). Ceutralblatt f. d. medicin. Wisseuschaft., 1881, 
No. 6, p. 97, 5. Fcbruar. 
Fairthorne, R. F. On chloral hydrate. J. Frankl. Inst., 91, p. 327. 
Fick, A. Les variations de pression dans les ventricules chez les morph. Congrds 
m<sd., avril 1886. 
Fiedler. Ueber den Missbrauch subcutaner Morphiumiujectioueu. Deutsche Zeit- 
schrift f. prakt. Medicin, 1874, 27 (4/7) und 28 (11/7), 
Fiedler. Ueber chrouische Morphiumintoxicationeu in Folge von hypodermatische 
Injectionen. Yortrag in der Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde zu Dres- 
den am 8. Jan. 1876. Jahresbericht der Gesellschaft, Oct. 1875 bis Juui 1876. 
3060 A M 13 274 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Filehne. Ueber die Einwirkuug der Morphiu auf die Athmuug. Arch, fur ex- 
perim. Pathologic, 10, p. 442, 1878; 11, p. 45, 1879. 
Fry, E. Opium in India and China. Contemp., 27, p. 447; 30, p. 1; 31, p. 313. 
Gaudry. Le morphinisme p6nal. These de Paris, 1886. 
Grasset, J. Traitement du morphinisme chronique et de la morphinomanie. Su- 
rname indd., 1885, p. 75. 
Grilli. 11 morflnismo. Imparziale, 1881. 
Hadfield, E. J. A cure for the opium habit. Medical Brief, March, 1892. 400 words. 
Happer, A. P. Ravages of the British opium trade in Asia. Our Day, Aug., 1892. 
6,000 words. 
Harrison, J. B. Psychology of opium eating. Liv. Age, 41, p. 579. 
Hashish. Chamb J., 10, p. 341. 
Hashish. Nat. It., 6, p. 91. Also, Eel. M., 43, p, 305. Also, Liv. Age, 56, p. 449. 
Hashish, Apocalypse of. Putnam, 8, p. 625. 
Hashish and opium. Dub. Univ., 95, p. 493. 
Hashish cater. Putnam, 8, p. 233. 
Hashish eater, Confessions of a French. Once a Week, 18, p. 8 
Hibberd, S. Experiences of hashish. Intel. Obs., 2, p. 435. Same art., Eel. M. 
59, p. 172. 
Hubbard, F. H. The opium habit and alcoholism; a treatise on the habits of opium 
and its compounds; alcohol, chloral-hydrate; chloroform, bromide of potas- 
sium, and Cannabis indica; including their therapeutical indications; with 
suggestions for treating various painful complications. B°. New York, [lBBl]. 
Hungerford, M. C. Overdose of hashish. Pop. Sci. Mo., 24, p. 309. 
Jennings, Dr. Oscar. Morphinomania. Med. Roc., 1887, 31, pp. 675, 676. 
Jones, G. C. Opium in India and China. Penn. Mo., 8, p. 225. 
Kane. Some medico-legal aspects of morphia taking. The Alienist and Neurol- 
ogist, 1882. 
Kano, H. H. Drugs that enslave. The opium, morphine, chloral, and hashish 
habits. 12°. Philadelphia, 1881. 
Kane, H. H. Hashish house in New York. Harper, 67, p. 944. 
Keeley, L. E. The opium habit; its proper method of treatment and cure without 
suffering or inconvenience. 16°. Dwight, Ilk, 1880. 
Keeley, L. E. The morphine eater, or from bondage to freedom; the opium, mor- 
phine, and kindred habits, etc. B°. Dwight, Ilk, 1881. 
Kirn, Dr. Psychoses from the use of chloyal hydrate. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 611. 
Krafft-Ebing. Les psychoses alcooliques. Irrenfreund, 1873. 
Lachr. Ueber Missbrauch mit Morphiuminjectioneu. Yortrag im Psychiat. Yerein 
zu Berlin, am 15. Juni 1871. 
Lack, B. F. Opium and Sir R. Alcock. Contemp., 41, p. 676. 
Landsberg. Enters uchun gen iiber das Schick sal des Morphin im lebenden Organis- 
mus. Pflilgers Archiv, xxm, 9, 10, Nov. 1880. 
Lathrop, G. P. Opium and the opium habit. Scrib., 20, p. 416. 
Layard, J. C. Opium and morphine. Atlan., 33, p. 697. 
Leppmann. Ueber Morphinisms. Yortrag zu Breslau am 26. Nov. 1882. Allgem. 
Zeitschrift f. Psychiatr., xxxix, p. 6. Also, Breslauer iirztk Zeitschrift, 1883,1. 
Levinstein. Die Morphiumsucht. Yortrag in der Berliner med. Gesellsohaft am 
19. Sept. 1875. 
Little, R. On the habitual use of opium in Singapore. B°. n. p., [lB4B]. 
Living, The, death. Collection of reviews in medical periodicals, of circulars of H. 
H. Kane, relating to his treatment of the opium habit. B°. n. p., [lBB3]. 
London letter. Criminal anthropology The opium traffic. American Practitioner 
and News, Ang. 27,1892. 1,500 words. 
Loose. The rapid spread of the morphia habit. Maryl. Med. Journal, 1881. 
Loveland. Morphia habit. Boston Med. and Surg. Journal, 1881, 
Luca, M. S. de. Effects of hashish. Ohs., 2, p. 346. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
275 
Lyon, Dr. S. B. Melancholia clue to the prolonged use of morphia. Med. Rec., 1887, 
32, p. 580. 
Mann. On the use of cocaine in the opium habit. St. Louis, 1886, p. 7. 
Mann. On the serious and mental deterioration produced hy the opium habit in the 
richer classes. Mod. Bullet., Phila., 1886, pp. 11-13. 
Marine. Ueber die sog. Abstinenzerscheinungen bei Morphinisten. Centralbl. f. 
klin. Medicin, 1883, No. 15. (14/4.) 
Martin. The opium habit. Phila. Med. Times, 1874, iv, 115, p. 231. (10/1.) 
Mattison. A case of opium smoking. Phila. Med. Times, 1885-’B6, xvi. 
Mattison. Opiumvergiftung. Phila. Med. and Surg. Reporter, xxxi, 1. Juli 1874. 
Mattison, H. V. Opium smoking in China. J. Sci., 16, p. 346. 
Mattison, Dr. J. B. The opium habit. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 544. 
Mattison, J. B. The treatment of opium addiction. B°. New York and London, 
1885. 
Meetkerke, C. E. Opium poppy. Argosy, 34, p. 228. 
Meylert, Dr. A. P. Cocaine in the cure of the opium habit. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 
361. 
Meylert, A. P. Notes ou the opium habit. 16°. New York, 1884; 2d ed., 1884; 3d 
and 4th ed., 1885. 12°, New York and London. 
Michel. Ueber Morphiuminjectionen und Morphinismus. Wiirtemb. Corresp.-Blatt, 
XLVI, 5,1876, p. 37. 
Moore, W. J. The other side of the opium question. B°. London, 1882. 
Moreau de Tours. Psychologie, morphin., 1854. 
Morphine, Death from. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, p. 500. 
Morphinism, The cure of. Methods of treatment by various specialists. N. Y. 
World, Jan. 15, ft 93. 1,500 words. 
Morris, F. B. The panorama of a life, and experience in associating and battling 
with opium and alcohol stimulants. A treatise for the cure of opium and 
alcoholic inebriacy. 12°. Philadelphia, 1878. 
Morton, Mr. S. T. How an opium habitud was cured. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 178. 
Morton, S. T. An experience with opium. Pop. Sci. Mo., 27, p. 334. 
Nicholas, H. Recherches surles propri6t<ss physiol, de I’opium des fumeurs. Mont- 
pellier, 1884. 
Nolan, D. W. Opium habit. Cath. World, 33, p. 827. 
Obersteiner. I°. Chronic Morphinismus. Brain, 1880, 2. Band. 2°. Dor chronische 
Morphinismus. Wiener Klinik, m. Heft, Miirz, 1883. 3(>. Brain, 1882, Oct. 
4°. Der chronische Morphinismus. Wiener Klinik, 1885. s°. Psychoses tox- 
iques. Wiener med. Presse, 24. Jan. 1886. 
Opium and hashish. Dub. Univ., 95, p. 493. 
Opium and the China question. Mus., 39, p. 103. 
Opium and the opium trade. Nat. Q., 20, p. 288. 
Opium and poppy oil. Penny M., 13, p. 46. 
Opium Asylum, Foochow. Annual reports. 1.-4., 1878-’79 to 1881. B°. [Foochow], 
1879-’B2. 
Opium clipper j a tale. Dub. Univ., 34, p. 79. 
Opium, chloral, and hashish habits. Amor., 3, p. 200 
Opium dens, London. Good Words, 26, p. 188. 
Opium eater. New Eng. M., 4, p. 217. 
Opium eater, Confessions of an English. Tait, u.s., 1, pp. 18-797; 2, pp. 3-769; 3, 
p. 350; 4, pp. 65, 169; 5, pp. 152-559; 6, pp. 1-804; ; 8, p. 97. 
Opium eating. An autobiographical sketch. By an habituate. B°. Philadelphia, 
1876. 
Opium eating. Canad. Mo., 13, p. 248. 
Opium eating, its consequences and cure. Devoted to the cause of humanity, by 
Prof. D. Meeker. [Quarterly.] No. 1, v. 1, March 1, 1872; No. 1, v. 2, April, 
1873; No. 1, v, 3, Sept., 1874; No. 1, v, 4, Nov,, 1875. Fol. Laporte, Ind, 276 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Opium eating. Lippinc., 1, p. 404. 
Opium factory. Hunt., 30, p. 241. 
Opium factory in Patina. Leis. Hour, 2, p. 287. 
Opium habit, Meylert on. Science, 7, p. 23. 
Opium. House Words, 16, pp. 152, 181. 
Opium habit, The, with suggestions as to the remedy. [Confessions of De-Quln- 
cey, reminiscences of Coleridge, Robert Hall, John Randolph, William Wilber- 
forco and others. With outlines of cure by Fitzhugh Ludlow.j sm. B°.. 
New York, 1868. 
Opium in East London. Lond. Soc., 14, p. 68. 
Opium in India and China. Chr. Obs., 77, p. 366. 
Opium in India and China. Eel. R., 70, p. 458; 78, p. 654. 
Opium in India and China. Hunt., 43, p. 313. 
Opium in India and China. Lond. Q., 46, p. 137. 
Opium in India and China. Mo. R., 149, p. 258. 
Opium in India and China. Mod. R., 1, p. 848. Same art., Liv. Age, 147, p. 387. 
Opium in India and China. Peop. J., 10, p. 51. 
Opium in China. Brereton’s lectures. Sat. R., 53, p. 672. 
Opium in India. Sat. R., 54, p. 331. 
Opium in the East. Nat. M., 5, pp. 335, 421, 529; 6, pp. 40, 432, 
Opium, Legislation on. Hunt., 30, p. 414. 
Opium, Manufacture of. Hogg, 9, p. 236. 
Opium, Morality of. Kansas R., 5, p. 760. 
Opium of China. Nat. Mo., 6, p. 314. 
Opium of ludia. Eel. R., 113, p. 39. 
Opium question, and suspended trade with China. Fraser, £l, p. 365. 
Opium revenue, and Mr. Lang’s last budget. Fraser, 66, p. 399. 
Opium smoker. Bentley, 17, p. 65. 
Opium smuggling in China. Penny M., 9, p. 89. 
Opium, The traffic and the use of, in our own and other countries. A document by 
the representative meeting of the yearly meeting of Friends for New Eng- 
land, 1881-’B2. Providence, 1882. B°. 
Opium trade. Am. Alma., 1841, p. 63. 
Opium trade. Cong. M., 23, p. 46. 
Opium trade. Dub. Univ., 50, p. 59. 
Opium trade in India and China and the war of 1840. Eel. R., 71, p. 600. 
Opium trade in India and China and the Avar of 1840. Tait, n. s., 7, pp. 135, 474; 
8, pp. 66-745; 9, p. 820; 10, p. 525; 11, p. 664. 
Opium trade. Mus., 37, p. 525. 
Opium trade. Liv. Age, 35, p. 546. 
Opium trade. Niles’s Reg., 23, p. 249. 
Opium trade. No. Brit., 26, p. 521. 
Opium, Use of. Penny M., 3, p. 397. 
Opium, Use of. Know!., 2, p. 249. 
Opium house, Visit to an. Eel. M., 71, p. 1379. 
Phelps, E. Hashish dream. Lakeside, 7, p. 141. 
Phillips, W. Do Quincey’s opium eater. No. Am., 18, p. 90. 
Pichon, G. Le morphinisme. Paris, 1890. 
Quincey, T. De. Confessions of an English opium eater. Lond. M., 4, pp. 293, 352; 
6, p. 512. 
Quincey, T. De. Opium and Coleridge. BlackAv., 57, p. 117. 
Quincey’s, De, opium eater. Liv. Age, 52, p. 301. 
Quincey’s, De, opium eater. Mo. R., 100, p. 288. 
Quincey’s, De, opium eater. Mus., 2, p. 269. 
Quincey’s, De, opium eater. U. (3. Lit. Gaz., 1, p. 38. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
277 
Quincey, T. De. Sequel to Confessions of an English opium eater. Suspiria de 
Profundis. Blackw., 57, pp. 269-739; 58, p. 43. 
Raue. Some medico-legal aspects of morphia-taking. 1862. 
Regnard. Deux poisons a la mode: la morphine et Pother. Revue scient., 1885, 
p. 545. 
Rehin. Chronischer Chloralmissbranch. Arch, fiir Psych., 1886, 36, p. 62. 
Reveil, P. O. Recherohes sur I’opium des opiophages et des fumeurs d’opium. 4°. 
Paris, 1856. 
Richet, C. Hashish. Pop. Sci. Mo., 13, p. 482. 
Richet, C. Opium and its antidote. Pop. Sci. Mo., 12, p. 555. 
Richter. Casnistik zum Morphinismus. Berl. kliu. W., 1876, No. 28. 
Robinson, Dr. Bevrerly. Hypodermic injections of morphine. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, 
pp. 530, 531. 
Rosenthal. Recherches physiologiques sur la morphine. Centralblatt, 1886. Soci- 
-6t6 de m6decine liSgale, 7 mai 1883. 
Royle, J. R. Opium. Br. Alma. Comp., 1883, p. 31. 
Samter. Eiu Morphiophage. No. 17, 23/4, p. 163. 
Schmidt. Psychose morphinique. Arch. f. Psych., 1886 
Schmidt. Zur Kenntniss der Morphinismuspsychosen. Arch. f. Psych., 1886. 
Schroder, Y. Untersuchungen liber die pharmakologische Gruppe des Morphin. 
Archiv f. Path. n. Pharm., Bd. xvn, Heft. 1 und 2. Semaine nffidicale, x, 
1883. Les buveurs d’6ther d’lrlaude. (3 avril 1889.) 
Schweninger. Bemerkungen liber den Morphiumtod. Deutsche med. Wochen- 
schrift, 1879, 34. 
Scott, F. Experiments and observations on the means of counteracting the deleteri- 
ous effects of opium, and on the method of cure of the disease resulting there- 
from. B°. Philadelphia, 1803. 
Sell, E. H. M. The opium habit; its successful treatment by the Aveua sativa. With 
additions. B°. Jersey City, 1883. 
Sodermark. Ein Fall von chronischen Morphium-Narkotismus. 
Stables, G. Confessions of an English chloral eater. Belgra., 26, p. 179. 
Stammler. Pie Morphiumsucht, der Morphinmmarasmus. 1885. 
Strahau, S. A. K. Morphia habitues, their treatment. L. 
Talmeyr, M. Les posssd6s de la morphine. Paris, 1892. 
Taylor, B. Vision of hashish. Putnam, 3, p. 402. 
The morphine habit and its victims at Washington. Washington Sunday Herald, 
May 22, 1892. 1,000 words. 
The opium habit in India. Effects on the human system. N. Y . Med. Jour., Aug. 27, 
1892. 2,200 words. 
Thudichum, Dr. Opium-smoking as a therapeutic measure. Med. Rec,, 1884, 26, p. 
317. 
Truth (The) about opium-smoking stated by missionaries, British officials, Chinese 
officials, archbishops, members of Parliament, and others. With an introduc- 
tion by B. Broomhall. BU.8U. London, 1882. 
Turner, S. Opium and England’s duty. Nineteenth Cent., 11, p. 242. 
Des conditions de la responsabilit6 an point de vue chez les alcoo- 
liques. Th. Paris, 1887. 
Vibert. Desinjections tie morphine. Journal de th6rapeutique. 
Yibert. Du traitemeut curatif de la folie par le chlorhyd. de morphine. Bailliere. 
1874-1881. lu-B°. 
Vogel, H. Effect of light on chloride, bromide, etc. J. Fraukl. Inst., 77, pp. 122,182. 
Wach. Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapie der chronischen Morphiumvergif- 
tung. Inaug. disS. Jena, 1880, 50 Seiten. 
Walffi. La morphiuomanie, 1885. 
Weiulechuer. Fall von Morphinismus. 278 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Weiss, E. Opium. De Bow, 20, p. 60. 
Wiskowsky. Ueber die Wirkung der Morphium, Arcliiv f. experira. Pathol, u, 
Pharm., Vii, 7. Sept., Leipzig, 1874, 23 Seiten. 
Wolters. Contribution a l’6tude du morphinismo. These de Montpellier, 1883. 
Woolley, JL M. The opium habit and its cure. And what others say of his cures. 
B°. Atlanta, 1879. 
Wrener. Ein Beitrag zmn Missbrauch der M-Injectiouen. Wiener med. Presse, 
1880. 
Zambacco. De la morphinomanie. Encdphale, 1882, Nos. 3 and 4. 
Zambacco. Sur le morphinisme. Gaz. nffid. d’Orient, 1882. 
Zambacco.' Morphinomanie. lBB4, pp. 658-683. 
Zeppenfeld. Ueber Morphiuismus. Inaug. diss. Wiirzburg, 1879, 45 Seiten. 
2. ASSOCIATION OF MEDICAL OFFICERS OF AMERICAN 
INSTITUTIONS FOR IDIOTIC AND FEEBLE-MINDED PER- 
SONS, 1870-188 G. 
A’Abungo, Giuseppe. Lesions of the bladder and the prostate in general progressive 
paralysis. 
Allison, H. E. On a general system of reporting autopses in American asylums for 
the insane. Yol. 46, pp. 216-223. 
Allison, H. E. Mental changes resulting from separate fractures of both thighs. 
Yol. 43, pp. 104-109. 
Allison, H. E. Notes in a case of chronic insanity. Yol. 43, pp. 481-484. 
Andrews, J. B. The distribution and care of the insane in the United States. Yol. 
44, pp. 192-211. 
Andrews, J. B. Urethan. Yol. 43, pp. 256-264. 
Andrews, J. B. The case of Peter Louis Otto. A medico-legal study. Yol. 45, pp. 
207-220. 
Andrews, J. B. Traumatic hysteria from railroad injury. Yol. 48, pp. 37-42. 
Andrews, J. B. A medico-legal case. The People vs. William Mauley. Yol. 47, pp. 
152-165. 
Andrews, J. B. State vs. County Care. Yol. 45, pp. 395-407. 
Andrews, J. B. Report on new remedies: Paraldehyd, nitro-glycerin, and Jamaica 
dogwood. Yol. 41, pp. 183-202. 
Andrews, J. B. Case of Charles Stockley, convicted of murder. Plea, temporary 
insanity. Yol. 40, pp. 145-161. 
Andrews, J. B. Report on now remedies: Fluid extracts camellia and hyosciuc 
hydrobromate. Yol. 42, pp. 155-178. 
Atwood, C. E. Three cases of multiple neuritis associated with insanity. Yol. 45, 
pp. 58-64. 
Atwood, C. E. Teachings of recent investigations into the causation of iusanitv. 
Yol. 48, pp. 331-341. 
Ball, M. B. The lunatic in his relation to society, Yol. 39, pp. 318-333. 
Bancroft, J. P. The bearing of hospital adjustments upon the efficiency of remedial 
and meliorating treatment in mental diseases. Yol. 45, pp. 374-386. 
Bancroft, J. P. Separate provision for the recent, the cfirable, and the appreciative 
insane. Arol. 46, pp. 177-192. 
Bannister, H. M. The bichloride of gold cure for inebriety. Yol. 48, pp. 470-475. 
Bannister, H. M., and Ludwig, Hektoen. Race and insanity. Yol. 44, pp. 455-470. 
Bannister, IT. M. A case of general paralysis. Yol. 46, pp. 208-215. 
Beach, Fletcher. On temporary loss of speech from shock after a scries of severe 
epileptic fits. Pp. 52-56. 
Beach, Fletcher. Cases of idiocy and imbecility duo to inherited syphilis. Yol. 44, 
pp. 387-390. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
279 
Beach, Fletcher. Some of the uncommon causes of imbecility. Yol. 45, pp. 32-39. 
Bianchi, Dr. Lecture on hemichorea. Yol. 43, pp. 437-459. 
Blackford, Benjamin. Economy in hospital building. Yol. 49, pp. 72-75. 
Blumer, G. Alder. Music in its relation to the mind. Yol. 48, pp. 350-364. 
Blnmer, G. Alder. A case of perverted sexual instinct. Yol. 39, pp. 22-35. 
Bondnrant, E. D. Two cases of oophorectomy for insanity. Yol. 42, pp. 342-345. 
Brown, Mrs. C. W. Prevention of mental disease. Pp. 25-28.' 
Brown, Mrs. C. W. The future of the educated imbecile. Pp. 401-406. 
Brown, Mrs. C. W. A visit to four English institutions. Pp. 226-235. 
Brown, Mrs. C. W. Offspring of first cousins. Pp. 57-59. 
Brown, George. Concerning occult epilepsy. Pp. 145-149. 
Brown, Dr. H. B. Some observations on the diagnosis and treatment of disease in 
feeble-minded children. Pp. 332-336. 
Brush, Edward N. On the employment of women physicians in hospitals for the 
insane. Yol. 47, pp. 323-330. 
Brush, Edward N. Notes of a visit to some of the asylums of Great Britain. Yol. 39, 
pp. 269-300. 
Brush, Edward N. A case of cerebral hypersemia with delirium following sudden 
change of temperature. Yol. 39, pp. 55-58. 
Brush, Edward N. Notes on some clinical experiments with insomnia. Yol. 45, pp. 
351-359. 
Bucko, R. M. Sanity. Yol. 47, pp. 17-26. 
Bucke, R. M. The origin of insanity. Yol. 49, pp. 56-66. 
Bncke, R. M. The growth of the intellect. Yol. 39, pp. 36-45. 
Buckuell, J. C. A lecture on the relation of madness to crime. Yol. 40, pp. 412- 
439. 
Bucknoll, J. C. The plea of insanity in the case of Charles Julius Guiteau. Yol. 
39, pp. 181-198. 
Burr, C. B. The insanity of pubescence. Yol. 43, pp. 328-339. 
Burr, C. B. Muscular action a cause of fracture among paretics. A report of two 
cases. Yol. 46, pp. 71-75. 
Burr, C. B. Intra-cranial tumor, with absence of diagnostic symptoms. Yol. 47, 
pp. 518-522. 
Buttolph, H. A. On the physiology of the brain and its relations in health and 
disease to the faculties of the mind. Yol. 42, pp. 277-316. 
Buttolph, H. A. On the physiology of the brain and its relations in health and 
diseases to the faculties of the mind. Yol. 42, pp. 405-428. 
Callender, J. H. History and work of the Association of Medical Superintendents 
of American Institutions for the Insane. Yol. 40, pp. 1-32. 
Campbell, J. A. On three cases of recovery after a lengthened duration of insanity. 
With remarks. Yol. 45, pp. 1-9. 
Carson, J. C. Report of a case of the opium habit in an idiot boy. Pp. 337-341. 
Carson, J. C. A case of moral imbecility. Pp. 407-412. 
Catlett, George C. Report on tinnitus annum, Yol. 41, pp. 275-294. 
Channing, Walter. Physical education of children. Yol. 48, pp. 303-320. 
Channing, Walter. An international classification of diseases. Yol. 44, pp. 361- 
380. 
Channing, Walter. Lunacy legislation, as proposed by Dr. Stephen Smith and 
others. 
Channing, Walter. The Codman will case. Yol. 45, pp. 221-231. 
Chaining, Walter. The connection between insanity and crime. Yol. 42, pp. 
452-472. 
Channing, Walter, and Adams, Miss A. W. Physical training of the insane. Yol. 
46, pp. 166-176. 
Chapin, John B. On the abuse of hypnotics. Yol. 48, pp. 202-208. 280 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Chapin, John B. A chapter in the history of the Willard asylum. Vol. 47, pp. 589- 
597. 
Chapin, John B. Address, delivered at the forty-third annual meeting of the Asso- 
ciation of Medical Superintendents of American Institutions for the Insane, 
Newport, R. 1., June 18, 1889. Vol. 46, pp. 1-21. 
Chapin, John B. On mental capacity in certain states of typhoid fever. Vol. 41, 
pp. 151-157. 
Chapin, John B. Public complaints against asylums for the insane, and the com- 
mitment of the insane. Vol. 40, pp. 33-49. 
Christian, E. A. A case of general paralysis apparently of traumatic origin. Vol. 
44, pp. 514-518. 
Christian, Jules. Researches on the etiology of general paralysis in men. Vol. 44, 
pp. 488-504. 
Clark, A. Campbell. Relations of the sexual and reproductive functions to insanity. 
Vol. 45, pp. 292-297. 
Clark, A. Campbell. The special training of asylum attendants. Vol. 40, pp. 326- 
343. 
Clark, Daniel. Crime and responsibility. Vol. 47, pp. 496-506. 
Clark, Daniel. Wrinkles in ancient asylum reports. Vol. 46, pp. 339-353. 
Clark, Daniel. A psycho-medical history of Louis Riel. Vol. 44, pp. 31-51. 
Clark, Daniel. A report on cerehro-spiual pathology. Vol. 40, pp. 127-144. 
Clark, Daniel. Education in relation to health. Vol. 43, pp. 42-54. 
Clark, Daniel. A chapter out of the historic record of forty years of cerehro-spiual 
pathology. Vol. 42, pp. 98-113. 
Clark, Daniel. Address of the retiring president of “The Association of Medical 
Superintendents of American Institutions for the Insane.” Vol. 49, pp. 1-25. 
Clarke, C. K. The case of William I?.—moral imbecility. Vol. 43, pp. 83-103. 
Clarke, C. K. Three clinical cases. Vol. 48, pp. 499-507. 
Clarke, C. K. A case of lethargy. Vol. 48, pp. 184-201. 
Clarke, C. K. Clinical cases: 1. Mania in exophthalmic goitre. 2. Exophthalmic 
goitre in mania. Vol. 45, pp. 500-502. 
Clarke, C. K. A case of sub-cerebellar sarcoma. Vol. 42, pp. 507-508. 
Cowles, Edward. The seminary method in asylum and hospital work. Vol. 48, pp. 
365-372. 
Cowles, Edward. The advancement of the work of the association, and the advan- 
tages of a better organization. Vol. 48, pp. 118-124. 
Cowles, Edward. The mechanism of insanity. Vol. 48, pp. 209-252. 
Cowles, Edward. The mechanism of insanity. Vol. 47, pp. 471-495. 
Cowles, Edward. The mechanism of insanity. Vol. 46, pp. 457-485. 
Cowles, Edward. The mechanism of insanity. Vol. 48, pp. 49-70. 
Cowles, Edward. Nursing-reform for the insane. Vol. 44, pp. 176-191. 
Craig, Oscar. The New York law for the State care of the insane. Vol. 48, pp. 
171-183. 
Davies, F. Pritchard. Remarkable case of sudden loss of memory. Yol. 43, pp. 
460-472. 
Deecke, Theodore. Two cases of epilepsy following fracture of the skull, with au- 
topsy and remarks. Yol. 39, pp. 433-445. 
Deecke, Theodore. On progressive meningo-cerehritis of the insane. Vol. 39, pp. 
391-410. 
Deecke, Theodore. Primiire und origiuare Verriicktheit. Vol. 41, pp. 389-412. 
Deecke, Theodore. On progressive meningo-cerehritis of the insane. Vol. 40, pp. 
379-403. 
Deecke, Theodore. On the pathology of heat-stroke. Vol. 40, pp. 178-204. 
Dewey, Richard, and Riese. Two cases of traumatic injury of the hrain. Vol. 47, 
pp. 384-396. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
281 
Dewey, R. S. Differentiation in institutions for the insane. Vol. 39, pp. 1-21. 
Dimon, Theo., J. D. Button, and W. J. Herriman. Report on the lunacy laws of 
the State of New York. Vol. 40, pp. 102-109. 
Dodd, F. The legal and medical theories of mental disease in criminal cases. Vol. 
39, pp. 456-469. 
Douty, J. Harrington. Senile melancholia; its characteristics aud pathology. 
Pp. 328-333. 
Douty, J. Harrington. Short notes on a case of “folie circulaire.” Vol. 42, pp. 
140-143. 
Draper, Joseph. Subjective delusions; of the significance of certain symptoms in 
mental disease. 
Draper, Joseph. The responsibility of the insane outside of asylums. Vol. 40, pp. 
113-126. 
Earle, Pliny. The curability of insanity. Vol. 42, pp. 179-209. 
Eastman, B. D. Mechanical massage. Vol. 48, pp. 321-330. 
Echeverria, M. G. Criminal responsibility of epileptics, as illustrated by the case 
of David Montgomery. Vol. 29, pp. 341-425. 
Elliot, E. P. Inebriates at the Danvers Lunatic Asylum. Vol. 46, pp. 48-60. 
Everts, O. Obligations of the medical profession to society and the insane. Vol. 
47, pp. 122-129. 
Everts, O. Treatment of the insane as related to science, and general conditions 
of humanity historically considered. Vol. 46, pp. 354-362. 
Everts, O. New wine in old bottles. Vol. 42, pp. 210-221. 
Everts, O. Are dipsomania, kleptomania, pyromania, etc., valid forms of mental 
disease? Vol. 44, pp. 52-59. 
Everts, O. Common errors, theoretical and practical, relating to insanity. Vol. 43, 
pp. 221-242. 
Everts, O. Criminal responsibility of the insane. Vol. 40, pp. 440-461. 
Everts, O. Treatment of the insane. Vol. 41, pp. 158-182. 
Fish, William B. The medical treatment of idiots and imbeciles. Pp. 215-225. 
Fisher, Theodore W. Cerebral localization. Vol. 46, pp. 139-151. 
Fisher, Theo. W. Two unique cases of insanity, possibly epileptic. Vol. 43, pp. 
307-327. 
Fisher, Theo. W. Paranoia in relation to hallucination of hearing, with two cases 
of medico-legal interest. Vol. 45, pp. 18-31. 
Fisher, Theo. W. A case of tumor on the brain. Vol. 41, pp. 261-274. 
Fletcher, W. B. Eight cases of trephining for traumatic insanity. Vol. 44, pp. 
• 212-219. 
Fletcher, W. B. Three cases of insanity treated by removal of depressed bone. 
Vol. 42, pp. 498-506. 
Folsom, Charles F. Some points regarding general paralysis. Vol. 48, pp. 17-36. 
Folsom, Charles F. Case of Charles F. Freeman of Pocasset, Mass. Vol. 40, pp. 
353-363. 
Ford, Willis E. Mental hygiene. Vol. 41, pp. 435-455. 
Givens, John W. Memorizing as an exercise for the insane. Vol. 43, pp. 78-82. 
Godding, W. W. Aspects and outlook of insanity in America. Vol. 47, pp. 1-16. 
Godding, W. W. The State in the care of its insane. Yol. 46, pp. 311-326. 
Godding, W. W. Insanity as a defence for crime. Yol. 44, pp. 393-399. 
Godding, W. W. Judicial advance; the Daley case. Vol. 45, pp. 191-206. 
Godding, W. W. Progress in provision for the insane, 1844-84. Vol. 41, pp. 
129-150. 
Goebel, L. S., aud Alexander T. Goodwin. Report on lunacy by committee of New 
York State Senate. Vol. 39, pp. 494-503. 
Goldsmith, W. B. A case of prolonged mental stupor, the remote effect of a blow 
on the head. Vol. 44, pp. 505-509. ABNORMAL MAN. 
Goldsmith, VV. B. A case of moral insanity. Vol. 40, pp. 162-170. 
Goodall, Edwin. Description of the motor area of the cortex cerebri of an infant* 
Vol. 49, pp. 51-55. 
Gorton, W. A. Mania following ether. Vol. 46, pp. 451-456. 
Granger, Win. D. Monomania. Vol. 41, pp. 413-434. 
Gray, John P. In sanity, its frequency, and some of its preventable causes. Vol. 
42, pp. 1-45. 
Gray, John P. Heredity. Vol. 41, pp. 1-21. 
Gray, John P. Hints on the prevention of insanity. Vol. 41, pp. 295-304. 
Greene, Rev. H. M. The relation of the State to its charities. Pp. 250-258. 
Greene, Hon. H. M. A case of pre-natal shock impression. Pp. 345-349. 
Greenlees, T. Duncan. Cases illustrating cortical paralysis, with loss of speech. 
Vol. 43, pp. 401-413. 
Greenlees, T. Duncan. Notes on a case of cerebral tumor. Yol. 42, pp. 334-341. 
Grissom, Eugene. Is there any connection between deaf-mutism and insanity! 
The case of Walter L. Bingham. Yol. 44, pp. 225-231. 
Guiteau. Yol. 39, pp. 208-212. 
Guiteau, Case of. The Journal of Medical Science, July, 1882. American Journal 
of Insanity, vol. 39, pp. 199-207. 
Guiteaumania. From British Medical Journal, June 24, 1882. American Journal 
of Insanity, vol. 39, pp. 62-68. 
Habeas .corpus, The writ of, and insane asylums. Vol. 39, pp. 301-317. 
Harrington, A. H. Hereditary cases of progressive muscular atrophy. Vol. 44, pp. 
73-76. 
Harrington, A. H. Peculiar manifestations in a hysterical hoy. Vol. 46, pp. 
486-491. 
Hill, Charles G. A plea for a better knowledge of insanity by the general prac- 
titioner. Vol. 45, pp. 270-277. 
Hospital reports, Reviews of (Alabama, Arkansas, California, Connecticut, Indiana, 
Kansas, Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, New York, North 
Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina). Vol. 43, pp. 371-389. 
Howden, James C. Scheme for a pathological index. Vol. 47, pp. 523-534. 
Hurd, Henry M. Post-febrile insanity. Vol. 49, pp. 26-34. 
Hurd, Henry M. A case of inebriety with insanity, with remarks. Vol. 46, pp. 
61-70. 
Hurd, Henry M. The religious delusions of the insane. Vol. 44, pp. 471-487. 
Hurd, Henry M. The minor treatment of insane patients. Vol. 40, pp. 205-209. 
Hurd, Henry M. Gastric, secretory, and other crises in general paresis. Vol. 44, 
pp. 60-65. 
Hurd, Henry M. The data of recovery from insanity. Vol. 43, pp. 243-255. 
Hurd, Henry M. The relation of general paresis and syphilitic insanity. Vol. 43, 
pp. 1-18. 
Hurd, Henry M. Paranoia. Vol. 42, pp. 473-483. 
Hurd, Henry M. The treatment of periodic insanity. Vol. 39, pp. 174-180. 
Hurd, Henry M. Imbecility with insanity. Vol. 45, pp. 261-269. 
Hurd, Henry M. Journal clubs. Vol. 48, pp. 372-375. 
Hutchinson, H. A. Acute melancholia caused by impacted fasces. Vol. 43, pp. 
265-266. 
Insane, The rights of the. Vol. 39, pp. 411-432. 
Insanity as a ground for divorce. Vol. 39, pp. 213-227. 
Insanity, On the increase of, in the State of New York compared with the increase 
of population. Vol, 39, pp. 387-390. 
Kellogg, T. H. Affections of speech in the insane. Vol. 49, pp. 35M6. 
Keniston, J. M. Analgesia in insanity. Vol. 47, pp. 142-151. 
Keuiston, J. M. Paraldehyde. Vol. 45, pp. 278-282. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
283 
Kerlin, I. N. The organization of establishments for the idiotic and imbecile 
classes. Pp. 19-24. 
Kerlin, Isaac N. Provision for idiots. (Report of standing committee.) Pp. 491-507. 
Kerlin, Isaac N. The epileptic change and its appearance among feeble-minded 
children. Pp. 202-211. 
Kerlin, Isaac N. Juvenile insanity. Pp. 87-94. 
Kerlin, Isaac N. Etiology of idiocy. Pp. 150-162. 
Kerlin, Isaac N., and Hon. H. M. Greene. Report of standing committee to the 
Eleventh National Conference of Charities and Reforms, St. Louis, 1884, on 
idiotic and feeble-minded children. Pp. 463-490. 
Kindred, J. J. A fresh method of brain examination. Yol. 49, pp. 47-50. 
Kinnier, D. Frank. Syphilitic insanity. Yol. 44, pp. 510-513. 
Knight, George H. On a broader provision for epileptics. Pp. 423-427. 
Knight, George H. Two causes of epilepsy. Pp. 302-304. 
Knight, 11. M. On internal hydrocephalus. Pp. 81-85. 
Lane, Edward B. The so-called mortar area of the cortex. Yol. 47, pp. 507-517. 
Mahon, William. Chloramid as a hypnotic for the insane. Yol. 46, pp. 492—198. 
Mac Donald, Carlos F. Recent legislation for the insane in the State of Now York. 
Yol. 47, pp. 354-383. 
MacPherson, J. On the dissolution of the functions of the nervous system in insan- 
ity, with a suggestion for a new basis of classiticatiou. Yol. 45, pp. 387-394. 
Mann, Frederick W. Alcoholic hallucination. Yol. 46, pp. 439-450. 
Maron, Wm. Clinical observations on the action of sulfonal in insanity. Yol. 45, 
pp. 493-499. 
Mosher, J. M. Recovery from melancholia following pleurisy. Yol. 48, pp. 253-257. 
Mosher, J. M. A case of cerebral thrombosis, with conjugate deviation of the head 
and eyes. Yol. 46, pp. 370-374. 
Moulton, A. R. Who shall care for the indigent insane? Yol. 47, pp. 11-121. 
Moulton, A. R. The new departure in Massachusetts. Yol. 48, pp. 43-48. 
Muller, John. Some observations of the Scotch and Danish institutions for the 
feeble-minded. Pp. 305-310. 
Munson, James D. Hallucinations and illusions of the insane. Yol. 43, pp. 291-306. 
Nellis, A., jr. Case of cerebral atrophy with subsequent cystic degeneration. Yol. 
44, pp. 220-223. 
Ordronaux, John. Moral insanity. Yol. 29, pp. 313-340. 
Page, Charles IV. The relation of attention to hypnotic phenomena. Yol. 47, pp. 
27-42. 
Palmer, George C. The colony system of caring for the insane. Yol. 44, pp. 157-169. 
Parent, Victor. Letter from France. Yol. 48, pp. 277-284. 
Parent, Victor. Letter from France. Yol. 48, pp. 546-551. 
Parent, Victor. A letter irom France. Yol. 47, pp. 598-605. 
Parent, Victor. Letter from France. Yol. 49, pp. 109-118. 
Peterson, Frederick. Remarks on some European asylums. Yol. 44, pp. 1-20. 
Pilgrim, Charles W. Report of a case of epileptic insanity, with the “Echo Sign” 
well marked. Yol. 40, pp. 404-411. 
Pilgrim, Charles W. Mental disturbance following puerperal eclampsia. Yol. 43, 
pp. 473-480. 
Pilgrim, Charles W. Pyromauia (so called), with report of a case. Yol. 41, pp. 
456-465. 
Pilgrim, Charles W. A visit to Gheel. Yol. 42, pp. 317-327. 
Pilgrim, Charles W. Clinical cases; A case of spontaneous rupture of the heart; a 
case of suicidal and homicidal melancholia. Yol. 41, pp. 305-313. 
Rayoer, H. Presidential address delivered at the annual meeting of the Medico- 
Physiological Association, held at the Royal College of Physicians, London, 
July 23,1884. Yol. 41, pp. 314-336. 284 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Reinhard, D. C. On the use of permanent baths in the gangrenous bed-sores of in- 
sane paralytics. Vol. 39, pp. 446-455. 
Reports, Asylum (Connecticut, Dakota, District of Columbia, Georgia, Illinois, lowa, 
Kentucky, Massachusetts, Maine, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey, Nevada, 
New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Ten- 
nessee, Texas, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Canada). 
Vol. 44, pp. 136-144. 
Reports, Asylum (Michigan, Minnesota, New York, Ohio). Vol. 43, pp. 498-505. 
Reports, Review of American Asylum (Ohio, Indiana, lowa, District of Columbia, 
Virginia). Vol. 39, pp. 482-494. 
Reports, Review of asylum, for 1871-’72 (New Hampshire, New York, Massachusetts, 
Pennsylvania, Alabama, Oregon, North Carolina, Indiana, Virginia, South 
Carolina, and New South Wales). Vol. 29, pp. 427-445. 
Reports, Review of American asylum, 1881-’B2 (Maine, New Hampshire, Massachu- 
setts, New Jersey, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New York, and Pennsylvania). 
Vol. 39, pp. 262-386. 
Reports, Review of asylum (Canada). Vol. 42, pp. 242-246. 
Reports, Review of asylum, for 1884-’B5 (Florida, Texas, Virginia, South Carolina, 
Massachusetts, Maryland, and District of Columbia). Vol. 42, pp. 360-371. 
Reports, Review of asylum (Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois, Arkansas, 
Nevada, Oregon, and Dakota). Vol. 41, pp. 502-517. 
Reports, Review of American asylum (Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachu- 
setts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut). Vol. 40, pp, 82-95. 
Reports, Review of asylum (Ohio, South Carolina, Texas, England, and Canada). 
Vol. 43, pp. 110-116. 
Reports, Review of American asylum (New York, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Vir- 
ginia, and West Virginia). Vol. 40, pp. 226-243. 
Reports, Review of asylum (Massachusetts, Kansas, Texas, District of Columbia, 
Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, Pennsylvania, North Carolina). Vol. 41, pp. 
359-376. 
Reports, Review of American asylum (Kentucky, Texas, Indiana, Arkansas, North 
Carolina, and Louisiana). Yol. 41, pp. 110-125. 
Richardson, A. B. The transmission of acquired variations. Vol. 47, pp. 397-409. 
Richardson, A. B. Habit in insanity, Yol. 43, pp. 414-426. 
Richardson, A. B. Tact in the management of the insane. Vol. 45, pp. 10-17. 
Richardson, A. B. Perversions of the moral sense in insanity. Vol. 46, pp. 363-369. 
Rogers, A. C. On the ascribed causation of idiocy, as illustrated in reports of the 
lowa Institution for Feeble-minded Children. Pp. 296-301. 
Rogers, Joseph G. Report on the therapeutics of insanity. Vol. 40, pp. 344-352. 
Rogers, Joseph G. Some peculiar effects of ciuchonia. Vol. 39, pp. 59-61. 
Ross, Chisholm. Insanity in Australasia. Vol. 47, pp. 431-438. 
Russell, Ira. The recruiting ground for insane asylums. Vol. 45, pp. 283-285. 
Savage, George H. Syphilis and its relation to insanity. Vol. 44, pp. 323-349. 
Schultz, S. S. On asylum location, construction, and sanitation. Vol. 41, pp. 203-216. 
Seguin, E. Monograph of G. C. P. A paper read as a typical case of sensorial idiocy, 
at the meeting of the physicians for idiots, June 13, 1877, Columbus, O. Pp. 
11-18. 
Seguin, E. Psycho-physiological training of an idiotic hand. Pp. 119-123. 
Seguin, E. PsycUo-physiological training of an idiotic eye. Pp. 124-134. 
Seguin, E. Recent progress in the training of idiots. Pp. 60-65. 
Seguin, Mrs. E. M. The case of Mary , a deaf mute idio-imbecile. Pp. 342- 
344. 
Seppilli, Giuseppe. Report on the therapeusis of meptal diseases means of hyp- 
notic suggestion. Vol. 47, pp. 542-556, 
Shew, A. M. Progress in the treatment of the insane. Yol. 42, pp. 429-451. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
285 
Shnttleworth, G. E. The health and physical development of idiots as compared 
with mentally sound children of the same age. Pp. 315-322. 
Shnttleworth, G. E. Intemperance as a cause of idiocy. Pp. 46-51. 
Shnttleworth, G. E. Idiocy and imbecility due to inherited syphilis. Vol. 44, pp. 
381-386. 
Siukler, Wharton, and Edward N. Brush. A case of general paresis of fourteen 
years’ standing. Vol. 46, pp. 79-81. 
Sinkler, Wharton, and Edward N. Brush. A case of general paresis of fourteen 
years’ standing. Vol. 45, pp. 503-507. 
Smith, Stephen. The project of a law for the commitment of the insane to custody, 
to be adopted by the several States. Vol. 45, pp. 232-246. 
Smith, Stephen. The care of the insane in the State of New York, historically con- 
sidered. Vol. 43, pp. 55-77. 
Smith, Stephen. Eemarks on the lunacy laws of the State of New York, as regards 
the provisions for commitment and discharge of the insane. Vol. 40, pp. 50-70. 
Spratliug, W. P. The importance of systematic cooperation in study and research 
among pathologists in American hospitals for the insane. Vol. 47, pp. 538-541. 
Status of the work before the people and legislatures. Development and progress 
of institutions—improvements in school training and hospital care introduced 
during the year 1886. Pp. 442-462. 
Status of the work before the people and the legislatures. Development and prog- 
ress of institutions—improvements in school training and hospital care intro- 
duced during the years 1884 and 1885. Pp. 350-372. 
Status of the work before the legislatures and the people. , Development and prog- 
ress of institutions—improvements in ,school training and hospital care intro- 
duced during the years 1881 and 1882. Pp. 265-278. 
Status of the work before the people and legislatures. Development and progress 
of institutions—improvements in school training and hospital care introduced 
during the years 1879 and 1880. 
Status of the work before the people and legislatures. Development and progress 
of the institutions—improvements in school training and hospital care intro- 
duced during the years 1878 and 1879. Pp. 95-108. 
Stearns, IT. P. Some notes on the present state of psychiatry. Vol. 48, pp. 1-16. 
Stearns, H. P. Classification of mental diseases. Vol. 44, pp. 350-360. 
Stearns, H. P. A case not wholly hypothetical. Vol. 46, pp. 152-165. 
Stearns, 11. P. Progress in the treatment of the insane. Vol. 41, pp. 22-39. 
Stedman, Henry R. The family or boarding-out system—its uses and limits as a 
provision for the insane. Vol. 46, pp. 327, 328. 
Stewart, J. Q. A. The industrial department of the Kentucky Institution for the 
Education and Training of Feeble-minded Children. Pp. 236-239. 
Strong. Jamin. Education as a factor in the prevention and cure of insanity. Vol. 
42, pp. 114-139. 
Talcott, Selden H. Dietetics in the treatment and cure of insanity. Vol. 48, pp. 
342-349. 
Talcott, Selden 11. Traumatic insanities and traumatic recoveries. Vol. 45, pp. 
40-49. 
Tarbell, G. G. On the height, weight, and relative rate of growth of normal and 
feeble-minded children. Pp. 188, 189. 
Torey, J. Leslie. Psycho-therapeutics. Vol. 43, pp. 427-436. 
Tuttle, George T. Kidney disease and insanity. Vol. 48, pp. 458-469. 
Tyler, H. A study of the laws and conditions which govern human conduct. Vol. 
48, pp. 490-498. 
Yerga, Dr. Andrea. Acrophobia. Vol. 45, pp. 286-291. 
Wagner, Charles G. A case of trephining for general paresis. Vol. 47, pp. 59-65. 
Wetherill, Henry M., jr. The modern hypnotics. Vol. 46, pp. 28-47, 286 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Wey, H. D. Physical training as a means of mental development, Yol. 47, pp. 
311-322. 
White, M. J. Electric door-openers for use in asylums, Yol. 45,* pp. 489-492. 
Wiglesworth, Joseph. A case of insanity associated with acute syphilis. Yol. 44, 
pp. 391, 392. 
Wigleswortb, Joseph. On the pathology of pachymeningitis interna hemorrhagica; 
a reply to Prof. Seguin. Arol. 47, pp. 347-353. 
AVilbnr, C. T. Class work of a school year at the Illinois Asylum for Feeble-minded 
Children. Pp. 240-249. 
AVilbnr, H. B. Instinct not predominant in idiocy. Pp. 135-144. 
AVilbnr, HB. The relation of speech or language to idiocy. Pp. 66-80. 
Wilbur, H. B. The classifications of idiocy. Pp. 29-35. 
Wilbur, H. B. Some of the abnormal characteristics of idiocy and the methods 
adopted in obviating them. Pp. 190-201. 
Williams, Henry Smith. The dream state and its psychic correlatives. Yol. 48, 
pp. 445-447. 
Williams, Henry Smith. A few psycho-somatic base lines. Arol. 47, pp. 331-346. 
Williams, Henry Smith. The treatment of hsematoma auris. Yol. 49, pp. 67-71. 
AVilliams, Henry Smith. Molecular dynamics of the encephalon. Yol. 46, pp. 193- 
207. 
AAblliams, Henry Smith. The encephalic circulation and its relation to the mind. 
Yol. 45, pp. 465-488. 
Williams, Henry Smith. On a case of shock; with some observations on the ■vaso- 
motor system. Arol. 45, pp. 331-338. 
AVilmarth, A. AY. Notes on the anatomy of the idiot brain. Pp. 323-328. 
Wilmarth, A. AY. Notes on the pathology of idiots. Pp. 428-441. 
AVise, P. M. Araginal hernia and uterine fibroids, with delusions of pregnancy. 
Yol. 46, pp. 76-78. 
AAbse, P. M. The care of the chronic insane. Yol. 44, pp. 170-175. 
AVise, P. M. Recovery of the chronic insane. Yol. 42, pp. 484-497. 
AVise, P. M. The Barber case. The legal responsibility of epileptics. Arol. 45, pp. 
360-373. 
AVorcester, AY. L. Mechanical restraint in the treatment of the insane. Yol. 48, 
pp. 476-489. 
Worcester, W. L. Insanity in twins. Yol. 47, pp. 535-537. 
Worcester, W. L. Is puerperal insanity a distinct clinical form? Yol. 47, pp. 
52-58. 
AVorcester, AY. L. Delirium. Yol. 46, pp. 22-27. 
AA'brcester, AY. L. Cases illustrative of the localization of cerebral functions. ATol. 
44, pp. 66-73. 
Workman, J. Disturbances of the intellect in hemiplegia. Yol. 43, pp. 19-41. 
Workman, J. Moral insanity—what is it? Yol. 39, pp. 334-348. 
Wright, C. E. Large or small hospitals for the insane—which? Yol. 47, pp. 43-51 IV.—SOCIAL PATHOLOGY. 
A baby outcast two weeks in a gutter. How it lived. N. Y. Herald, September 16, 
1892. 1,100 words. 
American Statistical Association, Publications of. Boston. 
Ames, Lucia True. The homo in the tenement house. New England Magazine, 
Jan., 1893. 4,000 words. 
Andrews, E. B. The social plaint. Is the social body well or ill, and what is the 
present need? New York World, June, 1892. 6,000 words. 
Annales d’hygiene publique et de m6decine 16gale. 
Argonaut. (Editorial.) Provision for unmarried girls. Dec. 15,1892. 1,000 words. 
Bailie, William. Problems of anarchism. Society and individual liberty. Liberty, 
Jan. 7, 1893. 1,200 words. 
Baker, H. B. Diagrams illustrating a paper on the systematic study of the causes 
of sickness and deaths, read at the Sanitary Convention at Battle Creek, Mich., 
March 29, 1881. B°. N. p., 1881. 
Banks, Wm. M. The popular idea Qf the doctor two hundred years ago and now. 
. From the “London Lancet.” Scientific American Supplement, Nov. 12, 1892. 
6,500 words. 
Bariod, J. A. Etudes critiques sur les monomanies instinctives. Non-existence de 
cette forme de maladie mentale. 4°. Paris, 1852. 
Bartlett, S. C. Temptations of college life. Chicago Advance, Jan. 12,1893. 2,700 
words. 
Bavaria. Koniglich-statistisches Bureau. XXXV. Die Yerbreitung der Blindheit, 
der Tanbstummheit, des Blodsinns nnd des Irrsinns in Bayern; nebst einer 
allgemeinen internationalen Statistik dieser vier Gebrechen. Bearbeitet von 
Dr. Georg Mayr. roy. B°. Miiuchen, 1877. 
Bavaria. Konigl.-statis. Bureau. * * * Beitriige zur bayerischen Medizinalsta- 
tistik. Morbiditat in den Heilanstalten des Konigreichs Bayern. Jahresbe- 
richt fiir 1877 und 1878 in 2 Abtheilungeu. roy. B°. Miinchen, 1881. 
Beaton, David. The National Citizens’Eights Association. Chicago Advance, Oct. 
22, 1892. 1,800 words. 
Beard. Famous examples of nervous exhaustion. Med. Eec., 1884, 26, p. 307. 
Bejan, Dr. An itinerant dispensary. Med. Eec., 1887, 32, p. 230. 
Beneke, F. W. Mittheilungen und Yorschlage betreffend die Anbahnung einer wis- 
sensohaftlich brauchbaren Morbidities- und Mortalitats-Statistick fiir Deutsch- 
land als clues Mittols zur wissenschaftlichen Begriindung der Aetiologie der 
Krankheiten. B°. Oldenburg, 1857. 
Berra, Dr. Revolver bullets in the brain. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 229. 
Bishop Fitzgerald on lynching. (Editorial.) N. Y. Independent, June 2, 1892. 900 
words. 
Black, W. An arithmetical and medical analysis of the diseases and mortality of 
the human species. 2d ed. B°. London, 1789. 
Blykaerts, Dr, An instance of nervous impressionability. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, p. 69. 
Boaz, Frank. The growth of children. Science, Dec. 23. 1,500 words. 
Bocock, Kempra. The Southern social problem. Social Economist, Jan. 2,700 
words. 
Booth, Charles, Labor and life of the people. Loudon, 1889. 3 vols. 288 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Booth, General. In darkest England and the way out. London and New York, 
1890. pp. 316. 
Booth, General. Twenty-one years’ Salvation Army. Loudon, 1890. pp. 254. 
Broussais, C. Do la statistiqueappliqude kla pathologie et a la tbYrapeutique. 4°. 
Paris, 1840. 
Brunet, S. V. A. Des impulsions automatiques, ou monomanies instinctives. 4°. 
Paris, 1860. 
Burt, Frederick A. Baby-farming, Lend a Hand, Jan., 1893. 4,000 words. 
Calmeil, L. F. Do la folie, sous le point de vue pathologique, philoso- 
phique, historique et judiciaire, etc. 2. v. B°. Pains, 1845. 
Campbell, Harry. Differences in the nervous organization of man and woman, 
physiological and pathological. 111. 
Carr, AYalter Lester. The dispensary abuse. 
Christie, Louise Long. (1) Responsibility of motherhood. (2) Overing, Anna Ste- 
vens. AVhere are they? [The Children], Womankind, Nov., 1892. 850 words. 
Clarke, R. H., Wm. F. Barnard, C. T. Lewis, S. Colgate, and the matron of the Wil- 
son Industrial School. N. Y. Independent, March 3, 1893. 14,000 words. 
Clouston, T. S. The relationship of bodily and mental pain. B. M. J. 
Conditions that produce nihilism in the land of the Czar. A starving peasantry. 
1,000 words. N. Y. Aroice, Jan. 12, 1893. 
Cooke, AAr. Mind and the emotions considered in relation to health and disease. B°. 
London, 1839. 
Cooke, AY. A commentary of medical and moral life; or mind and the emotions con- 
sidered in relation to health, disease, and religion. B°. London, 1852. 
Cooper, AY. C. As to ethics. Medical Brief, Jan., 1893. 900 words. 
Corning, Dr. J. Leonard. Brain rest. New York Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 45. 
Costa, Benjamin F. De. Plan for lighting vice. N. Y. Herald, May 31, 1892. 2,200 
words. 
Cram, W. A. The problem of sex. The spiritual yiew. Eeligio-Philosophical 
Journal, July 23, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Crippeu, H. H. Notes on word-blindness and its concomitants. A fragmentary 
contribution. Journal of Ophthalmology, Otology, and Laryngology, Janu- 
ary, 1892. 4,500 words. 
Dana, C. L. Pathology and treatment of certain forms of nerve weakness. Med. 
Bee., 1883, 24, pp. 57-62. 
Dana, C. L. Folie du doute and mysophobia. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 724. 
Dana, C. L. Chronic nerve weakness. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 76. 
Dana, C. L. Neurasthenia. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 59. 
Denkwiirdigkeiten znr medicinischcn Statistik nnd Staatsarzueikunde fiir Crimi- 
ualisten. Berlin, 1846. pp. 146. 
Depaul. Mfmoire sur Pinsnfflation de Pair dans les voies afriennes chez les enfants, 
etc. Paris, 1845. 
Desessartz. Extrait de la notice sur les maladies qni ont r<sgu6 pendant Pantonine 
et I’hiver de Pan 6. B°. No imp. 
Deutscher Yerein fur Medizinal-Statistik. Beitriige zur Medizinal-Statistik. Hrsg. 
vom dentschen Yerein fur Medizinal-Statistik durch Dr. Schweig, Dr. 
Schwartz, nnd Dr. Zueler. 3 Hfte. B°. Stuttgart, 1875-’7B. 
Dewey, Mary E. The Indian need. Lend a Hand, Aug., 1892. 1,600 words. 
Dietrick, Ellen B. Morality of men and women. Boston Transcript, Noy. 12,1892. 
800 words. 
Diller, Theodore. Psychological state of Berkman, the assailant of H. C. Frick, 
Alienist and Neurologist, Oct., 1892. 2,000 words. 
Divorce in South Dakota. (Editorial). 1,200 words. N, Y. Post, Jan. 18. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
289 
Donnelly, Ignatius. Relation of the saloon to industrial interests. Reply by 
Samuel Dickie. N. Y. Voice, April 7, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Douglas, Frederick. Lynch law in the South. North Am. Review, July, 1892. 3,000 
words. 
Dubois, C. Consideration sur cinq fleaux: I’abus du corset, I’usage du tabac, la 
passion du jeu, Tabus des liqueurs fortes et I’agiotage. B°. Paris, 1857. 
Duel in France, The. (Editorial.) San Francisco Chronicle, July 24, 1892. 1,400 
words. 
Economics and morality. N. Y. Independent, Nov. 10, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Edwards, Louise Betts. About punishments [of children.] Housekeepers’Weekly, 
Dec. 24, 1892. 700 words. 
Eliot, Samuel A. The migration of invalids. (A problem in the administration of 
charity.) Lend a Hand, Dec., 1892. 2,300 words. 
Elsiug, Win. T. Life in New' York tenement houses, as seen by a city missionary, 
Scribner’s Mag., May, 1892. 9,000 words. 
Ely, Richard T. Course of lectures on socialism. People, Jan. 8,1893. 1,000 words. 
English reforms, the greatest are labor and temperance. Hartford Times, Nov. 4, 
1892. 2,300 words. 
Eskridge, J. T. Report of cases of moral imbecility, of the opium habit, and of 
feigning, in which forgery is the offense committed. Med. News, Jan. 14,1893. 
5,000 words. 
Euthanasia. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 322. 
Every lynching makes more murders. [Editorial.] St. Louis Republic, March 5, 
1892. 800 words. 
F. F. S. A Western lynching. How the vigilants purified the moral atmosphere of 
Leadville in 1879. St. Louis Globe-Democrat. • 3,000 words. 
Ferguson, J. Oration at the third quarterly meeting of Society for the Prevention 
of Cruelty to Children. N. O. Picayune, Nov. 18,1892. 5,500 words. 
Forsyth, Mary Isabella. The Industrial Home at Kingston on the Hudson. Lend a 
Hand, Dec., 1892. 2,000 words. 
Fouquet, Clementine. Mysteries of Paris. Monsieur le prefet de police, the man 
who know's them all. Chicago Times, Nov. 20,1892. 1,900 words. 
Friedburg, H. Hat der Student N. seiueu Gegner im Zweikampf getodtet? Ge- 
richtsiirztliches Gutachten. Yrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berk, 1880, n. F., 32, 
pp. 36-52. 
Gambling, petition for injunction to restrain city from interfering. Circuit court of 
Cook County. Chicago Legal News, Nov. 5,1892. 2,000 words. 
Gast6, L. F. Ducalcul appliqu<s a lam6decine commecomplement de la des 
faits et des raisonnemens sur lesqnels doivent etre fondles la pathologie, la 
therapeutique et la clinique. M6moire it I’Academic de mddecine en 
response a celui sur le calcul des probability applique it la medecine par M. 
Risneno d’Amador. B°. Montpellier, 1838. 
Gavarret, J. Principes g<jndraux de statistique medicale, on developpemeut des 
regies que doivent presider a son emploi. B°. Paris, 1840. 
General Booth’s work. (Editorial.) Omaha Bee, March 6,1892. 1,200 words. 
Genevoix, G. Duel feminin. Paris, 1892. 
Gerry’s Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children. Its legal status, etc. N, 
Y. World, July 19,1892. 4,000 words. 
Gigliarelli, R. L’ übbriachezza in rapporto all’ igiene. 12°. Milano, 1880. 
Gilmour, John H. Indian justice. Social offenses severely dealt with by the Cu- 
huillas. San Francisco Chronicle, July 24,1892. 1,900 words. 
Godkin, E. L. Idleness and immorality. Forum, May, 1892. 5,000 words. 
Gorry, T. Des alientis voleurs; non-existence de la kleptomanie et des mouomanies 
en g6n6ral comme entity morbides. 4°. Paris, 1879. 290 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Graetzer, J. Daniel Gohl mid Christian Kundmann, zur Geschichte der Medicinal- 
Statistik. (Nebst einem Beitrage von Dr, Markgraf und archivalischeu 
Beilagen.) B°. Breslau, 1884. 
Great Britain. Treasury, National Debt Office. Friendly societies. Further 
report and tables. (Second part.) Fol. [London, 1854.] 
Great Britain. Secretary of State for the Home Department. Registrar of friendly 
societies in England. Friendly societies. Return to an order of the House of 
Commons, dated Nov. 29,1852, for abstract “of returns respecting friendly 
societies in England and Wales during the five years ending the 31st day of 
Dec., 1850.” Fol. [London, 1852.] 
Great Britain. Treasury. National Debt Office. Friendly societies. Return to an 
order of the House of Commons, dated Aug. 12,1853, for “copy of a report 
and tables prepared under the directions of the Lords of the Treasury, by the 
actuary of the national debt office, on the subject of sickness and mortality 
among the members of friendly societies, as shown by the quinquennial returns, 
to the 31st day of Dec., 1850, received by the registrar of friendly societies in 
England, under the provisions of the* act 9 and 10 Viet., c. 27.” Fol. [Lou- 
don, 1853.] 
Grube, R. H. Pathology of old age. American Lancet, Nov., 1892, 4,000 words. 
Hahberton, John. Babies of the slums. N. Y. Herald, May 22, 1892. 3,700 words. 
Hall, H; A. Should the blind marry? Mentor, Nov., 1892. 1,000 words. 
Hallier, E. Die sozialen Probleme und das Erbzucht. Miinchen, 1892. 
Harvey, G. The art of curing diseases by expectation; with remarks on a supposed 
great case of apoplectic fits. 32°. 
Hawkins, F. B. Elements of medical statistics; containing the substance of Gul 
stonian lectures * * * with numerous additions, illustrative of the com- 
parative salubrity, longevity, mortality, and prevalence of diseases in the 
principal countries and cities of the civilized world. B°. London, 1829. 
Hawthorne, Julian. Cranks in the saddle. Causes that produce and keep alive the 
crank: social study. N. Y. World, July 10, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Heilbronn, Dr. J. Early medical ethics. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 717. 
Heinroth, J. C. A. [Pr.] de fatuitate puerili vera et falsa. Pts. 1 and 2. 4°. Lip- 
site, 1842. 
Heuuebicq, L. Introduction au Droit de vengeance. Rev. universitaire, jau., 1892, 
Bruxelles. 
Heym, K. Anzahl undDanerder Krankheiteningemisfchterßevolkerung. Funfund- 
zwanzig Jahre Erfahrungeu der Yersicherungs-Gesellschaft Gegenseitigkeit 
zu Leipzig. Ein Beitrag zum Reichsgesetz, betreffend die Kranken-Versiche- 
rung der Arbeiter. B°. Leipzig, 1884. 
Hirschberg, J. Die mathematischen Grundlagen der medizinischen Statistik ele- 
mentar dargestellt. B°. Leipzig, 1874. 
Holland, H. Medical statistics, and statistics of population. Br. fol. [Westfield, 
1887.] 
Holyoake, Maltus Q. The Salvation army. Its religions and social work in Eng- 
land. N. Y. Voice, Aug. 11, 1892. 8,000 words. 
How the New York gamin grows, and the two roads before him. [Who is to blame 
if he becomes a criminal?] N. Y. Press, Aug. 7, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Hurll, Estelle M. The lonely girl in a great city. Congregationalist, Nov. 10, 1892. 
1,200 words. 
Illegitimacy in Paris. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 474. 
Immigration and crime. Changes in the class of immigrants. The labor market. 
(Editorial.) Argonaut, Sept. 26, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Infant mortality in Russia. Med. Reo., 1885, 28, p. 27. 
Is a railway strike a crime? (Editorial.) Railway Review, Oct. 15, 1892. 1,000 
words. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
291 
Isensee, E. Elementa nova geographhe et statistices medicinalis. B°. Berolini,lB33, 
Italy. Min. di agri., indust, e com. Tavole di frequenza e durato delle malattie, 
presso i soci delle societa di mutuo soccorso. B°. Roma, 1886. 
Italy. Min. di agri., indust, e commercio. Direzioue di statist. Movimento degli 
infermi uegli ospedali civili del regno. Auni 1884-’B7. B°. Roma 1886-’BB. 
Italy. Ministero di agri., indust, e commercio. Direzione di statistica. Statistica 
della morbosita, ossia frequenza e durata delle malattie presso i soci delle so- 
ciety di mutuo soccorso. B°. Roma, 1879. 
Johnson, W. A. On feeling ill. B°. London, 1872. 
Judge Paxon and labor. (Editorial.) American Manufacturer, Oct. 14, 1892. 1.800 
words. 
Kales, Dr. J. W. Illegitimacy in Peru. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 224. 
Keller, S. De poculis sanitatis, poculis morhorum et mortis. 4°. Vitembergte, 
[1738]. 
Kellogg, D. O. Light on child-life from a strange quarter. Lend a Hand, June, 
1892. 1,800 words. 
Kern, C. F. De fatuitatis cura et medica et psedagogica consocianda. 4°. Lipsiie, 
1852. 
Lalor’s Cyclopedia of political science. 
Langhans, D. Yon den Krankheiten der Weltleute in.Frankreich und der Scliweiz. 
2. Anil. 12°. Bern, 1794. 
Langley, Dr. Artificial hypnotism in physiology and therapeutics. Med. Rec., 1884, 
26, pp. 632-633. 
Larnaestre, Espian de. De Porganisation du service mddical et pharmaceutique dans 
les sociiittis de prdvoyance et de secours mutuels. Projet de statistique m6di- 
cale. B°. Paris, 1861. 
Lawn tenuis, The pathology of. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, pp. 464, 465. 
Legroux, C. J. Quelles sont les regies h suivre dans Papplication de la statistique 
aux faits pathologiques ? 4°. Paris, 1835. 
Lempereur. Des alterations que subit le foetus aprfes la mort dans le sein maternel. 
These de Paris, 1867. 
Lend a Hand. Tenement-house statistics. Review of Twenty-second Annual Report 
of the Bureau of Statistics. Dec., 1892. 1,000 words. 
Loudon working girls. Long hours and starvation; driven to vice. N. Y. Press; 
Hartford Times, Nov. 11, 1892. 2,600 words. 
Long, J. AY. Character the true test of the physician. Md. Medical Journal, Aug. 
6, 1892. 6,000 words. 
Lombroso, Cesaro. A study of mobs. Chautauquau, June, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Lowell, Josephine S. The darkest England social scheme. Charities Review, 
March, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Luard, P. F. De qmbusdam ebriosorum morhis. B°. Edinburgh 1808. 
Lundeberg, Abel. Negro lynching, a foreigner’s view of it. Twentieth Century, 
Sept. 8, 1892. 1,500 words. 
Lynching of Negroes in the South. [Subordination of the Negro advocated. ] (Edi- 
torial.) Twentieth Century, July 28, 1892. 1,100 words. 
Lynching the Southern Negro. (Editorial.) Twentieth Century, Aug. 4,' 1892. 
950 words. 
Lynch law in the South, (Editorial). Columbia Register, June 9, 1892. 1,000 
words. 
Lynching in New York. Only one case, besides the recent one at Port Jarvis, in 
thirty years. N. Y. Sun, June 11,1892. 1,400 words. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Social Pathology and Education, in Report of the U. S. Bureau 
of Education for 1889-90. Washington, D. C., 1893. 
Macqueary. The church and social problem. 6,600 words, Mid-Continent Mag-, 
azine, Dec., 1893, 292 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Mallock, W. H. Lady Jeune on London society. North Am. Review, July, 1892. 
5,000 words. 
Manduca. Studi sociologici. Napoli, 1888. 
Martha. Save the shop girls. The servant-girl problem. 2,100 words. Chicago 
Herald, Jan. 8, 1893. 
Mathew, Kathleen. The famous New York Foundling Hospital. Wonderful crib 
which has held 200,000 waifs. How homes and parents are found. Hartford 
Times, Nov. 10, 1892. 6,000 words. 
Mathieu, J. J. P. Traitement moral des maladies. 4°. Paris, 1832. 
Mayo, T. An essay an the relation of the theory of morals to insanity. B°. Lon- 
don, 1834. 
McCoy, Dr. Geo. T. A medical view of army morals. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 54. 
McCulloch, Oscar C. The tribe of Ishmael; a story of social degradation. With 
diagram. Indianapolis, Ind., Charity Organization Society. 8 pp. 
Medical code of ethics, The Wisconsin. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 711. 
Medical ethics, Disregard of, in New York. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 559. 
Medical and Surgical Journal, Atlanta, The social evil. (Editorial.) Dec., 1892. 
800 words. 
Methes, ITepl, nal toiv en rf/g v nep/levpov aal 6i.apK.avg XPV<7Etjg ro® oivov koX tuv oivonvrvpa- 
tu)6cjv kukuv anoTeXeopu tuv ’larpiKr/ Me?uaaa, A&t/vai, 1853, 1, pp. 241-262. 
Michiuk, A. Evils of a vacant mind. Reform Advocate, Dec. 24,1892. 1,000 words. 
Mitchell, Dr. A. Illegitimacy as a cause of idiocy. Med. Roc., 1887, 32, p. 92. 
Monthly meeting of Lend a Hand Clubs; (1) Club reports of Union Associates; (2) 
Worcester Union for Concerted Moral Effect and the U. C. M. E. Club; (3; U. 
C. M. E. Club, declaration of principles. Lend a Hand, Nov., 1892. 4,000 
words. 
Morbilitiits-Yerhaltnisse in Thiiringen im Dec., 1875. Fol. Weimar, 1876. 
Mortality in different classes of society. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 112. 
Mortality in Russia. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 505. 
Morton, Dr. Thomas G. Cruelty to the pauper insane. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, p. 209. 
Moussaud, F. J. Quelques considerations sur I’iufluence morale dans les maladies. 
4°. Paris, 1835. 
Nagle, Dr. Mortality statistics of New York city for 1883. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 
476. 
Negrepoute, Mary. The Parisian street urchin. Westminster Review, Nov., 1892. 
1,600 words. 
Negro, The pathological future of the. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 485. 
Neison, F. G. P. The rates of mortality and sickness, according to the experience 
for five years, 1871-1875, of the Ancient Order of Foresters Friendly Society. 
B°. London, 1882. 
Nelson, Nell. Paris foundlings. Ten thousand children every year enter one asylum. 
St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Sept. 11, 1892. 3,700 words. 
Oesterlen, P. Handbuch der medicinischen Statistik. B°. Tubingen, 1865. The 
same. 1. and 2, Abtb. in 1 vol. 2. Aug. B°. Tiibiugen, 1874. 
Official complicity with vice. St. Louis Christian.Uuion, Aug. 11,1892. 2,000 words. 
Official complicity with vice. IV. San Fraucisco Christian Union, July 16, 1892, 
1,600 words. 
Ogle, Dr. William. Occupation and mortality. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 659. 
Oliphaut, James. The ethics of gambling. Westminster Review, May, 1892. 5,000 
words. 
Orphans’ Home, Jewish. Thirty-eighth anniversary. Portrait. New Orleans 
Times-Democrat, Jan. 9, 1893. 4,800 words. 
Oswald, F. L. Mexican bandits. Outlaws that defy the powers of civilization. 
Illustrated, St, Louis Globe-Democrat, Nov, 6, 1892. 1,500 words. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Ouida. The sins of society. Fortnightly Review, Dec., 1892. 10,000 words. 
Page, D. On the value of certain signs observed in cases of death from suffocation, 
aud of death from hiemorrhage in the new born. B°. Edinburgh and Lou- 
don, 1873. 
Pangborn, Frederick W. Morality in womanhood. An address to thinking men of 
America. Twentieth Century, July 7, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Parkhurst, C. 11. Down into the slums. Baltimore News, April 10, 1892. 1,100 
words. 
Parkhurst’s, C. H., methods. (Editorial). Seattle Post-lutelligencer, Jan. 15, 1893. 
2.000 words. 
Parkhurst, C. H. The other side. Criticism of the methods of. (Editorial.) N. Y. 
Medical Times, April, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Parkyn, Dr. Woman’s lesser brain-weight not a sign of mental inferiority. Med. 
' Rec., 1887, 32, p. 709. 
Patou, John. The church army social scheme; a sketch of the Rev. W. Carlile’s 
work. N. Y. Post, Jan. 14, 1893. 2,200 words. 
Peek, Francis. Gen. Booth’s social work. Contemporary Review, July, 1892. 
13.000 words. 
Peskotf, P. Meditsinskaya i geographiya. B°. Kazan, 1874. 
Phillips, Evelyn M. A dock lodging house. Fortnightly Review, May, 1892. 5,000 
words. 
Philosophy of drinking largely. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 223. 
Pignacca, A. Dell’nso della statistica in medicina. B°. Milano, 1842. 
Pinuey, L. V. Puck, Purity, and Parkhurst. Word, July, 1892. 1,100 words. 
Poblaciou y Fernandez, A. Del duelo; resumeu histdrico-legal de los desafios y del 
duelo. Siglo mdd., Madrid, 1863, 10, pp. 164,184, 215, 266. 
Powell, E.P. Heredity as a power. (Uufeelingness aud crime in children.) St. 
Louis Globe-Democrat, Dec. 25, 1892. 2,800 words. 
Pratt, Dr. William. Marriage and mortality. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 420. 
Prochdzka, J. G. De morbis potatorum. B°. Prague, 1842. 
Profanity, Homoeopathic treatment of. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 280. 
Psychoses of toxic origin. From the German. N. Y. Medical Journal, Jan. 7,1893. 
600 words. 
Putnam, Douglas P. Moral wreckage of manhood in middle life. N. Y. Evangelist, 
March 31, 1892. 1,500 words. 
Quarterly meeting of Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children. Proceed- 
ings. N. O. Times-Democrat, Nov. 18, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Radin, A. M., Report of. Helping the fallen. To the Jewish Ministers’ Association 
of New York. 7,000 words. American Hebrew, Jan. 20, 1893. 
Rainsford’s, Dr., plan. Interesting social experiment tried in New York. The first 
teetotum. Portrait and illustrations. Phila. Times, Jan. 15, 1893. 2,000 
words. 
Reich, E. Pathologic der Bevolkerung. B°. Berlin, 1879. 
Reports from Her Majesty’s diplomatic and consular agents abroad respecting the 
condition of the industrial' classes in foreign countries. 1870. 
Ribot, T. Les maladies de la personnalitA B°. Paris, 1885. 
Rich Southern Negroes. Views of prominent colored citizens on lynching. N. Y. 
World, June 22, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Richmond, J. M. Malthusianism. Medical Herald, Nov., 1892. 1,800 words. 
Riis, J. A. Police lodging-houses and their inmates. Illustrated. Christian Union, 
Jan. 14, 1893. 2,600 words. 
Robertson, John W. (Edited by). Mental and nervous diseases, and medical juris- 
prudence. Pacific Med. Journal, Jan., 1893. 1,600 words. 
Roquer y Casadesus, J. de D. Contribucion al estudio de la estadfstica nhklica. 
Discurso de recepcion leido en la Academia medico-farmac6utica de Barcelona, 
B°. Barcelona, 1881. 294 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Savage, M. D. The moral rights of children. Arena, June, 1892. 3,400 words. 
Schumann, Franz. Militarism and social reform in Germany. Chautanquan, Feb., 
1893. 2,000 words. 
Scott, Reginald. The discoverie of witchcraft, wherein the lewde dealing of witches 
and witchmongers is notablie detected, etc. 
Searcy, Dr. J. T. Hyperassthesic brains. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, pp. 549-551. 
Secret, Du, professionnel eu matiere de duel. J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Paris, 1881, 
52, p. 388. Also, Concours mdd., Paris, 1881, 3, p. 642. 
Selections. Psychiatry, neuro-pathology, neuro-physiology, clinical neurology, 
neuro-surgery, etc. Alienist and Neurologist, July, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Semitic colonization. (Editorial.) Providence Journal, Jan. 18, 1893. 1,200 words. 
Sentex. Des alterations que subit 1c foetus apres la mort dans la cavit6 utth’ine et 
de leur valenr m6dico-16gale. Paris, 1868. 
Seufferheld, G. N. De morbis bibonum. sm. 4°. Altdorfii, [1720]. 
Shaftesbury, Earl of. The life and work of the seventh Earl of Shaftesbury, by 
E. Hodder. Svols. 
Shall the marriage of criminals, drunkards, and diseased persons be restricted by law ? 
(Editorial.) Argonaut, Nov. 7, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Siciliani, P. II metodo numeric© ela statistica in medicina. Premesso al setteunio 
di clinica medica nella University di Pisa diretto dal Francesco Puccinotti 
dal 1839 al 1847, compilato sulle storie scritte dagli alnnni dai Yielmi e Siciliani. 
B°. Firenze, 1861. 
Skinner, AVm. E. Light in darkest England. Concerning the work of the Salva- 
tion Army. N. A'. Independent, Feb. 25, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Slumming in Naples. The Italians’at home. Boston Transcript, July 16,1892. 1,800 
words. 
Smith, Goldwin. A British vice. Gambling and betting claiming the attention of 
the moral reformer. N. Y. Independent, June 16, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Smith, A. Tolman. Studies in sociology. The “ Women’s Anthropological Society/’ 
and its investigations. AVoman’s Journal, Oct. 1, 1892. 1,500 words. 
Social condition of the poor in Glasgow. [Social work irrespective of churches and 
creeds.] Scottish Review, July, 1892. 10,000 words. 
Social evil in Liverpool. N. O. Star and Catholic Messenger, Aug. 20, 1892 . 2,000 
words. 
Social revolution unavoidable, Is a? A lecture. Solidarity, Dec. 31, 1893. 3,500 
words. 
Sorensen T. Ledetraad for Lajger ved statistiske Undersogelser. B°. Kjpben- 
havn,TBB9. 
Stauton-Blatch, Mrs. Voluntary motherhood. Roligio-Philosophical Journal, Nov. 
12,1892. 1,000 words. 
Statistisches Haudb. fiir den preuss. Staat. Herausgeg. vomkonigl. statist. Bureau. 
Berlin, 1888, 1. 
Stead, AV. T. Truth about Russia. London and New York, 1889. 
Sullivan, J. AY. Is Homestead portentous of a general class war? VI. AAThat 
cooperation is doing. Twentieth Century, Nov. 10,1892. 2,300 words. 
Suspicious and presumptions. (Editorial.) Christian Union, Sept. 10, 1892. 1,100 
words. 
Tarnovskaia, Dr. Prascovia N. Prostitution and insanity. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, 
p. 91. 
Taubnerus, T. C. De morbis goueralioribns ex usitatissimis potnleutis. 4°. Halye- 
Magdeb., [1774]. 
Tenement-house filling up, (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, July 31, 1892. 
1,400 words. 
Tenement-house sweating system, Evils of. Report of Congressional committee of 
investigation. Boston Globe, Jan. 21, 1893. 3,000 words. 
Tenement-house work. Lend a Hand. Jan.. 1893. 2,200 words. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
295 
Thirteen cents a day. Hundreds live in New Orleans on that sum. Now Orleans 
Times-Dcmocrat, Nov. 8, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Thirty-five new dispensaries in New York. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 766. 
Tommasini, G. Della necessita di sottoporre ad una statistica i fatti pin important! 
della mcdiciua pratica. B°. Bologna, [lB2l]. 
Townsheud, R. B. Trial by lynch law. An account of the Colorado occurrence. 
Nineteenth Century, Aug., 1892. 5,000 words. 
Tuke, D. Hack. Dictionary of psychological medicine. 111. 2vols. London, 1892. 
Two hours in a social cellar. (Editorial.) Arena, April, 1892. 5,200 words. 
United States. Department of the Interior. Census Office. Report on the de- 
fective, dependent, and delinquent classes of the population of the United 
States, as returned at the Tenth Census (June 1, 1880), by F. H. Wines, 
Special agent. 47th Cong., 2d sess., H. R. Mis. Doc. 42, Ft; 21. 4°. Washing- 
ton, 1888. 
Yacher, L. Des maladies populaires et de la mortality a Paris, a Londres, a Vienne,- 
Bruxelles, h Berlin, a Stockholm et a Turin en 1866, avec nne 6tude mddico- 
hygifiuique sur les consommations dans ces villes. 2U annde. B°. Paris, 
1867. 
Yalesch, Eva McDonald. Studying the “sweaters.” (Editorial.) New York Jour- 
nal, Dec. 25, 1892. 500 words. 
Verein deutscher Eisenbahu-Verwaltuugen. Nachtrag pro 1874 und 1875 [1876-’B3] 
zu der Statistik der Mortalitiits-, Invaliditats- und Morbilitiitsverhaltnisse hei 
dem Beamtenpersoual der deutschen Eisenbahn-Yerwaltungen. Bearbeitet 
von G. Behm. 9 nos. B°. Berlin, 1877-’B5. 
Verein deutscher Eisenbahn-Yerwaltungen. Ueber Dienstunfahigkeits- und Ster- 
hensverhiiltnisse. Im Auftrage des Vereins deutscher Eiseubahn-Verwal- 
tungen zu der Dienstunfahigkeits- und Sterhens-Statistik desselhen vom Jahre 
1884 [lBB5-’B7] verfasst von Her. Zimmermann; 4 nos. B°. Berlin, 1886-’B9. 
Verein deuts. Eisenbahn-Yerwaltungen. Beitriige zur Theorie der Dienstfiihigkeits- 
und Sterhens-Statistik. Heft vom Jahre 1888, verfasst von August Zillmer. 
B°. Berlin, 1890. 
Vice in modern Loudon. Social evil; drunken women; peculiar institutions. New 
York Sun, Nov. 13, 1892. 4,500 words. 
Vice suppression. Children contaminated by vile literature; ministers and educa- 
tors interested in the work. Chicago Inter-Ocean, Nov. 25, 1892. 3,400 
words. 
Vicious, The redemption of the.' (Editorial.) Jersey City Nows, Dec. 17, 1892. 
1,200 words. 
Walker, E. C. The negro and the lyncher. A fair trial the right of all accused of 
crime. Twentieth Century, Aug. 11, 1892. 450 words. 
War Department. Surgeon-General’s Office. Washington, Oct. 15, 1878. To the 
Hon. S. S. Cox, chairman Committee on Census of 1880. Letter of the Sur- 
geon-General, transmitting suggestions of Surgeon John S. Billings, U. S. 
Army, towards obtaining data in regard to disease. B°. [Washington, 1878.] 
Warner, Francis. Results of an inquiry as to the physical and mental condition of 
50,000 children seen in 106 schools of London. Report of the U. S. Bureau of 
Education, 1890-91, Washington, D. C., 1893. 
Watterson, Helen. The other side of slumming. St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Sept. 
25, 1892. 1,900 words. 
Watts, Charles. Bible morality and immorality. Secular Thought, Aug. 27, 1892. 
2,700 words. 
Wells, Ida S. Lynch law in the South discussed in all its phases. (With editorial 
comments.) New York Age, June 25, 1892. 6,000 words. 
Westergaard, H. Die Lehre von der Mortalitiit. Anthropologisch-statistische 
Uutersuchungen. B°. Jena, 1882. 29 6 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Wines, F. IT. Tenth Census. Some results of the special inquiry into the num- 
ber and condition of the defective, dependent, and delinquent classes. B°. 
Springfield, 1884. 
Working Boys’ Home Fair. To he held in the Battle of Gettysburg Building, Bos- 
ton. Ulus. Boston Herald, Nov. 13, 1892. 2,400 words. 
Wright, T. L. Inability to discriminate between right and wrong disguised by 
automatism. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, pp, 31-33. 
1. SUICIDE. 
Allan, William. Suicide by butting the head against a stone wall. Med. Rec., 1884, 
25, p. 514. 
Anti-hegesias. Dialogue en vers sur le suicide. Hamhourg, 1763. 
Are suicides insane? [Suicide in history.] Memphis Commercial, July 18, 1892. 
1,000 words. 
Arutzenius, D. J. A. De suicidio, observationibus anatomico-pathologicis illustrate. 
B°. Traj. ad Rhenum, [lB2B]. 
Augenbrugger, L. De iuwendige razernij of drift tot zelfmord, als eene wezenlijke 
ziekte beschouwd; met oorsprouglijke waerneemiugen, en aenmerkingen 
bevestigd, nit bet Hoogduitsch vertaeld, en met verscheiden aentekeniugen 
vermeerderd door Lambertus Nolst. B°. Dordrecht, 1788. 
Bareuc. Dissertation sur la meiancolio auglaise, etc.; sur le suicide. 1789. 
Bastholm. Betrachtninger over selvmord. 1797. 
Bertrand, Louis Traite du suicide consider dans ses rapports avec la philosophic, 
la theologie, la medeciuc et la jurisprudence. B°. Paris, 1857. 
Blanchard, H. De la mort voloutaire, on considerations politiques et legislatives 
sur le suicide. B°. Paris, 1855. 
Bloch, G. M. Vom Selbstmorde, dessen Ursachen, etc. Aurich, 1792. 
Boismont, Bricre de. Du suicide et de la folie-suicitle, dans leurs rapports avec la 
statistique, la medeciue et la philosophic. Paris, 1865. 
Bouomi, Del suicidio in Italia. Milano, 1878. 
Bonser, T. O. The right to die. B°. London, 1885. 
Bourdin, C. E. Du suicide, consider'd comme maladie. B°. Paris, 1845. 
Bourquelot. Des opinions et de la legislation en matiere de mort voloutaire pen- 
dant le moyen dge. Paris, 1843. 
Brierre tie Boismont. Du suicide et de la folie. Paris, 1856. 
Brigham. Statistics of suicide in the United States. Amer, Journ. of Insanity, 
1844-M5. 
Bromherg, Salomon. Welche sinddie Ursachen, etc., tier Selbstmorden. Bromberg, 
1861. 
Brun-Sechaud, J. B. P. Observations sur les causes du suicide; ses rapports avec 
Falieuatiou mentale. B°. Limoges, 1862. 
Buonafede, Appiano. Histoire critique et philosophique du suicide. (Trad.) Paris, 
1843. 
Buonafdde, P. A. Histoire critique et philosophique du suicide. Traduite de Fita- 
lieu par M. G. Armellino et M. L. F. Gudrin. B°. Paris, 1840. 
Calmaria-Suedi, J. R. Exercit. philos. tie morte voluntaria, etc. Marburg, 1736. 
Caluci, E. L’ omicidio-suicidio; cenni critici. B°. Venezia, 1884. 
Camp, Du. Lea mdmoires d’un suicide. 1853. 
Caro, E. Du suicide dans sea rapports avec la civilisation. Paris, 1869. 
Cazauvieilh, J. B. Du suicide, do Falienation mentale et ties crimes contre les per- 
sonnes, compares dans leurs rapports reciproques. Recberches sur ce premier 
penchant chez les habitans ties campagnes. B°. Paris, 1840. 
Chevrey, J. Essai medical sur lo suicide, consider*) dans tons les cas comme le rd- 
sultat tl’une alienation mentale. 4°. Paris, 1816. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
297 
Cristan, C. A. Du suicide dans Farmde. 4°. Paris, 1874. 
Czafwoski. De la mort violente chez les peoples de I’antiquitd. 18( f). 
Davey, J. G. Notes on a case of suicidal mania. B°. Bristol, 1865. 
Debreyne, J. P. C. Du suicide cousiddrd aux points de vue philosophique, religieux, 
moral et medical. Paris, 1847. 
Demazy, Etoc, Recherches statistiques snr le suicide appliquees it Fhygiene pu- 
blique. 1844. 
Des Etangs, A. Etudes snr la mort volontaire. Du suicide politique eu France 
depuis 1789 jusqu’h nos jours. B°. Paris, 1860. 
Deslandes. Reflexions snr les grands houimes qui sent morts en plaisantant. 
Dewey, David R. Statistics of suicide in Now England. Quarterly of American 
Statistical Association, Sept., 1892. 4,000 words. 
Donne, John. a declaration of that paradoxe or thesis, that selfe-homi- 
cide is not so naturally siune that it may never be otherwise, etc. 4°. 
Douay. Le suicide, on la mort volontaire. Paris, 1870. 
Dubadie. Les suicides illustres des personnages, etc. Paris, 1889. 
Dumas, C. Considerations snr le suicide. 4°. Paris, 1851. 
Dumas, Jean. Traits du suicide, on dumeurtre do soi-meme. Amsterdam, 1773. 
Ebrard, N. Du suicide cousiddre aux points de vue mddical, philosophique, religieux 
et social. B°. Avignon, 1870, 
Facts in regard to suicide. Religio-Philosophical Journal, March 19, 1892. 1,900 
words. 
Falret. Du suicide et de rhypochondrie. Paris, 1822. 
Ferrarese, L. Della monomania suicida. B°. Napoli, 1835. 
Foerster, G. von. Ueber Doppelschiidelschiisso bei Selbstmordern. BJ.8J. Berlin, 
[lBBB]. 
Fossati, A. Del suicidio uei snoi rapporti colla mediciua legale, colla filosofia, colla 
storia e colla statistica. B°. Milano, 1831. 
Frage, Zur, iiber die Behandlung der Selbstraordfiille von Versicherten bei den 
Lebensversicherungsanstalten. B°. Gotha, 1869. 
Fiiedemann, J. 11. Pathologisch-anatomischo Befunde der Selbstmordern. Ein 
Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Selbtsmordes. B°. Kiel, 1890. 
Funk. Preliminarii de morte volontaria, dissortatione. 
G., F. S. de. Le suicide considcrd dans sou principe et ses rapports avec Fdtat 
social. 1842. 
Gamborg. Om selvmord. 1796. 
Gandolfi, G. Del suicidio considerate in rapporto alia legge e alia someth; ricerche 
analitiche. B°. Modena, 1854. 
Girardiu, St. Marc, de. Du suicide et do la haine de la vie. Paris, 1843. 
Gloxin, F. W. De autocheiria occulta. 4°. Hal® Magdeb., 1744. 
Goethe. Werthers Leiden. Leipzig, 1787. 
Gout, F. Essai snr la monomanie suicide. 4°. Paris, 1832. 
Groddeck, G. E. Commentatio de morte voluntaria. 4°. Getting®, 1785. 
Gru, Eugfeue. Les morts violeutes. Paris, 1864. 
Grnner. Comment. 4de imputatione suicidi dubia. Jena;, 1798-’99. 
Guillen, L’abbd. Entretrens snr le suicide. Paris, 1836. 
Gwosdeff, I. O samonbiistvie o sotsialnoi i meditsiuskoi tocbeck zrienija. [Suicide 
from a medical and social point of view.] B°. Kazan, 1889. 
Hecker. De autbkeiria martyrnm. Lips., 1720. 
Heffner, L. Ueber die Strafeu der Selbstraorder. B°. Wurzburg, 1853. 
Hdlia, Faustiu. Des suicides et de leurs causes. (Revue fraugaise et dtrangdre de 
legislation.) 1837. 
Hermann, G. G., and Beruhardi, G. E. Ue antochiria et philosopbice et ex legibns 
romanis considerata. Adnexa litteraria de scriptis ad autochiriam et mortem 
voluntariam spectantibus notitia et recoguitio. 4°. Lipsiae, [lBl9]. 298 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Heumaun. De autochiria philosophorum. Jenae, 1703. 
Heyfelder. Der Selbstmord in arzneigerichtlicher u. med.-physiolog. Beziehung. 
Berlin, 1828. 
Holfbauer, J. 11. Ueber die Ursachen der in neuster Zeit so sehr überhand- 
nehmenden Selbstmorde und dereu Verhiituug. B°. Neuwied, 1859. 
Hoffmann, F. De/mroyetptu. 4°. Jeme, [l6Bl]. 
Hoffman, Frederick L. Suicides and modern civilization, Arena, May, 1893, pp, 
680-695. 
Hume (?). Essay on suicide and immortality of the soul. London, 1785. 
Imberdis, A. Le dernier jour d’un suicide. B°. Paris, 1835. 
Ireland, Wm. W. Pessimism in its relation to suicide. Alienist and Neurologist, 
April, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Is suicide as bad as murder? (Editorial.) Troy Press, Aug. 19, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Jauft’ret, L’abb6. Du suicide. 1801. 
Jousset. Du suicide et de la mouomanie suicide. 1858. 
Kaatzer, P. Ueber indirekten Selbstmord. 4°. Marburg, 1872. 
Kaszouy, D. von. Felo-de-se. Das Yerbrechen des Selbtsmordes. Anthropologisch- 
psychologische Studien, illustrirt durch Beispiele der interessantesteu 
Selbstmordfalle der Gegenwart. 12°. Leipzig, 1870. 
Kayser. Introduction ala statistique officielle du suicide en Norwfege. Christia- 
nia, 1852. 
Kiernan, Jas. G. Suicide. Medical Standard, Sept., 1892. 3,000 words. 
Knuppclu, I. F. Ueber Selbstmord. Gera, 1690. 
Kunz, J. E. De avroxeip'n sen de morfco sibimet ipsi couscita. B°. Pragae, 1813. 
Lacassagne, Dr. Why suicides cau cut the throat without much pain. Med. Rec., 
1887, 32, pp. 203, 201. 
La Rue, E, A. H. Du suicide. B°. Quebec, 1859. 
Launay, L’abb<S Dubois de. Dissertation sur le suicide. (Analyse de Bayle). 1782. 
Legoyt, A. Le suicide en Europe (la France et I’dtranger, 86e, dtude statistique), 
1870. 
Legoyt, A. Le suicide ancien et moderne; etude historique, philosophique, morale 
et statistique. B°. Paris, 1881. 
Le Roy, E. Etude sur le suicide et les maladies mentales dans le ddpartement de 
Seine-et-Marne, avec points do comparaison pris en France et ii l’6trauger. 
B°. Paris, 1870. 
Less. Vom Selbstmord. Gottingen, 1767. 
Lettre d’un pore MM. de la Chambre des Deputes sur le suicide projet6 par sou 
fils, officier dans les amides du Roi. B°. Paris, 1817. 
Lisle. Du suicide; statistique, etc. Paris, 1857. 
Lisle, E. Du suicide; statistique, mddecine, histoire et legislation. B°. Paris, 1856. 
Louis, Dr. M6moire, etc., an moyen de reconnattre le suicide d’avec Passassiuat 
etc. Paris, 1763. 
Lurat, J. Etudes sur le suicide des alßnes. 4°. Paris, 1875. 
Majore, Cli. A full inquiry into tlie subject of suicide. London, 1790. 
Marperger. Ndthige Warnung fiir den verdcrblichter Selbstmord. Niirnberg, 1715. 
Mathews, William. The ethics of suicide. Boston Transcript, July 23, 1892. 1,500 
words. 
Mathews, William. The ethics of suicide. Boston Transcript, July 27, 1892. 1,000 
words. 
Meiners. Abhandlung liber den Hang raaucher Volker zum Selbstmorde. (Getting, 
histor. Magaz.) 
Mesnier, L. J. E. Du suicide dans Fannie; 6tude statistique, (Stiologique et prophy- 
lactique. 4°. Lyon, 1881. 
Migault, H. G. Eight historical dissertations on suicide. 
Millar. Statistics of military suicide. Journal of Statistical Society, Loudon, June, 
1874. ' BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
299 
Miller, S. The guilty folly, and sources of suicide; two discourses preached in the 
city of New York, Feb., 1805. B°. New York, 1805. 
Millers. Abhaudlnug von der tugendhaften Erhaltung des Lebeus, etc. Leipzig, 
1771. 
Montesquieux. 74u et 76e lettres persaues. Paris, 1721. 
Moore, C. A full inquiry into the subject of suicide, to which are added (as being 
closely connected with the subject) two treatises on duelling and gaming. 
2 vols. in 1. 4°. London, 1790. 
Moreau, P., fils. De la contagion du suicide il propos de l’6pidemie actuelle. 4°. 
Paris, 1875. 
Moreau fils (de Tours). De la contagion du suicide. Thkse. Paris, 1875. 
Morselli, 11. 11 suicidio, saggio di statistica morale comparata, opera premiata dal 
R. Institute Lombardo. Milano, 1879. 
Morselli, H. Suicide; an essay on comparative moral statistics. New York, 1882. 
Motta, E. Bibliografia del suicidio. B°. Belliuzoua, 1890. 
Muller, O. Der Selbstmord. Eine psychiatrische Skizze. B°. Harburg, 1859. 
Miinter nud Birch. Proveforelaesninger om Selvmord og sammer Moralitoed. 1789. 
Nevsoroif, I. A. O samoubiistve. [On suicide.] B°. Kazan, 1891. 
New, Detroit. Suicide. Most revolting modes chosen, especially by women. Illus- 
trated. Dec. 25, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Nicolson. Feigned attempts at suicide. Journ. of Ment. Science, Jan., 1872. 
O’Dea, J. J. Suicide. Studies on its philosophy, causes, and prevention. 12°. 
New York, 1882. 
Ontijd, C. G.' Verhandeling over den zelfmoord. B°. Gravenhage & Amst., 1839. 
Orazio, De A. Suicidi; tatuati; idioti. Contribute anatomico alia psichiatria, alia 
mediciua legale ed all’ antropologia. B°. Genova, 1881. 
Osiander, F. B. Ueber den Selbtsmord, seine Ursacheu, Arteu, medicinisch-gericht- 
liche Untersuchung und die Mittel gegen denselben. B°. Hannover, 1813. 
Ossiauder. Ueber den Selbstmord. Hannover, 1813. 
Pape, J. F. G. De autochiria. B°. Berolini, [lBsl]. 
Pellicanicidinm, or the Christian adviser against self-murder. Loudon, 1655. 
Perre, J. A. ATau de. De homicidio Sui ipsins. 4°. Lngd. Bat., 1757. 
Petit. Recherches statistiqnes sur I’dtiologio du suicide. Paris, 1856. 
Piggott, S. Suicide and its antidotes, a series of anecdotes and actual narrations, 
with suggestions on mental distress. 12°. Loudon, 1824. 
Pilgrim, Charles W. Genius and suicide. Popular Science Monthly, Jan., 1893. 
3,200 words. 
Praeterins. Der verdanunliche Selbst- und Eigenmord. Dantzig, 1693. 
Pretsch, I. De autocheiria. 12°. Vindobonse, 1838. 
Rachelius. De morte voluutaria. Helmstadt, 1659. 
Eadcliffe. English suicide, medical critic. London, 1862. 
Ravizza, C. II suicidio. Milano> 1843. 
Renoe, C. A. An attempt at suicide—cut throat and rapid recovery without asepti- 
cism. Medical World, Dec., 1892. 1,200 words. 
Eobeck, J. Exercitatio philosophica de ehibyu etjnryij sive morte voluutaria philoso- 
phormu et bouormn virorum etiam Judieorum et Christianorura. Eecensuit, 
perpetuis animadversionibus notavit, prsefatus est, et indicem rerum locu- 
pletissimum additit Job. Nicolaus Funccius. 4°. Rintelii, 1736. 
Rosauott’, P. G. O samoubiistve. [Ou suicide.] B°. Moskva, 1891. 
Rousseau, J. J. Nouvelle HMoise; 3e partie, lettres 21 et 22. 
Sailler. Yon Selbstmord. Miincheu, 1783. 
Salomon, E. Welches sind die Ursacheu der in neuestcr Zeit so sehr iiberhaud- 
nehmenden Selbstmorde uud welche Mittel sind zur Yerhiitnug auzuwendeu? 
B°. Bromberg, 1861. 
Sarty, L. Le suicide. 12°. Paris, 1889. 
Scheidler, C. H. De morte voluutaria. sm. 4°. Jeum, 1822. 300 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Schmidt, C. F. E. Autochirise ex Imsa viscerum fabrica probabile exemplum. sm. 
4°. Francof. ad Viadr., [lBll]. 
Schreiber, Albert. De morte voluntaria, etc. 1765. 
Schulte, J. Der Selbstmord als ein Symptom vou Geistesstorung. B°. Greifswald, 
1879. 
Schultz, F. W. F. Der natiirliche Selbstmord; eine psyehologische Abhandlung. 
16°. Berlin, 1815. 
Sighele. L’evoluzioue dal suicidio all’ omicidio, drammi d’ amore. 1891, p. 436 ein 
app. alia ma ediz. dell’ Omicidiosuicidio di Ferri, Torino, 1892. 
Spiess, C. H. Biographien der Selbstmorder. 3 vols. 12°. Leipzig, 1786-’9O. 
Spiess, C. H. Biographies de suicidds. Lausanne et Paris, 1798. 
Staudlin. Geschichte der Vorstellungen u. Lehren vom Selbstmorde. Gottingen, 
1824. 
Studies in suicide. Illustrated. N. Y. World, Aug. 21, 1892. 10,000 words. 
Suicidal, On, impulse. B°. No imp. 
Suicide and the labor question. Collins’s idea of suicide. Memphis Commercial, 
July 18, 1892. 1,500 words. 
Suicide in Europe. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 81. 
Suicides in Lyons. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 278. 
Teller, J. F. Vernunft- und Schriftmiissige Abhandlung liber den Selbtsmord. 12°. 
Leipzig, 1776. 
Tissot. De la manie du suicide, etc. 1841. 
Tissot, J. De la manie du suicide et de Pesprit de rdvolte; de leur causes et de 
leur remsdes. B°. Paris, 1840. 
Trois, Les derniers jours d’un suicide. B°. Paris, 1829. 
Vaimi. De I’identitd de quelques-unes des causes du suicide, du crime et des mala- 
dies mentales. Paris, 1872. 
Villette, A. Du suicide. 4°. Paris, 1825. 
Voltaire. Dictionnaire philos., art. Catou et suicide. 
Weigelt, T. Ueber Selbstmord in psychiatrischer Beziehuug mit Berlicksichtiguug 
der Epilepsie. B°. Berlin, 1877. 
Wendler, C. A. De mortis propia manu sibi paratae indagatione ad suspicionum 
culpjc alieme removendam maxime necessaria. B°. Lipshe, [lB3o]. 
Westscott, W. W. Suicide, its history, literature, jurisprudence, causation, and 
prevention. 12°. London, 1885. 
Winslow, F. The anatomy of suicide. B°. London, 1840. 
7yro, F. F. Wisseuschaftlich-praktische Beurtheilung des Selbtsmord nach alien 
seiuen Beziehungen als Lebeusspiegel fiir unsere Zeit. B°. Bern, Chur u 
Leipzig, 1837. 
2. ALCOHOLISM, DRUNKENNESS, INEBRIACY, DIPSOMA- 
NIA, INTEMPERANCE, MODERATE DRINKING, PROHI- 
BITION, ETC. 
A drink experiment. The Gothenburg system in Sweden, with comments. (Edito- 
rial). Brooklyn Timesj Aug. 1, 1892. 800 words. 
A step too far. Temperance reformers in Canada overdoing it. (Editorial). Mani- 
toba Free Press, Nov. 7. 1,200 words. 
Abbott, S. A. Alcohol as medicine. Canad. Mo., 8, p. 27. 
Abns des boissons enivrantes, De 1’; documents ddposds par le Ministre des Finances 
i\ la Chambre beige. 1858. 
Ackroid, W. How we drink. Kuowl., 5, p. 223. 
Adams, jr., C. F. Liquor law in Massachusetts. No. Am., 115, p. 219. 
Adams, J. G. Life work for temperance. Univ. Q., 36, p. 164. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
301 
Address to the citizens of Philadelphia on the subject of establishing an asylum for 
the cure of victims of intemperance. B°. Philadelphia, 1841. 
Adler, Dr. Albert S. Poisoning by absinthe. Mod. Rec., 1883, 24, pp. 334, 335. 
Agg-Gardner, J. T. Temperance, compulsory. Fortn., 42, p. 211. 
Albert. Fall von Mordmonomanie bei einem Siiufer. 81. f. gerichtl. Anthrop., 
Ausbach, 1853. 
Alcohol, A new antagonist to; Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 363. 
Alcohol, A statistical view of the toxic power of impure. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, 
p. 452. 
Alcohol, Abstinence from, and its effect on longevity. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 52. 
Alcohol, Action of. Dublin R., 84, p. 447. 
Alcohol and brain work. Kuowl., 2, p. 250. 
Alcohol and diphtheria. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 496. 
Alcohol and race. Med, Rec., 1888, 33, p. 546. 
Alcohol as a food. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, pp. 73, 74. 
Alcohol as a food. Know!., 2, p. 250. 
Alcohol as food. Pop. Sci. Mo., 8, p. 103. 
Alcohol as food, medicine or poison f Cornh., 5, p. 707; 6, p. 319. 
Alcohol as medicine. Dub. Univ., 85, pp. 230, 324, 467. 
Alcohol, Controversy on. Fraser, 78, p. 277. 
Alcohol, Effects of, on warm-blooded animals. Nature, 9, p. 132. 
Alcohol, Improvements iu manufacture of. Pract. M., 7, p. 306. 
Alcohol iu acute diseases, The use of. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, p. 46. 
Alcohol in septicaemia. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 471. 
Alcohol incompatible with pepsin, Is? Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 455. 
Alcohol mortality. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 277. 
Alcohol, Physiological influence of. Pop. Sci. Mo., 1, p. 219. 
Alcohol, Physiological influence of. Ed. R., 142, p. 145. Same art., Liv. Age. 
Alcohol question, The Gothenburg method of dealing with the. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, 
p. 336. 
Alcohol question, The. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, pp. 378, 379. 
Alcohol, Question of. Canad. Mo., 20, p. 488. 
Alcohol question in France. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 391. 
Alcohol, Question of. Month, 35, p. 289. 
Alcohol, Richardson’s lectures on. Cong., 4, p. 468. 
Alcohol, The study of. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 59. 
Alcohol, The Ziirich Congress on. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 686. 
Alcohol, To remove water from. Med. Roc., 1888, 33, p. 428. 
Alcohol, Use and abuse of. Broadw., 7, p. 264. 
Alcohol, Use and effects iu the living body. Westm., 75, p. 33. Same art., Liv. Age, 
68, p. 471. 
Alcohol, Uses of, iu the animal economy. Westm., 64, p. 104. 
Alcoholic automatism, Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 695. 
Alcoholic drinks. Sat. R., 58, pp. 275, 299. 
Alcoholic drinks. Once a Week, 23, p. 253. 
Alcoholic drinks. Chamb. Jour., 58, p. 433. 
Alcoholic drinks. All the Year, 28, p. 88. 
Alcoholism, acute, Subcutaneous injections of ammonia in. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, 
p. 82. 
Alcoholism and its treatment. From the British Medical Journal. American Prac- 
titioner and News, Sept. 24, 1892. 1,600 words. 
Alcoholism, Experimental study of chronic. Med. Eec., 1884, 26, p. 681. 
Alcoholometer. Pract. M., 6, p. 324. 
Alcoolisme eu Suisse au point de vue dconomique. Bern, 1880. 
Alcoolisme en Suisse, par MM. Roulet et Comtesse. Zurich, 1881, p, 19, 302 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Alcoolisme, L’ et les associations de temperance. Arch. gdn. de mod., Par., 1872, 1, 
pp. 499, 504. 
Alden, E. Medical uses of alcohol. B°. [Boston, 1868. ] 
Alford, S. S. The practical treatment of dipsomania. Med. Press and Circ., London, 
1881, 31, pp. 483, 491. 
Allen, J. A. Temperance question. Canad. Mo., 12, p. 282. 
Allgem. Zeitschr. fur Psych,, 1872. Bcriibrnng der Psychiatric mit anderen Gebiete. 
Von Roller, und Psychiatrische Zeitfragen, 1874, p. 262. 
Allison, T. R. Drinks, hot and cold. Kuowl., 2, p. 235. 
Amelung, F. Zur Lehre iiber die Zurechnuugsfahigkeit Trunksiichtiger. Ztschr. 
f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1832, 17. Ergnzngshft., pp. 213-283. 
American Association for the Cure of Inebriates. Proceedings of the annual meet- 
ings. 1., 3., 1870-’72; 5. and 6., 1874-’75. B°. 1871-’75. 
American Public Health Association. List of questions proposed to be sent out to 
medical officers, by C. C. Hinc, of New York city. Broadside B°. No imp. 
American. The laws relating to the protection of incorrigible drunkards. Med. 
Times and Gaz., Loud., 1869, 2, p. 583. 
Amringe, W. F. Van. Temperance. Dem. R., 29, p. 105. 
An act to amend an act entitled “An act to provide for the treatment and cure of 
inebriates.” No. dixxviii. [3l Oct., 1877.] 4°. Melbourne, 1877. 
An inquiry into the effects of ardent spirits upon the human body and mind. Phila- 
delphia, 1804. 
Andrews, C. C. Liquor traffic and Gothenburg system. Interuat. R., 8, p. 402. 
Annales du Sdnat. (N. Sdrie.) Documents parlementaires. Session ordin., etc., 1887, 
xv et xvi, Paris, 1888. Rapport fait au nom de la commission chargee de faire 
une enquete et de presenter dans le plus bref ddlai possible un rapport sur la 
consommation do Falcool taut an point de vue de la santd et de la moralite qu’ 
au point de vue du tresor, par M. N. Claude (des Vosges), sdnateur, p. 36, ff. 
Annali di statistica. 1879, ser. 2, vm. 
Annual Report of State Board of Health of Massachusetts, 1871-72. (Correspond- 
ence concerning the effects of intoxicating drinks, and analysis of corre- 
spondence concerning the use and abuse of intoxicating drinks.) 
Anstie, F. A. Art. Alcoholism in Reynold’s System of Medicine, vol. 11. 
Austie, F. A. Stimulants and narcotics; their mutual relations. 
Appleton, J. An address delivered before the Massachusetts Society for Suppressing 
Intemperance. B°. Boston, 1816. 
Arnold, A. Legal regulation of intemperance. Fortu., 19, p. 478. 
Arnold, A. Liquors and licensing. Fortn., 19, p. 478. 
Arnold, A. Liquor and licensing. Fortnightly Rev., London, 1873; n. s. 13, pp. 
478-494. 
Art, Ueber die, der Entstehung der Betrunkenheit in Bezug auf Zureclinung. 81. 
f. gerichtl. Anthrop,, Nhrnb., 1861, 12, pp. 132-140. 
Aubinais, P. H. Sur I’ivregse produite par levin et les liqueurs alcooliques. 4°. 
Paris, 1830, 
Audboui, Y. Pathologic g6n(!ralo do Fempoisonnemeut par Falcool. 4°. Paris, 1868. 
Aufforderung zum Triuken; Tod, Ibid., 209-213. 
Australia. Au act to provide for the treatment and care of inebriates. No. ccccxlix. 
[l7th Dec., 1872.] 4°. Melbourne, 1872. 
Autellet, M. Do Paction antipyr6tiqne de Palonol employd dans la fifevre typhoide. 
4°. Paris, 1878. 
Autobiographical sketch of a drunkard. J. Psych. M., Loud., 1858,11, pp. 461-490. 
Avery, Henry N. Some thoughts on alcoholism and its so-called cure. N. Y. Medi- 
cal Times, May, 1892. 750 -words. 
Avvocato, N. d’. Le bevande alcooliche. Igiene, statistica e trattamento. Napoli, 
1892, pp. 32. BIBLIOGRAPHY 
303 
Axon, W. E, A. Author of the first teetotal tract. Book-Lore, 2, p. 78. 
8., V. Zamietchania na sovrememnoie pianstvo v narodie. (Reflexions on the pre- 
vailing drunkenness.) Moskov. med. Gaz., 1866, 1, p. 14; 23, p. 38. 
Bacon, L. W. So-called prohibition. Forum, 2, p. 232. 
Bacon, L. W. Alternative of so-called prohibition. Forum, 2, p. 401. 
Baer, A. Der Alkoholismus, seine Verbreitung und Wirkung auf den individ. und 
socialen Organismus, etc. Berlin, Hirschwald, 1878, p. 275. 
Baer, A. Die Vernnreinigungen des Triukbranutweins, iusbesondcre in hygien. Be- 
ziehnng. Wissenschaftl. Beitriige zum Kampf gegeu den Alkoholismus. 1885. 
Strauss. 
Baer, A. Der Alkoholmissbrauch, Deutsche Vierteljahrschr. fur otfentl. Gesund- 
heitspfl,, 1882, XIY, Heft 2. (Om Dryckenskapenstillstand och fysika foljder 
under Aren 1861-1877, etc. Svenska Liikare-Siillskapct., nya Ser. ir, Del. vn, 2.) 
Baer, A. Die Trunksucht und ihre Abwehr. Wien u. Leipzig, 1890. 
Balfour, A. License and intemperance, Contemp., 35, p. 903. 
Ball, J., jr. Intemperance, revelation of the Census. Cath. World, 41, p. 465. 
Bandon on liquor. Royal commissioners interrogate Wheat City people on the liquor 
question. Manitoba Free Press, Nov. 3, 1892. 7,500 words. 
Barber, Dr. C. F. Alcohol ami syphilis. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, p. 519. 
Barker, Lucius. The treatment of inebriety. Times and Register, May 21, 1892. 
650 words. 
Barton, J. K. Dipsomania; its medical and legal aspects. Practitioner, Lend., 
1879, 22, pp. 405-425. Also, Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1878-79, 3, pp, 202-223. 
Baumann, J. C. E. A. De ebriositate. 4°. Lipshe, 1836. 
Beard, C. Drunkenness and legislation. Theo. R., 9, p. 275. 
Beard, G. M. The nature and treatment of inebriety. Quart. J. luebr., Hartford, 
1878, 2, pp. 129-156. 
Beard, G. M. The cosmic law of intemperance. Michigan Univ. M. J., Ann Arbor, 
1872-73, 3, pp. 385-409. Also, reprint. 
Beard, G. M. Inebriety and allied nervous diseases in America. Gaillard’s M. J., 
N. ¥., 1880, 30, pp. 337-352. 
Beaumetz, M. Dujardin. Strychnine and alcohol. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 224. 
Beck, J. H. Gerichtsiirztliche Untersuchuugen nud Gutachten iiber Zustiinde der 
Berauschung, der Trunkfiilligkeit und deren Wirkungen. Ztschr. f. d. Staats- 
arznk., Erlang., 1842, 44, pp. 326-378. 
Beekor, A. Legislation for prohibition. Cath. World, 27, p. 182, 
Beer drinking. Interesting information as to its effects told to the brewers. St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch, June 5, 1892. 1,250 words. 
Beecher, W. J. Statistics of temperance. No. Am., 141, p. 154. 
Beitriige zur diiitetischeu Beurtheilung des gallicirten Weines. Inang. diss. Koln, 
1878. 
Bekampfung des Alkoholismus. Yon P. O. Flood, Director der Heilaustalt Heimdal 
bei Christiania. VI. interuat. Congress fiir Hygiene, etc., zu Wien 1887. Hft.- 
Nr. VII, Wien, 1887. 
Belcher, T. W. Tractatns medici. Refornfatories for drunkards. 2d ed. B°. Dub- 
lin, 1864. 
Bennett, J. R. Moderate use of alcohol. Contemp., 34, p. 341. 
Benoit, G. De Tabus des boissons alcooliques; appel aux m6decins. Gaz. m6d. de 
Strasb., 1865, 25, pp. 89-94. 
Benton, Dr. A. W. Delirium tremens in a boy three years old. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, 
p. 643. 
Berg, J. C. De inappetentia ex abusu spiritnosorum. 4°. Helmstadii, 1758. 
Bergeron, E. J. Rapport sur la repression de I’alcoolisme. Ann. d’hyg., Par., 1872, 
2. s., 38, pp. 5-72. Also, reprint. 304 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Bericht des Bundesrathes an die Bundesversammlung iiber die Geschaftsfiihrung 
und Rechnung der Alkoholverwaltung pro 1887-88. Vom 17. Juni 1889, 
p. 122. 
Berthelot, M. le Dr, Sur les maisons de sant6 pour les buveurs habituels en Angle- 
terre et en Arn6rique, Revue d’hygieue et de police sanitaire, 1882, p. 126 ft’. 
Bertheraud, A., and Latour, E. De Fivresse produite par le kiff. Gaz. med. de FAlg6- 
rie, Alger, 1857, 2, pp. 14V144. 
Best, Homer. Alcohol makes centenarians. N. Y. World, April 17, 1892. 1,900 
words. 
Bicknell, W. M. Intemperance threatening the downfall of America. Unita. R., 34, 
p. 503. 
Bidard, R. De Finfluence de Falcool sur la tempdrature et le pouls dans la pneu- 
monic. 4°. Paris, 1868. 
Bidrag till Sveriges officiella statistik. Fangvards-styrelsens underdaniga beriittelse 
for ar 1887. Stockholm, 1888, p. 19. 
Bierbower, A. Comprehensiveness and liberality in temperance work. Univ. Q., 
36, p. 40. 
Binz. Alkoholismus. Real-Encyclop. der ges. Heilk., 1885. 
Bird, F. W. Province of legislation on intemperance. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 14, p. 90. 
Bird, R. Drink-craving; an outline. Indian Ann. M. Sc., Calcutta, 1863, No. 16, 
pp. 469-520. 
Bishop, J. B. Balance of power with Prohibition party. Nation, 42, p, 482. 
Bishop, J. J. Vote of prohibition. Nation, 43, p. 407. 
Black, D. C. Case of death from intoxication. Lancet, Loud., 1863, 2, p. 246. 
Blaikie, W. J. Church action on temperance. Cath. Presb., 1, p. 359; 2, p. 55. 
Blair, H. W. Temperance and politics. No. Am., 138, p. 50. 
Blair, H. W. Alcohol in politics. No. Am., 139, p. 50, 
Blake, A. A practical essay on delirium tremens. 2d ed., revised. 
Bliss, C. Liquor law, Brattleboro method. Scrib., 14, p. 387. 
Blodgett, A. N. Drunkards, management of chronic and insane. Unita. R., 18, p. 
493. Same art., Am. Soc. Sci., 16, p. 52. 
Blondeau, C. De Fexisteuce de Falcool normal dans le sang et dans les principales 
humeurs de Fdconomie. B°. No imp. 
Blosfeld. G. J. Ueber die Trimksucht in gerichtlich-mediciuischer und medicinisch- 
polizeilicher Hinsicht. Ibid., 1846, 42, pp. 245-268. 
Bodington, G. F. On the control and restraint of habitual drunkards. Brit. M. J., 
Lond., 1875, 2, p. 255. 
Bohmert, Dr. Victor. Ueber Armenwesen und Armenstatistik. Zeitschr. desk. 
siiohs. statist. Bureau, 1883. 
Bohmert, Dr. Victor. Der Branntwein in den Fabriken. Vortrag auf der Jahres- 
versamrnlung des Dentschen Vereins gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Ge- 
triinke zu Dresden am 28. Mai 1885. Bremen, 1885. Also, Der Arbeiterfreund, 
1885. 
Boissous alcooliques, Lee, et leure effete sociaux eu Belgique d’aprds lee documente 
officiele par Em. Cauderlier. Bruxelles, 1883. 
Belles, J. A. Political economy of intemperance. Am. Q. Obs., 3, p. 5. 
Bondsdorf, E. J. Alcoholopbilia periodica. Forh. Svens. Liik.-Sallsk Sammauk, 
Stockholm, 1859, pp. 159-161. 
Bonnet, H. Action de I’ean r«sgale snr Falcool. B°. Paris, 1807, 
Bonnet, H., and Bnlard, J. Rapport snr Fdtat mental (alcoolisme) de Joseph Lau- 
rent, inculpd de menrtre snr son enfant. 1868, 4th s., 11, pp. 403-418. 
Bonnet, H., and Bnlard, J. Rapport medico-ldgal snr F6tat mental (folie alcooliqne) 
do Jacques Nicodeme Georges, accuse de menrtre snr sa belle-lille. Ann, med,- 
psych., Paris, 1867, 4th s., 10, pp. 282-295, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
305 
Bonuet-Bonnefoy. Sur Tivresse produite par les boissons alcooliques. 4°. Stras- 
bourg, 1832. 
Bopp. Riickblick auf einen Antrag auf dern Landtago vom Jahre 1833, im Gross- 
herzogthumo Hessen “die Steuerung des verderblichen Branutweintrinkens 
betreffend.” Jahrb. d. ges. Staatsarznk., Leipzig, 1838, 4, pp. 418-432. 
Borgesius, 11. Goeman. Der Kampf gegen den Alkoliolismus in den Niederlandeu. 
VI. Internal. Congress fiir Hygiene und Demographic zu Wien, 1887. Ar- 
beiton der hygien. Sect. Wien, 1887, Hft.-Nr. VII. 
Botschaft des Buudesrathes an die Buudesversammlung, betr. die auf die Alkohol- 
frage beziiglichen Postulate und Petitionen. 18. Mai 1884, p. 13. 
Bouchardat et Junod. L’eau de vie, ses dangers. Paris. 
Bouchet. Homicide pendant Tivresse. Ann. med.-psych., 1844. 
Bourne, S. National expenditure upon alcohol. J. Statis. Soc., 45, p. 207. 
Bouvier, C. Pharmakologische Studien iiber don Alkohol. B°. Berlin, 1872. 
Bowditch, H. I. Intemperance in New England; how shall we treat it? Boston M. 
and S. J., 1872, 86, pp. 181-184. Also, reprint. 
Bowditch, H. I. Medical tramps in Boston. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 712. 
Bowditch, H. I. Analysis of the correspondence on the use and abuse of intoxicat- 
ing drinks throughout the globe, which was presented to the legislature in 
1871; or, intemperance as seen in the light of cosmic law. B°. Boston, 1872. 
Boyce, F. B. Drink problem in Australia. B°. 1893. 
Bradley, W. E. Trade distinctions in alcohol. Pop. Sci. Mo., 30, p. 96. 
Bramwell, Lord. Drink and drinkers. Nineteenth Cent., 17, p. 1021. 
Brandau, C. 11. Sistens observationes quasdam do intemperantia et morbis ex ipsa 
oriuudis. 4°. Marburgi, 1785. 
Brewer, F. P. Undesirableness of alcohol. New Eng., 44, p. 706. 
Briand, J. Considerations gendralessur Tabus des boissons spiritueuses. 4°. Paris, 
1816. 
Briand, M. Un cas curieux de dipsomanie chez une mMaucoliquo impulsive. Mouve- 
ment mdd., Par., 1879,17, pp. 494-497. 
Brierre de Boismont, A. Quelques considerations sur la folie de Tivresse. Ann. med.- 
psych., 1844. 
Brierre de Boismont, A. Quelques observations sur la folie de Tivresse. Rapport 
medico-legal sur Tetat mental du uommd Hersant (Jacques). Ann. med.- 
psych., Par., 1884, 3, pp. 83-91. 
Brierre tie Boismont, A. Suicide des ivrognes. Aim. d’hygiene, 1850. 
Brierre de Boismont, A. De quelques nouvelles observations sur la folie des ivrognes. 
Ann. Par., 1852,4, pp. 375-400. 
Brinckle, W. D. Observations on the use of sulphuric acid in the cure of intemper- 
ance. N. Am. M. and S. J., Philadelphia, 1827, 4, pp. 293-299. 
Brockhaus, Dr. Studien an Menscheu ilber die Giftigkeit der Veruureinigungen des 
Kartoffelbranntweins. Centralbl. fiir offentl. Gesundheitsptl., 1882. 
Bronson, H. Temperance reformation. Chr. Q. Spec., 6. pp. 371, 593. 
Brouardel et Pouchut, MM. De la consommation de Palcool dans ses rapports avec 
Thygiene. Annal. d’hygiene, etc., 1888, p. 241. 
Brown, D. K. Question of alcohol. Canad. Mo., 18, p. 606. 
Browne, W. A. F. Social reform. No. IV. Intemperance and insanity. Parts I and 
11. B°. Edinburgh, n. d. 
Browne, W. A. F. Social reform. No. IV. Intemperance and insanity. Part 11. 
B°. Edinburgh, n. d. 
Bruberger, G. J. Qmedam de ebrietate ejusque causis. B°. Berolini, 1827. 
Briihl-Cramer, C. von. Ueber die Trunksucht nnd eine ratiouelle Heilmethode dex- 
selben. B°. Berlin, 1819. 
3000 A M 20 306 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Brunton, T. L. Action of alcohol. Contemp,, 33, p. 691; 34, p. 157. 
Buchner, E. Brandstiftung; Sauferwahnsinu; Selbstbestimmungsfahigkeit ? pp. 
366-377. 
Buchner,E. Brandstiftung; Siluferwahnsinn; Selbstbestimmungsfahigkeit? Fried- 
reich’s 81. f. gorichtl. Med., Numb., 1865,16, pp. 143-150. 
Bucknill, J. C. Habitual drunkenness and intemperance. Contemp., 29, p. 431. 
Bucknill, J. C. Habitual drunkenness and insane drunkards. 12°. London, 1878. 
Bulard. Alcoolisme; escroqueries(ordonuance do non-lieu); rapport medico-legal. 
Ann. m6d.-psych., Par., 1872, sth s., 8, pp. 220-239. 
Bulard &Lafargue. Alcoolisme; vols; escroqueries; ordonnanoe de non-lieu. Bor- 
deaux m6d., 1874, 3, pp. 257, 265. 
Bullard, Dr. W. N. The relation of tea drinking to nervous disorders. Med. Rec., 
1888, 33, p. 40. 
Bumstead, H. Temperance, the Bible and use of alcohol. Bib. Sac., 38, p. 47. 
Bunge, G. Die Alkoholfrage. 2 And., 1887. 
Burdach. Behandluug der Trunksucht. Allg. med. Ccntr.-Ztg., Berk, 1858, 27, 
p. 801. 
Burdel. De I’ivrognerie, de ses offets desastreux sur I’homme, la famille, la soci6t6, 
etc. Paris, 1885. 
Burill, P. De I’ivrognerie et des moyens de la combattre. 4°. Paris, 1872. 
Burnett, S. M. Dipsomania. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, 1875., Nashville, 1876, 13, pp. 
66-70. 
Burns, D. The consumption of intoxicating liquors at various periods as affected 
by the rates of duty imposed upon them. J. Statist. Soc., Lond., 1875, 38, pt. 
i, pp. 1-32. 
Burns, U. Temperance as affected by duties on liquors. J. Statist. Soc., 38, p. 1. 
Burr, G. On the insanity of inebriety. B°. New York, 1874. 
Burr, G. On the pathology of inebriety. Proc. Am. Asso. Cure Inebr., 2d sess., 
1871, Phila., 1872, pp. 48-61; 3d sess., 1872, Albany, 1873, pp. 82-94. 
Burtscher, Dr. Hugo. Beobachtung iiber das Ergebniss der Recrutirung, etc. Cor- 
respondenzbl. fur schweiz. Aerzte. Bern, 1880. 
Butler, L. C. The medical, social, and civil aspects of intoxication by alcohol, and 
the duty of the physician in the premises. Tr. Vermont M. Soc., Montpelier, 
1870, pp. 179-198. 
Buxton, E. N., and Johnston, A. Compensation for liquor licenses in Gi'eat Britain. 
Contemp., 58, p. 142; National, 15, p. 667. 
Caldwell, C. Thoughts on the pathology, prevention, and treatment of intemper- 
ance as a form of mental derangement. Transylv. J. M., Lexington, Ky., 
1832, 5, pp. 309-350. 
Callisen, H. De summa ebrietate observatio. Acta Soc. med., Ilavn., 1779, 2, pp. 
277-280. 
Cambon, J. B. Considerations sur I’emploi de I’alcool en thdrapeutique mddicale. 
4°. Montpellier, 1873. 
Carpenter, P. P. Indirect evils of temperance. Hewitt, 1, p. 313. 
Carpenter, P. P. Indirect advantages of temperance. Howitt, 1, p. 76. 
Carpenter, W. B. Temperance and teetotalism: an inquiry into the effects of alco- 
holic drinks on the human system in health and disease. 13th thousand. B°. 
Glasgow, 1850. 
Carpenter, W. B. On the use and abuse of alcoholic liquors in health and disease. 
Prize essay. 12°. Hamilton. 1852. 
Carpenter, W. B. On the use and abuse of alcoholic liquors in health and disease. 
With a preface by D. F. Condie. 12°. Philadelphia, 1858. 
Carter, B. Alcohol as food. Contemp., 34, p. 358. 
Case, A, of oinomania. Brit, and For. M.-Chir. Rev., Lond., 1850, G, pp. 194-203. 
Also, Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1851-52, 8, pp. 1-17. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
307 
Cassaignes, A. Etude sur Paction physiologique et les effets thdrapeutiqnes de Palcool. 
4°. Paris, 1870. 
Cauderlier, Em. Les boissons alcooliqnes et lenrs effets sociaux en Belgique. Bru- 
xelles, 1883. 
Centralblatt fiir offentl. Gesundheitsw., etc. 1885. 
Cespedes, J. de A. Temperance crusade, 1874. Galaxy, 17, p. 689. 
Chaguaud, A. Des causes de Palcoolisme. Etude d’hygifene publique. 4°. Paris, 
1874. 
Chamberlain, J. Swedish laws on intemperance. Hogg, 3, p. 416; Fortn., 26, p. 691. 
Chamberlain, J. Intemperance, municipal public houses. Fortn., 27, p. 147. 
Chamberlain, J. Regulation of intemperance. Fortn., 25, p. 631. 
Chambers, W. Drunkenness. Chamb. J., 51, p. 465. 
Chambers, W. Drinking usages in America. Chamb. J., 23, p. 42. 
Champouillon. Meningite convulsive 6pileptiforme, suite d’intoxication alcoolique. 
Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1851, 3d s., 3, p. 409. 
Chauffard. Discussion sur Palcoolisme. B°. Paris, 1871. 
Chevalier, A. Note sur Pemploi de Palcali volatil (ammoniaque liquide) centre 
Pivresse. Rev. mod. Iran5. et (Strang., Par., 1823, 12, pp. 290-293. 
Chevassus. De I’influence de Palcoolisme chez les arthritiques. Th. Paris, 1886. 
Cheyne, John. A letter on the effects of wine and spirits. [Anon.] 2d ed. B°. 
A second letter on the same. B°. 1829. 
Chicago’s temperance temple. A magnificent triumph of woman’s devotion to the 
cause of sobriety. Portraits and illustrations. Rocky Mountain News, Oct. 
9, 1892, 1,100 words. 
Chipley, W. S. Homicide and drunkenness. Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1866-67, 
23, pp. 1-45. 
Choulant, L. Obergerichtsiirztliches Gntachten liber einen Znstand von Trunken- 
heit. In his: Answ. v. Gutacht. med.-for, [etc.]. B°. Dresd., 1853, pp. 122-135. 
Choulant, L. Aerztliches Gutachten iiber den korperlichen und geistigen Zustand 
eines Trunksiichtigen in Bezug auf zweifelhafte Dispositiousfahigkeit und 
Curatel-Yerfugung. Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1842, 43, pp. 65-78. 
Circular of the State Board of Health of Michigan. The entailments of alcohol; 
being the annual address of the president. B°. Lansing, 1874. 
Claiborne, J. H. Colica bacchanalinm; colic of drunkards. Am. M. Month., N. Y., 
1855, 4, pp. 227-233. Also, Virginia M. &S. J., Richmond, 1855, 5, pp. 103-109. 
Clapp, O. Prevention, as means of reducing the material, social, and moral burdens, 
and devastations of intemperance. B°. Boston, 1872. 
Clark, E. P. Prohibition vs. high license. Nation, 42, p. 52. 
Clarke, Dr. John M. Alcoholic ataxia. Med. Pec., 1888, 33, pp. 299, 300. 
Claude (des Yosges). Rapport snr Palcoolisme, an S6nat, session de 1887. 
Clayton, Ebeu. America’s lirst teetotum. Portrait and illustrations. Albany Press, 
Jan. 18. 3,900 words. 
Cloetta, Prof. Is alcohol a food? Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 569. 
Closins, S. De spiritu vini. 4°. Helmestadii, 1674. 
Clum, Franklin D., M. D. Inebriety; its causes, its results, its remedy. Philadel- 
phia, Lippincott Company, 1888. 248 pp. 
Cohn, E. De dipsomaniac periodicae singnlari casn. B°. Berolini, 1838. 
Colajanni, Dr. Napol. IV alcoolismo, sue cousecnencia morale e sue cause. Catania, 
1887. 
Collett, J. I. Prison reminiscences of the drink curse. London, 1883, p. 112. 
Comings, B. N. Loss of will-power by inebriates. Proc. Am. Asso. Cure luebr., 
Baltimore, 1875, 6, pp. 51-60. 
Comings, B. N. Mental strain and heredity a cause of inebriety. Quart. J. Inebr., 
Hartford, 1879, 3, pp. 78-88. 308 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Comparative, The, study of drunkenness. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1874, 1, pp. 652-685. 
Congres international pour I’dtude des questions relatives a I’alcoolisme, tenu a Paris 
du 13 au 16 aofit 1878. B°. Paris, 1879. 
Congres internal, pour lYtude des questions relatives :'i I’alcoolisme. Bruxelles, 1880. 
Connecticut Medical Society, respecting an asylum for inebriates, with the resolu- 
tions of the society, adopted at their annual meeting, May, 1830. B°. New 
Haven, 1813. 
Conquerant, P. L. N. Dissertation sur Tabus des liqueurs alcooliques, suivie de 
quelques reflexions sur les effets du cafe. 4°. Paris, 1810. 
Constans, F. E, Is drunkenness curable? N. Y. Medical Times, May, 1892. 1,600 
words. 
Cook, J. New combinations of temperance forces. Our Day, 6, p. 282. 
Cornell, G. Oiuomania. Ciucin. Lancet and Obs., 1863, 6, pp. 156-159. 
Correspondence concerning the effects of the use of intoxicating liquor. Rep. Bd. 
Health Mass., Bost., 1871, 2, pp. 246-347. 
Cox, J. C. Early licensing laws and customs. Fortn., 53, p. 835. 
Craddock, R. J. Future of temperance. Ref. Qr., 33, p. 256. 
Crandall, Chas. Rollin. Lecture. Disease and intemperance as related to educa- 
tion. 1,800 words. Boston Morning Star, Jan. 19, 1893. 
Crane, J. T. History of temperance. Meth. Q., 33, p. 409. 
Crawcour, I. L. The physiology of intoxication. New Orleans M. News and Hosp. 
Gaz., 1857-58, 4, pp. 673-680. 
Crespi, A. J. H. Good Templars’ temperance societies. Colburn, 155, p. 508. 
Christison, R. On some of the medico-legal relations of the habit of intemperance. 
12°. Edinburgh, 1861. 
Christison, Sir R. On some of the medico-legal relations of the habit of intemper- 
ance. (Lecture conversazione Roy. Coll, of Surgeons, 1858.) P. Edinburgh. 
Cros, Dr. Action de I’alcool amylique sur Porganisme. TlRse. Strasbourg, 1863. 
Crosby, H. Liquor. Rum and the rum power. Arena, 1, p. 396. 
Crosby, N. Inebriate asylums. Remarks in opposition to them before the commit- 
tee on charitable institutions. B°. Boston, 1871. 
Crothers, J. D. Clinical studies of inebriety. Med. and Surg. Reporter, Phila., U. 
S. A. 
Crothers, T. D. Specifics for the cure of inebriety. Popular Science Monthly, Oct., 
1892. 3,500 words. 
Crothers, T. D. Inebriety with criminal impulses. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, 457-459. 
Crothers, T. D. Inebriety from obscure physical causes. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, pp. 
24-26. 
Crothers, T. D. Clinical studies of inebriety; the treatment of inebriety empirically. 
Ibid., 1881,44, pp. 144-147. 
Crothers, T. D. The clinical study of inebriety. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1881,19, pp. 65-68. 
Crothers, T. D. Inebriation; its pathology and treatment. New York M. J., 1874, 
20, pp. 346-355. 
Crothers, T. D. Some of the problems of inebriety. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1881,19, pp, 
402-404. 
Crothers, T. D. Clinical studies of inebriety. Disease versus vice. Med. audSurg. 
Reporter, Phila., 1880, 42, pp. 157-160. 
Crothers, T. D. The disease of inebriety and its social relations. B°. Boston, 
1883. 
Crothers, T. D. Mental responsibility in inebriety. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, pp. 189-191. 
Crothers, T. D. Mental contagion in inebriety. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, pp. 624-626. 
Crothers, T. D. Should inebriates be punished by death for crime? 
Crothers, T. D. The disease question in inebriety. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 134. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
309 
Crothers, T. D. Are inebriates curable? N. E. Medical Monthly, March, 1892. 3,000 
words. 
Crothers, T. D. The law of periodicity in inebriety. Alienist and Neurologist, July, 
1892. 3,500 words. 
Crothers, T. I). Mania and inebriety. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, pp. 421-422. 
Crothers, T. D. Inebriety and its symptomatology. Med. Rec., 1878, 2, pp. 193-198. 
Crothers, T. D. Mental contagion in inebriety. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, pp. 624-626. 
Crothers, T. D. The disease of inebriety and its treatment. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, 
p. 347. 
Crothers, T. D. Inebriety in America. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 284. 
Crothers, T. D. Acute impulsive inebriety. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, pp. 289, 290. 
Crothers, T. D. Alcoholic trance. Pop. Sci. Mo., 26, p. 187. 
Crothers, T. D. Inebriate criminals. Quart. Jour. Inebr., Hartford, 1878-79, 3, pp. 
129-146. 
Crothers, T. D. Decision of the court of appeals of the State of New York, in the 
case of James Rogers, convicted of murder. Main plea: intoxication. Am. 
Jour. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1858-59,15, pp. 258-271. 
Crothers, T. D. The management of inebriety, at the Albany Penitentiary. Proc. 
Am. Asso. Cure Inebr., sth sess., 1874, Balt., 1875, pp. 33-43. 
Crothers, T. D. Atmospheric influences controlling inebriety. Quart. J. Inebr., 
Hartford, 1877,1, pp. 212-217. 
Cullerre. Alcoolisme et delire des persecutions. Ann. mbd.-psych., 1875. 
Cunningham, W. Temperance legislation. Contemp., 50, p. 641. 
Curry, D. Prohibition. Meth. Q., 45, p. 277. 
Cusack, M. F. Romanism and liquor selling. Our Day, 6, p. 81. 
Dagonet. De Palcoolisme an point de vue de I’alibnation mentale. Ann. mbd.- 
psych., 1873. 
Daly, F. H. Intemperance, over-stimulation in women. Gent. M., u.s., 22, p. 111. 
Davey, J. G. On dipsomania. 
Davis. Pathologie de I’ivrognerie. Ann. med.-psych, 1879. 
Davis, J. F. A plea against drunkenness. Tr. Nat. Asso. Promot. Social Sc., 1869, 
Bond., 1870, pp. 455-459. 
Davis, N. S. What is needed for the successful treatment of inebriates ? J. Nerv. 
and Ment. Dis., Chicago, 1876, 3, pp. 79-84. 
Davis, N. S. The influence of alcohol upon the living human system. Scientific 
American Supplement, Dec. 17, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Davis,N. S. Pathology of drunkenness; is it a disease or a moral delinquency? 
Chicago J. Nerv. and Ment. Dis., 1875,2, pp. 503-513. 
Davis, N. S. A short paper on the nature of inebriation, and the means of cure. 
Chicago M. Exam., 1868, 9, pp. 711-720. 
Dawson, J. Alcoholic liquors, how they are made. Pop. Sci. Mo,, 29, p. 75, 
Day, A. The curability of inebriety. B°. Hartford, Conn., 1878. 
Day, A. Inebriety and its cure. B°. Boston, 1877. 
Day, A. Methomania; a treatise bn alcoholic poisoning. 12°. Boston, 1867. 
Deguise. Intoxication parPalcool; Ibsious anatomiqnes viscbrales. Gaz. d. hdp., 
Par., 1869, 42, p. 89. 
Dbjbriue. De I’herbditb dans les maladies dn systeme nerveux. Paris, 1886. 
Delbecq, C. De Pinfluence des boissons alcooliques sur la sante. 4°. Paris, 1854. 
Ddlire, Le, alcoolique btudie an point de vue mbdico-lbgal. Abeille mbd., Par., 
1869, 26, pp. 461-465. 
DelP übbriachezza in Milano. 1878. 
Develiu, Dr. E. Alcohol as an anaesthetic. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 393. 
Dezwarte, A. De I’inflnence de I’abus des alcooliques sur la marche et letraitement 
des maladies aigues. 4°. Paris, 1860. 310 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Dipsomania, On. Brit, and For. M.-Chir. Rev., Loud., 1858, 22, pp. 285-310- 
Dipsomania. J. Psych. M,, Loud., 1875, u.s., 1, pp. 116-131. 
Dipsomania, On, and habitual drunkenness. St. Andrew’s M. Grad. Ass. Tr. 1871, 
Loud., 1872, 5, pp. 93-119. 
Disabilities of inebriates. Proc. Am. Assoc. Cure luebr,, 2d sess., 1871, Phila., 1872, 
pp. 40-44. 
Disease, The, of inebriety. [Circular announcing the establishment of the Green- 
wood Institute, Fob. 22,1872.] 4°. No imp. 
Doaue, Bishop. The excise law and the saloon. N. A. Review, Oct., 1892. 2,500 
words. 
Dodge, M. A. Prohibition in politics. No. Am., 140, p. 509; 141, p. 34. 
Does habitual drunkenness come under the heading of mental disease? Canada M. 
J., Montreal, 1870, 6, pp. 474-476. 
Dohoney, E. L. Traffic in distilled liquors. Chris. Q., 1, p. 68. New York Q., 1, 
p. 135. 
Dorien. Zur Lehre von der Trunksucht; Gutachten. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. u. off. 
Med., Berk, 1860, 17, pp. 30-156. 
Dorman, L. M. Temperance and politics in New York City. Church R., 42, p. 158. 
Dougherty, J. D. Constitutional prohibition in Kansas. And. R., 1, p. 510. 
Doutre, G. Influence de I’ivresse sur la liberty morale. Union m6d. du Canada, 
Montreal, 1873, 2, pp. 433-436. 
Dow, N., and D. Lewis. Prohibition and persuasion. No. Am., 139, p. 179. 
Downie, Dr. Walker. Dryness of the throat from excessive tea-drinking. Med. 
Rec., 1888, 33, p. 82. 
Drake, D. A discourse on intemperance. West. M. and Phys. J., Cincin., 1828, pp. 9, 
2,11, 65. 
Drake, D. A discourse on intemperance. B°. Cincinnati, 1828. 
Drake, D. An oration on the causes, evils, and preventives of intemperance. B°. 
Columbus, 1831. • 
Drinkfseldigheden i Danmark etc. Fordrag af Harald Westergaard, Profess. 
Kjpbeuhavn, 1888. 
Drink and drinkers, Nineteen centuries of. All the Year, 55, p. 349. 
Drink and drinkers. Temp. Bar., 70, p. 61. 
Drink. Bentley, 14, p. 129. 
Drink question in Germany, The. (Editorial.) Boston Watchman, March 10, 1892. 
500 words. 
Drink, Strange. Chain!). J., 47, p. 392. 
Drink, What we. All the Year, 35, p. 77. 
Drinking experiences. Fraser, 13, p. 727; 14, p. 273. 
Drinking experiences. Internal. M.,.4, p. 621. 
Drinking, Gossip on. All the Year, 58, p. 82. 
Drinking (In Vino Veritas). St. James, 22, p. 551. 
Drinking, Parton on smoking and. N. Eel., 4, p. 365. 
Drinking, Parton on smoking and. Ev. Sat., 7, p. 669. 
Drinking, The vice and the disease of. Quar., 139, p. 396. 
Drinking usages of Great Britain and Ireland. Chr. Obs., 39, p. 677. 
Drinks of the world. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, March 3,1892. 1,450 words. 
Drinks, The bill for. Med. Rec,, 1887, 31, p. 469. 
Droste, A. Spontaner Mordversuch eiues Truukenboldes. Ann. d. Staatsarzuk., 
Freib. i. Br., 1841, 6, pp. 631-653. * 
Drouet. De lYpilepsie alcoolique. Ann. mdd.-psych., 1874. 
Drouet. De lYpilepsie alcoolique. Ann. m6d.-psych., 1875. 
Drouet. Du suicide dans I’alcoolisme. Ann. med.-psych., 1875. 
Drouet, J. Du suicide dans Palcoolisme. Gaz. mdd.-chir. de Toulouse, 1877, 9, p. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
311 
Druitt, R. Intemperance and its prevention. Med. Times and Gaz., Loud., 1862, 1, 
pp. 29, 371. 
Druitt, R. Control of inebriates. Med. Times and Gaz., Bond., 1872, 2, p. 24. 
Druitt, R. A practical or “natural history” view of intemperance; its causes and 
consequences. Med. Times and Gaz., Loud., 1869, 2, p. 501. Also, Brit. M. J., 
Loud., 1869, 2, p. 478. 
Druitt, R. Drunkenness as modified by race. With an analysis of the report on 
drunkenness in various parts of the world, issued by the Massachusetts State 
Board of Health. Med. Times and Gaz., Loud., 1871, 1, pp. 420-423. 
Drummond, Dandridge. A judicial murder. Innocent man executed on sentence 
imposed by a judge who committed the murder. Cleveland Leader, Jan. 8, 
1893. 2,200 words. 
Drunkards, Rational treatment of. Macmil., 22, p, 309. 
Drunkards, Criminal responsibility of. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 179 
Drunkenness, Anatomy of. So. R., 5, p. 226. 
Drunkenness, Anatomy of. Mus.,l3, p. 97. 
Drunkenness, Anatomy of. Blackw., 23, p. 481. 
Drunkenness, Treatment of. 
Drunkenness in England and its remedies. Brit. Q., 64, p. 98. 
Drunkenness in Scotland. Tait, n. s., 17, p. 547. 
Drunkenness not curable by legislation. Westm., 64, p. 463. 
Drunkenness, How to stop. No. Brit., 22, p. 455. 
Drunkenness of English women. (Editorial.) Republican, Springfield, Mass., Oct. 9, 
1892. 700 words. 
Drunkenness. Disease or sin, which? (Editorial.) Medical Herald, July, 1892. 
1,500 words. 
Dubois, R. De Tinfluence des liquides alcooliques sur Taction des substances 
toxiques. 4°. Le Mans, 1876. 
Dudley, J. G. Alcohol; its combinations, adulterations, and physical effects. B°. 
New York, 1874. 
Duffy, Dr. C. C. The healthful effects of alcohol upon the liver. Med. Rec., 
1885, 28, p. 346. 
Dujardin-Beaumetz & Audige. Rocherches experiment ales sur la puissance toxique 
des alcools. B°. Paris, 1879. Also, rdv. by L, Maguier, J. d. conn. m6d. 
prat., Par., 1879, 3d s., 1, p. 216. 
Dujardin-Beaumetz et Audige. Recherches expdrimeutales sur la puissance toxique 
des alcools. Paris, 1878. 
Dulacska. Capsicum annum in delirium tremens. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 460. 
Duugan, D. R. Duty of Christians towards temperance. Chris. Q., 5, p. 384. 
Dupuy. Des idees ambitieuses dans Tetat mental cons6cutif la folie alcoolique. 
Th. Bordeaux, 1887. 
Durcks, J. H. De abusu liquorum spirituosorum. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1776. 
Dutton, A. Intemperance. Chr. Mo. Spec., 9, pp. 587, 645. 
Dutton, S. W. S. Legislation in support of temperance. Maine law, 1851. New 
Eng. 10, p. 63. 
Eagles, J. Temperance and teetotal societies. Blackw., 73, p. 389. 
Eastwood, J. W. On intemperance in its medical and social aspects. Brit. M. J., 
Lond., 1871, 1, p. 86. 
Eau de vie, L’ ses dangers. Par M. Bouchardat et Junod. Paris, pp. 19. 
Ebel, F. A. De spirituosorum imprimis immodice haustorum effectu. Bero- 
lini, 1826. 
Edes, R. T. Use of alcohol in diet. Penn. Mo. 8, p. 582. 
Edwards, James. Les apsychoses alcooliques. Irrenfreund, 1873. 312 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Eighteenth annual report of the president of the Inebriate Home, Fort Hamilton, 
N. Y., for the year 1885. 
Einfluss tier Getriinke auf das physische und geistige Wohl des jungen Menschen- 
osterr. Gsndhts.-Ztg., Wien, 1832, 3, pp. 14,17. 
Einfluss, Ueber den, der Trunkenheit auf die Zurechnuug. 81. f. gerichtl. Au- 
throp., Niirnb., 1862, 13, pp. 29-42. 
Elliott, James C. The Keeley cure. Times and Register, May 21, 1892. 1,800 words. 
Ellison, H. J. The people and the licensing laws. Letters from “a town clergy- 
man,” which appeared in the Times, Sept. 25, 1871. B°. London, 1871. 
Ellison, H. J. Extracts from the evidence of Mr. John Poynder, developing the 
idleness, poverty, and misery, occasioned by the general use of spirituous 
liquors. 12°. [n. p., 1817.] Repr. from Tr. Brit, and For. Temperance Soc. 
Emmons, T. W. Use and abuse of liquors. Chr. Mo. Spec., 8, p. 30. 
England’s shame. Drunkenness on the increase among women. N. Y. Morning 
Journal, Oct. 16, 1892. 2,100 words. 
Ent wick lung der schwed. Brauntwein-Gesetzgebung von 1835-85. You Dr. Sieg- 
fried Wieselgren, Gcncral-Dir. dor schwedischen Gefangnisse. Wissenschaftl. 
Beitrage zum Kampf gegen den Alkoholismus, Bonn. Strauss, 1885. 
Entwicklung der Brenuerei und der Branutweinbesteuerungin Deutschland. Leipzig, 
1888. 
Entwurf eines Gesetzes, betr. dießesteueruug des Branntweins. Vom 16. Mai 1886. 
Reichstag, 6. Legisl-Periode, 2. Secs., 1885-86, Nr. 294. 
Entwurf eines Gesetzes, betreffeud das Branntweinmonopol. Nr. 165. Reichstag, 
6. Legislaturperiodo, 2. Sess., 1885-86. Anlage B, pag. 64, und: Arbeiten 
aus dem kaiserl. Gesuudheitsamte. 4. Bd., Berlin, 1888, pag. 358 IF. Die 
Heilanstalten des deutscheu Reiches, etc. Yon Reg.-Rath Dr. Rahts. 
Ergauzungsh. zum Centralbl. fiir allgem. Gesundheitspttege, 2, Heft 3. 
Escheverria. De I’epilepsie alcooliquc. Journ. of Mental Science, 1881. 
Espagnat, C. E. Contribution it T etude de la dipsomanie. 4°. Montpellier, 1879. 
Essai. Sur Tintempdrance par Ed. Bertrand. Paris, p. 267. 
Evans, J. G. Temperance and prohibition. Work in the Methodist church; (2.) 
Evarts, O. What shall we do for the drunkard ? A rational view of the use of brain 
stimulants. B°. Cincinnati, 1883. 
Eve, P. F. Whiskey and tobacco: their effects upon soldiers and others. B°. 
Nashville, 1866. 
Everett, Edith Townsend. Women who drink. Opium and morphine victims; 
periodical sprees at home and in hotels. Phila. Times, Jan. 17, 1893. 800 
words. 
Everett, E. Temperance reformation. No. Am., 36, p. 188; 39, p. 494. 
Faber, E. W. von. Suffocation: habitueller Brauntweiusaufer. Deutsche Ztschr. 
f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1870, n. F., 28, pp. 116-119. 
Faber, E. W. von. Sufiicatio; Erfrierung; Rausch. Deutsche Ztschr., f. d., Staat- 
sarzuk., Erlang. 1870. n. F., 28, pp. 123-125. 
Faliu. De Taction physiologique et therapeutigue de Talcool. B°. Anvers, 1874. 
Falret et De Pietra-Santa. Assassinat de la femme Soulier par son mari dans un 
acc6s de d<slire alcoolique. Ann. d’hyg., Par., 1858, 2d s., 9, pp. 441-447. 
Falret et De Pietra-Santa. Assassinat dans un acc6s de delire alcoolique. Ann. 
d’hyg et de mdd. 16g., 1859. 
Farquharson, Robert. The cure for moderate drinking. Blackwood’s Magazine, 
June, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Farrar, Canon F. W. Temperance. Gospel Banner, Sept. 8, 1892. 5,500 words. 
Farrar, F. W. Lord Bramwell on drink and drinkers. Nineteenth Cent., 17, p. 869; 
18, p. 78. 
Fauconnier, J. B. De I’influence des liqueurs alcooliques sur le systdme nerveux. 
4°. Paris, 1819. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
313 
Faugeyron, G. De I’emploi de Palcool dans le traitemeut des suites de couches. 
4°. Paris, 1874. Also, in Ann. de gyndc., Par., 1874, 2, pp. 112-126. 
Faure-Favier, P. M. De Paction thdrapeutique de Palcool. 4°. Paris, 1868. 
Fenger, C. A. Quid faciaut ait as annique tempos ad frequentiam et diuturnitatem 
morborum liominis adulti. B°. Havniae, 1840. 
Ferris, G. T. Temperance saloons. The movement in Great Britain, and its success 
here. Social Economist, Oct., 1892. 2,500 words. 
Finkelnburg, Prof, Dr. Ueber die Aufgabe des Staates znr Bekiimpfung der Trunk- 
sucht. Vortrag, etc., von. Magdeburg, 1881. 
Finnish temperance society. Novel methods of successful temperance work. (Edi- 
• torial.) N. Y. Post, July 30, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Fisk, C. B. Liquor: H. George and political influence of rum power. Arena, 1, 
p. 310. 
Fiske, H. M. Arsenic as antidotal to acute alcoholism. Pacific M. and S. J., San 
Fran., 1875, 16, p. 592. 
Flaix, M. de. The consumption of alcohol; morality and health. Med. Rec., 1887, 
32, p. 724. 
Fleischl, Dr. Cocaine in alcoholism. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 516, 
Flemming, Geh. Med.-Rath. Ueber Mittel znr Heilnug der Trnnkfalligkeit. Der 
Irrenfreund, 1875, Nr. 1. 
Fletcher, F. D. Dipsomania. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1864, 1, pp. 35-38 
Fletcher, Dr. W. 8., and Dr. R. M. Bucko. Alcohol in the treatment of insanity. 
Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 297. 
Flint, T. Address on intemperance. West. Mo. R., 2, p. 79. 
Fonteret. Observations sur nn ftat particnlier d’ivrcsse alcoolique revetant 
d’emblee les caracteres du delirium tremens, avec des paroxismes convulsifs. 
Gaz. mod. de Lyon, 1849, 1, pp. 280-283. 
Foote/ G. F. Inebriety and opium eating, in both cases a disease. Method of treat- 
ment and conditions of success. B°. Portland, Me., 1877. 
Forbes, J. Temperance and teetotalism; an inquiry into the effects of alcoholic 
drinks on the human system in health and disease. B°. London, 1847. 
Forrest, J. AY. De. Intemperance; British beer shop. Atlan., 38, p. 699. 
Forrester, A. H. Philosophy of drinking. Bentley, 11, p. 118. 
Forry, S. Inebriet3r. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila., 1842, n. s., 3, pp. 315-317. 
Fortier, L. A. Influence de Tivresse sur la liberte morale. Union mdd. du Canada, 
Montreal, 1873, 2, pp. 529-540. 
Forty-third report of the commissioners in lunacy, 1889. The Journal of Mental 
Science, Oct., 1889, p. 401. 
Foster, Addison P. Drinking habits in Europe. Boston Traveller, Oct. 1, 1892. 
1,000 words. 
Fothergill, G. M. Effects of alcoholic excess on character. Pop. Sci. Mo., 14, p. 379. 
Foville. Du delirium tremens, de la dipsomanie et de I’alcoolisme. Arch. gdn. 
de nied., 1867. 
Foville, M. le. Note sur les hopitaux d’ivrogue. Arch. gen. demdd., 1867. p. 604 ff. 
Foville, A. Du delirium tremens, de la dipsomanie et de I’alcoolisme. Arch. gdu 
de mdd., Par., 1867, 3, pp. 410-585. 
Foville, A., fils. De I’influeuce de I’alcoolisme chronique sur la responsabilitd 
criminelle. Rapport medico-ldgal sur I’etat mental du nomm6 L., accuse 
d’uue teutative de meurtre sur la persouue de son fils. Arch. gdn de mdd., 1875, 
2d s., 43, pp. 370-406. 
Foville, A., fils. Moyens pratiques de combattre Pivrognerie proposes on appliques 
en France, en Angleterre et en Amdrique. - Ann. d’hyg., Paris, 1872, 2d s., 37, 
pp, 5, 209. Also, reprint. Also (Abstr.): Gaz. hebd. de mdd., Par., 1872, 2d 
s., 9, pp. 225-238. 314 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Fox, T. B. Intemperance. Chr. Exam., 14, p. 24. 
Franck, S. Yon dem greulichen Faster der Trunckenheit. B°. Justenfelden, 1531. 
Franque, A. von. Ueher Trunkenheit in gcrichtlich-medicinischer Beziehuug. Cor.- 
81. d. deutsch. Gescllsch. f. Psychiat,, etc., Neuwied, 1863, 10, pp. 257-262. 
Franz, D. Alcohol quid in respirationc cordisque actione official. B°. Gryphis- 
waldise, [1862]. 
Frilntzel. Temperaturerniedriguug hei Alcoholintoxication. Charitd-Anu., 1874, 
Berlin, 1876, 1, pp. 371-374. 
Friedlauder. Ivresse. Diet. d. sc. m6d., Par., 1818, 26, pp. 232-249. 
Fricdlauder. Ivrognerie. Diet. d. sc. mcd., Par., 1818, pp. 263-273. 
Friedrich, J. B. Ueher die Zurechnung der im Zustande der Trunkenheit und 
Truukfalligkeit hegangenen Handluugen. Arch. f. Psychol., Heidelb., 1834, 
1. Hft., pp. 74-430. 
Frost, B. Present position of temperance. Mo. Eel. M., 4, p. 97. 
Fry, Frank E. The treatment of alcoholism. Quarterly Journal of Inebriety, April, 
1892. 1,700 words. 
Fuchs. Ein Fall von periodischer Truuksucht. Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 
1837, 34, pp. 55-71. 
Fuerstuer. Zur Behandlung der Alkoholisten. Allgem. Zeitschr. fiir Psych., 1877, 
p. 203. 
Fuhri, A. D. De potuum spirituosornm effectibus nocivis in corpus humanum. B°. 
Lugd. Batav. et Amst., [1849]. 
Gachet, G. Traitement de Palcoolisme aigu. 4°. Paris, 1869. 
Galangau, A. H. F. Considerations sur quelques cas de dipsomanie avec alcoolisme 
consdcutif. 4°. Paris, 1880. 
Galle, Paul. Ueber die Beziehungen des Alkoholismus zur Epilepsie. Diss. iuaug. 
Berlin, 1881. 
Gallivardin. Medicines which prevent alcoholics from procreating while in'a state 
of intoxication. Dec., 1892. 500 words. 
Gambus, L. De Palcoolisme cousiddrd principalement an point de vue de Phygieue 
publique. 4°. Montpellier, 1866. 
Gandil, F. De la cirrhose alcoolique. 4°, Paris, 1867. 
Gannett, E. S. Massachusetts Temperance Convention, 1833. Chr. Examiner, 15, 
p. 240. 
Gardella, G. Intorno ai mezzi di rimediare all’ abuso delle bevande inebriauti. 
Salute, Genova, 1870, 5, pp. 289-298. 
Gardner, W. T. On delirium tremens. In his “Clinical Medicine. 
Gardner, W. T. What legislative measures might be proposed to deal with cases of 
uncontrollable drunkenness. Tr. Nat. Ass. Promot. Social Sc. 1869, Bond., 
1870, 421-428. 
Gamier, P. B. Sur Pivresse. 4°. Paris, 1815. 
Garrod, A. B. Eesults of experience in use of alcohol. Contemp., 34, p. 372. 
GastA Memoiro sur I’ivresse, cousid6r<se sous le double rapport de la hffidecine et 
de la discipline militaire. Eec. de mdm. de m6d. . . . mil., Par., 1843,1, 44, pp. 
209-230. 
Gauster, Dr. Moritz. Zur Frage der Trinkerasyle, Jahrb. fiir Psych., 1889, 8, 
Hft. 3. 
Gazabar, H. Yon dem verdamlichen Easter der Trunckenheit. 12°. Tubingen, 
1557. 
Gazin, A. De I’alcool dans les pneumonies adynamiques. 4°. Paris, 1874. 
Geografia nosologioa de 1’ Italia Cap. xvn. 
George, H. Liquor: Political influence of rum power. Arena, 1, p. 196. 
Gervais. Note sur les Irons effets de I’ammoniaque dans Pivresse. Bull. gdn. de 
thdrap., etc., Par., 1840,18, pp. 35-37. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
315 
Gesetz wegen Erhehung der Brausteueru. Reichstag, 4th sess., 1881, Nr. 58. 
Gibson, J. A. Revenue from the liquor traffic. Nat. Tem. League’s Annual, 1889. 
Gilbert, C. B. On methomania. Detroit Rev. Med. and Pharm., 1873, 8, pp. 248-256. 
Gilbert, W. Temperance, gin palace, and workman’s club. Good Words, 13, p. 211. 
Giugeot, P. Essai sur I’emploi therapeutiquo de I’alcool chez les enfants et eu ge- 
neral sur le r6le de cet agent dans le traitement des maladies aigues ffihriles. 
4°. Paris, 1867. Also in, Bull. gen. de tlnirap., etc., Par., 1867, 73, pp. 97-155. 
Girard. Des propri6t6s mddicales do I’alcali volatil lluor (aiumouiaque liquide) eu 
general, et particulierement dans I’ivresse. J. gen. de mtkl., chir. et pharm., 
Par., 1820, 73, pp. 166-178. 
Girard, H. Monomanie d’ivresse par suite d’inconduite et d’uue predisposition 
uerveuse; rapport mddico-legal pour obtenir I’interdiction. Ann. mod.-psych., 
Par., 1844, 4, pp. 218-225. 
Godfrin, A. De I’alcool, sou action physiologique; ses applications thdrapeutiques. 
4°. Paris, 1869. 
Godkin, E. L. Temperance cause. Nation, 39, p. 258. 
Godkin, E. L. Temperance and prohibition. Nation, 12, p. 353. 
Godkin, E. L. Temperance and the woman’s crusade. Nation, 18, p. 199. 
Godkin, E. L. Legislation in support of temperance. Nation, 16, p. 365. 
Godkin, E. L., and Beecher, H. W. On temperance. Nation, 18, p. 392. 
Gohrs, J. C. De ehrietate feerninarum. 4°. Hahe Magdeb., 1737. 
Gordon, C. A. Drunkenness in India and its repression. Med. Times and Gaz., 
Loud., 1869, 2, pp. 456-459. 
Gottloeher, F. De alcoholis potionumque alcoholicarum usu et effectu. B°. Bero- 
lini, 1864. 
Goure, A. Considerations sur les dangers des exces alcooliques. 4°. Montpellier, 
1867. 
Goy, L. De la pneumonie chez les alcooliques. 4°. Montpellier, 1874. 
Gladbach, J. A. De ehrietate assidua hydropis causa. 4°. Erfordiae, 1701. 
Glyde, T. Topography of temperance. Macmil., 47, p. 140. 
Graff. Gutachten liber einen Wahnsinnigen uud Trunksiichtigen. Ztschr. f. d. 
Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1833, 26, pp. 284-315. 
Graham, C. Temperance question. Contemp., 30, p. 72. Also in Sup. Pop. Sci. 
Mo., 1, p. 257. 
Graham, H. The temperance conflict. Meth. Qr., 46, p. 124. 
Graham, Thomas M. B. Malt liquors of the English. Washington Sentinel, Aug. 
8, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Grand, P. B. Sur les effets qui de l’intemp6rance par rapport ala sant6 
et sur les bous effets de la sobri6te. 4°. Paris, 1810. 
Gravity, De la, des lesions traumatiques et des operations chirurgicales chez les 
alcooliques, communiques par MM. Yerneuil, Hardy, Gubler, Gosselin, 
Behier, Richet Chauffard, et Giraldfes, B°. Paris, 1871. 
Gray, A. M. Temperance question. Contemp., 30, p. 454. 
Gray, J. L. Cures for inebriety. Chicago Graphic, Nov. 26, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Gray, J. L. Modern phases of the treatment of inebriety. Times and Register, 
May 21, 1892. 1,300 words. 
Great Britain. Secretary of State for the Home Department. Habitual drunkards 
act, 42 and 43 Viet., cap. 19. .Report of the inspector of retreats, under the 
habitual drunkards act, 1879, with appendix. 4., 1883. fol. London, 1884. 
Greely, General. Alcohol in high latitudes. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 460. 
Greenfield, W. S. Alcohol: its use and abuse. 16°. New York, 1879. 
Greenley, T. B. The use of alcoholic liquors as a prophylactic against disease and 
promoter of good morals. American Practitioner and News, May 7, 1892. 
4,300 words. 316 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Grenier, Dr. L. Contributions ;'i I’tftude do la descendance des alcooliques. (These.,) 
Paris, 1887. 
Grier, A. C. Do saloons make drunkards? lowa Temperance Magazine, May, 1882. 
1,200 words. 
Grodvolle, P. Contribution a I’<stnde des alterations du foie dans Palcoolisme. 4°. 
Paris, 1875. 
Gros, A. F. A. Action de I’alcool amylique sur I’organisme. 4°. Strasbourg, 1863. 
Grosvenor, J. W. Hospital treatment for the alcoholic inebriate. Quarterly Jour- 
nal of Inebriety, April, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Gnelle, A. De Futility de la medication alcooliqne dans quelques etats morbides, 
4°. Paris, 1863. 
Gngl, Dr. Paraldehyde in the treatment of delirium tremens. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, 
p. 39. 
Gull, W. W. Advantages and disadvantages of alcohol. Contemp., 34, p. 131. 
Gustafson, Axel. The foundation of death. A study of the drink question. 3d ed. 
London, 1885. 
Gustafson, Axel. The world’s drink problem. Christian Union, March 19, 1892. 
1,900 words. Feb. 27, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Gustafson, Axel. Perils of moderate drinking. Our Day, July, 1892. 1,600 words. 
Gutaehten iiber cinen Zustand von Trunkenheit. 81. f. gerichtl. Anthrop., Ansbach, 
1854, 5, 4. lift., pp. 49-57. 
Gutaehten liber die Znrechnungsfahigkeit eines Betrunkenen. Ibid., Niirnb., 1857, 
8,4. lift., pp. 78-75. 
Haan, J. Spiritus vini atque aceti examen. 4°. Argentorati, 1708. 
Haberkorn, F. Alkoholmissbrauch nnd Psychosen. BC.8C. Berlin, [1869]. 
Habitual drunkard’s bill. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1879, 1, p. 293. 
Hale, Edward E. What shall they drink? Cosmopolitan, Sept., 1892. 3,000 words. 
Hale, Edward E. Church work in temperance. Unita. R., 15, p. 504 
Haller, A. Thcorie gdudrale des alcools. 4°. Paris, 1879. 
Halpin, J. Temperance legislation. Dnb. R., 105, p. 299. 
Halsey, L. J. Legal prohibition the only remedy for drunkenness; being the sub- 
stance of two discourses, delivered in Louisville, 1855. B°. Louisville, Ky., 
1855. 
Hamberg, Prof. Physiol. Yersuche mit den fliichtigen Substanzeu, die sich im 
Branntwein vorfindeu. Wien, 1884. 
Hargrave, W. Congestive apoplexy, proceeding from intoxication. Dublin M. 
Press, 1846, 16, p. 133. 
Harlaud, M. My position on the temperance and total abstinence question. House- 
keeper’s Weekly, July 30, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Harley, Dr. George. Alcohol and heart disease. Med. Rec., 1887, 33, pp. 417, 418. 
Harris, E. Practical points relating to the criminality, repression, and cure of 
drunkenness and dipsomania. Proc. Amer. Asso. Cure Inebr., 1872, Albany, 
1873, 3, pp. 120-127. 
Harris, Y. D. Of the diagnosis and treatment of apparent drunkenness. St. Barth. 
Hosp. Rep., Loud., 1878, 14, pp. 257-267. 
Hayne, A. P. The “antidote for dipsomania.” West. Lancet, San Fran., 1879-80, 
8, p. 293. 
Hedeuius, P. Om dipsomauien. Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1880, 15, pp. 540-548. 
Henderson, G. De effectibns alkohol. B°. Edinburgh 1813. 
Henderson, J. American liquor laws. Contemp., 29, p. 1060. 
Henke, A. Zur Lelire von der Trunksucht, in Bezug auf geriohtliclie Medicin. 
Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1827, 8, pp. 181-233. 
Hermann. Ueber den Missbrauch geistiger Getriinke in Russland. St. Petersb, 
med. Ztschr., 1867, 13, pp. 65-90. 
Heslop, T. P. The abuse of alcohol in the treatment of acute disease. B°. Lou- 
don, 1872. 317 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Hevelius, J. A. De spiritu viui ac alto Boerhaavu alembico. 4°. Halte Salam, 
[1759]. 
Heywood, J. H. Temperance and Unitarian denomination. Unita. R., 5, p. 54. 
Hibbard, J. F. What shall be done with the habitual drunkard? Cincin. Lancet 
and Obs., 1875,18, pp. 88-94. 
Hibsham, H. H. W. Vice of intemperance. Ref. Q., 27, p. 476. 
Higiene publica. Yicios quo corroen la sociedad y que exigen pronto remedio. 
Rev. nffd., Guadalajara, 1872,1, pp. 284-288. 
Hitchcock, H. 0. The entailments of alcohol. B°. Lansing, 1874. 
Hitzig, Dr. Ed. Ziele und Zwecko der Psychiatrie. Zurich, 1876. 
Hofmann, E. Misshandlung eines Berauschten; Tod am dritten Tage durch 
Hajmorrhagia intermeningealis; Pachymeningitis hicmorrhagica; Leber- 
ruptur; Alcoholismus chronicus. Wien. med. Presse, 1876,17, pp. 1607-1610. 
Hohnbaum, C. Ueber die psychische Behandlnng der Trunksiichtigen. Ztschr. f. 
psych. Aerzte, Leipz., 1820, 3, pp. 505-543. 
Hopkins, S. M. Correspondence on the principles of right reasoning, applicable to 
temperance, and to the effects of fermented and distilled liquors. B°. 
Geneva, N. Y., 1836. 
Horseley, J. W. Drunkenness and crime. Sunday M., 15, p. 754, 
Hosmer, W. C. Prohibitory liquor law. Meth. Q., 14, p. 244. 
Houston, A. Intemperance; some of its causes, consequences, and remedies. Tr. 
Nat. Assoc. Promot. Social Sc., 1862, pp. 482-485,1861, Loud. 
Hubbard, G. H. Temperance for the American churches. Comb. Q., 5, p. 1. 
Hun, Dr. Henry. Alcoholic paralysis. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 516. 
Huntington, J. T. Temperance question. Church E., 37, p. 217. 
Huss, M. Der chronische Olcoholismus. Bremen, 1852, p. 331. 
Huss, M. Inebriety a disease. Med. Press and Circ., Lond., 1869, 7, p. 335. 
Huss, M. Fall af superi-drift (dipsomania). Forh. Svens. Liik.-Sallsk. Sammank., 
Stockholm, 1855, pp. 133-135. 
Huss, M. Fall af dipsomania. Ibid., 1862, p. 238. 
Huss, M. Methysiomania. Ztsclir. f. klin. Med., Bresl., 1857, 8, pp. 421-434. 
Huss, M. Der chrouische Olkoholismus. Bremen, 1852, p. 331. 
Hubs, M. Intemperance considered as a form of mental disorder. J. Psych. M., 
Lond., 1858, 11, pp. 102-123. 
Hnydecooper. De I’abolition ties boissons fortes. [Trad, du hollandais. Rap. de 
Delahaye.] Bull. roy. de de Belg., Brnx., 1847-48, 7, pp. 108-116. 
Increase of female inebriety. (Editorial.) American Lancet, Nov., 1892. 700 words. 
Inebriates, American Association for the cure of. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 706. 
Inebriety. A case of long tolerance. Med. Rec., 1887, 31, p. 84. 
Influence, L’, de I’ivresse et de I’ivrognerie sur la criminality. Congres internat. pour 
I’dtnde des questions relatives a Palcoolisme, Bruxelles, 1880, p. 64 ff. 
Intemperance. Chr. Disc., 1, p. 55. 
Intemperance. Meth. Q., 2, p. 91. 
Intemperance, Mitchell on. Sat. R., 70, p. 427. 
Intemperance. Princ., 13, pp. 267, 471. 
Intemperance. U. S. Lit. Gaz., 4, p. 331. 
Intemperance. A woman’s question. Victoria, 13, p. 41. 
Intemperance and intolerance. Blackwood, 102, p. 208. 
Intemperance and licensing laws. Ed. R., 150, p. 133. 
Intemperance. Bradford’s address. Chr. Exam., 3, p. 291. 
Intemperance, Causes and cures of. Nat. R., 10, p. 107. 
Intemperance. Church of England’s duty. Chr. Obs., 73, p. 775. 
Intemperance, drunkenness, abstinence, restraint. Ed. R., 137, p. 398, 
Intemperance, Early Methodists on. Hist. M., 10, p. 314. 318 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Intemperance, Effects of, on the brain. Good Words, 7, p. 395. 
Intemperance, Effects of legislative restrictions on. Penny M., 4, p. 231. 
Intemperance. Experiences of a dipsomaniac. Tinsley, 3, p. 321. 
Intemperance of ancient literature. Am. Mo. M., 7, pp. 259, 597. 
Intemperance in Ireland. Gath. World, 51, p. 490. 
Intemperance in England. Leis. Hour, 25, p. 75. 
Intemperance, Larvs respecting. Chr. Oise., 2, p. 207. 
Intemperance. Palfrey’s discourse. U. S. Lit. Gaz., 6, p. 184. 
Intemperance, Physiology of. Internal. M., 3, p. 98. 
Intemperate, Rest for the. Month., 9, p. 553. 
Intemperate, Retreat for the. Chr. Disc., 5, p. 121. 
Intemperate, Plea for the. Meth. Q., 2, p. 91. 
Intemperance, L’, source de la misfere, du vice et du crime. Congres p6nit. internal. 
Stockholm, 1879, n. 
Intemperate, The. So. Lit. Mess., 6, p. 274. 
Intoxicating liquors; dealer’s bond; liabilities of sureties. Supreme court of Ne- 
braska. Chicago Legal News, Nov. 26, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Is alcohol food or physic f B°. London, [n. d.]. 
Is it food or poison? A reply to the fallacies of the Cornhill Magazine and of Drs. 
Inman and Anstie. [Repr. from Meliora, 1863.] B°. London, [n. d.]. 
Ittig, J. F. De temulantia. 4°. Lipsise, 1678. 
Jackson, J. C. How to cure drunkards, B°. Dansville, N. Y., 1868. 
Jackson, J. H. Case illustrating difficulties in the diagnosis of cerebral haemor- 
rhage and drunkenness. Med. Times and Gaz., Lond., 1871, 1, p. 360. 
Jacobi, W. Die Wirkungen des Alkohols, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die verschie- 
deuen Grade der Yerdiinnung mit Wasser. B°. Marburg, 1857. 
Jahn. Neuo Form der Trunksucht. Med. Convors.-BL, Hildburgh., 1831, 2, pp. 
276-279. 
Jahresversammlnng des Deutschen Yereins gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getranke 
zu Darmstadt. 1887. Bremen, 1887, p. 41. 
James, Edmunds. De I’influence de I’alcoolisrne sur la production de la folie. British 
Med. Association, session de Cambridge, 1880. 
Jeannel, J. Repression do I’ivrognerie dans I’arnffie. Union nffid., Paris, 1871, 3d 
s., 12, pp. 193, 217. 
Jenner, A. L. O. De alkoholismo chronico. 4°. Kiliae, 1855. 
Jevons, W. S. Legislation on liquor traffic. Contemp., £7, p. 177. Same art., Pop. 
Sci. Mo., 16, p. 754. 
Jewell, Dr. J. S. Inheritance as a cause of drunkenness. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 433. 
Jewett, M. P. Relation of boards of health to intemperance. B°. Milwaukee, 1874. 
Joffroy, A. De la medication par I’alcool. B°. Paris, 1875. 
Johnson, E. Prohibition in Vermont. Pop. Sci. Mo., 25, p. 47. 
Johnston, G. H. Temperance Bible—commentary. Mercerbs, 21, p. 551. 
Jones, C. Handheld. On delirium tremens. M. T. and G. 
Journal d’hygiene. A warning to drinkers. Mod. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 531. 
Journal of Mental Science. July, 1876, p. 265. 
Juif, P. De I’anosthesie alcoolique. 4°. Paris, 1875. 
Juliano, G. Essai sur I’alcoolisme. 4°. Paris, 1866. 
Jung, E. Des effets physiologiques et therapentiques de I’alcool. 4°. Paris, 1869. 
Kapp, F. Temperance legislation in Germany. Nation, 32, p. 165. 
Keeley, Leslie E. Pathology and cure of drunkenness. Medical Brief, June, 1892. 
1,200 words. 
Keer, N. Society for the Study and Cure of Inebriety. Inaugural address in the 
Medical Society of London’s rooms. April 25, 1884. London, 1884. 
Keller, Dr. Whisky as an anresthetic. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, p. 588. 
Ker, D. Temperance as a national question. Nat. Q., 38, p. 262. BIBLIOGRAPHY, 
319 
Kerner, L. S. Augustin! prima de vitanda ebrietate, coucio, carmine redita. In: 
Salernum, De conservanda bona valetudine, etc. 12°. Francofurti, 1551, 
p. 146. 
Kerr, Norman. Ought alcohol to bo prescribed and how? Med. Rec., 1885,28, p. 246. 
Kerr, Norman. Relation of alcoholism to inebriety. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 284. 
Kerr, Norman. Inebriety, its etiology, pathology, treatment, and jurisprudence. 
London, 1888. pp. 415. 
Kerr, Norman. Inebriety and criminal responsibility. 
Kerr, Norman. On inebriety. P. 
Kidd, J. Boundaries of temperance. Contemp., 34, p. 352 
King, H. Non-political prohibition. Ref. Qr., 32, p. 507. 
Kingsley, C. Drunkenness. Tree of knowledge. Good Words, 15, p. 90. 
Kitchell, N. D. An appeal to the people for the suppression of the liquor traffic. 
A prize essay. 12°. New York, 1848. 
Kjobenhavn. Drinkfseldigheden i Danmark, etc. 1888. 
Kjobenhavn. Stadsbcgens Aarsberetning for 1888. 
Koeber, J, G. De ebrietate. B°. Dorpati Livonorum, 1820. 
Kovaleski, P. L. Prestuplenie y sostojanii zapoja. [Crime of a dipsomaniac.] 
Sovrem. mod., Warszawa, 1880, 21, pp. 310, 326, 343, 359. 
Konig. Gutachten fiber die Nothwendigkeit der Curatel bei einem an Delirium 
tremens leidenden trunfcfalligen Manne. Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 
1840, 28. Ergnzngshft., pp. 98-108. 
Krafft-Ebing, R. von. Ueber eiue Form des Rausches, welche als Manie verlauft. 
Ein Beitrag zur Zurechnungsfrage dor im Rausch begangenen strafbareu 
Handlungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang. 1869, 27, pp, 444- 
460. 
Krai, Franz. Die Alkoholfrage in Oestei’reich, etc. Leipzig, 1888 
Krauss. Ein im Zorn uud in der Trunkenheit begangener Mord. Ztschr. f. d, 
Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1853, 65, pp. 428-453. 
Kretzschmar, H. Use of alcohol in certain forms of fever. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p, 
162. 
Kroeger, J. A. De alkoholismo chronico. B°. Berolini, [1864]. 
Krurnmer, J. J. Sachliche Mittheilungen zur Alkoholfrage. Bern, 1885. 
Kuiper, H. F. Alkohol in de hersenen bij dronkenschap. Nederl. Tijdschr. v, 
Geneesk., Amst., 1871, 1, pp. 1-4. 
Kurtz, C. J. De ebrietate ejusque noxis prsecavendis et tollendis. 4°. Erfordiae, 
1741. 
Labarthe, E. De Pinfluence de Palcool dans la production des maladies et de son 
emploi 4°, Paris, 1829. 
Laffitte. Ddmeuce alcoolique: rapport sur I’dtat mental de Pierre M. Ann. m6d.- 
psych., Par., 1867, 4th s., 9, pp. 416-422. 
Lagardelle, F. De Falcoolisme. France mdd., Par., 1865, 12, pp. 532, 564,595. 
Lagardelle, F. Dypsomanie, folie alcoolique et delirium tremens. Gaz. mdd. da 
Par., 1865, 3d s., 20, pp. 72-74. 
Lagardelle, F. De la dypsomanie. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1865, 3ds., 20, p. 565. 
Lamb, C. Confessions of a drunkard. London M., 6, p. 117. Also in Mus., 1, p. 
134. 
Lamphear, O. T. Temperance legislation and moral suasion. Cong. R., 11, p. 384. 
Lanceraux. Alcoholism and its prevention. Med. Rec,, 1884, 25, p. 449. 
Lancereaux. Etude sur les alterations prodnites par Tabus des boissons alcooliques. 
Gaz. med. de Paris, 1865. 
Langius, W. 11. Pathologico-diaetetica morbos per potus intemperantiam ipsamque 
ebrietatem curandi rationem plurima ex parte examinans. 4°. Yittenbergae, 
1734. 320 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Lauglois, P. A. Sur I’alcoolismo aigu aux Etatis-Unis. 4°. Paris, 1870. 
Lardier, Dr. Strychnine in acute alcoholism. Med. Roc., 1885, 28, p. 181. 
Lasfegue. Memoire sur I’alcoolisme subaigu Arch. gen. de mod., 1871. 
Lasfegue. M6moire sur I’alcoolisme subaigu. Arch. gen. domed., 1874. 
Lassaigne, P. Quelques cansiderations sur I’alcoolisme dans ses rapports avec la 
pneumonie, la variole, et I’drysipele. 4°. Paris, 1870. 
Laurat. Etude sur le suicide des alidnfs. 
Lawson, K. Alcoholic brain-disorders. Sup. Pop. Sci. Mo., 3, p. 426. 
Lawson, Sir W. Drink difficulty. Nineteenth Century, 5, p. 405. 
Lawson, Sir W. Permissive prohibition advocated for England. Nineteenth Cen- 
tury, 20, p. 795. 
Lawson, Sir W. Intemperance. Nineteenth Century, 5, p. 405. 
Laycock, T. The theory of delirium tremens. L. 
Leavitt, J. Temperance reformation. Chr. Mo. Spec., 10, p. 243. 
Leclere, E. Etude sur quelques accidents nerveux aigus do I’alcoolisme chronique. 
4°. Paris, 1868. 
Lemons sur la dipsomanie. Progr. raed., 1884. 
Le Ccour, J. Etudes sur I’intoxication alcoolique. B°. Caen, 1860. 
Lee, W. The use of brandy and salt as a remedy. 12°. Boston, 1855, 
Leech, John. The iniquity and impolicy of confining drunkards as lunatics, A 
more equitable remedy suggested. With postscript and appendix containing 
startling hints to genuine Britains who value civil and religious liberty. P. 
Glasgow. 
Legrain. Du delire chez les degeneres, Paris, 1886. 
Legraiu. Heredity et alcoolisme. Paris, 1889. 
Legrand du Saulle. Du crime accompli par I’homme ivre. Gaz. des hop., 1851. 
Legrand du Saulle. Etude sur Pivresse. Du crime accompli par Fhomme ivre, et 
des questions nffidico-ffigales relatives au dffiire ebrienx. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 
1861, 34, pp. 129-131. 
Legras, A. B. Contributions a I’ernploi tlffirapeutique de I’alcool. 4°. Paris, 1866. 
Lemoine, L. A. N. Le decubitus aigu dans Palcoolismo chronique, 4°. Paris, 1877. 
Leudet, E. De P6tat mental des alcoolistis. Gaz. hebd. de m6d., Par., 1875, 2d s., 
12, pp. 643, 677. 
Leuret. Observations nffidico-lfgales sur I’ivrogneria et la m6chancetd, 
dans leurs rapports avec la folie. Ann. d’hyg., Par., 1840, 24, pp. 372-401. 
Levi, L. Legislation for prohibition and sale of liquor. J. Statist. Soc., 35, p. 25. 
Levi, Prof. Leone. On indictable and summary jurisdiction offenses in England and 
Wales. 1857-76 and 1877-78. Jouru. of the Statist. Soc. of Loudon. 1880 
p. 433. 
License act, First recorded. Antiquary, 1, p. 186. 
License bill, Churchill’s. Sat. R., 69, pp. 525, 559, 591. 
License in England. Lend. Q., 34, p. 389. 
License laws and intemperance. Ed. R., 150, p. 133. 
License question in Sweden. Macmil., 25, p. 307. 
License system. Lakeside, 7, p. 361. 
License system. Ed. R., 44, p. 441; 49, p. 362. 
Life, The, and death of King Alcohol; by a son of temperance. 12°, Philadelphia, 
1846. 
Liucke, P. C. De novis ex potu disserit. 4°. Lipsiae, [1774] 
Lindner, C. T. De erroribusin potulentis commissis. 4°. Erfordhe, 1713. 
Lindsay, W. L. Legislation for inebriates. Edinb. M. J., 1870, 16, pp. 230, 292, 
Lindsly, H. An essay on the origin and introduction into medical practice, etc., of 
ardent spirits. 12°. Washington, 1835. 
Linss. Die Trunksucht, etc. Darmstadt, 1884. 
Lipinski, C. De actione potionum spirituosarum in corpus humanum, B°, CtaCQ' 
vise, 1839. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
321 
Liquor licenses in Great Britain, Compensation for. National, 15, p. 667. 
Liquor question; Gustafson’s Foundation of death. Lit.W., [Host.], 15, p. 326. 
Liquor traffic and the State. Republic, 2, p. 209. 
Liquor traffic. Legislative restrictions. Tait, n. s., 25, p. 319. 
Liquor traffic, Controversy on. Fraser, 78, p. 277. 
Liquor traffic, Legislation on. Hunt, 30, p. 114. 
Liquors, Adulteration of. Do Bow, 13, p. 397. 
Liquors and licensing. Brit. Q., 55, p. 447. 
Liquors, Laws against traffic in. Ed. R., 100,p.44 
Liquors, Use and abuse of. Am. Alma., 1830, p. 25. 
Livermore, A. A. Prohibit ion. Unita. R., 15, p. 143 
Lobry, B. S. Essai sur I’inlluence des boissous alcoholi«pics, considdre'e comme cause 
de maladies. 4°. Paris, 1821. 
Locke, D. R. Prohibition. No. Am., 143, p. 382. 
Lois qui out rapport ala sobridtd des peuples. (Euvres de Montesquieu, Paris, 1826, 2, 
p. 177. 
Lombard, Dr. A cause of inebriety in Switzerland. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 668. 
Lombard, H. C. Lettre du Dr. Lombard an Dr. Coindet, touchant Pinfluence de 
I’ivrognerie sur la production dun grand nombro do maladies. B°. Geneve, 
1841. 
Lombroso,*C. SulF alcoolismo acuto o crouico, etc. Torino, 1882. 
Lothrop, Mary T. The liquor problem and the American Government. Chautauqua 
Assembly Herald, Aug. 5, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Lowe, C. Temperance crusade. Unita. R., 1, p. 167. 
Lowe, R. Birmingham plan of regulating temperance. Fortn., 27, p. 1. 
Lunier, L. Du role quo jouent les boissons alcooliques dans Taugmentation du 
uombre des cas de folio et do suicide. 2e mdmoire. B°. Paris, 1872. 
Lunier, L. Do la production et de la consonimation des boissous alcooliques en 
France, etc. Paris, 1878. 
Lykke. Om Dipsomanien. Hosp.-Tid., Kjobenh., 1878,2. R., 5, pp, 753, 769. Also, 
Transl.: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1879, 3, pp. 89-98. 
Machar, A. M. Temperance question. Canad. Mo., 11, P-369; 12, pp. 183,369. 
Macklin, G. P. National rum drinking means national ruin. Dayton Liberator, Sept. 
22,1892. 10,000 words. 
Macleod, A. Methods and obstacles in the repression of drunkenness. Tr. Nat. Assoc. 
Promot. Social Sc., 1860, Loud., 1861, pp. 525-532. 
Macuaghten, R. E. Drink question in England. Macmillan, 52, p. 348. 
Macnaghten, R. E. Temperance and the public houses. National, 14, p. 788. 
Ma.cnish, R. The anatomy of drunkenness. BC.8C. Glasgow, 1827. 
McCarthy, J. Legislation and prohibition in the United States. Fortu., 16, p. 166. 
McClintock, A. 11. Remarks on the semeiology of chronic alcoholism. B°. Dublin, 
1873. 
McChntock, A. 11. Remarks on the semeiology of chronic alcoholism. L. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Alcoholism. New York Independent, July 11, 1891. 
Macllwaine, W. CEnomauia or methyskomauia; its prevalence and treatment. J. 
Merit. Sc., Loud., 1860-62, 7, pp. 530-534. 
McMillan, T. Management of traffic in distilled liquors. Cath. World, 37, p. 30(5. 
McMillan, T. Mediaeval study of temperance. Cath. World, 41, i>. 721. 
McMurtry, A. H. H. On the duty of medical men in relation to the temperance move- 
ment. 12°. London, n. d. 
Magnan. Etude clinique sur I’alcoolisme. Paris, 1874, 
Magnan. Influence de I’alcoolisme sur les maladies men talcs. Congrcs de Geneve, 
1877. 
Magnan. Lemons sur la dipsomanie, rddigds par Briand. Progr. mdd., 1884. 
Magnan. Logons cliuiques sur la folie hdreditaire. Progr. mdd., 1885-86., 322 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Magnan et Laborde. Toxicite des alcools. Arch, d’hyg. publique, 1887. 
Magnau ct Laborde, les Doct. De la toxicite des alcools dits supdricurs ct des bou- 
quets artificiels. Revue d’hygiene, aofit 1887. 
Magnau, Y. Do I’alcoolisme; des diverses formes du ddliro alcoolique et do lour 
traitemeut. B°. Paris, 1874. Also a translation by W. S. Greenfield. 
Magoun, G. F. Liquor laws not sumptuary. Sci. Mo., 37, p. 768. 
Mair, J. Gutachten iiber einen an Truuksucht leidenden Processkramer. Deutsche 
Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk. Erlang., 1859, n. F., 13, pp. 146-166. 
Mairet, M. M. A., and Comberaale. The hereditary degenerative influence of alco- 
hol. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 707. 
Malherbe, A. Sur la dipsomanie. 4°. Paris, 1869. 
Mallinkrott, A. Diss. qua ebrietatis iradoloyiav expouiU 4°. Trajecti ad Rhenum, 
1723. 
Manifold. On delirium tremens. M. T. and G. 
Mauley, J. J. Refreshment-house movement. Br. Alma. Comp., 1880, p. 38. 
ance. pp. 127. 16°. Syracuse, Boston, 1852. 
Mann, E.C. Dipsomania. J. Nerv. and Ment. Dis., Chicago, 1880, n. s., 5, pp. 428- 
435. 
Mann, E. C. Dipsomania and the opium habit, and their treatment. South. Clinic, 
Richmond, 1880-81, 3, pp. 1-13. 
Mann, E. C. Intemperance and dipsomania as related to insanity. Proc. Am. 
Asso. Cure Inebr., Balto., 1875, 6, pp. 61-71. Also, Med. Rec., N. Y., 1875, 10, 
pp. 756-758. Also, J. Psych. M., Lond., 1876, n. s., 2, pp. 104-111. 
Mann, E. C. State medicine in its relations to intemperance and the inebriate. 
Mod. Rec., N. Y., 1876, 11, pp. 471-475. 
Mann, E. C. The nature, pathology, and treatment of dipsomania. South. M. Rec., 
Atlanta, 1881, 11, pp. 361, 401. 
Mann, E. C. The nature and treatment of inebriety, also the opium habit and its 
treatment. 12°. New York, 1878. 
Maun, Edward C. Treatment of the disease of inebriety. Times and Register, 
May 21, 1892. 2,800 words. 
Mann, Horace. Poor and ignorant, rich and educated. Two lectures on intempei’- 
Manuing, H. EC. Intemperance in England. Fortn., 46, p. 388. 
Manning, H. E. C., and Caine, W. S. Liquor licenses in Great Britain. Coutemp., 
57, p. 769. 
Mansou, George J. Cures for inebriety. Christian Union, April 23, 1892. 1,500 
words. 
Marambat, M, L’alcoolisme et la criminality. La Temperance, 1886, p. 335. 
Marc. Durch hohen Grad von Trunkenheit verminderte Zurechnungsfahigkeit bei 
eiuem Todtschliiger. Ztschr. f. d. Staatsarznk., Erlang., 1843, 46, pp. 158-174. 
Marcel, C. N. S. De la folie causae par Tabus des boissous alcooliques. 4°. Paris, 
1847. 
Marcet, AY. On chronic alcoholic intoxication. 12°. London, 1860. The same, 1 
Am. from 2d Eng. ed. B°. New York, 1868. 
Marcet, AAr. An experimental inquiry into the action of alcohol on the nervous sys- 
tem. M. T. &G. 
Marfaing. De I’alcoolisme considCro dans ses rapports avec I’alienation mentale. 
4°. Paris, 1875. 
Marmou, P. On the prevention of drunkenness. Proc. Am. Asso. Cure Inebr., 3d 
sess., 1872, Albany, 1873, pp. 115-120. 
Martins, Dr. Das rothe and das blaue Kreuz. 1887. 
Marty, G. Contribution I’dtude de I’alcoolisme. 4°. Paris, 1872. 
Maschka, J. Todtung eines Menschen begaugen im Zustande der Trunkenheit. 
Frag. mud. AYchnschr., 1877, 2, pp. 633-636, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
323 
Maschka, J. Der Rausch, in gerichtlich-medicinischer Beziehung besprochen ans 
Anlass eines Gutachtens liber die Zurechnuugsfahigkeit des eiues Hordes 
augeklagten J. J. Yrtljschr. f. gerichtl. u. off. Mod., Berk, 1868, 9, pp. 161-174. 
Masiug, K. De mutationibus spiritus viui in corpus ingesti. B°. Dorpati, 1854. 
Mason, L. Alcohol. Cong. R., 8, p. 169. 
Mason, L. D. Is there climacteric in the clinical history of the alcoholic inebriate? 
Quarterly Journal of Inebriety, April, 1892. 1,900 words. 
Mason, L. D. Statistical report, etc., by. 
Mason, T. L. Inebriety and disease. President’s anniversary address, delivered 
before the American Association for the Cure of Inebriates, at Chicago, 111., 
Sept. 13, 1877. B°. Fort Hamilton, 1878. 
Massregeln gegen Alkoholmissbrauch. Yon Primiirarzt Dr. Isidor Hein. Mittheil. 
des Wiener med. Doct.-Colleg., Wien, 1881. 
Matet, A. Intoxication and crime. Sanitarian, September, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Mayor, Harold N. Is inebriety a vice or a disease? Times and Register, May 21, 
1892. 1,600 words. 
Mayor, Harold N. Duty of the profession in inebriety. Medical Standard, May, 
1892. 1,900 words. 
Meade, B. A. Success of temperance legislation in Maine. Gospel Banner, Sept. 8, 
1892. 3,500 Avoids. 
Hears, J. W. Grounds and methods of temperance reform. Presb. R., 2, p. 500. 
Medical charity abuse, Remedy for the. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 27. 
Medical Temperance Journal, The, 1880, 7, p. 130. 
Merriman, D. Intemperance, sober view of abstinence. Brit, and For. Evang. R., 
31. 
Merriman, D. Temperance and sober views of abstinence. Sac., 38, p. 707. 
Miles, H. A. Liquor traffic 200 years ago. O. and N., 9, p. 438 
Miller, J. Intemperance, place and power of abstinence. Ex. 11. Lee., 12, p. 291. 
Miller, S. Temperance cause. Princ., 2, p. 242. 
Miller, S. Vindication of temperance society. Princ., 3, p. 44. 
Miner, A. A. Right and duty of prohibition. Argument before a joint special com- 
mittee of the Massachusetts legislature. B°. Boston, 1867. 
Mitchell, Kate, M. D. The drink question. London, 1891. 
Mittheil. ans dem Bericht des med. Depart, des Mipist. des Innern in Rnssland flir 
das Jahr 1876. Von Dr. Jnd. 
Mittheilnngen des Deutschen Yereins gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getriiuke. 
1888. 
Mittheil. des Oesterr. Yereins gegen Trnnksncht. Mai, 1887, p. 5. 
Moderate drinking. Its physiological effects discussed by 675 physicians. Frank 
Leslie’s Weekly, April 14, 1892. 18,000 words. 
Montesquieu. Des lois qui out rapport ala sobrieto des peuples. Paris, 1826. 
Moore, G. The desire for intoxicating liquors is a disease; its causes, its effects, 
and its cure, with the danger of a relapse. 12°. Baltimore, 1864. 
Moore, G. A. Discussion of traffic in distilled liquors. Overland, n. s., 7, p. 521. 
Moorman, J. J. Effects of the white sulphur Avater of Greenbrier,Va., in inebriation. 
Atlanta M. and S. J., 1872, 9, p. 711. 
Moreno, J. E. Apuntes sobre el empleo terapdutico del alcohol. B°. Mexico, 1871. 
Morse, I). A. Dipsomania and drunkenness. Tr. Ohio M. Soc., Columbus, 1873,28, 
pp. 139-188. 
Mort snbitc par suite d’ivresse; hemorrhagic mining tie. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1865, 38, 
p. 130. 
Motet. Considerations g6nerale sur I’alcoolisme. Paris, 1859. 
Mott, A. J. Alcohol and total abstinence. National, 3, p. 203. 
Monlinee. Les degustateurs do la Gironde et Palcoolisme professionnel. Th. 
Bordeaux, 1887. 324 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Mueller, A. Uebcr Alkoholisrnus ini Allgomeinen und sein Vorkomraeu mid seine 
Behandlung in der Greifswalder medicinisclieii Kliuik ira Besonderen. B°. 
Greifswald, 1868. 
Mulford, I. S. Plea of drunkenness. N. Jersey M, Reporter, Burlington, 1854, 7, pp. 
184-194. 
Miiller, H. Symptome des Alkoholisrnus, nebst Mittheiluug einiger Fiille von 
chronisclier Alkohol-Ycrgiftung. B°. Wurzburg, 1868. 
Miincliener mod. Wocbonsclir., des 1888, Nr. 23. 
Murchison, C. Utility of alcohol. Contemp., 34, p. 136. 
Murray, W. H. H. The power of habit, in connection with drinking. Gospel Ban- 
ner. Sept. 8,1892. 2,000 words. 
Mussoy, R. D. Alcohol in health and disease. B°. Cincinnati, 1856. 
Mussey, R. D. Essay on ardent spirits and its substitutes as a means of invigorat- 
ing health. 12°. Washington, 1835. 
Mussey, R. D. An address on ardent spirits, read before the New Hampshire Med- 
ical Society, at their annual meeting, June 5,1827, and published at their 
request. 12°. Boston, 1829. 
Myers, W. Dipsomania. Med. and Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1878, 39, pp. 461-464. 
Nach einem Referat in Arch, de Tanthropol. et des scienc. pdnales. Paris, Lyon, 
Bruxelles, 1887, p. 225. 
Nader, J. De morbis potatorum. B°. Vienna}, 1842. 
Nasse, F. Zur Therapie des Branutwoin-Missbrauches. Rhein. Monatschr. f. prakt. 
Aertze, Koln, 1851, 5, pp. 621-643. 
Nasse, W. Wie konuen die doutschen Irrenarzte zur Beseitigung des Schadens, 
deu der Alkoholmissbrauch iu unserem Volke errichtet, mitwirken? Vortrag 
in der Sitzung des Yereins der deutschenlrrenarzte zu Hamburg, am 17. Sept. 
1876. Allgem. Zeitschr. fiir Psych., 33. 
Needham, F. Licensing system. Remarks on the necessity for legislation in refer- 
ence to habitual drunkards. Together with a reprint of the habitual drunk- 
ards’ bill and a list of donations. B°. [u. p., n. d.] 
Neison, F. G. P. Mortality of the intemperate. J. Statist. Soc., 14, p. 200. 
Neveu-Derotrie, V. De Tabus des liqueurs alcooliques. 4°. Paris, 1856. 
New form of drunkenness in Memphis and elsewhere. Medical Commercial, June 
21, 1892. 1,200 words. 
New York. Statistics of traffic in distilled liquors. Bank. M., 37, p. 451. 
Newman, F. W. Liquor traffic and the permissive bill. Fraser, 85, p. 131. 
Newman, F. W. Local control of liquor traffic. 95, p. 499. 
Nicolet, Y. J. A. Considerations sur Temploi de Talcool dans les maladies aigues. 
4°. Montpellier, 1865. 
Niederliind. Vereine und die niederliind. Gesetzgebuug gegen den Missbrauch geis- 
tiger Getriinke. Bericht der Reise-Commission des Deutsch. Yereins gegen 
den Missbrauch geistiger Getriinke. Bremen, 1883, p. 40. 
Ninth report of the inspector of retreats, under the inebriates acts, 1879 and 1888, 
for the year 1888. Medical Temperance Journal, Oct., 1889, p. 41. 
Norges officielle Statistik. Ny Rseke, Beretniug om Sundhetstilstanden og Medici- 
nalforholdene i Norge i Aaret 1878-1886. Udgiven af Direktoren for det civile 
Medicinalvicsen. Christiania. 
Norikoff, O. Temperance movement in Russia. Nineteenth Century, 12, p. 439. 
Norton, F. H. Can an inebriate conquer himsolff Putnam, 16, p. 163. 
Nostrums for inebriates. Editorial in Medical Review, July 23, 1892. 1,300 words. 
Nykterhetskrifter, utgiva af den utaf Konigl. Maj. den 29. Oct. 1866 forord ordnade 
Kommissionen, Stockholm, 1888, p. 76. 
Obductionsbericht iiber eiuen todt gefnndenen Menschen, nebst Gutachteu liber den 
von selbst erfolgten Tod desselben durch Uebermass im Geuusse von Brannt- 
weiu. Jahrb. d. ges. Staatsarznk., Loijiz., 1835, 1, 2. lift., pp. 97-100. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
325 
Observations relatives a Pivresse ot au traitement que cet stat reclame. Rec. de 
mem. do mod. . . . mil., Par., 1827, 23, pp. 300-319. 
O’Dea, J. Metliomania. Quart. J. Psych. M., N. Y., 1869, 3, pp. 677-690 
O’Dea, J. Oinomania; or the mental pathology of intemperance. J. Psycli. M., 
London, 1855, 8, pp. 175-207. 
Ogston, F. Phenomena of the more advanced stages of intoxication, with cases and 
dissection. Edinb. M. and S. J., 1733, 40, pp. 276-295. 
Oswald, F. L. Intemperance and the drink problem. Intermit. R., 9, p, 670. 
Oswald, F. L. Natural remedies for alcoholic habit. Pop. Sci. Mo., 23, p. 760; 24, p. 45. 
Oswald, F. L. The temperance trilemma. Forum, 2, p. 96. 
Owen, Isambard. Disease connected with intemperance. Med. Rec., 1887,32, p, 285. 
Paddock, Z. Nott’s lectures on temperance. Meth. Q., 7, p. 534. 
Pages. C. F. Eecherches sur les phtSnomenes produits par I’introduction des liqueurs 
alcoolisees dans les voies digestives. 
Paget, Sir J., and J. Bernays. Moderate use of alcohol. Con temp., 33, p. 683. Also 
in: Sup. Pop. Sci. Mo., 4, p. 138. 
Palmer, J. W. Drinking habit. Atlan., 25, p. 159. 
Palmer, Wm. H. Medico-legal status of inebriety. International Medical Maga- 
zine, Dec., 1892. 2,700 words. 
Papeu, C. H. De spiritu vini ej usque usu et abusu. 4°. Gottingie, 1735, 
Paris police. Organization and methods of these celebrated man-hunters. St. Louis 
Post-Dispatch, Sept. 25, 1892. 1,250 words. 
Parker, \V. Statistics of inebriety. Proc. Am. Asso. Cure Inebr., 2d sess., 1871, 
Phila., 1872, pp. 73-79. 
Parrish, J. The classification and treatment of inebriates. B°. New York. 
Parrish, J. The classification and treatment of inebriates. Proc. Am. Assoc. Cure 
Inebr. 1871, Phila., 1872, 2, pp. 61-76. 
Parrish, J. An open letter to John Charles Bucknill. “Habitual drunkenness.” 
B°. Burlington, 1877. 
Parrish, J. Alcoholic inebriety from a medical standpoint. Phila. 
Parrish, T. The classification and treatment of inebriates. New York. 
Parsons, E. F. Alcohol in therapeutics. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 647. 
Parsons, G. F. Influence of liquor sellers in politics. Atlan., 58, p. 404. 
Pascal, C. De I’alcoolisme et do son influence sur le developpement et la marche des 
maladies. 4°. Nlmes, 1868. 
Paternalism of prohibition. (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, March 26,1892, 
1,500 words. 
Path. Element in dor Trunkenheit. Yortr. gehalten zu Kassel in der Bezirksver- 
sammlung des Yereins gegen Missbrauch geistiger Getriinke. Bremen, 1888. 
Paul, B. H. Our national drink. Nature, 1, p. 576. 
Peacock, E. French history of drinking customs. Acad., 26, p. 21. 
Peaslee, E. R. Alcohol as food. No. Am., 82, p. 512. 
Peck, L. W. Nott’s lectures on temperance. Meth. Q., 18, p. 441. 
Peddie, A. The pathology of delirium tremens and its treatment. Edinb. 
Peddie, A. Dipsomania, a proper subject for legal provision. Tr. Nat. Asso. Promot. 
Social Sc., 1860, Loud., 1861, pp. 538-546. 
Peek F. intemperance. Contemp., 29, p. 28. 
Peeters L’alcool, physiologic, pathologie, m6decine legale. Bruxelles, 1885. 
Pelmann, Dr. Ueber die Behandlung der Trinker u. die Errichtung besonderer 
Trinkerasyle. Der Irrenfreund, 1876, No. 7. 
Pelmann, Dr. Ueber Trinkerasyle. Centralblatt fiir allgem. Gesuudheitspflg., 1886. 
Pelmann, Dr. Die schadlichen Folgen der Trunksucht und die Bekiimpfung dcrsel- 
ben auf dem Wege der Gesetzgebung. Cor.-81. d. nied.-rhein. Ver. f. off. 
Gsndhtspflg., Koln, 1879, 8, pp. 10-18. Also, Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., 
Brnschwg., 1879, 2, pp. 68, 69, 89,106. 326 
ABNORMAL MAN, 
Pcnnetier, G. De la gastrite dans I’alcoolisme. 4°. Paris, 1865. 
Percy, ,T. An experimental inquiry, concerning the presence of alcohol in the ven- 
tricles of the brain, after poisoning by that liquid; together with experi- 
ments illustrative of the physiological action of alcohol. B°. London, 1839. 
P6ronne, C. He I’alcoolisme dans ses rapports avec le traumatisme. 4°. Paris, 1870. 
Perry, E. A. Temperance problem. Univ. Qr., 38, p. 222. 
Perry, E. A. Restatement of temperance. Univ. Q., 37, p, 222. 
Pershing, Howell T. Alcoholic multiple neuritis, with characteristic mental de- 
rangement. Intern. Medical Magazine, Sept., 1892. 3,000 words. 
Petithau, Dr. Repression de I’alcoolisme. Interdiction, collocation, voeu du Congres 
de Bruxelles de 1880 propose. Libge, 1881. 
“Philadelphus.” The moral plague of civil society, or the pernicious effects of the 
love of money on the morals of mankind, exemplified in the encouragement 
given to the use of ardent spirits in the United States, with the proper remedy 
for the cure of the national evil. B°. Philadelphia, 1821. 
Phillips, H. A. Liquors, distilled, and the Indian revenue. Dub, R,, 97, p. 135. 
Piasecki, J. A. Hygiene de la classe ouvriere du Havre an point de vne de I’alcoo- 
lisme. 4°. Paris, 1864. 
Picard, Eugene. Dangers de I’abus des boissons alcooliques, Manuel d’mstruction 
populairo a I’usage des iustituteurs. Paris. 
Picqufi, L. Essai de geographic mfidicale; contribution h Tetude de i’alcoolisme 
sous 1c rapport de sa repartition sur les differents points du globe. 
4°. Paris, 1876. 
Pieper, P. Blatter fur das Armenwesen, 1880, Nr. 16. Trunk und Yerarmung. 
Pierrou, J. Considerations chimiques, therapeutiques et pathologiques sur I’alcool, 
mais particulicrement sur les maladies qui sont le resultat des abus qu’ou fait 
des liqueurs alcooliques. 4°. Paris, 1815. 
Pigot, J. M. B. De morbis ebriosorum quaedam complectens. B°, Edinburgh 1807. 
Pincofi's, P. De ebrietate. B°. Lugd. Bat., 1837. 
Piui, G. L’ übbriachezza e i mezzi di prevenirla. Salute, Genova, 1872, 7, pp. 
289-293. 
Piui, G. L’ubbriachezza a Milano, Genova, 1873, 8, pp. 258-264, 
Pitman, R. C. Taxation of liquor traffic. Princ., n. s., 2, p. 384. 
Pitman, R. C. Religious aspects of temperance. Unita, R., 13, p. 193 
Plea for moderate drinkers. [Moderate drinking an actual benefit to most men.] 
(Editorial.) Providence Journal, July 14. 1,500 words. 
Pleischl. Ueber die rechte Art zu schmecken oder zu kosten, Oesterr med. 
Wchnschr., Wien, 1846, pp. 481-483. 
Piet, C. Sui I’ivresse par les liqueurs spiritueuses. 4°. Paris, 1823 
Plisson, F. E. Essai sur I’ivresse. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1844, 2d s,, 6, pp. 69, 181. 
Pohlius, J. C. * * * do callositate ventriculi ex potus spirituosi abusu disserit. 
sm. B°. Lipsiie, [1771]. 
Powell, A. M. Temperance in the United States. Cath. Presb., 7, p. 431 
Powers, Laura B. Practical temperance. Ulus. California, Aug., 1892 2,700 
words. 
Pre, J. K. De. Yom Branch und Missbranch des Brandtweins. sm. 4C. Frankfurt 
und Leipzig, 1723. 
Preussikhe Statistics. XCY. Dio Sterblichkeit nach Todesursachen, etc, Berlin, 
1888, p. 8. 
Prdvost (do Geneve). Etude clinique sur le ddlire alcoolique. Geneve, 1875, 
Production, De la, et de la consommation des boissons alcooliques cn France. La 
temperance. Bull, do la Soc. framy de Temp., Assoc, centre I’abus des bois- 
sons alcooliques, 1877, p. 271. 
Prohibition, Growing power of. Nation, 42, p. 462. 
Prohibition and intemperance. (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Aug 27,1892. 
1,200 words. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
327 
Prohibition and temperance. Canad. Mo., 13, p. 632. 
Prohibition in Maine. Practical work of the law; where it accomplishes its work. 
N. Y. Post, Aug. 12, 1892. 2,200 words. 
Pursey, G. G. Temperance epic. Canad. Mo., 18, p. 182. 
Qniddam, R. Intemperance and poverty. St. James, 39, p. 206. 
Quincy, T. Do. Temperance of modern times. Tait, n. s., 12, p. 658. 
Rabow, S. Ueber die Wirknng des Alkohol auf die Korpertemperatnr mid den 
Puls. B°. Strassburg, 1872. 
Rabnteau, Dr. Des effets toxiqnes des alcools butilique-et amylique. Union nidi, 
1870. 
Racle. Do I’alcoolisme. Th. d’agregation, 1860. 
Raclo, Y. A. De Palcoolismo. B°. Paris, 1860. 
Radcliffe, C. B. Conversation on alcohol. Contcmp., 34, p. 345. 
Rainsford’s, Dr., “respectable saloons.” Boston Transcript, May 28, 1892. 1,400 
words. 
Eamaer, J. N. Dronkeuschap on kraukzinnigheid; eeno. voorlezing. B°. Tiel, 
1852. 
Ramsay, F. A. Albert Day on the cure of inebriates. Nashville J. M. and 8., 1871, 
n. s., 7, pp. 49-65. 
Rankin, IT. W. Liquors and legislation. New Eng., 34, p. 663. 
RansejF.de. De Pivresse an point do vne medico legal. Gaz.mcd.de Par., 1867, 
3d s., 22, p. 497. 
Raymond, G. Philosophy of drunkenness. Bentley, 14, p. 34. 
Reber, L. De I’alcoolisme chroniqne. 4°. Paris, 1860. 
Recent testimonies of science as to alcohol. N. Y. Independent, April 28, 1892. 1,900 
words. 
Reformers of drunkards, and their work in New York City. N. Y. World, July 31, 
1892. 1,200 words. 
Reforming the saloon. (Editorial.) N. Y. Independent, June 2,1892. 1,100 words. 
Reinick, J. E. De potu vinoso digestionem impediente magis. sm. 4°. [Argen- 
torati, 1736.] 
Reincke, J. J. Beobachtungen iiber die Korpertemperatur Betrunkener. Deutsches 
Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1875,16, pp. 12-18. 
Remarks on the utility and necessity of asylums or retreats for the victims of intem- 
perance. B°. Philadelphia, 1840. 
Remarks on the pathology of drunkenness, with particular reference to Dr. SewalPs 
plates. Boston M. and S. J., 18-13, 28, pp. 249, 312, 373, 455. 
Remarks on the use of alcohol for the preparation of medicines. B°. Boston, 1849, 
Renault, A. Sur Pinfluence* de Palcoolismo dans le dfveloppement do plnsieurs 
gronpes d’affections cutandes. 4°. Paris, 1874. 
Renton, A. Wood. Monomanie sans dtdire, “the irresistible criminal impulse 
theory.” Edinb. 
Report from the select committee on habitual drunkards, ordered by the House of 
Commons to be printed June 13, 1872. 
Report from tlie select committee on habitual drunkards, together with th 
ceedings of the committee and minutes of evidence. 15. B. 
Report of the committee on intemperance for the lower House’of Convpcation of the 
province of Canterbury. 
Report of a committee of the State Temperance Alliance on Dr. Bowditch’s “Anal- 
ysis.” B°. n. t.-p. 
Report of a joint special committee [of the Massachusetts legislature] appointed 
to consider the matter of inebriation as a disease, and the expediency of treat- 
ing the same at Rainsford Island, May 1, 1868. B°. Boston, 1868. 
Report on the hygiene of the IT. S. Army, with descriptions of military posts. (Circ. 
No. 8, War Dept., Surg.-General’s Office, Washington, May 1,1875.) 328 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Revenue from flic liquor traffic, by J. A. Gibson. The National Temp. League’s 
Annual for 1889, p. 93. 
Review. The Quarterly Review on drink, the vice and the disease. 
Rhodes, A. Temperance question. Galaxy, 24, p. 313. 
Rich, A. B. Does the Bible prohibit alcoholic drinks? Bib. Sac., 37, pp. 305, 401. 
Rich, A. B. Temperance, the Bible, and use of alcohol. Bib. Sac., 37, p. 77. 
Richard, L. Un mot sur quelques rapports de I’alcoolisme et dc IVpilepsie. 4°. 
Paris, 187 G. 
Richardson, A. M. Prohibition in Kansas. Its results, etc. 15 pp. 16°. Ottawa, 
Kane., 1882. 
Richardson, B. W. Physiological research on alcohols. Med. Times and Gaz., 
Dec., 1869. 
Richardson, B. W. Physiological influence of alcohol. Pop. Sci. Mo., 11, p. 154. Same 
art. in Liv. Age, 113, p. 367. 
Richardson, B. W. Alcoholic intoxication and ether drinking. Sup. Pop. Sci. Mo., 
4, p. 31. 
Richardson, B. W. On alcohol. B°. London, 1875. Also in: Med. Press and Circ., 
London, 1875,1, pp. 199, 224, 265. 
Richardson, D. W., M. D. Ten lectures on alcohol. N. Y. National Temperance So- 
ciety, 1883. 190 pp. 
Richter. Leichenofnung eiues beym Fahren verungliickten betrnnkenen Menschen. 
Aufsiltze u. Beob. a. d. gerichtl. Arzcney w., Berk, 1787, 5, pp. 114-117. 
Rilland, P. De I’emploi therapentique do Palcool. 4C. Paris, 1860. 
Ritchie, C. Remarks on some of the physical effects on the human system of the 
habitual use of distilled spirit. Glasgow M. .1., 1831, 4, pp. 280-306. 
Ritter, B. Der Rausch in forcnsischer Beziehnng. Friedrich’s 81. f. gerichtl. Med., 
Numb., 1869, 20, pp. 241-274. 
Robson, G. De effectibus viui et spiritus ardentis in corpus humanum. B°. Edin- 
burgi, 1803. 
Rocker. Section, mit gerichtsarztlichem Gutachten eiuer Ertruukenen. Ztschr. f. 
Wundiirtze u. Geburtsh., Suttg., 1850, 3, pp. 107-112. 
Roesch. Der Missbrauch geistiger Getriinke. Tubingen, 1839, p. 107. 
Roescli, C. Leichenoffnung eiues Siinfers, mit ciuleitenden Bemerkungen. Jahrb. 
d. ges. Staatsarznk., Leipz., 1840, 6, pp. 226-234. 
Roesch, C. Bemerkungen iiber die Nothwondigkcit der Einschreitung gegen die 
Truukenheit, insbesondere gegen das Branntweintrinken, iiber die von den 
Regierungen dagegcu zu ergreifendeu Maassregeln, und iiber Miissigkeits- 
gesellschaften. Ann. d. Staatsarznk., Freib. i. Br., 1840, 5, pp. 116-130. 
Roesch, C. De Pabus des boissons spiritueuses, considdrd sous le point de vue de la 
police nnklicale et dc la nßdecine Idgale. Ann. d’hyg., Par., 1838, 20, pp. 5, 241. 
Rogers, 11. W. Legal prohibition of distilled liquors. Prince., n. s.. 7, p. 83. 
Rogers, H. W. Legal prohibition of traffic in liquors. Pop. Sci. Mo., 7, p. 83. 
Rogers, S. The influence of methomania upon business and criminal responsibility. 
Quart. J. Psych. M., N. Y., 1869, 3, pp. 323-350. 
Ronchi, 1., e Salvioli, G. Studio critico-sperimentale intorno ad alcune particularity 
dell’ zione fisiologica dell’ alcool. Mem.- letta alia Societa medicochirurgica 
modenese. B°.. Modena, 1875. 
Rosenthal, M. De abusn alcoholicornm. B°. Vindobonae, [1837]. 
Ross, A. Do intemperantia et morbis inde derivatis. B°. Edinburgh 1809. 
Roulet et Comtesse. L’alcoolisme en Suisse. Zurich, 1881. 
Roussel, T. De I’ivresse publique, de I’ivrognerie ct de I'alcoolisme au point do vno 
do la repression legale. Gaz. mdd. de Par., 1871, 3d s., 26, pp. 337-345. 
Roussel, T. Do I’ivresse, de I’ivrognerie ct de I’alcoolisme au point de vue de la 
repression legale. Bull. Acad, do nuid., Far., 1871, 36, pp. 616-618. Also, 
Courrier mdd., Par., 1871, 21, pp. 205, 219. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
329 
Roussel, T. Conclusions tin projet de loi sur la repression tie PivresSe publiqne. 
Union in (id., Par., 1871, 3d s., 12, p. 517. 
Euhenson, M. S. Le tarif des Poissons fortes en SuMe. Congres penitent. de Rome, 
1884. 
Rush, B. An inquiry into the effects of ardent spirits upon the human hotly and 
mind. 7th ed. 12°. Boston, 1812. 
Rush, B. An inquiry into the effects of spirituous liquors on the human hotly. To 
■which is added a moral and physical thermometer, B°. Boston, 1700. 
Russell, T. W. Temperance in England. Nineteenth Cent., 28, p. 23. 
Russell, T. W. Compensation for liquor licenses in Great Britain. Nineteenth Cent., 
28, p. 23. 
Ryder, I. Alcohol and the vital principle. Canad. Mo., 19, p. 625. 
Sahatid. Influence de Talcoolisme sur la progdniture. 4°. Montpellier, 1875. 
Sachliche Mittheilungen zur Alkoholfrage. Von Dr. J. J. Summer. Bern, 1885. 
Salomon, Dr. Der Suicide. Allgem. Zeitschr. fur Psych., 1875, p. 508 ff. 
Saloon question, The. The saloon not to ho suppressed, hut made respectable. 
(Editorial.) New York Post, May 25, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Sal van, C. Alcoolisme et traumatisme. Considerations sur le traitementdes plaies 
chez les alcooliques. 4°. Paris, 1879. 
Sandford, W. A few practical remarks on the medicinal effects of wine and spirits, 
sin. B°. Worcester, 1799. 
Sandmaun, P. Eiuo Experimentalstudie iiher die Wirknng des Alkohol und Aether 
auf die Circulation. B°. Greifswald, 1874. 
Savage. Sur quelques rapports du delirium tremens et de la folie. Journ. of Meu- 
.tal Science, 1885. 
Savage, G. H. Pathology of chronic alcoholism. Trans. Path. Soc 
Schacher, P. G. Pr. do immoderantia in esca et potioue. 4°. Lipsite, 1729. 
Schafer. Uehor 2 Fiille einer hemerkenswertheu Form des alkoholischen Wahnsinnc. 
Allg. Ztsehr. f. Psychiat., etc., Berk, 1878, 35, pp. 219-232. 
Schlpetel, J. IT. Diss. inaug. exhibens potiora quaedam capita de ratione qua 
potus spirituosi in organismnm agant. 34 pp. B°. Hal®, [lB2l], 
Schmidt, F. Ueber die physiologischen Wirkungen und die therapeutiache Yer- 
wendung des Alkohols. B°. Halle, 1873. 
Schmidt, J. De speciflca, qme ahusu potuura spirituosorum exoritur, morhosa dis- 
positione, ejusque in morbus fehrilea effcctu. B°. Berolini, [lB4l]. 
Schmidt, P. A. O. De spirituosorum ahusu. sm. B°. Berolini, [1865]. 
Schmoller, Gustav. Der Deutsche Yerein gegen den Misshrauch geistiger Getriinke 
und die Frage der Schankcoucessionen. Jahrh. f. Gesetzgehung, Yerwaltung 
u, s. w., Jahrg. 7, Heft 4. 
Scholtz, F. De ehriositate. B°. Gryphi®, 1834. 
School bulletin publications. Question hook of stimulants and narcotics. (C. W. 
Bardeen.) pp. 40. 16°. Syracuse, N. Y., 1884. 
Schreiher, K. Freiheit der Selhsthestimmung nach Einwirkung des Branntweins, 
durch vier Fiille fiir die gerichtsiirztliche Praxis erliintert. Ztsehr. f. d. 
Staartsarznk., Erlang., 1852, 64, pp. 315—432. 
Schrerer, J. A. De genesi ehrietatis. sm. 4°. Jen®, 1763. 
Schroedcr van der Kolk, J. L. C. Yoorlezing over den invloed van sterkeu drank 
o]» bet ligehaam. B°. Utrecht, 1850. 
Schiller, Dr, (eidgen. Fabriksinspector). Die Ernahrungsweise tier arbeitenden 
Classen in der Schweiz nnd ilir Eiutlnss auf die Ausbreitnng des Alkobolismus. 
Bern, 1884. 
Schumacher. War der Angeklagte znr Zeit der Yeriibung der strafbaren Handlun- 
gen, ohne Absicht auf diese, veil berauscht, und sich dieser nicht bewusst? 
Gerichtsiirztlicher Yortrag. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1861, 11, pp. 432, 447. 
Schweninger. Bemorkungen liber den Morphiumtod. Deutsche med.Wochenschrift, 
1879, p. 34. 330 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Sedgwick, A. G. Temperance question. Nation, 8, p. 250. 
Sedgwick, A. G. Future of prohibition. Nation, 9, p. 429. 
Sedgwick, J. New treatise on liquors; wherein the use and abuse of wine, malt 
drinks, water, etc., are particularly considered, in many diseases, constitu- 
tions, and ages. B°. London, 1725. 
Sell, Eugen. Uober Branntwein, seine Darstellung u.s. w. Berlin, 1888. 
Semelaigne. Du traitement de la dipsomanie. J, de ni6d ment., Par., 1861, 1, pp. 
240-247. 
Semelaigne. Le diagnostic de la dipsomanie. J. de nffd. ment., Par., 1861,1, pp. 211- 
216. 
Sewall, T. The enquirer; containing extracts from Dr. Nott’s lectures, and the 
pathology of drunkenness. With drawings of the drunkard’s stomach. 4°. 
Albany, 1841. 
Sharpe, S. Moderation and total abstinence. Fortn., 42, p. 675. 
Sherman, B. R. Constitutional prohibition in lowa. No. Am., 135, p. 525. 
Sherrill, H. A temperance medical lecture on the injurious and dangerous effects of 
stimulants and alcohol in many states of disease. 12°. New York, 1859. 
Shippeu, J. Original packages and prohibition. Chautau., 11, p. 456. 
Siegfried, Traugott. Das Wirthshaus. Gekr. Preisschr., Basel, p. 25. 
Skae, D. On dipsomania. J. Psych. M., Loud., 1858,11, pp. 349-304. Also, Edinb. M. 
J., 1858, 3, pp. 769-783. 
Skae. De la dipsomanie. Journ. of Psychological Medicine and Mental Pathology, 
1858. 
Slater, Dr. Delirium tremens from tea. Mod. Rec., 1880, 30, p. 575. 
Smith, Heywood. The administration of alcohol to parturient women. Med'. Rec,, 
1885, 27, p. 55. 
Smith, T. P. Constitutional prohibition. Univ. Q., 43, p. 218. 
Sommer, Wilhelm. Ueber Truuksucht und deren schadlichen Folgen fur das Gehirn 
und das Nervensystem. Konigsherg (Pr.), 1888. 
Spender, E. Temperance and sobriety by law. St. James, 35, p. 567. 
Spengler, L. Ueber Brauntwein-Curen. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat., etc., Berk, 1848, 5, 
pp. 225-230. 
Speyer. Gntachten liber die plotzliche, wahrscheinlich dutch hbermassigen Genuss 
des Branntweins herbeigofiihrte Todesart dreier Personen. Ztschr. f. d. Staats- 
arznk., Erlang., 1830, 20, pp. 27-46. 
Spinola, B. Nord und Shd. Miirz 1885. Gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getriinke 
(Sep.-Abdr., p. 6). 
Spitzka, E. C. Acute or grave delirium. Mod. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 164. 
Spurzheim, C. Einige Worte und Wiinsche, die Trnnkshchtigen mehrerer Hnmaui- 
tiitsanstalten betreffend. Oesterr. med. Wchnschr., Wien, 1846, pp. 449, 481. 
Sreng, Ad. Das Zellengefiingniss Niirnberg. Mittheil. aus der Praxis und Studien 
fiber Gefiingnisswcsen und Strafvollzug. Stuttgart, 1879, p. 88. 
Stark. Mittheilungen iiber die Truuksucht. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 
1880, 5, pp. 69-91. 
Stark. Der Kampf wider die Truuksucht. Frankfurt, 1885. 
Statistik des Deutschen Reiches. 1888. Decemberheft. Entwurf eines Gesetzes, 
betr. die Abandoning der §§3o und 33 der Gew.-Ordn. Dentsch. Reichstag, 11. 
Sess. 1878, Nr. 182. 
Steegmanu. Zur Lehre von der gerichtsarztlichcn Beurtlieilung der Trunkenheit 
und der Trunkfiilligkeit. Ibid., 1835,30, pp. 245-318. 
Stephens, C. R. Inebriety, or vini morbus, a disease and to be treated as such. B°. 
Salem, Mass., 1877. 
Sternberg, Prof. Einige Beitrage fiber den Einfinss der Yerunreinigungen des 
Branntweins, etc. Archiv fiir exper. Pathol., etc., Bd. 10. 
Stetson, C. Temperance reformation. Chr. Exam., 20, p. 73. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
331 
Steward, IT. J. Sunday liquor selling in Cincinnati. Our Day, 5, p. 22. 
Stewart, Jam. Treatment of inebriety in the higher and educated classes. P. 
Strassmann, Dr. F. Exper.-Enters. zur Lehre vom chron. Alkoholismus. Eulenberg’s 
Vierteljahrsschr. fur gerichtl. Med., 1888, n. E., 49, p,2. 
Strauch, E. De demonstratione spiritus viui in corpusingesti. B°. [Dorpat], 1852. 
Substitutes for alcoholic stimulants in disease. Independent, Aug. 18,1892. 1,200 
words. 
Suede. Regime des alcools, publid par le bureau royal du contrAle et de la vdrilica- 
tion. Stockholm, 1888, p. 50, et: Sveriges otliciela statistik. Briinvins tuverk- 
ning och forsiiljniug, etc., of fmausdcpartemcutets kontroll och justeringsbyra 
for 1880-1887 och 1887-1888. Stockholm, 1889. 
Suede. Regime des alcools, publid par le bureau royal du contrAle et de la verifica- 
tion. Stockholm, 1888. 
SulP alcoolismo acuto e cronico, ecc., pel Prof. Cesare Lombroso. Torino, 1882. 
Sullivan and Ware on intemperance. Am. M. R., 2, p. 45. 
Sutherland, 11. Alcoholism in private practice. B. M. J. 
Sutton, T. On delirium tremens. 
Swectser, W. A dissertation on intemperance. 8 . Boston, 1829. 
Sweetscr, W. A dissertation on intemperance. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc., 
Best., 1829, 4, pp. 261-350. 
Symonds, J. A. How should inveterate drunkards be treated by the State? Med. 
Times and Gaz., Loud., 1869, 2, pp. 427-429. 
Symonds, J. A. What legislative measures might be proposed to deal with cases of 
uncontrollable drunkenness? Tr. Nat. Assoc. Promot. Social Sc,, 1869, Loud., 
1870, p. 415. Discussion, 426. 
Taguet. De Phdrdditd dans I’alcoolisme. Ann. mdd.-psych., 1877. 
Taguct. Des cflfets do Palcoolismc sur I’individu et sa descendance. Gaz. hebdomad, 
de Bordeaux, 1884. 
Tardieu, A. Observations medico-legales sur I’etat d’ivresso comme com- 
plication des blessurcs et comme cause do mort prompte on subite. Ann. 
d’hyg., Par., 1848, 40, pp. 390-411. 
Tardieu, A. Ivresse, ivrognerie. (Medecine, mddecine Idgale.) Diet. d. diet, do 
mdd. (Suppl.), Par., 1851, pp. 387-390. 
Tarif des boissons fortes en Suede. Par M. Senny Rubensou. Bull, de la commis- 
sion penitentiaire iuternatiouale. Congr. penitent, internat. de Rome, 1884, p. 
595. 
Temperance. Am. Alma., 1834, p. 89. 
Temperance. Am. Meth. M., 15, p. 90. 
Temperance and drag stores. Med. Eec., 1887, 31, pp. 190,191. 
Temperance and State medical societies. Med. Eec., 1887, 31, p. 524 
Temperance and the woman’s crusade. Nation, 18, p. 135. 
Temperance and wine-drinking poets. Tait, n. s., 3, p. 102. 
Temperance. Blackw., 48, p. 214. 
Temperance by legal enactments. Unita. R., 18, p. 362. 
Temperance, Church action on. Trine., 43, p. 595. 
Temperance societies, Claims of. Eel. E., 1835, 62, p. 283. 
Temperance, Ethics of. Amer., 6, p. 181. 
Temperance. Extracts from an address by Lady Somerset in Liverpool. Lend a 
Hand, June, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Temperance hospital. Med. Eec., 1886,30, p. 266. 
Temperance in 1837. Am. Meth. M., 19, p. 67. 
Temperance in Virginia. So. Lit. Mess., 16, p. 426. 
Temperance in England. (Editorial.) N. O. Times-Democrat, Sept. 25,1892. 700 words. 
Temperance movement in Germany. (Editorial.) N. R. Observer, March 24, 1892 
1,300 words. 332 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Temperance instruction in schools. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, pp. 429, 430. 
Temperance intemperate. Unita. R., 14, p. 165. 
Temperance issue in English politics. And. R., 14, p. 63. 
Temperance legislation. Cong., 8, p. 267. 
Temperance, Legislation in support of. Chr. Exam., 18, p. 30. 
Temperance, Legislation in support of. Mackenzie’s act, 1856. Also in : Tait, n. s., 
23, p. 1. 
Temperance men as persecutors. Cornh., 12, p. 306. 
Temperance question. Cong., 12, pp. 403, 469, 646. 
Temperance movement in Ireland, 1840. Dub. R., 8, p. 448. 
Temperance movement in Ireland, 1840. Museum, 39, p. 89. 
Temperances plans and possibilities. Penn, Mo., 5, p. 185. 
Temperance pledge. New England Magazine, 5, p. 187. 
Temperance question. All the Year, 22, p. 204. 
Temperance question. Nation, 8, p. 313. 
Temperance reformation. Am. Meth.M.,l7, p. 51. 
Temperance reformation. Am. Q. Obs., 1, p. 58; 3, p. 46. 
Temperance reform and science. Pop. Sci. Mo., 25, p. 553. 
Temperance Record, 1887, p. 822. (Mr. F. N. Barrett: Production and consumption 
of liquors and wines in the United States and foreign countries.) 
Temperance Record, 1889, p. 473. (Report on the production and consumption of 
alcoholic beverages in the United States for the year 1888, by William F. 
Switzler, Chief of the Bureau of Statistics, at Washington.) 
Temperance and sanction of the use of strong drink in the Bible. Westm., 103, 
p. 50. 
Temperance societies. Mo. R., 141, p. 94. 
Temperance societies. Eccl. R., 74, p. 313. 
Temperance societies. Fraser, 4, p. 469; 30, p. 170. 
Temperance, Teaching of, iu the schools. Science, 7, p. 115. 
Templin, L. J. Alcohol and its effect. Kansas R., 6, p. 274. 
Terzi, Dott. Ernesto. Dell' übbriachezza in Italia. (Memoria premiata.) Milano, 
1878, p. 47. 
The new treatment for the drinking habit. N. Y. Independent, Aug. 11,1892. 1,100 
words. 
Thirty-seventh annual report of the Regist.-General. Abstracts of 1874. London, 
1876, p. 228 If. 
Thomann, G. Real and imaginary effects of intemperance. Statistical sketch, con- 
taining letters and statements from the superintendents of eighty American 
insane asylums, the history of 500 inebriates, the history of 671 paupers, and 
statistics of drunkenness; together with a review of the operations of pro- 
hibitory and restrictive laws and the Gothenburg system. B°. New York, 
1884. 
Thomaun, G. Real and imaginary effects of intemperance. A statistical sketch by. 
New York, 1869, p. 25 If. 
Thomenf, L. Essai cliniqne sur I’alcoolismc. 4°. Paris, 1859. 
Thomeuf, L. L’alcoolismo’observd a Charenton. Paris, 1859. 
Thompson, Mrs. Elizabeth. The figures of hell, or the temples of Bacchus. Dedi- 
cated to the licensers and manufacturers of beer and whisky. Now York, 
1882. 12°. 
Thompson, J. B. On the hereditary predisposition to dipsomania. 
Thompson, J. B. Dipsomania, as distinguished from ordinary drunkenness. Tr. 
M. and Chir. Fac. Maryland, Balto., 1879, 81, pp. 156-171. 
Thompson, N. F. Catholic Church and prohibition. Cath. World, 37, p. 846. 
Thomson, R. D. Digestion; the influence of alcoholic fluids on that function, and 
on the value of health and life. B°. London, 1841. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
333 
Tiffany, \V. If. Prize essay on the relations of temperance and intemperance to life 
insurance. B°. No imp. 
Tilkowski, Adalb. Der Einfluss des Alkoholmissbrauches auf psychische Storungen. 
Wiener Klinik, 1883, 2. Heft. 
Tipton, F. Hyoscyamiuo in delirium tremens. Med. Kec., 1886, 30, p. 10. 
Tissandier, G. Natural production of alcohol. Pop. Sci. Mo., 19, p. 238. 
Topographic der Stadt Strassburg. 2. Aufl. Strassburg, 1889, p. 185. 
Total-abstinence priests. A list of priests who are total abstainers from all intoxi- 
cating drink. Griffin’s Journal, Aug. 15, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Tourdes. Alcoolisme (medecine legale). Diet, encycl. d. sc. m6d., Par., 1859, 2, 
pp. 704-719. 
Tourdot, M. lo Dr. De Falcoolisme dans la Seine Inffirieure. La Temperance, 
1887, p. 123. 
Tracy, J. V. Prohibition and Roman Catholics. Cath. World, 51, p. 669. 
Traffic in liquors in England, Legislation on. Eccl. R., 1854, 101, p. 594. 
Traffic, Licensed liquor. Tait, n. s., 27, p. 183. 
Trail, K. T. Der Alkobol als Medizin. B°. Berlin, 1873. 
Trayer, J. T. Dipsomania. Med. Times and Gaz., Loud., 1858, n. s., 17, p. 18. 
Treatment of alcoholism. (Editorial.) Medical Age, Sept. 26, 1892. 1,000 words. 
Trepant, L. Etude sur Faction physiologique et Femploi tbdrapeutique de Falcool. 
4°. Paris, 1872. 
Trotter, T. An essay, medical, pbilosopbical, and chemical, on drunkenness and 
its effects on tbe human body. 2d ed. B°. London, 1804. 
Troxler. Ueber die Trunksucht und das Reichthum dor Saii for an Steele und Leib und 
die Mittel zur Heilung. Schweiz. Ztschr. f. Nat.-u. Heilk., Ziirich, 1839, 4, 
pp. 52-77. 
Troyou, J. F. Quelques mote sur Falcoolisme. 4°. Paris, 1878. 
Truukenbeit; fahrlassige Todtung. 81. f. gericbtl. Antbrop., NUmb., 1856, 7, 1. 
Hft., 53-56. 
Tucker, W. G. Alcohol, is it a food? B°. Albany, N. Y., 1877. 
Tunis, John. Dr. Raiusford on the drink question. 11. The new way. Discus- 
sion of Dr. Rainsford’s plan by L. E. Dudley, E. E. Hale, and others. Lend 
a Hand, July, 1892. 9,000 words. 
Turiguy, J. P. Essai synthetique sur Pintoxication, 4°. Paris, 1850. 
Übbriachezza in Italia, Dell’. Del dott. Ernesto Terzi. Memoriapremiata. Milano, 
1878, p. 47. 
Übbriachezza in Milano, Dell’. 1878. 
Uecke. Yierteljahrsschr. fiir gerichtl. Med., 1879, 31, p. 173. 
Ulloa. La embriaquez erijida en crimen y castigada con la pena capital. Gac. rn<sd. 
de Lima, 1861, No. 109, pp. 177-180. 
Utudjian, E. P. Un quatrieme moyeu contre Pivrognerie et toutes los maladies qui 
rtisultent <le Pignorauce de Phomme sur la physiologic. 4°. Paris, 1867. 
Yaullegeard, F. A. Considerations g6u6rales sur les boissons alcooliques. 4°. 
Paris, 1820. 
Vedel, L. De la valeur diagnostique du reve dans Palcoolisme chronique. 4°. 
Paris, 1878. 
Verga, A. L’ übbriachezza in Milano. Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Cl. dilett. e 
sc. matemat. e nat., Milano, 1873, 3. s., 12, pp. 361-380. 
Versepny, S. Essai sur les effete des liqueurs alcooliques. 4°. Paris, 1815. 
V6tault. Des conditions do la responsabilitd au point de vue p€nal chez les alco- 
oliques. Th. Paris, 1887. 
Vieillard, L. De Pinjection minime d’alcool dans les collections sereuses. 4°. Paris, 
1873. 
Villerme. De Pivrognerie principalement chez les ouvriers des manufactures. Ann. 
d’hyg., Par., 1839, 22, pp. 98-103. 334 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Visual memory of alcoholic delirium. (Editorial.) Physician and Surgeon, Feb.. 
1892. 1,600 words. 
Yoelckel, P. Uebcr den Alkoholismus. B°. Wurzburg, 1863. 
Vogel, S. S. Do spirituum ardentium usu et abusu diaetetico. sm. 4°. Halm 
Magdeh., [1732]. 
Vogelsang, E. De alcoholismo chronico. sm. 89. Berolini, [1865] 
Voisiu, A. De I’dtat mental dans I’alcoolisme aigu et chronique. Ann. nnkl.-psych., 
1864. 
Walworth, C. A. Prohibition; answer to Neal Dow. Cath. World, 38, p. 679. 
Ware, jr., H. Temperance reformation. Chr. Exam., 31, p. 252. 
Ware, J. Intemperance. Chr. Exam., 9, p. 236. 
Warmuth, A. J. Ueber den Einfluss der Trunkenheit auf die Zurechnung; dnrch 
einen Kriminalfall erliiutert. Mag. f. phil., med. u. gerichtl. Seelenk., Wiirzb., 
1832, 9. Heft, 21-43. 
Warren, J. C. The physiological effects of alcoholic drinks. 12°. Boston, 1848. 
Wasserfuhr, Dr. von. Das Bediirffniss einer Verringerung der Zahl der Schuapps- 
schiinken u. SchnappsverkanffSstellen in Berlin. Deutsche Vierteljahrsohr. 
fiir offentl. Gesundheitspflg., 19, 3. lift. 
Watkins, J. T. Drunkenness. Overland, 1, p. 146. 
Watson, J. W. Adulteration of liquors. Harper, 19, p. 344. 
Wattsaeck, J. A. De ebriositate. 4°. Lipsim, 1799. 
Wells, D. A. Taxing of distilled liquors. Priuo., n. s., 13, p. 191; 14, p. 275. 
Wenzel, C. B. Einiges iiber Alcohol nnd seine Wirknng. B°. Leipzig, 1870. 
Westphal. Dipsomanie; Antopsie; multipleGeschwiilsteder Dura muter cerebralis; 
Erweichungsheerd nnd Hiimorrhagien imPous; Lues? Charity-Ann. 1874, 
Berk, 1876, 1, pp. 471-478. 
Westphal, I. G. De natura partis inflammabilis spiritns vini. sm. 4°. Regiomouti, 
[1785]. 
Wey, W. C. Inebriety by inheritance. Proc. Am. Asso. Cure Inebr., 1871, Phila., 
1872, 11, pp. 24-39. 
Wheeler, H. Methodist Church and temperance. Meth. Q., 36, p. 628. 
Wherrell, John. A synopsis of the theory and philosophy of drunkenness and the 
principles of its cure. Medical Brief, Aug., 1892. 2,400 words. 
Whisky tax, The. (Editorial.) Boston Traveller, Oct. 1, 1892. 2,000 words. 
White, E. G. Intemperance the national vice of England. Atl., 46, p. 544. 
Whitney, 11. M. Analogy of slavery and intemperance before the law. New Eng., 
39, p. 374. 
Whittaker-, T. P. Intemperance, effect on national prosperity and wages. Macmil., 
33, p. 147. 
Whittaker, T. P. Liquor traffic, should it be prohibited? Dub. E., 85, p. 1. 
Wildberg, C. F. L. Sanitats-polizeiliche Bemerknngen iiber das so hanfige Cham- 
paguer-Trinken in uusereu Zeiten. Jahrb. d. ges. Staatsarznk., Leipz., 1840, 
7, pp. 14-16. 
Wildberg, 0. F. L. Ueber die zweckmassigsten nnd sichersten Massregeln des Staats 
wider das hanfige Branntweiutriukeu. Jahrb. d. ges. Staatsarznk., Leipz., 
1838, 4, pp. 505-511. 
Wildberg, C. F. L. Ueber den dnrch iibermassiges Branntweiutriukeu gescheheuden 
Selbstmord. Ibid., 1839, 5, pp. 241-251. 
Willan, R. Extract from an account of the dreadful effects of dram-driuking. B°. 
London, 1803. 
Willard, Frances E. Progress of Prohibition party. Our Day, 5, p. 185. 
Willard, Frances E. The national outlook in temperance reform. Address at Den- 
ver. Dec. 17, 1892. 7,500 words. 
Willard, Frances E. Woman and temperance question. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 23, p. 76. 
Willard, Frances, Mrs. Hunt, Cyrus Hamlin, and others. Temperance needs in for- 
eign lauds. Our Day, Juno 1892. 7,000 words BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
335 
Willett, J. The drunkard’s diseased appetite; what is it? If curable, how? B°. 
Fort Hamilton, 1877. 
Willett, J. The dogma* of human responsibility, more especially as it relates to 
inebriety. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1877, 1, pp. 193-211. 
Willett,,!. The dogma of human responsibility, more especially as it relates to 
inebriety. B°, Fort Hamilton, 1877. 
AVillett, J. The drunkard’s diseased appetite. Is it curable by miraculous or phys- 
ical moans? Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1878, 2, pp. 199-202. 
Williams, G. D. Prohibition. Pop. Sci. Mo., 26, p. 787. 
Williams, G. D. Liquor legislation. Pop. Sci. Mo., 26, p. 787. 
Williams, W. M. Alcohol and inherited vices. Knowl., 2, p. 271 
Williams, W. M. Use of drunkenness and crime. Knowl., 2, p. 181. Also, Gent. 
M., n. s., 29, p. 242. Also, Pop. Sci. Mo., 21, p. 785. 
Wilson, C. The pathology of drunkenness. Edinb. 
Winslow, F. On uncontrollable drunkenness, considered as a form of mental dis- 
order, with suggestions for its treatment and the organization of sanatoria for 
dipsomaniacs. B°. London, 1866. 
Wisseuschaftliche Beitriige zum Kampf gegeu den Alooholismus, etc. Bonn, 
1885. 
With, C. Ueber Dipsomanie. sm. B°. Berlin, 1869. 
Wolf, Dr. Julius. Der Alkoholismus in den dsterr. Liindern und and6rwarts. 
, Oesterr.-ungar. Revue, 1887. 
Women and wine. Inception of the Ohio crusade, and origin of the W. C. T. U. 
organization. Rocky Mountain News, Sept. 4, 1892. 1,100 words. 
Woman’s Christian Temperance Union, National evangelical department. Study 
for evangelists and deaconnesses. 23 pp. 24°. Boston. Course. 
Woman’s Christian Temperance Union, president’s inaugural address, 1889. Miss 
Frances E. Willard, president. 76 pp. B°. 
Woodward, S. B. Essays on asylums for inebriates. B°. 1838. 
Woolley, John G., Address by. Church and saloon as political antagonists. 3,500 
words. Our Day, Jan,, 1893. 
Worley, D. Temperance movements. Luth. Q., 4, p. 347. 
Worz. Kami und soil das Branntweintriuken verhindert werdenf Med. Cor.-81. 
d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Yer., Stuttg., 1840, 10, pp. 196-199. 
Wright, A. W. Oxidation of alcohol by ozone. Am. J. Sci., 107, p. 184. 
Wright, C. AY. On the modus operand! of substances in counteracting the influence 
of intoxicating liquors. AVest. Lancet, Cincin., 1851, 12, pp. 426-428. 
AVright, M. B. A lecture on drunkenness and insanity. B°. Cincinnati, 1845. 
Wright, M. B. Drunkenness, its nature and cure; or asylums for inebriates. An 
address. June, 1859. B°. Columbus, 1859. 
AVright, T. Alcohol. Macmil., 11, p. 478. 
AVright, T. E. AYhen is a man drunk? Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 672. 
AVright, T. L. Observations on the origin, character, and treatment of oinomania 
Alienist and Neurol., St. Louis, 1881, 11, pp. 631-648. 
AVright, T. L. Notes on the origin of the inebriate diathesis. Quarterly Journal of 
Inebriety, April, 1892. 1,800 words. 
AVurzor, F. J. R. De alcohole. B°. Marburgi Cattorum, [1826]. 
AVynne, G. R. Control aud.cure of drunkards. Chr. Obs., 77, p. 621 
Zerboglio, Ad. L’ alcoolismo. Torino, 1892. pp. 335. 
Ziliotto, P. Morto per alcoolismo acuto. 1867, 3d s., 7, pp. 150-161. 
Ziliotto, P. Della übbriachezza. Gior. veneto di sc. med., Venezia, 1864, 2d s., 23, 
pp. 551-564. 
Zurechnuug, Ueber die, der Betrunkenen. Mit besonderer Boziehuug auf das oster- 
reichischo Strafgesetzbuch. 81. f. gcrichtl. Authrop., Numb., 1857, vm, 2. 
lift., pp. 40-45. 1858, ix, 4. lift., pp. 58-60. 336 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Zwei.juristische Gutachteu iiber die Entmiindigang von Trnukenbolden. Dresden, 
1885. Alkobolismus und Civilrecht von Julius Giegl. Mittheilungen des osterr. 
Yereins gogen Trunksucbt, 1887, Nr. 9. 
Zur Alkoholfrage. Yergl. Darstellung der Gesetze u. Erfahrungen oiuiger ausliiu- 
dischen Staateu. Statist. Bureau, 1884. 
3. PAUPERISM, POVERTY, MENDICITY, CHARITY, PHILAN- 
THROPY, ETC. 
A crowded tenement in St. Louis. Over 500 people under one roof; sufferings of 
the poor from beat and cold, etc. 111. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, Aug. 7, 
1892. 3,500 words. 
A quels moyens reconnalt-on la misere on le panpcrisme dans un pays? Journal des 
dconomistes, 2e s6r., t. 13, p. 460; t. 14, p. 309. 
Abolition of poverty. Social Economist, Aug., 1892. 2,400 words. 
Act, An, to incorporate the Citizens’ Association of Pennsylvania, April 24, 1866. 
(In An address to the people.) B°. Philadelphia, 1866. 
Administration, The,- of medical relief to the poor under the poor-law amendment 
act, and other legislative provisions for the public health, considered in the 
reports of the poor-law committee of the Provincial Medical and Surgical 
Association. B°. Loudon, 1842. 
Airy, Bernard d’. Rapport sur Porgauisatiou ghicrale des secours publics et sur la 
destruction de la mendicity. 
Allaire. Depots do mendicity ddpartemeutaux, mendicit6 des individus invalides 
on infirmos. Paris, Rongier, 1889. 
Allaire. Mendicitd des infirmes et des d6ments. 
Amid scenes of misery. A day’s experience with the poor in San Francisco; carry- 
ing comfort to the suffering. Sau Francisco Chronicle, Aug. 7, 1892. 2,000 
words. 
Ancelet, E. Lettres sur un projet d’organisation de medeciu gratuite des iudigents, 
presente au conseil general do I’Aisne. B°. Paris, 1862. 
Arrivabene, J. Sur les colonies agricoles de la Belgique et de la Hollaude. Bru- 
xelles, 1830. 
Arvede-Barine. Mendiauts et philanthropes en Angleterre. Rev. bleue, I’aris, 9 
join 1888. 
Assistance publique et droit au travail. Avignon, 1850. 
Association for the Improvement of London Workhouses. Opinions of the x’ress 
upon the condition of the sick poor in London workhouses, and the means 
suggested for their better relief. B°. London, 1867. 
Associations contre la meudicite en Allemague; la mondicitd des enfants. Econo in. 
framj., 1880, p. 254. 
Augustus. A great New York charity. The Juvenal Asylum. N. Y. Observer, 
June 9, 1892. 1,600 words. 
Baker, T. B. L. The poor; what we have done and what we ought to do for 
them; a lecture. 4°. Stroud, 1870. 
Barchon do Penhoen. Les classes souffrautes. Revue des deux moudes, 15 juiu 
1833. 
Bareyre. Projet d’6tablissemout de maisons cantouales de refuge, de travail et 
. de santti, 1854. 
Bauverger, de. De I’assistanco publique. Paris, 1856. 
Bdcbard. La commune, l’6glise et I’Etat daus leurs rapports avec les classes 
laborieuses; lois de prdvoyauce et lois d’assistauce. Paris, 1849. 
B6du. La mendicitd d<itruite par le travail. 1809. 
Belgiq. judic., t. 24, pp. 513 et 529. Rev. de I’adm., t. 13, p. 647. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
337 
Benoist, A. De la centralisation des oeuvres charitablos pour parvenir & Fextinc- 
tion de la mendicitd. Ann. de la Char., Paris, 1859, t. 15. 
Bertheau. De la mendicitd, et des depots de mendicitd. La Loi, 24 mai 1888. 
Bidaut. De la mendicitd, do ses causes et des moyens de la ddtruire. 1849. 
Biran, E. de. Les dtablissements d’utilitd publique. Rev. gen. d’adm., 1882, t. ler, 
p. 296. 
Bitter, The, cry of outcast London. An inquiry into the condition of the abject 
poor. 16°. [London, 1883.] 
Blaise (des Vosges). Des projets de loi sur I’assistance publique. Journ. des 
dconom., t. 24, p. 1. 
Blaise (des Vosges). Prdvoyance et charitd; des institutions favorables aux classes 
laborieuses. Ann. de I’dcon. pol., 1844, p. 176. 
80. Rapport sur les bases de I’organisation gendrale des secours publics. Rapport 
sur I’extinction de la mendicitd. 
Boisseau, J. De la rdpression de la mendicitd. Le Mans, 1874. In-83. 
Boissy, C. de. Suppression de la mendicitd. 1791. 
Bomb proof for tramps. (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Nov. 17, 1892. 
1,200 words. 
Bomberg, J. L’emprisounemeut cellulaire applique aux vagabonds. Bull, de la 
Soc. gen. des pris., novembre 1878. 
Bon, I. Essai sur les moyens de ddtruire la mendicitd en employant les pauvres & 
des travaux utiles. 1789. 
Bonaparte, Louis-Napoldon. Extinction du paupdrisme. Paris, 1844. lu-B°. 
Boncerf. Moyens d’occuper avantageusement tons les citadins sans dtat et sans oc- 
cupations. 
Bonnefoy. Memoire sur la mendicitd. 1791. 
Bonten-Augillis. Essai sorftmaire sur la suppression des ddpots de mendicitd et la 
rdorganisation des bureaux de bienfaisanco. Bruxelles, 1855. In-B°. 
Booth, Charles. Pauperism and the endowment of old age. B°. London, 1892, pp. 355. 
Booth’s “ Pauperism and the endowment of old age.” (Book review.) N. Y. Sun, 
May 15, 1892. 2,200 words. 
Bosanquet, Bernard. Dangers of giving alms. The principle of helping the poor. 
Boston Herald, Aug. 2, 1892. 1,700 words. 
Bose, I. Essai sur le moyen de ddtruire la mendicity. Paris, 1800. 
Boston. Annual reports of the overseers of the poor of the city of Boston to the 
mayor and city council. Pp. 1-23, 1864 to 1886r-87. B°. Boston, 1865-87. 
Boullaire, J. Euquete sur les moyens deprdvenir le vagabondage et la mendicity. 
Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., janv. 1887. 
Bournat. Resume de I’avis des Conseils gdndraux sur la transportation des men- 
diants rccidivistes. 1878. 
Brants et Eaffolovich. Les mendiauts et les vagabonds en Belgique et en Alle- 
magne. Reforme sociale, 2e sdr., 1886, t. ler, p. 560. 
Bresson. Police sur les mendiants et les vagabonds. 1764. 
Bridges, John Henry, Report by, on health of metropolitan pauper schools. In 
Nineteenth annual report of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appen- 
dix, pp. 161-196. 
Briere. Des difficultes d’appliquer aujourd’hui la loi sur la mendicite. Rev. prat, 
du dr. fran?., 1879, t. 46, p. 496. 
Brisson. Prdcis do divers mdmoires relatifs ala suppression de la mendicity. 
Brogirau. Memoire sur le moyen de bannir la mendicity. 1791. 
Brojelin. Memoire sur les moyens de bannir la mendicity. 1791. 
Brougham, H. A letter to Sir Samuel Komilly upon the abuse of charities. B°.. 
London, 1818. 
Buchwald, J. C. De cura pauperum. B°. Vienna}, 1837- 
Bud«s, de. Des asilcs de unit. Geneve, 1874- 338 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Bulens, F. G. MOuoire an Gouveruement et aux Chambres sur les iivan- 
tages qui resulteraient de la cession it forfait on eu location de la main-d’oeuvre 
dans les depots de mendicitd, et sur les moyens d’oifrir anx liberfs dcs prisons 
un travail regulier et productif qui Jes motto ii memo de vivre honnetement et 
de n’avoir pinsrocours ii de jnniveaux debts. Bruxelles, 1844. Broelmre iu-B°. 
Bulletin do la Socidtd dea dtablissementa charitables, 1831-36. 3 vol. 
Burdell, H. C. Hospitals and asylums of the world, their origin, history, construc- 
tion, administration, management, and legislation. 111. 2 vols. 
Bnzelle, G. B. Charity organization in cities. Charities Review, Nov., 1892, 3,500 
Avoids. 
Byers, Martha M. The deaconess. The charitable work of the order in Neiv York. 
National Tribune, Nov. 10, 1892. 1,000 words. 
C.L. H. Kodak vieAvs of English charities. Dec., 1892. 3,600 words. 
Carton. De lAtat ancien de la mendicite dans la province de la Flandre occiden- 
tale. Bruxelles, 1850. Brochure in-B°. 
Chanoine-Davrauche. Des conditions historiques et legates de la mendicite, du 
vagabondage, de I’assistance pnblique. Ronen, 1889. 
Chapin, W. Report on the benevolent institutions of Great Britain and Baris, in- 
cluding the schools and asylums for the blind, deaf and dumb, and the insane; 
being supplementary to the Ninth annual report of the Ohio Institution for 
the Education of the Blind. B°. Columbus, 1846. 
Chappaz. Projets d’organisation d’asiles-hotels pour tons les corps do metiers, 
Grenoble, 1887. 
Charitable work. Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Nov, 25, 1892. 1,300 AAmrds. 
Charities in Denver. Work accomplished through cooperation in eleemosynary insti- 
tutions. Rocky Mountain News, Noax 20, 1892. 7,000 words. 
Charities Review, a journal of practical sociology. .Published for the Charity 
Organization Society of the City of Noav York. First number, Nov., 1891. 
Charities, Seventy organized. Systematic relief for the St. Louis poor, sick, aged, 
and wayward. 2,300 Avords. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, Dec. 25, 1892. 
Charity. Good and bad methods. By Father Huntington and Prof. Rosanquet, and 
others. [Discussion.] Boston Transcript, Oct. 3, 1892. 2,000 Avords. 
Charity Organization Society. The notes and statistics. Charities RevieAv, Jan., 
1893. 3,000 Avords. 
Charity problem, The medical. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 598. 
Charity reform, First fruits of. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, pp. 602, 603. 
Charity reform in London. Med. Rec., 1884, 25, p. 212. 
Charity, Systematic. (Editorial.) N. Y. Times, Jan. 22, 1893. 1,000 words. 
Chasleuf. Considerations sur Pextinction de la mendicite. Autun, 1854. 
Chauncy, C. The idle poor secluded from the bread of charity by the Christian law; 
a sermon. 12°. Boston, 1752. 
ChcAralier, M. Lettre sur Torganisation du tniA'ail, on etudes sur les principales 
causes de la misere. Paris, 1848. In-18°. 
Chevalier, M. L’assistanee et la pr6voyance publiques. Rev. des deux mondes, 15 
mars 1850. 
Childhood in the city slums. Its hopeless outlook among the Arery poor. Troy 
Press, June 11,1892. 1,300 words. 
Children of the poor. Book review. Providence Journal, Nov. 13,1892. 1,200 words. 
Chopy, S. Un coin do la question socialo. Vagabonds et repris de justice. Tutelle 
communale. Colonisation decentralisee. 1872. lu-B°. 
Chopy, S. Vagabonds et repris de justice. Abolition de la surveillance de la haute 
police. Tutelle communale. Colonisation ddcentralisee. Paris, 1872. In-B°. 
Claes, G. Reflexion sur le pauperisme et la mendicit6. Tongres, 1854. In-B°. 
Cloet (curd d’lHuin). ObserArations sur la mendicity. 1848. 
Coetlogon, de. Des colonies d’indigents et des moyens d’eu etablir sur les hmdes 
de la Gironde. Bordeaux. 1825. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. House No. 1(17. [Report of the joint standing 
committee on public charitable institutions. April 14,1854.] BC.8C. Boston, 
1854. 
Cooperation in the work of charity. With public authorities, religious societies, 
etc. By several speakers at the session of the New York Charity Organization. 
Charities Review, Nov., 1892. 7,000 words. 
Coquilhat, J. Ph. Moyens certains et assures de conserver et maintenir les colonies 
agricoles de la Belgique, par mi ancien habitant de la Campine. Anvers, 1840. 
Brochure iu-B°. 
Corny, de. La colonie agricole do Sainte-Foy. Bull.de la Soc.gdn.de pris., mars 
1883. 
CountJßumford’s essays on the management of the poor, and industrial occupation 
for soldiers in barracks, are so applicable to the present times that no apology 
can be necessary for their republication. 12°. Loudon, 1851. 
Crahay, L. Commentaire Idgislatif de la loi du mars 1866, relative &la mendicitd, 
an vagabondage et aux ddpots de mendicitd. Bruxelles, 1866. Brochure in-B°. 
Crisenoy, de. Les asiles d’incurables et les ddpots de mendicitd. Rev. gen. d’ad- 
min., sept. 1888. Also, Journ. do la Soc. destat. de Paris, aoftt!BB9. Also, Bull, 
dela Soc. gen. des pris., mars 1889. 
Croissant. Des moyens de rdprimer la mendicitd et le vagabondage. Rev. dtrang. 
et frang. de legisl., 1837-39, t. 4. 
Crowther, C. Some observations respecting the management of the pauper lunatic 
asylum at Wakefield. P. Wakefield. 
Curtis, Gen. N. M. To define the crime of murder, provide penalty therefor, and to 
abolish the punishment of death. (Speech in House of Representatives, June 
9,1892.) 
Dangers of social work. What charity can and can not accomplish. (Editorial.) 
Boston Herald, Aug. 15. 1,100 words. 
Darnaud, E. Vagabonds et mendiants; etude de droit p6nal. Paris, 1876. lu-8C. 
Davenne. De Porganisation et dn regime des secours publics ou France, Paris, 
1865. 2 vol. in-12°. 
David, de Libourne. Moyens dYteindre la mendicite, 1841. 
Degard, C. J. La mendicite. Yerviers, 1881. Brochure in-B°. 
Delmas. Considerations snr I’assistance publique et la mendicitd. Toulouse, 1881. 
Demetz. Rapport prdsente a la reunion Internationale de charitd snr les colonies 
agricoles. Ann. do la Char., 1855, t. 11. 
Ddpdts de mendicitd. Journ. des cons, mimic., 1883, p. 218. 
Deschamps, A. Quelques reflexions snr le projet de reorganisation des depots de 
mendicity, des 6tablissenjents et Porganisation des maisons desecours 
et comity de cbaritd. Bruxelles, Paris, 1846. 
Devins, John B. The children of the poor. Charities Review, Jan., 1893. 5,000 
words. 
Dillon. Mdmoire sur les dtablissoments publics do bienfaisauce, de travail et de 
correction, considdrds sous les rapports politxqnes et commerciaux. ler nivose 
an IX. 
Discussions de la SocbStd d’dconomie politique de Paris. Comment combattre le 
vagabondage et la mendicite. ficon. fran?., 9 nov. 1889. 
Dispensaries and out-patient departments. Med. Eec., 1887, 31, pp. 73,74. 
Dispensary, A law. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 303. 
District, The, visitor’s note book and parish vade mecum, arranged by an almoner 
of the Society for the Relief of Distress. 2d ed. 16°. London, 1867.- 
Doisy, M. Uu d6pot de mendicite modele a Montreuil sous Laon. Ann. de la Char., 
1867, t. 23, 2me vol. 
Dolan, T. M. Pauperism and drink, with some remarks on the medicinal value of 
alcoholic beverages and the mortality from alcohol in workhouses. Med. Press 
and Oirc., Lond., 1879, u.s., 28, pp. 411, 430, 453. 340 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Drouineau. ' Lettres sur I’assistauce publique. 1874. 
Dubois, G. De I’extinction de la mendicity. Saiut-Lo, 1844. 
Dubois, G. Le vagabondage et la mendicity eu Angleterre. Bull, de la Soc. des 
pris., fdvr. 1883. 
Dubois, G. Mesures a prendre centre le vagabondage en Allemagne. Bull, de la 
Soc. des pris., avril 1888. 
Du Camp, Maxime. L’hospitalite du travail. Rev. des deux mondea, ler avril 1884. 
Du Camp, Maxime. L’hospitalite de unit, la society philantbropique. Idem, ler 
mai 1884. 
Ducpetiaux. Euquete et rapport sur le travail dans les prisons et lea ddpdta de men- 
dicity. Bruxelles, 1848. ln-B°. 
Ducpetiaux. Colonies agricoles, licoles rurales et ccolos de reforme pour les indigenta, 
les mendiants (it les vagabonds, et specialemeut pour les enfants des deux sexes 
en Suisse, Allemagne, France, Angleterre, Paya-Bas et Belgique. Bruxelles, 
fdvr. 1851. In-fol. 
Ducpetiaux. Proposition tendaut a rdduire les dtipenscs de la ville de Bruxelles du 
chef de Pentretien des indigenta an depot de la Cambre. Bruxelles. Brochure 
in-4°. 
Ducpetiaux. Rapport de la commission chargde do la revision de la legislation or- 
ganique des depots do mendicity. Bruxelles, 1853. Brochure in-B°. 
Ducpetiaux. Avant-projet de loi relatif ala prevention et a la repression de la 
mendicity et du vagabondage eiabore par la commission chargee de la revision 
de la legislation orgauique des depots de mendicite. Analyse des avis des 
deputations permanentes des couseils proviuciaux sur cet avant-projet de loi_ 
Bruxelles, 1856. Brochure in-fol. 
Ducpetiaux. Dos moyens do soulager et de prevenir Piudigence et d’eteindre la 
mendicity. Bruxelles, 1882. 
Dufour, L. De I’insuffisance des dispositions du code penal destines a prevenir le 
vagabondage et la mendicity. Rev. des deux mondes, 1842, t. let 2. 
Dumont. Lettre a Monsieur Daveune sur la necessity d’instituer un comity superieur 
de bienfaisanco a Feli'et de secourir les miseres immeritees. B°. Paris, 1851. 
Dumortier, H. Quelques considerations juojtos du projet de loi sur la mendicity, 
le vagabondage et les depots de mendicity. Gaud, 1857. ln-B°. 
Dupuis. Des causes de la mendicity; examen des lois sur la matiere dans les difie" 
rents pays; de la suppression des depots de mendicite comme tels. 
Dupuy, Ch. Rapport au Conseil superieur de Passistauce publique sur les depots de 
mendicity. Bull, do la Soc. gen. des pris., avril 1889. 
Durand. Quelques considerations a propos du projet de loi sur la mendicity, le vaga- 
bondage et les depdts de mendicity. Bruxelles, 1857. 
Dutremblay do Rubelle. Memoire sur la destruction do la mendicity. 
Enquete de commissaires de police sur les mendiants. Bull, municipal, 27 oct. 1888. 
Essai sur les moyens de faire disparaltre la mendicity. Mon., 1789, p. 121. 
Essai sur les moyens d’arriver a Pextinction de la mendicity en France. 1849. 
fitablissement hippocratique et dotal. B°. Paris, n. d. 
Everill, Henry Charles. Cannibals of Papua. The recollections of an explorer. 
S. F. Chronicle, Jan. 1, 1893. 4,800 Avords. 
Evidence on poor law medical relief, taken before the select committee of the House 
of Commons on poor relief (England) in 1861. With remarks by Richard Grif- 
liu. B°. Weymouth, 1862. 
Evils, The, of England, social and economical. By a Loudon physician. 2d ed. 12°. 
London, 1865. 
Examiner, S. F. Who will help them? Reformation of fallen women. Letters from 
one of the girls and others. Dec. 8, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Facts and observations relating to the administration of medical relief to the sick 
poor in England and Wales. Addressed to the members of the Commons House 
of Parliament. B°. London, 1843. 341 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Faffalovich. Les colonies agricoles de mendiants en Allemagne. Paris, Rotigier, 
1889. 
Faille, H. Della. Le nouveau projet cle loi sur lo vagabondage et la mendicifcd. 
Rev. gen., Bruxelles, 1865, t. l'r, p. 119. 
Faisant, L. De I’assistance nffidicale dans les campagnes. 4°. Montpellier, 1875. 
Faure, M. Proposition de loi pour les maisons de travail. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des 
pris., juin 1887. 
Fayard, N. Etude sur Passistance publique et Pextinction de la mendicity it Lyon. 
Lyon, 1862. 
Fayard, N. Du depot de mendicity ddpartemental d’Albigny. Lyon, 1860. In-B°. 
Federated beggars. [“ The Brotherhood of Death” described; the rules of the feder- 
ation.] Illustrated. N. Y. World, Aug. 7, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Feu, J. L. Extincion de la mendicidad. Barcelona, 1862. In-B°. 
Fields, Mrs. Janies T. Howto help the poor. Boston, 1883. 
Foddre, F. E. Essai historiqne et moral snr la pauvrete des nations, la population, 
la mendicity, les hOpitaux, les enfahts trouvds. Paris, Hazard, 1825. 
Fohring, Dr. Des asiles pour les gens sans abri. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., uov. 
1883. 
Fonfrbde, H. De la mendicity. S. l.n.d. In-B°. 
Fontpertuis, de. De Passistance publique en France. Journal des dconomistes, 3d 
ser., t. 4, p. 143. 
Forbonnais. Memoire sur la mendicite. 
Foreau. Projet d’organisation d’dtablissements d’assistance publique par le travail. 
Chartres, 1888. 
Foreign paupers and lunatics. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 352, 
Formanoir de la Cazerie, de. Du pauperisme et des moyens de le sonlager: Plus de 
pauvres! plus de mendiants! Gaud, 1847. Brochure in-B°. 
Fournier. Quelques id6es sur la distribution des secours publics. 1830. 
Fraser, W. On the recent increase in pauper lunacy. P. Edinb. 
H. A. Des classes dangereuses de la population dans les grandes villes et des 
moyens de les rendre meilleures. Paris, 1840. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Gamgee, S. Our medical charities. An address. Ba.8a. London, 1877. 
General orders of the commissioners for administering the laws for relief of the poor 
in Ireland, containing general rules and regulations for the government of dis- 
pensary districts, and qualifications for the office of medical officer under the 
medical charities act, 14-15 Viet., chap. 68,12. Together with general regula- 
tions relating to vaccination and circulars of instruction. (By authority.) 
12°. Dublin, 1865. 
Genreaux. De la mendicit6 et des moyens d’y remfdier notamment dans Eure-et- 
Loire. Paris, 1841. 
GCrando, de. De la colonisation des indigents. De la bienfaisance publique. Bru- 
xelles, 1839. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Gffi’ando, de. Des depots de mendicity. De la bienfaisance publique. Bruxelles, 
1839. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Gendens. L’hopital de Saint-Julien et les asiles de unit Anvers depuis le xive 
sifecle jusqubl nos jours. Anvers, 1887. 
Gill, W. Observations on the medical appointments of charitable institutions. B°. 
Liverpool, 1825. 
Gillet. Essai shr les moyens d’extirper la mendicitd du sol de la Rcpnbliqne. 1802. 
Gracey, Lilly Ryder. “The man who does so much for children.” Christian Union. 
January 21,1893. 1,400 words. 
Graunis, Elizabeth B. Homes for the homeless. (Editorial.) Church Union, May 15, 
1892. 1,400 words. 342 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Griitzer, J. TJeber die Organisation der Armen-Kranken-Pflege in grossel’en Stiidten. 
B°. Berlin, 1851. 
Great Charity. New York’s foundling hospital and its wonderful success under Sis- 
ter Irene. Philadelphia Times, November 13, 1892. 2,000 Avords. 
Griffin, R. Letter addressed to the members of the House of Commons on poor-law 
medical relief, with a proposed bill and commentary, etc. B°. Weymouth, 1864. 
Griffin, R. The grievances of the poor-IaAV medical officers, elucidated in a letter to 
the members of the legislature, and a draft of a proposed act of Parliament 
for redress. B°. Weymouth, 1860. 
Grosseteste-Thierry. La liitte contre la mendicite en Suisse et en Allemagne. Ref. 
sociale, 1889, p. 471. 
Guignon-Laourens, lies ddpots de mendicite ct de I’influence qu’ils peuvent avoir 
sur la propridte publique. Paris, Rosa, 1884. 
Guion, S. D. A cure for poverty. Found in the application of the single-tax theory. 
Brooklyn Eagle, August 7,1892. 1,000 words. 
Guiraud. De I’extinctiou de la mendicity. Ann. de la Char., 1845-46,1.1 et 2. 
Gyoux, P. Du service medical des pauvres. Mdmoire couronnd. B°. Arersailles, 1868 
Hall, Bolton. What makes a pauper? N. Y. Mail and Express, February 23,1892. 
2,000 words. 
Hamilton, R. An address to the inhabitants of Aberdeen, on the management of the 
poor; with statements of the income and expenditure of the united fund, from 
1813 to 1821, inclusive. B°. Aberdeen, 1822. 
Haudbok uti gallande fattigvardslagstiftning omfattande jemviil lithoraude delar 
af fdrfattningarne om hospitals. 12°. Stockholm, u. d. 
Harun. Intellect and emotion in charity. American HebreAv, November 11,1892. 
1,200 Avords. 
Haussonville, d’. Le vagabondage des enfants et les (moles industrieles, Paris, 
Quantiu, 1879. 
Haynes, Mary R. The advantages of poverty. Twentieth Century, Aug. 11, 1892. 
650 Avords. 
Hello. Des colonies agricoles pfniteutiaires. ReA'. crit. de la jurisp., t. 27, p. 259. 
Also, Rev. de Idgish, t. 38, pp. 235-388. 
Hennequin, A. Du travail dans les 6tablissements charitables et piinitentiaires. 
Ann. de la Char., 1856, t. 12. 
Herdman, J. A letter . . . proposing a plan for improAung dispensaries, and the 
medical treatment of the diseased poor. B°. London, 1809. 
Heslot, l’abb6 J. B. Essai sur la question de I’extinction de la mendicity. Thdorie 
et application. LaATal, 1850. In-B°. 
Hill, Florence D. Children and the State. Edited by Fanny FoAvke. Ncav York, 1889. 
Hobhouse, A. A lecture on the characteristics of charitable foundations in England, 
B°. London, 1868. 
Holmes, Lizzie M. Our organized charities. An expensiAre plaything, but a con- 
science quieter. National Economist, Jan. 14, 1893. 1,300 Avords. 
Homberg, Tlffiod. De remprisounement. De la repression du vagabondage. Paris 
et Rouen, 1862. 1 Arol. in-B°. 
Homberg, Tlffiod. De la repression du vagabondage. Memoire lu I’Academie des 
sciences morales et politiques. Paris et Rouen, 1862. In-B°. 
Homberg, Theod. Etudes sur le vagabondage; memoire. Paris, 1880. In-12°. 
Home for homeless young women. Annual convention and report. N. Y. Picayune, 
Nov. 22, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Hospitalite, L’ de unit a Paris et les gens sans domicile. Econ. ffany., 1887, p. 415. 
How can I, as a friendly visitor, best apply effort in improving the home and home 
influences? Several addresses. Charities ReA-iew, Nov., 1892. 4,000 Avords. 
Howe, M. A. de Wolfe, jr. A phase of practical philanthropy. N. A. Review, April, 
•1892. 1,700 Avords. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Hasson. De Pextinction de la mendicitd. 1861. 
Hyslop, J. H. Poverty and socialism. N. Y. Independent, June 9,1892. 1,800 words. 
lies, George. Charity organization in London. N. Y. Post, Aug. 17, 1892. 1,500 
words. 
Imagination and charity. (Editorial.) Phila. Public Ledger, Oct. 1, 1892. 1,000 
words. 
Industrial Aid Society for the Prevention of Pauperism, Boston. Annual reports of 
the managers to the contributors. 17., 1851-52 ; 20.-24., 1854-55 to 1858-59'; 
26.-50., 1860-61 to 1884-85. B°. Boston, 1852-85. 
Industrial Aid Society for the Prevention of Pauperism, Boston. Economical hints 
prepared for the contributors. 12°. Boston, 1879. 
Irish, The, poor-law medical system. To the poor-law medical officers of Ireland. 
By DispensariuS. 3d ed. 12° v Dublin, 1870. 
Jacquet, J. B. Projet d’extinction de la mendicitd par Petablissemeht de maisons 
de travail. Paris, 1828-. Brochure in-B°-. 
Jamme. Question de la mendicitd. Liege, 1864. 
Johnston, D. A general medical and statistical history of the present condition of 
public charity in France. B°. Edinburgh, 1829. 
Kimball, Arthur R. A charity pawn-shop. Christian Union, April 23, 1892. 1,050 
words. 
Kimball, Arthur R. The scientific method in charity. Independent, Jan. 19, 1893. 
1,900 words. 
L. . . . Observations sur les mo yens do supprimer la mendicitd eu France. Paris, 
1825. Brochure iu-B°-. 
LaCointo. Les inaisons de refuge. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., mars 1878. 
Lacoste. ApercU sur la question de I’extinctipu de la mendicitd. Agen, 1828. 
Laforest. De Pextinction de la mendicitd en France an profit des pauvres et de 
I’Etat. Aix, 1814. 
Lague. Projet sur Pextinction de la mendicitd. Nancy, 1844. 
Lamarche. Dans quelles mesures Passistanee publique doit-elle avoir Un catactdra 
obligatoiret Paris, Rongiet, 1889. 
Lambel, de. De Pextinction de la mendicitd dans les communes rurales. Ann. de la 
Char., 1847, t. 3. 
Lautour. Etude sut le vagabondage ©t la meudieite. Rev. prat, de dr-, fran<j., 1873, 
t. 36, p. 166. 
Lavergue. Resume pixels des prescriptions legales et L., 23 dee, 
1874. Moulins, 1888. 
Lawrence, W. R. Medical relief to the poor. B°. Boston, 1877. 
Lebrun, A. F. Quelques considerations sur la misere dans ses rapports a vec la me- 
decine. 4°. Paris, 1865. 
Lee, Francis W. Philanthropy and morality. Boston Transcript, Nov. 7, 1892. 
2,000 words. 
Legludie. De Pextinction de la mendicitd et de Passistanee publique. Angers, 
1871. 
Lend a Hand. Organized charity from the point of view of a municipal officer. Dec., 
1892. 3,800 words. 
Lepelletier de la Sarthe. L’indigent, le mendiant, le vagabond. Paupdrisme matd- 
riel, philanthropic, charltd. Du syst. social, Paris, 1855. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Lepelletier de la Sarthe, Depots de mendicitd. Du systeme social, Paris, 1855. 2 
vol. in-B°. 
Letort, Ch. La mendicitd est interdite. Le Parti National, 20 jnin 1889, 
Letrosue, G. Mdmoire sur les vagabonds et les mendiauts. Paris, 1763. 
Loch, C. S. Charity organization. London, 1890. 
Lor du 3 avril 1848, concernant les ddpots de mendicitd et les dcoles de rdforme. 
Documents pariementaires. Brux. In-fol. 344 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Loi concernant les depots de mendicity et les ycoles de r6forme, du 3 avril 1848. 
Brux., Demortier, 1850. 
Lois concernant les depots de mendicity et les <1 coles de re forme du 3 avril 'B4B, 
suivie de Texposy des motifs, des rapports et des discussions auxquelles eile a 
domic lieu a la Chambre des reprfsentants et au Sen at et do I’arrety royal du 
15 juillet 1849, qni determine les conditions d’entree et de sortie de ces dtablis- 
sements. Brux., 1850. In-B°. 
Lois du 6 mars 1866, relative a la mendicite, au vagabondage et au depot de mendi- 
city. Documents et annales parlementaires. In-fol. 
Loudon and Dublin societies for the suppression of mendicity. Reports, etc. Dub- 
lin, 1820-35. B°. 
London alms and London pauperism. Reprinted from the London Quarterly Re- 
view, by the New York Association for Improving the Condition of the Poor. 
B°. New York, 1877. 
Louhan. Des pauvres, des men diants, de leurs droits comme membres du corps 
politique, etc. .. . suivi d’un plan neuf pour extirper la mendicity. 1849. 
Lowell, Josephine S. Public relief and private charity. N. Y., 1884. 
Lucas. Etude sur les colonies agricoles de mendiants et enfants trouvys. Acad, des 
sc. mor., t. 21, p. 417. 
Lunatic asylums, Pauper, Powers and duties of committees of visitors of. In Nine- 
teenth annual report of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 
9,10. 
Lunatics, Pauper, Examination of, by medical officers of workhouses. Memorandum 
addressed to the general inspectors of the board. In Nineteenth annual report 
of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix. 
Lnrieu, De, et Romand. Etude sur les colonies agricoles de mendiants, jeunes 
dytenus, orphclins et enfants trouvys. Hollande, Suisse, Belgique et France. 
Paris, 1851. In-B°. 
McGregor, J. M. Problem of poverty. Detroit News, March 27, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Maghitot, De. De I’assistance et de I’extinction de la mendicity. Journ. des ycou., 
t. 21, p. 294. Paris, Didot, 1856. lu-B°. 
Magnitot, De. Des dypots de mendicity et de leur influence sur la moralisatiou. 
Paris, 1861. lu-B°. 
Maisons de travail, Les. Rev. des Etabliss. de Bienf., 1887, p. 225. 
Maitre, L. L’assistance publique dans la Loire-Infyrienre avant 1789. Etude sur les 
lyproseries, aumdneries, hopitaux gynyraux et bureau de charity. B°. Nantes, 
1879. 
Malarce, De. Histoire des salles d’asile et des asiles-ouvriers. Paris, ITachette, 
1856. 
Malvaux. Les moyeus de dytruire la mendicity en France eu rendant les mendiants 
utiles k I’Etat, sans les rendre raalheureux. Chalons-sur-Marne, 1780. In-B°. 
Mangin. La mendicity et la charity eu France, les libyralitys aux ytablissements 
publics, la statistique officiclle. 
Mangin. La suppression de la mendicity. Econ. frang., 1881, p. 159. 
Mannequin. La colonisation. Travail et liberty. Paris, 1863. 2 vols. in-8° 
Marbeau. L’interdiction de la mendicity eu France. Rapport. Paris, 1855. Bro- 
chure iu-B°. 
Marshall, Matthew. Anti-poverty doctrines. New York Sun, Chicago Herald, Bos- 
ton Herald, St. Louis Globe-Democrat, Jan. 23, 1893. 1,500 words. 
Martin-Doisy. Travail du comity de mendicity. Paris, 1849. 
Martin-Doisy. Exposy des motifs d’un projet do loi sur la repression do la mendicite. 
Le Contemporain, 1876. 
Martin, John B. Philanthropy and economics. The question of pauperism and 
charity or law-enforced relief. Humanitarian, Aug., 1892. 4,000 words. 
Mason, Miss M. H. Report by, on boarding-out of pauper children. In Nineteenth 
annual report of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 197-210. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
345 
Mason, Miss M. H. Boarding-out of pauper children. In Twentieth annual re- 
port of the Local Government Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 300-311. (Eng- 
land.) 
Massachusetts. Annual report concerning- the sick State poor of Massachusetts. Pp. 
8-10, 1872 to 1878-74. B°. P.ostou, 1873-75. 
Matthieu. Lc vagabondage et la mendicity sous I’aucien regime. Belg. Jnd., t. 32, 
p. 705. 
Maudit. Rapport snr la mendicitd. 
Mansion. Essai sur I’extinctiou de la mendicitd en France, on recherches snr les 
mesures employees successiveraent en Franco pour extirpor la mendicitd. 
1829. 
Medical charities (Ireland). Abstract of return to an order of the House of Com- 
mons, dated April 18, 1853, for returns from the treasurer of each county, 
county of a city and town in Ireland, stating the number of dispensaries, fever 
hospitals and infirmaries, for which count presentments were made in the 
years 1851 and 1852 * * of the dispensary districts, under the act 14,15 
Viet., chap. 68, with the expense thereof, for the year ending the 25th day of 
March, 1853 * * * and of the number of fever hospitals in Ireland that 
were supported by poor rate “ “ * in the years 1851 and 1852. (Ordered 
by the House of Commons to be printed August 19, 1853.) Fol. n. p., [1853]. 
Medical charities, Statistics of the London. Med. Roc., 1884, 25, p. 168. 
Medical charity, Reform. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, pp. 46, 560, 616. 
Medical relief to sick poor. Facts and observations relating to the administration, 
of medical relief to the sick poor in England and Wales. B°. London, 1843. 
Medical relief. Mr. T. R. Tatham's case against the Huddersfield board of guard- 
ians. B°. Huddersfield, 1848. 
Medical relief. Dispensaries. Extracts from the report of John Lambert, poor-law 
inspector, to Gathorne Hardy, president of the poor-law board, on the system 
of medical relief to the outdoor poor in Ireland under the dispensaries act, 
1851. Dated Nov. {J, 1866. Fol. No imp. 
Meersch, Van der. De Fetat de la mendicite et de la bienfaisance dans la province 
de la Flandre occidentale depnis Marie-Th6rese. Bruxelles, 1852. In-4°. 
Melun, de. De la mendicitd il domicile. Ann. de la Char., 1845, t. ler. 
Mendel. Ueber die Yagahmulenfrage vom gerichtsiirztlichen Standpunkt. Viert 
f. gerichtl. Med., 1887, p. 178. 
Mendel. Les vagabonds. Bull. Soc. gdn. prisons, avr. 1888. 
Mendiants, Les, en Angleterre. Rev. hrit., amices 1839 et 1842, 
Mendiants de profession. Le Temps, 11 janv. 1890. 
Mendicite. Ann. de Pdcou. polit., 1869, p. 161. 
Mendicitd, La, et le vagabondage en Allemagne. Leon. fr;inc., 1880, p. 479. 
Mesures, Les, hospitalieres destindes a empecher les vagabonds et les mendiants de 
tomber dans la rdcidive. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., 1886. 
Michaud. De Tassistance mddicale dans.les campagnes. B°. C hambdry, 1868. 
Michel, C. Citeaux et sa colonie pdnitentiaire. Le Correspondant, nouvelle sdrie, 
annde 1865, t. 3. 
Michel, C. Colonie agricole de Citeaux. Ann. de la’Char., 1868-69, t. 24, 2,; vol. 
et t. 25, hr vol. 
Miles, W. A. Poverty, mendicity, and crime. London, 1839. B°. 
Misere, De la, et des moyens a employer pour la faire cesser. B°. Paris, [lBso]. 
Moldenhawer, de. La Socidtd des colonies agricoles de Varsovie. Bull, de la Soc. 
gdn. des pris., mai, 1880. 
Moldenhawer, de. Les colonies agricoles en Pologne. Idem, Janvier 1886, 
Mouge, L. de. Les colonies agricoles de charitd, notamment en Belgique. Ann. de 
la Char., 1862, t. 18. 
Montaignac, De. Reflexions snr la mendicitd, ses causes et les moyens de la ddtruire 
en France, 1790. 346 
ABNORMAL MAN* 
Morandiere, De la. Police sur les mendiants, les vagabonds. Paris, 1704. 
Morogues, P. M. S. Du de la mendicity et des moyens d’en prevenir 
les funestes effets. Paris, 1834. In-80. 
Municipal charity, A. [City Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee.] Hills. (Editorial.) 
Southern Practitioner, Aug., 1892. 800 words. 
Navillc. De la charittS legale, do ses causes et do ses effets, et specialemeut des 
maisons de travail et de la proscription de la mendicity. Paris, 1836. 2 vols. 
in-B°. 
Navi lie. Des colonies agricoles. Do la charity Rgale. Paris, 1836. 2 vols. in-B°. 
Necker. Lettre relativement ala mendicity dans la ville do Paris, lijuin 1790. 
New York Society for the Prevention of Pauperism. Report of a committee on the 
subject of pauperism. B°. New York, 1818. 
New York (State). Annual reports of the Secretary of State in relation to the sta- 
tistics of the poor, to the legislature, for the years 1866-67, 1870-71. B°. 
Albany, 1867-71. 
Nichol, W, Proposal for the development of the principle of assurance as an instru- 
ment for the gradual extinction of pauperism and for the permanent improve- 
ment of the condition of the industrial classes. B°, Edinburgh, 1847. 
NiYet, V. Documents sur I’organisation de la niedecihe des pauvres dans les cam 
pagnes. B°, Clermont-Ferrand, 1863. 
Notllomb, A. Modifications ala legislation qui legit la mendicite, le vagabondage 
et les depots de meadicit6. Projet de loi presents la Chambre des RepHb 
sentants, le 2 ,mars 1857. Bfux., 1857. Brochure in-fol. 
CEuvre, L’, de Phospitalitd du travail a Paris. 1885, p. 795; 1886, p. 359. 
(Elivre, L’, de I’hospitalitO de Unit. Ecou. framj., 1880$ p. 294; 1886, p. 484. 
Oppert, F. Hospitals, infirmaries, and dispensaries. 111. 
Orphans and destitute persons, A community home for. (Editorial.) Altruist, Dec., 
1893. 1,500 Words. 
Papion. Memoire sur la mendicite, pr6sent6 a P Assemble nation ale. 1791. 
Pascaud. DeS mesures preventives et repressives a prendre centre le vagabondage 
et la mendicite. Jonru. deS econom., juin 1888. 
Starving and freezing. Scandalous treatment of paupers in Dunning In* 
stitutiou, 111. Chicago Herald; Jan. 16, 1893. 2,500 words. 
Paulmier, De la misere et de la mendicity. Caen, 1844. 
Pauper children, Education of. Employment of children sent from Metropolitan 
pauper schools. In Nineteenth annual. 
Pauper children, Education of. Reports of the inspectors of poor-law schools. In 
Nineteenth annual report of the Local Government Boat'd, 1889-90, Appen- 
dix, pp. 143-160. 
Pauper children, Boarding-out of. In Nineteenth annual report of the Local 
Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 32-72. (England.) 
Pauper children, Education of. In Twentieth annual report of the Local Govern- 
ment Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 258-299. (England.) 
Pauper children, Education of. Employment of children sent from metropolitan 
pauper schools. In Twentieth annual report of the Local Government Board, 
1890-91, Appendix, pp. 567-581. (England.) 
Pauperism and distress, reports of inspectors. In Twentieth annual report of the 
Local Government Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 207-258. (England.) 
Pauperism and relief, Reports of the general inspectors on. In Nineteenth annual 
report of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 106-142. 
Paupers relieved, Statistics of the number of. In Nineteenth annual report of the 
Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 345-398. 
Paupers, Statistics of the number of relieved. In Twentieth annual report of the 
Local Government Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 456-510. (England.) BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
347 
Peau-Saint-Mal'tin. De I’assistance en province, specialement de la mendicity et des 
depots de mendicite. Reponse an questionnaire officiel. Paris, 1875. In-B°. 
Peek, F. Social wreckage; laws of England as they affect the poor, Loudon, 1889. 
Peitsits, C. De pa'upernm tegroruxn cura. B°. Pestini, [lB3o]. 
Perigot. Projet d’extinction de la mendicite et du vagabondage, en France prectkffi 
de I’iuegalite des fortunes et de la mendicity panni les homines. 1829. 
Phelan, D. A statistical inquiry into the present state of the medical charities of 
Ireland; with suggestions for a medical poor law. B°. Dublin, 1835. 
Philanthropy, Opinions on practical. (Editorial.) Inland Printer. 1,300 words. 
Picard et d’Hoffschmidt. Pandectes Beiges, viz, Assistance publique; Colonie agri- 
cole; Ddp6t de mendicity. 
Picot. L’ceuvre de I’hospitalite de nuit. Bordeaux, Delagrange, 1888. Bull, de la 
Soc. gtm. des prisons, mars 1889. 
Pillou, J. Memoire sur les dtablissements publics de bienfaisance, de travail et de 
correction. 
Piqud. Moyen de detruire la mendicite on morale du pauvre. 1802. 
Plague, The, of beggars; a disuasive from indiscriminate almsgiving. By a London 
physician. 16°. London, 1868. 
Plessis-Bellicre. Lettre sur de la mendicite. 1861. 
Pletain. D6pots de mendicite. Du panpcrisme. Mons, 1844. In-B°. 
Pommeuse, L. F. Huerne de. Des colonies agricoles et de leurs avantages. Paris, 
1832. In-B°. 
Pommeuse, L. F. Huerne de. Questions et rdponses relatives aux moyens dYtablir 
en France des colonies agricoles do divers genres. Paris, 1836. In-B°. 
Poor, Association for improving the condition of. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, pp. 687, 688. 
Poor-law" act, 1889, The, and tlie prevention of cruelty to, and protection of, children. 
Circular letter to boards of guardians. In Nineteenth annual report of the 
Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix. 
Poor law (indoor poor). Return to an order of the House of Commons, dated July 
20,1868, for returns of the under-mentioned particulars, viz: i. Of the num- 
ber of indoor poor in the workhouse on the Ist day of July, 1867, and the Ist 
day of January, 1868. n. Of the indoor-poor on the wnrkhouse medical-relief 
book on the Ist day of July, 1867, and the Ist day of January, 1868. [Accord- 
ingto special classification.] Poor-Law Board, July 20,1868. (Ordered by the 
House of Commons to be printed July 20,1868.) Fol. No imp. 
Poor-law medical officers, Payment by the London city council in respect of, and 
cost of drugs and medical appliances. Circular letter to managers of metro- 
politan district schools and asylums. In Nineteenth annual report of the 
Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 15, 16. 
Poor-law medical reform, 1868. Report of the aggregate meeting of metropolitan 
and provincial poor-law medical officers, held at the Freemasons’ Tavern on 
June 24, 1868, W. J. Clement, Esq., in the chair. B°. [London, 1868.] 
Poor-law medical relief. Return to an order of the House of Commons, dated April 
30,1856, for a return of the medical officers under the poor-law acts, showing 
the name of each union, names of districts into which divided, population of 
each district, area in acres of each district, and amount of salary, or amount 
of fee when paid by case; the return to be made up to Lady-Day for each of 
three years ending the 25th day of March, 1853,1854, and 1855, respectively. 
Poor-Law Board, Whitehall, July 28,1856. Fol. n.p. [1856]. 
Poor-law officers. In Nineteenth annual report of the Local Government Board, 
1889-90, Appendix, pp. 469, 470. (England.) 
Poor-lawr schools, Payments by London city council in respect of teachers in, and 
poor-law medical officers, and cost of drugs arid medical appliances. Circu- 
lar letter to boards of guardians in the metropolis. In Nineteenth annual re- 
port of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 6-8. 348 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Poor-law schools, Payment hy city councils in respect of ieachers in. Circular let- 
ter to boards of guardians. In Nineteenth annual report of the Local Gov- 
ernment Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 2-4. (England.) 
Poor-law schools, Amounts certified as payable.hy councils of administrative counties 
and county boroughs in respect of the salaries of teachers in. In Nineteenth 
annual report of the Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 294-299. 
Poor rates, etc., receipts and expenditures. In Twentieth annual report of the Local 
Government Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 511-566. (England.) 
Poor rates, etc., receipts and expenditures. In Nineteenth annual report of the 
Local Government Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 399-446. 
Poor-rate return, Instructions in regard to the preparation of the. In Twentieth 
annual report of the Local Government Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 74-78. 
(England.) 
Poor-rate return, Instructions as to. In Nineteenth annual report of the Local Gov- 
ernment Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 72-76. (England.) 
Poor fund, Metropolitan common. In Twentieth annual report of the Local Govern- 
ment Board, 1890-91, Appendix, pp. 582-588. (England.) 
Poor fund, Metropolitan common. In Nineteenth annual report of the Local Gov- 
ernment Board, 1889-90, Appendix, pp. 462-468. (England.) 
Poor, Needs of the city. What can be done to alleviate at once the miseries of the 
poor in our cities? Articles by Helen Campbell, Albert Shaw, John Swinton, 
W. M. F. Round, Moncure D. Conway, and LaAvrence Gronlund. New York 
Voice, Dec. 15, 1892. 3,500 words. 
Poor of Cincinnati, The. Systematic methods of relief adopted by the authorities. 
Cincinnati Commercial Gazette, Jan. 15, 1893. Illustrated. 4,000 words. 
Poor, Relief of the, and the poor rate. In Nineteenth annual report of the Local 
Government Board, 1889-90, pp. 50-108. (England.) 
Poor, The aged. Week, Jan. 13, 1893. 1,700 words. 
Poor, The problem of the. (Editorial.) New York OhserArcr, Jan. 19,1893. 1,400 
words. 
Post-Dispatch, St. Louis. Suffering poor (in St. Lonis). Quarters of the city where 
the greatest suffering exists. Illustrated. Jan. 1, 1893. 3,000 words. 
Pourville, Mauret de. Note sur I’extinction de la mendicity et sur la hienfaisance 
publique. Paris, Dupont. 
Presseuse, de, Passy et Robin. L’assistance par le travail. Paris, Fishbacher, 1887. 
Prestat. Mdmoire sur I’indigence et sur les moyens d’eteindre sans retour- la men- 
dicity. 1805. 
Problem of poverty, The. Pawtucket Record-Visitor, Aug. 9, 1892. 1,000 Avords. 
Proceedings of the Annual Conference of Charities, held in connection with the gen- 
eral meeting of the American Social Science Association. 1., 2., 4.-7. B°. Bos- 
ton, 1874-80. 
Proposition sur la question de la mendicity. 1849. 
Pruneiy, de. Myraoire sur les moyens de dytruire la mendicity. Paris, 1814. In-4°. 
Quytelet. Recherches sur la population, les depots de mendicity, etc., anx Pays- 
Bas. Bruxelles, 1827. 
Quytelet. Recherches sur la population, les naissances, les les prisons, les 
depOts de mendicity. Bruxelles, 1827. 
Rae], Brainard. The friendly Aisitor’s opportunity. Charities Revdew, Nov., 1892. 
1,200 words. 
Raffalovich. La mendicity et le vagabondage en Allemagne. Journ. des Ddbats, 
ler sept. 1888. 
Raiugs. Notice sur le dyfrichement des bruydres et sur la formation de colonies 
agricoles dans les Ardennes. Mous, 1845. Mdm. et public, de la Soc. des sc., 
des arts et des lettres du Hainaut, t. 5. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
349 
Rainneville, de. Guide du proprietaire pour parvenir a I’extinction de la mendi- 
city. Paris, 1832. Brochure in-B°. 
Rapport et discussion ala reunion Internationale de charity sur la mendicity. Ann- 
de la Char., 1855,1.11. 
Rapport et discussion a la Sociyty d’ycouomic charitable sur la question du vagabon- 
dage. Ann. de la Char., 1864, t. 20, lcr volume. 
Rapport de la commission chargee de la ryvision de la legislation organiqne des dy- 
p6ts de mendicity. Bruxelles, 1853. 
Rapport gynyral an Roi sur la elation, les progrfes et I’ytat actuel de la maison de 
travail de charity ytablie a Gaud pour la rypression do la mendicity. 1848. 
Rapports du comity de mendicity. 1790. 
Ray, I. What shall Philadelphia do for its paupers! B°. [Philadelphia, 1873.] 
Raymond, Frederick. The London poor. What is being done to ameliorate their 
condition. St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Oct. 23, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Reboul, Deneyrol. Pauperisme et bienfaisance dans le Bas-Rhin. 1858. 
Recueil des lois, ddcrets, rfeglements et circulates concernant les ytablissements de 
bienfaisance, depots do mendicity, ycoles de r6forme, hospices et bureaux de 
bienfaisance. Bruxelles, Weissenbruch, 1871-81. 
Refuges de unit h Paris, Les. ficon. fraiiQ., 1881, p. 140. 
Rfeglement pour I’admiuistration et le service de de mendicity de 
Bruges. Bruges, 1864. Brochure in-B°. 
R&glement de la maison de travail de Bridewele. 
Reitz, J. A. Do morbis pauperum. 4°. Traj.ad Rhenum, 1752. 
Relief of the poor and. the poor rate. In Twentieth annual report of the Local 
Government Board, 1890-91, pp. 57-107. (England.) 
Report, First, from the select committee [Ashley, Brotherton, Bell, and others] on 
medical poor relief; together with minutes of evidence. Fol. n. p., [1844]. 
Report from the select committee on medical relief ; together with the proceedings 
of the committee; minutes of evidence, appendix, and index. Fol. [London, 
1854.] 
Report, Second, from the select committee on medical poor relief; together with the 
minutes of evidence and appendix. Fol. n. p., [1844]. 
Report. Select committee on lunatic poor. Ireland. 
Report, Third, from the select committee on medical poor relief; together with the 
minutes of evidence, appendix, and index. Fol. n. p., [1844]. 
Reports of the hoards of State charities, especially Ohio, Illinois, and New York; 
and Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Massachusetts, and Pennsylvania. 
Reports of the committee and subcommittees appointed to inquire into the subject 
of out-patient hospital administration in the metropolis. B°. London, 
1871. 
Reports of the National Conference of Charities and Corrections. Mrs. I. C. Bar- 
rows, ed. 141 Franklin street, Boston, Mass. Published annually. 
Return of the tramps to the big cities. Chicago Herald, Nov. 20, 1892. 2,500 words. 
R6veille, Parise. He Passistance publique et m6dicale dans la campagne. B°. No 
imp. 
Riis, Jacob A. Special needs of the poor in New York. Forum, Dec., 1892. 5,000 
words. 
Riis, Jacob A. The children of the poor. (The problem of the children; Italian 
slum children; East Side treadmill; truants of our streets; kindergartens, out- 
casts; pauperism; childrens’ charities.) 300 pages. 
Riis, Jacob A. The children of the poor. Scribner’s Magazine, May, 1892. 12,500 
words. 
Ristelhuobcr. Historisch-statistische Beschreibung der Land-Arbeitshauser zu 
Brauweiler. Koln, 1828. B°. 350 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Riviere, A. L’assistauce publique et les dfipfits de mendicity. Bull, de la Soc. g£n. 
des pris., mai 1889. 
Robelin. Des colonies agricoles considdrees comme inoyen d’extirper la mendicity. 
Beaune, 1848. 
Robin. De la creation des maisons de travail an point de vue de la repression et de 
la suppression du vagabondage et de la mendicity, Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des 
pris., Paris, novembre 1889. 
Robin. Hospitality et travail, on des moyens prdventifs de combattre la mendicite 
et le vagabondage. Monnerat, 1887. 
Robin. Rapport sur les mendiants et vagabonds. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., 
mars 1885. 
Robin. Society pour reprimer le mendicite et lo vagabondage des maisons de tra »rail 
et de correction dans la Suisse frangaise. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., janvier 
1887. 
Roche, J. G. A. De I’extinction de la mendicity. Angouleme, 1858. In-B°. 
Rochefoucauld-Liancourt, La. Plan de travail du comity pour extinction de la 
mendicity, presente a I’Assemble nationale, 1790. 
Rochefoucauld-Liancourt, La. Precis des vues gen6rales en fa\reur de la mendicity. 
Rochefoucauld-Liancourt, La. Rapport sur la situation de la mendicity h Paris, 30 
mai 1790. 
Rochefoucauld-Liancourt, La. Rapport sur une lettre de M. Necker relative ala 
mendicity a Paris, 12 juin 1790. 
Rolland. Memoire sur les moyens de detruire la mendicite en France. 1790, 
Roosa, Dr. Dental charity. Med. Rec., 1885, 27, p. 241, 
Rousse, E. Lkeuvre de Fhospitalitfi de nuit. Gaz. des trib., 14 avril 1887. Also, 
Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., avril 1887. 
Rozy. Memoirs sur I’extiuction de la mendicity. Rodez, 1847, 
Rules and regulations for the government of the bureau of medical and surgical 
relief for the out-door poor. Under the direction of the board of commission- 
ers of public charities and correction. B°. [New York], 1866. 
Ruraford, Count. Essay on the management of the poor, and industrial occupation 
for soldiers in barracks. 12°. London, 1851. 
Sarraute. De la moudicitfi et de I’assistauce pnblique. 1854. 
Saunois de Chevert. L’indigence et Fassistauce dans les campagnes depuis 1789 
jusqu’a nos jours. Paris, 1889. In-B°. 
Savary de Lancosme. Opinion et projets de dficrets sur la mendicity. 
Schivilelf, A. Du sonlagement des pauvres. B°. Dorpat, 1833. 
Schmidt. De la mendicity et du travail. Clermont-Ferrand, 1850. 
Schutzenberger. Paupfirisme, colonie agricole a Strasbourg. Rev. Fcelix, t. 7, p. 
737. 
Schuyler, L. L. The importance of uniting individual and associated volunteer 
eiforts in behalf of the poor. Paper read at a conference of the State Chari- 
ties Aid Association, New York, May 9 and 10, 1878. B°. New York, 1878. 
Shelters for the homeless in San Francisco. N. Y. Observer, July 28, 1892. 1,800 
words. 
Simonin, E. Assistance pnblique. Rapport sur le service medical des circouscrip- 
tions rurales dans le departemeut de la Meurthe pendant Pexercice 1855. (1.) 
B°. Nancy, 1856. 
Smedt, de. Mfimoire sur la suppression de la mendicity eu la ville de Gand. 1817. 
Smith, Goldwin. Charity in its relation to social reform. Toronto Week, Dec. 
16, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Smith, H. L. Observations on tire prevailing practice of supplying medical assist- 
ance to the poor, commonly called the farming parishes; with suggestions for 
the establishment of parochial medicine chests or infirmaries in agricultural 
districts. B°. London, 1819. 
Smith, Valentin. De la mondicite et du travail. Clermont, 1848. lu-B°. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
351 
Sorosis meeting. Routine and red tape in charity discussed. N. Y. Sun, Nov. 8,1892. 
Stallard, J. H. Pauperism, charity, and poor laws. Being an inquiry into the present 
state of the poorer classes in the metropolis, the resources and effects of charity, 
and the iulluence of the poor-law system of relief; with suggestions for an 
improved administration. Read before the Social-Science Association, Feb. 17, 
Oct. 1, and Dec. 21,1868. B°. London, [lB6B]. 
Staring, W. C. H. Notice sur les colonies agricoles de la Socidt6 de 
bienfaisance, adresst-e aM.v. N. Arnhem, 1849. Brochure in-12°. 
State board of charities. Lend a Hand, Nov., 1892. 7,000 words. 
Strong, Samuel. Charities and corrections. N. Y. Independent, July 21,1892. 2,400 
words. 
Tallon. Proposition de loi sur g6n6rale de Passistance publiquo et 
Pextinction de la mendicity. 1872. 
Tenement house. The need in. (Editorial.) Boston Herald, Dec. 21,1892. 1,200 
words. 
Tenney, Mrs. S. E, Class of study of the friendly visitor’s work. Charities Review, 
Nov., 1892. 2,000 words. 
Thorburn, J. Some remarks on the mode of admission to our medical charities. 
Addressed to the committee of the Manchester and Salford “ Hospital Sunday” 
fund. BG.8G. Manchester, 1870. 
Thorel, AbbA Essai sur les moyens d’abolir la mendicity dans tons les pays. 1849. 
Thorn, Kate. Real poverty; what it is like. N. Y. Weekly, Nov. 19,1892. 1,000 words. 
ThuliA Du repatriement des malades, infirmes, vagabonds et en particulier des 
enfauts. 
Thyry, de. Compte rendu sur les colonies agricoles. Ann. de la Char., 1851-52, 
t. 7 et 8, 
Tocqueville, Hipp. de. Quelques idees sur les moyens de ala mendicite. 
Cherbourg, 1849. 
Tourdonnet, Comte A. de. Les colonies agricoles d’Alucation. Paris, 1862. 3 vol. 
in-B°. 
Treatment, On the, of indigence and pauperism, ms. no imp. 
Trevelyn, C. Address on the systematic visitation of the poor in their own homes, 
an indispensable basis of an effective system of charity. B°.- London, 1870. 
Truesdell, C. G. Treatment of the poor in cities. Chautauquan, May, 1892. 2,900 
words. 
Vagabonds et mendiants. Petit Parisien, 15 janv. 1890. 
Viallet, L. Etude sur la profession m6dicale et snr quelques questions d’ticonomie 
charitable, snivies de Phistoire des 6tablissements et des institutions qui exis- 
taient a Rodez. BC.8C. Paris, 1876. 
Vig6e. Economic sociale, Atude sur Pextinction du paupdrisme et de la mendicity. 
Marseille, 1886. In-B°. 
Yilain. Memoiro sur les moyens de corriger les malfaitenrs et les fain6ants a leur 
propre avantago et de les rendre utiles a I’Etat. Bruxelles, 1841. In-B°. 
Ville de Paris, prefecture de police, secours publics, le service des epidemics, maison 
departementale do Nanterre, d6p6t de meudi’cite de la Seine a Villers-Cotterets. 
Jour, off., 25 et 27 nov. 1889. 
Yivens, Vicomte de. Lettre sur la mendicite ala Reine. Bordeaux, 1846. 
Volenrs et mendiants. 1868, In-18°. 
Volz, R. Ueber Armen und Krankenpflege in ihrer gesobielitlicben Entwickelung. 
Mit besonderer Beziebung auf das Grossberzogtbum Baden. B°. Karlsruhe, 
1860. 
Wages lowered by Canadian pauper labor. Illustrated. N, Y. Herald, Jan. 22. 3,200 
words. 
Waifs’ annual feast. Fifteen hundred boys and girls of the Chicago Mission have 
Thanksgiving dinner. Chicago Herald, Nov, 21,1892. 1,500 words. 352 
ABNORMAL MAN 
Waifs’ home, A. Juvenile Society for Prevention of Cruelty to Children. N. O. 
Times-Democrat, Nov. 21, 1892. 1,900 words. 
Washburn, Dr. W. Charities of our city. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 717. 
Waterson, Helen. Charitable institutions; why they often fail of their highest 
helpfulness. N. Y. World, Aug. 7,1892. 2,500 words. 
Wattevillc, de. Uu travail dans les prisons et dans les dtablissemeuts de bien- 
faisance. Paris, 1850. In-B°. 
Weaver, Ellen A. The San Francisco almshouse. Lend a Hand, July, 1892. 4,000 
words. 
Wells, David A. Giving the poor a chance. Boston Herald, July 7, 1892. 3,000 
words. 
White, Alfred T. Homes of the poor. Chautauquan, Jan., 1893. 3,700 words. 
Whitfield, R. G. The administration of medical relief to the out-patients at hos- 
pitals. B°. London, 1857. 
Winslow, Isabel. A useful summer charity. (Boston vacation schools.) Dec., 1892. 
1,000 words. 
Work of the charity organizations. Great meeting in Denver. Rocky Mountain 
News, Nov. 21, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Yvernes. Vagabondage. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., mai 1883. 
Zeitschr. desk. preuss. statist. Bureaus, 1886. Heft lu. 2. Armeustatistik in Preus- 
sen. 
4. CRIMINOLOGY. 
A curious criminal case. Chicago Legal News, Aug. 6, 1892. 1,000 words. 
A. L. Le riforme proposte dalla nnova scuola penale. Pietroburgo, 1885. 
A truukful of horror. Ghastly collection of crime-stained bric-a-brac. Ulus. Ex- 
aminer, Oct. 23, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Aaron, Eugene M. Recent researches in criminology. Scientific Am. Supplement, 
June 18, 1892. 5,500 words. 
Act of murder, The. On the cheajmess in which human life is held; extraordinary 
increase of homicide in this country. Ulus. N. Y. World, Oct. 30, 1892. 
5,000 words. 
Adam, F. Diss. mdd.-ldg. sur I’iufauticide. 4°. Paris, 1822. 
Address of the Howard Association on the treatment and prevention of crime, 
with special reference to reformatory and economic labor in prisons, the Irish 
test system, capital punishment, the double-license system, prostitution and 
mendicity. B°. [n. p., n. d.] 
} demollo. Le annotazioni di Mastro Titta, carnefice romano. Citta di Gastello, 1886. 
Adshead, J. Juvenile criminals, reformatories, and the means of rendering the 
perishing and the dangerous classes serviceable to the State. Manchester, 1856. 
Adshead, J. Prisons audjmsoners. B°. London. 1845. 
Aguanno, D’. Recensioui di autropologia giuridica. Circolo giuridico, Palermo, 
1888. 
Albauo. Liberty provisoria e carcere preventive. Scuola positiva, sett. 1891. 
Alboize, M. M., et Marguet, A. Les prisons de I’Europe. Paris, 1845. 8 vols. 
in-4°. 
Albracbt, M. J. La rdpnblique sud-africaine (Transvaal) an point de vue de I’immi- 
gration europdenne. Bruxelles, 1889. Brochure in-B°. Extrait du Recueil 
consulairo Beige. 
Alexander, J. W. Crime and poverty in cities. Princ., 17., p. 606. 
Algeri. Gli eredi del delitto, della pazzia e dell’ alcoolismo. Riv. care., 1886. 
Alboy. Les bagnes. Paris, 1845. 
Allen, J. H. Penalty of state crime. Clir. Exam., 79, p. 282. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
353 
Allen, J. H. Juvenile delinquency. No. Am., 79, p. 206. 
Allen, S. Observations on penitentiary discipline, addressed to Wm. Roscoe, Esq., 
of Liverpool, Eng. B°. New York, 1827. 
Allier, R. fitudes sur le systerae pcSniteutiaire et les societds do patronage. Paris, 
1842. In-B°. 
Alougi. La maffia. Studio sullo class! pericolose in Sicilia. Torino, 1887. 
Alongi. La camorra. Torino, 1890. 
Alongi. Le domicile force eu Italic. 1889. 
Alqui6, J. A. J. Utude mddicale et experimentale de Phomicide rdel ou simul6 par 
strangulation, relativement aux attentats dont Maurice Roux a dte Pobjet. 
B°. Montpellier, 1864. 
Ambroz, F. De la creation dissociations philanthropiques pour la protection des 
detenus lib<sr£s. 1889. 
Amos, S. Crime and civilization, Fortn., 2, p. 319. 
Analyse des reponses des directeurs des maisons centrales de force et do correction 
& une circulaire ministerielle du 10 mars 1834 sur les effets du regime de ces 
maisons. Paris, 1836. In-4°. 
Andrews, A. Crime in the«eighteenth century. Colburn, 105, pp. 78-175. 
Andrews, W. Illustrations for a paper on obsolete punishments, pp. 8. Hull, 1881. 
Andrews, W. Punishments in the olden time. pp. 76. Loudon, 1881. 
Andrews, Win. P. The prevention of crime. Hartford and English results. Bos- 
ton Transcript, Aug. 20, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Andrews, Wm. P. Reformatory prisons as schools of crime. Forum, April, 1892. 
5,800 words. 
Andronico. 11 manciuismo in rapporto alia delinquenza. 1884. 
Andronico. Prostitute e delinquent!. 1882. 
Andronico. Studi clinici sul delitto. Kiv. care., 1878. 
Annual reports of the managers of the Society for the Reformation of Juvenile De- 
linquents, New York City. p. 49 [1873]; p. 50 [1874]. B°. 
Annual reports of the inspectors of the State penitentiary for the eastern district of 
Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. 
Appeal in criminal cases. Rights of prosecution. Decision of the United States 
Supreme Court. Albany Law Journal, May 21,1892. 3,800 words. 
Appelius, H. Die Beschliisse der zwcitcu Jahresversammluug d. internal, krim. 
Yereiuigung. Berlin, 1891. 
Appert. De la necessitd de former des colonies agricoles et industrielles pour les 
condamntis lib6rds. Paris, 1841. lu-B°. 
Appert. Bagnes, prisons et criminels. Paris, 1836. 
Appert, B. Kathschlage fur Directoren, GciStliche und Acrzte von Gefiingnissen, so- 
wie iiber Phrenologio und Mouomanie in Bezug anf die Behandlung von Ter- 
brechern. B°. Hamburg, 1851. 
Aramburu, de. La nueva ciencia penal. Madrid, 1887. [Cui ho risposto nella Pre- 
fazione alia ediz spagnuola dei N. Orizzonti, Madrid, 1887.] 
Arboux (le pasteur). Rapport sur la transportation dans I’lude anglaise. Bull, de 
la Soc. g6n. des pris., fdvr. 1879. 
Arboux. Les prisons de Paris. Paris, 1881. 
Archer, T. The pauper, the thief, aud the convict; sketches of their names, haunts, 
and habits. Loudon, 1865. 
Archiv fiir soziale Gesotzgebuug und Statistik, herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich 
Braun. Berlin. 
Are criminals insane ? Crime considered by scientists as a mental disease. Albany 
Press, July 24,1892. 1,000 words. • 
Arenal, Mad. Psychologic compare du criminal. Bull. Soc. prisons, Paris, 1886, 
p. 647. 354 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Armstrong, E. Examen de piusieurs questions se rattachant a l’6tude mAdico-legale 
de I’infanticide. 4°. Montpellier, 1875. 
Arnold, R. A. Prison labor. Fraser, 78, p. 769. 
Arrowsmith, R. A medico-legal essay on infanticide. B°. Edinburgh, 1828. 
Arvede, Bariue. Physiologic du criminel. Revue bleue, 13 aout., 1887. 
Asylum, Juvenile, Annual reports of the directors of the New York, 1851-85. 
Aubry. La contagion du meurtre. Paris, 1887. 
Aubry. De I’homicide commis par la femme. Archives de I’anthr. crim., mai et juillet 
1891. 
Auzies. Meraoire sur la surveillance de la haute police, Toulouse. Recueil de 
I’acad. de legisl. do Toulouse, 1864-65,1.13 et 14. 
Auzies. Momoire sur la surveillance de la haute police. Recueil de I’acad. de legisl. 
de Toulouse, 1868-71, 1.17 et 20. 
Aylies, S. La question p6nitentiaire en 1865. La libertA preparatoire des condam nAs. 
Rev. des Deux-Mondes, Paris, 1865, t. 3. 
Ayres, W. A. Relic of the Dark Ages. Modern civilization and the prison system. 
Boston Transcript, Sept. 14,1892. 3,900 words. 
Azevedo, D’. Laescuelapenalpositiva. Estudospenitenciarose criminaes. Lisboa. 
1888. 
Bache, F. Observations on the penitentiary system. Philadelphia, 1829. 
Baer. II delinqueute considerate dal punto di vista antropologico e sociologico, 
Riv. care., 1885, n. 10; 1886, n. 1, 5, 7. 
Baer. II delinqueute dal punto di vista antropologico e sociologico. Riv. care., 1887, 
fasc. 5 e segg. 
Bailey, J. B. The condition of gaols as described by John Howard. London, 1884. 
pp. 48. 
Bailie, William. The production of crime. Liberty, July 30,1892. 1,300 words. 
Baker, T. B. L. War with crime. London and New York, 1890. 300 pages. 
Baker, T. B. L. Statistics of crime in England, 1854-59. J. Statist. Soc., 23, p. 427. 
Balch, AV. R. Police problems. Internat. E., 13, p. 507. 
Baldwin, S. E. Habitual criminals. Am. J. Soc. ScL, 22. 
Barber, W. Horrors of transportation of criminals. Liv. Age, 14, p. 306. 
Barnard, C. F. Mary Carpenter on treatment and reformation of convicts. 
Barnard, Henry. Mettray, its rise and progress. Barnard’s American Journal of 
Education, 1857, vol. 3, p. 667. 
Barbarous, C. O. De la transportation. Aperyus Idgislatifs, philosophiques et 
politiqnes sur la colonisation pfnitentiaire. Paris, 1857. In-8C. 
Barrett, G. C. Administration of criminal justice. Am. Soc. Sci. J., 2, p. 167. 
Barron Mendez. La uueva escuela penal italiana. Rivista forense chilena, 1890, 
u. 4. 
Barrow, T. ?. A month in Her Majesty’s prison. Leicester, 1882. 
Barsanti. La condizione degli innocent! nella scuola classica del diritto crimiuale. 
Riv. di sc. sociali, Firenze, mag. 1885. 
Barwick, T. War with crime, pp. 299. London, 1889. 
Bataille. Causes criminelles et mondaines. Paris, 1880. 
Batt, AAr. J. The Prison Congress. Chicago Advance, Dec. 15, 1892. 1,600 words. 
Battaglia. La diuamica del delitto. Napoli, 1886. 
Baudin. Lombroso et son type de criminel-nc. Bull. Soc. prisons, Paris, 1889, 
p. 404. 
Beaton, P. Crime in the Army. Good AVords, 11, p. 595. 
Beaumont, G. De, and Toqueville, A. de. On the penitentiary system in the United 
States, and its application in France, with an appendix on penal colonies, 
and also statistical notes. Trausl. from the French, with an introduction., 
notes, and additions, by Francis Lieber. B°. Philadelphia, 1833. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
355 
Beaumont, de, et Tocqueville, de. Hu systemic penitentiaire aux Etats-Unis et de son 
application en France, suivi d’uu appendice sur les colonies pennies et de 
notes statistiques. ler 6d. Paris, 1833, in-8°; 2e (id. 1836, 2 vol. in-B°. 
Beccaria, C. 8., Marchese di. Essay on crimes and punishments. London, 1770. 
Beck, J. B. Infanticide. B°. New York, 1817. 
Beeckmau. Condamnation conditionelle. Jurisprudence. Journal des Tribunaux, 
Brux., 1889, p. 435. 
Beggs, T. Extent and causes of juvenile depravity. Loudon, 1849. 
Beihayn, C. E. Collectanea medico-foreusia de infautecidio. 4°. Lipshe, 1845. 
Bellingham, W. A. Irish and English crime. Cath. World, 34, p. 1. 
Belmondo. L’ antropologia crim. di froute ad uua receute critica. Riv. sperim. 
freu., 1889. 
Beltrani-Scalia. Statistique penitentiaire Internationale. Aunde 1872. Rome, 
1875. In-folr 
Beltrani-Scalia. Le patronage eu Italic. Bull, de la Soc. gdu. des pris., Paris, 
janv. 1878. 
Beltrani-Scalai. La rdcidive en Italic. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., Paris, mars 
1878. 
Benedikt. La disvulndrabilitd des criminels. Arch, psich., ecc., 1886, p. 187. 
Benedikt, M. Anatomical studies upon the brains of criminals, pp. 185. New York, 
1881. 
Benevolo. La scuola classica ela nuova scuola positiva. Torino, 1886. 
Benoiston de Chateauueuf. De la condition des femmes et des jeunes lilies ddteuues 
et libdrdes. Rev. de Idg. et de juris., Paris, 1848, t. 31. 
Benoiston de Chateauueuf. De la colonisation des condamues et de I’avantage 
qu’il y aurait pour la France h adopter cette mesure. Paris, 1827. Brochure 
in-B°. 
Bentham, J. Maisons de repentir drigdes it Londres. Paris, 1804. Brochure in-B°. 
Bentham, J. Panopticons; or, the inspection house. London, 1791. 
Bentham, J. Panoptique. Mdmoire sur un nouveau principe pour construire des 
maisons dTnspection et uommdment des maisons de force. Etahlissement 
propose pour garden des prisonniers avec plus de srtretd et d’dconomie et pour 
opener en memo temps leur reformation morale, avec des moyeus nouveaux de 
s’assurer de leur bonne conduite et do pourvoir a leur subsistance apres leur 
dlargissement. CEuvres. Bruxelles, 1829-30. 3 vol. in-B°. 
Bdrenger. Socidtd pour le patronage des jeunes ddtenus et des jeunes lihdrds du 
ddpartement de-la Seine recounue coinme dtahlissement public par ordonuauce 
royale du 5 juin 1843. Comptes-reudus des amices 1844 et suivantes. Paris. 
In-B°. 
Bdrenger. Proposition de loi sur les moyens prdventifs de combattre la rdcidive. 
Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., janv. 1883, avril 1884. 
Bdrenger. Interpellation au Senat. Prisons departemeutales et liberation con- 
ditionnelle. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., mars 1888. 
Bdrenger. Contre projet de la loi sur la protection de I’enfance. Bull de la Soc. 
gdn. des pris., juin 1883. 
Bdrenger. Rapport sur la proposition de loi relative aux moyens prdventifs de com- 
battre la rdcidive. Bull, do la Soc. gen. des pris., fdvr. et mars 1884, fdvr. 1889. 
Berger, I. Sugillatio quatenus infauticidii indicium. sm.4°. Erlangse, 1751. 
Bernede, Ch. Essai sur les condamuds libdrds. Paris, 1854. lu-B°. 
Bernt, J. Das Yerfahreu hei der gerichtlich-medicinischen xlusmittelung zweifel- 
hafter Todesarten der Neugebornen. B°. Wien, 1826. 
Berry, James. The heads of criminals. Boston Herald, May 22,1892. 2,000 words. 
Bertillon system for the identification of criminals. Results in Paris and Chicago. 
Phila. Times, July 24,1892. 2,500 words. 
Bianchi, Gli orizzonti della psichiatria. Palermo, 1889. 356 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Bidez. Fons et criminels. Rev. de Belgique, avril 1889. 
Bigelow, Henry. New and pathetic side of the famous-train robber sensation in 
Tulare County. Ulus. S. F. Examiner, Sept, 25,1892. 7,000 words. 
Billson, W. W. Origin of criminal law. Pop. Sci. Mo., 16, p. 433. 
Biusse, L. B. A protectory for prodigal sons. Catb. World, 42, p. 577. 
•Bittinger, J. B. Crimes of passion and of rellectipu. Presb. Q., 2, p. 219. 
Bittinger, J. B. Responsibility of society for causes of crime. Princ., 43, p. 18. 
Blacke. La liberation conditiounelle. Bull, de laSoc. gen. des pris., mars 1889. 
Blackwell's Island. How some eminent citizens of New York are serving their 
prison sentences. Illustrated. N. Y. Herald, July 31,1892 . 4,000 words. 
Blake, E. V. Spontaneous and imitative crime. Pop. Sci. Mo., 15, p. 656 
Blanchard. Le patronage des liberds de la colonie agricole de Mettray. Bull, de la 
Soc. gim. des pris., avril 1879. 
Blanchard, L. Every-day lying. Colburn, 66, p. 264, 
Blatter flir Gefaugnisskunde. Organ des Vereius der deutschen Strafaustaltsbeam- 
ten, herausgegeben von desseu Ausschuss. Heidelberg, 1865. 
Blosseville, do. Histoire de la colonisation penale et des dtablissements de FAugle- 
terre en Australie. Hvreux, 1859. 2 vol. in-B°. 
Bogelot, G. Hu patronage des liberds. Paris-Bruxclles, 1887. Brochure in-12°, 
Bogelot, G. Du patronage des liberes. Bull, do la Soc. gdu. des pris., Paris, nov, 
1889. 
Boileau do Castelnau. Du systeme penitcutiaire. Plan d’un systeme rationnel de 
prevention du crime et d’amendemeut du coupable. Montpellier, 1845. Broch- 
ure in-B°. 
Boileau de Castelnau. Les maladies du sens moral. [Osserv. sui detenuti di Nimes.] 
Ann. med.-psych., 1860, pp. 349 e 515. 
Bolis. La polizia ela classo pericolose. Bologna, 1879. 
Bonillier. Uu complot coutre la diguite humaine. Correspondaut, janv. 1891. 
Bonillier. Les reformes proposees par Pauthr. crim. Bull. Soc. prisons, Paris, juin 
1890. 
Bonnet, Aug. Rapport sur la colonie agricole de Saint-Hilaire et Putilite de la 
liberation provisoire pour les jeuues detenus. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., 
avril 1878. 
Bonnet, Aug. Considerations sur la deportation, la reclusion cellulaire a court 
terme, et les modifications qu’il y aurait a apporter un regime actuel de nos 
prisons. Paris et Bordeaux, 1864. Brochure in-B°. 
Bonnet, E. F. Essai medico-legal sur I’infanticide. 4°. Paris, 1821, 
Bonneville de Marsangy. Traite des di verses institutions compiemeutaires du 
regime penitentiaire. Paris, 1847. In-B°. 
Bonneville de Marsangy. Rapport sur la liberation conditionnelle de condamnes 
ameudes. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., juin 1878. 
Bono. II daltonismo nei delinquent!. 1883. Idem, Sulk acutezza visival e sul 
colore dell’iride nei criminali. 1883. 
Bonvecchiato. Della galera al manicomio. Conferenza. Venezia, 1888. 
Bonvecchiato. Sulla 111“ ediz. dell’ “ Uomo delinquente ” e sul metodo antropologico 
nel diritto penale. Riv. veneta di sc. mediche, 1884. 
Borden murders. Story of one of the strangest crimes in history. R. Y. Press, Aug. 
14,1892. 8,000 words. ■ 
Borden tragedy. Hearing. Proceedings of Aug. 25, 1892. Boston Globe, Aug. 26, 
1892. 10,000 words. 
Borden tragedy. Hearing. Proceedings of Aug. 26,1892. Boston Globe, Aug. 27, 
1892. 10,000 words. 
Borden tragedy. Hearing. Proceedings of Aug. 29,1892, Boston Herald, Aug. 30, 
1892. 16,700 words. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
357 
Borden tragedy. Hearing. Proceedings of Aug. 31, 1892. Boston Globe, Sept. 1, 
1892. 12,000 words. 
Borden tragedy. Hearing. Proceedings of Sept. 1, with arguments of counsel and 
decision of the court. Boston Globe, Sept. 2,1892. 25,000 words, 
Borden hearing, End of the. (Editorial.) Providence Journal, Sept. 2,1892. 950 
words. 
Bordier. La question des criminels. Eevue philos., mai 1881. 
Bose, E. G. [Pr.] de judicio suffocati in partu feetus in foro adhibeudo, 2 pts. 4°. 
Lipsiie. 1878-79. 
Bosselli e Lombroso. Nuovi studi sul tatuaggio nei criminali. Gioru. Accad. 
medico, Torino, 1887. Also, Arch, psich., 1887, p. 1. 
Boston Prison Discipline Society reports, 1826-53. Boston, 1855. 
Bourke, Charles F., J. Barlow, W. P. O’Brien, John Lentaigne. Fifth report of the 
general prisons board, Ireland. 1882-83. 
Bournet. Lettres mddicales Sorites d’ltalie. Paris, 1884. 
Bournet. L’anthropologie criminelle en Italic. Lyon medical, 1884. 
Bowles, C. Murder Glen; a poem. Blackw., 40, p. 515. 
Bowen, F. Prison discipline. No. Am., 66, p. 145. 
Bowen, T. Companion for the prisoner. London, 1817. 
Bowring, J. Prison labor. Theo. E., 5, p. 415. 
Boys behind the bars. Life in the Pennsylvania Industrial Eeformatory. N. Y. 
Press, June 26,1892. 2,100 words. 
Boy criminals. (Editorial.) Phil a. North American, Sept. 10,1892. 600 Avords. 
Brace. The dangerous classes of New York, 1873. Eevue scientif., 13 juin 1874. 
Brace, Charles Loriug. The dangerous classes of New York, and twenty years’ work 
among them. Third edition. New York, 1880. pp. 468. 
Bramwell, Lord. Crime and insanity. Nineteenth Cent., 18, p. 893; Sat. E., 60, p. 774; 
Eel. M., 106, p. 249. 
Brialmont, A. De I’emprisouuement cellulaire et des colonies pduiteutiaires. Eev. 
britann., amide 1860, t. 3. 
Brialmont, A. Le systdme cellulaire et la colonisation pduale, Edpouse A M. 
Ducpdtianx. Eev. britann., aundo 1861,1.1. 
Brigham, C. H. Prison reform. Uuita. E., 5, p. 422. 
Briscoe, Henry. Thirty-seventh report of the inspectors of the prisons of Great 
Britain (southern district). 1873. 
Briscoe, Henry. Thirty-eighth report of the inspectors of the prisons of Great 
Britain (southern district). 1874. 
Brissac. Souvenirs de prison et de hagne. Paris, 1880. 
Brockway, Z. E. The Elmira Eeformatory. Fortnightly Eeview, May, 1892. 5,200 
words. 
Brockway, Z. E. Criminal and the State. Forum, 2, p. 262. 
Brockway, Z. E. Eeformation of prisoners. American Social-Science Journal, 1874, 
vol. 6, p. 144. 
Brockway, Z. E. Indeterminate sentence and conditional liberation. Proceedings 
of National Prison Association of the United States for 1887. 
Brockway, Z. E. Indeterminate sentences in New York. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 13, p. 156. 
Brod, W. De infantieidio similqne de disquisitions utrnm graviditas occultata et 
partus in secrete editns neccssario pertineant ad corpus delicti. 4°. Mar- 
hurgi, 1856. 
Brogniez, P. F. J. Des prisons dans lo royaumo des Pays-Bas. Notice sur la maison 
de correction de St.-Bernard. 1825. 1 vol. Manuscrit in-B°. 
Brogniez, P. F. J. De l’6tat actuel des prisons en Belgique, suivi d’une notice sur la 
maison de correction de St.-Bernard et sur la prison militaire d’Alost. Bru- 
xelles, 1835. In-B°. 
Brooks, B. S. Detective police. Pioneer, 2, p. 321. 358 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Brouardel. Le criminel. Tribune Paris, 17 avril 1890. 
Browne, M. Apotheosis of the policeman. St. Paul’s, 14, p. 233. 
Brusa. La morale eil diritto criminate al limbo. Prolusione, Torino, 1880, 
Brusa. Ausliiudische .Rundschau. [ltalien.] Zeitschr. f. die ges. Strafrechtsw., 
1882. 
Brusa. Sul nuovo ]>ositivismo nella giustizia penale. Torino, 1887. 
Brush, Warden. Prison punishment. Proceedings of National Prison Association, 
1884-85. 
Bucellati. La razionalith del diritto penale agli attacchi di alcuni sperimen- 
talisti. Mem. del Ist. Lombardo, Milano, 1874. 
Buccellati. I recenti avversari della scienza di diritto penale. Rend, del istituto 
Lombardo, maggio e dicembre 1885. 
Buccellati. II nihilismo ele ragione del diritto penale. Milano, 1882. 
Buccellati. II positiAismo ele scienze giuridiche. Riv. care., 1886, n. 3. 
Buccellati. Attualo coudizione della scienza di diritto penale in Italia. Rass. 
nazion., Firenze, 1886. 
Buccellati. Gli studi specimen tali ele scienza del diritto penale, giugno 1881. 
Bucknill, J. C. The IaAV of murder in its medical aspects. 
Bucquet, P. Tableau de la situation morale et matdrielle en France des jeunes 
ddteuus et des jeunes libfhAs, et recherches statistiques sur les colonies agri- 
coles, les 6tablissemeuts correctionnels et les socidttSs do patronage de jeunes 
ddtenns. Paris, 1853. Brochure in-4°. 
Buddington, Z. B. The prisoner; a poem. Harper, 49, p. 26. 
Buel, J. AY. The border outlaws. St. Louis, 1881. 
Bulfinch, C. Report on the subject of penitentiaries. 19th Cong., 2d sess., Rep. No. 
98. B°. AVashingtou, 1827. 
Burglar, Adventure with a. Ev. Sat., 9, p. 455. 
Burglar electric alarm. Pop. Sei. Mo., 18, p. 56. 
Burglars, Killing of. Sat. R., 54, p. 372. 
Burglars, Personal relations Avith. All the Year, 55, p. 246. 
Burglars, Talk about. All the A'ear, 57, pp. 325, 342. 
Burglary at Faustel. EArersleigh. Loud. Soo., 10, p. 193. 
Burglary, Science of. Cornh., 7, p. 79. 
Barnet, AY. Peeps into prisons of Paris. Good AArords, 15, p. 601. 
Burt, J. Convict discipline in Ireland. London, 1865. 
Burt, J. T. Results of the system of separate confinement as administered at the 
Pentonville prison. B°. London, 1852. 
Bury, S. B. de. The problem of crime in France. Contemporary RevieAV, Aug., 1892. 
12,000 Avords. 
Bulletin de la commission penitentiaire internationale. Saint-Petersburg. In-B°. 
Bulletin de la Soci6t6 generate des prisons. Paris, 1877 h 1890. 13 \rol. in-B°. 
Bulletin de la Federation des societes beiges pour lo patronage des enfants et con- 
damnes liberes. No. 1, jnillet 1890. Bruxelles, 1890. Brochure in-B°. 
Bulletin do la Societe general© des prisons, 1888. (France.) 
Bulletin de POnion internationale de droit penal. Berlin. 
Biinger, P. ITeber Yorstellnng, Willo und Handlung als Elemente der Lehre vom 
Yerbrechen und Aron der Strafe. Berlin. 
Butler, N. M. Problem of convict labor. Science, 7, p. 28. 
Butler, N. M. Competition of convict labor. Science, 7, pp. 68,117,143. 
Buttner, C. G. Yoilstiimlige Anweisung Avie durch auzustellende Besichtigungen 
ein veriibter Kindermord auszumitteln sei, nebst aciit nnd achtzig beigefiigten 
eigenen Obductions-Zeugnissen. 4°. Konigaberg n. Leipzig, 1771. 
Buxtur, Sir T. F. Inquiry whether crime and misery are produced or prevented by 
the present system of prison discipline. London, 1818. 
Byrnes. Professional criminals of America. [With photo.] New fork, 1889. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
359 
Byrnes, Thomas. Professional criminals of America, pp. 433. New York, 1886. 
Cable, G. W. Convict lease system in the Southern States. Cent., 5, p. 582. 
Cam pbell, J. Experience of a medical officer in tins English convict service, pp. 139. 
London, 1884. 
Camper, P. Gedagteu over de misdaad van kindermoord; over de gemakkelyke wyze 
om vondelinghuizen in te voeren; over do oorzaaken van kindermoord; en over 
zelfmoord. Dieuendo tot autwoord op do ongegronde aanmerkingen van 
den. S. [terk], M. V. D., waar by gevoegd zyn twee zaakelyke proeven over de 
iublaaziug der luchtin de longen vankinderen, die dood ter werreld gekoomeu 
zyn. B°. Lieuwarden, 1874. 
Campolongo. Studio sul rinnovamento della scienza criminale. Genova, 1885. 
Cane, Edm. F. du. Account of the manner in which sentences of penal servitude are 
carried out. pp. 174. London, 1882. 
Cane, Edm. F. du. Punishment, etc. (Extract.) London, 1838. 
Cane, Edm. F. du. The punishment and prevention of crime. 1885. 
Cannibalism. Is it necessarily murder. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, p. 531. 
Cannibals. New Hebrides. Savage practices in Melanesia; sacrificing widows, 
weaklings, and cowards; eating prisoners of war. Illustrated. N. Y. Sun, 
Nov. 13, 1892. 2,500 words. 
Canonico. 11 delitto ela liberta del volere. Prolusione. Torino, 1875. 
Cauonico, Tancred. Prison reforms. Sanitarian, Aug., 1892. 6,000 words. 
Caporali. Evoluzione reccnte del diritto penale. Nuova scienza, Todi, 1886. 
Carallero. Los nuevos horizontes del derecho penal. Rev. gen. legisl., 1883, p. 92. 
Careen. Sulle penitenziarie. Lavori cho precedettero in Italia la legge adottata 
dalle Camere di Francia, sulla segregazione cellare continua confortata con 
opportun compensi. B°. Parma, 1844. 
Carlier. Les deux prostitutions. Etude pathologique sociale. Paris, 1887. 
Carnazza, Rametta. 11 positivismo ole riforme nel dir. penale. Messina, 1884, 
Carpenter. Female life in prison. London, 1864. 
Carpenter, M. Reformatory schools. London, 1851. 
Carpenter, M. Our convicts. 2 yols. London, 1864. 
Carpenter, M. Condition and treatment of juvenile delinquents. London, 1853. 
Carpenter, M. Visit to convict prisons of Ireland. Once a Week, 5, p. 656; 6, pp. 
11,176, 664. 
Carpentier. Comment arriver a coustituer des society de patronage viables d’apres 
Heine. Bull, de la Soc. g6u. des pris., juin 1881. 
Carrara. Liberia e spontaneity. Prolusione. 1882. Reminiscenze di cattedra e foro. 
Lucca, 1883. 
Carrez, S. J. Considerations m6dico-16gales sur Finfanticide. 4°. Paris, 1821. 
Case, Mrs. L. 0. Women as prisoners. Topeka Capital, Sept. 10.1892. 800 words. 
Cassidy, Warden. Individual system. Proceedings of National Prison Association 
of tbo United States for 1884. 
Castelli. A proposito della brutalo malvagita. Arch, giuridico. 1890. 
Castera. Proposition do d6porter desonnais bors de la France continentale tousles 
formats libdrds et quelques repris do justice, faite arts Chambres legislatives. 
B°. No imp. 
Castration vs. capital punishment. A refutation of Dr. Hammond’s argument. (Edi- 
torial by C. A. J.) St. Louis Courier of Medicine, May, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Catel, B. J. L. Dissertation sur la topographic mddicale des prisons flottantes, dites 
pontons, suivie de quelques considerations sur les maladies qui y regnaient. B°. 
Paris, 1818. 
Cavagnari. Progress! della scuola crim. positiva iiel cuore e critica. Bergamo, 1890, 
u.lB-19. 
Cavendish, F. Criminal classes, etc. New R., 2. 360 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Census of homicide. Percentage of murderers among negroes and foreigners. Seat- 
tle Post-Intelligencer, Nov. 2,1892. 1,500 words. 
Cerfberr, A. E, Des coudamnes lib«sres. Paris, 1844. In-12c. 
Chadwick, E. Consolidation of police force, and prevention of crime. Fraser, 77, p. 1. 
Chambers, W. Crime in Scotland, how investigated. Fortu., 2, p. 79. 
Chambers, W. Dealing with criminals. Chamb. J., 56, p. 273. 
Chambers, W. Lynch law in America. Chamb. J., 23, p. 101. 
Chandler, J. R. Outlines of penology. B°. Philadelphia, 1875. 
Chandler, J. R. Treatment of prisoners. Penn. Mo., 5, p. 857. 
Chauteret, Abbd. Du regime peuitentiaire. Emprisonnement cellulairo, et patro- 
nage des libdres adultes. Paris, 1876. lu-B®. 
Charcot, Dr. J. M. Hypnotism and crime. The Forum, April, 1890. 
Chataguier. Du renvoi sous la surveillance de la haute police del’Etat. Paris, 1849. 
In-B°. 
Chemffard. Les asiles et les r«sformes legislatives destines a seconder le patronage. 
Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., mai 1879. 
Cherry, Reh. R. Lectures on the growth of criminal law in ancient communities. 
Loudon, 1891. 
Chesterton. Revelations of prison life. London, 1867. 
Chevalier, Al. Do la loi sur Peducation et le patronage des jeunes detenus. Ann. 
de la Char., 1850, t. 6. 
Chinese murder societies of San Francisco; their oaths and obligations; how they 
imprison girls. Lincoln Call, Sept. 8,1892. 1,700 words. 
Chipier, L. De la cachexie des prisons; <stude sur quelques maladies spdciales aux 
prisonniers. 4°. Paris, 1879. 
Choppin. Pdnitentiers agricoles. Bull, de la Soc. gfn. des pris., mai 1883. 
Christine, Geoffrey W. Mysterious murders. Celebrated crimes recalled. Deseret 
News, Aug. 29,1892. 2,600 words. 
Church, A. H. Prison bread. Nature, 19, p. 387. 
Clair. Documents de criminologie et de medecine legale. Paris, 1891. 
Clare, C. L. Comparative statement of the cost of Her Majesty’s prisons, pp. 8. 
Loudon, 1880. 
Clark,!). Crime and responsibility. Amer. Jour, of Insan., 1892, p. 496. 
Clark. Delinquenza e responsabilita. Canada Med. and Jur. Journ. e Riv. care., 
1887, p. 103. 
Clark, S. Practical observations on the hygiene of the army in India; including 
remarks on the ventilation and conservancy of Indian prisons; with a chapter 
of prison management. B°. London, 1864. 
Clay. The prison chaplain. 1861. 
Clay, J. Crime, intemperance, and church-going. J. Statist. Soc., 20, p. 22. 
Clay, J. Crime as affected by good or had times. J. Statist. Soc., 20, p. 378. 
Cless, G. P. Tentameu, ex hominis anatomia auimi phenomena eruendi. 12°. 
Tuhiugte, 1807. 
Cocklmru, J. Scottish jurisprudence. Ed. R., 83, p. 196. 
Coetlosquet, du. Du travail dans les prisons. Ann. de la Char., 1851, t. 7. 
Colacino. La fratellauza, Associazionc di malfattori. Revista carceraria, 1885, p. 
179. 
Colajanni. La question contemporaine de la criminalite. Revue socialiste, janv. 
1888. 
Colajanni, Dr. Napol. Oscillations thermom6triques, et del its contro les personnes. 
Arch, de I’anthropol. crimin. et des sciences pennies, t. ll'r, 1886, p. 480. 
Colajanni. Socialismo crimiuale. Yol. i. Catania, 1884. 
Colajanni. Socialismo e sociologia crimiuale. Catania, 1889. 
Colajanni. Oscillations et dtilits centre les personnes. Arch, de 
I’authropologie crimiuelle, 1886. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
361 
Coleridge, H. J. Infanticide in China. Month, 36, p. 309. 
Colliueau. Rapport fait h I’Academie impdriale de mddeciue snr uu radmoire de M. 
le docteur de Pi6tra Santa ayant pour litre: Influence de I’emprisonnement 
cellulaire de Mazas sur la santd des detenus. B°. Paris, 1855. 
Colombo!, P. C. Manuel d’hygiene et de mddecine pratique des prisons de 
la topographie de celles de Chanmont, departement de la Haute-Marne. B°. 
Chaumont, 1824. 
Colonie de Petit-Bourg. Assemble de la Socidtd de patronage tenue le 11 mai 1845. 
Paris, Fournier, 1845. 
Colonies pennies. Transports a vie. La femme du convict. Les premieres 
dpreuvea du convict. Rev.'britan., 1852, 1854 et 1857. 
Coloy, J. F. Disfranchisement for crime. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 17, p. 71. 
Combe, G. Remarks on the principles of criminal legislation and the practice of 
prison dicipline. B°. London, 1854. 
Combe, George. Report on the principles of criminal legislation and the practice 
of prison discipline. 1854. (England.) 
Commenge, O. Recherches sur les maladies vdneriennes i\ Paris, dans lenrs rap- 
ports avec la prostitution clandestine et la prostitution rfeglementaire de 1878 
a 1887. B°. Paris, 1890. 
Commission pdnitentiaire internationale. Bulletin de la Com., nouv. sdrie, 2e livr., 
avril 1887. B°. St.-Petersbourg ct Neuclultel, [lBB7]. 
Commitment to reform school. Alternative sentence. Decision of supreme court 
of Rhode Island. Chicago Legal News, July 30, 1892. 1,500 words. 
Comstock, A. Frauds exposed, pp. 576. New York, 1880. 
Comstock, A. Traps for the young, pp. 252. New York, 1883. 
Conei. Le nnove dottrine in diritto penale. Bologna, 1886. 
Congdon, C. T. Lynch law. No. Am., 139, p. 67. 
Congres pdnitentiairo international do Rome. Actes, vol. 1-3 in 5 vols. B°. Rome, 
1887-89. 
Congres pdnitentiaire (4e) international de St.-Pdtersbourg, 1890. Travaux prti- 
paratoires. Rapports snr les 6 questions prdsentdes an congres. 
bourg, 1890. 6 brochures in-B°. 
Congresso scientifico di Padova. Sulla riforma carcer<aria. Rapporto fatto al 
Congresso scientifico di Lucca dal]a commissione eletta nel ... B°. Milano, 
1843. 
Consley, J. M. Approved criminality. Overtaxing the mental powers. Hall’s 
Journal of Health, July, 1892. 800 words. 
Conti. I fanciulli delinquent!. Bologna, 1888. 
Convict Angelica Simpsom. All the Year, 49, pp. 330, 348. 
Convict biography. Dub. Univ., 63, p. 440. 
Convict capitalists. All the Year, 3, p. 201. 
Convict establishment in Spain. Temp. Bar, 47, p. 400. 
Convict establishment in Western Australia. Chamb. J., 18, p. 106. 
Convict in Australia. Cornh., 4, p. 229; 10, p. 722; 13, p. 489. 
Convict labor. Editorial in N. O. Times Democrat, Aug. 18, 1892; 1,150 words. 
American Artisan, July 30; 700 words. Providence Journal, Ang. 23, 1892; 
1,000 words. 
Convict labor and harbors of refuge.- Chamb. J., 60, p. 113. 
Convict life. Chamb. J., 57, p. 177. 
Convict life at Dartmoor. Temp. Bar, 40, p. 348. 
Convict life. By a ticket-of-leave man. pp. 248. Loudon, 1880. 
Convict literature. Chamb. J., 21, p. 388; Leis. Hour. 5, p. 234. 
Convict lunatic asylum. Cornh., 10, p. 448. 
Convict management. Brit. Q., 37, p. 314. 
Convict marriages, French. Chamb. J., 60, p. 486. 362 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Convict prison. Chamh. J., 58, p. 497; Month, 5, p. 379. 
Convict settlement in India. Good Words, 7, p. 305. 
Convict system in the colonies. Bentley, 51, p. 513. 
Convict system, English. Cornh., 3, p. 708; 7, p. 189; 10, p. 722; 14, p. 489; Loud. 
Q., 53, p. 421; Temple Bar, 3, p. 181; 12, p. 225; Weetm., 109, p. 407; Chamh, 
J., 51, p. 556. 
Convict system, English and Irish. Ed. R., 117, p. 241; Cornh., 3, pp. 409, 708; 4, 
p. 229; 10, p. 722; Dub. Univ., 62, p. 112. 
Convict’s return; a poem. Temp. Bar, 55, p. 118. 
Convict’s tale. Peop. J., 11, p. 222. 
Convict’s views of penal discipline. Cornh., 10, p. 722. 
Convicts, Fat. All the Year, 13, p. 204. 
Convicts, Female. Dutton, O. H. Harper, 28, p. 193. 
Convicts, Dialogue concerning. Good Words, 8, p. 622. 
Convicts, Discharged. Victoria, 5, p. 1. 
Convicts for their faith. All the Year, 17, p. 66. 
Convicts in Australia, Escape of. Temp. Bar, 14, p. 50. 
Convicts, Mary Carpenter on treatment and reformation of. Month, 3, p. 646. 
Convicts on board ships, female. Eng. Dom. M,, 1, p. 311. 
Convicts, Punishment and reform of. Cornh., 7, p. 189; 10, p. 722 
Convicts, Sketches of. House Words, 19, pp. 489-596. 
Corcoran, J. A. Roman forgeries. Am. Cath. Q., 2, p. 532. 
Come, A.-E. Rapport et projet de loi sur le patronage des jeunes detenus, 1849. 
Come, A.-E. La Petite Roquette. Etude sur lYducation correctionuelle des jeunes 
detenus du ddpartement de la Seine. Paris, 1864. Brochure in-B°. 
Corny, de. Conference de Bristol sur I’Mucation correctionuelle et preventive. 
1882. 
Corny, de. Conference de Londres sur la legislation relative aux jeunes deiinquants. 
1882. 
Corny, de. Le patronage en France. 1880. 
Corny, de. Revue du patronage et des institutions preventives en Prance et a 
I’etranger. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., mars et d«Sc. 1882; jauv., fevr., 
avril, nov. 1883; fevr., mars, mai 1884; janv., mars, mai 1885. 
Corny, de. Le patronage en Angleterre. Bull, de la Soc. gtm. des. pris., Rsvrier 1878. 
Corny, de. Rapport sur le Congres international de patronage. Bull, de la Soc. 
g<sn. des pris., janv. 1879. 
Corre, A. Les criminels. Paris, 1888. 
Corre, A. Crime et suicide. Paris, 1891. 
Correction, House of, Detroit, Annual Reports of the Inspectors of, 1860-87. 
Correction, House of, and Reformatory, Ohio, Annual reports of the Board of Man- 
agers of, 1878-82. 
Couguet e Lombi’oso. La reazione vasalo uei delinqtienti e nei pazzi. Arch, psich., 
1884. 
Cox, W. Account of tlie prisons and hospitals in Russia, Sweden, and Denmark; 
with occasional remarks on the different modes of punishment in these coun- 
tries. B°. London, 1781. 
Crapsey, E. Private detectives. Galaxy, 11, p. 188. 
Crapsey, E. Casual criminals. Galaxy, 11, p. 827. 
Crawford. Report on the penitentiaries of the United States. London, 1838. 
Crawford, William (chairman), and Whitworth Russell. Extracts from the Annual 
Report of the Inspectors of Prisons for the Home District. (England.) 
Crawford. Description of the Eastern Penitentiary for the Eastern District of Penn- 
sylvania. Philadelphia, 1872. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
363 
Crime, Aids of science in detecting. Chamb. J., 53, p. 101. 
Crime, Causes and prevention of. Ed. R., 48, p. 411. 
Crime, Characteristics of. Eel. R., 85, p. 232. 
Crime, Cruelty of pecuniary. Liv. Age, 136, p. 508. 
Crime, Detection of. Cornh., 2, p. 697; Dub. R., 50, p. 150. 
Crime, Extenuation of. Cornh., 9, p. 210. 
Crime, First and last. Blackw., 25, p. 303. 
Crime, Increase and causes of. Ed. R., 55, p. 313. 
Crime, Its causes and punishment. Bradstreet’s, July 30, 1892. 1,800 words. 
Crime, Medical evidence of. Cornh., 7, p. 338. 
Crime, Modern Philanthropy and, Westm. 91, p. 437. 
Crime, Origin of. Ed. R., 35, p. 342. 
Crime, Periodicity of special. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 228. 
Crime, Philosophy of, with illustrations from history. Fraser, 33, pp. 7, 235. 
Crime, Prevention of. No. Amer., 9, p. 288. 
Crime, Progress and characteristics of. Eel. R., 85, pp. 95, 232. 
Crime, Progress of. Eel. Mo., 10, p. 240. 
Crime, Punishment and prevention of. Cornh., 7, p. 189. 
Crime, Rationale of. Dem. R., 20, p. 49. 
Crime, Repression of. Irish Q., 7, p. 529. 
Crime, Sources of. Irish Q., 3, p. 299. 
Crime, Statistics of. Penny M., 6, p. 331. 
Crime, Suggestions for repression of. Brit. Q., 52, p. 57. 
Crime and causes of its increase. Pamph., 15, p. 27; 29, p. 307; Blackw., 3, p. 176; 
55, p. 583; 56, p. 1. 
Crime and consequence; a tale. So. Lit. Mess., 2, p. 749. 
Crime and credulity on the continent. Dub. Univ., 45, p. 27. 
Crime and creed, Statistics of. Cong. M., 26, p. 995. 
Crime and criminal law in France, Lond. Q., 8, p. 92. 
Crime and criminal law in the United States. [Corruption and indifference to the 
administration of justice.] Edinburgh Review, July, 1892. 14,000 words. 
Crime and criminals. Spec., 59, p. 50. 
Crime and dear food. Eel. R., 90, p. 393. 
Crime and English law. Victoria, 32, pp. 68-240. 
Crime and English State trials. Cornh., 6, p. 351. 
Crime and nationality. [Studies based on the census returns.] Editorial in N. Y. 
Post, July 28, 1892. 1,300 words. 
Crime and remarkable trials in Scotland. Blackw., 63, pp. 293, 607. 
Crime and science. All the Year, 44, pp. 347, 372; Appleton, 23, p. 458. 
Crime and suicide in England. Spec., 64, p. 585. 
Crime and the French police. Colburn, 131, p. 372. 
Crirao and its causes. Editorial in N. O. Times-Democrat, Aug. 28, 1892. 1,000 
words. 
Crirao and its consequences. Dub. Univ., 34, p. 383. 
Crime and its prevention. Lond. M., 23, p. 246. 
Crime and its punishment. Fraser, 20, p. 689. 
Crime and its punishment, Beccaria on. O. and N., 10, p. 245. 
Crime and its punishment in France in good old times. St. James, 32, p. 681. 
Crime and its punishment in the East. Hours at Home. 10, p. 23. 
Crime and its remedies. Chambers J., 19, p. 177; Peop. J., 8, p. 106. 
Crime and its repression. Penny M., 8, p. 174. 
Crime and its treatment. Cauad. Mo., 11, p. 166; Editorial in London Saturday 
Review, Oct. 29, 1892. 1,200 words. 
Crime of caste, The. Editorial. Book review. 1,4C0 words. Benjamin Rush 
Davenport. Peoria Herald, Jan. 11, 1893. 364 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Crime in England, Machinery of. Colburn, 40, p. 487; 41, p. 77; Mns., 25, p. 88. 
Crime in England, and its treatment. Nat. R., 3, p. 289. 
Crime in England, Government returns of. Dub. R., 28, p. 330. 
Crime in England, Progress and character of. Eel. R., 88, p. 645. 
Crime in England, Wales, and Ireland. Dub, R., 41, p. 142; Cong., 3, pp. 156, 233, 309. 
Crime in France. Am. Alma., 1836, p. 72; Mo. R., 132, p. 23; Westm., 18, p. 353. 
Crime in Great Britain. Am. Alma., 1837, p. 69. 
Crime in Italy. Its connection with politics. N. Y. Post, Nov. 12, 1892. 2,400 
words. 
Crime in London, Causes of. Tait, n. s., 17, p. 329. 
Crime in London, Punishment of. Mo. E., 125, p. 538. 
Crime in large towns. Tait, n. s., 20, p. 165. 
Crime in large towns, Friigicr on dangerous classes of. Mo. R., 155, p. 486. 
Crimes, Celebrated. Clir. Rem., 18, p. 288. 
Crimes, Dumas’s celebrated. For. Q., 30, p. 36. 
Crimes, thieves, and thieving. Cornh., 2, p. 326; 6, p. 640. 
Criminal animals. D’Addosio’s account of ancient penal legislation against the 
brutes. New York Post, Sept. 24,1892. 1,600 words. 
Criminal appeal bill, 1883. Sat. R., 55, pp. 306-818. 
Criminal case in Russia. Cbamb. J., 24, p. 116. 
Criminal classes. Chamb. J., 31, p. 84. 
Criminal classes, Disposal and control of. St. Paul’s, 3. p. 599. 
Criminal classes, Life in. Ed. R., 122, p. 337. 
Criminal classes, Management of. Ed. R., 100, p. 563. 
Criminal classes and the government. Temp. Bar, 7, p. 505. 
Criminal court, Central. Westm., 22, p. 195. 
Criminal influences in cities. Editorial in Providence Journal, March 18, 1892. 
1,500 words. 
Criminal jurisprudence. New Eng. M., 7, p. 126; Pamph., 18, p. 67. 
Criminal jurisprudence, Sampson on. Mo. R., 155, p. 517. 
Criminal jurisprudence a hundred years ago. A. M. Mo., 5, p. 219. 
Criminal jurisprudence of Ohio. Am. Q., 10, p. 29. 
Criminal justice in England. Westm., 1, p. 146. 
Criminal law. Chr. Exam., 8, p. 338; Ed. R., 54, p. 183; Mo. R., 131, p. 302; Qnar., 22, 
p. 247; 24, p. 195; 37, p. 147; 47, p. 170; Westm., 7, p. 91. 
Criminal law, Code of, needed. Am. Law R., 7, p. 264. 
Criminal law, Curiosities of. Leis. Hour, 30, pp. 58-47; 31. pp. 282, 533. 
Criminal law: Evils and remedies. To-Day, May 26,1892. 1,000 words. 
Criminal law—felonies, forgery, indictment, duplicity, evidence, corporate existence. 
Decision of supreme court of Rhode Island. Albany Law Journal, Aug 13 
1892. 2,600 words. 
Criminal law, Influence of Christianity on. So. Lit. Mess., 0, p. 120. 
Criminal law—Larceny—Trick. Queen’s Bench division. Wash. Law Reporter, 
Sept. 15, 1892. 1,300 words. 
Criminal law, Miller on. 1822. Eel. R., 39, p. 481. 
Criminal law—Murder—Venue—Separation of Jury. Md. court of appeals. 3,000 
words. Albany Law Journal, Jan. 7, 1893. 
Criminal law, Reform in. Ed. R., 121, p. 109; Eel. R., 09, p. 350; 89, p. 720; Westm 
21, p. 353. ■ 
Criminal law, Severity of. Tait., 3, p. 200. 
Criminal law. Suspending sentence. Decision of New York supreme court. Albany 
Law Journal, Aug. 20, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Criminal law, Stephen’s history of. Blackw., 133, p. 731; Ed. R., 159, p. 297. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Criminal law, Stephens’s view of. St. James, 11, p. 500. 
Criminal law, Wharton’s. Interuat. R., 1, p. 556. 
Criminal law and detection of crime. Cornh., 2, p. 697. 
Criminal law and execution in old days. Cornh., 17, p. 559. 
Criminal law and prison discipline. Westm., 61, p. 409. 
Criminal law, Mrs. Winsor’s views on. All the Year, 16, p. 540. 
Criminal law in England. Ed. R., 19, p. 389; 150, p. 524; Mo. R., 96, p. 510; 104, p. 
449; Pamph., 16, p. 1; Quar., 7, p. 159; Zoist., L, p. 101. 
Criminal law of the Jews. Liv. Age, 143, pp. 498-756. 
Criminal law of France and England. 1824. Eel. R., 39, p. 385. 
Criminal law in 1836. Mo. R., 142, p. 299. 
Criminal law in 1819. Eel. R., 30, p. 108. 
Criminal law in Scotland. Westm., 22, p. 92; Am. Law R,, 6, p. 427; Ed. R., 41, p. 
450. 
Criminal law of the future. J. Sci., 16, p. 591. 
Criminal law of France. Dub. Univ., 79, p. 651. 
Criminal life, Phenomena of. Leas. Hour., 6, pp. 377, 639. 
Criminal lunatics. Temp. Bar., 1, p. 135. 
“ Criminal” neurosis. (Editorial.) N. Y. Medical Times, July,'lB92. 1,000 words. 
Criminal procedure. Ed. R., 101, p. 532. 
Criminal procedure, French system of. Ed. R., 17, p.BB. 
Criminal procedure, Publicity in. Ed. R., 40, p. 169. 
Criminal procedure and license of counsel. Westm., 35, p. 1. 
Criminal procedure in England in murder cases. Westm., 91, p. 76. 
Criminal prosecutors, public and private. Fortu. 1, p. 675. 
Criminal Recorder; or, an awful beacon to the rising generation of both sexes. Col- 
lected by a friend of man. (Anon.) Philadelphia, 1812. 
Criminal reform problem, Bottom of the. (Editorial.) Galveston News, Jan. 11,1893. 
800 words. 
Criminal statistics of Preston, England, 1838. J. Statist. Soc., 2, p. 84. 
Criminal treatment. Desiderata. [lssued by the Howard Association.] B°. [Lon- 
don, 1869?] 
Criminal trials. Penny M., 1, p. 85. 
Criminal trials, Celebrated. Mo. R., 117, pp. 325,437. 
Criminal trials, French. For. Q., 4, p. 139; Mas., 15, p. 211. 
Criminal trials, German. For. Q., 8, p. 265. 
Criminal trials, Modern French. Ed. R., 95, p. 281; Eel. M., 26, p. 247. 
Criminal trials, Remarkable. Fraser, 53, p. 612; Eel. M., 38, p. 247. 
Criminals, Escape of. Spec., 56, p. 894. 
Criminals, Female. Cornh., 14, p. 152. 
Criminals, French treatment of. No. Brit. 27, p. 45. 
Criminals, Habitual, French senate on. Spec., 57, p. 1132. 
Criminals, Homes, not prisons, for young. Eel. R., 85, p. 560. 
Criminals, Imprisonment and transportation of. Blackw., 55, p. 533. 
Criminals, Juvenile. No. Brit., 10, p. 1. 
Criminals, Legal responsibilities of. Canad. Mo., 18, p. 541. 
Criminals, Our boy and girl. Are they on the increase? S. F. Call, Jan. 15, 1893. 
1,700 words. 
Criminals, What shall be done with professional? All the Year, 21, p. 414. 
Criminals in France, Remarkable. Cor'nh., 12, p. 606. 
Criminology, Dr. McDonald’s. A study of methods of punishment. Book review, 
N. Y. Press, Jan. 15, 1893. 2,500 words. 
Criminology, Arthur MacDonald’s. How convicts often resemble the insane. Book 
review, Boston Globe, Jan, 22,1893. 1,400 words. 366 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Criminology, MacDonald’s. Book review, N. Y. Times, Jan. 23, 1893; 1,600 words 
N. Y. Sun, March 26, 1893; 4,000 words. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, Feb. 12, 
1893 ; 2,000 words. Hartford Courant, March 25, 1893; 1,500 words. Daily 
Chronicle, London, March 20, 1893; 1,800 words. N. Y. Herald, Jan. 22, 1893; 
1,000 words. The Leader, Cleveland, Jan. 22,1893; 3,000 words. Book review, 
by Dr. A. Corre, Revue Internationale et bibliographic mddicale, 10 mat 1893. 
The Arena, June, 1893. 
Crispolti. II Prof. Lombroso ela psicologia. Gazz. Trib., Trieste, 1886, n. 22 e 23. 
Croft, H. Taylor’s treatise on prisons. Canad. J., n. s., 4, p. 286. 
Crofton, W. Prevention of crime by the State. Good Words, 16, p. 204. 
Crofton, W. Prisons. Fraser, 87, p. 101. 
Crofton, W. Supervision of habitual criminals. Good Words, 16, p. 433. 
Crouzet, J. B. E. E. Sur Pinfanticide. 4°. Paris, 1830. 
Crozes, Souvenirs de la petite et de la grande Roquette. Paris, 1886. 
Crozier, C. W. Life and trial of Dr. Abner Baker, jr. (a monomaniac), who was exe- 
cuted October 3, 1845, for the alleged murder of his brother-in-law, Daniel 
Bates. B°. Louisville, Ky., 1846. 
Cruel and unusual punishment. (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, May 16, 
1892. 2,700 words. 
Curtis, Gen. N. M. To define the crime of murder, provide penalty therefor, and to 
abolish the punishment of death. Speech in House of Representatives, June 
9,1892. 
Curtis, Gen. N. M. Murder, and the abolition of the death penalty. (Opinions of 
great men.) Congressional Record, July 14, 1892. 20,000 words. 
Dalle-Mole. Wagnerismo penale. Yicenza, 1887. 
Dalmedico, Carceri e carcerati sotto S. Marco. Canzoni dei prigiouieri. Ateneo 
Yeneto, 1887,1, p. 1. 
Danger in New York streets. Gangs of young criminals; crimes of which the police 
are ignorant. Ulus. N. Y, Press, Aug. 7. 2,000 words. 
Dareste. Droitiers et gauchers. Bull. Soc. d’anthr. de Paris, 1885, p. 435. 
Daru et Bournat. La socidtd royale des prisons. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., janv., 
mars, mai, juillet 1878. 
Dassonville, G. Des peiues qui emportent privation de la libert6 naturelle. De la 
transportation et de Pemprisonnement. Paris, 1880. In-B°. 
Dauphin, A. D. Considerations sur quelques maladies qui out principalement ex- 
erc6 lours ravages parmi les Franyais prisouuiers en Angleterre, depuis Pan 
1803, jusqu’a juillet 1814. 4°. Paris, 1815. 
Davenport-Hill, Miss. Des visites dans les prisons. Bull, de la Soc. gtin. des pris., 
juin 1887. 
Davis, J. T. D6bats du congres pdnitcntiaire de Bruxelles. Paris, 1847. In-B°. 
Davison, J. Romilly on criminal law. Quar., 7, p. 150. 
Davitt, M. Leaves from a prison diary, in Blackwood’s Magazine, 1889. 
Davitt, M. Leaves from a prison diary. 2 vols. London, 1885. 
Diibatsducongrespdnitontiairedeßruxelles. Session do 1847. Bruxelles, 1847. In-B°. 
Defuisseaux, N. J. De la 16galit<5 et de Pinfluence du mutisme impost aux reclus. 
Mons, 1842. M<sm. et publ. do la Soo. des sc., des arts et des let., du Hainaut, 
t. 3. 
Delboeuf, J. On criminal suggestion. Monist, April, 1892, 7,700 words. 
Delinquents, Juvenile, Annual reports of the managers of the New York Society for 
the Reformation of, 1832-85. 
Delpecli. De I’influence du regime p6nitentiaire franyais sur la rdcidive. Bull, de la 
Soc. g6n. des pris., uov. 1878. 
Demarims, nella Rassegna critica. Napoli, 1888. 
Demaze, C. Rapport it S. E. le ministre de sur I’emigration. Annies de 
1857 et 1858. Paris, In-4°, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
367 
Demetz. Projet d’ytablissement d’une maison de refuge pour les pr6venus acquittys 
i\ leur sortie de prison. Paris, 1836. In-B°. 
Desjardins. Crime et peine. Rev. des Deux Mondes, P' janv. 1891. 
Desjardins. La mythode expyrimentale appliquye an droit criminel en Italie. Bull, 
de la Soc. des prisons, Paris, 1886-89. 
Desmartis, T. P. Mydeciue legale. Appryciatiou critique d’uu rapport mydico- 
Idgal ay ant pour titre: Mymoire cousultatif il Poccasiou d’un fait d’infanticide; 
examen d’une cause de mort aliyguye frequemment dans les affaires de cette 
nature. B°. Paris, 1859. 
Desmasez. Le crime et la dybauche a Paris. Paris, 1881. 
Desmaze. Les criminels et leurs graces. Paris, 1888. 
Desoer, FI. Rapport sur la question de I’emigration des detenus et 
lib6r6s de Li&ge k la Federation des socidtes beiges en sdance du 30 mars 1890. 
Li£ge, 1890. Brochure in-B°. 
Desortiaux, P. Des sigues de I’infanticide, et des moyens de le constater. B°, 
Paris, 1803. 
Despine. Do la contagion morale * * * du danger que pr6sente pour la mor- 
ality et la security publique la relation des crimes donuye par les journaux. 
B°. Marseille, 1870. 
Despine. Psychologie naturelle. Essai sur les facultys intellectuelles et morales dans 
leur ytat normal et dans lours manifestations anomales dies les aliens et chez 
les criminels. Paris, 1868. 3 vol. 
Desportes. Le patronage en Angleterre. Bull, de la Soc. gyn. des pris., jan. 1878. 
Desportes. La transportation an congres de Stockholm. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des 
pris., fyvr. 1883. 
Desportes. La Society des prisons d’Athenes. Bull, de la Soc. g6n des pris., avril 
1882. 
Desportes. Rapport sur le projet de loi relatif t\ la r6l6gation des r^cidivistes. 
Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., d6c. 1882. 
Desportes. Statistique des anglaises de patronage. Bull, de la Soc. gdu. 
des pris., avril 1879. 
Detailed account of the foul murder of Dr. Hill. Portraits and illustrations. Balti- 
more News, Jan. 13, 1893. 3,500 -words. 
Detective. The ways of swindlers, pp. 87. London, 1879. 
Detective, California, Incident in the life of. Overland, n. s., 3, p. 166. 
Detective experience, My. Chamh. J., 63, p. 221. 
Detective in America. Chamh. J., 36, p. 195. 
Detective police. Dub. R., 50, p. 150, 
Detectives. Sat. K., 57, p. 177. 
Detectives, English. Quar., 99, p. 160. 
Detectives, English and French. Sat. R., 55, p. 558. 
Detectives and their work. All the Year, 56, p. 35. 
Detectives as they are. Chambers, J. 47, p. 445. 
Detective’s story. Coutin. Mo., 4, p. 474; Chamh. J., 56, pp. 45,692. 
Dicey, A. V. Criminal law. Nation, 37, pp. 35, 57. 
Dicey, E. Infanticide among the poor of England. Nation, 1, p. 270. 
Diest, I. van. Hygibne des prisons. [Bern.] B°. Louvain, [1879]. 
Disregard for human life. Crime and punishment in the United States. N. Y. Ob- 
server, Sept. 8, 1892, 1,800 words. 
Dix, D. L. Remarks on prison and prison discipline in the United States. Memo- 
rial to the legislature of Massachusetts, 1843. B°. Boston, 1845. 
Dixon, W, H. The London prisons; with a description of the chief provincial 
prisons. London, 1850. 
Dodge, N. S. The Netherlands Mettray; how they dispose of dangerous juveniles 
in Holland, Overland Monthly, vol. 8, p. 511, 1872. 368 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Dolan, A. Stanley. Insane criminals, treatment in Minnesota. St. Paul Pioneer 
Press, Jan. 16, 1893. 3,000 words. 
Donati. Societa e delinqueuti. Padova, 1890. 
Dorado, Montero. L’ antropologia criminal en Italia. Madrid, 1890. 
Dorado, Pedro. Opiniones recentes sobre el delincueute y el delito. Rev. gen. 
legis., genu. 1891. 
Dortel. L’anthrop. crim. et la respons. medico-iegale. Paris, 1891. 
Dostoiewsky. Souvenirs de la maison des morts, [trad.]. Paris, 1886. 
Dostoiewsky. Crime et chfttiment. Paris, 1887. 
Drago. Los hombres de presa. Buenos Aires, 1888, 11. edic. e [trad, ital.] I delin- 
quenti nati, Torino, 1890. 
Drago. Los hombres de presa. 11, edic. Buenos Aires, 1888, e trad. ital. Torino, 1890. 
Dreyer, H. C. De infanticidii notis sectionc legali detegendis. 4°. Helmstadii, 1764. 
Drill. I giovani delinquent!, [psicologia generate della criminalita]. Mosca, 1888. 
Drill. Tipi psico-fisici [psicol. speciale della criminalita], Mosca, 1890. 
Drill. La nuova scuola peuale positiva ed i suoi avversari [risposta al Wulfert] 
nel Messaggero giuridico. Mosca, 1886. 
Drill. L’ uomo delinquente nel Messagero giuridico. Mosca, 1882, fasc. 2. 
Dubois, G. Des mesures de repression projet6es contre les rdcidivistes. 1882 
Dubois, G. Le pdcule des condammSs et son emploi. 1887. 
Dubois, G. Rapport sur la rehabilitation des condamnes. 1881. 
Du Cane, Sir Edmund F. The punishment and prevention of crime. English Citizen 
Series, Loudon and New York, 1885. pp. 255 
Du Cane, E. F., Lieut.-Col., R. E. (Chairman), W. Fagan, W. J. Stopford, and H. 
Wakeford. Report of the directors of convict prisons on the discipline and 
management of Pentonville, Millbank, and Parkhurst prisons, aud of Portland, 
Portsmouth, Dartmoor, Chatham, Brixton, and working prisons for male con- 
victs, with Woking aud Fulham prisons for female convicts; also the convict 
establishments at Gibraltar, in Western Australia, Tasmania, aud New South 
Wales, for the years 1873,1874,1875,1876,1878,1881-82. 
Ducpetiaux. La colonisation pduale ct I’emprisouuemeut cellulaire. Rev. britan., 
Bruxelles, 1860, t. 4. 
Ducp6tiaux. Le systbme cellulaire et la colonisation p6uale. a M. Brial- 
mont. Rev. britan., 1861, t. 2. 
Ducpdtiaux. Notice sur la prison cellulaire de Bruchsal (grand-duchd de Bade). Des 
liberations conditionnelles en Angleterre. Bruxelles, 1855. Brochure in-B°. 
Ducpetiaux. Dos progres de l’<stat actuel de la reforme penitentiaire et des institu- 
tions preventives aux Etats-Unis, en France, eu Suisse, eu Angleterre et en 
Belgique. Bruxelles, 1837-38. 3Arol. in-B°. 
Ducp6tiaux. Statistique des tribunaux et des prisons de la Belgique. Comparaisou 
entre la criminality et la moralite des provinces llamandes et des provinces 
wallonnes. Gaud, 1834. Brochure iu-B°. 
Ducp£tiaux. Du patronage des condamnds Bruxelles, 1858. Mcmoire cou- 
ronn6 de TAcaddmie royale de Belgique. lu-B°, t. 8. 
Dugat, H. De I’organisatiou du travail des condamn6s. Ann. de la Char., 1848, t. 4. 
Dugat, H. Des condamnes, des lib«sr<ss et des pauvres. Prisons et champs d’asile eu 
Algerie. Paris, 1844. Brchure in-B°. 
Dugdale. The Jukes; a study in crime, pauperism, disease, and heredity. N. Y., 
1877. 
Dugdale, R. L. The Jukes; a story in crime, pauperism and heredity. N. Y., 1888. 
Dugdale, R. L. Origin of crime in society. Atlan., 48, pp. 452, 735; 49, p. 243. 
Dumas, A. D. Celebrated crimes. London, 1843. 
Duprey. Un aspect do la crise de la repression criminelle. Montpellier, 1890. 
Dupuy, E. A. Convict’s tale. Kuick., 37, p. 210. BIBLIOGRAPHY, 
369 
Duration of consciousness in the brain of criminals after decapitation. (Editorial.) 
S. F. Chronicle, May 1,1892. 1,800 words. 
Dutton, H. Increase of crimes against life. New Eng., 2, p. 346. 
Duval, J. Histoire de Immigration europeenue asiatique et africaiue au xixe siecle, 
ses causes, ses caractferes, ses effets. Paris, 1862. In-B°. 
Dyer, D. Impressions of prison life in Great Britain. B°. Albany, 1868. 
E. O. I delinquent! a Berlino. Zeitsch. f. die ges. Strafrechtsw., 1886, 2. 
Edwards, Percy. Some reflection on penological law reforms. Green Bag, Aug., 1892. 
3,200 words. 
Elam, W. C. Murder most foul. A tale. Lippiuc., 4, p. 503. 
Eliot, S. A. Prison discipline. Chr. Exam., 10, p. 15; 20, p. 376. 
Eliot, W. G. Treatment of criminals. Am. Soc. Sci. J., 8, p. 79. 
Elliott, J. H. Increase of crime and of material prosperity. Hunt, 61, p. 239. 
Elliott, J. H. Material prosperity, moral agents and crime. J. Statist. Soc., 31, p. 
299. 
Ellis. The study of criminals. Journ. of Ment. Sc., 1890. 
Ellis, Havelock. The criminal. New York, 1890. pp. 337. 
Embury, Mrs. E. C. The prisoner. Godey, 21, p. 146. 
Emigration, L’, europeenue an xxxe siecle; rapport preseute ala Socßt6 dßconomie 
charitable et discussion h cette socßt6. Ann. de la Char., 1864-65, t. 20, 2a 
vol., et t. 21, ler vol. 
Enforcement of criminal penalties for usury against national banks. Decision of 
the supremo court of South Dakota, with critical editorial comments in Bank- 
ing Law Journal, April 1,1892. 6,000 words. 
English view of our crime and criminal law. (Editorial.) Boston Herald, Aug. 2, 
1892. 1,000 words. 
Evans, H. R. Study of criminals. A talk with an eminent authority on the subject. 
Ulus. Baltimore News, July 17,1892. 1,200 words. 
Everest, R. Crime and pauperism. De Bow, 19, p. 268. 
Everett, E. Prison discipline. No. Am., 37, p. 117. 
Everill, H. C. Among the cannibals. New Guinea and its savage tribes. Ulus. S. 
F. Chronicle, Oct. 16,1892. 2,500 words. 
Ex-convict, An. The indelible stamp that prison places upon a victim. Minne- 
apolis Tribune, Nov. 27,1892. 1,300 words. 
Factory and crime. To-day, May 12,1892. 550 words. 
Faille, H. della. De imiargissement provisoire dcs condannßs. Bruxelles, Rev. 
g6n., 1866, t. 3. 
Fairfield, F. G. Philosophy of crime. Appleton, 15, p. 15. 
Falaschi. Crisi attuale nella scienza dei delitti e delle pene negli Studi Sensi, 1888. 
Falkner, Dr. Roland P. Criminal Statistics, pp. 12. 
Falkner, Dr. Roland P. Prison statistics of the United States for 1888. pp. 31. Phil- 
adelphia, 1889. 
Falret et Pietra-Santa. Assassinat dans nn acces de dMire alcooliqne. Ann. d’hyg. 
et de nRd. Rg., 1859. 
Faraone. Basi positive della scienza penale. Napoli, 1882. 
Farrer, J. A. Crimes and punishments, including a new translation of Beccarias’s 
“ Dei delitti e delle pene.” 1880. 
Farrer, J. A. Crimes and punishments, pp. 251. London, 1880. 
Favalli. La delinquenza in rapporto alia civilta. Napoli, 1885, 
Fay, Francis B. True principles of legislation in respect to vagrant and criminal 
children. (See proceedings of second convention of managers and superin- 
tendents of houses of refuge and schools of reform in the United States, 1859.) 
Features which distinguish the hands of famous French murderers. Ulus. N. Y. 
World, July 24,1892. 1,000 words. 370 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
FerA Degcnerescence et criminalitc. Paris, 1888. 
Ferreira. Estudos sobre criminalidad e educagao. Lisboa, 1889. 
Ferreira, Deusdado. Essai de psychologic crimiuello, quest, au emigres pArit. 
Ferri. La scuola positiva di diritto criminale. Siena, 1883. 
Ferri. I nuovi orizzouti del diritto e della procedural penale. 2. ediz. Bologna, 1884. 
pp. 382. 
Ferri, E. La scuola criminale positiva. Conferenza, Napoli, 1885. 
Ferri, E. If omicidio, Torino 1892, con Atlante autropologico-statistico. 
Ferri, E. Sociologia criminale (terza edizioue). Torino, 1892. 
Ferri ysu escuela. Discuss, all’Academia de jurispr. y legisl. Madrid. Anuario, 1890, 
p. 188. 
Ferriaui. L’ infanticide uel cod. pen. e uella vita sociale. Bologna, 1886. 
Ferrouillat. Note sur la liberation conditionnelle. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., 
nov. 1888. 
Ferrus. De prisonniers, de I’emprisounement et des prisons. Paris, 1850. 
Ferrus, G. Do expatriation peuitentiaire, pour faire suite a Pouvrage. Des prison- 
niers, de I’emprisonnement et des prisons. B°. Paris, 1853. 
Feyfer, D. de. Yerhandeling over den kiudermoord. B°. Utrecht, 1866. 
Fielding, 11. Inquiry into the causes of the late increase of robbers. London, 1751. 
Filho. A nova eschuela de dereito criminal. Rev. acad. da facultade de direito do 
Recife, 1891, n. 1. 
Filippi, Severi, Montalti. Manuale di medicina legale. Milano, 1890, vol. 2, parte x. 
Fioretti. I pregiudizi popolari sulla nuova scuola penale. Napoli, 1886. 
Fioretti. Le ultimo pubblicazioni dei capiscuola della dottrina crimiuale jrositi vista. 
Rassegna Critica, Napoli, 1885, n. 2 e 3. 
Fischer, F. Ueber Gefaugnisse, Strafarten, Strafsystem und Strafemstalten. Re- 
gensburg, 1852. B°. 
Five years’penal servitude, pp. 196. (9th ed.) London, 1882. 
Flandin. Les maisons de patronage a Paris. Le Droit, 3et 8 fAvr., 1888. 
Fleischmann. Deutsches Vagabunden- und Yerbrecherthum im neunzehuten Jahr- 
hundert. Barmen, 1888. 
Fletcher, J. Account of police of London. J. Statist. Soc., 13, p. 221. 
Fletcher, J. Criminal courts of London. J. Statist. Soc., 9, p. 289. 
Fletcher, J. Progress of crime in Great Britain. J. Statist. Soc., 6, p. 218. 
Fletchei', J. The new school of criminal anthropology. Washington, 1891. 
Fletcher, S. W. Twelve months in an English prison, pp. 478. Boston, 1884. 
Focacci, L. La medicina carceraria. Cause e rimedii dei delinquent! in Italia. B°. 
Genova, 1883. 
Fodere, F. E. De infanticidio. 4G. Gentorati, 1814. 
Foelix. Ue I’institution du patronage en Belgique par Farret6 royal du 4 d6c. 1836. 
Foelix. De I’iustitutiou du patronage en Belgique et de la surveillance de la haute 
police. Arrfetd du roi des Beiges du 4 d6c. 1835, et projet de loi aux 
Chambres beiges le 22 du memo mois. Paris, Rev. dtraug. et frans. de legisl., 
1836, t. 3. 
Fohriug, Dr. Coup d’oeil sur le patronage en Allemague. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des 
pris., d6c. 1880, et fevr. 1881. 
Forel. Zwei kriminalpsychologische Fiille. Zeit. f. schweiz. Strafr., 1889, fasc 1. 
Forged and altered paper. Bank. Mo. (N. Y.), 30, p. 279. 
Forged bank notes. Fraser, 22, p. 482. 
Forged checks, Recovery on. Bank. Mo. (N. Y.), 30, p. 385. 
Forgeries, Bank-note. House. Words, 1, pp. 555, 615. 
Forgeries, Great bank. Bank. M. (L), 33, pp. 781,889. 
Forgeries, Literary. Harper, 41, pp. 772,923; Portfo. (Den.), 16, p. 244. 
Forgeries, Literary. Pascal forgeries in the French Academy. Penn. Mo., 1, pp. 
151,191. BIBLIOGRAPHY 
371 
Forgeries, Printed. House. Words, 5, pp. 374,444; Liv. Age, 34, p. 477. 
Forgers, The. Biackw., 9, p. 572. 
Forgers, History of. Bank. Mo. (N. Y.), 16, p. 512. 
Forgery. Mus., 36, p. 108; Hunt., 43, p. 306. 
Forgery, Capital punishment for. Selec. Ed. R., 6, p. 203; Ed. R., 52, p. 398; Cong, 
M., 1, p. 373. 
Forgery, History and anecdotes of. Eel. M., 21, p. 560. 
Forgery, Increase of. Ed. R., 31, p. 203. 
Forgery, Prevention of. Bank. M. (L), 20, pp. 355, 412. 
Forgery, Punishment of. Ed. Mo. R., 1, p. 260. 
Forgery, Shepherd on ecclesiastical. Quar., 93, p. 83. 
Forgery and its punishment. Fraser, 11, p. 301. 
Forgery of bank notes, Prevention of. Bank. M. (L), 1, p. 295. 
Forgery of U. S. bank notes. Bank. M, (N. Y.), 18, p. 207. 
Forgues, Ed. Les reformes et la vie des prisons en Angleterre et en Irlande. Rev. 
des Deux-Mondes, 1866, t. 3. 
Fornasini, L. La riforma carceraria secoudo il sistema penitenziale. 12°. Brescia, 
1878. 
Forsyth, W. Criminal procedure in Scotland and England, Ed. R., 108, p. 443. 
Foster, Mary F. The death penalty. How society should treat criminals. Kate 
Field’s Washington, June 1, 1892. 1,600 words. 
Foubert, Aug. Par TOcdan. La vie d’dmigrant en Amerique (Rdpub. Argentine, 
Etats-Unis-Canada), 1875. In-12°. 
Foulke, W. P. Remarks on cellular separation. Read by appointment of the 
American Association for the Improvement of Penal and Reformatory Institu- 
tions in New York, Nov. 29, 1860. B°. Philadelphia, 1861. 
Foulke, W. P. Considerations respecting the policy of some recent legislation in 
Pennsylvania. [1861.] 
Fournez. La nouvelle dcole criminaliste italienne. Discours. Montpellier, 1887. 
Foutoul. Filosofia penal. Bruselas, 1891. 
Foville. Le criminel an point de vue anatom, et physiol. Ann. d’hyg. publ., oct., 
nov. 1880. 
Fragoso. O geuioide alitrico. Rio Janeiro, 1890. 
Fraisse, B. Prisons et detenus. B°. Paris, 1870. 
Franck. Le crime. Journ. des savants, nor. 1889. 
Francotte. L’anthropologie crimiuelle. Paris, 1891. 
Frank. Les facteurs sociaux du debit. Conference, Bruxelles, 1891. 
Frassati. Die neue positive schule in Russland. Zeitsch. f. d, ges. Strafrw., 1890, x, 5. 
Frassati. La nuova scuola di diritto penalo in Italia ed all’ estero. Torino, 1892. 
Fregier, H. A. Des classes dangereuses de la population dans les grandes villes et 
moyens de les rendre meilleures. 2v. B°. Paris, 1840. 
Freire. Os degenerados. Lisboa, 1888. 
Freire. Los criminales. Lisboa, 1889. 
Frdmont, A. La surveillance de la haute police de I’Etat. Rev. crit. de leg. et de 
jurisp., 1868, t. 33. 
Frdmont, A. La surveillance de la haute police, de sa suppression et des xnoyens 
d’y suppleer. Paris, 1869. In-B°. 
Fry, Elizabeth. Observations on the visiting, superintending, and government of 
female prisoners. 1827. 
Fuchs. Le patronage des ddteuus liberes. Son histoire et sou developpement pendan 
ces cent dernieres amides. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des prisons, juin 1889. 
Fulci. La evoluzione nel diritto penalo. Messina, 1882. 
Fulci. La nuova scuola criminale. Prolusione. Messina, 1885. 
Fuld. Der Realismus und das Strafrecht. Hamburg, 1886. 
Fyfe, J. H. Crime and criminals. Good Words, 4, p. 97. 372 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Fyffe, C. A. Punishment of infanticide. 19th Cent., 1, p. 583. 
Gahelli. La scuola positiva di diritto peuale. Revista penale, giugno 1886. 
Gabelli. La nuova scuola di diritto penale. Nuova antologia, 1 agosto 1885. 
Gambirasio. II libero difeso contro le teorie di E. Ferri. Filangieri, marzo 1887. 
Gamier. Le criminel instinctif et le droit de defense sociale. Annales d’hyg. publ., 
mai 1890. 
Garofalo. L’anomalie du criminel. Revue philos., mars 1887, etCriminologie, Paris, 
1888, pag. 59. 
Garofalo. Contribution a Pdtude du type criminel. Bull. Soc. psychol., Paris, 1886. 
Garraud. Le prohleme moderuo de la pdnalite. Lyon, 1888. 
Gasperin, Mad. de. Quatre aus de prison par une ddtenue. Paris, 1880. 
Gauss, O. W. Prison reform. St. Louis Republic, Nov. 27, 1892. 1,300 words. 
Gautier. Le moude des prisons. 1888. 
Germa. Le criminel et Panthrop. criminelle. Toulouse, 1891. 
Getzender, W. H. There is too little punishment of crime. Some radical defects in 
the code of criminal procedure pointed out. Galveston News, Jan. 9, 1893. 
3,000 words. 
Giacchi. Puzzi e hirbanti. Milano, 1885. 
Giennelia. Quarta nuova scuola peuale in Italia. Gazz. Dei trib., Trieste, giugno 
1886. 
Gilbert, Eug, La question du patronage des libdrds. Rev. gdn., Bruxelles, sept. 
1890, p. 279. 
Gilbert, W. Discharged convicts. Good Words, 6, p. 446. 
Gilbert, W. Plea for hoys as criminals. Good Words, 7, p. 279. 
Gilon, E. Der Kampf um die Wohlfahrt. Leipzig, 1892. 
Giraux, Alf. De la surveillance de la haute police et de la rehabilitation. Rev. 
hist, du droit frans. et dtrang., Paris, 1861, t. 7. 
Godkin, E. L. Lying for the right. Nation, 7, p. 167. 
Godkin, E. L. Criminals and the law. Nation, 8, p. 106. 
Gordey. Los princjpales ddconvertes de la nouv. dcole d’anthr. crim. Lausanne, 
1889. 
Gosse, L. A. Examen mddical et philosophique du systeme pdniteutiaire. B°. 
Geneve, 1837. 
Gouin. De la surveillance de la haute police. Rev. crit. de 16g. et de jurisp., Paris, 
1840, t. 12. 
Gouin. De Pimportance de suhstituer des ateliers repressifs a Pemprisonnemeut 
pdnal. Note prdsentde h PEmpereur. Rev. crit. de Idg. et de jurisp., Paris, 
1885, t. 27. 
Gould, A. W. Crime and education. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 26, p. 55; Pop. Sci. Mo., 37, 
p. 211. 
Gould, S. B. Murder in the Bruder Strasse. Belgra., 61, p. 41. 
Gradenigo. L’ udito nei delinquent!. Giorn. Acc. med., Torino, 1889. 
Grassi. Progressi della teorica delP evoluzione. Proluzione. Catania, 1885. 
Gray, Francis C. Prison discipline in America. B°. Boston, 1847. 
Graziadei. L’ uomo di galera. Caserta, 1886. 
Great Britain. Extracts from the fourth and fifth reports of the inspectors of prisons. 
London, 1841. 
Great Britain. Parliament report from the select committee on criminal commit- 
ments and convictions, 1827-28. London, 1828. 
Great Britain. Prisons, correspondence on association in prison, pp. 24. London 
1880. 
Great Britain, Prisons. Her Majesty’s prisons. 2 vols. London, 1881. 
Green, Sanford M. Crime; its nature, causes, treatment, and prevention, pp. 346. 
Philadelphia, 1889. BIBLIOGRAPHY, 
373 
Green goods swindlers and their fleecing methods. N. Y. Herald, Aug. 15, 1892. 
4,000 words. 
Greenwood, F. W. P. Prison discipline. Chr. Exam., 16, p. 251. 
Greeting, John F. Juvenile offenders. Presentation and criticism of present mode 
of treatment. Religio-philosophical Journal, May 14, 1892. 1,800 wox-ds. 
Gregory, R. Crime and education. National, 6, p. 772. 
Grelier de Fougeroux. Rapport fait I’assemblee xxatiouale legislative sur la pro- 
position de MM. Boinvilliers et Dupetit-Thouars, portant suppression de I’exn- 
prisounement en commuu, sxxppx essioxx des bagnes, creation des colonies de 
libels, etc. Paris, 1851. Brochure in-B°. 
Gretener. Ueber die italienische positive Schule des Strafrechts. Zeitschr. des 
Beruischen Jxxristeuvereins, Bern, 1884. 
Gretener. Lombroso’s Yerbrecher ecc. Berne, 1890. 
Griffis, W. E. Japanese prison. Overland, 15, p. 289. 
Griffiths, A. Chronicles of Newgate. 2 vols. London, 1884. 
Griscom, J. H. Px’ison hygiene; an essay prepared at the request of the Prison Asso- 
ciation of New York, for insertion in their twenty-thix-d annual report, and 
reprinted by their order. B°. Albaxxy, 1868. 
Grxxner, C. G. Pr. prsefatus qxxaedam de momentis ixxfanticidam excusantibus. 4°. 
Jenie, 1786. 
Grxxy. Results of censuses of the population of convict pxusons, in England, 1862- 
73, riass. in Riv. sperim. fxeu., 1876. 
Guerra. La nuova scuola penale innanzi alia xxxorale eal diritto. Milano, 1891. 
Guillot, P. Considerations sxxr les condamues lib6r6s et sur les moyens de rendre les 
recidives moins Paris, 1839. Bx’ochure in-B°. 
Gurrieri. 11 tatuaggio fra i minorenui corrigendi. 1891. pp. 434. 
Guy, W. A. Crime and insanity. J. Statist. So., 32, p. 159. 
H. M. S. Causes of our increasing ci’ime. Unity., Jan. 12,1893. 800 words. 
Hall, A. O. Crime-land excursion. Galaxy, 7, p. 91. 
Halley, G. Crimes and criminals; how to treat them. Kansas R., 7, p. 67. 
Ham, Y. de. Conseil a I’emigrant beige aux fitats-Uuis de PAmerique du Nord. 
Bruxelles, 1849. In-B°. 
Hamel, Yan. De regenwoordige beweging van bet Straf hecht, Amsterdam, 1891. 
Hamel, Van. Rapport nei Bulletins de la comm, penitent, inter., 1884, vol. 1, p. 461. 
Hamilton, A. McL. Scientific detection of crime. Appleton, 15, p. 825. 
Hamilton, Gail. The Maybrick case. Review of the trial and plea to the British 
Home department. N. Y. Tribune, Oct. 28,1892. 3,400 words. 
Hamilton, Gail. An open letter to Lady Henry Somerset on theMaybrick case. N. 
Y. World, Nov. 13,1892. 1,500 words. 
Hammick, J. T. Judicial statistics of crime in England. J. Statist. Soc., 30, p. 375. 
Hammond, W. A. Involuntary impulses to crime. No. Am., 135, p. 422. 
Hanging scientifically done. Ex-Deputy Sheriff Fortin's recollections of bis “ neck- 
tie parties.” Illus. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, Oct. 16,1892. 2,000 words. 
Hauke. Sulle ricercbe dalla nuova scuola penale italiana, Memorie dell’Alta Scuola 
libera tedesca, Berlin, 1888. 
Hardouin, H. Notes sur le patronage eu France. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des prisons, 
fdvrier 1878. 
Hardouin, H. Des colonies pennies. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des prisons, mars-avril 
1885. 
Hardouin, H. La transportation penale au des society frangaises de geo- 
graphic. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des prisons, nov. 1883. 
Harman, Moses. Prison echoes. Lucifer, Jan. 13,1893. 1,700 words. 
Harris, W. T. Historical statistics. [Crimes and alleged over-education.] Boston 
and Chicago Journal of Education, July 7,1892. 1,600 words. 374 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Haussouville, D’. La criminality. Rev. desßeux Mondes, 1 avr. 1887. 
Heads of criminals. Med. Rec., 1885,28, p. 66. 
Heck. Ueber die gegeuwartigeu Strafrechtsschulen und deren Methodeu. 1887. 
Heffiuger, Hr. Infanticide in the Hawaiian Islands. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p, 224. 
Heil, Naturalismus. Buntetojogbau. Budapest’, 1885. 
Hdlie, Faustiu. He la rbhabilitatiou dans ses rapports avec la reforme des prisons. 
Rev. de Ibg. et de jur., 1838, t. 7. 
Hfflie, Faustin. He la surveillance de la haute police. Paris, 1844. 
Helmcke, G. Hie Behandlung jugendlicher Vorwahrloster u. soldier Jugendlichen, 
Avelche in Gefabr siud, zu verwahrlosen. Halle a. S., 1892. 
Henry, C. Some records of crime. 2 Amis. pp. 980. London, 1892. 
Hepworth, T, C. Hetectiou of crime by photography. Green Bag, Nov., 1892. 4,000 
words. 
Her Majesty’s prisons; their effects and defects. 2 vols. (anonymous). London, 
1881. 
Herald, Boston. Mistakes in ideutilicatiou. luuocent men sent to jail and some 
hanged. Jan, 1, 1893. 3,200 Avords. 
Hericourt. “La bete humaine” de la psychologic du criminel. ReArue bleue, 
juiu 1890. 
Hes, J. H. de. Geuees-regtskundige verhaudeliug over den kindermoord, ten 
dieuste van genoeskundigen eu regstgeleerden zamengesteld. B°. Arnhem, 
1824. 
Heysham, John. An account of the jail fever or typhus carcerum, etc. London, 
1782. 
Hibbard, Geo. S. Criminals and crimes. Twentieth Century, May 26, 1892. 1,400 
words. 
Hill, E. Scheme for extinguishment of crime. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 17, p. 99 
Hill, E. Prevention of crime. J. Statist. Soc., 25, p. 497. 
Hill, F. Crime, its amount, causes, and remedies. London, 1853. 
Hill, H. A. Penalties for crimes against property. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 17, p. 109. 
Hill, M. H. Suggestions for the repression of crime. Loudon, 1857. 
Hill, M. H. The repression of crime, pp. 704. London, 1857. 
Hillard, G. S. Prison discipline. No. Am., 47, p. 452. 
Hincks, W. Mary Carpenter on treatment and reformation of criminals. Cauad. 
J., u.s., 10, p. 412. 
Hoare, H. E. Homes of criminal classes. National, 1., p. 824 
Hoffbauer. Hie Psycholologie in ihrer Hauptanweuduug auf die Rechtspflege 
Halle, 1808. 
Holder. Sui caratteri fisici e morali dei delinquents. Ober. mediz. Zeitsch., Stutt- 
gart, 1888. 
Holford, G. Letter to the chairman of the committee for managing the penitentiary. 
B°. Loudon, 1892. 
Holland, F. W. Prison discipline in England. Chr. Exam., 74, p. 232, 
Holland, F. W. War Avith crime. Unita. R., 33, p. 57. 
Holmes, Lizzie M. Cradle and crime. Fall River Globe, June 7, 1892. 1,300 Avords, 
Holmes, O. W. Crime and automatism. Allan., 35, p. 466. 
Holst, F. Forsvar. for Philadelphia systemet i Auledning af do A-ed Naturforsker- 
modet i Florentz paa samme gjorte Angrab. B°. Stockholm, 1843. 
Holtzendorff. La psicologia dell’ omicidio. ReAusta penale, 1875, fasc. 3, p. 125 
Holtzendorff, F. atod, Psychology of nuirder. Internat. R., 3, p. 73. 
Holtzendorff, G. Aron. Has irischo Gefaugnissystem ins Besondere die Zwischenan- 
stalter Aror der Entlassung der Strafliuge. Leipzig, 1859. B°. 
Homicide in 1890. Official statistics. (Editorial.) St. Louis Republican, July 24, 
1892. 1,100 Avords. BIBLIOGRAPHY, 
375 
Hood. Suggestions for the future provision of criminal lunatics. 
Hoon, M. de. Historique du droitcriminel dans les Pays-Bas. Revue universitairc, 
Bruxelles, juin et juillet 1882. 
Hooper, Lucy H. Ghastly secrets the shrewd Paris police could never learn. St. 
Louis Post-Dispatch, Nov. 27, 1893. 2,000 words. 
Hopkins, Florence M. Kansas prison life. From war stockade to modern peniten- 
tiary. Illustrated. Chicago Inter-Ocean, Nov. 6, 1892. 2,700 words. 
Hopkins, T. Prisons, visit to the house of correction. Dublin Uuiv., 90, p. 550. 
Hosmer, M. Dinner in a State prison. Lippinc., 17, p. 497. 
How punishment works in Vermont. Bill of rights and construction defied. Pecu- 
liar cases. Boston Globe, August 17, 1892. 4,200 words. 
How society is protected by reforming the youthful criminal. St. Paul Pioneer Press, 
Sept. 11, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Howard, J. Prisons. Warrington, 1784. 
Howard, J. Further observations on prisons. Warrington, 1789. 
Howard, J. The state of the prisons in England and Wales, with preliminary ob- 
servations, and an account of some foreign prisons und hospitals. 3d ed. 4°. 
Warrington, 1784. 
Howard Association, London. Criminal lunacy: Necessity for a royal commission 
of inquiry to facilit ate an alteration of the present state of the law as regards 
this question. [Signed on behalf of the Howard Association, Jan. 14, 1869, 
Robert Alsop, Chas. P. Measor.] B°. [Loudon, 1869.] 
Howard Association, London. Criminal treatment. Desiderata. B°. [London, 1869.] 
Howard Association, London. The cellular (but not rigidly solitary) system of im- 
prisonment, as carried out at the prisons of Louvain, Amsterdam, etc., by W. 
Tallack. Issued by the Howard Association. B°. Loudon, 1869. 
Howard Association, London. County and borough prisons, Great Britain. Corre- 
spondence in the “ Times” on association in prison; imprisonment for debt; 
inveterate misdemeanants; prison visitation; diminution of temptation; prison 
officers; excessive statistical demands; visiting justices; children in prison; 
prison cells. B°. London, 1880. 
Howard Association, London. Annual reports of the committee to the society: 1, 
1861-62; 21, 1881-82; 24, 1884-85; 27, 1887-88. B°. [Loudon, 1862-88.] 
Howard Association. Report, October, 1889. Loudres, 1890. Brochure iu-B°. 
Howe, Frederic C. Two decades of penalogical progress. Christian Union, Jan. 
14,1893. 2,500 words. 
Howe, S. G. On separate and congregate systems of prison discipline. Boston, 1846. 
Howe, S. G. An essay on separate and congregate systems of prison discipline, being 
a report made to the Boston Prison Discipline Society. B°. Boston, 1846. 
Howells, W. D. Visit to a police court. Atlan., 49, p. 1. 
Hoyle, William. Crime in England and Wales, pp. 126. London, 1876 
Hiibener, E. A. L. Die Kindestodtung iu gericbtsiirztliclier Beziehung. B°. Erlan- 
gen, 1816. 
Humberg, Th. Projet d’une socitite cooperative cle production eutre liberes patron6s 
eu France. Bull, de la Soc, g6n. des prisons, juin 1880. 
Hunter, W. On the uncertainty of the signs of murder in the case of bastard child- 
ren. B°. London, 1818. 
Hurel. Coup d’ceil psychologique sur la population de la maison centrale de Gaillon. 
Ann. m6d.-psych., 1875,1, pp. 161, 374. 
Hutchinson, J. A report on the medical management of the native jails throughout 
the territories subject to the governments of Fort William and Agra. To which 
are added some observations on the principal diseases to which native pris- 
oners are liable. The whole compiled, in a great measure, from documents in 
the office of the medical board. BP.8P. Calcutta, 1835. 376 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Hutchinson, J. The same. Observations on the general and medical management 
of Indian jails, and on the treatment of some of the principal diseases which 
infest them. 2d ed. B°. Calcutta, 1845. 
Hutchinson, W. A dissertation on infanticide, in its relation to physiology and juris- 
prudence. B°. London, 1821. 
Hutter, J. D. De morbis incarceratorum. 4°. Halai Magdeb., [1754]. 
Hutter, E. W. Increase of crime in the United States; its cause and cure. Evang. 
R., 11, p. 61. 
Hypnotism in crime. Should the hypnotic agency be employed in criminal cases? 
Tests that have excited profound scientific interest. Portraits. N, Y. World, 
November 13,1892. 2,000 words. 
Ignotus, [I. Platel]. L’armde du crime. Paris, 1890, 
In the museum of crime. N. Y. World, September 25,1892. 1,300 words. 
Indeterminate sentence, The. Summary of discussion by the ethical class of the re- 
formatory. Summary. Elmira, October 23,1892. 1,100 words. 
Indeterminate sentence. Summary. Elmira, November 6,1892. 2, 000 words. 
India. Council report on prison discipline in India. Calcutta, 1838. 
India. Measures taken to give effect to the recommendations of a committee ap- 
pointed to report on the state of jail discijjline and to suggest improvements. 
B°. Calcutta, 1867. Selections from the records of the government of India 
(Home department). No. 52. 
Industrial schools; the best means for decreasing juvenile crime. (Anon.) London, 
1853. 
Infanticide. Dub. R., 45, p. 54. 
Infanticide in China, The prevalence of. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, p. 227. 
Infanticide in India. Ed. R., 119, p. 389 
Infanticide in India, Moor on. Eel. R., 15, p. 331. 
Infanticide in India, Suppression of. Fraser, 49, p. 288. 
Infanticide in the Sandwich Islands. Meth. M., 49, p. 306. 
Infanticide in this city. New York. Med. Rec., 1884, 26, pp. 41,42. 
Infanticide or homicide? Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 416. 
Ingersoll, Robert G. Crimes against criminals. Albany Law Journal, p. 8, Febru- 
ary 1,1890. 
Inglis, William. Twenty-sixth report on the reformatory and industrial schools of 
Great Britain, 1883. 
Innacoriti. I nuovi orizzonti del diritto penale e F antica scuola italiana, Perugia, 
1887. 
Inquiry, An, into the alleged tendency of the separation of convicts, one from the 
other, to produce disease and derangement. B°. Philadelphia, 1849. 
Intcricur, L’ des prisons, reformo pdnitentiaire, systeme cellulaire, emprisonnement 
en commun, suivis d’un dictionnaire renfermant les mots les plus usit6s dans 
le langage des prisons, par un d6tenu. Paris, 1846, In-B°. 
International Congress for the Prevention and Repression of Crime, Stockholm. Le 
Congr&s penitentiairo international de Stockholm, 15-26 aoht, 1878. Comptes- 
rendus des sciences. Stockholm, 1879. 
International Penitentiary Congress. Report on the International Penitentiary Con- 
gress of London, held July 3-13,1872. By E. C. Wines, United States Commis- 
sioner, etc., Washington. 1873. B°. 
International Penitentiary Congress. Edited by Edwin Pears, LL.B., secretary of 
the congress. London, 1872. B°. 
International Penitentiary Congress, London. Prisons and reformatories at home 
and abroad. Being the transactions of the * * * held in London July 
2-13, 1872. Including official documents, discussions, and papers presented to 
the congress. B°. London, 1872. 
Investigation and prosecution of crime. Blackw., 136, p. 43. 377 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Isnard et Dieu. Revue retrospective des cas judiciaires. Paris, 1874. 
Jacox, F. Imperfect criminals. Bentley, 54, p. 486; Liv. Age, 80, p. 23. 
James, G. P. R. The convict. 2 vols. Leipzig, 1847. 
Jameson, J. A. Green on crime. Dial (Ch.), 10, p. 332. 
Janvier, T. A. Western view of “ Judge” Lynch. Amer., 3, 215. 
Jaques, H. Reparation to innocent convicts. Pop. Sci. Mo., 25, p. 508. 
Jardine, D. Criminal trials. Loudon, 1847. 
Jarves, J. J. Prisons of Paris and their prisoners. Chain!). J., 12, pp. 158,298,402; 
Harper, 7, p. 599. 
Jaspar, H. L’enfance criminelle. Rev. Universitaire, Bruxelles, mai, juin, juillet 
1892. 
Jay, Raoul. Du patronage des liber6s eu France. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des prisons, 
d<sc. 1881. 
Jeanvrot. La question de la criminalite. Revue de la ref. judic., juillet 1889, n. 4. 
Jebb. Report of the surveyor-general of prisons on the construction, ventilation, 
and details of Pentonville Prison. Loudon, 1844. 
Jebb, C. 8., Lieut -Col. Report on the discipline and management of the convict 
prisons. 1850,1853. (England.) 
Jebb, J., Lieut.-Col. (chairman), D. O’Brien, and I. S. Whitty. Reports of the 
directors of convict prisons on the management and discipline of Pentonville, 
Parkhurst, and Millbank prisons, and of Portland, Portsmouth, Dartmoor, 
and Brizton prisons, and the Hulks, for the year 1853. 
Jeffrey, F. Prison discipline. Ed. E., 30, p. 463. 
Jerome, C. T. Conventional lying. Unita. R., 19, p. 345. 
Jeune Barreau d’Anvers, le 16 nov. 1889. Brux., Ferd. Larcier, 1889. Brochure 
in-B°. 
Jobert. Les gauchers compares aux droitiers. Lyon, 1885. 
John Smith in jail. How he fares in the model prison in America. Boston Herald, 
Oct. 2, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Joly. Jeunes criminels parisiens. Archives authr. crim., mars 1890. 
Joly. Le crime. Paris, 1888. 
Joly. Les lectures dans les prisons de la Seine, Archives anthr. crim., juillet 1888. 
Joly, Henri. Le combat centre le crime. Paris, 1892. 
Joret. De la folie dans le regime pdnitentiaire. Paris, 1849. 
Jouen, P. L. A. Considerations sur Pinfauticide. 4°. Paris, 1820. 
Juvenile crime and destitution. Chamb. J., 12, pp. 281, 347. 
Juvenile delinquency. Eel. R., 91, p. 200; 99, p. 385; Ed. R., 94, p. 403; Irish Q.,5, 
p. 773; Prosp. R., 2, p. 297; 10, p. 69. 
Juvenile delinquents. Chr. Ohs., 54, p. 193. 
Juvenile delinquents, Treatment of. Irish Q., 4, p. 1. 
Juvenile delinquents, Treatment of. A symposium, by I. C. Jones, E. T. Gerry, C. L. 
Brace. 
Juvenile depravity. Eel, R., 91, p. 200; Hogg, 2, pp. 148-398; 3, pp. 40-330; Sharpe, 
9, p. 223. 
Lacassague. Les tatouages. Paris, 1881, e Arch, psich., 1, p. 4, 
Lacassagne. L’homme criminel compare a I’homme primitif. Conference. Lyon, 
1882. 
Lacassagne et Magitot. Tatouage. Ext. du diet, encyl. d. sc. m&L, Paris, 1886. 
Lacointo. Rapport sur le projet de loi relatif a la liberation conditionnelle. Dis- 
cussion de ce rapport. 1884. 
Lair, A. Em. De la rehabilitation des condamnes dans le droit remain et dans le 
droit frangais ancieu et moderne, compare dans ses effets avec la grace, fain- 
uistie et la revision. Paris, 1859. lu-B°. 
Lajoye, R. La rehabilitation an criminel et an correctionnel. Bull, de la Soc. gen. 
des prisons, nov. 1880. 378 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Lallemand, L. De I’organisation tin travail dans les prisons cellulaires tie Belgique. 
Extrait des comptes reudus de I’Acaddmie des sciences morales et politiques. 
Paris, 1889. Brochure in-B°. 
Lallemant, Ave. Das deutsche Gaunerthum in. Soc., polit., liter, und linguist. Aus- 
hildung, Leipzig, 1858-62, 3 vol. 
Lambert, Henry. The study of crime. Its causes, its extent, its treatment. Bos- 
ton Transcript, Aug. 13, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Landon. A State police. The organized force in Massachusetts. N. Y. Post, Aug. 
10,1892. 2,200 words. 
Lang, A. Literary forgeries. Gontemp., 44, p. 837; Liv. Age, 160, p. 97; Critic, 4, 
pp. 2, 14, 27. 
Langerfield. Competition of convict labor. Science, 7, p. 168 
Lansdowne, A. A life’s reminiscences of Scotland Yard. London, 1890. 
Laroque. Considerations sur I’influence de la religion dans les maisons centrales, 
de force et de correction. Paris, 1843. Brochure in-B°. 
Laroque. Le bagne et les maisons centrales de force et de correction, ou compte 
rendu des essais de moralisation pendant trois amides de predications. Paris, 
1846. lu-B°. 
Laschi. I criminali nel delitto politico. Arch, psich., 1885, p. 496. 
Laschi. Mondo tenebroso. Conferenza. Milano, 1891. 
Lastres, F, L’ecole de reforme de Santa Rita. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., fevr. 
1886. 
Lattes. Sui lavori clandestiui dei carcerati. Arch, psich. ecc., 1886, p. 554. 
Laurent. L’annde criminelle, 1889-90. Lyon, 1891. 
Laurent. L’anthrop. crim. et les uouvelles theories du crime. Paris, 1891. 
Laurent. Les ddgdndrds dans les prisons. Arch. anth. crim., 1889; p. 266; ddc. 1888. 
Laurent. Les habitude des prisons. Lyon, 1890. 
Laurie, Annie. The Whittier reform school. New and rational way of dealing 
with young criminale. No bars or locks. S. F. Examiner, Sept. 25,1892. 4,000 
words. 
Lauvergne. Les forsats considdrds sous le rapport physiologique, moral et intel- 
lectuel. Paris, 1841. 
Lawrence, Edward A. The national prison congress at Baltimore. Congregational- 
ism Dec. 15,1892. 1,600 words. 
Laws on crimes in the Thirteenth Century. Spec., 58, p. 253. 
Laya. Abolition de la surveillance de la haute police et son remplacemeut par les 
colonies pdnales. Les plaies sociales. Paris, 1865. In-B°. 
Lea, H. C. Pike’s History of Crime in England. Nation, 19, p. 60. 
Le Call. Le droit de puuir d’apres la science positive. Lyon, 1885. 
Lechevalier. Rapport prdsentd ala Socidte d’dconomie charitable sur le travail et 
sur I’organisation des prisons. Ann. do la Char., 1847, t. 3. 
Lecieux. Considerations rnddico-ldgales sur I’infanticide. 4°. Paris, 1811. 
Lecieux. Considerations sur I’infanticide. Paris, 1819. 
Lediscot, L. P. De I’infanticide. 4°. Paris, an 13, 1884. 
Lefdbure, L. La socidtd gdndrale de patronage. Bull, do la Soc. gdn. des pris., 
avril 1879. 
Lefdbure, L. Refuges pour les libdrds. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., mai 1883, 
Leffingwell, A. Illegitimacy and the influence of climate on conduct. New York, 
1892. 
Legay. L’anthrop. crim. Revue de la sc. nouv., avr. 1891. 
Legoyt. L’dmigration europdenue. son importance, ses causes, ses effets, avec un 
appendice sur I’emigration africaine, hiudoueet chinoise. Paris, 1861. In-B°. 
Legrand du Saulle. Du crime accompli par I’homme ivre. Gaz. des h6p., 1851. 
Legrand du Saulle. L’assassin Dumollard. Ann. mdd.-pBychologiques, 1862. 
Legrin, A. De la suppression de la surveillance de la haute police. Paris, 1882. 
lu-B°. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
379 
Lehtaigne, John. Annual reports on the reformatory and industrial schools of 
Ireland, 1874-77, 1879-81, 1883-84. . 
Lentaigne, John, and Charles F. Bourke. Annual reports on the prisons of Ireland, 
1872-74. 
Lepelletier de la Sarthe. Systeme pemteutiaire. Le bagne, la prison cellulaire, la 
deportation. Le Mans et Paris, 1853. In-8C. 
Leroy, R. Essai medico-legal sur I’infanticide. 4°. Paris, 1818. 
Lestingi. Autograft di assassiui. 1882. 
Letchworth, William P. Juvenile offenders. Industrial training of children in 
houses of refuge and other reformatory schools, pp. 44. Albany, 1883. B°. 
Letourueau. Prefazione all’ Homme criminel. Paris, 1887. 
Letter, Fifth, to convicts in State prisons and houses of correction, or county peni- 
tentiaries. Printed, but not published, Nov., 1850. B°. [Boston, 1850.] 
Letters on the comparative merits of the penitentiary discipline. By a Massachu- 
setts man. B°. Boston, 1836. 
Letter to convicts in twenty-six State prisons, and ten houses of correction, or county 
penitentiaries. 2d ed. printed, but not published, July, 1848; fifth thousand, 
Aug., 1848. B°. [n. p.., 1848.] 
Louillier, C. Philosophic des prisonniers; public avec des changements et additions 
par A. van Overloop. Bruxelles, 1850. lu-B°. 
Levi, L. Crime in England in 1857-76. J. Statist. Soc., 43, p. 423. 
Lewis. Les causes celebres de PAngleterre. Paris, 1884. 
Lichatschow. Sulle opere di E. Ferri. Pietroburgo, 1883, 
Lichinchi. Nuovo indirizzo della scienza del diritto di punire. Mario Pagano, 
1886, u. 1. 
Lieber, F. A popular essay on subjects of penal law, and on uninterrupted solitary 
confinement at labor, as contradistinguished to solitary confinement at night, 
and joint labor by day, in a letter to John Bacon. B°. Phila., 1838. 
Lilienthal, von. Der Hypnotismus uud das Strafrecht. Berlin. 
Lindau. Aus der Berliner Yerbrecherwelt. Nord und Slid. 1882, e Arch, psich. ccc., 
1884, p. 152. 
Linden, E. van den. Du patronage des condamnes et de leur rehabilitation 
dans la society. Louvain-Paris, 1885. Brochure m-8u. 
Lindsley, J. B. On prison discipline and penal legislation ; with special reference to 
the State of Tennessee. B°. Nashville, Tenn., 1874. 
Lioy. La nuova scuola penale. 11. ediz., Torino, 1886. 
Lioy, A. Colonia peuitenziaria ad Assab. P. 23, Napoli, 1884. 
Liszt, Franz von. Abhandlungen des kriminalistischen seminars. Berlin. 
Livermore, A. A. Abolition of prisons. Unita. R., 34, p. 237. 
Livingston, E. Introductory report to the code of prison discipline, explanatory of 
the principles on which the code is founded, being part of the system of pe- 
nal law prepared for the State of Louisiana. B°. Philadelphia, 1827. 
Llanos y Torriglia.’ Ferri ysu escuela. Ateneo, Madrid, marzo 1889. 
Locatelli. Sorveglianti e sorvegliati. Milano, 1878. 
Loi du 31 mai 1888 etablissant la liberation conditionnelle et les condamnations con- 
ditionnelles dans le systeme penal. Documents parlementaires et discussions 
completes par les instructions et les discussions parlementaires concernaut le 
"Patronage.” Bruxelles, 1889. lu-B°. 
Lombroso. Delinquent! d’occasione. 1881. 
Lombroso. Die neueu Entdeckungen auf dem Gebiete der krim. Anthr. Arch. f. 
Strafr., Berlin, 1889, 37, p. 1. 
Lombroso. Applicazioui pratiche dell’ antropologia criminale. Scuola Positiva, 
aprile e maggio 1892. 
Lombroso. Gerghi nuovi. Arch, psich., 1887, p. 125. 380 
ABNORMAL MAN, 
Lombroso. I palinsesti del carcere. Torino, 1891. 
Lombroso. L'anthropologie et la criminality. Rev. scieutif., 8 mars 1884. 
Lombroso. L’anthropologie criminelle et ses progrfes. Paris, 1890; II ediz., 
1891. 
Lombroso. L’ arte nei delinquenti. 
Lombroso. Les dernieres dycouvertes de I’antbropologie criminelle. Nouvelle 
Revue, 15, dtic. 1888. 
Lombroso. Les nouveaux progres de I’anthrop. crim. Paris, 1892. 
Lombroso. L’uomo delinqueute in rapporto all’ antropologia, giurisprudenza e alle 
discipline carcerarie. Aggiuntavi la teoria della tutela penale del F. Poletti. 
2d ed. B°. Roma, Torino, Firenze, 1878. 
Lombroso. L’ uomo delinqueute [dal 1872 in pol], ediz. Milano 1876, IV. ediz. Torino, 
2 vol. con Atlante. 
Lombroso, Ferri, Garofalo, Fioretti. Polemica in difesa della gcuola criminale posi- 
tiva, Bologna, 1886. 
Lombroso. Palinsesti del carcere. Arch, psicb. ecc., 1887, pp. 457,569; 1888, pp. 1, 
125, 229, 341, 453; e Torino, 1891,1 vol. 
Lombroso. Tatto c tipo degenerative in donue normal!, criminal!, e alienate. Arch, 
psicb., 1891, p. 1. 
Lombroso. Prefazione al Drago. Delinqueuti nati. Torino, 1890. 
Lombroso. Sul tatuaggio negli italiani. Arcb. per 1’ autrop., 1874. 
Lombroso. Un autografo di Segbetti. Arch, psicb., 1891, p. 366. 
Lombroso e Ottolengbi. Die Sinne der Verbrecber. Zeitsch. f. Physiol., Leipzig, 
1891. 
Lombroso eDu Camp. Gli autograft di Troppmann. Arcb. psicb., 1880. 
Lord, H. W. Penal and prison discipline, pp. 18. Lansing, Micb., 1880. 
Lord, Nugent. Crime and bow to bo treated. Peop. J., 3, pp. 233, 302, 362; 4, pp. 62, 
308; 5, p. 107. 
Lossing, B. J. British prisons of the American Revolution, on land and water. 
Potter Am. Mo., 6, p. 1. 
Loundsbury, T. R. Lying. Nation, 2, p. 796. 
Lozano. La escuela antrop. y sociol. criminal ante la sana filosofia. La Plata, 1889. 
Lucas, C. Exposy de 1 dtat de la question pdnitentiaire en Europe et aux Etats- 
Uuis; suivi d’observations de MM. de Tocqueville, Cb. Lucas et B<srenger. 
B°. Paris, 1844. 
Lucchini. I semplicisti [antropologi, psicologi e sociologij del diritto penale_ 
Torino, 1886. 
Lucilde y Huerta. Morfologia del robo, 6 ladrones de Madrid, 1889. 
Lucio. A tuberculose en la penitenciaria central de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1888. 
Luke, Owen, M. A. A bistory of crime in England. 2 vols., pp. 539 and pp. 719. 
London, 1873. 
Lying. Boston Q., 3, p. 409; Nation, 2, p. 825; 3, p. 17. 
Lying, Catholic doctrine of. Sat. R., 55, p. 335. 
Lying, Mrs. Opie on, in all its branches. Lond. M., 12, p. 103. 
Lying, Physiology of. Colburn, 66, p. 54. 
Lying, Polite art of. Tait, n. s., 2, p. 377 
Lying as a fine art. Sat. R., 61, p. 331. 
Lying as a science. Temp. Bar, 27, p. 215; Ev. Sat., 8, p. 435. 
Lying in all its branches. U. S. Lit. Gaz., 5, p. 98; Mus., 7, p. 61 
Lying; Is it ever justifiable? New Eug. M., 7, p. 302. 
Lynch law. Am. Whig R., 1, p. 121; Brit. & For. R., 14, p. 29; So. Lit. Mess., 5, p. 218. 
Lynch law, Use and abuses of. Am. Whig R., 11. p. 459; 12, p. 494; 13, p. 213. 
Lynch law in America. Leis. Hour, 18, pp. 245, 416. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
381 
Lynch law in Missouri. Once a Week, 9, p. 47. 
Lyon, T.B. A text-book of medical jurisprudence for India, pp. 570. London, 1889. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Ethics as applied to criminology. Journ. of Ment. Science, 
April, 1890. The same in Revista general delegislacidn y jurisprudeucia, 1892, 
nums. 5 y 6. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Course in criminology at Clark University. Monist, Oct., 
1890. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. The Science of Crime. Lend a hand, Feb., 1892. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Digests of criminological literature. Am. Journ. of Psychol., 
1890. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Criminal aristocracy or the Maffia. Medico-Legal Journal, 
June, 1891; Evening Gazette, Worcester, Mass., 1891. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Criminology New Englander and Yale Review, Jan., 1892. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Criminology, general and special, with introduction by Prof. 
Lombroso. (Extensive bibliography.) New York, 1893. pp. 416. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. The study of the criminal. Resume of the principals of the 
school of criminal anthropology. Summary, Oct. 9, 1892. 3,400 words. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Ideas on the repression of crime by Garofalo, of the new 
Italian school of criminology. Columbia Law York, Oct., 1892. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. The best cure for crime. , Important bearing of education on 
natural tendencies. (Abstract of lecture.) Washington Post, Dec. 20, 1892. 
600 words, 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Criminal contagion. National Review, London, Nov., 1892. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. La sexuality patho-criminelle. Archives de Panthropologie 
crim, nov. 1892. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Formes graves de la criminality. Traduction par Dr. H. Cou- 
tagne. Lyon et Paris, 1893. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Pathological and criminal sexuality, with introduction by 
Prof. Dr. von Krafft. Ebing (Vienna). (With extensive bibliography.) 
Philadelphia, 1893. 
Mac Donald, Carlos F. Infliction of the death penalty by means of electricity. 
Medical Journal, May 14, 1892. 12,000 words. 
Mac Donald, Carlos F. Infliction of the death penalty by means of electricity. N. 
Y. Medical Journal, May 7, 1892. 4,800 words. 
Macdonell, G. P. Criminal law. Acad., 23, p. 285. 
Mac Farlane, C. Lives and exploits of banditti. London, 1837. 
Maconochie, Capt. Convicts on Norfolk Island. J. Statist. Soc., 8, p. 1 
McCallum, A. K. Juvenile delinquency and the Glasgow plan of cure. J. Statist. 
Soc., 18, p. 356. 
McFarlane, D. H. Crimes against property and person, inequality of sentences. 
Macmil., 45, p. 404; Liv. Age, 153, p. 188. 
McGee, J. G. Origin and cure of crime. Cath. World, 18, p. 55. 
McKee, J. M. Is crime increasing? If so, why? Public Opinion, Oct. 29, 1892. 
700 words. 
McKee, J. M. Where reform is needed. Cumb. Q., 4, pp. 353, 445. 
McKenna, J. A. J. What fills our jails f Cath. World, May, 1892. 3,100 words 
McLane, Wm. W. Possible progression in the punishment of criminals. Andover 
Review, April, 1892. 4,000 words. 
M’Levy, J. Curiosities of crime in Edinburgh. Edinburgh, 1861. 
Maddison, A. J. S. Hints on aid to discharged prisoners. London, 1888. Brochure 
in-B°. 
Maestre, Gil. Los malhechores de Madrid. Gerona, 1889. 
Mafiosi, The. What the bands are and how they operate and are sustained. St, 
Louis Globe-Democrat, July, 31,1892. 2,100 words. 382 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Magnan. L’enfanco des criminals dans ses sapports avcc la predisposition natnrelle 
an crime. Actes du 11° Congres d’anthr. crim, Lyon, 1890, p. 53. 
Majno. La scuola positiva di diritto penale. Milano, 1886. 
Majno, Bronzini ecc. Studi su alcuui delinquent!. Revista penale, 1874,1, p. 328. 
Malcorason, J. G. A letter to the Right Hon. Sir Henry Harding on the effects of 
solitary confinement on the health of soldiers in warm climates. B°. London, 
1837. 
Mallet, Mile. J. Les femmes en prison; causes de leur chute; moyen de les relever. 
Moulins et Paris, 1843. In-B°. 
Marnhrilla. Polemica. Rev. de antr. crim., marzo 1889. 
Manning, H. E. Inhuman crimes in England. No. Am., 141, p. 301. 
Mantegazza. Gli atavism! psichici. Arch, per I’antrop., Firenze, 1888. 
Marheau. lu a la Soci6t6 d’dconomie charitable snr le travail dans les pri- 
sons et snr son influence snr le salaire des ouvriers lihres. Ann. de la Char., 
1847, t. 3. 
Marcard, T. Beitriige zur Gefangnisskunde. Aerztliche Mittheilungen aus den han- 
noverscheu Straf-Anstalten. B°. Celle, 1864, 
Mareska, J. Etude snr des effets de Pemprisonnement snr les condamnds criminels 
en Belgique. Rapport annuel do 1849. Bruxelles, 1852. Brochure iu-B°. 
Marillier. Les criminels d’apres les travaux rfccnts. Revue scient., 20 avr. 1889. 
Markham, Governor of California. Prisoners and criminals. (Editorial.) Argonaut, 
Jan., 16,1893. 1, 300 words. 
Marks, A. Distinguished forgers. Once a Week, 16, p. 35. 
Marque, J. de la. Des colonies p6nitentiaires et du patronage desjeunes lilnirds. 
Paris et Strasbourg, 1863. In-B°. 
Marque, J. de la. La rehabilitation des liber (is. Paris, 1877. In-12°. 
Marque, J. de la. Le patronage des libdrds juge par les Anglais. M. Murray Browne. 
La Socifite de Glasgow. Paris, 1876. Brochure in-12°. 
Marque, J. de la. Le patronage des libf res appliqud aux detenus. Paris, 1875. In-32°. 
Marque, J. de la. ModMe do statuts pour nne societe de patronage. Bull, de la Soc. 
g6n. des pris., avril 1879. 
Marque, J. de la. Patronage desjeunes detenus et desjeunes libdres. Paris, 1855. 
Brochure ln-B°. 
Marquet Yasselot, L. A. A. Examen historique et critique des diverses theories p6- 
nitentiaires ramenees a nne unit<s de systeme applicable ala France. 2 vols. 
B°. Lille, 1835. 
Marquet de Yasselot. Ethnographic des prisons. Paris, 1853. 
Marro. I carcerati. Studi dal vero. Torino, 1885. 
Marro. I caratteri dei delinquenti. Torino, 1887. 
Marshall, H. A historical sketch of military punishments in as far as regards non- 
commissioned officers and private soldiers, and a sketch of the punishments to 
which common seamen and marines are liable in the royal navy. By a sur- 
geon’s mate of 1803. B°. [London, 1839]. 
Martel, H. Algemeene leidsman voor landverhuizers. Brussel, 1889. In-12° 
Martel, H. Guide des emigrants. Bruxelles, 1889. In-12°. 
Martin, Caroline. The Tombs. New York city prison, discipline, hygiene, etc. 
Waverly Magazine, Nov. 12. 1,500 words. 
Martin, John B. Civilization and crime. Humanitarian, Sept., 1892. 3,000 words. 
Martineau, H. Health of policemen. Once a AYeek, 2, p. 522. 
Mason, M. L. French detectives. Macmil., 45, p. 296; Sat. R., 53, p. 174; 59, p. 16. 
Massachusetts. Reports of the committee on education concerning corporal punish- 
ment in the schools of the Commonwealth, May, 1868. B°. Boston, 1868. 
Massachusetts. Report of the committee on rules and regulations on corporal pun- 
ishment in the public schools. School committee, June 10, 1873. B°. Boston, 
1873. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Massachusetts State Prison. Rules and regulations, with the acts of the legislature, 
and remarks. Boston, 1823. 
Maubarcit, A. Essai sur I’iufanticide par commission. 4°. Montpellier, 1864. 
Mauchartus, J. D. Infanticidas non absolvit, nec a tortura liberal, nec respirationem 
fmtus in utero tollit; pulmonum infantis in aqua subsidentia. Sm. 4°. Tubin- 
gm, 1691. 
Mandsley. Remarks on crime and criminals. Jonrn. of Ment. Science, July, 1888. 
Maugin, A. Sur Phygifene des prisons. 4°. Paris, 1819. 
Mauley, Lord De. Crime, criminals, and punishment. Macmil., 29, p. 145. 
Mauro, De. Marasmo sociale e diritto punitivo. Foggia, 1886. 
Manro, De. Sul moderno materialismo in diritto penale. Catania, 1883. 
Mauro, De. La selezione nel principle organico del diritto penale. Prolusione. 
Parma, 1885. 
Maury. Snr Phomme criminel. Jonrn. des savants, 1879. 
Mayew. Criminal life. London, 1860. 
Mayew. Criminal prisons of London. London, 1862. 
Mayhew and Binny. The criminal prisons of London and scenes of prison lilt. pp. 
634. London, 1862. 
Mayor. Sur I’argot des criminels. Actes du cougres anthr. crim, Rome, 1886, p. 147. 
Mayor, Nota snl gergo francese. Arch, psich., 1883. 
Mease, J. Observations on the penitentiary system and penal code of Pennsyl- 
vania, with suggestions for their improvement. B°. Philadelphia, 1828. 
Meason, M. L. Detective police. Nineteenth Cent., 13, p. 765; Chamb. J.,6, p. 337. 
Meason, M. L. Experiences with detectives. Belgra., 19, p. 490. 
Measou, M. L. Police of London. Macmil., 46, p. 192; Spec., 55, p. 1,279. 
Measurement of criminals kept on record. The Bortilon system fully explained. 
Boston Herald, Aug. 1, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Mecacci. Idea della giustizia punitiva. Prolusione. Parma, 1885. 
Medical experts on criminality. N. Y. Herald, May 22, 1892. 4,500 words. 
Meister, J. C. F. Urtheile und Gutachten in peinlichen und andern Straffiillen. 
B°. Frankfurth a. d. Oder, 1808. 
Merchant. Six years in the prisons of England. London, 1869. 
Mesmard. Discours pronoued en gualite de President de la SocMte pour le patro- 
nage des jenues Rouen. Brochure in-B°. 
Mesnil, O. du. Les jeunes detenus a la Roquetto et dans les colonies agricoles. 
Hygiene, moralisation et mortality, modifications que reclame le regime actuel. 
B°. Paris, 1866. 
Metschiuikow. L’ antropologia criminale. Pietroburgo, 1886. 
Meynert. Cerveau et sociability. Rev. scient., 24 nov. 1888. 
Meyrick, A. S. Difficulties of reform in prison discipline. Internal. R., 11, p. 234. 
Meyrick, A. S. Improvements in prison discipline. Internal. R., 10, p. 306. 
Michal, C. Du systiime penitentiaire pour les jeunes detenus. Ann. de la Char., 
1865-66, t. 21, vol. 2, et t. 22, vol. 1. 
Michaux. Proposition de loi relative an pardon. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., 
fevr. 1886. 
Michell, T. Statistics of crime in Russia. J. Statist. Soc., 27, p. 369, 
Michetti. Arbitrii e imputabilita. Pesaro, 1886. 
Michiels van Kessenich. Lettre snr la maison de coivection de St.-Bernard pres 
d’Anvers. Bruxelles, 1824. La Themis, t. 6. 
Midy, Th. Le nouveau colon de Mettray on la rehabilitation. Paris, 1875. In-16°. 
Migneret, S. De la surveillance legale. Rev, crit. de Mg. et de jurisp., 1871-72. 
Nouvelle serie, t. 1, p. 363. 
Mind, juli 1888, snlP Homme criminel di Lombroso e La Criminologia di Garofalo. 
Ministere des affaires etrangcrcs. Le service do rcnseignemonts coucernant I’dmi' 
gration. Bruxelles, 1888. Brochure in-12°. 384 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Minzloff. Caratteri delle classi criminali. Messagero giuridico, Mosca, 1881, fasc. 10. 
Mitchcß-AVard murder case, The. Formal and judicial declaration of her insanity. 
Memphis Commercial, July 31, 1892. 2,200 words. 
Mitteilungen der internationaleu kriminalistischen Yereinigung. Berlin. 
Modern brigands. The blood-thii’sty bandits who overrun Sicily. Illns. N. Y. 
Journal, Oct. 30, 1892. 2,000 words. 
Mogi, Torajiro. Capital punishment; historically, philosophically and practically 
considered. Ann Arbor, Mich., 1890. 
Moldenhawer, de. Projet de statuts pour la Soctetd protectrice des prisonniers 
lihdrds h Yarsovie. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., juin 1882. 
Monuier. Les livres de M. Lombroso. Biblioth. Univ. et Revue Suisse, juillet 1879. 
Monro, J. Story of police pensions. New.R., 3, p. 194. 
Monro, J. London police. No. Am., 151, p. 615. 
Mons, C. J. van. De infanticide. 4°, Lovanii, 1822, 
Monteagle, Lord. Crimes act, English. Nineteenth Cent., 17, p. 1072. 
Moutero, Dorado. La ciencia penal en la Italia contemporauea. Rev. gen. legisl., 
Madrid, 1889, n. 3. 
Moravcsik. Degenerationszeichen bei der verbrecherischen Neigungen. Centrabl. 
f. Nerveuh., Miirz 1891. 
Moreau. De Fdtat mental des criminels. Bruxelles, 1881. 
Moreau. L’homicide commis par les enfants. Paris, 1882. 
Moreau. Souvenirs de la Petite et de la Grande Roquette. Paris, 1869 
Moreau [de Tours]. Contagion du crime. Paris, 1889. 
Moreau [Alf.] L’etat mental des criminels. Bruxelles, 1881 
Moreau-Christophe. Le mondo des coquius. Paris, 1841. 
Moreau-Christophe, L. M. Raison des faits commuiquds par Ch. Lucas a I’Aca- 
ddmie des sciences morales, sur quelques ddtenus cellules. B°. Paris, 1839. 
Morel, A. Des commissions do surveillance des socidtds de patronage en faveur des 
libdrds. Ann. de la Char., 1852, t. 8. 
Morel, A. Des liberations provisoires ou coudilionnelles. Ann. do la Char., 1858, 
t. 14. 
Morison, J. H. Prison discipline. Chr. Exam., 44, p. 273 
Morote. Las anomalias en los criminales. Rev. gen. de legislacidn, avril 1886. 
Morote. El derecho penal capitulo de las ciencias naturales. Rev. gen. deletes!., 
Madrid, 1884. 
Morrison, W. D. Correspondenza in Scuola positiva. 
Morrison, AY. D. Crime and its causes. London, 1891. 
Morrison, AY. D. Increase of crime in England, and the causes thereof. Nine- 
teenth Century, June, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Morrison, AY. D. Reflections on the theories of criminality. Journal of Mental 
Science, April, 1889. 
Morrison, AY. D. The study of crime. Mind, Oct., 1892. 
Morrow, AY. C. Crimes of the past year. A psychological study of erring raeu and 
women; comedy, sentiment, and tragedy. S. F. Examiner, Dec. 25, 1892. 
3,000 words. 
Morse, E. S. Natural selection and crime. Popular Science Monthly, Aug., 1892. 
6,000 words. 
Morse, E. S. Natural selection and crime. Pop. Sci. Mo., 41, 1892. 
Morselli. Contribute alia psicologia dell’ uomo delinquente. Note sui delinquent! 
suicidi. Riv. sperim. fren., 1875, pp. 1-3. Also, ’Arch. ital. mal. nerv., mar- 
zomaggio 1877. 
Morselli. Influenza della pena sui detenuti. Rivista sperimentale freniatrica, 
1877. 3. 
Moses Harman in the penitentiary; for printing alleged obscene matter. (Editorial.) 
Truth Seeker, July 9, 1892. 2,500 words. 385 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Mosher, E. M. Health of criminal women. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 16, p. 46. 
Moster. Physical health and crime. Jouru. of Mont. Sc., 1882. 
Motet. Les faux t&noignages des enfants devant la justice. Paris, 1887 
Mouat, F. J. Repression of crime. B°. London, 1881. 
Mouat, F. J. Prison statistics and discipline in Lower Bengal. J. Statist. Soc., 39, 
p. 311; 25, p. 175; 30, p. 21; 35, p. 57. 
Munro, J. Visit to prisons of Cayenne. Good Words, 19, p. 746. 
Murder, Appeal of, and trial by battle. Quar., 18, p. 117. 
Murder, Decay of. Cornh., 20, p. 722. 
Murder. Dr. Lamson’s case. Sat. R., 53, pp. 328, 413, 435 
Murder, Fashionable. Canad. Mo., 17, p. 280 
Murder. Fonayrou trial. Spec., 55, pp. 1078, 1536. 
Murder, Law of. Lond. Q., 26, p. 428. 
Murder, Moral muddle about. Spec., 57, p. 1694. 
Murder, Motives of. Spec., 57, p, 1544. 
Murder, Pure. In “Criminology,” by A. Mac Donald. 
Murder, Sketch of a late trial for. Lond. M., 9, p. 165. 
Murder, Statistics of. Editorial. N. O. Times-Democrat, July 24,1892. 1,000 words. 
Murder, Statistics of, in the United States. J. Statist. Soc., 48, p. 116. 
Murder and mystery; a tale. Fraser, 23, p. 547. 
Murder and the microscope. Chamb. J., 26, p. 305. 
Murder by mistake. All the Year, 12, p. 66. 
Murder hole; an ancient legend. Blackw., 25, p. 189. 
Murder mania. Chamb. J., 12, p. 209. 
Murder of Dr. Hill, of Chesterton, Maryland. Execution and imprisonment of the 
eight negroes charged with the murder. Baltimore Weekly Sun, Jan. 14,1893. 
2,200 words. 
Murder of Nick Yedder; a Niagara tale. Temp. Bar., 50, p. 374. 
Murder problem, The, Editorial on Andrew D. White’s lecture. Seattle Post-Intel- 
ligencer, Aug. 24,1892. 850 words. 
Murder that will not out. Dub. Uuiv., 81, p. 273. 
Murder will out. (Not always true, as illustrated by the Nathan murder case.) 
(Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, July 29,1892. 1,500 words. 
Murderer, How I became a. Loud. Soc., 37, suppl., p. 64. 
Murderer, Who is the? Blackw., 51, p. 553. 
Murdered Protestant pastor; a poem. Chr. Ohs., 36, p. 153. 
Murderer’s confession. Liv. Age, 30, p. 130. 
Murderer’s last night. Blackw., 25, p. 734; Mus., 15, pp. 163, 305. 
Murderers, Perverted sympathy for. Sat. R., 53, p. 388. 
Murdering banker. Blackw., 44, p. 823. 
Murders, How they have been discovered. Dub. Uuiv., 65, x>.650. 
Murders, Late. Liv. Age, 5, p. 515. 
Murders, Mysterious. Lond. Soc., 36, p. 437. 
Murray-Browne. La r6cidive en Angleterre. Bull, de la Soc. g6n. des pris., avril 
1878. 
Myrick, A. S. Convict labor and the labor reformers. Princ., n. s., 11, p. 196. 
Nadault do Buffon, H. La surveillance do la haute police. Rev. prat, de droit fran?., 
1871, t. 31. 
Nani. Vecchi e nuovi problemi del diritto. Disc, inaug. Torino, 1887. 
Neison, F. G. P. Statistics of crime in England from 1842-44. J. Statist. Soc., 9, p. 223; 
New York Society for the Reformation of Juvenile Delinquents. Documents relative 
to the House of Refuge, instituted 1824. New York, 1832. 
New York State. Secretary of State. List of convicts discharged from the Mount 
Pleasant, Auburn, and Clinton prisons, 1848-50. 
Nichols, T. M. Criminal law Edw., I, Arch, 40, p. 39. 386 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Nick, G. H. De pcenis corporis afflictivis tan: civilibus quam militaribus. 4°. Tu- 
bingse, [lBo4]. 
Nicolescu, J. L’infanticido par Pimmersion dans les fosses d’aisances. 4°. Paris, 
1868. 
Noclluer. Criminal-psycolog. Denkwiirdigkeiten. Stuttgart, 1858. 
Noelting, J. C. De embryoctonia et infanticide. 4°. Gottinga;, 1805. 
Norbury, Frank P. Criminal responsibility in the early stages of general paralysis. 
Med. and Surg. Reporter, Jan. 14,1893. 1,500 words. 
Normand, A. L. Hygiene et pathologic do deux convois de condamnds aux travaux 
forcds trausportds de France on Nouvelle-Calddonie par la frdgate la Sibylle, 
en 1866-67. 4°. Paris, 1869. 
Notter, de. Uccisione del couseuzieuto secondo la scuola antropologico-cyiminale. 
Firenze, 1885. 
Notter, do. Stranezzo vecchie e stranezze nuove. Conferenza. Firenze, 1886. 
Noyes, W. The criminal type. Am. Jour. Soc. Sci., 24. 
Nulli, Maurizio Benedikt, o la nuova scuola di diritto penale negli Studi Senes, 
1887. 
Number of persons taken into custody by the metropolitan police of London, and the 
results, Li the year 1836; with comparative statements for the years 1831-36. 
B°. [n.d.] 
Nutton, J. La transportation. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., Janvier et avril 1886. 
Odger, G. Employment of criminals. Contemp., 15, p. 463. 
(Euvre protestante dcs prisons do femmes a Paris, 1839-89. Paris, 1889. Brochure 
in-4°. 
CEuvre protestante des prisons do femmes Paris, 1887-89. Rapports. Paris, 1888- 
89. 3 brochures in-B°. 
O’Leary, C. M. Criminals and their treatment. Cath. World, 26, p. 56. 
Olgren, J. L. De signis infanticidii dubiis atcpio certis in medicina forensi bene dis- 
tinguendis. B°. Jense, 1788. 
Olivaud, E. J. Do I'infanticido et des moyens que Ton cmploie pour leconstater; 
dissertation mddico-ldgale dans laquelle on expose les soins iudispensablcs a 
I’enfaut nouveau-nd. B°. Paris, an X, 1802. 
Olivecrona, K. d’. Des causes de la rdcidive, ct des moyens d’en restreindre les effets. 
Trad, par Jules Henri Kramer. B°. Paris, 1873. 
Orano. La criminality in relaziono col clima. Roma, 1882. 
Orby-Shiplcy. Tlio purgatory of prisons, or an intermediate stage. 1857. 
Ordronaux, John. Judicial problems relating to the disposal of insane criminals, 
pp. 161. Jersey City, 1881. 
Osario, Gil. Fcrri yla escuela penal positivista. Rev. gen. legisl., 1885, p. 49. 
Osario, Gil. Pena sequondo la moderna escuela antrop. crim. Rev. gen. legisl., oct., 
nov. 1889. 
Oscar, prince do Sudde. Dcs peines ct des prisons. Paris, 1842. In-B°. 
Osier, W, On the brains of two murderers. P. 
Oswald, F. L. Smugglers and poachers. Illustrated. St. Louis Globe-Democrat, 
Jan. 22,1893. 1,200 words. 
Oswald, Felix L. Legal methods of torture. Ancient and modern capital punish- 
ment. Ulus. S. F. Chronicle, July 31,1892. 1,300 words. 
Oswald, Felix L. Prison problems. Open Court, Sept. 29,1892. 2,600 words. 
Ottolonghi. II ricambio materials nei delinquenti-nati. Giorn. Accad. med., Torino., 
e Arch, psich., 1888, p. 375. Arch, psich. L’olfato nei criminal!. Arch, psich., 
1888, p. 495. 
Ottolenghi. L’ occhio nei delinquent!. Arch, psich., 1886, p. 543. 
Ottoleughi. Nuove ricerche sul rei contro il buou costume. Arch, psich, ecc., 1888, 
p. 573. 387 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Ought Mrs. May brick to be tortured to death ? Review of Reviews, Nov., 1892. 7,000 
words. 
Packard, F. A. Memorandum of a late visit to the Auburn Penitentiary prepared for 
the Philadelphia Society for the Alleviation of the Miseries of Public Prisons. 
B°. Philadelphia, 1842. 
Packard, F. A. Memorandum of a late visit to some'of the principal hospitals, 
prisons, etc., in France, Scotland, and England. Embraced in a letter to the 
acting committee of the Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of 
Public Prisons. B°. Philadelphia, 1840. 
Packard, F. A. Inquiry into the teudency of separation to produce disease. Phila- 
delphia, 1849. 
Palme. Colonie pOietentiaire, agricole et industrielle do Gaillon. Ann. de la Char., 
1847, t. 3. 
Paoli. Le droit criminel et ses nonveaux horizons. France judiciaire, 1887, n. 4. 
Parant, V. Hypnotism in its relations to criminality. Amer, Jour, of Insan., 1890, 
p. 598. 
Parkhurst’s plan. Criticism of his statements by a European traveler. N. Y. Journal, 
Oct. 29,1892. 800 words. 
Parkman, F. Criminal law in England. Chr. Exam., 12, p. 1. 
Packman, F. Prison discipline. Chr. Exam., 27, p. 381. 
Pascaud, H. Etude sur la surveillance de la haute police. Ce qu’elle a 6te, ce qu’elle 
est, ce qu’elle devrait etre. Rev, crit. do leg. et de jurisp., 1865, t. 27. 
Pascaud, H. Lcs soci(?t6s de patronage et les dtablissements de refuge pour les lit- 
res adultes. Paris, 1878. Brochure in-B°. 
Pascoe, C. E. Prisons of England. Appleton, 12, pp. 457,584. 
Passez, E. Le Congres peniteutiaire do Washington. Bull, de la Soc. gen. lies pris., 
nov. et d6c. 1885. 
Passina. 11 libero volere. Giorn. nap. di filos. e lott., Napoli, 1876. 
Passion for pardoning convicts, The. (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, June 
27, 1892. 1,100 words. 
Paul, Sir G. O. Address on the government of prisons in the county of Gloucester. 
Gloucester, 1808. 
Paulian, L. Rapport de la Society de patronage des libdrds de Rome. Bull, de la 
Soc. g£u. des pris., avril 1879. 
Paybs, E. Les dtablissements pdnitenciers en Belgique. Bull, de la Soc. gtin. des 
pris., avril 1880. 
Pears, E. Prisons and reformatories at home and abroad, being the transactions of 
the international penitentiary congress held in London, July, 3-13, 1872. 
Londres, 1872. In-8o_.0_. 
Pechard. Manuel des prisons et des ddpots de mendicity, Paris, 1822. In-B°. 
Peirce, B. K. A half-century with juvenile delinquents; or the New York House of 
Refuge and its times. New York, 1869. 
Pellacani. La medicina legale moderna nelle sc. biol. e sociali. Milano, 1890. 
Pelham, Camden. The chronicles of crime. 2 vols., pp. 592, ,636. London, 1886. 
Penfield, W. L. Science of lying. Lakeside, 7, p. 403. 
Penitentiary, At the. Employment, and peculiarities of criminals, etc. Brooklyn 
Eagle, Aug. 14, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Peuta. Note cliniche sul delinquent! del bagno penale di S. Stefano. Riv. clinica 
e terap., 1888, n. 2. 
Penta. Positivismo e criminality. Ivrea, 1890. 
Peracchia, Dr. The gait of a criminal. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 278. 
Perez. Caballero. Nueva escuela ’de derecho penal. Rev. gen. de legislacion, Ma- 
drid, nov. 1885. 
Perez, Oliva. Escuela positivista del derecho penal in Italia. Revista de los tribu- 
nals, die. 1885 e segg. 388 
ABNORMAL MAN, 
Perkins* F. B. Eights of convicts. 0. and N., 9, p. 495. 
Perkins,'J. B. Code of criminal law proposed. Am. Law E., 13, it. 244. 
Pessina. II naturalismo eJe scienze ginridiche. Prolnsione, Napoli, 1879. 
Petit, Cb. Rapport sur la detention a long terme. Bull.de la Soc. gdu. des pris., 
iain 1882. 
% 
Pfanz, J. C. De tormcntis et poonis sustinendis. 4°. Lipshn, [I7IIJ. 
Philadelphia. International Exhibition, Province of Ontario, Prisons and public 
charities. Toronto, 1876. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. Annual reports 
of the prison agent, W. J. Mullen. 2., 1855; 7., I860; 12., 1865. B°. Philadel- 
phia, 1856-66. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. A statistical 
view of the operation of the penal code of Pennsylvania. To which is added 
a view of the present state of the penitentiary and prison in the city of Phila- 
delphia. Prepared and published in pursuance of a resolution of the society. 
B°. Philadelphia, 1817. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. Constitution of 
the society. 16°. Philadelphia, 1806. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. First annual 
report of the visiting inspectors and prison agent, as ordered to ho published, 
including second annual report of the Prison Society, together with the speech 
of A. S. Roberts in select council chamber. B°. Philadelphia, 1856. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. Report of the 
committee on the comparative health, mortality, length of sentences, etc., of 
white and colored convicts. B°. Philadelphia, 1849. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. The Journal of 
Prison Discipline and Philanthropy, published annually, No. 4, v. 1, Oct., 
1845; No. 1, v. 6, Jan., 1851; No. 2, v. 10, April. 1855; No. 3, v. 11, July, 1856; n. 
s., Nos. 1-14, 1862-75; No. 18,1879; No. 19,1880. B°. Philadelphia, 1845-80. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. The Pennsyl- 
vania system of separate confinement explained and defended. BC.8C. Philadel- 
phia, 1867. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. The Penn- 
sylvania system of prison discipline triumphant in France. [Being a letter 
from Paris, by Geo. Sumner.] B°. Philadelphia, 1847. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. Sketch of 
the principal transactions from its origin (1776) to the present time. B°. 
Phila., 1864. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. Sketch of the 
principal transactions from its origin (1776) to the present time. B°. Phila., 
1859. 
Philadelphia Society for Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons. Some of the 
county prisons and almshouses in Pennsylvania, respectfully addressed to his 
excellency, A. G. Curtin, governor of the Commonwealth. B°. Philadelphia, 
1864. 
Phillips, H. A. D. Comparative criminal jurisprudence. 2 vols. Calcutta, 1889. 
Picaeva. Los nnevos aspectos de la criminalidad. Eev. antr. cr., apr. 1888. 
Picard et d’lloffschmidt. Pandectes beiges, viz, Condamn6 libdr<S et Colonic pdni- 
tentiaire. 
Pickard, J. L. Why crime is increasing. No. Am., 140, p. 456. 
Pillet, L. Patronage dos jeunes detenus et des jeunes lib<Sr<Ss en Savoie. Ann. de la 
Char., 1858,1.14. 
Pinkerton, A. Criminal reminiscences, pp. 324. New York, 1879. 
Piperno, II nuovo diritto penale in Italia, Roma, 1886, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
389 
Pisa. Benedikt, ela nuova so. di dir. pen. Mon it. Dei trib., ott. 1886 
Pitre. L’ omorta. Arch, psicli., 1890, p. 1. 
Pitre e Lombroso. I gesti dci criminal!. Arch, psich. ecc., 1888, p. 565. 
Plainer, E. [Pr.] qnaestiones medecime foreusis xiv: De lipothymia parturientium 
quantum ad excusationem infanticidii. 4°. Lipshe, 1801. 
Pliut, T. Crime in England; its relation, character, and extent as developed from 
1801 to 1848. London. 1851. 
Plonoquet. Commentarius medicus in processus criminales super liomicidinm, iu- 
fanticidium. 1736. 
Plummer, J. Transportation of criminals to Australia. Victoria, 4, p. 218. 
[Pr.] qmestiones medicime foreusis xvxn: Infanticidii excusandi argumenta falso 
suspecta i. 4°. Lipsial,, 1802. 
[Pr.] medicime forensis xxxv-xxxvii, xxxix et xli : Deprecatio pro 
crimine infauticidii i-v. 4°. Lipshe, 1811-14. 
Polil, J. C. [Pr.] do caussis morborumin homiuibus carcere inclusis obsorvatornm. 
4°. [Lipshe, 1771.] 
Polil, J. C. [Pr.] do cura morborum in liominibns carcere inclusis observatorum. 
4°. Lipshe [1772]. 
Poirel. De la rdforme des prisons et de la deportation. Paris, 1846. Brochure in-B°. 
Poletti. La persona giuridica nella scienza del diritto penale. Udine, 1886. 
Poletti. L’ azionc normale come hase della responsahilita dci delinquent!. Udine, 
1889. 
Poletti. II sentimento nella scienza del diritto penale. Udine, 1882. 
Police. Chamb. .1., 37, p. 84; For. R., 5, p. 205; Mo. E., 84, pp. 182, 384. 
Police, French. Anecdotes of. Mus., 38, p. 44. 
Police, Lientenants-General of. Colburn, 132, p. 253. 
Police, London and French. Sat. R., 54, p. 47. 
Police, Secret, Principles of, and application to London. Fraser, 16, p. 169. 
Police, Turkish. Ev. Sat., 9, p. 475. 
Police court, A Loudon. All the Year, 66, p. 349 
Police detectives. Leis. Hour, 6, p. 690. 
Police magistrates of Philadelphia, Election of. Penn. Mo., 6, p. 247, 
Police mysteries. Loud. Soc., 13, pp. 87,121. 
Police of England. Chr. Rem., 33, p. 54. 
Police of London. Ed. K., 48, p. 411; 66, p..358; Pamph., 19, p. 531; 20, p. 211; Dark 
Blue, 2, p. 692; Quar., 37, p. 489. 
Police of London, and what is paid them. Chamb. J., 41, p. 423. 
Police of London, Detective. House. Words, 1, pp. 368, 409, 457. 
Police of Munich. Ev. Sat., 9, p. 2. 
Police of Paris, Secret. Chamb. J., 49, p. 560; Eel. M., 79, p. 573. 
Police officer, Recollections of a. Chamb. J., 12, pp. 55, 115, 308; 13, pp. 313, 387; 14, 
pp. 23,195, 294; 15, p. 274; 20, p. 149; Eel. M., 18, p. 554; 21.pp.253, 515; 22, p. 
251; 23, p. 407. 
Police reports. Ev. Sat., 10, p. 98. 
Police system of England. Pamph., 3, p. 243. 
Police system of London. Ed. E., 96, p. 1; Eel. M., 27, p. 204. 
Police system of Paris. Eel. M., 1, p. 552. 
Police systems, French and English. Cornh., 44, p. 421; Eel. M., 97, p. 732. 
Policeman in London. Leis. Hour, 7, p. 11. 
Pomeroy, J. N. Criminal procedure, American and English. No. Am., 92, p. 297 
Pomeroy, J. N. German and French criminal procedure. No. Am., 94, p. 75. 
Poutsevrez. Criminelle. Paris, 1891. (Roman de nueurs contemporaines.) 
Porporati. Eelazione interim agli articoli 64, 66, 67, 68, e69 del progetto de codice 
penale. Gior. d. r. Accad. dimed, di Torino, 1876, 3d s., 20, pp. 1247-1253. 390 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Porter, Judge. Criminal law. So. Q., 3, p. 389. 
Posted, L. E. Considerations physiologiques el medicales snr la sociability et les 
systemes penitcntiaires. 4°. Paris, 1857. 
Potonie, in Naturwissenschaft, join 1888. 
Powell,Folliott. Thirty-seventh Report of the Inspectors of the Prisons of Great 
Britain (Northern District). 1873. 
Powell, T. Folliott. Thirty-eighth Report of the Inspectors of the Prisons of Great 
Britain (Northern District). 1874. 
Prius. La criminality et I’ytat social. Bruxelles, 1890. 
Prins. Etude snr la criminality d’apres la tlniorie moderne. Revue de Belgique, 
lBBO. 
Prins, Ad. La liberation couditionnelle en Belgique. Bull, de la Soc. gim. des 
pris., ddc. 1888, fevr. 1889. 
Prins, Ad. La . rely gat ion des rycidivistes. Rev. de droit intern., 1883, t. 15, p. 277 
Prins, A'E La loi snr la. liberation couditionnelle et les condamnations condition- 
nelles. Bruxelles, 1888. In-B°. Extr. de la Rev. de Belg., t. 49, pp. 205 et 353; 
Journ. des trib., 1888, pp. 1105, 1121,1169,1529; 1889, pp. 1, 17. 
Prison, A New England, All the Year, 29, p. 294. 
Prison Association of New York. Annual reports of the executive committee to the 
legislature, and accompanying documents. 6,. 1850; 7, 1851; 20, 1864; 23, 
1867; 29-34, 1873-78. B°. Albany, 1851-79. 
Prison Association of New York. Memorial to the governor of New York. Adopted 
Dec. 1,1870. B°. New York, 1870. 
Prison Association of New York. Memorial to the governor of New York. Adopted 
Dec., 1,1870. 46 pp. B°. New York. Union Printing House, 1870. 
Prison Association of New York. Preliminary statement from the thirtieth annual 
report of the executive committee. B°. New York, 1875. 
Prison Association of New York, The work of the; its character and results. Ad 
dressed to the citizens of New York by a committee of the association. 1" pp 
B°. New York, Macdonald & Palmer, 1870. 
Prison Association of New York, The work of the. Preliminary statement Iron the 
thirtieth annual report of the executive committee, pp. 23. B°. New York, 
Prison Assoc., 1875. 
Prison discipline and criminal legislation. Westm., 61, p. 409. 
Prison Discipline Society, Boston. Annual reports of the board of managers to the 
society. 1., 1825-26; 14., 1838-39; 17.. 1841-42; 27., 1851-52. 8 . Boston, 
1827-52. Also, the same, 1.-29., 1825-26, 1853-54. 3v. 8 . Boston, 1827-54. 
Prison Discipline Society, English. Chr. Obs., 20, p. 801; 22, p. 820. 
Prison discipline. Am. Q., 14, p. 228; 18, p. 451; Chr. Q. Spec., 2, p. 201; Dem. R.. 
19, p. 129; 20, p. 172; Ed. R., 36, p. 353; 64. p. 31(5; Ho. and For. R., 3, p. 407; 
Knick., 30, p. 445; New York R., 6, p. 124. 
Prison discipline, Buxton on. Eel. R., 1818, 27, p. 451; 28, p. 82. 
Prison discipline, Catholics and. Dub. R., 46, p. 424 
Prison discipline, European. Cath. World, 7, p. 772, 
Prison discipline, Field on. Chr. Obs., 49, p. 123. 
Prison discipline in 1844. Mo. Rel. M., 1, p. 407, 
Prison discipline, Laurie in. Mo. R., 142, p. 479. 
Prison discipline in Pentonville. Quar., 92, p. 487. 
Prison discipline, Reform in. Eel. R., 68, p. 568. 
Prison discipline in Sweden. For. Q., 27, p. 283. 
Prison discipline; the Auburn and Pennsylvania systems compared. New York, 1840. 
Prison discipline, Treadmill in. Eel. R., 38, p. 549. 
Prison fare, Cheapness of. Coruh., 1, p. 745. 
Prison, Female life in. Chr. Rem., 44, p. 365; Liv. Age, 75, p. 339; Dub. R., 63, p. 117. 
Prison hours. Colburn, 114, p. 205. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
391 
Prison liouso unmasked. Mo. R., 1837, 144, p. 208. 
Prison, Interior of a London. Chamb. J., 20, p. 406. 
Prison labor, Cheap. Mo. R., 106, p. 394; W«stm., 50, p. 197 
Prison labor. Remunerative. Once a Week, 12, p. 639. 
Prison, Life in a military. Corub., 15, p. 499. 
Prison life, Chesterton’s revelations of. Colburn, 108, p. 218; Eel. M., 39, p. 494. 
Prison life, Reminiscences of. Blackw., 130, p. 21; Eel. M., 97, p. 316. 
Prison life. Revelations of. Cornh., 7, p. 638. 
Prison life in England and Australia. Cornh., 13, p. 489 
Prison ministers’ act. Dub. R., 53, p. 356. 
Prison photographs. All the Year, 15, p. 533. 
Prison portraits. Chamb. J., 43, p. 406. * 
Prison reform. Am. Church R., 21, p. 515; 24, p. 377; Eel. R., 86, p. 455 
Prison reform in France, Christophe on. Mo. R., 1838, 147, p. 177. 
Prison reform in the South. (Editorial.) Elmira Summary, Dec. 25, 1892. 1,000 
words. 
Prison ships, 1777. N. E. Reg., 32, pp. 42-395. 
Prison system of Ireland. Dub. Univ., 85, p. 641 
Prison visiting and Sarah Martin. Ed. R., 85, p, 320. 
Prisoner and the laborer, 1774 and 1844, The. Fraser, 37, p. 40. 
Prisoner’s cry for justice. Month, 4, p. 505. 
Prisoners, Exchange of. Land We Love, 6, p. 88. 
Prisoners, Hope for. Month, 2, p. 33. 
Prisoner of Spezzia; a poem. Cornh., 6, p. 812. 
Prisoners of Pentonville. Quar., 82, p. 175. 
Prisoners of the Caucasus. Colburn, 162, p. 650. 
Prisoners-of-war. Chamb. J., 21, p. 330. 
Prisoner-of-war. Colburn, 61, pp. 69-200. 
Prisoners, Purgatory of. Chamb. J., 29, 258. 
Prisons and penitentiaries. Quar., 30, p. 404. 
Prisons and penitentiaries in France. Blackw., 42, p. 145 
Prisons and prisoners. Dub. Univ., 48, p. 47. 
Prisons and their inmates. Eel. R., 1856, 104, p. 560, 
Prisons, Buxton on. Chr. Obs., 17, pp. 387, 446. 
Prisons, Convict. Month, 5, p. 379. 
Prisons, Dutch. Penny M., 7, p. 174. 
Prisons, Female convict. Victoria, 31, p. 331. 
Prisons, female penitentiaries. .Quar., 83, p. 359. 
Prisons, Gurney’s notes on. Eel. R., 29, p. 255; Mo. R., 89, p. 199. 
Prisons, Macgill on. Chr. Obs., 13, p. 234 
Prisons. Mo. R., 106, p. 311. 
Prisons, Neild on. Ed. R., 22, p. 385. 
Prisons of England. Fraser, 93, p. 325; Pamph., 18, p. 148, 
Prisons of England in the eighteenth century. Hogg, 4, p. 165. 
Prisons of France. Blackw., 42, p. 145. 
Prisons of France, Political, under Second Republic. Temp. Bar, 41, p. 249. 
Prisons of Ireland, Intermediate.* Irish Q., 8, p. 1097. 
Prisons of London. Eel. R., 91, p. 280; Pamph., 6, p. 473. 
Prisons of Paris. For. R., 2, p. 105. 
Prisons of Paris, Old. Dub. Univ., 74, p. 468; 75, p. 597; 76, p. 21; 80, p. 617 
Eel. M., 75, pp. 288, 415. 
Prisons of Scotland and North of England. Pamph., 16, p. 98. 
Prisons of Scotland. Blackw., 4, p. 603; Pamph., 15, pp. 228, 415. 
Prisons of Spain and Portugal. Pamph., 23, p. 289. 
Prisons of Spain, Visits to. Temp. Bar, 47, pp. 235, 400. 392 
ABNORMAL MAN, 
Prisons of the Continent. Lond. Q., 4, p, 67 
Prisons, past and present. Irish Q., 4, p. 870. 
Prisons, Six years in. Temp. Bar, 24, pp. 321, 524 ; 25, pp. 68-527; 26, p. 72, 
Prisons. Their construction according to the Cook and Heath perfected system, 
patented Aug. 11, 1874; Sept. 28, 1875; Oct. 5, 1875; Oct. 19, 1875, and also in 
the principal countries of Europe. Embracing all the necessary details for 
the construction of the smallest jail to the largest penitentiary. 4°. [Mem- 
phis, Tenn., 1876.] 
Proal. Le crime et la peine, Paris, 1891. (Come il volume del Vidal, e una memoria 
prescutata al concorso dell’ Academic des sciences morales, ricordata a pag. 87 
del testo.) 
Proal. Les'mddecins et les tfidories de la crimiualitd. Correspondant, 
10 oct. 1800. 
Proceedings of the Annual Congress of the National Prison Association of the United 
States. 
Proceedings on reform oh prisons in the county of Gloucester. Gloucester, 1808. 
Proust, Ed. Compte rendu de I’enquete sur la liberation conditionnelle en France. 
Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., juin 1883. 
Pucci. Schizzo monografico della camorra carceraria. Matera, 1882. 
Puglia. El derecho penal. Rev. antr. crim., luglio 1888. 
Puglia. II diritto di repressione. Prolusione. Milano, 1883. 
Puglia. La nuova fase evolutiva del diritto penale. Napoli, 1882. 
Puglia. Risorgimento ed avveuire della scienza criminalo. Palermo, 1886. 
Pugliese. Studi di diritto penale. Riv. di giurisprudenza, 1883, e segg. 
Punishment fits the crime. Revival of the whipping-post and stocks in New Jersey. 
(Editorial.) Troy Times, Nov. 21, 1892. 1,400 words. 
Punishment for criminal blunderers. Criticism in the New York Board of Health. 
Rural Now Yorker, Sept. 10, 1892. 1,700 words. 
Rahorg, F. A. Religion in prisons. Cath. World, 10, p. 114. 
Ramlot. Quelques resultats do I’enquete do la prison de Louvain. Bull. Soc. d’an- 
throp. de Bruxelles, 1885, 3, p. 276. 
Rapport et discussion do la Societe d’economie charitable snr la question pdniten- 
tiaire et sur le systemo ccllulaire. La deportation et la colonisation pdnale. 
Ann. de la Char., 1851, t. 7. 
Raseri. Coudizione sanitarie dei carcerati in Italia. * Annali di stat., 1881, vol. 22. 
Also, Riv. care,, 1881, p. 465. 
Rat-trap, The, or cogitations of a convict in the House of Correction. Boston, 1837. 
Rawson, R. W. Criminal statistics of England and Wales. J. Statist. Soc., 2, p. 316. 
Redfield, H. V. Homicide, North and South, pp. 207. Philadelphia, 1880. 
Reeve, C. H. A word to the prisoner. How to use the opportunities afforded in 
prison. Summary, Oct. 16,1892. 1,600 words. 
Reeve, C. H. Preventive legislation in relation to crime. Annals of the American 
Academy, Sept., 1892. 4,500 words. 
Reeve, C. H. Society and the criminal. Summary, Sept. 11,1892. 1,000 words. 
Reeve, C. 11. The prison question, etc. Chicago, 1891. 
Reform School, Annual reports of the superintendent and trustees of the Maine, 
1855-84. 
Reform School, Annual reports of the trustees of the Connecticut, 1853-87. 
Reform School of the District of Columbia, Report of the hoard of trustees of, 1870. 
Reform School (late House of Refuge of Western Pennsylvania), Annual reports 
of the officers of, 1873-82. 
Reform School, The State, at Westborough (Massachusetts), Annual reports of the 
trustees of, 1854-87. * 
Reform School, The Providence, Annual reports of, 1851-61. 
Reformatory, Elmira, Brockway’s report on management of. Science, 7, p. 207. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
393 
Reformatory, A French. Cath. World, 42, pp. 169-183. 
Reformed burglar, The. Chamh. J., 67, p. 252. 
Refuge, House of, Annual reports of the commissioners of the Wisconsin, 1861-86. 
Refuge, House of, Cincinnati, Annual reports of the board of directors of, 1850-86. 
Refuge, House of, Philadelphia, Annual reports of the board of managers of, 1828-88. 
Remarks on criminal law, etc., with observations on the prevention of crime. Lon- 
don, 1834. 
Renault, L. Etude sur la loi du 23 jan. 1874, relative ala surveillance de la haute 
police. Paris, 1874. In-B°. Also, Rev. crit. de legis. et de jurisp, nouvelle 
s£rie, t. 3. 
Report, Fifth, of the central committee of discharged prisoners. Aid societies, July, 
1890. London, 1890. Brochure in-B°. 
Reports of the National Prison Association. W. M. F. Round, secretary, New York. 
Published annually from 1885. 
R6publique Argentine, La, an point de vue de Pimmigration europt-enne. Bruxelles, 
1889. Brochure in-B°. Extrait du Recueil consulaire beige. 
Resolution of the magistrates deputed from the several counties in England and 
Wales, assembled at the St. Alban’s Tavern, by the desire of the Society for 
Giving Effect to His Majesty’s Proclamation against Vice and Immorality on 
the sth, 11th, 14th, and 17th May, 1790. B°. London. 
Restano. I rei d’ ingiuria e diffamaz. secondo la sc. positive. Catania, 1890. 
Review, The Weekly. National Prison Congress, at Baltimore. Report of all pro- 
ceedings; subjects discussed. Dec. 11, 1892. 1,500 words. 
Rey. La criminality in rapporto all’ antropologia e alia statistica. Arch, di statist. 
Roma, 1878. 
Rey. Pro libertato. Rassegna pugliese, 1885, 
Rey, P. La Societe do patronage de jeuues liberes de la colonie de Sainte-Joix, 
Bull, do la Soc. g6n. des pris., avril 1879. 
Ribot. La psychologic nouvelle. Revue polit. et 1itt.,19 dec. 1885. 
Ribot, A. La transportation anglaise. 1883. 
Riccardi. Dati fondamentali di antropologia criminale. Milano, 1889 (nel Trattato 
di dir. pen. del Cogliolo). 
Ricco. II determinism© ela imputabilita morale. Riv. di giurispr., Trani, 1884. 
Richter, F. A. Diss. sistens caussas infanticidii impunis. 4°. Make ad Salam, 1771. 
Rickaby, J. Catholic doctrine of lying and equivocation. Month, 47, 305. 
Riggenbach. Societe, famille et criminality. Lausanne, 1890. 
Rincdlini, C. E. Ueber Gefangnisskrankheiteu. 2. Anil. BC.8C. Briinu, 1830. 
Rinieri de’ Rocchi. II sense etico el’ antrop. crim. Roma, 1891. 
Riouffe. Memoires d’un detenu. Paris, 1872. 
Riviere, A. La colonisation p6nale (d’aprcs Distere). 1886. 
Riviere, A. Discussion du rapport sur Padmonition preventive'. 1888. • 
Rivifere, A. La liberation conditiounelle en Serbio et en Croatie. 1885. 
Rivi&re, A. Loi sur les moyens do prAvcnir la recidive. 1885. 
Riviere, A. Rapport sommaire sur Padmonition repressive. 1888. 
Rivista di discipline carcerarie in relazione con P antropologia col diritto penale, 
con lastatistica ecc., e Bulletino ufficiale della direzioue generate delle carceri. 
Ease. 1, 2, v. 16. B°. Roma, 1886. 
Rizzonc, Navarro. Delinquenza e punibilitA Palermo, 1888. 
Rizzuti. Delitto e delinquent!. Rassegna pugliese, 1886, in, n. 4. 
Robernier, Jules et Felix. Du patronage Idgal des jennes liberes. Paris, 1865. In-B°. 
Roberts, Albert. Convict labor in road-making. Engineering Magazine, July, 1892. 
3,200 words. 
Robertson, R. Observations on the jail and hospital. London, 1789. 
Robin, E. Les prisons de France et le patronage des prisonniors liberes. Paris, 
1869. In-B°. 394 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Robinson, F. W. Female life in prison, pp. 384. London. 
Robinson, R. E. L. Arizona banditti. A bloody era in the early times. Portraits. 
S. F. Chronicle, October 30,1892. 2,000 words. 
Robinson, Dr. William Duffield. Crime and monoman iacal infatuation. Med. Rec., 
1887, 31, p. 658. 
Rocchi. Evoluzionismo e diritto peuale. Cassino, 1886. 
Rogers, H. Prevention of crime. Ed. R., 86, p. 512. 
Rogers, H. What is to be done with our criminals? Ed. R., 86, p. 214. 
Roliu. L’Union intern, de dr. pen. et les novateurs du droit penal. Rev. de dr. 
intern., 1890, n. 2-3. 
Rolleston, I. W. Criminal anthropology. Acad., 38. 
Romance of modern State trials. Blackw., 69, pp. 461, 605. 
Romeike, H. The wife-beater’s manual; a guide to husbands; connubial corrections, 
pp. 32. London, 1884. 
Rond. Du patronage des ddtenus liber As, precfdds d’une notice sur la maison pdni- 
teutiairo du canton de Yaud. Lausanne, 1834. Brochure in-B°. 
Roscoe, E. Crime, capital and poverty. Victoria, 21, 561. 
Roscoe, W. Observations on penal jurisprudence and form of criminals. London, 
1819. 
Roscoe, W. Additional observations on penal jurisprudence. London, 1823. 
Roscoe, W. A brief statement of the causes which have led to the abandonment of 
the celebrated system of penitentiary discipline in some of the United States 
of America, in a letter to the Hon. Stephen Allen, of New York. B°. Liver- 
pool, 1827. 
Rosenblatt. Skizzen aus des Yerhrecherwelt. Warsch., Grich, 1889. 
Roscnfeld, Ernst. AVelcho Strafmittcl konnen an die Stelle der kurtzzeitigeu Frei- 
heitsstrafe gesetzt werden? Berlin. 
Rosengarten, J. G. Penal and reformatory institutions. B°. Phila., 1881. 
Rosengarteu, J. G. Criminal law. Amer., 6, p. 137; Sat. R., 55, p. 310; Spec., 56, pp. 
647, 739. 
Rossa, J. O’D. Irish rebels in English prisons, pp. 442. 
Rossi. Una centuria di criminali. Torino, 1888. 
Round, W. M. F. Experience with criminals. Forum, 1, p. 434. 
Round, W. M. F. Our criminals and Christianity. New York, 1888. pp. 16. 
Rouppe, E. J. Tableau statistique de la maison de detention et de refuge de Yilvorde, 
aS. M. Louis Napoldon, roi de Hollande. Brux., 1808. In-4°. 
Rowan, Cleve. On a convict farm. Horrors of an institution maintained in the South. 
Chicago Inter-Ocean, October 3,1892. 1,300 words. 
Rubio, Perez. La escuela de antrop. y sociol. crim. Foro juridico, Manila, 15 genn. 
1890. 
Rudinger. I caratteri fisici dei delinquent!. Conferenza a Monaco, riass. in Arch, 
psic. ecc., 1884, p. 321. 
Rusden, H. K. The treatment of criminals in relation to science; or suggestions for 
the prevention of cruelty to honest men and women. B°. Melbourne, 1872. 
Rush, B. An inquiry into the effects of public punishment upon criminals, and upon 
society. B°. Philadelphia, 1787. 
Russell, W. Statistics of crime in England, 1839-43. J. Statist. Soc., 10, p. 38. 
Ruth, I. De infanticidio. In Klinkosch, J. T. Diss. med., etc. 4°. Pragse et Dres- 
die, 1775, pp. 143-150. 
Ryan, W. B. Infanticide; its law, prevalence, prevention, and history. 12°. Lon- 
don, 1862. 
Ryckere, De. La criminality feminine. Belgique judiciaire, genn.-febbr., 1891. 
Rylands, L. G. Crime, its causes and remedy. London, 1889. pp. 264 
S. D. Eighteen months’ imprisonment, pp. 363. Loudon, 1883. 
Sabail, O. D. Sur I’infauticide. 4°. Paris, 1819. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
395 
Saint-Rnbin, Le criminel et I’anthrop. crim. Grenoble, 1889. 
Saint-Vincent, de. Du patronage des 
Saint-Vincent, de. De la surveillance de la haute police. Rev. do legisl et de 
jurisp., Paris, 1837, t. 5. 
Salillas. La antropologia eu el derecho penal. Madrid, 1888. 
Salillas. El tatuage en los dclincnentes espanoles. Rev. de antr. crim., 1888, pp. 
95, 141, 241. 
Salillas. La vida penal eu Espana. Madrid, 1888. 
Salsotto. Anomalie nella disposizione dei pcli in donne criminali. Arch, psich., 
1885, p. 292. 
Samburu,F. B. Les fitablissements de rb forme aux Etats-Uuis. Bull, de la Soc. gen. 
des pris., avril 1880. 
Sample, C. E. A. Essentials of forensic medicine. Toxicology and hygiene, pp. 210. 
London, 1890. 
Sampson, M. B. Rationale of crime, and its appropriate treatment; being a treatise 
on criminal jurisprudence considered in relation to cerebral organization. 
From the 2d Lend. ed. With notes and illustrations by E. W. Faruham. B°. 
New York, 184(5. 
Sampson, M. B. Criminal jurisprudence considered in relation to cerebral organiza- 
tion. 2d ed., enlarged, 1855. 
Sanborn, F. B. American prisons. No. Am., 103, p. 383. 
Sanborn, F. B. Prison discipline in America. No. Am., 105, p. 155. 
Sanborn, F. B. Prison discipline in the United States. O. & N., 2, p. 239. 
Sanborn, F. B. Reforms in prison discipline. No. Am., 102, p. 210. 
Saturday Review, April, 1890. SulF antropologia criminale di Lombroso. 
Savage, G. H. Homicidal mania. Fortnightly Review. 
Savorini. Vexata qusestio. 
Sawiu, Charles D., M. D. “Criminals.” pp. 30. Boston, 1890. 
Schanmaun. Ideen zu einer Kriminalpsychologie. Halle, 1792. 
School, The Minnesota reform. Plan and illustrations. St. Paul Pioneer Press, J;iu. 
9, 1893. 3,700 words. 
Schworer, 1. Beitriige zur Lelire von dom Thatbestande des Kindermdrdes iiber- 
banpt und den nugewissen Todesarteu neugeborner Kinder iusbsondere; 
nebst Mittbeilung eines Falles von tddtlichein, wall rend der Geburt, obne 
Einwirknug iinsserlicber Gewalt entstandeuein Schadelbruche eines Kindes. 
B°. Freiburg, 1836. 
Scientific detection of crime. J. Sci., 3, p. 347. 
Scotch criminal trials, Burton’s. Hogg, 9, p. 398. 
Scotch criminal trials, Pitcairn’s. Tait, 3, p. 511. 
Scott, C. The convict Bryce. B°. Edinburgh, 1864. 
Scott, Sir W. Scotch criminal trials. Quar., 43, p. 438. 
Scott, Sir W. Ancient Scotch criminal trials. Quar., 44, p. 438. 
Scougal, F. Scenes from a silent world; or, prisons and their inmates. Edin- 
burgh, 1889. 
Seargent, J., and Miller, S. Observations and I’eflections on the design and effects of 
punishment. In letters addressed to Roberts Yaux. Read at a meeting of the 
Prison Society of Philadelphia and, with the consent of the writers, published 
by its order. Also the opinion of the keepers of the penitentiary and Bride- 
well at Philadelphia, on the separate confinement of criminals. B°. Phila- 
delphia, 1828. 
Sears, E. I. Our criminals and our judiciary. Nat. Q., p. 374. 
Sedgwick, A. G. Prison system of Ireland. Nation, 1, p. 659. 
Sedgwick, A. G. Treatment of habitual criminals. Nation, 25, p. 23. 
Segre. La statistica e il libero arbitro in rappofto alia nuova scuola di diritto 
penale. Riv. ital. di lilos., Roma, marzo 1888. 396 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Selleck, W. C. Treatment of criminals. Rocky Mountain News, Oct. 24,1892. 900 
words. • 
Senior, N. W. Remarkable crimes and trials in Germany. Ed. R., 82, p. 318. 
Sergi, L’anthrop. crim. et ses critiques. Rev. Internationale, 10 nov. 1889. 
Sergiewski. Verbrecben und Strafe als Gegenstand der Recbtsw. Zeitscb. fiir die 
ges. Strafrw., 1881, p. 221. 
Servais. Sommaire des documents parlementaires et discussions relatifs a la loi 
du 31 mai 1888, dtablissant eu Belgique la liberation conditiounelle et les con- 
damnations conditiouuelles dans le systeme pdnal. Rev. de droit beige, 1.1 
(1886-90), p. 659. 
Service, J. Convicts and Quakers. Good Words, 19, pp. 197, 378, 541. 
Seymour, 11. Causes of crime. Pop. Sci. Mo., 2, p. 589. 
Sbipley, Rev. Orby. Tbe purgatory of prisoners, or an intermediate stage between 
tbe prison and tbe public, being some account of tbe practical working of tbe 
now system of penal reformation introduced by tbe board of directors of con- 
vict prisons in Ireland. 1857. 
Shuman, A. Crime and criminals. Lakeside, 6, p. 316. 
Shuman, A. Management and discipline of prisons. Lakeside, 1, p. 225. 
Sburtleff, G. A. Address delivered before tbe Medical Society of tbe State of Cal- 
ifornia. B°. Sacramento, 1873. 
Sikes, W. Studies of assassination, pp. 192. London, 1881. 
Silliman. Des refuges pour les ddtenus libdrds. Rapport au Congres international 
de Rome. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., nov. 1883. 
Simmons, B. Tbe prisoner of Ghent. Blaekw., 51, p. 98. 
Simon, J. Conference sur le patronage. 1880. 
Simpson, J. A probationary essay on infanticide. B°. Edinburgh, 1825. 
Sixty years of crime. [Fifteen thousand cases analyzed; social conditions as 
causes; proportion of reformations; other interesting problems.] Pbila. Pub- 
lic Ledger, July 26,1892. 3,200 words. 
Skene, F. M. F. Prison visiting. Fraser, 102, p. 762. 
Sliosberg. Nuovo indirizzo sociologico did diritto penale. Pietroburgo, 1888. 
Smith, E. Prison labor. Princ., n. s., 5, p. 225. 
Smith, Syd. Counsel for prisoners. Ed. R., 45, p. 74. 
Smith, Syd. Punishment of untried prisoners. Ed, R., 39, p. 229. 
Smith, Syd. Suppression of crime. Ed. R., 13, p. 333. 
Smith, Syd. State of prisons of England. 
Smith, T. Eastern prisons. Good Words, 2, p. 175. 
Smits, R. M. Emigration and immigration. New York, 1890 
Sneak thieves. Med. Rec., 1885, 28, p. 660. 
Socidtd de patronage des coudamnds detenus et libdrds de la villo de Lidge. Rap- 
ports aunuels. 2 premieres annees. Lidge, 1889-90. 2 brochures iu-B°. 
Socidtd gdndrale pour le patronage des libdrds, reconnue commo dtablisscmcnt 
d’ntilite publique par le decret du 4 nov. 1875. Assemble gdndrale du 8 mai 
1890. Compto rendu de I’aunde 1889. Paris, 1890. Brochifte iu-B°. 
Soenens, A. Rapport sur Phistoire du patronage des condamnds eu Belgique et 
Pemploi des masses de sortie. Brux., 1889. Brochure iu-B°. Extr. du Journ. 
des trib., 1889, p. 628. 
Soret do Boishrunet. La liberation conditiounelle. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des ]>ris., 
dec 1880. 
Soury. Le crime et les criminels. Nouv. Revue, fevr. 1882. 
Spalding, Warren F. Hopeful side of prison reform. Lend a Hand, Sept., 1892. 
2,500 words. 
Spalding, Warren F. What becomes of discharged prisoners! Congregatioiialist, 
Oct. 20,1892. 1,500 words. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
397 
Spalding, Warren F. The Baltimore Prison Congress. (Personnel and work of the 
conference.) Boston Transcript, Dec. 17, 1892. 
Spear, C. Voices from prison. Boston, 1849. 
Spear, J. M. Labors for the prisoner. No. 3. B°. Boston, 1848. 
Spearman, E. R. Identification of criminals. Fonts, in France, Eng. Illust., 7. 
Spears, John R. Studies iu Desert crime. The law as administered there a farce. 
New York Sun, Jan., 1893. 3,000 words. 
Spiudler, T. H. G. Do cura carcerum speciatim academicorum. 4°. Jemc, [1783]. 
Stadtfeld. Sulk assimetria. uei criminali e negli ouesti. Virchow’s Archiv, 1887, 
Bd. 2. 
State prison problem, The. (Editorial.) N. Y. Tribune, Jan. 18, 1893. 900 words. 
Stephen, J. F. Nineteenth Cent., 3, p. 737. 
Stephen, J. F. Criminal law in England. Nineteenth Cent., 7, p. 136. 
Stephen, J. F. Criminal law. Fraser. 69, p. 37. 
Stephen, J. F. A history of the criminal law of England. 3 vols. London, 1883. 
Stephen, J. F. A general view of the criminal law of England, pp. 79. London, 1090. 
Stephen, J. F. Punishment of crime. Nineteenth Cent., 17, p. 755. 
Stork, A. Het belang der maatschapij in het betengeleu van den kindermoord, 
briefswijze voorgestelt aan den Ileere Petrus Camper, door S. M. V. D. 8?. 
Leeuwardeu, 1774. * 
Sterk, A. Bescheide heantwoordiug van den Heere P. Camper door den schryver 
van Het helang dcr maatschappij in het beteugeleu van den kindennoord. B°. 
Leeuwardeu, 1774. 
Stetson, G. R. Crime and literacy in Massachusetts. And. R.,2, p. 571. 
Stevens, J. La rdcidive en Belgique. Bull, de la Soc. gen. des pris., mars 1878. 
Stevens, J. Lo patronage des condamnds adnltes et des jeimes libdrds. Mdmoire 
dddid aS.M. lo Roi. Bruxelles, 1877. Brochure manusc. in-fol. 
Stevens, J. Quels sout les moyens a recommander pour la rehabilitation socialo des 
condamncs liberes? Bruxelles, 1871. Brochure in-B°. 
Stevens, J. Los prisons cellulaircs en Belgique, leur hygiene physique et morale. 
Bruxelles, Ferd. Larcier, 1878. In-B°. 
Stevenson, Criminality. Medico-Legal Jour., New York, Sept., 1888 
Stiles, W. H. Murder of Latour. Internal. M., 5, p. 457. 
Strahan, S. A.fK. Instinctive criminality: its true character and rational treat- 
ment. P. 
Stuckenberg. Les socidtds do patronage du royaume doDanemark. 1880. 
Study in prisons, A. Facts about seven great penal institutions, etc. Boston Her- 
ald, Aug. 29,1892. 10,000 words. 
Study of crime, The. Prisons and attempts at character reformations. Boston 
Transcript, Aug. 19,1892. 2,500 words. 
Subit, H. L;i rdforme des prisons et los colonies agricoles. Geneve, 1872. In-B°. 
Summary, The, published iu New York State Reformatory. Elmira, N. Y. 
Sumner, C. Prisons and prison discipline. Chr. Exam., 40, p. 122. 
Surgery for criminals. Defective brains and their relation to criminal careers. N. 
Y. Snn, March 27,1892. 4,000 words. 
Surr, Mrs. Juvenile delinquency. Nineteenth Cent., 9, p. 649. 
Siissemilch, J. A. Diss. qua valor et sufficientia signorum infantem recens natum 
vivum aut mortuum editum argueutium ad dijudicandum infanticidium exa- 
minatur. 4°. Yitenberga;, 1735. 
Sweeting, R. D. R. Essay on the experiences of John Howard on the preservation of 
the health in prisons, pp. 96. London, 1884. 
Sykes, M. (pseud.). Prison life and prison poetry. Loudon, 1881. 
Tiigliche Rundschau, Miirz 1888. Die neue authropologische kriminalistische Schule 
in Italien, 398 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Tallack, W. Problem of diminishing prevalent destitution and temptation to crime. 
B°. London, 1869. 
Tallack, William. Penological and preventive principles, pp. 414. London, 1889. 
Tamassia. Aspirazioni della medicina legale moderna. Padova, 1883. 
Tamassia. Gli ultimi studi sulla criminalita. Riv. sperim. di fren., 1881, 7, p. 3. 
Tamburini o Benelli. L’ antropologia nolle carceri. Riv. care., 1885, 4. 
Tappau, L. Prison and prison discipline. Clir. Exam., 3, p. 203. 
Tarde. A propos de deux beaux crimes. 1891. 
Tarde. La crimiualite compare. Paris, 1886, et 2e edit., 1891. 
Tarde. La crimiuologie. Rev. d’Ant hr op., sept. 1888. 
Tardieu, A. Etude niddico-ldgale sur I’infanticide. B°. Paris, 1868. 
Tartt, W. M. Report on criminal returns. .1. Statist. Soc., 20, p. 365. 
Taulfer. Relazioue sulla casa penal di Lepoglava [in Hugh.]. Zagabria, 1880, 
Taufl’er. Riickblicke auf die Fortschritte der Criminalistik in 1882. Agrammer 
Zeitung, 1883. 
Tavarez de Medeiros. La eusenanza do la autrop. en redaccion con el derecho. Re- 
vista de los tribunales, sect, doctr., julio-oct. 1890. 
Taylor, H. Criminal law, habitual criminals bill. Fraser, 79, p. 661. 
Taylor, W. C. Crime and its punishment. Bentley, 6, p. 476; 7, p. 131. 
Taylor, W. C. .1 uvenile delinquency. Bentley, 7, p. 470. 
Temporary Asylum for Discharged Female Prisoners, Dedham, Mass. Annual reports 
of the board of managers, 1.-11., 1864—1873-74; 15., 1877-78; 16., 1878-79; 
28., 1887-88. B°. Boston, 186T-88. 
Temporary Asylum for Discharged Female Prisoners, Dedham, Mass. [Circular of 
the board of managers, announcing the organization and objects, July, 1861.] 
B°. [Boston, 1864.] 
Tenchiui. 1 modern! studi sul cervello nolle scienze social!. Discorso inaug. Parma, 
1887. 
Terry, R. The forger’s bride; a tale. Lippinc., 5, p. 325. 
Teuerbach. A. von. Narratives of remarkable criminal trials. Translated from the 
German by Lady Duff Gordon. London, 1846. 
Thacker, J. A. Psychology of vice and crime. Valedictory address. B°. [Cincin- 
nati; 1873.] 
Thein, F. E. De infanticidio ejusque variis siguis. 4°. Herhipoli, 1777. 
Thiry, F. La charitd envers les criminels. Liege, 1889. Brochure in-B°. 
Thiry, F. La liberation conditionnelle et le patronage. Bruxelles, 1889. Brochure 
iu-B°. Extrait de la Revue de Belgique. 
Thiry, F, La peine et Pamendement. Rev. de Belg., t. 57, 1887, ]>. 229. 
Thomas. The psychology of criminals. Journ. of Ment. Science, Oct., 1870. 
Thomas, T. G. Abortion and its treatment. From notes by P. B. Porter. London, 
1890. 
Thompson. The hereditary nature of crime. Jonrn. of Ment. Science, 1870. 
Thomson. Proposition do la loi relative ala transportation en Alg6rie. Bull, de la 
Soc. g6n. des pris., mars 1882. 
Thou shalt not kill. (Capital punishment a political game.) (Editorial.] Jury, 
Dec. 24,1892. 500 words. 
Three reports of the committee of the Society for the Improvement of Prison Disci- 
pline, and for the Reformation of Juvenile Offenders. London, 1824-32. 3 
vols., B°. 
Ticket-of-leave. Fraser, 55, p. 29. 
Ticket-of-leave and transportation. Fraser, 55, p. 216. 
Ticket-of-leave men, Mission of. St. James, 6, p. 163. 
Ticket-of-leave system. Quar., 113, p. 138. 
Tiedeman, G. G. Police control of dangerous classes other than by criminal prose- 
cution. Am. Law R., 19, p. 547. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
399 
Tolomei. Ivecchi ed i nuovi orizzonti del diritto penale. Padova, 1887. 
Topinard. L’authropologie criminelle. Revuo d’anthrop., 15 nov. 1887. 
Torres Campos. La escuela antropologica criminal. Rev. de los tribunales, Madrid, 
1886. 
Torrey, H. W. Some topics in criminal law. Am.Soc.J., 1, p. 120. 
Toulmouche. Travail historique, statistique, medical, hygicnique ct moral sur la 
maison centralc de Beaulieu. Ann. d’hyg. paid., 1835,14, p. 44. 
Townsliend, C. H. Prison discipline at Munich. Zoist., 13, p. 419. 
Trade. Positivisme et criminality. Archives d’anthropologie crim., janv. 1887. 
Transactions of the Massachusetts Medico-Legal Society, Boston. 
Transportation of criminals. Ed. R., 58, p. 336 ; 86, p. 214; 90, p. 1; Dub. Uuiv., 49, 
p. 312; Irish Q., 6, p. 559; Living Age, 29, p. 213; No. Brit., 38, p. 1; Once a 
Week, 8, p. 508. 
Transportation of criminals, Abandonment of. Eel. R., 85, p. 749. 
Transportation of criminals and colonization, Lang on. Mo. R., 143, p. 1 
Transportation of criminals and imprisonment. Blackw., 55, p. 533. 
Transportation of criminals and ticket-of-leave, Mr. Justice Willes on. Fraser, 55, 
p. 216. 
Treatise on the police and crimes of the metropolis. London, 1829. 
Treatment of criminals in modern Greece. [An example for all nations to follow.] 
Blackwood’s Magazine, July, 1892. 4,000 words. 
Tucker, George F. The accused. Green Bag, April, 1892. 2,400 words. 
Tucker, N. Philosophy of criminal law. Univ. Q., 42, p. 55. 
Tucker, W. J. Definition of crime. And. R., 13, p. 674. 
Tucker, W. J. Treatment of crime and the criminal classes. Andover R,, 13, pp, 
(F.), 447 (Ap.); 14, p. 192 (Ag.). , 
Tucker, W, J. Crime and the criminal classes. And. R., 13, p. 14. 
Tuozzi. Due saggi critici sulla nliova scuola penal. Napoli, 1888. 
Turati. II delitto ela questione sociale. Milano, 1883. 
Turati. Lo scisma uella nuova scuola penale nel cuore e critica. Marzo 1887. 
Turati. Socialism© e scieuza. Como, 1884. 
Turnbull, R. J. A visit to the Philadelphia prison, being an accurate and particu- 
lar account of the wise and humane administration adopted in every part of 
that building. Containing also an account of the gradual reformation and 
present improved state of the penal laws of Pennsylvania; with observations 
on the impolicy and injustice of capital punishment. B°. Philadelphia and 
London, 1797. 
Vaccaro. Genesi e fuuzione delle leggi penali. Roma, 1889. 
Valenti y Vivo. La biologia eu la legislacion. Barcelona, 1881. 
Varrentrapp, G. De I’emprisonuement individuel sous le rapport sanitaire et des 
attaques dirigees centre lui par MM. Chai-les Lucas et Leon Faucher a Tocca- 
sion du proiet de loi sur la reforme des prisons presentfi par le gouvernement. 
B°. Paris, 1844. 
Vaucher, Crfiraieux. Systhme prfiventif des dfilits et des crimes. Detention peni- 
tentiaire. Lausanne, 1872. In-4°. 
Vaux, R. Brief sketch of the origin and history of the State penitentiary for the 
eastern district of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1872. 
Yaux, R. Letter on the penitentiary system of Pennsylvania, addressed to William 
Roscoe, 12°, Philadelphia, 1827. 
Yaux, R. “Inside out.” Present prison systems and their effects on society and 
the criminal, pp. 31. Philadelphia, 1888. 
Vaux, R. Notices of the original and successive efforts to improve the discipline of 
the prison at Philadelphia, and to reform the criminal code of Pennsylvania; 
with a few observations on the penitentiary system. B°, Philadelphia, 1826. 400 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Vaux, R. Replies to the questions submitted for the consideration of the Interna- 
tional Prison Congress, to be held at Stockholm, Aug., 1877. 8' . Philadelphia, 
1876. 
Vaux, R. Reply to two letters of William Roscoe, Esq., of Liverpool, on the peni- 
tentiary system of Pennsylvania. B°. Philadelphia, 1827. 
Vaux, R. The State and the prison. Philadelphia, 1886. 
Vera. La escnela cMsica yla escuela positivista en derecho penal nella sua juris- 
prudencia prdctica. Santiago de Chile, 1888. 
Yeratti. Contributo agli studi di antropologia crimihale. Riv. care., 1882, p. 137. 
Verbrughe, A. Observation sur la condamnation conditionnelle. Jur. de la Conr 
d’app, de Lidge, 1889, pp. 97, 297. (Signd:) A. V. 
Verdussen, E. De la liberation prdparatoire on conditionnelle, 15 octobre 1879, 
Brux., 1880. Brochure in-B°. 
Vergai, G. B. Intorno alia nuova scuola criminal. Gazz, del manic, di Mombello, 
marzo 1889. 
Venice, L. G. Over den invloed van bet afzouderingstelsel of dat dor cenzame 
opsluiting op ile sterile, den gezondheidstoestand en liet geestvermogen dor 
gevangenen. Hit bet Franscb door. B°. IS'o imp. 
Yiauna. L’bomme primitif actuel. Revue sclent., 12 uov. 1887.- 
Viazzi, P. L’atavisrno nella delinqneuza. Scuola positiva, 15 april 1892. 
Vicars, G. R. Notes on prisons, pp. 20. Cambridge, 1880. 
Vidal, J. L. Tableau des prisons militaires, penitonciors militaires, ateliers tie 
travaux, organisation, reglements, regime, legislation pdnale, statistique en 
France, en Pidmout, en Prnsse et en Angleterro. B°. Paris, 1868. 
Vidal, J. .1. Considdratious gdndrales sur les pontons de T Augleterre (prisonships.) 
4°. Paris, 1820. 
Vidal, L. Aperyu do la legislation anglaise sur la servitude penale et la liberation 
conditionnelle et revocable, modilide on 1864; des ebangements opdrds dans 
le rdgimo pdnitentiaire et de la statist!que des grandes prisons pdnales de 
FAngloterre. Paris, 1865. Brochure in-B°. 
Vidal, L. Mdmoire sur la nouvelle Idgislation penale et pdnitentiaire de TAngle- 
terre. La servitude pdnale an lion de la transportation, le rdgime des prisons, 
les travaux agricoles et la liberation conditionnelle et rdvocable. Paris, 1856. 
ln-B°. 
Vidal, L. Notice sur les prisons et le nouveau rdgime pdnitentiaire, Fadminis- 
tration, la legislation pdnale, les jeunes ddtenus dans le royaume de Sar- 
daigne. B°* Paris, 1857. 
Vidal, L. Priucipes fondamentaux de la penalitd. Paris, 1890. [Monographe pr - 
sente a l’Acad6mie dcs sciences morales, per il coucorso, di cui o parola p. 37.] 
Vidal, L., ot Francois Perrin. fiprcuves et rehabilitation d’nn condamn6 libiSre. 
Paris, 1847. ln-12°. 
Vieira de Araujo. A nova escola criminal. Pernambuco, 1888. 
Vieira do Araujo. Antropologia criminal del diritto. Rio de Janeiro, genu, e marzo 
1889. 
Villers, Abbd. Quelques mots sur la charitd envors les lilies repenties et les pri- 
sonnieres libdrdes, suivis de ddtails historiques et statistiques sur la maison de 
refuge de Paris et sur celle de Liege. Lidge, 1846. In-12°. 
Villon, Abbd. Rapport sur les refuges ouverts aux libdrds adnltes. Bull, de la Soc. 
gdn. des pris., juin 1888. 
Villon, Abbd. Rapport sur les maisons de patronage en gdndral et sur cello do 
Couzon en particulier. Bull, do la Soc. gdn. des pris., mars 1889. 
Villon, Abbd. Discussion du rapport sur les maisons de patronage en gdndralet sur 
celle de Couzon en particulier. Bull, de la Soc. gdn. des pris., mai 1889. 
Vincent, C. E. H. La libdratiou conditionnelle et la surveillance de la police & 
Loudres. 1880, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
401 
Vincent on crime ift England. Spec., 56, p. 1308. 
Vindication, A, of the separate system of prison discipline from tho misrepresenta- 
tions of the North American Review, July, 1839. B°. Phila., 1839. 
Viugtrinier. Dcs prisons et des prisonniers. Paris, 1840. 
Virgilio. La patologia dei delinquent!. Riv. care., 1888, p. 71. 
Virgilio. Saggio sulla natura morbosa del delitto. Riv. care., 1874, n. 8a 11 
Visions of crimes. Louis New’s story of murder discussed by neurologists; many 
similar cases of hysterical imagination. St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Oct. 30, 
1892. 3,500 words. 
Visum repertum iiher zwei Morgens ira Bette, todt gefundene Eheleute. Mag. f. d. 
gerichtl. Arzneiw., Berl., 1832, 2, pp. 139-150. 
Voelk, H. Die Kindes-Todtuug, in gerichtlich-medizinischer Bcziehung. B°. 
Miinchen, 1884. 
Vogel, S. G. Eiu Beitrag zur gerichtsiirztlichon Lehre von Zurechnungsfiihigkeit. 
2. Anil. BC.8C. Stendal, 1825. 
Voisin, F. Le patronage des jeunes detenus. 1888. 
Wage-earning system in prisons. (Editorial.) Summary, Nov. 27,1892, 600 words. 
Wahlberg. Crimiual-psychologische Bemerknngen iiher den Raubmorder Hackler. 
Wien, 1877. 
Ward, Fannie B. Criminals in Chili. How murderers are buried alive in the great 
penitentiary. Ulus. St. Globe-Democrat, Oct. 30, 1892. 3,000 words. 
Waldeck-Rousseau. Proposition de loi relative ala transportation des recidivistcs. 
Mars 1882. 
Waldeck-Rousseau. Rapport sur la proposition de loi relative la transportation 
des r6cidivistes. Janv. 1883. 
Wallace, D. R. The treatment of crime. B°. Galveston, 1881. 
Walton, Anna E. “ The crime of law.” An open letter to Gov. Boies, entreating 
his interest in behalf of fair treatment of criminals. Lucifer, July, 1892. 
1,300 words. 
Walton, F. Du patronage des condamnds libdres. 
Warker, E. Van de. Relations of women to crime. Pop. Sci. Mo., 8, pp. 1, 334, 
727. 
Warnots. La dynamometric hla prison de Louvain. 
Warnots. Resultats des recherches sur certaines categories de delinquents. Bull. 
Soc. anthr. Bruxelles, 1884, 2, p. 168. 
Waterstou, R. C. Chr., Exam., 26, p. 54. 
Waterston, R. C. Juvenile depravity. Chr. Exam., 52, p. 391. 
Watrous, A. E. Prof. AVebster’s crime recalled by the Fall River mystery. N. Y. 
Press, Aug. 28, 1892. 5,000 words. 
Watteville, de. Du travail dans les prisons et dans les etablissements de bienfai- 
sauce. Paris, 1850. In-B°. 
Watts, W. H. Records of an old police court. St. James, 10, pp. 358, 458; 11, p. 
444; 12, pp. 232, 499. 
Wayland. Incorrigible criminals. Journ. of Ment. Science. Also, I delinquent! 
incorreggibili. Riv. care., 1888, p. 558. 
Wayland, F. Prison discipline. No. Am., 49, p. 1. 
Webb, A. Reformatories iu Ireland. Nation, 37, p. 159. 
Webster, A., jr. ATsits to our State prisons. Appleton, 11, pp. 139-228 
Wegener, B. G. De funiculi umbilicalis neglecta alligatioue in causa infanticidii 
limitandi. 4°. Halm Magdeb., 1731. 
Weiss, S. A. Crime of Abigail. Harper, 52, p. 490. 
Welling, James C. The law of torture. A study in the evolution of law. Amer- 
ican Anthropologist, July, 1892. 10,000 words. 
Wellman, Francis L. How the English prosecute criminals. N. Y. Herald, Oct. 23, 
1892. 4,700 words. 
30G0 A M 20 402 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Wellman, Francis L. London’s police force. Free from “pulls;” promotion depend- 
ent on merit. N. Y. Herald, Dec. 4, 1892. 1,350 words. 
Wells, J. T. Experience of prisoner of war in the United States Civil War. So. 
Hist. Pap., 7, pp. 324, 393, 487. 
Wells, J. T. Prison experience during the Civil War, 1861-65. So. Hist. Pap., 7, 
pp. 324, 393, 487. 
Wermuth, O. Chinese prisons. Overland, 11, p. 314. 
Werner, G. E. De infanticidii imputati signis diagnosticis. 4°. Yitembergaj, 1722. 
Wesley, H. Juvenile depravity; one hundred pound prize essay. B°. London, 
1849. 
West Derby Hundred Discharged Prisoners’ Aid Society. Annual reports of the 
executive committee to the society for the years 1869-70. B°. Liverpool, 
1870-71. 
Wey, Hamilton D. Criminal anthropology. Elmira [Now York], 1890. 
Wey, Hamilton, D. Physical training of youthful criminals, pp. 14. Report read 
before National Prison Association. Boston, July 18, 1888. 
Wharton, F. Criminal law in America and Europe. Atlan., 26, p. 69. 
When shall a prisoner be discharged? (Editorial.) Summary, Sept. 25, 1892. 1,500 
words. 
White, Andrew D. The murder problem in the United States. Boston Common- 
wealth, Sept. 17, 1892. 3,000 words. 
White, J. B. The forgers; a dramatic poem. So. Lit. J., 4, pp. 118-409. 
Whitecross Street Prison. Life in a debtor’s prison. London, 1880. 
Wiener, S. Le patronage des detenus libfrAs en Angleterre. Brux., 1889. Brochure 
in-B°. Extrait de la Belgique judiciaire. 
Wilder, Dr. Burt G. An exhibition of the medisected head of a murderer. Med. 
Rec., 1886, 30, p. 136. 
Wilkinson, Robert, M. A. The law of prisons in England and Wales. London, 1878. 
Williams, J. Prison mission in London. O. and N., 7, pp. 243, 363. 
Wills, A. Prisoners; should they be examined? Nineteenth Cent., 3, p. 169. 
Wilson. SulT imbecillitk morale dei delinquent! iucoi’reggibili. Riv. care., 1871, 
p. 144. 
Wilson, R. Religious aspect of murder. 
Wilson, Thomas, LL.D. Criminal anthropology. Smithsonian Report for 1890. 
Wines, E. C. Cause and cure of crime. Prince., n. s., 1, p. 784. 
Wines, E. C. International prison reform. Internat. R., 3, p. 368. 
Wines, E. C. Prison Association of New York. Meth. Q., 24, p. 90. 
Wines, E. C. Prison reform in the United States. Hours at Home, 8, p. 539. 
Wines, E. C. State of prisons and of child-saving institutions in the civilized 
world, pp. 719. B°. Cambridge, 1880. 
Wines, E. C. Sources of crime. Am. Presb. R., 12, p. 558. 
Wines, F. H. Prison reform, etc. 1877. 
Wines, F. H. Conferences of officers of prison and reformatories in Chicago, 
1884-85. 
Wines, F. H. Transactions of the Fourth National Congress. 1876. 
Wines, F. H. Monograph on sentences for crime. 1885. 
Wines, F. H. The criminal class. Missouri school report, p. 89. 1872. 
Wines, F. H. The restoration of the criminal. Sermon, pp. 22. Springfield, 111., 
1888. 
Wines, F. H. Threefold basis of criminal law. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 19, p. 156. 
Wines and Dwight. Report of the prisons and reformatories of the United States 
and Canada. 1867. 
Winslow, F. The case of Luigi Buranelli medico-legally considered, B°. London, 
1855. 
Winslow, F. In Letsomian lectures, London, 1854, 403 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Winter, Alexander. The New York State Reformatory at Elmira. London, 1891. 
172 pages. 
Wolff, C. J. Do cautione medic! circa casus infanticidiorum. 4°. Rostochii, 1754. 
Woodbridge, W. C. Chr. Mo. Spec., 8, p. 192. 
Woodbury, A. Prison discipline as a science. New Eng., 32, p. 70. 
Woodbury, A. Prison reform. O. and N., 3, p. 755. 
Woods, R. A. Life in Massachusetts Reformatory. And. R., 13, p. 31. 
Woolsey, T. D. Nature and sphere of police. Am. Soc. Sci. J., 3, p. 97. 
Wreford, H. Prisons of Naples. Good Words, 9, p. 485. 
Wright. Schedule to all the penal acts of the Government of India from 1841 to 1883. 
Wrongfully convicted. Trial and conviction of Mrs. Maybrick. (Editorial.) Rocky 
Mountain News, Sept. 11, 1892. 1,100 words. 
Wulfert. I nuovi positivist! del diritto penale. Riv. di dir. civ. e pen., Pietro- 
bnrgo, 1884. 
Wyman, M. Progress in school discipline; corporal punishment in the public 
schools; addressed to the citizens of Cambridge, Mass. B°. Cambridge, 1867. 
Wynter, A. Police and the thieves. Qnar., 99, p. 160. 
Yarros, Victor. Confusion worse confounded. Liberty, Doc. 31,1893. 1,800 words* 
Yellowlees, Rev. E. Homicidal mania; a biography. E. M. J. 
Young, C. L. Murder stone. Lippinc., 7, pp. 481, 617. 
Yvernes, E. De la rdcidive etdu regime pdniteutiaire en Europe. Paris, 1874. In-B°. 
Zauchi. La dottrina della liberta umana, con uu esame dell’ opera di E. Ferri ecc. 
Verona, 1879. 
Zei. Ontologismo e psicologismo in materia penale in Italia. Firenze, 1882. 
Zeitschrift fur die gesammte Strafrechtswissenschaft. Berlin. 
Zeller, J. Infanticidas non absolvit nec a tortura liberal nec respirationem feetus 
in ntero tollit pullit pulmonum infantis in aqua subsidentia. In Haller. Disp_ 
anat., etc. 4°. Gottiugaj, 1750, pp 529-561. 
Zerboglio. Le cause dell’ avversione all’ antrop. crim. Gazz. letter, agosto 1889, 
n. 31. 
Ziino. La fisiopatologia del delitto. Napoli, 1881. 
Zimmermann, E. Ueber den Thatbestand des Kindesmordes mit besouderer Beriick- 
sichtigung des kurhessischen Gerichtsgebrauches; eine gerichtlich-medicin- 
ischo Skizze. B°. Marburg, 1858. 
Zindorfer. Die neue kriminalistische Schule. Frankfurt Zeitung, ag. 1889. 
Zuccarelli. Estndiamos los deliuqnentes. Revista anthr. crim., ag. 1888. 
Zuccarelli. I delinquent! a cospetto della scienza positiva. Napoli, 1886. 
Zuccarelli. La medicina legale foudamento degli studi giuridici modemi. Ano- 
malo, genn. 1891. 
Zuccarelli. L’evoluzione odierna della medicina legale e P antropologia criminale, 
Psichiatria, Napoli, 1887. («) PHYSICAL CRIMINOLOGY. 
Albertis, de. Autopsia di Giona La Gala. Arch. psich., ecc., 1883. 
Albrecht. Sulla fossetta occipitale mediaua uei delinquent!. Arch, psich., ecc., 
1884. 
Amadei. Anomalie delle circonvoluzioni frontali nei delinquenti. Riv. sperim. 
fren., 1881. 
Amadei. Cranio di un ladro. Riv. sperim. fren., 1886, 11, p. 4. 
Amadei. Crani d’ assassini. Arch, psich., ecc., 1883. 
Ardouin. Sur les cranes des malfaiteurs. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1879, 2, p. 530. 
Ardouin. Sur la craniologie des criminels. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1881, 4, p. 709. 
Arno. Anomalie in 151 minoreuni detenuti. Arch, psich. 
Badik. Studi craniologici sul delinquenti. Orvosi Hetilap, Budapest, 1878. 
Bajenoff. Etudes c6phalom6triques sur 55 bustes d’assassins et 19 persounages dis- 
tingues. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1884, p. 502. 
Ball. L’assassin Lefroy. lBBl, p. 613. 
Bankow. Crani di assassini. Atlante delle Anaton. Abhand., 1860. 
Bardelebeu. Ucber Ycrbrecher-Gehirne. Deutsch. mediz. Wochenschr., 1882, p. 552. 
Beliakow. Studi antropometrici sugli omicidi. Arch, psich. nevrol. di Kowalewski, 
1884. Also, Arch, psich., ecc., 1885, 193, 490. 
Benedikt. Anatomische Studien an Yerbrecher-Gehirne. Wien, 1879. 
Benedikt. Anomalies cer6brales des criminels. Progres medical, 1879, u. 9. 
Benedikt. Anthropologische Befuude bei dem Morder Schenk. Wien, mediz. Blat- 
ter, 1891, n. 1. Also, Arch, anthr. crim., mai 1891. 
Benedikt. Beitriige zur Anatomie der Gehirn-Oberflacho. Mediz. Jahr., 1888. 
Benedikt. Der Raubthiertypus am menschlichen Gohirne. Centralbl. f. d. med. 
Wiss., 1877, n. 52. 
Benedikt. Demonstration eines Yerbrecher-Gehirnes. Wien, 1883. 
Benedikt. Der Schiidel des Raubmorders. Wien, 1888. 
Benedikt. Fossetta occipitale mediana e vermis in 13 delinq. Arch, di psich., 
antrop. crim., ecc., 1880. 
Benedikt. Les grands criminels de Vienne. Archives anthr. crim,, mai 1891. 
Benedikt. Schiidelmessung; Kranio-und Kefalometrie. Wien, 1882. 
Benedikt. Ueber den heutigen Stand der Anatomie der Verbrechergehirne. Wiener 
mediz. Presse, 1880. 
Benedikt. Zur Frage der Yerbrecher-Gehirne. Wien, mediz. Presse, 1883. Also, 
Riv. clinica, 1883. 
Bergmann. Aderenze dei corni posteriori del cervello in un delinquente. Yir 
chow’s gesamm. Abhandl., Frankfurt, 1856. 
Bertillon. Forme du nez. 1887. 
Bischoff. Hirngewicht des Menschen. Bonn, 1880. 
Bonfigli. Osservazioni sue cervelli dei malfattori. Arch. ital. mai. nerv., 1887. 
Bono. Capacity orbitale e cranica nei normali pazzi e delinq. 1880. 
Bordier. Etude sur ime s6rie de 36 crdues d’assassins. Revue d’anthrop., 1879, p. 
265. 
Bordier. Photographies de criminels. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1882, p. 795. 
Bouchard. Etudes sur les circonvolutions frontales de trois cerveaux d’assassins. 
Bull. Soc. anthr., Bordeaux, 1887, 
404 405 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Bouchard. Note sur le cerveau de I’assassin Aurusse. Journ. m6d., Bordeaux, oct. 
1891. 
Broca. La cerveau de I’assassin Prevost. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1880. Also, M - 
moires sur le cerveau, Paris, 1888, p. 234. 
Broca. Sur Passassin Lemaire et sur la criminality. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1867, 
2, p. 346. Also, M6moires sur le cerveau, Paris, 1888, p. 180. 
Carminati. Se i delinquent! abbiano una fisionomia speciale. Sale, 1875. 
Casper. Morder-Physiognomien. Yiert. f. gericht. Mediz., 1854. 
Cerveau, Le, de I’assassin Pranzini. Revue d’anthr., 1887, p. 533. 
Chiarngi. Sulla divisione delle circonvoluzioui frontal! in sani, pazzi, delinquent!. 
Siena, 1885. 
Chudzinski. Le cerveau de Menesclou. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1880, fasc. 3, p 
578. 
Chudzinski. Sur la vouto du crane et le moule intracranien de Menesclou. 1880. 
Clapham and Clarke. The cranial outline of the insane and criminal. West Rid. 
Lun. Asyl. Med. Reports, 6, p. 150, Loudon, 1876. 
Coruelli. Anomalie nei canali iufraorbitali negli alienati, delinquent! e sani. Riv. 
clinica, 1875. 
Corre. Sur quelques cranes de criminels. 1881, p. 638; 1882, p. 28. 
Corre et Roussel. Sur 200 tetes de criminels. Revue d’anthr., 1883. 
Couguet. Sulla fisonoraia dei delinquent!. Arch, psich., ecc., 1880. 
Derolaudis. Necroscopia di un delinquente. Report, med.-chir. del Piemonte, 1835. 
Dumont. Sur la fossette occipitale. Bull. Soc. anthr., Bruxelles, 1884, 2, p. 57. 
Durnouture. Observations sur l’6tat pathol. du crdne. Paris, 1835. 
Fallot. Le cerveau. Bull. Soc. anthr.,’Paris, 1888, p. 594, Also, Arch, anthr. crim., 
mai 1889. 
Farraz de Macedo. L’encephale humain avec et sans commissure grise en rapport 
avec la criminality. Genbve, 1889. 
Fasini. Studi su delinquent! feminine. 1882. 
Fauvelle. Mensuration des ponces chez les criminels. Bull. Soc. anthr., 
1891, u. 3. 
Fyry. Yariyt6s morphol. du pavilion de I’oreille humaine. Revue d’anthr., 1886. 
Ferri. Studi comparati di antropometria su 1711 delinquent!, pazzi e normali. Ar- 
chives italiennes de biologie, 3p. 3. 1882. 
Ferri. Studi comparati di antropometria criminale e normale. Arch, psich., ecc., 
1881. 
Ferrier. Cerveau d’une criminelle. “ Brain,” 7. Also, Archives nyvrologiques, 1882. 
Flesch. Su un cervelletto mediano in una criminale. Arch, psich., ecc., 1882. 
Flesch. Uutersuchungen fiber Ver br e cher- G ehi me. Wurzburg, 1882. 
Flesch. Zur Casuistic anomaler Befumle an Gehirnen von Verbrechern unci Selbst- 
inorclern. Arch, fiir Psych., 16, p. 689. 
Foville. Crane et cerveau de I’assassin Lemaire. Ann. myd.-psych., 1868, p. 127. 
Frigerio. L’oreille exterue. Etude d’anthrop. crim. Archives anthr. crim., 1888. 
Frigerio. Omicida per paranoia allucinatoria [autopsia]. 1884. 
Fubiui. Osservazioni sopra un giustiziato con fncilazione. 1884. 
Furlaui, Pramolini, Corridori, Dini, Veneziau e Ferri. Studi sui carcerati [Scuola 
di dir. crim. a Bologna]. 1881. 
Gayet, A. Des fractures des os du crane chez les enfants nouveau-nds. These de 
Paris, 1858. 
Giacomiili. Sui cervelli delinquent!. Gazz. delle cliniche, 1883, fasc. 19, p. 9 
Giacomini. Varieta delle circonvoluzioui cerebral! dell’ uomo. Torino, 1881. Also, 
Arch, psich., ecc., 2, p. 488. 
Gradenigo. Significato antropologico delle anomalie nel padiglione dell’ orecchio. 
Arch, psich., 1891, p. 475. 
Gradenigo. Das Ohr des Verbrechers. Wien, 1889. 406 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Gradenigo. II padiglione dell’ orecchio nei normal!, alienati e delinquent!. Giorn. 
Acc. med., Torino, 1889. Also, Arcli. psich., 1890, p. 258. 
Guerra. Anomalie in cadaveri di delinqueuti e normali. A roll, per 1’ autr., 1887, 
17, p. 3. 
Hanot. Cerveaux dea Progres medical, 1880, u. 1. 
Hegeret Dallemagne. Etude sur les caracteres craniologiques d’une sdrio d’assassins 
ex6cut6s en Belgique. Brnxelles, 1881. 
Heger. Sur les caracteres physiques des criminels. Bull. Soc. anthr. Bruxelles, 1883, 
1, p. 113. 
Hement. Les causes soientifiques de la pliysionomie. Mdm. Acad. sc. morales et 
pel., Paris, 1887. 
Hospital. Lesion grave du crane sur la tete d’un supplicid. Paris, 1885. Arch, psich., 
7, p. 212. 
Hotzen. Befunde am Gehirn einer Muttermorderin. Yiertlj. f. ger. Med., 1889. Also, 
Arch, psich., 1889, f. 2. 
Hudler. Ueher Capacitiit uud Gewicht der Schiidel in der anatom. Anstalt in Miin- 
chen, 1877. 
Istologia patologica del cervello di Guiteau. Revue scientifique, 1883, n. 1. 
Julia. De I’oreille au point de vue anthropologique et mddico-ldgal. Lyon, 1889. 
Knecht. Ueher die Yerhreitung physischer Degeneration hei Verhrechern uud die 
Beziehungen zwischeu Degenerationzeichen und Neuropathien. Allgemeine 
Zeitsch. f. Psychiatric, Berlin, 1883. 
Roller. Ueher Lomhroso Impression. Miinchen, 1887. Arch, psich., 1890, p. 113. 
Lahorde. Observations sur la tete et le corps d’uu justick's. Revue scieutif., 21 
juin 1884. Also, Arch, psich., 5, p. 495. 
Lacassagne. Rapporto fra la statura ela grande apertura delle hraccia in 800 delin- 
quent!. Arch, psich., 1883, p. 20. 
Lannois. L’oreille au point do vue anthrop. et mdd.-ldg. Archives anthr. crim., 
1887, pp. 336, 389. 
Lenhossek. A messersegesen, etc. Budapest, 1878. 
Lenhossek. Crani di delin. rumeni, ungheresi e croati. Orvosi Hetilap. Also, Arch, 
psich., ecc., 1880. 
Lomhroso. Anomalie nel cranio di Carlotta Corday. Arch, psich., ecc., 1890, p. 96. 
Lomhroso. Autropometria di 400 delinquent!. Mem. Istit. L0mb.,1872. Also, Riv- 
care., 1872. 
Lomhroso. Cranio criminale medio col metodo Galtoninano. Arch, psich., ecc., 
1888, p. 416. 
Lomhroso. Delitto e pazzia da trauma. Arch, psich., ecc., 1882, p. 43, 
Lomhroso. Della fossetta cerehrale in un criminale. Arch, per T antr., Firenze, 
1872. 
Lomhroso. Rughe anomale speciali ai criminal!. Arch, psich., 1890, p. 96. 
Lomhroso e Ferri. Su A. Faella e sugli osteomi, ecc. Archivio psich., 1882, p. 118. 
Lorenzi, de. Crani del heato Valfre e del hrigante Artusio. Giorn. Accad. med. 
Torino, 1871. 
Lussana. Anomalie cerehrali nei delinq. Arch. ital. mal. nerv., nov. 1879. 
Manouvrier. Rechorches d’anatomie comparee. Bull. Soc. zool. de France, Meluu 
1882. 
Manouvrier. Sur I’dtude des erftnes des assassins. Bull. Soc. anthr. Paris, 1883. 
Manouvrier. Sur la capacity du crane chez les assassins. Actes du Congres anthr. 
crim., Rome, 1886, pp. 115, 147. 
Manouvrier. Les cranes des supplicids. Archives d’anthr. crim., 1886, p. 119. 
Manouvrier. Sur le crane d’uu assassin. Bull. Soc, anthr. Paris, fdvr. 1886. 
Manuelli e Lomhroso. Craniometria di 39 delinq. Bull. Soc. anthr. Paris, 1881. 
Marchi. II cervello di Gaspcrone. Arch, psich., ecc., 1883. 
Marimei. Contribute alio studio della fossetta occipitale in normali, pazzi, rei e 
razze inferior!. Arch, per 1’ antrop., 1887, p. 543. 407 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Marro e Lomhroso. Album di criminali tedeschi. Arch, psich., ecc., 1883, p. 127. 
Marro eLomhroso. Pisionomio delle donnecriminali. Arch, psich.,ecc., 1883, p. 370. 
Mayor. Notes pour servir a une iconographie des Ccsars an point de vue authro- 
pologique. Rome, 1885. Also, Arch, psich., 1886, p. 34. 
Meynert. Kritik iiber Nachrichteu von Yerbrecher-Gehiruen. Ann. der ger. Ge- 
sellsch., Wien, 1876, p. 144. 
Mills. Arrested and aberrant development and gyres in the brain of paranois, 
criminals, idiots, negroes. Philadelphia, 1889. 
Mingazzini. Sopra 30 craui ed encefali di delinquent! italiani. Revista sperim. 
freu., 1888. 
Montalti. Cranio di un ladro. Sperimentale, apr. 1887. 
Monti. Studio antropologico sui cranii dei delinquent!. Bologna, 1884. 
Neis. Poids de 33 cerveaux poses an pcnitencier de Poula Condore. Bull. Soc. anthr., 
Paris, 1882, p. 471. 
Orchanscki. Cranes d’assassins. Bull. Soc. anthr., Paris, 1882, p. 764. 
Ottolenghi. II mancinismo anatomico nei criminali. Arch, psich., 1889, p. 619. 
Ottolenghi. Lo scheletro ela forma delnasone! criminal!, pazzi, epilettici e cretiui. 
Arch, psich., 1888, p. 8. 
Paoli, de. Quattro crani di delinquenti. 1880. 
Paoli, de, e Cougnet. Studio di 26 crani di criminali. Arch, psich., ecc., 1882, p. 107. 
Pateri e Lomhroso. Indice cranio-mandibolare nei pazzi e delinquent!. Arch, per 
P autrop., 1883,12, p. 3. Also, Arch, ecc., 3, p. 4. 
Peuta. Rare anomalie di un cranio di delinquente. Rev. care., 1889, p. 5. 
Rancke. Beitriige zur physischen Anthrop. Bayern, Miinchen, 1883. 
Raseri. Antropometria di 120 miuorenni deteuuti alia Geuerale. Ann. min. agric., 
Roma, 1877. 
Riccardi. Note antropologiche su minorenni delinquenti. 1882. 
Romiti. Craui e cervelli di delinquenti. Siena, 1883. 
Rossi. II tachiantropometro Anfesso applicate ad una centuria di criminali. Riv. 
care., 1889, fasc. 10. 
Rossi. Una centuria di criminali. Torino, 1888. 
Salini. Studio antropologico su alcuni deliuq. Kiv. care., 1879, p. 304. 
Salsotto. Sulla donna delinquents. Rev. care., 1888, p. 183. 
Salvioli. Reperto necroscopico del cadavere di un deliuquente. Riforma medica, 
1885. Also, Arch, psich., 6, p. 353. 
Schwekendiek. Untersuchungeu an zehn Gehirnen von Yerbrechern und Selbstmor- 
dern. Wurzburg, 1881. 
Severi. Capacity delle fosse temporosfeuoidali ecc. nei pazzi, suicidi e delinquenti. 
1886. 
Tamassia. Craniometria degli alienati e delinquenti. 1874. 
Tarnowsky. Etudes anthropomttriques sur les prostitutes et les voleuses. Paris, 
1889. 
Tarnowsky. Misure antropometriche su 150 prostitute, 100 ladre e 100 contadine. 
Arch, psich., ecc., 1888, p. 196. 
Tebaldi. Sulla fisonomia ed espressione studiate nelie loro deviazioni, con atlante. 
Yeroua, 1884. 
Ten Kate e Pavovski. Sur quelques cranes de criminels. Revue d’anthr., 1891. 
Tenchini. Cervelli di delinquenti. Memoria 3. Parma, 1891. 
Tenchini. Cervelli di delinquenti. Parma, 1885. [1 vol. con. 22 fig.] 
Tenchini. La fossa olecranica ne’ criminali. 1888. 
Tenchini. Mancanza della xii vertebra dorsale in un omicide. Parma, 1887. 
Tenchini. Sulla cresta frontale ne’ criminali. Parma, 1886. 
Tenchini. Sulla cresta froutale ne’ normal!, pazzi e criminal!. Parma, 1887. 
Tench ini. Yarieta numericlie vertebro-costali nelP uomo. Parma, 1889. 
Tenchini. Yarieta numericlie delle vertehre e coste in normal! e delinquent!. Parma, 
1888. 408 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Troiski. Risultati di cefalometria ncl delinquente in rapporto con alcuni earatteri 
di degenerazioue fisica. Arch. psich., ecc., 1884. Also, Arch, psich., 1885, p, 
536. 
Yaraglia e Silva. Sopra 60 crani c 42 encefali di donne crimiuali italiaue. Arch, 
psich., ecc., 1885, pp. 113, 274, 459. 
Venturi e Pellegrini. I piedi nei delinquent!. 1890. 
Weissbach. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Schiidelformen osterreich. Vcilker. Wiener 
med. Jahrb., 1864. 
Willigk. Studi sul cervello dell’ assassino Freud. Prager Viert. f. prakt. Heilk., 1876. 
Zampa, Teste d’ assassini e teste di galanti uomini. Arch, psich., 1889, p. 277. 
Zavaldi, Antropometria in 23 delinquent!. Riv. care., 1874, p. 377. 
Zouga. Studio antropologico su 25 delinquent!. 1876. 
Zuckerkand. Morphologic des Gesichtsschadels. 1877. (6) CAPITAL PUNISHMENT. 
Angelucci. Gli omicidi di froute all7 esecuzione capitale. Revista sperim. fren., 
1878, 3. 
Barrester. Capital punishment. London, 1879. 
Beach, Dr. Wooster. The death penalty. Med. Rec., 1886, 30, pp. 89,90. 
Benjamin, Park. The infliction of the death penalty. [From Forum for July.] 
Also Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 111. B°. New York, 1887. 
Bleyer, J. M. Scientific methods of capital punishment. B°. New York, 1887. 
Borelli, G., and Zambianchi, A. Sulla pena di morte nelle sue relazioui colla fisio- 
logia e col diritto. B°. Torino, 1854. 
Burleigh, C. C. Thoughts on the death penalty. 2nd edit. B°. Philadelphia, 1847. 
Cabanis, P. J. Note sur I’opiuion MM. Oelsner et Soemmering, et citoyen Sue, 
touchant le supplice de la guillotine. MtSm. Soc. med. d’dmulat. de Par. 
(an V), an vi (1798), 1, pp. 278-293. Also, in his CEuvres completes. B°. 
Par., 1823, 2, pp. 161-183. 
Caldwell, C. Thoughts on the impolicy and injustice of capital punishment; on 
the rationale or philosophy of crime; and on the best system of penitentiary 
discipline and moral reform. An address. 4°, Louisville, Ky., 1848. 
Capital punishment. (Editorial.) Seattle Post-Intelligencer, Aug. 13,1892. 1,050 
words. 
Capital punishment. The physical and psychological causes of homicide. N. Y. 
Medical Journal, March 5,1892. 4,300 words. 
Capital punishment. Dedicated to “The Church.” London, 1867 
Chereau, A. Guillotin et la guillotine. B°. Paris, 1870. 
Chereau, A. Guillotin et la guillotine. Union mdd., Par., 1870, 3d s., 10, pp. 61, 
85,129, 213, 261, 333, 369, 429, 477, 513. 
Coletti, D. Sulla perizia nei giudizii ponali. B°. Padova, 1879. 
Combe, G. Thoughts on capital punishment. B°. Edinburgh, 1847, 
Commons, House of. The law of homicide and of capital punishment. London, 1878. 
Commons, House of. Law of homicide and capital punishment. London, 1881. 
Cortina, C. A. Cesare Lombroso ele nuove dottrine positiviste in rapporto al diritto 
peuale. B°. Torino, 1888. 
Crime, On, as affected by the death punishment. Being some account of Dr. Guy’s 
paper recently submitted to the Statistical Society, and published in their 
journal. B°. [London, 1869.] 
Curtis, Gen. N. M. To define the crime of murder, provide penalty therefor, and to 
abolish the punishment of death. Speech in House of Representatives, June 
9,1892. 
Death by electricity. Med. Rec., 1888, 33, p. 158. 
Decapitation, The physiology of. Med. Rec., 1887, 32, p. 542. 
A. De la peine de mort an point de vue physiologique. Lettres au 
teur de TOpinion medicale. B°. Paris, 1870. 
Dujardin-Beaumetz et Evrard. Note historique et physiologique sur le supplice 
de la guillotine. Soc. de mfid. log. de Par. Bull., 1870-72, 1, pp. 49-74. Also, 
Ann. d’hyg., Paris, 1870, 2d s., 33, p, 498; 34, p. 147. 
409 410 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Dubois, F. [Guillotine, instrument de supplice connu d’abord sous le nom de 
Louison.] Bull. Acad, de mdd., Paris, 1866-67, 32, pp. 26-33. 
Elkington, J. A. Lecture on capital punishment. B°. Philadelphia, 1841. 
Guillotine, Die, oder neue Kopf-Maschine der neu Frankreicher, nebst der Consola- 
tion des Scharfrichters, und dem Eespouso der Akademie der Chirurgie zu 
Paris. [From: Eevolutionsalmanach von 1793, Gottingen, Oct., S. 197.] N. 
Mag. f. Aerzte, Leipz., 1793,15, pp. 7-11. 
Gosse, M. Death by hanging. Med, Eec., 1887, 32, p. 578. 
Hill, F. The substitute for capital punishment. B°. London, 1866. 
Jacobi, A., Wm. C. Wey, and B. F. Sherman. Capital punishment. Sanitarian, July, 
1892. 3,800 words. 
Loring, Dr. F. B. Injury to the eyes by hanging. Med. Rec., 1883, 24, p. 110. 
Lucchiui, L. I semplicisti antropologi, psicologi e sociologi. B°. Torino, 1886. 
Loye, P. Recherches expdriraentales sur la mort par la decapitation. 4°. Paris, 
1887. 
Mac Donald, Carlos F. The infliction of the death penalty by means of electricity. 
Albany, 1893. 
McKnight, Geo. H. The death penalty. Churchman, June 23,1892, 
Maine, F. E. The death penalty. The Med. Eec., 1886, 30, p. 417. 1,700 words. 
Mogi, Torajiro. Capital punishment. Ann Arbor, Mich., 1889. 
Mutel, P. La guillotine, ou reflexions physiologiques sur ce genre de supplice. B°. 
Paris, 1834. 
New York (State). Report of the commission to investigate and report the most 
humane and practical method of carrying into effect the sentence of death in 
capital cases. Elbridge T. Gerry, Alfred P. Southwick, Matthew Hale, com- 
missioners. Transmitted to the legislature of the State of New York, Jan., 
1888. B°. Albany, 1888. 
Poilroux, J. A. M. Essai nffdico-legal sur les phfnomcnes de la strangulation. 4°. 
Paris, 1875. 
Rush, B. On the punishment of murder by death. B°. Philadelphia, 1793. 
Society for Diffusing Information ou the Subject of Capital Punishment and Prison 
Discipline. Tract No. 11. An account of the Maisou de force at Ghent. B°. 
London, 1817. 
Soemmering. Lettre sur le supplice de la guillotine. 
Strycker, L. De. De Isesionibus apud strangulates obviis. 4°. Leodii, [1825]. 
Tardieu, A. Etude mcdico-lcgale sur la strangulation. B°. Paris, 1859. 2e 6d., 
augments avec planches. B°. Pai’is, 1879. 
Thornton, Dr. J. 8., jr. The death penalty. Med. Eec., 1886, 30, pp. 222,223. 
Thoughts on capital punishment, in a series of letters. B°. London, 1770. 
Unusual, An, mode of suicide. Boston M. and S. J., 1880, 102, p. 424. 
Yinnedge, W. W. An oi'iginal suicide (guillotine). Am. Pract., Louisville, 1876, 
14, pp. 86-92. 
Yoisin, F. Mcmoire en favour de Pabolition de la peine de mort, adresse aux repr<s- 
- du people. B°. Paris, 1848. (o) CRIME AND INSANITY. 
Algeri, Epilessia e disturb! mentali. [Trapanazione del cranio; miglioramentol.] 
Riv. sperirn. fren., 1888. 
Allaman. Des aliends criminels. Paris, 1891. 
Badich. Irre Verbrecher. Berlin, 1884. 
Baillarger. Note sur les causes de la frequence de la folie chez les prisonniers. 
Ann. mdd.-psycliol., 1844, 4, p. 74. 
Ball, Varie forme di psicopatie sessuali. Giorn. di nenropatol., Napoli, 1887. 
Barhaste. De I’homicide et de Tanthropophagie. Paris, 1856. 
Bell. Madness and crime. Medico-Legal Journ., New York, Sept, and Oct., 1884. 
Bell. Shall we hang the insane who commit homicides. Med. Leg.-Journ., New 
York, April, 1885. 
Benedikt. Folie et criminality, Wien, 1885. 
Bergonzoli. Sui pazzi criminali in Italia. 1875. 
Berti. Pazzia e omicidio. Venezia, 1876. 
Binswanger. Pazzi e delitto. Deutsche Rundschau, 15. Miirz 1888. 
Black, C. Insanity of George Victor Townsley. B°. London, 1865. 
Blanche. Des homicides commis par les alidnds. Paris, 1878. 
Bled, Du. Les aliduds s,l’dtranger et en France. Rev. des Deux Mondes, 15 oct. e IUT1UT 
nov. 1886. 
Boggio e Collino. Tipi di delinquenti mattoidi. 1881. 
Bonnet, A. De la monomanie du meurtre considdrde dans ses rapports avec la mdde- 
cine legale. B°. Bordeaux, 1852. 
Bonveccliiato. II scnso morale ela follezza morale. Venezia, 1883. 
Bonveccliiato. A proposito di tin processo scand.aloso (Gniteau). Venezia, 1884. 
Bowler, The case of Thomas. A lunatic now under sentence of death in Newgate for 
shooting at Mr. Burrows, a farmer, of Alperton Green, Middlesex. B°. Lon- 
don, 1812. 
Brierre de Boismont. Rapports de la folie suicide avec la folie homicide. 1851, 2d 
edit., Paris, 1865. Idem, Observations mddico-ldgales sur la monomanie ho- 
micide. Paris, 1846. 
Brunati. Autograft di un epilettico criminale. Arch. ital. mal. nerv., 1887. Also, 
Arch, psich., 1887, p. 320. 
Buchnet. The relation of madness to crime. New York, 1884. 
Busdraghi. L’ omicidio nei pazzi. Arch, psich., ecc., 1887, p. 475. 
Busdraghi. Gli alienati iucendiari. Arch, psich., 1887, p. 274. 
Busdraghi. Delitti di libidine nei pazzi. Arch, psich., 1888, p. 50. 
Calucci. II jure penale ela freniatria. Venezia, 1877. 
Cazauvieilh. De la monomanie homicide. Ann. d’hyg. publ., 1827, fasc. 16, p. 121. 
Also, Du suicide de Talidnation mentale et les crimes des personnes. Paris, 
1840. 
Chevalier. De I’inversion de Tinstinct sexuel au point de vue mddico-ldgal. Paris, 
1885. 
Clark. Heredity and crime in epileptic criminals. Praunn, 1880. 
411 412 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Clinton, H. L. Defense of insanity in criminal cases. Argument delivered April 
17, 1873, before the judiciary committee of the senate of New York, in favor 
of the bill drafted by bim in relation to the defense of insanity in criminal 
cases, which has passed the assembly. B°. [Albany, 1873.] 
Cougnet et Lombroso. Sfigraogralia di delinquenti ed alienati. Arch, psich., ecc., 
1881. 
Criminal lunacy. Necessity for a royal commission of inquiry to facilitate an al- 
teration of the present state of the law, as regards this question. B°. London, 
1809. 
Dagonet. De la folte impulsive. Ann. m«'d.-psych., 1870. 
Dally. Considerations sur les criminels et les aliends criminels. Ann. med.-psych., 
1863. 
Davey, J. (4. Insanity and crime. BC.8C. Bristol, 1864. 
Delbriick. Sulla follia criminale, riass. Ann. byg. publ., janv. 1867. 
Deutrich, C. G. De delicta excusantibus. 4°. Lipsise, 1774. 
Dincliow. Delitto o pazzia. Yiestnik Psicliiatrii, 1885. 
Drouet, P. Dc I’homicide chez les alieu<Ss. 4°. Paris, 1873. 
Dnfay. Somnambules criminels. Revue philos., janv. 1891. 
Elkarius, O. Ueber einen Fall von Mord der eigenen Kinder durch eine Melan- 
cholische. B°. Wiirzburg, 1880. 
Ellero. La psichiatria, la liberta morale ela responsabilita penale. Padova, 1885. 
Esquirol. Bcmerkungen iiber die Mord-Monomanie. Aus dem Franzosischen mit 
Zusiitzen von M. J. Bluff. B°. Niirnberg, 1831. 
Esquirol. Monomaniehomicide. Traite des maladies mentales. Paris, 1836. Also, 
Firenze, 1846. 
Fieliz, F, T. H. De exploranda dubia mentis alienationi in homiuibus facinorosis. 
4°. Vitebergie, 1805. 
Flemning. Sulla follia morale. Irrenfreund, 1874. 
Forel. Forme di passaggio fra integrity e alterazioni della psiche. Centralbl. 
Nervenh., sett. 1890. 
Gorry. Des alienfs-voleurs; non-existence de la kleptomanie et des mouomanies en 
general comme entites morbides. These. Paris, 1879. 
Gray. Della responsabilita negli alienati criminal!. (Studio su 58 omicidi pazzi.) 
Amer. Journ. of Insan., April, 1875. 
Griinewald. Zur Frage der Pyromanie. Das Tribunal, Juui 1887. 
Guasquet. Moral insanity. Jour of Ment. ScL, April, 1882. 
Hammond. Madness and murder. North Am. Review, December, 1888. 
Heger. La question de la criminality an Congres de medecine mentale a Anvers. 
Bruxelles, 1885. 
Holliiuder. Zur Lehre von der Moral-Insanity. Jahrb. f. Psych., Wien, 1882, n. 1. 
Hughes. Moral affective insanity. Sidonis, 1881. 
Jarvis. Mania transitoria. Amer. Journ. of Insan., luglio 1869. 
Jessen. Die Brandstiftuug in Affecten und Geistes-Kranken, 1860. 
Knaggs, S. Unsouuduess of mind considered in relation to the question of responsi- 
bility for criminal acts. B°. London, 1754. 
Knecht. Degeneraz. nei delinquenti in rapporto alia neuropatia. Allge. Zeit. f. 
Psych., 1883. 
Kirn. Le psicosi nelle case penali dal lato eziologico, clinico e giuridico. Allgem. 
Zeitsch. f. Psych., 1888, 45, pp. 1-2. 
Kirn. Die Psychose in der Strafanstalt in iitiologischen, klinischen foreusen Hin- 
sicht. Zeitschrift f. Psych., 1888, Bd. 45. 
Kirn. Sulla psicosi penitenziaria; riass. Ann. m6d.-psych., novembre 1882. 
Kornfeld e Lombroso. Su Guiteau. Arch, psich., ecc., 1881. 
Krafft-Ebiug e Lombroso. Le psicopatie sessnali. Torino (Bibliografia antropologica 
giuridica, IIP1 serie), 1889. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
413 
Krafft-Ebing. La respousnbilite crimiuelle et la capacity civile dans les dtats 
de trouble intellectual. Elements de psyohiatrie medico-ldgale a Pusage des 
nnklecins et des juriscousnltes. [Trad, de Pallemaud par Dr. Chatelane.] 
B°. Paris, 1875. 
Krafft-Ebing. Lehrbnch der gerichtlichen Psychopatbologio. 11. And. Stuttgart, 
1881. 
Krafft-Ebing. Mania transitoria. Ann. mdd.-psych., 1870. 
Krafft-Ebing, Schliiger, Kirn, Emrainghaus, Gansser. Die gerichtliche Psychopatho- 
logie. Maschka’s Haudbuch der gerichtlichen Medizih, 1883, vol. 4 (trad, ital.), 
Napoli, 1889. 
Lacour. Suicide et alien, ment. dans les prisons cellnlaires. Paris, 1875. 
Lauglois. Folio sininldc et alnSnees dits criminels. Nancy, 1889. 
Laschi. La pazzia nel delitto politico. Arch, psich., 1885, p. 296. 
Lascique. Les exhibitionnistes. Union med., mai 1877. 
Lasegue. Le vol aux 6talages. Arch. gen. de mod., fevr. 1880. Discussion ii la Soc. 
de mdd. leg. Also, Ann. hyg. publ., aofit 1880. 
Laugreuter. Ueber die Unterbriugnng geisteskranker Yerbrecher und verbrc- 
cherischer Geisteskranken. Allg. Zeitsch. f. Psych., 1887, n. 4e 5. 
Laurent. L’amour morbide. Paris, 1891. 
Laurent. Les suggestions criminelles. Paris, 1891 
Legrand du Saulle. Les hysteriqnes, actes insolites, delictnenx et criminels. Paris, 
1883. 
Legrand du Saulle. Etude nuldico-legale snr les dpileptiques. Paris, 1877. 
Legrand du Saulle. La folie devant les tribnnaux. Paris, 1864. 
Liman. I simulator!. Gerichtssaal, 1886. 
Lombroso. Pazzi e delinquent!. Eiv. penale, 1874, 1, p. 38. 
Lombroso. Un autografo di Seghetti. Arch, psich., 1891, p. 366. 
Lombroso. Pazzia morale e delinquente nato. Arch, psich., 1884, p. 17. 
Lombroso. La pazzia morale ed il delinquente nato. Archivio psich., ecc., 1881. 
Lombroso. Sul mancinismo nei sani, ctiininali, pazzi. Ibidem, 1884, p. 187. 
Lombroso. I mattoidi grafomani e Mangione. Arch, psich., ecc., 1880. 
Lombroso. I pazzi criminal!. Arch, psich., 1888, p. 156. 
Lombroso. Le nnove conqniste della psichiatria. Discorso inang. Torino, 1887. 
Lombroso. Note snr Pepilepsie criminelle. Archives anthr. crim., septembre 1887. 
Lucas. A locura perante a lei penal. Estudo medico-legal-penal dos delinquentes. 
Porto, 1888. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Criminal contagion. National Review, Loudon, Nov., 1892. 
Magnan. De I’enfance des criminels dans ses rapports avec la predisposition natu- 
relle an crime. Rajiport negli Actes dn IIe Congres d’anthr. crim., Lyon, 
1890, p. 47. 
Marandon. Les criminels. Annales m^d.-psych., mai 1891. 
Marc. Delafolie dans sesrapports avecles questionsmddico-jndiciaires. Paris, 1840. 
Marro e Lombroso. I germi della pazzia morale e del delitto net fanciulli. Arch, 
psich., ecc., 1883, pp. 7, 153. 
Marro. Esami psicometrici di pazzi morali edi mattoidi. Arch, di psich., ecc., 1885, 
p. 356. 
Mattos, De. La pazzia. (IIIa serie della Bibl. antrop. giur.) Torino, 1891. 
Maudsley. Responsability in mental disease. London, 1873. (Crime et folie. Paris, 
1874. La responsabilita nelle malattie mental!. Milano, 1875.) 
Max, Simon. Crimes et delits dans la folie. Paris, 1886. 
Moeli. Ueber irre Yerbrecher. Berlin, 1888. 
Moutyel, De. La piromanie. Arch, de neurol., 1887. 
Moreau. Des aberrations du sens genesique. Paris, 1883. 
Morel. Le procfes Chorinski. Etude mcdico-lgdale. B°. Rouen, 1868. 414 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Morin, F. V. De la monomanie homicide. 4°. Paris, 1830. 
Nacke. Beitriige zur Anthropologic unci Biologic geisteskranker Yerbrecherinnen. 
Centralb. f. Nervenh., Febr. 1891. 
Nicholson. The morbid psychology of criminals. Journ. Mcut. Sc., July, 1873, 
to July, 1875. 
North. Insanity and crime. Journ. Med. Sc., July, 1886. 
Ottolenghi. Epilessia psichiche nei criminali. Arch, psich., 1891, p. 6. 
Ottoleughi. Anomalie del campo visivo nei psicopatici. Torino, 1891. 
Pagliani. Osservazioni su 15 pazzi delinquent!. Revista clinica, 1877. 
Palombella. Psicopatia omicida e suicida. Giovenazza, 1889. 
Parrot, 11. Snr la monomauie homicide. 4°. Paris, 1833. 
Penta. Passanaute pazzo o gli error! giudiziari. Napoli, 1890. 
Peracchia. Andatura dei criminal! cd epiletti. Archivio di psichiatria, ecc., 1887, 
p. 240. 
Pietrasanta. La folie penitential re, Paris, 1857. Also, annales mdd.-psych,, 1857. 
Piper. Geistesstornngen im Gefaugnisse. Allgemeine Zeitsch. f. Psych., 1877. 
Pressat. De la monomanie homicide et de I’homicide chez les alien6s. 1846. 
Pulido y Fernandes. Locos delincuentes. Madrid, 1890. 
Qui si tralasciano i document! di psicologia criminate che si trovauo nelle memorio 
dci fuuzionari di polizia e dei carnefici (Vidocq, Canler, Sanson, Gisquet, Mace, 
Claude, Andrieux, Carlier, Cappa, ecc.) e nelle raccolte di process! celebri da 
Pitaval, Feuerbach, Fouquier, ecc., in poi. 
Reich. Ueber Seeleustorungen. Gefangenschaft, Berlin, 1871. 
Reich. Mania transitoria. Berlin, klin. Wochens., ag. 1880. 
Reuss. Aberrations du sens gdndsique. Ann. hyg. publ., 1886,14, pp. 125,239, 309. 
Riant. Les irresponsables devant la justice. Paris, 1888. 
Robinson. Simulated insanity in the criminal class. Journ. of Nerv. and Meut. 
Dis., New York, 1887, 
Roggero. Sni pazzi delinquent! in Italia. Riv. care., 1875, p. 311. 
Rousseau. De la monomauie inceudiaire. Ann. mM.-psych., novembre 1881. 
Ruiz, Diaz. La cieucia freuopdtica y sus relaciones con el derecho penal. Rev. gen. 
legisl., genn. 1883. 
Sander und Richter. Die Beziehungen zwischen Geistesstornngen und Yerbrecheu. 
Berlin, 1886. 
Saury. Etude snr la folie hereditairo. Los degdnfrds, Paris, 1886, ch. 2, 3. 
Sauze. Recherches snr la foßo pfnitentiaire. Ann. med.-psych., 1857, p. 26. 
Savage. Moral insanity. New York, 1886. 
Savage. Moral insanity, Journ. Ment. Sc., 1881. 
Savage. Drunkenness and responsibility. Jonrn, Mont. Sc., April, 1886. 
Schultz, R. Drei Crimiualfalle, eiu Beitrag zur forensischen Psychiatric. B°. 
Greifswald, 1873. 
Semal. Folies pdnitentiaires. Bruxelles, 1890. 
Sergi. Relazione tra la delinquenza ele malattie mentali. Riv. care., 1886, p. 121. 
Sighele. L’ evoluzione dal suicidio nei drammi d’ amore. 1891. (In app. alia ina 
ediz. dell’ Omicidio suicidio di Ferri. Torino, 1892.) 
Sighicelli e Tambroni. Pazzia morale ed epilessia. Riv. sperim. fren., 1888, n. 4. 
Solbrig. Verbrechen und Wahnsinn, Miinchen, 1867. 
Sommer. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Criminal-Irren. Allg. Zeitsch. f. Psych., 1883. 
Spintzyk, P. Yerbrechen und Geistesstorung. B°. Greifswald, 1875. 
Spratling. Moral insanity. Medico-Legal Jonrn., New York, Dec., 1890. 
Stark, J. Letter on the responsibility of monomaniacs for the crime of murder. B°. 
Edinburgh, 1843. 
Tamassia. Importanza medico-forense della mania transitoria. Rivista penale, 1881, 
13, p. 465. 
Tamassia. La pazzia nei criminali italiani. Riv. care., 1874, pp. 305, 373. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
415 
Tamassia. Eivista critica snail ultimi studi di psicopatologia forense. Eivista pe- 
nale, 1877, p. 429. 
Tamassia. Sull’ inversione dell’ istinto sessuale. Ely. sper. fren., 1878. 
Tamassia. Guiteau. Eev. sper. fren., 1883. 
Tamburini e Seppilli. Studio di psicopatologia criminale. Eiv. sperim. fren., 1883 e 
1887. Also, Arch, psich., 1888, p. 83, 
Tamburini. Imbecillita morale e delinquenza congenita. Eiv. sper. fren., 1886. 
Also, Actes du Congres anthr. crim., Eome, 1886, p. 431. Also, Observations 
sur 36 alienes condamnds coirme semi-responsables. 
Tamburini e Guicciadi. Ulteriori studi sopra un imbecille morale (Sbro.). Eiv. 
sperim. fren., 1888, p. 3. 
Tanzi. Pazzi morali e delinquenti nati. Eiv. sperim. fren., 1884. 
Tarde. A propos de deux beaux crimes. 1891. 
Tarde. Crime et dpilepsie. Eev. philos., avr. 1889. 
Tardieu. Ettide medico-Egale sur la folie. Paris, 1872. 
Teed. On mind, insanity, and criminality. Jouru. of Nerv. and Ment. Disease, Jan., 
1880. 
Tommasi. Dell’ impulse irrisistibilo al furto. Morgagni, 1879, n. 1. 
Ventra. Le idee lisse impulsive. Manicomio, die. 1888. 
Venturi. Le pazzie transitorie. Napoli, 1888. 
Verga, G. B. Considerazioni sulla pazzia morale e discussione sulla pazzia morale e 
delinquenza congenita. Atti del Congresso freniatrico a Siena, Milano, 1887, 
pp. 34, 51, 223. 
Veron, A. De la monomanie homicide. 4°. Paris, 1852. 
Virgilio. Passanante ela natura morbosa di delitto. Eoma, 1888. 
Yoisin. L’emprisonnement cellulaire en Belgique. Etude sur I’etat physique, intell. 
et moral des detenus. Bibl. Soc. prisons, Paris, 1888, p. 987. Also, 1889, p, 82. 
Westphal e Mendel. Sulla follia morale. Soc. med. di Berlino, 1878, u. 1, 
Worckuianu. On crime and insanity. Montreal, 1879. (d) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL PRISON ASSOCIATION OF THE 
UNITED STATES. 
Adel, J. G. Proceedings and discussion of the Congress, pp. 443-547. 1870.1 
Ainsworth, Frank B. Dr. Wichern’s paradox: “The strongest wall is no wall,” 
illustrated in the Indiana House of Refuge, pp. 322-327. 1870. 
Alexander, Augustus W. The free-labor theory of prison discipline, pp. 217-233. 
1874. 
Almquist, M. Present state of the prison question in Sweden, pp. 488-493. 1874. 
Allinson, Samuel. Report of committee on discharged prisoners, pp. 336-338. 1872. 
Allinson, Samuel. Scholastic and industrial education in reform schools, pp. 505- 
510. Discussion of, pp. 609-612. 1876. 
Altgeld, J. P. Unnecessary imprisonment, pp. 408-418. 1884-’B5. 
Ames, Rev. Marcus. On the desirableness of an increased number of juvenile re- 
formatories, etc., pp. 337-349. 1870. 
Ames, Rev. M. Family and congregate systems for reform schools considered and 
compared, pp. 489-493. 
Anderson, Henry J. Susceptibility of criminals to reformatory agencies, pp. 359- 
362. 1872. 
Annual reports of the commissioners of prisons of Massachusetts. 
Annual reports of the inspectors of the State Penitentiary for the Eastern District 
of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 
Arcamhal, Mrs. A. L. d’. Work done by the Home of Industry for Discharged 
Prisoners, pp. 168-169. 1891. 
Armingol y Cornet, Don Pedro. Prisons and prison discipline in Spain, pp. 520-528. 
1874. 
Atherton, B. F. Centralization necessary to prison and reform, pp. 270-279. 1891. 
Baker, T. B. LI. Treatment of discharged prisoners; whether their accounts should 
he made known to employers, pp. 191-198. 1874. 
Baker, T. B. LI. Criminal treatment, pp. 457-467. 1876. 
Baker, T. B. LI. Centralization of prisons, pp. 382-388. 1884-85. 
Barney, Mrs. J. K. Prison and police matrons, pp. 301-309. 
Batt, Rev. W. J. The chaplain, pp. 199-216. Discussion of, pp. 217-221. 1891. 
Beltrani-Scolia, Martino. Historical sketch of national and internat. penitentiary 
conferences in Europe and America, pp. 267-277. 1870. 
Beltrani-Scolia, Martino. Actual state of the penitentiary question in Italy, pp. 
498-502. 1874. 
Bittinger, J. B. Responsibility of society for the causes of crime, pp. 278-293. 
1870. 
Bowring, Sir John. The proper purpose of prison discipline, pp. 75-94, 1870. 
Brace, Rev. Ch. L. Report of the standing committee on preventive and reforma- 
tory work as related to children and youths, pp. 95-106. By Dr. Peirce, 106- 
108. Discussion of, 109-119. 1874. 
Brace, Charles L. Economy in preventing crime, pp. 249-252. 1874. 
1 This and the following dates designate the \ ears in which the congresses of the association 'were 
held. 
416 417 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Brace, Ch. L. The industrial day school, pp. 482-489. 1876. 
Brinkerhoff, Roeliff. County jails, pp. 89-92. 1884-’B5, 
Brinkerhoff, Roeliff. Report on United States prisoners, pp. 388-403. Discussion of, 
pp. 403-408. 1884-’B5. 
Brinkerhoff, Roeliff. United States prisoners, pp. 284-285. 1887. 
Brinkerhoff, Roeliff. What to do with recidivists, pp. 185-197. 1889. 
Brockway, Z. R. The ideal of true prison system for a state, pp. 38-65. 1870. 
Brockway, Z. R. Report of the executive committee of the National Prison Asso- 
ciation, pp. 321-336. 1872. 
Brockway, Z. R. Reformatory discipline; what is it and hy what agencies to he 
attained? pp. 205-216. 1874. 
Brockway, Z. R. The classification of prisoners, with a view to their reformation, 
pp. 417-422. 1876. 
Brockway, Z. R. The incorrigible criminal; what is he and how should he he 
treated? pp. 105-107. Discussion of, pp. 107-126. 1884-’B5. 
Brockway, Z. R. The indeterminate sentence and conditional liberation, pp. 184- 
186 and 188-196. Discussion of, pp. 186, 196-199. 1887. 
BrockAvay, Z. R. Prison discipline (report of committee), pp. 122-138. Remarks hy 
Mr. Cassidy. 1888. 
Brooks, Rev. Phillips. Our duty to the prisoner (sermon), pp. 30-42. 1888. 
Brown, Goodwin. Interstate extradition, pp. 18-34. 1884-’B5. 
Browne, T. LI. M. Suggestions on the formation of discharged prisoners’ aid 
societies, pp. 185-190. 1874. 
Brush, A. A. Prison punishments, pp. 101-105. 1884-85. 
Brush, A. A. Prison diet, pp. 61-63. Discussion of, pp. 63-77. 1886. 
Brush, A. A. Prison discipline, pp. 189-200. Discussion of, pp. 201-215. 1890. 
Bruiin, Fr. Prison discipline in Denmark, pp. 117-158. 1870. 
Buchanan, Dr. J. R. What are the most effective agencies for moral and religious 
education in reform schools? pp. 502-504. 1876. 
Burnett, Joseph. The proper construction of prisons for women, pp. 450-451. 1876. 
Butler, Benj. F. Hope, the great reformer, pp. 369-370. 1872. 
Byers, Rev. A. G. District prisons under State control for persons convicted of minor 
offenses, pp. 219-232. 1870. 
Caldwell, James. The prison question in New Zealand, pp. 512-513. 1874. 
Carpenter, Miss Mary. On the responsibility of parents for the maintenance of their 
children in reformatories and certified industrial schools, pp. 372-383. 1870. 
Carpenter, Miss Mary. On the treatment ofloug-sentenced and life-sentenced prison- 
ers, pp. 348-354. 1872. 
Carpeutex1, Miss Mary. Suggestions on reformatory schools and prison xliscipline, 
etc ,in the United States, pp. 157-173. 1874. 
Cassidy, M. J. The prisons of France, Belgium, England, and Ireland as I saw them, 
pp.Bo-106. 1891. 
Chandler, Jos. R. The question of a prison newspaper, pp. 299-310. 1870. 
Charlton, T. J. The similarity of reformatory and prison work, pp. 292-305. Discus- 
sion of, pp. 305-313. 1890. 
Childlaw, Rev. B. W. The Ohio reform farm school; its principles, methods, and 
results, pp. 328-336. 1870. 
Clarke, Albert. The death penalty; should it be abolished? pp. 395-403. 1876. 
Clarke, James Freeman. The final cause of criminal legislation as affecting modes 
of punishment, pp. 370-373, 1872. 
Clarke, Janies Freeman. General organization of a prison system, pp. 409-411. 1876. 
Clemmer, J. W. The State’s protection of the prisoner’s right to reform, pp. 235-245. 
1888. 
Coffin, Mrs. C. F. System of discipline suited to a female prison, pp. 422-426. Discus- 
sion of, pp. 570-572. 1876. 
3000 A M 27 418 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Coffin, Mrs. C. F. Women’s prisons, pp. 186-196. 1884-85. 
Coffin, Ch. F. British and American prisons, pp. 237-249. 1891. 
Collins, Charles A. Moral education in prisons, pp. 299-316. 1884-’Bs.' 
Come, M. A. (France) On the duty of society to indemnify the citizen who has been 
unjustly imprisoned, pp. 244-252. 1870. 
Crofton, Sir Walter (England). The Irish system of prison discipline, pp. 66-74. 1870. 
Croftou, Sir Walter (England). Remarks on sundry topics considered in the Intern. 
Pentt. Congress of London, pp. 354-358. 1872. 
Cunningham, Dr. R. M. The convict system of Alabama in its relation to health and 
disease, pp. 108-141. 1889. 
Daly, C. P. Insanity in its relations to crime, pp. 386-395. Discussion of, pp. 565- 
567. 1876. 
Desellem, Samuel S. Convict clothing, pp, 294-298. 1870. 
Despine, Dr. Prosper. The criminal (translation), pp. 338-348. 1872. 
Discussion on prison discipline and reform, pp. 81-94. 1874. 
Discussion on trades in prisons, pp. 583-584. 1876. 
Discussions on papers relating to preventive and reformatory institutions for juve- 
niles, pp. 585-593. 1876. 
Discussion on the family and congregate systems in reformatory institutions, pp. 
593-597. 1876. 
Discussion on prison statistics, pp. 173-186. 1884-’B5. 
Discussion on prison labor, pp. 197-225. 1884-’B5. 
Discussion on prison punishments, pp. 259-275. 1884-’B5. 
Discussion on county jails, pp. 281-292. 1884-’B5. 
Discussion on management of prisons, food, education in prisons, pp. 345-354. 
1884-’B5 
Discussion on the relations of Christianity to the criminal, pp. 40-42. 1886. 
Discussion of report on United States prisons, pp. 109-112. 1886. 
Discussion of prison punishments, pp. 181-187. 1886. 
Discussion of the moral and religious care of the prisoner, pp. 66-91. 1887. 
Discussions on probation officers, children under arrest, wife beaters, pp. 213-224. 
1887 
Discussions of papers read, pp. 140-160. 1888. 
Edmonds, John W. Thoughts on a reformatory prison discipline, pp. 165-168. 1870. 
Eldridge, M. L. History of the Massachusetts Nautical Reform School, pp. 350-358. 
1870. 
Eliot, Rev. Wra. G. Construction of lockups and treatment of prisoners confined 
in them, pp. 445-450. 1876. 
Falkner, R. P. Criminal statistics, pp. 48-60. Discussion of, pp. 61-67. Bcrtilliou 
system, registration, and parole, pp. 68-79. 1890. 
Falkner, R. P. Criminal statistics, pp. 71-79. 1891. 
Falkner, R. P. Report on criminal statistics. 1892. 
Fay, C. K. English prisons, pp. 261-268. Discussion of, pp. 268-270. 1887. 
Felton, C. E. Tramps and drunkards, pp. 320-329. Discussion of, pp. 329-339. 
l£B4-’B5. 
Felton, C. E., and Wines, F. H. Conference of officers of prisons and reformatories 
of the United States at Chicago, Dec. 9-11, 1884 (report). Chicago, 1885. 
Felton, C. E. Prison labor, pp. 216-226. Discussion of, pp. 227-238. 1886. 
Felton, C. E. Labor legislation—the O’Neil bill, pp. 50-59. Discussion of, pp. 
59-67. 1888. 
Felton, C. E. The identification of criminals, pp. 46-68. Discussion of, pp. 69-75. 
• 1889. 
Felton, C. E. Police organization and administration, pp. 195-214. Discussion of, 
pp. 214-220. 1888, BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
419 
Felton, C. E. The police force of cities, a protest against political intermeddling; 
a plea for greater preventive effort, pp. 125-137. Discussion of, pp. 137-142. 
1890. 
Felton, C. E. Some of the impediments of efficient police management, pp. 107- 
116. 1891. 
Fessenden, Rev. J. K. Should industrial or reformatory schools ho wholly state in- 
stitutions, etc., pp. 498-501. Discussion of, pp. 597-605. 1876. 
Foote, Rev. C. C. The importance and power of religions forces in prisons, pp. 185- 
192. 1870. 
French, James W. Life prisoners, pp. 242-244. 1889. 
Gower, C. A. Grades and honors in juvenile reformatories, pp. 361-368. Discussion 
of, pp. 368-382. 1884-’B5. 
Guillaume, Dr. Progress and condition of prison discipline in Switzerland, pp. 
485-487. 1874. 
Guillaume, Dr. Report on the luternat. Peniten. Commission to the Federal Council 
of Switzerland, pp. 581-589. 1874. 
Haines, Daniel. The right of the state to separate children from parents wilfully 
or culpably neglectful of their parental duties, pp. 476-482. 1876. 
Hammond, Wm. G. How can a more equitable distribution of punishment be 
secured ? pp. 355-358. 1876. 
Harper, Mrs. Prison and police matrons; Remarks on, pp. 309-313. 1886. 
Harris, Dr. Elisha. The education and correctional treatment of juvenile delin- 
quents, etc., pp. 535-550. 1876. 
Harris, Dr. Wm. T. The philosophy of crime and punishment, pp. 222-239. Re- 
marks on, by Mr. Wines, pp. 240-241. 1890. 
Hart, H. H. Prisoners’ aid societies, pp. 270-288. 1889. 
Hartley. Prison discipline, pp. 158-166. 1887. 
Hatch, H. F. Prison discipline, pp. 164-175. Discussion of, pp. 175-184. 1889. 
Hickox, Rev. G. H. The chaplain, pp. 146-153. Discussion of, pp. 153-163. 1890. 
Hill, M. D. On the objections incident to sentences of imprisonment for limited 
periods, pp. 105-109. 1870. 
Hill, Edwin. Criminal capitalists, pp. 110-116. 1870. 
Hill, Miss J. M. (England). The boarding out of pauper children considered as an 
agent in the diminution of crime, pp. 394-505. 1870. 
Hill, Frederick. British prisons, pp. 253-262. 1874. 
Hill, Miss Florence. Australian prisons, pp. 529-543. 1874. 
Hill, Hon. Frederick. (Loudon), Prison discipline, pp. 419-428. 1884-’B5. 
Hite, J. C. The cottage or open system in reformatories, pp. 355-36-1. 1884-’B5. 
Holtzendorff, Franz von. Memorandum on the prison question in Germany, pp. 
509-510. 1874. 
Howland, W. H. The discharged prisoner, pp. 286-289. 1886. 
Howland, W. H. Discharged prisoners, pp. 286-297. Discussion of, pp. 297-308. 
1887. 
Hubbell, Gaylord H. Reformatory discipline as applied to adult criminals, pp. 169- 
179. 1870. 
Ince, Dr. John. The prisons of India, pp. 154-157. 1887. 
lyah, C. Sabapthi. Indian prisons, pp, 515-519. 1874. 
Jacobi, Dr. A. Brain-crime and capital punishment. Discussion opened by Dr. H. 
D. Wey. 1892. 
Johnson, Mrs. Ellen C. The Massachusetts prison for women, pp. 170-172. Discus- 
sion of, pp. 172-180. 1887. 
Johnson, Mrs. Ellen C. Prison recreation, pp. 209-215. 1889. 
Johnson, Alexander. Report of committee on preventive and reformatory work. 
Discussion opened by L, C. Stores, 1892, 
Johnson, Mrs. Ellen C. Discipline in female prisons, pp. 137-143. 1891. 420 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Justin, Rev. Brother. Kindness as a factor in reformation, pp. 205-215. 1886. 
Lee, W. D. The lease system of Alabama, pp. 104-118. Discussion of, pp. 119-123. 
1890. 
Little, John J. Dare of discharged prisoners, pp. 290-297. 1886. 
Love, Alfred H. Thoughts on prisoners and prison discipline, pp. 247-248. 1874. 
Love, A. H. Our duty to the prisoner and the community, pp. 92-97. 1886. 
Mabie, H. W. The press and crime, pp. 145-151. 1886. 
Marsaugy de Bonneville. Criminal registers considered as a means of knowing the 
antecedents of persons charged with crime or trespass (translation), pp. 232- 
243. 1870. 
Marsangy de Bonneville. Analytical outline of penal and penitentiary reform, pp. 
643-673. 1874. 
Massie, James. Moral instruction in prisons, pp. 103-105. Discussion of, pp. 105- 
109. 1886. 
Massie, J. Report of committee on prison discipline. 1892 
McClaughry, R. W. The registration and identification of criminals, pp. 15-16. 
Discussion of. Bertillon system, pp. 18-31, 92-113, 121-125. 1887. 
McClaughry, R. W. The parole system, pp. 38-47. 1890. 
McClaughry, R. W. Report of standing committee on police forces in cities. Dis- 
cussion opened hy H. I. Gourley. 1892. 
M’Garigle, Wm. J. The policeman and the criminal, pp. 198-204. Discussion of, 
pp. 204-205. 1886. 
Meredith, E. A. Our county and city jails. Shall they continue to he a disgrace to 
civilization? pp. 242-256. Discussion of, pp. 256-260. 1887. 
Meredith, Mrs. S. (of London). Some of the peculiarities of criminals, np. 222-232. 
1889. 
Meredith, Mrs. S. Punishment of juvenile offenders, pp. 232-234. 1889. 
Merrefield, Joseph. Capital punishment, pp. 594-595. 1874. 
Merrick, Rev. Frederick. The Christian duty of caring for neglected and criminal 
children (sermon), pp. 429-442. 1870. 
Merrill, Wm. H. The proposed volunteer adult reformatory at Warsaw, New York; 
its origin, history, etc., pp. 180-184. 1870. 
Milligan, Rev. J. L. Duty of society to discharged nrisoners, pp. 469-476. Discus- 
sion of, pp. 579-583. 1876. 
Milligan, Rev. J. L. Executive pardons, pp. 422-428. 1870. 
Monfort, H. A. Comparative merits of the family and congregate systems of treat- 
ment in reform schools, pp. 493-498. 1876. 
Morgan, William. The reformatory enterprise; its pioneers and princinles, pp. 
282-297. 1888. 
Morris, Dr. John. Prison physicians; their duties and influences, pp. 77-84. Dis- 
cussion of, pp. 84-92. 1886. 
Morris, Dr. John. Cure, not punishment, for the “hummer” and chronic inebriate 
pp. 243-246. 1890. 
Moylan, James G. Prison labor, pp. 230-245. 1886. 
Mullen, Wm. J. Duty of society to persons arrested but not yet brought to trial, pp. 
362-364. 1872. 
Nat. Pris. Assoc. Prison work generally. A discussion, pp. 246-257. 1889. 
Nicholson, J. On the identification of criminals, pp. 62-70. 1891. 
Nordhoff, Charles. Alaska as a possible penal colony, pp. 270-278. Discussion of, 
pp. 278-283. 1887. 
Oliver, Henry. The child in prison, pp. 180-181. Discussion of, pp. 181-182. 1887. 
Otterson, Ira. Report of committee on preventive and reformatory work, pp. 250- 
259. 1891. 
Ourt, Dr. A. J. Criminal statistics, pp. 415-421. 1870. 
Patterson, W. D. Prison construction, pp. 43-46. Discussion of, pp. 46-61. 1886. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
421 
Patterson, .H. The New Jersey State Prison, pp. 113-121. 1887. 
Patterson, .1. H. Prison management, pp. 298-302. 1888. 
Patterson, J. H. The parole law in New Jersey, pp. 170-198. 1891. 
Peirce, Rev. B. K. General view of preventive and reformatory institutions in the 
United States, pp. 21-37. 1870. 
Perry, S. Prison labor, pp. 55-82. Discussion of, pp. 82-88. 1884-’B5. 
Petersen, Richard. The present state of the prison question in Norway, pp. 494- 
497. 1874. 
Pinkerton, Allan. The character and duties of a detective police force, pp. 241- 
246. 1876. 
Pitman, Robert. Terms of sentence: Is greater equality for the same or similar 
offences desirable; and, if so, how to bo secured? pp. 95-104. 1870. 
Pitman, R. C. Habitual criminals: What change is advisable in their penal treat- 
ment ? pp. 361-364. Discussion of, pp. 557-563. 1876. 
Pols, M. S. Actual state of the penitentiary question in Holland, pp. 503-508. 1874. 
Pope, J. W. Crimes and criminals of the American Army, pp. 117-131. 1891. 
Powell, Aaron M. Intemperance and crimes, pp. 364-367. 1872. 
Randall, C. D. The policy of State public schools for dependent children, pp. 527-535. 
1876. 
Randall, C. D. The Fourth International Prison Congress, at St. Petersburg, Russia. 
Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C., 1891. 
Reeve, Ch. H. The true theory of reform, with labor as a factor, pp. 250-259. 1884-’B5. 
Reeve, Ch. H. Dependent children, pp. 101-112. 1888. 
Reeve, C. H. Arousing the public, pp. 150-163. 1889. 
Reeve, Somerville, and Wayland. Report on criminal law reform, pp. 20-33. 1890. 
Reports on the penal, reformatory, and preventive institutions of States and Terri- 
tories, pp. 375-460. Discussions, pp. 460-483. Resolutions of the congress, pp. 
483-484. 1872. 
Report of the standing committee on prison discipline, pp. 59-69. 1874. 
Report of the standing committee on discharged prisoners, pp. 70-80. 1874. 
Report of committee on criminal law reform, pp. 139-147. Discussion of, pp. 148-156. 
1874. 
Report of committee on discharged prisoners. 1892. 
Rockwell, Mrs. M. E. Modes of commitment to reform school, etc., pp. 510-521. 1876. 
Roepstorff, Fr. Ad. de. Port Blair, penal settlement in British India, pp. 159-164. 
1870. 
Rosenau, N. S. The Whitechapel Union, pp, 145-147. 1889. 
Round, W. M. F. Organization of prison associations in the States, pp. 281-286. 1886. 
Round, W. M. F. Discharged prisoners (report of committee), pp. 221-226. Dis- 
cussion of, pp. 226-230. 1888. 
Round, W. M. F. The discharged prisoner and what shall be done with him (report 
of committee), pp. 247-258. Discussion of, pp. 258-273. 1890. 
Round, W. M. F. Report of committee on discharged prisoners, pp. 160-167. 1891. 
Sanborn, F. B. How far is the Irish prison system applicable to American prisons? 
pp. 406-414. 1870. 
Sanborn, F. B. How should the prisons of a State be graded? pp. 411-417. 1876. 
Sanborn, F. B. State visiting agencies, pp. 521-527. 1876. 
Scouller, Dr. J. D. Prevention and reformation, pp. 86-101. 1888. 
Seaman, E. C. What reforms are needed in our system of trial by jury? pp. 372-386. 
1876. 
Sims, Dr. P. D. The prison system of the Southern States, pp. 130-145. 1886. 
Smead, Isaac D. The Ohio parole law, pp. 76-89. 1889. 
Smith, Eugene. County jails, pp. 240-250. 1884- 85. 
Smith, Eugene. The indeterminate sentence, pp. 199-209. Discussion of, pp. 209-212. 
1887. 422 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Smith, Moulton. The woman and the child in prison, pp. 166-167. Discussion of, 
pp. 167-168. 1887. 
Sollohuh, Count W. The prison question in Russia, p. 511. 1874. 
Spalding, W. F. Reformatory jtrisou for women, pp. 297-301. 1886. 
Spalding, W. F. Biographical sketch. Col. Gardiner Tufts, pp. 263-266. 1891. 
Spalding, W. F. The misdemeanant. Discussion of. 1892. 
Stevens, J. Construction of cellular prisons in Belgium, pp. 544-558. 1874. 
Tallack, William. Humanity and humanitarianism, with special reference to the 
prison systems of Great Britain and the United States, pp. 204-218. 1870. 
Tallack, William. Influence of the great prison congress of 1812, pp. 174-184. 1874. 
Tarbell, H. S. The prison school, pp. 193-203. 1870. 
Taylor, J. C. Discharged convicts, pp. 293-299. 1884-85. 
Teliow, Brother. Confidence in the inmates of reformatories as an element of suc- 
cess, pp. 311-321. 1870. 
Thomas, John R. Prison architecture, pp. 144-159. 1891. Transactions of the 
National Prison Reform Congress at Cincinnati, Oct., 1870, Albany, 1871. 
Tucker, Rev. 11. 11. Prison labor, jjp. 245-264. Discussion of, pp. 264-269. 1886. 
Tufts, Gardiner. Family visitation of the wards of the State as practiced in Massa- 
chusetts, pp. 359-371. 1870. 
Tufts, Gardiner. Moral and religious instruction in prisons, pp. 98-101. Discus- 
sion of, pp. 101-103. 1886. 
Tufts, Gardiner. Reformatory subjects, pp. 152-159. Discussion of, pp. 159-170. 
Discussion of, by chaplains, pp. 170-181. 1886. 
Tufts, Gardiner. The convict before and after imprisonment, pp. 198-209. 1889. 
Tutwiler, Miss J. S. Prison schools in Alabama, pp. 215-220. 1889. 
United States prisons. Discussion on, pp. 143-145. 1890. 
Yaux, Richard. Penal; an element in social science, pp. 263-272. 1874. 
Yaux, Richard. Prison discipline, pp. 451-456. Discussion of, pp. 572-579. 1876. 
Yaux, Richard. Inside out—present prison systems, and their effect on society and 
the criminal, pp. 161-181. 1888. 
Voigt, Rev. F. M. Crime and criminals, pp. 246-250. 1888. 
Walker, C. I. Needed amendments in criminal procedure, pp. 365-372. 1876. 
Ward, Dewey & Co. (the lessees). The Texas State Penitentiary, pp. 235-240. 1874. 
Warner, Charles Dudley. Education as a factor in prison reform, pp. 232-240. 
1884-85. 
Warner, Charles Dudley. The extirpation of criminals, pp. 270-280. 1886. 
Washburn, Emory. Criminal-law reform, pp. 346-355. 1876. 
Watkins, E. C. Aid to discharged prisoners, pp. 261-269. 1889. 
Wayland, Francis. The pardoning power, pp. 35-54. 1884-’B5. 
Wayland, Francis. On certain anomalies in criminal jurisprudence, pp. 225-232. 
1884-’B5. 
Wayland, Francis. The incorrigible; who lie is and what shall he done with him, 
pp. 189-197. 1886. 
Waylaud, Francis. The duties of a prison warden, pp. 125-127. Discussion of, pp. 
128-133. 1887. 
Waylaud, Francis. The physical care of the prisoner, pp. 134-138. Discussion of, 
pp. 138-154. 1887 
Wayland, Francis. Incorrigible misdemeanants, pp. 225-229. Discussion of, pp. 
229-236. Dipsomaniacs, pp. 237-241. 1887. 
Wayland, Francis. Criminal-law reform, pp. 113-122. 1888. 
Wayland, Francis. Child-saving legislation, pp, 38-49. Discussion of, pp. 49-61. 
1891. 
Wayland, Francis. Criminal-law reform (report of committee). Discussion of. 
1892. 
Wayland, Rev. H. L. The obstacles-to prison reform. 1892. 423 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Watson, Win. Whether crime ought to and can he extirpated hy society? pp. 199- 
204. 1874. 
Wells, N. A. Industrial and art education in prisons, pp. 93-97. Discussion of, 
pp. 97-101. 1884-’B5. 
Wey, Dr. H. D. A plea for physical training of youthful criminals, pp. 181-193. 
1888. 
Wey, Dr. H. D. Criminal anthropology, pp. 274-290. Discussion of, pp. 290-291. 
1890. 
Wey, Dr. H, D. Report of committee on the work of the prison physician. Dis- 
cussion of. 1892. 
Williams, Mrs. L. P. Prison work in Nashville, pp. 141-144. 18»9. 
Wines, E. C. The present outlook of prison discipline in the United States, pp. 15- 
20. 1870. 
Wines, E. C. An international congress on penitentiary and reformatory discipline, 
pp. 253-266. 1870. 
Wines, E. C. Report on the International Penitentiary Congress of London, July, 
1872; to which is appended the second annual report of the National Prison 
Association of the United States for 1873. Government Printing Office, AArash- 
iugton, D. C., 1873. 
Wines, E. C. Annual report on the penal and reformatory institutions of the Union 
for the year 1873, pp. 273-166. 1874. 
Wines, E. C. Report on the labors of the Permanent International Penitentiary 
Commission in Brussels, pp. 574-581. 1874. 
Wines, E. C. Transactions of the Fourth National Prison Congress at New York. 
1876. 
AYines, E. C. The death penalty: is it commanded hy the Bible? pp. 403-408. Dis- 
cussion of, pp. 551-557. 1876. 
Wines, E. C. Imprisonment of witnesses, pp. 358-361. Discussion of, pp. 563-565. 
1876. 
Wines, Rev. F. H. The county jail system, pp. 426-445. Discussion of, pp. 567-570. 
1876. 
AYines, Rev. F. H. Conditional liberation; or the paroling of prisoners, pp. 114-130. 
1886. 
AYines, Rev. F. H. American prisons in the Tenth Census, pp. 251-281. 1888. 
AYines, Rev. F. H. Religious aspect of the prison question (a sermon), pp. 34-45. 
1889. 
AYines, Rev. F. H. Criminological results in the Census of 1890. 1892. 
Woodworth, Rev. James. On the need of special training for the officers of prisons 
and reformatories, pp. 384-393. 1870. 
AVoolsey, Theodore D. Report of the standing committee on police, pp. 120-138. 
Discussion of, pp. 148-156. 1874. 
Wright, Edward S. Registration of criminals, pp. 73-78. Discussion of, pp. 78-81. 
1888. 
Wright, Dr. D. F. The sanitary aspect of prison work in Tennessee, pp. 235-241. 
1889. 
Wright, E. S. Some features of prison discipline. 1892. 
Wright, Carroll D. The relation of economic conditions to the causes of crime. Dis- 
mission opened by H. F. Wadlin. 1892. 
Yvernes, Emile. Present state of penitentiary legislation in Europe (translation), 
pp. 467-484. 1874, CONGRESSES IN CRIMINOLOGY. 
Actes du premier Congrfes international d’anthropologie criminelle. Rome, 1886-’B7. 
Aguanno, D’. II II0 Cougr. d’ antr. Tribuua giudiz., Napoli, 1889 
Audries. Resoconto del 11° Congresso antrop. crim. Rivista economica di Atene, 
die. 1889. 
Amines. Der zweite intern. Congr. f. Crim.-Anthrop. Naturwiss. Woclieusclir., 
Berlin, 1890. 
Benedikt. Der Congress fiir Kriminalantliropologie in Rom. Wiener mediz. Presse, 
1886. 
Benedikt. Aus der Pariser Congresszeit. Wien, 1889 
Brnsa. 11 III0 Congr. penitenz. e qnello d’ antrop. crim. a Roma. Riv. penale, agosto 
1886. 
Congresso (II) penitenziario e antropologico di Roma. Report, di ginrisprudeuza, 
Bellinzona, 1886. 
Correvon. Lettres snr le IIIe Congres penitentiaire international. Journal des Tri- 
hnnanx, Lansanne, 1886. 
Desjardins. Bull. Soc. gAn. des prisons, 1888. 
Ferri. L’anthropologie criminelle en 1885. Revue scientif., 9 janv, 1886. 
Ferri. II 11° Congr. intern, d’ ant. crim. Arch, psiclx., X, 1889. 
Frigerio. Resoconto sul Congresso e sul Espos. d’ antrop. crim. Alessandria, 1886. 
Ganckler. Le Congres d’anthrop. crim. a Paris. Revue critique de 16gisl., 1880. 
Impallomeni. La nnova scuola penale al II" Congr. intern, d’ antr. crim. Rivista 
penale, marzo-apr. 1890. 
Lacassagne. Le Congres d’anthropologie criminelle. Archives d’anthrop. crim., 
mars et mai 1886. 
Laurent. Le Congres d’anthrop. Rev. de I’hypnotisme, sept. 1889. 
Lomhroso. Polemica in difesa della scnola positiva. Bologna, 1886. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Third session of the International Congress for Criminal An- 
thropology, at Brussels, Aug., 1892. “Summary,” Elmira Reformatory, N. Y., 
Oct. 9, 1892. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Congresso carcerario di Baltimora. Scuola Positiva, 15 genu., 
1893, num. 1. 
Mantegazza e Lomhroso. Polemica sul Congresso di antropologia criminate. Rivista 
penale, marzo 1886. 
Moroto. El primer Congreso internacional de antropologia criminal. Rev. gen. de 
legislaciou, Madrid, marzo 1886. 
Motet. L’Exposit. d’anthrop. crim. a Rome. Archives d’anthrop. crim., 15 janv. 1886. 
Motet et Roussel. Rapport snr le Congres d’anthr. crim. Bull. Soc. gen. des prisons, 
1886. 
Napodano. Esposizione carceraria ed Esposiz. antropologica. Riv. penale, fehhr. 
1886. 
Perez, Oliva. El Congreso antropologico. Rev. de los trihunales, ahnl 1886. 
Pugliese. Sul Congresso di antropologia criminate. Riv. di giurispr., 1886. 
Renzis, De. L’ Esposizione ed il Congresso penitenziario ed antropologico. Nnova 
Antologia, die. 1885. 
Resume des actes du Congres d’antr. crim. Journal of the Statistical Society, Lon- 
don, Sept., 1887. 
424 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
425 
SeVcl-i. La prima Esposizione inter, di antrop. crim. in Roma. Sperimentale, Fi 
renze, 1885. 
Sighele. Benedikt e Tarde a proposito dell II0 Cougresso d’ antr. crim. Arckivio 
giuridico, 1890. 
Taladriz. L’antrop. crim. in Europa y America. Valladolid, 1889. 
Tarde. Les actes du Congres de Rome. Archives d’anthr. crim., janv. 1888. 
Tarde. Le II0 Congr. international. Revue scientif., 30 avr. 1889. 
Troisibme Congres d’anthropologie criminelle, tenu a Bruxelles eu 1892. Rapports. 
Bruxelles, 1892. Including the following authors and titles, to wit: 
Alimena, B. Des mesures applicables aux incorrigibles et de I’autorite apte h 
en fixer le choix. 
Benedict, Moritz. Apercu des applications de I’authropologie criminelle. 
Benedikt, Moritz. Les suggestions criminelles et la respousabilitb pen ale. 
Bfrillon. Les suggestions criminelles et la responsabilitd pcnale. 
Boeck, de, et Otet, P. Les prisons-asiles et les reformes pennies qu’elles en- 
traiuent. 
Coutagne, H. De I’inflnence des professions sur la criminality, (rapport). 
Dallemagne, Jules. Etiologie fonctiounelle du crime. 
Drill, Dimitri. Des principes foudamentaux de I’Ecole d’anthropologie crimi- 
nelle. 
Gamier, P. De la de considerer I’examen psycho-moral de certains 
prdvenns on accuses comme un devoir do I’instruction. 
Gauckler, M. E. De I’importance respective des Elements sociaux et des Moments 
anthropologiques dans la determination de la penality. 
Hamel, G. A. van. Des mesures applicables aux incorrigibles et de I’autoritd 
apte a eu fixer le choix. 
Huzd, E,, et Warnots, L6o. Existe-t-il un type de criminel anatomiquement 
determine? 
Jelgersma, M. G. Les caracteres physiques, intellectnels et moraux reconnus 
chez le criminel-ne sont d’origine pathologique (rapport). 
Ladame. L’ohsession du meurtre. 
Liszt, Franz von. Aperyu des applications de I’authropologie criminelle. 
Magnan. L’ohsession criminelle morhide. 
Manouvrier, M. L. Questions prealables dans I’etude comparative des crimi- 
nels et des honnetes gens. 
Mans, I. Des mesures applicables aux incorrigibles et des aptes aen 
fixer le choix. 
Rode, Leon de. L’inversion genitale et la legislation. 
Ryckere, de. Le signalement anthropometrique. 
Tarde. Les crimes des fonles. 
Thiry, Ferdinand. Des mesures applicables aux incorrigibles et de I’autoritd 
apte a eu fixer le choix (rapport). 
Poisin, A. Suggestions criminelles aux ddlictueuses et responsibilitd p6naie 
(rapport). 
Zerboglio. Per il Congr. d’ antr. crim. Gazz. letter., Torino, 1889. 
Zerboglio. Deuxieme Congr. d’anthr. crim. Archives anthr. cr., sept. 1889 
Zerboglio. Actes du Deux. Congres intern, d’anthrop. crim. Lyon, 1890. RECENT LITERATURE IN SOCIAL PATHOLOGY. 
A.—Biological and Social Criminology. 
Anfosso. La lotta contro i delinquent!. Borgo, S. Dalmazzo, 1892. pp. 23 
Aubry. Une famille do criminels. Paris, 1:92. pp. 15. 
Bataille. Causes criminelles et mondaines de 1892. Paris, 1893. pp. 392. 
Berard des Glayeux. Les passions criminelles. Paris, 1893. pp. 271. 
Bertillon. Identification anthropomdtriqne. Meluu, 1893. pp. 145, with album. 
Boufigli. La storia naturale del delitto. Milano, 1893. pp. 59. 
Borciani. La scnola nel diritto penale. Eeggio-Emilia, 1893. pp. 38. 
Bosco. Lo studio della delinquenza e la classificazione dei reati nella statistica 
penale. Eoma, 1892. pp. 50. 
Cascella. Crani di criminal!. A versa, 1893. pp. 53. 
Chevalier. L’inversion sexuelle, Lyon, 1893. pp. 520. 
Ciraolo. II delinqnente negative. Eoma, 1892. pp. 23. 
Dellepiane. Las causas del delito. Buenos Aires, 1893. pp. 318. 
Dumas. Libericide, on menrtre des enfants mineurs par lenrs parents, Lyon, 1893. 
pp. 90. 
Duval. S6vices ct mauvais traitemeuts aux enfants. Lyon, 1893. pp. 78. 
Farese. Saggio sul naturalismo oil positivismo in rapporto al diritto penale. Na- 
poli, 1892. pp. 172. 
Fdre. La pathologie des dmotions. Paris, 1892. pp. 605. 
Ferraz de Macedo. Crime et criminel. Lisbonne, 1892. pp. 275, with tables. 
Fracassetti. II metodo sperimentale nelle scienze moral! e sociali. Udine, 1893. 
pp. 22. 
Frassati. Lo sperimentalismo nel diritto penale. Torino, 1892. pp. 328. 
Libessart. Les sdvices envers les enfants. Lyon, 1893. pp. 78. 
Lombroso, C. Lo pin receute scoperte ed applicazioni della psichiatria ed autropolo- 
gia criminale. Torino, 1893. pp. 431, with tables. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Criminology. New York, 1893. pp. 416. 
Magnasco. Sistema del diritto penale moderno. Buenos Aires, 1892. pp. 32. 
Magri. II meccanismo dell’ evoluzioue e della degenerazione. Bologna, 1893. pp. 68. 
Martinez Baca e Vergara. Estudios de antropologia criminal. Puebla, 1892. pp. 
124, with tables. 
New York State Reformatory at Elmira. Annual report. N. York, 1893* with, tables. 
Penta. I pervertimeuti sessuali nell’nomo eY. Verzeni. Napoli, 1893. pp. 307, con 
tavole. 
Piccono della Valle. L’ evoluzioue del concetto dell’ illecito penale. Torino, 1893. 
pp. 103. 
Pinsero. II concetto di pena e la nuova scnola di diritto penale. Palermo, 1892. 
pp. 407. 
Praeck. El delito ante la nueva ciencia penal. Buenos Aires, 1892. pp. 175. 
Eassier. Valeur du temoiguage des enfants en justice. Lyon, 1893. pp. 88. 
Sighele. La foule criminelle. Paris, 1892. pp. 185. 
Sighele. La coppia criminale, Torino, 1893. pp. 163. 
Spearman, E. E. Criminals and their detection. New Eev. London, July, 1893. 
Sprigge, S. Squire. The poisoning of the future. New Eev. London, July, 1893. 
Tavares dos Medeiros. Antropologia y derecho. Madrid, 1893. pp. 203. 
Zerboglio. L’ alcoolismo. Torino, 1892. pp. 327. 
Zuccarelli. Degenerazione, pazzia e delitto. Napoli, 1893. pp. 46. 
426 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
427 
B.—Criminal Law and Social Jurisprudence, 
Cabade. De la responsabilite criminelle. Paris, 1893. pp. 350. 
Fabreguettes. La respousabilittS des criminels. Paris, 1892. pp. 05. 
Ferrero. I simboli in rapporto alia storia e filosofia del diritto. Torino, 1893. pp- 
-137. 
Gautier. Pour efc contre les peiues iuddterminees. Bern, 1893. pp. 52. 
Loria. Le basi economiche del diritto. Roma, 1893. pp. 30. 
Oetker, F. Die strafrecbtlicbe Haftnng des verantwortlicben Redakteurs. B'. 
Stuttgart, 1893. pp. 120. 
Precone. Dei reati contro il buon costume. Milano, 1892. pp. 208. 
Sancipriani. Ritologia giuridica. Roma, 1893. pp. 191. 
Tarde. Les transformations du droit. Paris, 1893. pp. 212. 
Yaccaro. Le basi del diritto o dello Stato. Torino, 1893. pp. 388. 
Zerboglio. Prescrizioue penale. Torino, 1893. pp. 150. 
C.—Manuals of Practical Penology. 
Olivieri. Annuario del diritto penale. Yol. 1. Milano, 1892. pp. 568. 
Pessina. Mauuale del diritto penale italiauo. Parte 1. Napoli, 1893. pp. 159. 
Stella. Gli atti giudiziari in rapporto alle leggi di hollo edi registro. Traui, 1893. 
pp. 212. 
D.—Applications of Experimental Method to Other Sociological Studies. 
Cavaguari. L’ educazione nel diritto italiauo. Milano, 1892. pp. 86. 
Nordau, Max. Degenerazione, Milano, 1893. pp. 454. 
Paolucci di Calboli. I girovaghi italiaui in lughilterra. Citta di Gastello, 1893. 
pp. 219. 
Sergi. Per P educazione del carattere. 2“ ediz. Milano, 1893. pp. 287. 
Zuccarelli. Divorzio e scienza mtropologica. Napoli, 1893. pp. 46. 
E.—English. 
Alcobol, Treatment of disease without. Asclepiad, Ist qr., 1893. 
Andrews, E. Benjamin. Social responsibility. Treasury, April, 1893. 
Arnold, E. F. Inebriety from a medical standpoint. N. Amer. R., June, 1893. 
Barnett, S. A. Poor-law reform. Contem. Rev., March, 1893. 
Barrows, S. J. The Massachusetts prison system. New Eng. Mag., March, 1893. 
Bartlett, Rev. C. J. The prison question. Amer. J. Politics, Jan., 1893. 
Bateman, C. C. Anarchism, or the idolatry of lust. Homilet. Rev., April, 1893. 
Bell, Henry K. Mortality and mortality statistics. Sanitarian, Jan., March, April, 
May, 1893. 
Billings, J. S. The diminishing birth-rate in the United States. The Forum, June, 
1893, pp. 467-477. 
Blake, M. M. Women as poor-law guardians. West, Rev., Jan., 1893. 
Booth, Charles. Life and labor of the people in Loudon. Yol. 3. Blocks of build- 
ings; schools and immigration. New York, 1893. 12°. pp. 306. 
Boyeseu, H. H. Social struggles. New York, 1893. 
Brooks, J. G. The unemployed in German cities. S. J. Econom., April, 1893. 
Brooks, AY. B. The morphine habit. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Galveston, 1892,128-145. 
Bruu, S. J. Divorce made easy. N. Amer. Rev., July, 1893. 
Burdett, H. C. Hospitals and asylums of the world. Arols. hi and iv. London, 
1893. B°. 
Buswell, H. F. Personal injuries. The civil liability for personal injuries arising 
out of negligence. Boston, 1893. 
Campbell, Helen. Women wage earners. Arena, March, May, June, and July, 1893. 
Charities, Chicago, Handbook of. Chicago, 1893. pp. 178. 428 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Charities, Kodak views of London. Lend a Hand, March, 1893. 
Charity, Principles and dangers of the administration of. Internat. J. Ethics, April, 
1893. 
Cheever, D. W. Delirium tremens. Boston Med. and S. J., 1893, cxxviu, 253-257. 
Children, Pauper, The system of boarding out. Econom. J., March, 1893. 
Children, School, Better way of assisting. (Charity Organization Series). B°. Lon- 
don, 1893. pp. 150. 
Clarke, E. F. Charity. 18°. London, 1893. pp. 36. 
Corbet, W. J. The increase of insanity. Fort., Jan., 1893 
Craig. Prevention of pauperism. Scribners, July, 1893. 
Crawford, Mabel S. Maltreatment of wives. West. Rev., March, 1893. 
Crime, Causes of, Relation of economic conditions to. Ann. Amer. Acad. Soc. ScL, 
May, 1893. 
Crothers, T. D. Transactions of American Medical Temperance Association (1892). 
Hartford, 1893. 
Crothers, T. I). The disease of inebriety. New York, 1893, 
Densmore, Helen, M. D. The Maybrick case; English criminal law. New York, 
1893. pp. 148. 
Dike, S. W. Progress of national divorce reform. Our Day, March, 1893. 
Dixon, W. A. The morbid proclivities and retrogressive tendencies in the offspring 
of mulattoes. J. Amer. Med. Assoc., Chicago, 1893, xx, 1. 
Dooley, M. A. Industrial schools in the Netherlands. Arena, May, 1893. 
Drew, A. W. W. Industrial schools and juvenile crime. Contem. Eev., May, 1893. 
Drink-trade: How to get rid of it with compensation but without taxation. 12°. 
Loudon, 1893. pp.l6. 
Drunkards, Necessity of legislation in dealing with. Newbury House Mag., Jan., 
1893. 
Ducane, E. F. The decrease of crime. Nineteenth Century, March, 1893. 
Duty of church members in temperance reform. Our Day, June, 1893. 
Edgar, W. C. The Russian famine of 1891 and 1892. B°. Minneapolis, 1893. pp. 74. 
Ellis, Havelock. The ancestry of genius. Atlantic Monthly, March, 1893. 
Emdean, J. R. Socialism and present social ills. West. Rev., May, 1893. 
Epileptics, Story of a colony for. Pop. Sci. Mo., March, 1893. 
Evans, B. D. Keeleyism and Keeley methods, with some statistics. Med. News, 
Philadelphia, 1893, lxii, pp. 477-484. 
Everett, H. S. Reformatories for girls. Lend a Hand, March, 1893. 
Farrar, Archdeacon. Drink and crime. Fortn, Rev., June, 1893. 
Flower, B. 0. Civilization’s inferno; or studies in the social cellar. Boston, 1893. 
12°. pp. 237. 
Gambling in Connecticut, Pool-room. And. Rev., May, 1893. 
Gary, Joseph E. The Chicago anarchists. 1886. Cent. Mag., April, 1893. 
Godbey, A. H. Great disasters and horrors of the world’s history. Milwaukee, 
Wis., 1893. B°. pp. 612. 
Gould, E, E. L. The social condition of labor. B°. Baltimore, 1893. 
Gray, J. G. The true cause of labor troubles. Engineering M.j Jan., 1893. 
Gregory, C. Noble. The corrupt use of money in politics, and laws for its prevention. 
Madison, Wisconsin, 1893, pp. 25. 
Hamilton, A. McLane. Mental Medicine. Century, July, 1893. 
Harding, Win. Mental nursing. London, 1893. B°. pp. 138. 
Hawkins, Sir Henry, C. H. Hapwood, 11. B. Poland. Crime and punishment. The 
New Review, London, June, 1893, pp. 617-626. 
Hawthorne, Julian. Confessions of a convict. Philadelphia, 1893. 
Hill, W. B. Anarchy, socialism, and the labor movement. Christian Thought, June, 
1893. 
Holyoake, M. O. Tenements in London. Sanitarian, June, 1893. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
429 
Houghton, Louise. How shall we educate the children of the dependent poor? 
July, 1893. 
Infant mortality. West. Rev., March, 1893. 
Jackson, Norris. A hint to social reformers. Social Econ., March, 1893. 
Juglar, Clement. A brief history of panics, and their periodical occurrence in the 
United States. 12°. Now York, 1893. pp. 150. 
Keeley, L. E. Does chloride of gold cure inebriety? Arena, March, 1893. 
Keeley, L. E. The inebriety ®f childhood. New York World, July 9, 1893. 
Kennedy, J. H. Opium inebriety. N. Y. M. J., 1893, i.vii, pp. 384. 
Kennedy, M. B. An inebriate asylum for Texas. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Galveston, 1892. 
pp. 217-227. 
Kerr, N. Introductory to a course cf lectures on inebriety and jurisprudence. 
GaiHard’s M. J., N.Y., 1893, lvi, pp. 343-350. 
King, J. Alcohol monopoly in Switzerland. Ecouom. Rev., April, 1893. 
Latimer, Laura M. The Inquisition in Mexico. Mission. Rev., March, 1893. 
Leffiugwell, A. Illegitimacy and the influence of seasons upon conduct. London 
and New York, 1892. 
Licensing reform. Lyceum, Feb., 1893. 
Lodging houses of London, The common. Sunday Mag., Jan., 1893. 
Macmaster, J. The divine purpose of capital punishment. London, 1893. B°. pp. 
390. 
Mallock, W. H. Social remedies of the Labor party. Fort. Rev., April, 1893. 
Mann, John, jr. Regulation of the drink traffic. Scott. Rev., April, 1893. 
May, J. W. The law of crimes. 2d ed. 12°. Boston, 1893. pp. 372. 
Meath, Lady. A palace of paupers at Genoa. Great Thoughts, May, 1893. 
Milliet, W. Alcohol question in Switzerland. Ann. Amer. Acad. Polit. Sc., Jan., 
1893. 
Moose, H. E. The unemployed and the land. Contem. Rev., March, 1893. 
North, F. M. City missions and social problems. Meth. Rev., March, 1893. 
O’Neill, A. B. Latest phase of the drink question. Oath. World, Juno, 1893. 
Opium question, A Chinese official view of the. Asiatic Q., Jan., 1893. 
Palm, Andrew J. Capital punishment. Amer. J. Politics, March, 1893. 
Palmer, G. H. Can moral conduct be taught in schools? Forum, Jan., 1893. 
Parkhurst, Rev. C. H. Our Vigilance League. N. Amer. Rev., Jan., 1893. 
Payne, C. H. The pulpit and the liquor traffic. Christian Thought, April, 1893. 
Pemberton, O. Homicidal strangulation in the adult, with extensive fracture of 
larynx. Lancet, London, 1893, I, 495. 
Peterson, F. The treatment of alcoholic inebriety. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1893, 7th 
s., xvn, 408-411. 
Philanthropy and social progress. 12°. New York, 1893. 
Pilgrim, C. W. Genius and suicide. Pop. Sc. Mo., Jan., 1893. 
Porsitt, Edward. English poor-law reform. N. Amer. Rev., April, 1893. 
Porsitt,Edward. Sixty years of the English poor law. Social Ecom., April, 1893. 
Punton, J. The neuropathic constitution; education and marriage as factors in 
causation and propagation of nervous diseases.. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 
1893, n. s., xn, pp. 111-122. 
Rainsford, W. S. Reform of the drink traffic. N. Amer. Rev., June, 1893. 
Ray, C. A. Negligence of imposed duties, carriers of passengers. Rochester, N. Y., 
1893, pp. 898. 
Reed, J. G. An abstract of the rational ti’eatment of drink-habit cases. Western 
Med. Reporter, Chicago, 1893, xv, pp. 73-75. 
Reeve, C. H. Preventive legislation in relation to crime. Philadelphia, 1893, pp. 
11. 
Reilly, F. W. Sanitary condition of Chicago; immigrants inspected; water supply; 
death rate. Sanitarian, May, 1893. 430 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Rentoul, R. R. Proposed registration of still-born children. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- 
cutta, 1893, xxvm, pp. 44, 79. 
Richards, M. H. Labor: revolution and a problem. Luth. L., Jan., 1893. 
Ridge, J. J. Alcohol and public health. 2d ed. B°. London, 1893. pp. 92. 
Roher tson, J. AAh The Keeley cure of alcoholism. Pac. M. J., San Francisco, 1893; 
xxxi, pp. 286-293. 
Royal Humane Society, Strand, April, 1893. 
Schmid, IT. E. Some personal observations and reflections upon alcoholism, the ef- 
fects of alcoholic abuse upon posterity, and the treatment of alcoholism. Med. 
News, Philadelphia, 1893, pp. 90-95. 
Spencer, H. Negative beneficence and positive beneficence. Parts v and vi of The 
Principles of Ethics, London, 1893. 
Spencer, IT. Private life of the poor. Pop. Sci. Mo., July, 1893. 
Stpndage, H. C. Temperance and light drinks. 12°. London, 1893. pp. 88. 
Staudinger, F. DiesittlicheFrageeiuesocialeFrage. Philosoph. Monatschr., xxix, 
No. 3 a d 4. 
Temperance legislation. Miss Willard’s and G. A. Benett’s Rev. of the churches, 
Feb., 1893. 
Temperance party, Attitude of the advanced. Contern. Rev., Jan., 1893. 
Tolstoi in the Russian famine. With J. Stadling. Cent. Mag., June, 1893. 
Tuke, J. B. Habitual drunkards. Nineteenth Century, June, 1892. 
Usher, J. E. Alcoholism and its treatment. Now York, 1893. 12°. 
V alesh, Eva McD. Tenement-house problem in New York City. Arena, April, 
1893. 
Vicars, G. K. Crime: prisons and prisoners. Gentleman’s Mag., Jan., 1893. 
Vicars, G. R. Rise and fall of Milbank prison. Gentleman’s Mag., May, 1893. 
Vincent, G. E. Social scheme of the Salvation Army. Amer. J. Politics, May, 1893. 
Warner, A. G. Lodging house in Washington. Charities Rev., March, 1893. 
Wallace, A. R. Social quagmire and the way out. Arena, i, March, 1893; n, April, 
1893. 
Walsh, G. E. Salvation Army as a social reformer. Chant., June, 1893. 
Wayland, Francis. Legal aspect of the child problem. Charities Rev., March, 
1893. 
Welch, C. Guilds of London City. Newbury House Mag., April, 1893. 
Wells, Ida B. Lynch law in all its phases. Our Day, May, 1893. 
Wells, J. Rescuers and rescued; experiences among our city poor. New edit. B°. 
London, 1893. pp. 256. 
Wheatley, R. Police in eleven cities of the United States. Chautq., May, 1893. 
Wilkinson, J. F. A new poor law. New. Rev., Jan., 1893. 
Willcox, W. F. A study in vital statistics. Polit. Sci. Q., March, 1893. 
Willoughby, W. AY. The new school of criminology. Amer. J. Politics, May, 
1893. 
Winslow, G. B. Is prohibition practical ? Amer. J. Politics, March, 1893. 
Wood, Henry A. Hoes hi-chloride of gold cure inebriety? Arena, Jan., 1893. 
Woolley, J. G. Seed; number one hard; introduction by Francis E. Willard and 
Lady H. Somerset. New York, 1893. pp. 157. 
Wyndham, G. The deadlock in temperance reform. Contern. Rev,, Jan., 1893. 
Yarros, V. Anarchism, what it is and what it is not. Arena, April, 1893. 
F.—Fbknch. 
Allard, Paul. ITistoire des persecutions du ier an ive siccle. 5 vols. B°. Paris, 
1893. 
Arnould, J. Contribution a I’ctude du suicide dans l’arm6e. Arch, de I’anthrop. 
crim., 15 janvier 1893. 
Aulard, F. A. Etudes et lemons sur la resolution franyaise. Paris, 1893. 18°, 
Jsasset; N, Etude physiologique sur Pivresse, Paris, J893, pp. 537. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
431 
Bataille, A. Causes criminelles et mondaines de 1892. 18°. Paris, 1893. 
Bcrtillon, G. Do la reconstitution du signalement anthropombtrique au moyeu des 
vetements. Paris, 1893. 
Bertillon, J., et A. Bertillon. statistiques de T anthropometric appliqude 
a Pidentification des personues. Tr. Yllth Internal. Cong. Hyg. & Demog., 
1891, London, 1892, x, pp. 303-307. 
Bulletin du cercle universitaire de criminologie de Bruxelles. Rev. universitaire, 
15 avril et 15 mai 1893. 
Cabadd, E. Do la rosponsabilite criminelle. 18°. Paris, 1892. pp. 350. 
Capitan, L. Des maladies dans les di verses conditions sociales. Rev. mens, de 
I’Ecole d’anthrop, de Paris, 1893, m, pp. 123-120. 
Cliambard, E. Les morphinomaues. Paris, 1893. 16°. 
Coriu, G. Etude expdrimentale de la mort par pendaison. Bull. Acad. roy. do mdd. 
de Belg., Brnx., 1893, 4(! s., vn, pp. 331-342. 
Curet, A. Code du divorce et dela separation de corps. Paris, 1893. pp. 418. 
Debierre. Le crdno des crimiuels. Lyon, 1893. 
Debierre, C. La craniologie et le crime, Arcb. de Panthrop. crim., Paris, 1893, vxn, 
pp. 113-137. 
Ferrero, G. Le mensonge et la veracitd cbez la femme criminelle. Arch, de Panthrop. 
crim., Paris, 1883, vm, pp. 138-150. 
Ferrero, G. Les fetes criminelles. Rev. scient., Paris, 1893, li, pp. 42-47. 
Gautier, J. Society et misdre. Paris, 1893. pp. 30. 
Grave, Jean. La society mourante et Panarchio, aveo preface par Octave Mirbeau. 
Paris, 1883, pp. 308. 
Heyse, P. Deux prisonniers. 16°. Paris, 1893. pp. 96. 
Joltrain, A. Hygiene et assistance publiques. Les services sanitaires de la ville de 
Paris et du ddpartement de la Seine. Paris, 1893. pp. 310. 
Lagarde. Statistique pdnitentiaire, pour les anndes 1888 et 1889. Paris, 1893. 
Lamant, E. Le nicotinisme. Etude de psychologic pathologique. B°. Paris, 
1893. pp. 230. 
Lariviere, C. de. Les origines de la guerre de 1870. 16°. Paris, 1893. pp. 192. 
Lenotre, G. La guillotine et les exdcuteurs <les arrets crimiuels pendant la revolu- 
tion. B°. Paris, 1893. 
Lippman-Krohne. De I’assistance des condamu6s atteints de maladies mentales. 
(Preussischer Medizinalbeamten-Verein, April 10 u. 11 1893.) 
Lombroso, C. Les palimpsestes des prisons. Lyon et Paris, 1893. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Le criminel. Type dans quelques formes graves de la cri- 
minality. Lyon et Paris, 1893. 
Mac Donald, Arthur. Observations pour servir a Thistoiro de la sexuality patho- 
logique et criminelle. Traduit par Dr. H. Coutagne. Archives de PAnthrop. 
Crim., Nov., 1892; Jan. et Mars, 1893. 
Mace, G. Crimes passiounels; un cent-garde. Paris, 1893. 
Marot, F. Morphinomanie et suggestion. Rev. de Phypnot. et psychol. physiol. 
Paris, 1892-93, vn, pp. 233-236. 
Montulieu, Ford. Paulin De. Philanthropic et charite au xixc siecle. Rome, 1893. 
16°. pp. 36. 
Napias, H. L’assistance publique dans le departemont de “ Saone-et Loire,” 1893. 
Novicow. Les luttes entre societes humaines et leurs phases successives. B°. Paris, 
1893. pp. 752. 
Pichon, G. Morphinisme et Ann. mOl.-psych., Paris, 1893, 7th s., xvn, pp. 
203-216. 
Rouma, R. Le pain de famine en Russie pendant la disette de 1891-’92. Rev. d’hyg., 
Paris, 1893, xv, pp. 214-227. 
Scheffer, R. Misbre royale. Paris, 1893. pp. 326.. 
Smith. Sur le traitemeut de Palcoolisme chronique. (12e Congrks de medecipe 
interne, Wiesbaden, 12 au 15 avril 1893.) 432 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Sorel, 6. La position du problfeme de M. Lombroso. Rev. scient., Paris, 1893, Li, 
pp. 206-210. 
Tacquet, Ernest. Do I’oblitdration des sutures du crane cbez les idiots. BC.8C. Paris, 
1892, p. 72. 
Tanon, L. Histoiro des tribunaux do Pinquisition en France. B°. Paris, 1893. 
Tolstoi, Comte L6on. La famine. 16°. Paris, 1893. 
Ziegler, Th. La question sociale est une question morale. (Trad, de Pallemand.) 
iB°. Paris, 1893. 
G.—German. 
Campbell, A. W. Ein Beitrag zur pathologiscben Anatomie der sogenaunten Poly- 
neuritis alcoholica. Ztscbr. f. Heilk., Berlin, 1893, xxv, 11-40. 
Eckardt, Julius. Figuren u. Ansichten der Pariser Schreckenszeit (1791-1794). 
Leipzig, 1893. 
Eisenmann, Ernst. Die Grenzen des strafbaren Yersuchs, Zeitsch. f. ges. Straf- 
recbtwiss., Berlin, 1893, drittes u. viertes Heft, pp. 371-536. 
Fiscber, A. Die Waisenpflege der Stadt Berlin. B°. Berlin, 1892. pp. 310. 
Freund, H. Ein merkwiirdiger Fall von Selbstmord durcli Erbangen. Wien. klin. 
Wchnschr., 1893, vi, 118-121. 
Frledeberg, E. Dritte Laudesversammlung der internationalen krimiualistischen 
Yereinigung (Bericht). Zeitsch. f. ges. Strafrecbtwiss., Berlin, 1893, fiinftes 
Heft, pp. 741-836. 
Heberle, M. A. Hypnose und Suggestion im deutschen Strafrecbt. Miinchen, 1893. 
B°. pp. 48. 
Henne am Rhyn, O. Die Gebrechen und Siiudeu der Sittenpolizei aller Zeiten, 
vorziiglich der Gegenwart. B°. Leipzig, 1893. pp. 181. 
Hofmann, Edward R. W. von. Lehrbuch der gerichtlicben Mediciu. B°. Wien u. 
Leipzig, 1893. pp. 480. 
Jauke, H. Die Uebervolkerung und ihre-Abwehr. B°. Leipzig, 1893. pp. 172. 
Jurgensen, Th. Die Krankheit unsres Jahrhunderts. Vom Fels zum Meer, Heft 
1, 1892-’93. 
Robert, Rdf. Lehrbuch der Intoxikationen. B°. Stuttgart, 1893. pp. 816. 
Kobner, O. Die Methode einer wissenscbaftlicben Riickfallsstatistik als Grundlage 
einer Reform der Kriminalstatistik. Zeitsch. f. ges. Strafrecbtwiss., Berlin, 
1893, fiinftes Heft, pp. 615-740. 
Krafft-Ebing, von. Todtschlag des Sobnes im epileptiscben Scbwindelanfall. 81. f. 
gericbtl. Med., Niirnberg, 1893, xliv, 20-27. 
Liszt, Prof. von. Die deterministischen Gegner der Zweckstrafe. Zeitsch. f. ges. 
Strafrechtswiss, Berlin, 1893, drittes und viertes Heft, pp. 325-370. 
Messerer, O. Mord oder Selbstmord? Friedreich’s 81. f. gericbtl. Med., Niirnberg, 
1893, xlv, 3-20. 
Mittenzwey, L. Die Schule als Vermittlerin recbtskundlicber u. wirtschaftlicher 
Lebren. Paedagogium, 8. Heft, Mai 1893. 
Moses, Julius. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Aetiologie und Genese psycbischer 
Storungeu im Kiudesalter. Strassburg, 1892. B°. pp. 50. 
Miiller, A. Mord; krankbafter Alfekt? Geistesstoruug? Friedreicbs 81. f. gericbtl. 
Med., Niirnberg, 1893, xliv, 33-53. 
Miiller, v. Hossliu, v. Scbreuek-Notzing u. A. Handbucb der Neurastbeuie. Leip- 
zig, 1893. 
Niicke, P. Die antbropologiscb-biologischen Beziebuugen zum Verbrecben und 
Wabnsinu beim Weibe. Allg. Ztscbr. f. Psycbiat., Berlin, 1892-’93, xlix, 540- 
613. 
Nordau, Max. Entartung. Erster Band. Berlin, 1892 
Olarin, V. Ein Fall von Selbstmord durcb Dynamit. Wien. med. Presse, 1893, 
xxxiv, 648. 
Rebbscb, Hg. Der Selbstmord. B°. Berlin, 1893. pp. 167. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
433 
Rosenfeld, Ernst. Die dritte Schule. Mitteil. d. Internal, krim. Yereinigung, 
vierter Bd., Heft 1, Jan. 1893. 
Rosenthal, J. Bier uud Branntwein und ihre Bedeutung fur die Volksgesundheit 
2. Anil. Berlin, 1893. 
Schwarz, H. Ueher die sittliche Freiheit. Neue Bahnen, i, n, 1893, 
Spitta. Die Schlaf- und Tranmzustande der menschlicheu Seele mit hesouderer 
Beriicksichtiguug ihresYerhaltnisses zu den Alienationeu. 2, And. Freiburg, 
1892. 
Statistik, preussische. 4°. Berlin, 1893. 120 Heft. 
Statistik, dsterreichische. 4°. Wien, 1893. xxxvi Bd. 
Thomsen, A. Criminalpolitische Bekampfungsmethoden. Berlin, 1893. B°. pp. 
205. 
Uhlhorn, D. G. Die kirchliche Armenpflege in ihrer Bedeutuug fiir die Gegen- 
wart. Gottingen, 1892. pp. 57. 
H.—Italian. 
Alongi, G. Mafia e malandrinaggio. 11. L’ ambiente. Scuola Positiva, inarzo 1893, 
num, 6. 
Alongi, G. Mafia e malandrinaggio. 111. I riruedi. Scuola Positiva, raaggio 1893, 
pp. 440-446. 
Amicis, E. De. L’imbecillita progressiva della horghesia, cost detta colta. 24°. 
Lecce, 1893. pp. 15. 
Ardu, E. SulP indice cranio-mandibolare dei deliuquenti. Arch, di psichiat., To- 
rino, 1893, xiv, 15-24. 
Bianchi, A. G. II contagio delle sommosse popolari. Arch, di psichiat., 1893, xiv, 
43-52. 
Cascelia, Fr. Crani di oriminali. B°. Aversa, 1893. pp. 53. 
Cavagnari, C. La pubblicitit dei dibattimenti el’ educazione del carattere. Scuola 
Positiva, inarzo e guigno, 1893, pp. 216-224. 
D’Abundo, G. Osservazione nei minori corrigendi. Ann. di nevrol., Torino, 1893, n. 
s., x, 279-290. 
Felice. Lancellotti Vincenzina De. II divorzio ela donna. Napoli, 1893. 16°. pp. 63. 
Ferri, E. Rigorismo penale e scuola positiva. Scuola Positiva, febb. 1893, pp. 
110-115. 
Ferri, E. Legittima difesa reciproca. Scuola Positiva, inarzo 1893, num. 6. 
Ferri, E. L' omicidio iuEuropa. Scuola Positiva, marzo 1893, num. 6. 
Ferri, E. II contegno degli omicidi pazzi. Scuola Positiva, maggio e guigno, 1893, 
pp. 398-409, 446-461. 
Florian, E. La teoria psicologica della diffamazione. Scuola Positiva, marzo 
1893, num. 6. 
Florian, E. L’animus iniuriandi nel codice penale italiano (art. 45 e 393). Scuola 
Positiva, maggio 1893, pp. 384-397. 
Frola, P. E. L’ übbriachezza, alle corti d’ assise. Scuola Positiva, febb. 1893, pp. 
105-110. 
Garofalo, R. La riforma della procedura penale (la revisione dei gindicati). Scuola 
Positiva, genu. 1893, pp. 97-104. 
Garofalo, R. L’ omicidio in Italia, Scuola Positiva, marzo 1893, num. 6. 
Gemma, Scipione. La guerra eil diritto internazionale. B°. Bologna, 1893. pp. 178. 
Giannini, T. Alla ricerca della logica nel sistema contravenzionale. Scuola Posi- 
tiva, genn. 1893, pp. 60-77. 
Lombroso, C. Awelenatori-nati. Arch, di psichiat., Torino, 1893, xiv, 123-130. 
Lombroso, C. Due parricidi. Arch, di psichiat., Torino, 1893, xiv, 131-134. 
Longhi, S. La cancellazione dal casellaris giudiziale. Scuola Positiva, marzo 1893, 
pp. 193-201. 
Mac Donald; Arthur. Congresso carcerario di Baltimora. La Scuola Positiva, genn. 
1893, nnm. 1. 434 
ABNORMAL MAN. 
Manduca, F. La liberazione coudizionale in Italia. La Scuola Positiva, genu. 
1893, pp. 49-59. 
Margri, Fr, II meccanismo dell’ evoluzione e della dcgenerazioue della specie ani- 
mal! e dell’ uomo. Bologna, 1893. pp. 66. 
Massiui, Yirginio. Sulla istituzioue dell’ infanzia. B°, Genova, 1893. pp. 42. 
Muccioli, A. Degenerazione e criminality nei colombi. Arch, di psichiat., Torino 
1893, xiv, 39-42. 
Nordau, Max. Degenerazione (versione). 16°. Milano, 1893. pp. 469. 
Penta, Dott. Pas. Pazzia e society. 16°. Milano, 1893. pp. 73. 
Podesta, Fr. Della benelicenza affratellata alia prevideuza in relazione alia nuova 
legge sulle opere pie. B°. Cremona, 1892. pp. 73. 
Ponsolle, P. La depopulation. B°. Paris, 1893. pp. 68. 
Rocco, Gen. La filosofia del matrimouio ed i mali individuali e sociali del divorzio. 
B°. Napoli, 1892. pp. 121. 
Roncoroni, L. Influenza del sesso sulla criminality in Italia. Arch, di psychiat., 
Torino, 1893, xia’, 1-14. 
Santangelo, F. Tatuaggio e pazzia morale. Arch, di psychiat., Torino, 1893, xvx, 
115-122. 
Sighele, S. Assurdita nella pena de falso. Scuola Positiva, genn. 1893, num. 1. 
Tarde, G. L’ ultima statistica criminate francese. Scuola Positiva, maggio 1893, 
pp. 433-437. 
Yiazzi, P. Ancora delle anomalie del C. P. circa i reati contro il buon costume, 
Scuola Positiva, marzo 1893, pp. 201-216. 
Zerboglio, A. La prescrizione penale secondo la scuola classica ela scuola positiva. 
Scuola Positiva, maggio 1893, pp. 369-384. 
Zerboglio, A. Premeditazione generica e premeditazione specifica. Scuola Positiva, 
maggio 1893, pp. 438-440. 
I.—Other Languages. 
Bagge, A. H. Forfattningshandbok for lakare. (Manual of legal instruction and 
regulations for physicians.) Stockholm, 1892. B°. pp. 213. 
Caro, E. El suicido yla civilizacidn. Madrid, 1893. pp. 312. 
Geill.C. Alkohol og Tilregnelighed. Ugesk. f. Lasger, Kjdbeuh., 1892, 4. R., xxvi, 
527, 547, 569; 1893, xxvn, 81, 121, 145. 
Hagerup, F. Forhandlinger Ared den norske Kriminalist Foreningens fOrste Mode i 
Oktober, 1892. Christiania, 1893, pp. 275. 
Joly, H. El maestro yla educacidu correccional. Boletin dela Institucidn libre de 
ensenanza, Madrid, mayo de 1893. 
Korsakoff, S. S. Kurs psichiatvii. B°. Moskva, 1893. pp. 609. 
Lykke, I. Om Hjerualkoholisme. (Case of cerebral alcoholism.) Hisp.-Tid., Kjo- 
- 1893, 4. R., i, 245-259. 
Pontoppidau, Knud. Psychiatriske Forehesninger og Studier. B°. Kjdbeuhavn, 
1892. pp. 176. 
Sanz y Escartiu, E. El estado yla reforma social. 4°. Madrid, 1893. pp. 292. 
Sosa, S. E. La responsahilidad en los epildpticos. Gac. mdd., Mdxico, 1893, xxix, 
96-106. 
Souto, Azevedo, Drs. Urbino de Freitas. O caso mddico-legal. B°. Porto, 1893. 
pp. 262. 
Tamai, K. [Relation between criminal anthropology and medical jurisprudence.] 
Hoigakkwai Syashi, Tokio, 1893, No. 80, 121-123. 
Yin cent, A. Socialism© y anarquismo. 4°. Madrid, 1893. pp. 528. INDEX OF SUBJECTS AND NAMES. 
Abandoned children 176-178 
Page. 
Abnormal, relative to normal 36 
Abnormal classes, number of 10 
Abnormality: 
Remedy for 7, 8 
In relation to education 9,207 
Importance of 12 
Relation to criminality 35 
Pauperism as form of 35 
As form of humanity 113 
Genius form of 139 
Ahlhorn, G 182 
Albrecht 80 
Alcohol: 
Moral principle in regard to 112 
Effect of climate 114 
Misuse of 115 
Physiology of 119-120,128 
Moderate use of 130 
Alcohol question in America 123 
Alcoholics, responsibility of 133 
Alcoholism 35-36, 49, 51, 77,112-134 
Alcoholism and descendence 131,133 
Alcoholism and insanity 113 
Alcoholism and medico-legal study of 124-126 
Alcoholism and moral consequences and causes 122-123 
Alcoholism in Lower Seine 129-130 
Anomalies: 
Cranial 58 
In genius and insanity 152-154 
Anomalies of criminals 200-202 
A priori method, importance of 40 
Aristotle 143 
Arndt 142 
Aschrott, P. F 185 
Assassination 98-99 
Assassins 89-90 
Asymmetry 49-50 
Atkinson 184 
Aubry, P 67,94, 95 
Baer, A 51,114 
Baird, J. H 193 
Ball, B 134 
435 436 
INDEX 
Beaconsfield, Lord 143 
Paeo. 
Beaunis 54,166 
Beccaria 16 
Benedikt, M 43,110 
Benelli 43 
Bequet, L 181 
Bdrillou, Edg 109,132 
Bergholf-Ising, E - 167 
Bernheim 54,166 
Bertillion, A 64 
Bertillon, J 158 
Bibliography: 
Education in relation to abnormal conditions 207-215 
Preventive and reformatory education of children and youth 215-229 
Publications by the Bureau of Education 230-234 
Genius 235-237 
Insanity, idiocy, imbecility, cretinism, feehle-mindedness 238-271 
Morphinism, opium habit, chloralism; ether, hashish, or cocaine mania. 271-278 
Association of Medical Officers of American Institutions for Idiotic and 
Feeble-minded (1876-1886) 278-286 
Social pathology 287-296 
Suicide 296-300 
Alcoholism, drunkenness, inebriety, intemperance, moderate drinking, 
prohibition 300-336 
Pauperism, poverty, mendicity, charity, philanthropy 336-352 
Criminology 352-403 
Physical criminology „. 404-408 
Capital punishment. 409-410 
Crime and insanity 411-415 
Proceedings of the National Prison Association of the United States ... 416-423 
Congresses in criminology 424-425 
Binet 166 
Social pathology, recent literature in 426-434 
Bischoff 152-154 
Bohmer, G 161 
Bonaparte, C. J , 190 
Booth, Charles 186 
Bourdin 81 
Bournet, A 56 
Bournville - 168 
Brain, effects of alcohol on 124 
Brentano, F : 158 
Brentano, L 157 
Brinkerhoff, R 101,192 
Broca 67, 80 
Brockway, Z. R 17, 32, 103, 196 
Brouardel 54, 96 
Broussais 81 
Brush, A. A 102 
Biichuer 16 
Bunge, G 118 
Bureau of Education, publications of, on education and abnormal conditions. 230-234 
Buxms 148 INDEX 
437 
C annibalism 66 
Cammorra 86-87 
Page. 
Capital punishment 45, 72, 74-75, 90, 94, 202 
Carlyle 148,149 
(See also Death penalty.) 
Cartouche 75 
Cams, P 39,162 
Cato •. 143 
Cauderlier, Em 130 
Chamberlain, S. E 202 
Charcot, J. M 53 
Charitological, meaning of word : 36 
Charitological literature 168-187 
Charities, German association for 181 
Charities and Correction, Seventeenth Annual Conference at Baltimore 184-185 
Charity: 
Public 168 
Of the Church 169 
For children 176-178 
French system of 181-182 
In Church of Middle Ages 183 
Public, in Germany 183-184 
Charity and lunacy of Massachusetts, report on 178-180 
Scientific 197 
Charity system at Elberfeld 169-171 
Chateaubriand 143,150 
Children 13-14, 63-64, 81, 175-178, 202-203 
Children and hypnotism 109 
Children and moral education 82 
Christian ethics 162 
Christianity 164-165 
Cicero 143 
Clark, D 134 
Clouston 140 
Cohnheim 155 
Colajanni, N 81, 122, 156 
Colonies, criminal 92 
Congress, International, at Brussels, 1892 105-111 
Conscience: 
Moral 55 
Corre, A ..59, 61, 80 
The public 42 
Coutagne, Henri 110 
Counterfeiters 93-94 
Crawford, M. L 195 
Crime: 
In relation to education in France, Italy, Germany, Austria, Norway 
and Sweden, England, Japan, Wiirtemberg, Saxony 17-25 
Cost of 33 
Analogies of, in animals 44 
Definition of 45 
In France 48-49 
Heredity in 51 
And hypnotism 53-56 438 
INDEX, 
Crime—Continued 
Among Creoles 61 
Page. 
In United States 63 
Increase of 78 
Remedy for 82-83 
Repression of 87-94 
Philosophy of 104-105 
Causes of 106 
Decrease of 189 
Scientific study of 203 
Education as preventive 203 
Crime and drunkenness 116 
Crime and economic conditions 195-196 
Crime and insanity 35-37, 201 
Crime and occupation 110 
Crime and prices 72 
Crime and social position 100 
Crime and socialism 157 
Crimes of crowds 109-110 
Criminal: 
Born 81 
Brain of 200-202 
Criminal anthropology. (See Criminology.) 
Restoration of 68-69 
Criminal jurisprudence 82 
Criminal law reform 100-111,191-193 
Criminal negligence 41 
Criminal sociology 84-111,156 
Criminal statistics 101-102 
Criminal suggestion 94-99,108-109 
Criminal type 45,80, 81 
Criminality 35,104 
Criminals: 
Habitual 32 
Treatment of 38 
And society 41 
Charteristics of t 44 
Incorrigible 45 
Elimination of 46 
Physical and mental characteristics of 49-51 
Type of, born 58-59 
Characteristics of (Corre) 59-61 
Nature of 105 
Cranial classification of 107 
Reformation of 189-190 
Identification of 193-194 
Anomalies of ;. 200-202 
Criminology: 
Definition and divisions of 30-31 
Fundamental principles of 35-42 
Instruction in 42-43 
Recent progress in 79-82 
Italian school of 87-94 
General principles of 106-107 
Cranial anomalies 58 INDEX 
439 
Cranial classification of criminals 107 
Page. 
Cranium: 
Asymmetry of 50 
Of criminals 59-60 
In relation to insanity 66-67 
Creoles, crime among 61 
Crothers, T. D 65 
Dali, Mrs 193 
Dante 145 
Darwin 131 
Deaf and dumb, as defectives 10 
Death penalty 46, 65, 72, 74-75, 90 
Delboef 96,166 
Delinquent classes, injury of 10 
Democritus 143 
Dependent classes 10 
De Quatrefages 154 
Despine, P 52 90 
Determinism 38,39 
Diderot 143 
Dipsomania 118 134 
Dipsomania and hypnotism 132-133 
Discharged prisoners 33( 202 
Disease, relation to abnormality 9 
Divorce, statistics of 158 
D’Olivecrona 17 203 
Drill, Dimitri 30,106 
Drinkers: 
Mortality of 115 
Drunkenness: 
Punishment of 118 
Views of Baer on 114-118 
Effect on brain and nervous system 121-122 
Drunkenness and crime 116 
Dryden 143 
Dumas 147 
Education: 
As remedy for abnormality 7, 8 
In relation to the Aveakling classes 5^9 
In relation to social problem 5 n 
Gradual in effect.. 12 
Object of 13 
Effect of compulsory 14 
As affecting crime, views of Tarde, Proal, Nicolay, Lombroso, Biichner, 
Beccaria, D’Olivecrona, Brockway, Tuffs, Wines 15-17 
In relation to crime in France, Italy, Germany, Austria, Norway and 
Sweden, England, Japan, Wiirtemberg, Saxony 17-25 
Methods of argument in relation to crime 26 
Concomitancy and causality 27 
Statistics of, in regard to religion, nativity, character of offense, intel- 
ligence, employment, parentage, nature, health, conduct, trustworthi- 
ness of criminal, and practical reforms recommended 28-29 
In prison 32 
Reformatory 36 440 
INDEX. 
Education—Continued. 
And pedagogy 37 
I’atre. 
In criminals 60 
Physical 64 
Bearing on penal law 73 
Want of 84 
In habits 99 
Influence of 100 
And crime 105 
Relation to intemperance 117 
And sale of alcohol 130 
Elherfeld system of charity 169-171 
As preventive of crime - - 203 
Elmira Reformatory - 203 
Epilepsy 51 
Epileptics 77 
feigned 84 
Ethical knowledge, origin of 158-159 
Ethical problem 162-163 
Ethics 37, 39, 40, 41,112,161-162 
Ethics and political economy 167 
Ex-convicts 83-34,42 
Experts - HI 
Falkner, R. P - - 63,101 
Fatalism 88 
Feeble-minded 10 
F6r<s 81,166 
Ferri, E 157 
Follett, M. D 193 
Forel, A 62 
Foster, Mrs 196 
Foster, E. C 101,193 
Fowle, T. W 172 
Franck, Ad 72 
Frassi, A 159 
Free will 38-39, 44, 52,160-161 
French criminality 78-79 
Gall 106 
Gambara, L 58 
Gamier, P HI 
Gauckler HO 
Gauster 118 
Genius 142-144 
Genius and insanity, conclusion as to 154-155 
Gilles de la Tourette 54 
Girls, social condition 41 
Gironde-Teulon, A , 163 
Goethe 80,151 
Garofalo 45, 49, 87-94 
Gratiolet 80 
Grenier, L 131 
Guy de Breymond d’Ars Comte 164 
Habitual criminals. {See Recidivatiou.) 
Hagen 151 INDEX 
441 
Hamel (von) 110 
Page. 
Hammond, W 141 
Harris, Win. T 5,104 
Hayes, Rutherford B 100,188 
Heine 144 
Heredity and alcoholism 131,133 
Heredity and crime 51 
Hill, Florence D > 175,176 
Hindoos, criminal tendencies of 61 
Holder (von) - 49 
Holtzendorff, F 75, 89 
Horace 143 
Houz6 109 
Howard, John 188 
Hugo, Victor 15 
Hazel, C 171 
Huxley 142 
Hygiene 11-12, 34 
Hypnotism: 
Nancy school of 54 
Paris school of 1 54 
And crime 53-57, 94, 99 
Effect of 108 
With children 109 
And dipsomania 132-133 
Incorrigibility 110-111 
Imprisonment 
For life 69 
Cellular 75 
Indeterminate sentence 33, 70,103,106, 111 
Infanticide 68 
Insanity 10, 51,52, 66-67,139-142,144-153 
Insanity and alcoholism 113 
Insanity and crime 35, 62, 72,101 
Insanity and genius 139-155 
Instruction in criminology 42-43 
Intemperance, preventive means of 117 
International Congress for Prisons 105 
Jacobi, A 200 
Jagemann, E 75 
Johnson, A 198 
Johnson, Mrs. E.C 198 
Joly, H 78 
Jurisprudence, criminal 82 
Jury system 100-101 
Kant 159 
Kellogg 186 
K6raval 168 
Klopstock 151 
Krafft-Ehing (von), R 113,139 
Lacassague, A 107 
Lacenaire 67, 77 
Ladame 108 
Lallemaud, L6on 176 
Lamartine 143,150 442 
INDEX 
Laurent, Emile 57, 75, 96, 98 
Page. 
Laws of imitation 165-167 
Legal medicine and alcoholism 124-126 
Legislation and alcoholism 127 
Legraiu 133 
Lffiut 142 
Le Roy, P. A 183 
Letourneau 44 
Lidbault 54 
Lidgeois 54, 96 
Liquor traffic 117-118 
Liszt (von ),F 82,110 
Literature: 
Criminological 44-83 
Literature ou alcoholism 118-138 
Social, ethical, aud charitological 156-187 
Lomhroso, C 16, 42, 44, 58, 76, 77, 79, 80, 86,106,140,143, 151, 203 
Lucas 75 
Lupton, W. P 193 
Lytle, J. S 202 
Maffia 84-87 
Magan - 81,107,168 
Manouvrier 80,107 
Marimo, F - 58 
Marriage, origin of 163-164 
Martindale 13 
Massie, J 197 
Maudsley, H 140 
Mans HI 
McClaughry, R. W 13,196 
McGonegal 185 
Medicine, experimental 40 
Meynert 153 
Milligan, J. L 193 
Misdemeanant - 200 
Morrin, E 126 
Moral liberty 159-160 
Moral responsibility - 87 
Moral sense 52,55,77,89 
Moral teaching 11 
Morbid possession 107-108 
Moreau of Tours 81,142,147,150 
Morphinism 134-138 
Motet, M 133 
Mouliuife, H 129 
Muensterherg, E 180 
Murder, contagion of 67-68 
Nancy school of hypnotism 95 
Napoleon 150 
National Prison Association at Baltimore 188-203 
Naville, E 160 
Negroes, crime among 61 
Nervous system, effect of drunkenness ou 121-122 
New Caledonia, colonies in 91 
Newton 143,149 INDEX 
443 
Nicholson, J 193 
Page. 
Nicolay 15 
Nisbet 142,149 
Nihilists 55 
Occupation and crime .* 110 
Opium habit 134-138 
Orauo, G 46 
Ottolenghi, S 58 
Paralysis and alcohol 119 
Paris School of Hypnotism 96 
Parisian criminality 75-77 
Parole 32 
Pascal 142,143 
Pathology 40 
Pauperism as form of abnormality 35 
Peeters, J. A 127 
Penology 45, 62-63, 70-72, 104 
Perl 155 
Philosophy of crime 104-105 
Philosophy of criminology 31-36 
Philosophy of penology 72-75 
Pichon, G • 137 
Plato 143 
Police force in cities 196-197 
Political economy, ethical direction 167 
Poor: 
Care of, in Berlin 170-171 
County superintendents in New York State 185 
Poor law 172-175 
Poor-law legislation in Germany 180-181 
Poor relief in United States 185-186 
Pope 150 
Poverty, causes of 186-187 
Premeditation 46, 89-90 
Prentice, G. H 131 
Preyer 81 
Preventive and reformatory education 215 
Prins HI 
Prison: 
Grades in 199-200 
Scientific investigation in 32, 77 
Prison Association of United States 99-105 
Prison discipline 34-35,104,194-195,197 
Prison life, etfect of 104 
Prison physician 77 
Prison reformers 188 
Prison systems 75 
Prisoners: 
Cost of, in United States 69 
Treatment of 191 
Discharged - 202 
Prisons: 
Hygiene m.., 34 
Luxuries in 34,103 444 
INDEX 
Prisons—Continued. 
Officers in 34-35 
Page. 
In England, Belgium, Holland, Germany... 63 
In United States.... 101 
Proal 15 
Prohibition .*.... 117,131-132 
Proudfit, Alexander . 193 
Psychology: 
Of criminals 52 
Of alcoholism 113 
Public conscience. 42 
Punishment 37, 38, 44, 46, 61, 69, 73-74, 79, 93,103,106, 107,118 
Ransom, J. B 200 
Raphael 145 
Recidivation 45-46, 51, 111 
Reeve, C. H 100 
Reformation, motive to 32 
Reformatory work 199-200 
Reiuach 34 
Responsibility: 
Moral 1 45 
In alcoholism 125-126,133 
In determinism 39 
Richter 51 
Richet, Ch 166 
Ridge, J. J 124 
Rodringuez, AY 66 
Rosenau, N. S 192 
Rossi, G 58 
Round, AY. M. F 104, 202 
Rousseau 74 
Rudinger 152 
Rylands, L. G 82 
Sand, George 144,149 
School instruction as to alcohol 127 
Schopenhauer 144 
Sciihle 142,151 
Science; 
Method of 39 
Scientific charity 187 
A priori method in 40 
Scientific study of crime 203 
Seiffer 50 
Sensibility of criminals 60 
Sergi 81 
Sing Sing prison - 102-103 
Smith, Adam 166 
Social necessity 88 
Social need, cause of 157-158 
Social pathology 7-8, 30, 36, 76, 79 
Social utility 44, 46 
Socialism and crime 157 
Socialists 55 
Society and criminal 88, 89 
Sociology 37, 39, 84-111,156 INDEX 
445 
Socrates 151 
Sommer, Wm 121 
Somnambulism 54-55,95. 97 
Southern States, crime in 64 
Spalding, W. F 200,202 
St. Helaire 80 
Study of criminals 42-43 
Suggestion, in French, Revolution 94-95 
Suicide 48 
Swift 147-148 
Tallack, Wm 62 
Tamburiui 43 
Tarde 15, 70, 81,109,118-121,165 
Thiry 11l 
Thompson, Sir Henry 131 
Topinard 80 
Total abstinence 114,120 
Tourdot, A. L. A 129 
Tuffs, G 17 
Type, criminal 81 
United States: 
Statistics in penitentiaries, 1890-’9l 27-29 
Increase of crime in 63 
Statistics of crime in 63-64 
Vagrancy in Wiirtembcrg 171 
Poor relief in ? 185-186 
Vengeance 35, 37-38, 44,56,72,106 
V6tault, V 124 
Virchow 155 
Vitriolizing 67 
Voisin 108,109 
Voltaire 143,151 
Warner, A. G 186 
Wayland, Rev 189 
Wayland, Francis 191,192,193 
Weakling classes 105 
Weiss, B 161 
Weiss, H 162 
Welcker 153 
Western States, per cent of crime in 64 
Wey, H. D * 64,104 
Whisky and the State 117 
Whisky and wine, professional tasters of 121 
Wildermuth 153 
Wines, E. C , 27 
Wines, F H 17, 33, 68,102,189,192,196 
Women 41 
AVomen, as vitriol throwers 95 
AVomen criminals 51 
AVright, Hon, Carroll D 195 
AVright, E. S 194 
Ziegler 155 
Zinkham, L. F - 202 [ Whole Number 195 
BUREAU OF EDUCATION. 
CIRCULAR OF INFORMATION NO. 4, 1893. 
ABNORMAL MAN, 
BEING ESSAYS ON 
EDUCATION AND CUE AND RELATED SUBJECTS, 
WITH 
DIGESTS OF LITERATURE AND A BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
BY 
Arthur Macdonald, 
SPECIALIST IN THE BUREAU OF EDUCATION. 
WASHINGTON: 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
1893.